'HE
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
LiNNEnri Society
OF
New South Wales
I'OR I'HK VKAR
1916
Vol. XLI.
jL
"ft.^****- ■^^\
WITH FIFTY-NINE PLATES.
SYDNEY:
PRINTKD ANIJ PUBLISHED FOR THK SOCIETY
BY
\V. A. PEPPERDAV 1- CO., 119a Pin" STREET
SOLD i;V THE SOCIETY
I9i(;-i7.
/^ 7P ^r
\V. A. I'Kl'l'KUDAV AND CO.,
CKNKKAl. rUlNTERS,
119:1 I'ITT STREET, SVnNKY.
CONTENTS OF PROCEEDINGS, 1916.
PART I. (No. 161 j.
(!,..■., I, il I ',ih J, nil, T.nc).
PAti KS
Presidential Adihcs.s (U'live-icd at the Fuily-Hist Annual Meeting',
Mardi -imh, IHHi, hy Alkx. /((' [CoJiEoi'TKKA] from the Upper ^Villiam.s River, N.S.W.
By Thumas G. Sloane 1 96-208
Descriptions of a new Genus, and three new (Species of Australian
Teiiehrlonidii' [Coleopteka] fi'om Harrington Tops, N.S.W.
%H. J. Carter, B.A., F.E.S. (With three Text-figs.) ... 209-214
A Mew Scale-Insect [CocciD^] affecting Sugar-Cane in New
(luinea. By the late Dr. A. Rutherford : with a Note by
K. Jarvis 215-216
Studies in Australian Nenropfera. No. iii. The Wing-Venation
of the Chryxopldii. By R. J. Tili.yard, M.A.. B..Sc.. F.L.S.,
F.E.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology.
(Plates X., X.///.X, xi.; and eight Text-figs.) 221-248
A Tliird Contribution to a Knowledge of the Lepidopterous Fauna
of El)or Scrub, N.S.W. By A. Jkfferis Turner, M.D.,
F.E.S 249-260
i'drologicul Notes. No. ii. The Relations between some \V^estern
Austialian (ilneissicand (hanitic Rocks. I5y M. Aurousseau,
B.Sc. 261-266
Studies in Australian Neuroptera. No. iv. The Families Itholudif,
Heme roll! idn', Si.'y H. J. Tillvard, ]\I.A., IJ.Sc, F.L.S.,
F.E.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow of tlie Society in Z(X)I(>g\-.
(Plates xii.-xix.. and ten Text-figs.) 269-332
Studies in Australian Mkrolepkloptera. IJy A. -Iekfekis Turner,
M.D., F.E.S 333-376
Some Cryptogamic Notes, frdin the IJotauic (hardens, Sydney.
By the Rev. W. Walter Watts. (Plate xx.") 377-386
Further Observations on the P]mergence of Dragonfly-Larvae from
the Egg, with special Reference to the Problem of Respira-
tion. By R. J. Tilly ARi). M.A., B.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S.,
Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology. (Five
Text-figs.) 388-416
Elections and Announcements ... ... 217,267,387
Notes and Exhibits 193-195,217-220,267-268
* Plate XX. was issued Mith Part iii.
CONTENTS. V.
PART II. (Contiimed). pages
Cunectioii in Dr. Turner's Paper (p.'2.")4).
(Jiiiil iiiiiiie and description of Capua crypstrytlira, n.sp., and substitute
Capua leucostacta.
CdpiKi Ic.ncoMacta ^Nleyr., I'roe. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1910, p."20"2.
One 9 example. Alsu fioiii N.S.\V'. : Lawson. — Vic. : Beaconsfield.
Page 241:), line 8 — -for six, read seven. — line !l, for 12, read 11. — line 22,
I'or 7. riidl <).
PART III. (No. 163).
( Issued 0th December, HUd). pa(;es
Notes from the Botanic Gardens, Sydney: Parthenogenesis in
Aquatic Phanerogams. By A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.iSc. ... 417-421
Pve\ision of the Ainycterides. Part v. Mo/och/iis and Cnhirorrliyii-
rlms. By EU.STACE W. Fkikjcson, M.B., Ch.M 422-4.52
A Revision of the Genera with Mieroscleres included, in- ])ro-
visioiuilly included, in the Family AxineUidd': with Descrip-
tions of some Australian Species [Porifeka]. Part i. By
K. F. Kallmann, B.Sc. , Linnean Maoleay Fellow of tlie
Society in Zoology. (Plates xxi.-xxx., figs. 1-2; also xxxix.,
tigs.(;-7; and Text-figs. 1-9) 4.53-491
A Revision of tlie (ienera with Microscleres included, uv ]no-
visionally included, in tlic Family A.r'nii'llidl\.s
W'niTioj.EooL, Medallist of the Royal Society of New South
Wales, 1899. (Plate xlv.) .■).5.3-.iH8
Contril)uti(jns to a Knowledge of Australian ('ii/ieidd' 1])ii'TKHa].
No. iii. By Frank K. Tavlok, F.E.S. .")tj4-.j74
Descriptions of some new Species of Australian, Tasmauian, and
New Zealand Mo.sses. vi. By Dk. V. K. Bkotherus ... r)7o-,")9()
New Australian Species of C(trahkly
E. F. Haij.mann, B.Sc, Limiean Macleay Fellow of llic
Society in Zooloj;}-. (Plates xxix., tiy (jekaj.u F. Hill, F.E.S., (iovernmcnt
Entomologist, Northern Territory of Austi'alia. (Plate liii.) 7(>S-7(JS
Description ai Aphanlophrynt, a new Batrachian (jJenus from New
(iuinca: with Comparative Notes on the Pectoral Muscula-
ture. By Dene B. Fry. (Plates liv.-lv.) 77tl-7N.'i
The Change (jf Composition of Alveolar Air after the St(jp|)agc of
Normal Breathing. By H. S. Haecko Warheaw, D.Sc,
Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Physiology. [With
two Text-ligures] 7.S(i-S14
The Chemical Investigation of some I'ois(Hious Plants in the N.O.
So/anaceo'. Part iii. The Occurrence of Nor-Hyosoyaminc
in Solaudra lonyi flora. By James M. Petrie, D.Sc, F.I.C,
Linnean Macleay Fellow of the J^ociety in Biochemistry ... 81.')-822
Australian Freshwater PhytoplanUton [Prolocofcoidcji}. By (i. I.
Pj.aykaik, Science Research Scholar of the University of
Sydney. (Plates Ivi.-lix.) ,S23-8r)2
Records of Australian Fungi. No. i. 1>3' J. Burton C'lelano,
M.D., and Edwin Cheel, Botanical Assistant, Botanic
Gardens, Sydney 8,53-870
CONTENTS.
VU.
PART IV. (Continned).
Fuitlier Researches upon the Problems of tlie Radial and Zygop-
terid Sectors in the Wings of Odonata, and upon the Forma-
tion of Bridges. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., B.Sc, F.L.S.,
F.E.S., Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology
(With six Text-figures)
Announcements
Donations and P^xchanges, 1915-16
Notes and Exhibits ... ... ...
Title-page
Contents
Corrigenda
List of new (Teneric Names...
List of Plates
Index ...
P.\(iES
. 871-887
im
. 888-905
. 633, 769
1.
iii.
vii.
viii.
viii.
. .^.-xxxii.
CORRIGENDA.
Page 17. line '23 — for Tcrinna rapeii^e, read Tcconxt capcnK/.'i.
Page '249, line 8 — -J'or six, rfcul seven. — line '.). for 12, rratl 11. — line 22,
for 7, reacl 6.
Page "254, lines 26-36 — omit name and description of Caprn rri/pAf-rythrn,
n.sp., and substitute
Caita leucostacta.
Capua /e.Hco/itactaMeyi: , Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 191(1, p. 202.
One y example. Also from N.S.W : Law.son. — Vic. : Beaconstield.
Page 267, line 2 — for Miss M. Hinder, nitd Miss K. M. Hinder.
Page 275, line 14— ;/b/- Stenop.ikli.a, n.sji., read Stenobtei.la, ii.g.
Page 498, line 22 — for Trago-va, i-ead Aii/eftn.
Page 546, line 2 — for palmate, read veins of a palmate.
Page 551, lines 7 and 10 — for Fig. 3, rearl Fig. 4, and rice rerMi.
Page 598, line 22 — for Ameiican species, read American genus.
Page 633, line 9 — for (A'. Lamarkiaua, read (E. lAtinarrkianu.
Page 637, line 25 — for /fa/irnemia (s.str. ), read Paratiinea (g. n.).
Page 658, line 25 — for //. inaaaaliA, I'ead //. coralloidesi.
Vlll.
CONTENTS
LIST OF NEW GENERIC NAMES PROPOSED
THIS V0LUI\1E(1916).
Allantclla [Poriferal ...
Ajjliautophrynf [ l^atrachia]
Atrihafiia [Lepiflnptera]
Axidrafima [Porifera] ...
Bej'nardia [Alga^]
Brachyleon [Neuvopteia |
I'opriodes [Lepicloptera]
Cryptoherii* [Diptera) ...
Deiimo.i-j/n [Porifeiva] ...
Dragmacidon [Porifera]
Dragmatella [Porifei'a]
J)ra(/ma.ria [I'orifera] ...
Drepnnarra \ Neuroptera]
Drepunoin'nia [Neiii'optera]
EchiiHi.fin [Poi'ifera] ...
Elaphroinijiii [Diptera]
EUttAOina [ 1 )i ptera j
Eiipori-wiii>^ [Neuroptera]
(Icranopiis [Diptera] ...
Hoplomorplia [Lepidoptera]
Ldonttnld [Porifei'al
r.\(iE
. 67.-)
Lrpidozanrhi [Lepidopteia]
Lijel liana [ Lepicloptera]
Oj)h)odeAmn [Diptera] ...
().rt/lii(//a I Ntnii'opteia]
Pa/iinniere-<< [Lepidoptera]
Parafit/ifa [Porifera] ...
/'rnfo/ypa [Lepidoptera]
R/iahdof*i{/mt( [ Porifera]
Iih(tjilin.i)ji( I I'orifera] ...
Rliymeara [( 'oleoptera]
S/oaiiea, [Coleo])tera] ...
SpcriDOpltorclla \ Nonropteia]
Sti iiohlclla [Neuroptera |
St( iiohoii [Neuroptera |...
Stroiiiiyhtnniia [I'orifera |
To.ctiiuia [Porifera]
Trirhoina [Neurftptera]
Xaiif /inherits [Diptera] ...
Xiintlioleon [Neuroptera]
•^73 ; .V^/o;/?//«r-('f.v [Lepido]itera I
67.')
34S
1)87
S47
.IS
T^
040
f)39
(i4()
.143
•29;?
.•{02
.H.S
749
m
84
IN
r.V( i K
2.j2
ss
;?<».-)
338
07.-)
2.1I
.->2(»
fUl
()97
2t>9
:!I7
.V2ti
(io
(i4.S
(!7.S
32.1
7.1
t;i
2.1t)
LIST OF PLATES.
PR0CEEDIN(4.S, 191(5.
Plates i.-vi. — Australian Neuroptera.
Plates vii.-ix. — Oocy-iti.'i and Ere)nospli'er/i.
I'lates X., X. hi.% xi. — The ^Ving-venatio^ of the Chrysojildn-.
Plates xii.-xix. — Australian Neuroptera.
Plate XX. — Athyrium humile, sp.n. ; EUmlen..eckers( Dicceidff ). In New Zealand, are the Meliphagid(e
and a few parrots.
But there is no doubt that other birds, at times, pollinate
flowers. Whether they visit the flowers in search of insects, or
nectar, is not quite apparent. Moseley(6) gives an account of
Artamus lencopyg talis being shot, and found to have the bases
of their bills clogged with pollen, which, he thinks, they got in
searching flowers for insects. But Mr. Musson, in a letter to
Mr. Fletcher, i-ecords that numbers of Arfamus personatus, and
A. superciliosus visited the flowers of a Beefwood (Grevillea
robusta) and fed on the nectar. When some starlings visited
the tree, the wood-swallows left, and the starlings began to feed
on the nectar in just the same way. I have also been informed
by several observers that sparrows probe the flowers of the Coral-
tree (Eri/thrina) in the same way that the honey-eaters do. It
is probable that closer inquiry into the habits of our birds will
result in the discovery that many of them, while not professional
president's address. 19
pollinatoi's, yet do a good deal of that work as amateui-s. Mr.
North informs me that Black Cockatoos visit the heads of Bank-
sia-flowers in search of honey, and, no doubt, often pollinate
some of the flowers in doing so.
All the special pollinating birds have some peculiarities of
structure, which fit them for the special work they have to do.
The huiuming-birds are capable of poising on the wing before the
flowers they frequent, their beaks are either long or short, slender,
curved, and, in some cases, at least, specially adapted to pollen-
carrying. In a paper by J. L. Hancock(7), he describes and
figures the beak of a humming-bird, showing what he calls a
"pollen repository" — a groove in the ventral surface of the bill,
and gi'ooves at the angle of the mouth, from the nostril on the
upper side. He also describes feathers about the head apparently
adapted for holding pollen. These have barbules with barbicels.
The pollen-grains are held between two barbules, or the barbs
spread apart, and hold pollen like a pair of forceps.
In a paper by Robert Ridgway(9), he describes the tongue of
the hunnning-bird as follows: "The tongue of this species (and
doubtless others have a similar conformation) presents, when
recent, the appearance of two tubes laid side by side, united for
lialf their length, but separate for the remainder. Their sub-
stance is transparent in the same degree as a good quill, which
they much resemble. Each tube is formed by a lamina rolled
up, yet not so as to bring the edges into actual contact, for there
is a longitudinal fissure in the outer side running up considerably
higher than the junction of the tubes; into this fissure, the point
of a pin may be inserted and moved up and down. Near the
tip, the outer edge of each lamina ceases to be convolute, but is
spread out, and split at the margin into irregular fimbria- which
point backward like the vane of a feather. These are not barbs,
however, but simply soft and flexible points, such as might be
produced by snipping diagonally the edges of a strip of paper.
I conjecture that the nectar of flowers is pumped up the tubes,
and that minute insects are caught, when in the flowers, in these
spoon-like tips, their mimite limbs being perhaps entangled in
20 president's address.
the fimbrije, when the tongue is i*etracted into the beak, and the
insects swallowed by the ordinary process, as doubtless those are
which are captured by the beak when in iiight."
Prof. Beal(ll) gives the results of the investigations of some
students into bird-pollination by humming-biixls. They visit
flowers for at least two objects, for insects and for nectar.
Pollen-grains have been found on the bills and on the heads of
the birds. They were seen to frequent pelargoniums, fuchsias,
trumpet-creeper, phloxes, verbenas, catmint, milkweed, tropoeo-
lums, honeysuckles, lilacs, morning-glories, cherries, and wild
balsam.
In the latter, the anthers form a covering to the pistil. Tf
the flowers are covered up, no seed is produced. Humming-birds
visited all the open flowei's. Every time one plunged his beak
in, the head, a little above the beak, became dusted with pollen.
Where the anthers were removed, the birds left pollen on the
stigma. All the flowers in one cluster were visited twice in 15
minutes. Impaticns fidva is cross-fertilised mainly, if not
entirely, by humming-birds.
Trelease, in a note supplementary to Prof. Beal'slU), says the
Ruby-throat is often seen to get nectar from both glands at the
base of the cotton flowers. It was constantly seen at the
flowers of Oenothera smuata, very often about those of the may-
pop {Passlflora incarnata), the white-flowered buckeye (Aescidus
parviflora), the wild and cultivated morning-glories, yellow day-
lily, white oleander, several sorts of pelargonium, lemon, fuchsia,
larkspur, malaviscus, zinnia, sage-bush, osier-willow. One was
seen at the flowers of gourd, and several times at flowers of
Lobelia eardinalis, where they usually acted as the one spoken of
in American Naturalist, 1S79, p. 431. Flowers of Erythrina
herhacea were often visited, and they appear to be adapted for
fertilisation by them like the Palosabre in Belt. According to
Gould, to number all the flowers visited by them would be
equivalent to repeating the names of half the plants of North
America. The same author also gives an account(ll) of the
fertilisation of Salvia sphndeuft. One of the flowers visited had
t'RESIDENX's ADDRESS. 2l
the stigma closed. The lever of the connective was nearly an
inch long.
In "The Fauna Hawaiiensis"(10), Perkins gives a long account
of the pollination of endemic flowers by native birds belonging to
the Families Drepanidid(e and Meliphayidc. The former contains
thirty-five species in seventeen genera, and the latter five species
in two very distinct genera. The birds of the first family vary
from entirely honey-eating to entirely insect-eating, and the
Meliphagid(H appear to be entirely honey-eating. All the Dre-
paiiididoi have the tubular tongue, which shows descent from a
common ancestor; and the author considers that that ancestor
was a honey-eater, but that, as insects became more common, the
characters of some of the birds gradually altered. He states
that nectar is absolutely necessary to the existence of five of the
genera, and that these can be kept alive on nectai- ami sugar-
cane juice. The nectar-feeding birds ai-e characterised by a
slender beak, as well as the tubular tongue. "All, or practically
all, the plants visited by these liirds for food had bell-shaped or
tubular blossoms, in which nectar was more or less hard to reach.
Of these tubular-rtowered plants, there are several predominant
genera, some of which are themselves restricted to the islands,
and belong to various families, comprising hosts of peculiar
species. Most striking of all are the arborescent Lobeliacete,
not closely related to forms found in other countries. The mul-
tiplicity of these plants, and their isolation from foreign forms
bears a striking i^esemblance to that of the Drepanid birds them-
selves, indicating likewise an extremely ancient occupation of
the island." This seems to me to show that the flowers (Jjobe-
liacea) anfl the birds developed in dejjendence upon each other,
and the author holds the same view, for he says: — "How easily
the extraordinary lengthening of the bill may have taken
place, side by side with the increasing length of the tubular
flowers, is apparent from tht; fact that, even now, in some of the
bii'ds, tlierc is iiuHvidual \ai"iation in this respect. ... A series
of observatiims made on one of the most superb of the Lobelias
showed that it could only be fertilised by these highly specialised
22 president's address.
birds." It is much to be regretted that \Mr. Perkins does not
give full particulars of these observations. Just as in many
other cases, we have no information beyond the fact that the
birds visit the flowers.
A note of interest is to be found in the method cniplo3'ed by
the hunters in the old days for taking Drepanis pacifica — the
Mamo — the bird from which the yellow feathers used in the
ancient feather-work was procured. The hunter covered himself
with the branches and leaves of a tubular-flowered plant, and
held, between finger and thumb, one of the flowers. AVhen tlie
bird inserted its bill, he closed his finger and thumb together,
and thus captured it. The birds and flowei's of Hawaii offer a
unique opportunity to a field-naturalist to enrich our knowledge
of bird-pollination.
Scott Elliott has published two papers on bird-pollination in
South Africa(12). He mentions Protea incompta, P. mellifera, P.
lepidocarjxi, P. longifolia, P. grmidifioi-a, P. cordata, P. SGolyvius,
Leucospertnum conocarpiis, and L. nutans as being fertilised by
the birds Promerops cafer and Nectarinia chalyhea.
Bertha Stoneman, in her bright little book on South African
plants and their ways, mentions the pollination of Gladiolus and
Loranthus by the Nectarinia?. But no details as to method are
given.
A good deal of observational work has been done in New-
Zealand on pollination by birds. l)arwin(14) quotes Potts (Trans.
N.Z. Inst.) as follows: "In New Zealand, many specimens of the
Anthoi'nis me/anura had their heads coloured with pollen from
the flowers of an endemic species of Fuchsia." Wallace gives a
list of Australian and New Zealand flowers pollinated by birds(l5),
and says, "The great extent to which insect and bird agency is
necessary to flowers is well shown by the case of New Zealand.
The entire counti-y is comparatively poor in species of insects,
especially in bees and butterflies, which are the chief flowei*-
fertilisers; yet, according to the researches of local botanists, no
less than one-fourth of all the flowering plants are incapable of
self-fertilisation, and, therefore, wholly dependent on insect and
bird agency for the continuance of the species. '
PRESIDENT S ADDRESS.
2^
Thonison(l6) gives a good account of the pollination of the
Glory-pea {Clianfhus punicpus). The birds concerned are the
Tui, and the Korimako. The calyx of the flower contains a
large drop of honey. Birds, in inserting their beaks, push back
the carina, and this retains its hold of the style for a consider-
able time, till the pressure becomes too great, when the latter is
jerked forward by its own elasticity, and throws out the accumu-
lated pollen on the intruder's head. Of Fuchsia excorticata, F.
Colensoi, and F. procumbent, he says that each species is dimor-
phic. The larger forms are green and purple, with exserted
anthers. Both forms are scentless, but contain much honey.
They appear to be fertilised by Tuis and honey-birds. The
flowers are pendulous, affording no resting-place for insects,
and have so large a quantity of honey that any insects, except
long-tongued forms, would be drowned. Kirk(17) says F.
excorticata and anothei' species which he does not name, are
trimorphic, and that, in the latter species under cultivation,
the mid- and short-styled forms ai'e certainly self-fertilised.
But in F. excoi'ticata, "the entire work of fertilisation is effected
by two forms only; the long-styled can exercise no influence on
the fertilisation of other flowers; it is a female flower, and, there-
fore, must receive pollen from the mid- or short-styled form, or
from both. It is, therefore, remarkable, that long-styled flowers
produce fruit in greater profusion than the mid- or short-styled.
In the absence of experiments, it would be rash to assert that
the short- and mid-styled forms are incapable of fertilisation, but
there can be no doubt that the application of pollen of either
form to the stigma of thfe other would result in the formation of
lai'ge numbers of seeds The short-styled form may occa-
sionally be self-fertilised, as detached pollen falling from its
stamens may come in contact with the sides of its stigma. Birds
are the usual agents for the transfer of pollen from one plant to
another. It is interesting to watch them poising on the wing
and dexterously inserting their beaks into the slender tube of
the flower." Thomson also enumerates, as bird -pollinated, the
following — Sophora tetraptera, chiefly visited by honey-birds
2.4: president's address.
(another visitor will be mentioned later); Metrosidcros lucida,
probably fertilised by Tuis and honey-birds, which, in great
numbers, frequent them; J/, hy per ici folia, sometimes visited by
birds; LoranthuH cohnsol, scarlet tlowers, no scent or honey, but
this is probably developed at some period of growth, and it then
attracts Tuis and honey-birds; Phcn-miuin tenax is chiefly ferti-
lised by birds. Insects may visit the flowers, but they depend
upon Tuis and honey-birds. Kakas and parakeets also aid
sometimes.
Petrie(18) gives an account of the pollination of Vitex lucens.
"There is no doubt pollination is effected exclusively by small
birds. These constantly visit the flowers, hanging on the rigid
leaf-stalk or flower-stalks, and insert their bills into the corolla-
tube to suck the nectar. In sucking the sweet juice, the Tui
may be seen grasping the flower in one foot and turning it i-ound
into a more convenient position. In passing from flower to
flower, the birds cannot avoid bringing pollen from young flowers
to older ones." In an earlier volume(18), he refers to the pollina-
tion of Rhahdothamnus Solandri as being effected by birds, and
notes that the flowers are orange striped with red.
Kirk(17) quotes a description of Colenso's of the pollination of
Suplwra tetraptera by the New Zealand parrot {Nestur nieridiuu-
alis) as follows: — "Close to the village, and even within its fence,
were several large Kowhai trees; these were covered with their
golden flowers, and mostly witliout leaves The parrots
flocked screaming to the Sophora blossoms. It was a strange
sight to see them; how deftly they managed to go (^)ut to the end
of a long, lithe branch, preferring to walk parrot-fashion, and
there swing backwards and forwards, lick out the honey with
their big tongues without liijurliuj the yoittuj fruit. ... I found
that all the fvilly expanded flowers had had the upper parts of
calyces and the uppermost petal (vexillum) torn out; this the
pari'ots had done to get at the honey. As the flowers are pro
duced in lai'ge, thick bunches, some are necessarily twisted or
turned upside down; still it is always that peculiai' petal and
that part of the calyx (though often in such cases underneath)
PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 25
which have been torn away. Through this, no injury was done
to the young enclosed fruit, which would, in all probability, have
been the case if any of the other j^etals had l)een bitten off."
Laing and Blackwell(19) refer to a number of plants already
mentioned, and add Knlghtia excelna as much visited by Tuis and
bell birds.
North's "Catalogue of the Nests and Eggs of Australian and
Tasmanian Birds" gives a total of 67 species of honey-eaters and
brush-tongued lories, but the author informs me that live species
have been added to the honey-eaters since that section of his cata-
logue was completed. Add to these tlie Black Cockatoo, already
referred to as visiting Banksia-heads, and we have 74 species, in
26 genera (though Matthews puts the Honey-eaters in 42 genera),
all iiower-frequenting in tlieir habits. Both the Honey-eaters and
the Lorikeets have their tongues markedly adapted to their nectar-
feeding habits.
Von Mueller's "Second Census of Australian I'lants" contains
8,581 species of Howering plants — a number which is now some-
what too small; but the records of new species are so scattered,
that I have not attempted to arri\e at the correct total. I have
gone through the Census, and tind that there are, at least. 649
species adapted to bird-pollination. This is no doubt under the
real number; many of tlie plants are unknown to me; and I have
also omitted the Styplielias, most of wliich are ornithophilous,
because von iMueller has lumped several genera, such as Leuco-
pogon, not oi-nithophilous, in tliat genus. But evi 'n so, this shows
that about 7*4^ of oar flowering plants are ornithophilous. Of the
649 species mentioned, :i8."), or a uood deal more than half, are
Proteads, wliich are peculiarly adapted for biid-visitors.
Taking a smaller area, 1 am tolerably familiar with the plants
and birds of the Mudgee district. In that district, there are 401
flowering plants, and of tliese oii are ornithophilous, 14 being
Proteads. Thus 13"2//of the flowering plants are adapted to
l)irds. There are 194 species of birds, of wliich 23 are honey-
feeders (13*3%), a rather curious coincidence. It can be seen,
26 president's address.
then, that tlie birds and flowers whicli are dependent on each otlier
form a large percentage of the avifauna and the tiora.
We hardly expect to find references to bird-pollination in
Gould's "Birds of Australia." But we do iind numerous allusions
to the nectar-feeding habits of the honey-eaters; and he also re-
peatedly states that they eat pollen, giving instances of pollen
being found in their stomachs.
The earliest reference, which I can tind, to the pollination of
Australian Howers by birds, is in an article on Eucalyptus by Dr.
WooUs(l). Speaking of hybridisation in E. tereticornis, he
says, "With regard to hybridisation in this genus, the flowers of
which are probably fertilised before the operculum is cast off, Dr.
Mueller does not think that it is impossible, but that all ordinary
chances are against it. 'Still,' he continues, 'as Mr. W. S. Macleay
remarked, parrots and other birds occasionally bite off the flower-
buds, and may accidentally uncover a stigma, and remove the
anthers; and, again, insects may then flnish oft' their work, and
carry pollen across from another species."
A correspondent, Mr. S. T. Turner, in a letter, mentions that,
at the time of writing, parrots were very busy biting off' the oper-
cula of Eucalypt-buds.
I do not thilik that there is any foundation for the opinion that
Eucalypt-flowers are fertilised in the bud. They are conspicuous
flowers when open, scented, and contain a large amount of nectar,
all of whicli would point to pollination by insects or birds.
I ha\e not been al)le to trace any further allusion to bird-polli-
nation in Australia until 1895, when a couple of short notes by
myself were read at a Meeting of the Australasian Association for
the Advancement of Science(20). These recorded the visits of
Acanthorhynchus, and a species of Ptilotis to Erythrina indica,
and of Acantliorhynchus to Telopea. In neither was the jDrocess
described, but it was in a later paper(21). In Erythrina, the
flowers are curved towards the left, and the bird sits on the riglit-
hand-side, and inserts its beak into the other side. The pressure
forces the stamens and style out, so that they brush on the side of
the bird's neck, leaving a deposit of pollen. Sliould tlie bird then
PRESIDENT'S ADDRESS. 27
visit a flower in which the stigma is receptive, some pulleii would
uudoiibtedly reach it. I captured a bird while feeding, and found
a considerable smear of pollen 'on the neck. As a rule, birds
feeding on nectar allow a much closer approach, and it seems also
as if they lost some of their fear of man ; for when I held a blos-
som to the bird in my hand, it inserted its bill, and fed on the
nectar. 1 have seen a note on honey-eating birds stating that they
may become intoxicated with the honey, and even drop to the
ground at times, but, unfortunately, I omitted to record the refer-
ence. There is no doubt, however, that some flowers produce nec-
tar which is more or less intoxicating. That of Banksia ericifolia
is so, and is apt to produce, a severe headache in some people.
Although the birds were most assiduous in their attentions to the
trees I hail under observation, no fruits were produced. I care-
fully pollinated a large number of flowers, and found that the
fruit developed till it was four inches in length, and as thick as a
knitting needle, but at this stage it invariably dropped oft'. Her-
mann Muller(2) says that Darwin states, on the autliority of
MacArthur's Observations tliat, in New South Wales, Erythrina
does not produce good fruit unless the flowers are shaken. But the
late Mr. G. H. Cox told me that it bore seed freely at Mulgoa. And
I have been told that it seeds plentifully on the Northern Rivers
and in Queensland.
The Note on Teloj^ea states : "The flowers produce very large
quantities of nectar at certain stages, so that if a head is shaken, a
shoAver of drops is thrown ott'. They are nuich visited by Acan-
thorhynchus and other honey-eating birds, j^et they rarely produce
fruits; but when a plant does, it usually develops a large num-
ber. In one instance, I observed a head wliich was nuich damaged
by some larvae, and this head afterwardjs developed several
capsules." Later I was able to watch one of these birds at a head,
which was in the nectar-bearing stage. 1 could not get close
enough to see just where the pollen was deposited on the bird, but
I marked the plant, and afterwards found eleven capsules on it.
Ho]tze{22) gives tlie following account of the pollination of
Grevillea chrysodendron: — "The showy flowers of this species are
28 president's address.
closely packed into the form of a brush, aud abound iu nectar.
Before maturity, the long pistil is curved, so that the stigmatic
pomt is inserted between the anijiiers at its foot. At maturity, the
pistil becomes erect, bearing on its head the pollen deposited there
by the anthers. The tree is visited by a small bird for the nectar
in the flowers, and the pollen is taken from tree to tree on its
breast and head, which come into contact with the stigma in prob-
ing for the nectar. Cross-fertilisation, therefore, is facilitated, aud
the existence of the provision for the pollen being deposited natur-
ally on each stigma would lead one to expect that, in the ancestral
form, this was to insure fertilisation should the floAver not receive
pollen from elsewhere. However, in the species under notice, the
flowers appear to be incapable of fertilisation with their own pol-
len," The writer makes the common mistake of supposing that
the whole of the disc on the end of the style is stigmatic, but this
is not so. The stigma is a minute, nipple-like point in the centre,
and in no species of Protead have 1 ever seen pollen on this.
Dr. Shirley, in the same volunie{23), has a paper on "Pecu-
liarities of the Flowers of the Order Proteacese,'" in wliich he
says, speaking of Grevillea : "The lowest have styles with a true
stigmatic surface. The central ones have immature styles coated
with pollen. The apical ones are still hooked in the perianths, and,
where the style-end is adherent to the petals, are clothed round the
line of attachment with a copious supply of honey. Parrots and
honey-eaters frequent the plants at this and earlier stages, clinging
below the flowers, and reaching to the apex of the inflorescence
where most honey lies. In doing so, they brush the pollen from
the central flowers on their feathers, and, visiting the next branch,
attach the grains to the lower stigmas of the next inflorescence,
thus fertilising them." He also notes the small proportion of fruits
that are sometimes found : "That this apparatus often fails is seen
in the few perfect fruits on Hakea and Macadamia bushes which
have borne masses of blossoms, and by there being seldom a dozen
fruits on a Banksia-cone, which carried a thousand perfect
flowers."
With the assistance of some students, I investigated a bush of
president's address. 29
Banksia erictfolia. We found that the average number of flowers
on a head was 900. Then, takinu' :ill tlie heads more than one year
old, we fonnd that only 001 per t-ent. of tlie flowers had developed
fruits. Usually one finds a large number of old cones without a
single fruit, and then one with from twelve, up to twenty. In one
instance, we found forty fruits on a single head. I attribute this
to the fact that, wlien tlie birds find a liead with plenty of nectar,
they worlc over it again and again. In West Australia, I noticed
that the Banksias al)out Perth bore comparatively few fruits, while
those round about Albany fruited very freely. This arises, I
tliink, from the fact that the honey-eaters are much more plentiful
at the latter place, and perhaps also from the presence of Tarsipes,
which is still found in that neighbourhood.
Mr. Musson and Mr. Carne have been good enough to supply me
with some interesting observations on bird-pollination, but, unfor-
tunately, I ha\e mislaid their very accurate series of notes on tlie
pollination of Grerillea rohnsta, illustrated Avitli photographs.
The notes showed that the flowers, at different stages, took up
different j^ositions. and that these changes were related to the
habits of the birds in visiting the blossoms. I hope Messrs. Musson
and Cai-ne have copies of these notes, as they certainly should be
]iublished, and would form a notable addition to our knowledge
of bird-pollination in Australia. In one of Mr. Musson's notes, he
says the Silver-eyes come to the underside of the horizontal spike
of flowers by swinging the l)ody round to get at the nectar. He
also mentions tlie bees, and a motli, apparently a species of
AgTostis, frequenting the flowers. Another interesting observation
was made at Lindfield. An Acacia, probably .1. suaveolens, Avas in-
fested with numbers of the Berry-scale {Lecaninm haccatum), and
these excreted large drops of honeydew. Two individuals of the
tufted honey-eater, FtUntis (niricfnnis, were seen feeding on the
drops of sweet fluid. None of the scales were damaged ; the birds
were undoubtedly after the honeydew. This is an interesting
observation, as it shows that the Meliphagidae will go to any sweet
fluid they detect. It is tolerably certain, therefore, that they will
visit nectar-bearing flowers whicli tliey cannot pollinate.
30 president's address.
While on tlie subject of the Proteads, I may mention that, as
long ago as 1882, Trelease(24) made out, from the examination
of plants growing' in the Botanic Garden in Cambridge, Mass., the
structure and mode of pollination of Hakea nodosa, and of Gre-
villea Thelemanniana. He notes that both flowers are incapable of
self-pollination, and that the Hakea is probably pollinated by
birds or insects, and the Grevillea l)y birds. He also refers to
Kerner's guess as to Dryandra being pollinated by kangaroos.
Mr. 0. Sargent has published a paper, "Biological Notes on
Acacia cefastrifolia{25). This plant (which Bentham considers a
varietv of A. mi/rtifolia), when the racemes open, secretes from
the gland on the phyllode at the base of the raceme, a drop of
nectar, and continues to do so all tlirough the time of flowering.
The Silver-eyes feed upon this. -'Careful examination of a flower-
ing-branch shows it to be well adapted for bird-pollination. No
hindrance is offered to the bird, as the saucer of nectar stands open
beside the inflorescence; yet in sipping the sweet fluid the bird is
sure to l)rush against the fluffy blossoms, and have its featliers
dusted with pollen. The next flower brushed against will receive
some of this pollen on its stigmas."
Mr. Sargent has also been good enough to send me a copy of liis
MS. of a paper entitled, "Fragments of Westralian Plant-
Biology," which has been accepted for publication by a Botanical
Journal. The first part of this paper is concerned with ornitho-
phylly. He thinks it probable that the flowers suited for birds
have been evolved from entomophilous flowers. The Honey-eaters
are aggressive feeders; if the nectar is not easy to get at, they rip
the flower open. In that way, the flowers which were best suited
to birds may have persisted, and developed, while the others retro-
graded. He sets forth certain types of flowers as being suited for
bird-pollination, beginning with simple open flowers like those of
Nuytsia; the flowers are open, and grow in masses; and birds feed-
ing on them, as they do, cannot fail to pollinate the stigmas.
Another flower of this type is Xanthorrhcea Preissii, and he has
frequently seen small birds drinking the nectar. My son has seen
the New Holland Honey-eater feeding on X. haStilis, following the
president's address. 31
spiral of flowers round the spike. But as Mr. Sargent remarks,
many insects also visit these. Indeed they are of a type visiteollinators.
In Beauforlia sparsa, he sees another type, more specialised for
birds; and he lias observed that the anthers rub against cheeks,
foreheads, and throats. This type reaches furtlier specialisation in
Calothaynniis sang'tvineus. In this, the anthers are arranged in
bundles, so placed that they press against the heads of the birds
(Glyciphila and Zosterops) visiting it. Other flowers mentioned
as ornithophilous are AstroJoma diiiaricnta and Bhincoa cdiiescens.
Anigozanthos humilis and A. Manglesii, he has not personally
seen visited by birds, but his brothers have seen thi?m at the
former, and some friends have seen small birds at the latter. I
may say that I have repeatedly seen Acanthorhynchus feeding
on A. Manglesii in the King's Park in Peith, and I noted their
black heads covered with yellow pollen.
Mr. Sargent names three of the Papilionacese as ornithophilous
— Tenipletouin retusa, Crotalaria Ctiwidnghtimii, and Clianthns
Dampieri.
His last type embraces the Proteaceae, and he mentions Ade-
nanthos cuneata, Baiiksi't attenuatn^ B. MeAiziesii, Dryandra
fioribunda, and D. carduacea.
Miss Brewster lately read a paper(26) before this Society on
bird-pollination in Darwinia fascicular Is. The paper is now
32 president's address.
available to Members, so I need not quote from it. Miss Brewster
has done an excellent piece of work, and left little, if anything,
for others to glean, except to extend her observations to the
other species of the genus.
A little book by Mr. C. Miidd(27) contains a good deal about
pollination, some of it very extraordinary, too extraordinary to he
taken seriously — as for example the pollination of Dryaiidra !)>■
kangaroos, said to have been observed on the Bine Mountains; and
of an orchid by frogs.
In a paper by E. W. Berry(28), on " The Affinities and Dis-
tribution of the Lower Eocene Flora of South-Eastern North
America, he gives a list of plants, among which are six Proteads
in four genera- Palaeodendron, Proteoides, Knightopliyllum, and
f^anksia. He also mentions Banksia and Drvandra as l)ein£r
found in abundance in the European Tertiary, and that the
family enjoyed a nu)re or less cosmopolitan range in the Early
Tertiary. The ani;estors of the family, he thinks, probably
entered the Australian Region during the Upper Cretaceous,
before the country had become entirely separated from Asia,
becoming adapted to the peculiar soils and climate of Australia:
while the stock in the Northern Hemisphere appears to have
been unable to stand the climatic changes, and thus became
extinct. Von Ettingsliausen, in his Memoir, republished by the
Department of Mines, Sydney(29), described a number of Pro-
teads from the Tertiary of Australia. Incidentally, I would like
to place upon record my feeling that it is unsafe to identify plants
from mere impressions of their leaves. The more plants I know,
the more I find that leaves very similar occur in plants belonging
to widely separated families, while, on the other hand, plants
belonging to the same family, or even the same genus, may have
leaves so utterly dissimilar, that T should hesitate, without having
seen flowers or fruits, to tliink thev were allied. The differincr
types of leaf in Banksia and Hakea are examples of this. But
Mr. Deane expressed similar opinions frcmi this Chair long ago,
in mucli more convincing terms.
The point I wished to draw attention to is this : that the
majority of recent Proteads are bird-pollinated, and specially
president's address. 33
adapted to that. Now were these old Proteads (and notwith-
standing what I have said above, I believe that there were
archaic Proteads) bird-pollinated, and if so, what were the birds
concerned? If an inflorescence of a fossil Banksia is known, it
might be easy to say whether it was likely to have been so
pollinated. And, in that case, I should like to ask the palieon-
tologists whether there ai-e any Tertiary birds known, which
would be likely to have been the ancestors of any of the three
great groups of pollinators— Humming-birds, Sun-birds, and the
Honey-eaters of Australia?
I have said enough to show that the bird-pollination of Aus-
tralian flowers is a large and interesting problem awaiting solu-
tion in detail. Some of the questions that need answering are
the following. Are the colours of the flowers adapted to attract
birds? It is generally taken for granted that bird-pollinated
flowers are of brilliant colours, mostly reds. But closer acquaint-
ance with the habits of the birds leads one to think that the
brilliant colours may not be necessary to attract them. Our
honey-eaters seem to visit any flower that ofters them a plenti-
tude of honey. Again, are the tubular flowers specially adapted
to birds with long bills like the Meliphagidae? Here, T think
the answer will incline towards the afiirmative, but nevertheless
the fact that they go to shallow flowers, like Eucalyptus and
Xanthorrhcea, seems to point to the same conclusion— that the
shapes of flowers do not matter greatly, if there is abundance of
nectar. Are there any other factors that are significant— scent,
for example ? These questions can only be finally settled by long-
continued observation of the birds and the flowers they frequent.
The next point (or perhaps it should be the first) to be settled
is the actual method of pollination. Knuth(8) says: — "It must
be the aim of research in pollination to make out the adaptation
of all flowers and their pollinators, and this can only be ap-
proached if such investigations are systematically carried out,
and in as many small and clearly demarcated areas as possible."
Now the points regarding adaptation wJiich have to be observed
are many. The shape and colour of the corolla, the presence
and amount of nectar, the scent, the length and position of the
stamens and style, at various stages of anthesis, the time of
3
34 president's address.
maturation of anthers and stigma, and the relation of these
stages to the changes of position in those organs. And, in the
case of the birds, the presence of grooves on the beak as pollen-
receptacles, the presence of modified feathers for the purpose of
retaining pollen-grains, the position the bird takes on approach-
ing the flower, and on what part of the body it receives and
carries pollen; all these points must be made out before it can
be said that we know how a flower is pollinated by birds.
To succeed in such an inquiry, the observer must have un-
limited time and patience. He may have to sit motionless for a
long period near the plant being investigated, till the birds gain
confidence and approach the flowers; he must have keen sight
and a good pair of field-glasses. He needs to camp out in a
selected spot, and to be abroad at dawn, when the birds are
beginning to feed; and, in addition, since the most precise in-
formation is necessaiy with regard to the bird's size, shape of
head and beak, and their relation to the parts of the flower, and
can only be seen in the bird in the hand, which is proverbially
worth two in the bush, he must, repugnant as it may be to a
bird-lover, be prepared to sacrifice the lives of some of the
pollinators to settle these questions accurately. Jt is a big piece
of work, but it is worth the trouble; and a few earnest investi-
gators with suflicient time at their disposal would soon produce
results which would be of far greater value than the vague state-
ments to be found in most of the papers on bird-pollination. It
is not that the interest and importance of the subject are un-
recognised, but that favourable conditions for carrying out the
necessary investigations have been wanting.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
(l).WooLLS, Dr. W. — A Contribution to the Flora of Australia.
(2). Mueller, H. — The Fertilisation of Flowers, pp. 15, 215.
(3).SCHIMPER, A. F. W. — Plant Geography, p. 120.
(4). Bates, H. W. — The Naturalist on the River Amazons, p. 97.
(5).Kerner — The Natural History of Plants, p. 225.
(6).MosELEY, H. N. — Notes by a Naturalist on the "Challenger," pp.305,
469, 605.
(7). Hancock — American Naturalist, xxviii., p.679.
(8).Knuth, p. — Handbook of Flower Pollination, i., p.73.
(9).Rii)()WAY — "The Humming Birds," in Smithsonian Report, 1890,
(10). Perkins — -Fauna Hawaiiensis, i., p.368 et seq.
(11
(12
(13
(14
(15
(16
(17
(18
(19
(20
(21
(22
(23
(24
(25
(26
(27
(28
(29
president's address. 35
.Beal, W. J.— American Naturalist, xiv.,p. 12; pp. 362-3(33; xv.,p.26o.
.Scott, Elliot— Ann. Bot., 1890-91.
.Stoneman, Bertha — South African Plants and their Ways.
.Darwin, C. — Cross and .Self Fertilisation of Plants, p. 371.
.Wallace, A. R. — Darwinism, p. 321.
.Thomson, G. M. — Trans. N.Z. Inst., xiii., p.258.
.Kirk, T. — Forest Flora of New Zealand, pp.54, 302.
.Petrie — Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxv., xxxvii., p.409.
.Lainc; and Blackwell — Plants of New Zealand.
.Hamilton, A. G. — Report Aust. Asscn. Adv. Sci., vii.
, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxxiii.
.HoLTZE, N. — Report Aust. Asscn. Adv. Sci., vii., p. 566.
.Shirley, J. — Report Aust. Asscn. Adv. Sci., vii., p. 569.
.Trelease, W. — Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xxi., p.416.
.Sargent, 0.— Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. W.A., 1907.
.Brewster, A. A. — Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xl.
.MuDD, C. — Whys and Ways of the Bush.
.Berry, E. W. — Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc, liii.
.Von Ettingshausen, C. — Contributions to the Tertiary Flora of
Australia.
Mr. J. H. Campbell, Hon. Treasurer, presented the balance
sheet for the year 1915, duly signed by the Auditor, Mr. F. H.
Rayment, F.C.P.A., Incorporated Accountant; and he moved
that it be received and adopted, which was carried unanimously.
Abstract: General Account, Balance from 1914, £531 13s. 4d.;
income, £1,164 8s. 8d.; expenditure, £912 8s. lOd.; transfer to
Bookbinding account, £5 5s. Od.; balance to 1916, £778 8s. 2d.
Bacteriology Account, Income, £527 17s. 6d.; expenditure,
£535 7s. 2d.; debit balance to 1916, £25 19s. 9d. Linnean
Macleay Fellowships Account, Income, £2,027 15s. 3d.; ex-
penditure, £1,598 17s. Od. (nicluding £97 2s. Od. for publication
of Fellows' contributions to the Proceedings) ; transfer to Capital
account, £428 18s. 3d.
No valid nominations of other Candidates having been received,
the President declared the following elections for the Current
Session to be duly made: — President: Mr. A. G. Hamilton.
Members of Council (to fill six vacancies): — Messrs. R. H.
Cambage, F.L.8., J. H. Campbell, H. G. Chapman, M.D., B.Sc,
J. B. Cleland, M.l)., T. Storie Dixson, M.B., Ch.M., and A. F.
Basset Hull. Auditor: Mr. F. H. Rayment, F.C.P.A.
On the motion of Dr. S. J. Johnston, a very cordial vote of
thanks to the President, was carried by acclamation.
36
ir
^i
Oi
3
0)
tJ
&^
^
2;
o
o
p
O
D
<1
■p
CQ
J
CO
=y«
<1
+3
+-»
-p
o
0)
CQ
m
0)
a
«^
pq
J55
V
$:
j:
o
o
=
o
O
in
Ov '
IN
■TJ
o
o o o
O
o
rH
rH
rH
sa
'
o
o o o
o
•^
o
W 1
o
o o o
o
CO
OJ
>a
to
O O «D
l>
CO
lO
«5
.
!25
ClQ
«H
«M
o
aj
o
X
03
!/
!
6
o
a
*5l
be
03
IS)
be
|C
cS
• 1-1
'c
CO S
pq
02
■a
; i§
1 — 1
+5
4
• •
G u
4^
>
03
c
4J
War Loa
N.S.W. T
Loans on
'S
4.
£
1-^
B
>
4
'Z
a;
to ^
o
C
c
c
cS
a
! h— 1
O
nS
o o
O c
C\
!
M
M
o o
o o
o o
o «:
)
rH
tj
I-
;£ :
Crt
r— (
'^§
7-
m
c
!i
a
a
t?
^
S-
Eh
M
be
4
a
>'E
• Q
F
n
■ 3
t:
4
t-H
Hi
'a
c
4
41
4
4
+■
. 4> ^
4
1—
c
<
■*-♦-
p
<
U
Sum
0, le
b
<
• iH
6 ■=>
'C
il
5 ;h o
;: 5 =«
4
+-
c
^
fH
c
c
7
3
3
c
C
;
H
p:
►^
II
u
4)
03
0)
Ed
CQ
<
o
W
1-5
'73
4)
U
T3
O
U
03 O
3 ^
v> 'O
tS 6 S
2 P^ S
o
o
rt
H
^
;h
H
cs
;g
?
w
.o
■«i
41
4J Ph
c3
;»
25
37
at
to
a
a
o
o
o
Q
■p
to
CO
-d
d
«
ei
O
>>
O
O
o
o
o
-a -^i
c
c
Ci
»-l
c
o
tH
CO CO »0 1/5 Oi 00 O
w
r-( r-l rH
iH O »0 tH r-l to
«o
«« CO CO o O t-(
05
Irt ^ C. r-t
r-T
'O o c o
. . 1 m . .
=«
o o .
(M
01 50 !£> C>1
c^*^ •
1-1 tH
=« o .
T-l ^ CO
°o ■
Crt w th
I-l
«^ *
o,-^
: 0 "^
\
• S 2 *<
<
Oi
« fcc-c
o
^ 1
tap
.2
nee from
;criptions-
1 r. . . . .
7
a
< -J « ,•/■ aj CC
0;
-*-
O
Mm lil^o!} M
>5 - - :: •
pq - ' ' •
T^ O ^ 7>
05 O 5M
c
r-i
01 Ol r-l t>
O O OC
?!
uo O i-l
•^ to oc
^
ert o «n CO
to t^
o>
-*< CO
t-
'T3 o in
O Oi
o c c o «o
-f rt c
•
crt
1—1
to »n o
OS t-
c 0-5 c «n i^
■* O C
tH
i-l
iH iH r-l
iH OO
CO t-
1—1 ?>. r-» rH eo
*** iH «
«« «> t-
(M
07 ,H
(M
' •
: a : : :
■ EC
S «!
. o •
. o
• cc • o •
c3 (In -^
iL, 01
: ^ C T,
aj »I fi
7^
0.
c
c
6
< >-
■CCr-
^^s
e 01 u ? >^'~^+-
. i ..5 w-t- 5 ce oj 2
2i ^
1-
••: r -5 ?
rt a ^ -
T3 ^
cs^s ^c c ^ »5 ~*^
0; c3 .■;:
O Oj
03^^ ^-1 p., P, <, .-
II
ss
T3
o a>
to
o o
=rt
o w
05
CO
CO
H
02
OQ
o •
m
^ CO
^^
S^^
s«
o
o
o o
o o
o o
o o
to 05
CO
M
H
M
M
(In ;
rQ CO •
'zi ^ ■
vs •
•^ o .
"S ^^ •
O) ^
&=«
4> ' •
,0 >J •
C3 Q
di O
+J — ys
3
o
01 CO
o o
->- o
0;
U li
0 01
05
0 05
05
i-(
iH
0 10
>o
0 a
CQ
05
O)
CO
co"
r-l
tH
=«
«rt
io
«
a
o
o
o
Q
+s
CQ
iH
CO
-d
o
•d
fl
o
u
ci
o
a:
&
o
o
o
o
o
'O N
«! •*
CO Oi
CO
t3
CO
o
o
00
O CO
. . O
U
tc • Oh
C
(D . m
0 -^^
-2 ..S2
01
o
"5 cM
^_ .r-| a)
a P 0)
OQ
o
u
o
OS
o
a
^t-iOOI-Ct-i050000
»JOOOOt001t'-C5o>^0
0DO;DOr-la0r-IOO'-l=0
^ i-t Tfi rH lO
i
CO
o
C
CO
o
y; ;,
O
C3 a; CC _
CC ^ ?-( n^ ^
i2 J5
w
.2 be
a s <^
J3 .fi f^
cC G CO
i£ '* S
cS c3 ^
as c
a
o
•42
i^i
o
ft
o
ft
o
39
-^
o o
o
i>
■f)
o o
o
•■*l
O '.-5
n 1-.
T-! l-
(7>
or.:
CO
H
m
CO
o
CJD
0) CX)
'E O
i2 IS r^ £
^ ^
O
5
m
X <• ^ -r-^
■f.
CI
o
o
o
CO
CO
to
ci'
01
2i fo
.rt o
." O
00 w
0^ '■T
-— C3
■Ji
s ^
O i>
'oc
C3 " O a:
o>: cs i i =
t; i^ -^ z-^ •/.
S, —
t> O
t-
M fO
tH
to
O O
O O
o
00
0*
c
t: M
M
2J
T— 1
l-
O
«
id
«-i
0)
M
-^J
*S
s
»4
0)
a
,Q
X
a
9
r"
d>
a
Q
o
•p
CO
a;
l-t
^1
CO
•0
o
-a
d)
•
^
'U o c
c
fO
CO
a
«
C« C (M
ir
00
o
t»»
r-
iH
7— i
^
O l-
T—
00
t-
woo
CI
M
LO
-t
O
iH
N
t3
OJ .
ert
o
fe ■
.
o
<
m
^."^
-*^
o
c
^ re
o
o
iz;
c
+-
M
+-
^^
^ ot
(U
i p
^
'H
r
" 0-
5 5
c
r-
tc
•fH-e
^
' ?^
a
T O
4-
re -1-
*^
c
,
s c
;;
^
a«
X -^
■-
u
K
r—
W
re
c
r^
-
o
1^
OJ
fQ
re
K
00
n
t
r-i
a
1^
C
;^
E
^
re
-t:
y.
^
K
-^
40
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
March 29th, 1916.
Mr. A. G. Hamilton, President, in the Chair.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous
Monthly Meeting (24th November, 1915), amounting to 28 Vols.,
231 Parts or Nos., 40 Bulletins, 9 Reports, and 25 Pamphlets,
received from 89 Societies, etc., and four private donors, were
laid upon the table.
41
STUDIE8 IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA.
No. ii. Descriptions of new Genera and .Species of the
Families Osmylid.h, MvmtELEONTiD.i-:, and Ascalapiiida:.
By R. J. TiLLYARD, M.A., B.Sc, F.L.S., F.E.S., Linnean
Macleay Fellow of the Society in Zoolooy.
(Plates i.-vi., and three Text-figs.)
The material on which this paper is based is mainly drawn
from my own collection, but has been gathered together by the
kindness and energy of many correspondents rather than by
myself. These larger Neuroptera are not generally to be taken in
".ny numbers, as are the Odonata; and the gathering together of
the material necessary for their study must be spread over a
large number of years and carried on by a number of collectors.
Particularly must this be so when, as in the case of the Myrrae-
leontidoi, the majority of species are not to be found in the well-
watered coastal regions, but are confined to the more arid regions
of the interior. Thus it would seem that Broken Hill, N.S.W.,
with a rainfall of less than ten inches, is particularly rich in
these insects, and the largest number of new species must be
credited to the energy of Mr. O. B. Lower, F.E.S., my valued
correspondent in this locality. Almost equally rich is the dry,
sandy region of Western Australia, and even the coastal portion
of that State po.ssesses a large number of fine species. From
Mr. W. B. Alexander, F.E.S., Keeper of Biology in the W.A.
Museum, Perth, I have received, for study, a small collection of
Neuroptera containing some fine species; the types of the new-
species of this collection are in the West Australian Museum,
and the descriptions are included in this paper. Other small
collections of Neuroptera have been sent to me by Mr. G. F.
Berthoud, of Waroona, W.A., Mr. G. A. Waterhouse, B.E , B.Sc,
42 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, ii.,
F.E S., of Sydney, Mr. E. Allen, of Emerald, Q., Dr. A. J. Turner,
F.E.S., of Sherwood, Brisbane, Q., and Mr. Rowland E. Turner,
of London, (from Yallingup, W.A.). To all of these, I offer my
sincere thanks for the valuable specimens received, without
which my collection would still be a very poor one indeed.
Id this paper, eighteen species are proposed as new. One of
these belongs to the family Osmylidoi, one to the Ascalaphidce,
and the remaining seventeen to the Myrmeleonlid'e. This latter
family offers considerable difficulty to the Australian systematist,
chieHy because of the paucity of literature, the inaccessibility of
the types of the species already described (mostly by Walker,
Gerstaecker, and Banks), and also partly because of the close
resemblance between many of the forms. I desire, therefore, to
express my thanks to my friend, Mr. Esben Petersen, of SilUe-
borg, Denmark, for giving me his valuable opinion on a number
of the forms described in this paper, and also for his excellent
generic table, recently published in these Proceedings (1915,
Vol. xl., Part 1, pp.56-57), which I found of the greatest help,
particularly in assigning positions to a number of new genera.
Four genera are proposed as new. No attempt has been made
to break up the complex genera Glenoleon, FonnicaUou, or Acan-
thaclisis, though Alloformicaleoii Esb.-Pet., has been accepted as
a valid genus. A new division of the subfamily Dendroleontince
into three tribes has been proposed, based on venational and
phylogenetic considerations.
The following is a list of the genera and species dealt with in
this paper : —
Family OSMYLID^.
EuPORiSMUS, n.g. (Type, E. albatrox, n.sp.)
1. Etiporisrmis albatrox, n.sp.
Family MYRMELEONTID^.
Subfamily DENDROLEONTIN.E.
Tribe ProtopIectPini, trib.nov.
2. Protoplectron longitudinale, n.sp.
3. Protoplectron ereniitx^ n.sp.
BY R. J. TILLYAKD. 43
Tribe UendPOleontini, tiih.nov.
4. Peridystus aureo/afus, n.sp.
5. Dendroleoa lambda^ n.sp.
6. Dendroleon dwuiyaui, n.sp.
7. Gleiioleoii bertnoii'li, n.sp.
8. Glenoleoii aurora, n.sp.
9. Glenoleoii roseipewiis, n.sp.
Tribe Distoleontini, trib.nov.
10. Gi/mnocueniia macnlata, n.sp.
Brachyleon, n.g. [Type, B. darnnni (Banks)].
11. Brachyleon darwini (Banks).
Stevoleon, n.g. (Type, S. fieldi, n.sp.).
12. Stenoleo7i fleldi, n.sp.
Xantholeon, n.g. (Type, X. helmsi, n.sp.).
13. Xantholeon hehnsi, n.sp.
14. Allofo7'micaleon hyalitius, n.sp.
15. Alio for micaleon. walerhousei, n.sp.
16. Distoleon nigrosignatus, n.sp.
Subfamily MYRMELEONTIN.E.
17. Myrmeleon loweri, n.sp.
18. Acanthaclisis peterseni, n.sp.
. Family ASCALAPHID^.
Subfamily PROTASCALAPHIN.E.
19. Stilbopteryx dromedaria, n.sp.
Family OSMYLID^.
EupoRisMUS, n.g.
Allied to Porismus, from which it differs as follows : wings
longer, narrower in proportion, with the tips not broadly rounded
but somewhat pointed, slightly falcate. Colour-pattern black
and white. Rs close to and parallel with R (in Porismus, Rs
diverges from R for about two-fifths of the wing-length, and then
converges towards it apically). Branches of Rs very numerous^
closely arranged, almost straight, and nearly parallel (in Porismus
44 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTKRA, ii.
they are fewer, wider apart, and less regular). Towards apex
of wing, a set of cross-veins forms a distinct, curved line running
across the wing from M to pterostigma, separating off an internal
"disc" from a distinct apical portion, which carries only closely
parallel, longitudinal veins (cf. Psi/chopsis); in Porismns, this
line is absent. Four anal veins present, as in Porismus. hut 2A
and 3A stand further from the posterior border, and the cross-
veins arising from them are longer and more numerous than in
Porismus.
Genotype, Euporisnius albatrox, u sp.
This genus may be placed as intermediate between Porismns
and Oedosmylas; for, while it resembles the former in the strong
branching of Ou, and in the dense wing-pigmentation, it ap-
proaches the latter in the shape of the wings, and in the pos-
session of the apical line of cross-veins.
It is interesting to note that a fossil insect-wing, closely re-
sembling the hind- wing of F. albatro.c, has recently been dis-
covered in sandstone-rock at Goodna, near Ipswich, Q This
rock is supposed to have come from a Tertiary deposit (? Eocene)
overlying the Trias-Jura rocks of the Ipswich Coal- Measures.
I.EUPORISMUS ALBATROX, n.Sp. (PI i., fig.l).
Total length 16'5, abdomen 9'5, forewing 30, hindwing "iSmra.
Head very small, 25 mm. wide; e^yes dark olive-brown; the
three ocelli large, black, the median one very distinctly double;
epicranium black, antennce 11 mm., slender, black, basal joint
twice as long and thick as the second; lahnim and moiUhparts
shiny brown.
Thorax : prothorax Iwmm., elongate, slender, orange-brown.
Pterothorax orange brown, marked with black in the sutures,
especially along the middle line; wing-bases blackish. Legs
black, fore- and middle-legs short, hind-legs long.
Abdomen short, of medium width, dark grey above, marked
with numerous, orange-brown spots; underside orange-brown,
especially at apex.
Wings: venation very close and abundant. Costal border of
forewing strongly arched near base; costal space wide near
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 46
base, gradually tapering towards pterostigraa. All four wings
strongly curved towards tips, which end in a slight point;
the posterior margin being very slightly hollowed out towards
the tip, the wings have a slightly falcate appearance.
Colouration : forewing richly mottled with black and white,
the former colour due to pigment, the latter to a very close
arrangement of numerous, parallel, white veins. Costal
space irregularly blotched with black patches, separated by
hyaline spaces crossed by white veins. In the pterostigmatic
region, and extending nearly to tip of wing, is a large, subtri-
angular, white patch, the curved wing-border forming its base,
while its apex is directed pusteriad and forms an angle a little
greater than a right-angle. On this patch, two small black spots
interrupt the white wing-border. The rest of the wing is very
irregularly and heavily marked with black. Hindwing nearly
all hyaline in its basal half; then follows a large, irregular, black
blotch right across the wing before the level of the pterostigma,
but somewhat interrupted between M and Cu distally; beyond
this, covering the pterostigma and all the apical part of the wing
except the extreme tip, is a whitish patch, larger and more
irregular than the corresponding patch in the forewing. [In
the dead insect, the black wing-pigment fades gradually to a
dark, semi-transparent brownish, as in Poristmis strigatus\.
Hah. — Head of Condamine lliver, near Killarney, Q. Very
rare. Mr. E. J. Dumigan captured, in January, 1914, four
specimens sitting on the large rocks of the river-bed.
Type in Coll. Tillyard. (E. J. Dumigan; January 8th, 1914).
Of the remaining three, one has been placed in Mr. Esben
Petersen's collection, another in that of Mr Nathan Banks, and
the third remains in my collection.
Family MYHMELEONTIDiE.
Subfamily DENDROLEONTIN.E.
This sul)fainily was formed by N. Banks to include all those
genera in which there is only a single cross-vein in the radial
space of die hindwing, before the origin of the radial sector. As
46 STUDIES m AUSTRALIAN KEUROPTERA, ii.,
this character is based essentially on the archaic position of Rs,
viz., originating from R close to the wing-base, it seems to me an
excellent character for tlie main subdivision of the family, and
marks off the large complex of forms included in the Deiidroleon-
tiiKH (to which the great majority of our Australian species
belong) as definitely more archaic than the My rmeleontince, in
which the radial sector of the hindwing has progressed much
further along R.
In subdividing the mass of forms in the Dendrn/eontinrc, it
seems to me that too much stress has been laid on the presence
or absence of tibial spines. In the dichotomous tallies so far
published by Banks and Petersen, this character is used for
effecting the main dichotomy, and only later are venational
characters brought into play. Now, I would urge an alteration
of this procedure for two reasons; firstly, because it seems pro-
bable that some forms, at least, that lack spurs (if not all) did
originally possess them,* and are really closely related to those
forms (e.g., Glenoleon) which possess very short spurs, hut which,
on the present method of dichotomy, are driven right to the
other end of the table; and secondly, because the wing-venation,
particularly of the forewing, offers us more important and better
understood characters, and a far better chance of making natural
divisions. I would propose that, in no ca.se, sh(juld the absence,
or (if present) the size of the spurs be used for divisions greater
than of generic value, since we cannot ignore the strong pro-
bability of convergent reductions of these organs in widely
separated groups.
Turning, then, to the venation of the forewing, we can select,
without hesitation, as a natural group, those peculiar genera in
which Cuj runs parallel with Cuj -I- h\., for a considerable distance.
This is clearly an archaic character, carried over without change
from Nyniphid-sLUcestors. These genera form a distinct tribe,
which I propose to name I'rotoplectrini. This tribe is represented
* The presence of these spurs almost universally in the Neuroptera,
Triflioptera. Lepidoptera. and Meeopteia is a fact that cannot lie ignored
in our attempts at classification.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. i f
in Australia by the two genera, Protoplectron and Pseudo/ormica-
leon, two genera which may be compared respectively with
Acanthadisis and Myrmeleon in the subfamily Myrmeleontinm.
The African genus Creagis would also appear to belong to this
ancient group.
It appears that the position of the cubital fork has remained
fixed, throughout the evolutionary development of the subfamily,
at a point about one fourth of the wing-length from the base.
This is, therefore, a satisfactory Jixed level from which we can
observe the evolution of the radial sector in the forewing. This,
as might be expected, has followed the same lines as in the hind-
wing, i.e., gradual removal of its point of origin on R, from a
point close to the base of the wing to a position further and
further distad. Thus, just as the DendroJeontAnn' are, as a whole,
more archaic than the Myrmeleont'm(t>, on account of the position
of the origin of Rs in the hindiving, so we may now select, from
amongst the Dendrohontince themselves, those more archaic
genera in which the same holds good for the forenjing. This
tribe, to which I give the name Dendroleontini, includes, then,
all genera in which Cu., does not run parallel with Cu, -f M., and
having the origin of Rs in the forewing before the level of the
cubital fork. This tribe contains a large number of genera, of
which the Australian representatives are Dendroleov, Ghnoleon,
Froggattisca (an asthenic offshoot of Glenoleon), Peridystus, and
Chrysohon.
Finally, we may group together those genera in which the
origin of Rs, in the forewing, has become shifted to a level either
exactly above, or distad from, that of the cubital fork, as the
tribe Disfoleontini. The connecting-link with the Dendroleon-
tini is not wanting, since the genus Gymnocnemia has the origin
of Rs exactly above the cubital fork. But as, in other respects,
this genus appears to belong rather to the Disfoleontini than the
Dendroleontini, it seems advisable to include it here rather than
to separate it out as an intermediate tribe. The Dendroleontini^
then, also contain a large number of genera, of which the Aus-
tralian representatives are Gymnocnemia, Jh-achyleon, n.g.,>Steno-
lean, n.g., Xantholeou, n.g., Macronemnrus, Formlcaleon, Alio-
48
STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, 11.,
formicaleon, and Distoleon. The phylogeny of these three tribes
may be exhibited thus : —
Myrnieleontinje
2^ l/niph id -like
Ancestor.
Piotoplectrini
Dendroleontini
a
o
C
Uistoleontini J Q
In this diagram, I have not attempted to show the ramifica-
tions of the subfamily MyrmeleoutiiuH, whose headquarters lie
quite outside Australia.
Tribe Ppotopleetplnl.
In forewing, Cu runs parallel with Cu, + M„ for some distance.
Genus P r o t o p l e c t r o n Gerst.
2. Pkotoplectron longitudinale, n.sp. (PI. ii., fig. 5).
Total length 30, abdomen 23'5, forewing 41oxl05 wide,
hind wing 39 5 x 9 mm wide.
Head: epicranium blackish, with two, small, brown spots on
occipital ridge near eyes; eyes black, touched with grey above;
antenufP 9 mm., greyish-brown, ringed with black; face and
mouth-parts pale, shiny orange-brown.
Thorax: prothorax short, 3'5 x 2*5 mm., downy, grey, with
two, longitudinal, dorsal, blackish stripes. Frothorax grey,
downy, with darker markings, a small but distinct, white spot
close to base of each forewing; underside with soft, pale grey
hairs. Lecostal space: pterostigma
l)lackish, covering 7-8 veinlets, all but three of them forked dis-
tallv. Along Cuj + M^ runs a thick, somewhat sinuous, longi-
tudinal, black band, continued distally across M, to tip of wing.
Hind wing without markings, pterostigma weakly indicated by a
brownish patch.
Hab. —Western Australia; also Broken Hill, N.S.W. (O.
Lower).
Type in Coll. West Australian Museum. Label " H. 22,"
indicating that it was collected by Mr. G. H. Hardy, now of the
Tasmanian Museum, Hobart. No date or locality-label.
The Broken Hill specimen was unfortunately badly damaged
in the post; only a small piece of the thorax, and the two wings
of tiie right side, hanging by a thread, remain.
This rare species superficially resembles the commoner Dislo-
leoii nigrosu/natns, irom which, however, it can be distinguished
at sight bv the fact that the lonoitudinal, black mark is single
and continuous, whereas, in Z>. niyrosignatus, it is bi'oken into
two. parts. The venations of the two species are, of course, quite
distinct. It is somewhat remarkable that there should be, in a
small collection of Western Australian forms, representatives of
three genera {Protoplectron, Distoleoti, Glenoleon) having this
unique development of a longitudinal, black line in the forewing,
while, in a fourth {Duadroleon), there is also a considerable
development of black pigment.
3. Photoplectrox eremi^, n.sp. (PI. ii.. fig. 4).
Total length 19, abdomen 13, forewing 24*5, hiudwing 23mm.
Head: epicranium grey, with black markings behind and a
touch of brown in front; eyes dark grey; antennve 6mm., grejush;
face orange-brown, mouth-parts blackish.
Thorax grey-brown with blackish markings; on prothorax,
two, parallel, longitudinal, blackish bands. Leys greyish, very
short and thick, hairy.
50 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUflOPTERA, ii.,
Abdomen grey-black, smooth above, sides with numerous,
fine, grey hairs; a fine, transverse, brown line at apex of seg-
ments 4-8.
Wings rather narrow and pointed. Venation of forewing
speckled black and white, likewise Sc in hindwing, rest of vena-
tion of that wing blackish. In forewing, the pterostigma has a
strongly-marked, black, proximal patch: in hindwing, only a
very slight touch of black along R. Hindwing hyaline, forewing
much marked with small, blackish spots and patches, especially
along R, Cuj -f Mo and the branch of Rs next but one above M^:
many cross-veins and dichotomous forkings also touched with
black.
//a6. — Broken Hill, N.S.W. A single specimen taken by Mr.
O. Lower; November 11th, 1902.
Type in Coll. Tillyard. Unique.
Closely allied to Pr. venustnm Gerst., from which it can be
at once distinguished by its shorter wings, shorter and stouter
abdomen, and by the lack of the strikingly beautiful effect of the
pattern of the forewing, from which Gerstaecker's species re-
ceived its name Pr. erem'u^'iH possibly a dwarfed, inland species
geminate with P. venustnm, \Vhich appears to be confined to the
coastal strip and eastern river- valleys.
Tribe Dendpoleontinl.
In forewing, Cu., bends sharply away from Cu, -|- Mj. Ks arises
at a level proximal to that of the cubital fork.
Genus Periclystus Gerst.
4. Periclystus aureolatus, n.sp. (PI. ii., fig. 3).
Total length about 19 (tip of abdomen bent under), forewing
26'5 by 7"5 wide, hindwing 24'5 x 5nnn.
Head orange-brown, except for a black area between the
eyes, isolating two orange spots, one at base of each antenna; eyes
black, shining; antenna', short, 3 mm., brownish at base, shading
to I'eddish at tips.
Thorax orange-brown above, with black marks in the
suture, and touches of black near the wing-bases: underside
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 51
shining black, with small, but conspicuous, orange-brown spots.
Legs : fore and middle moderate, hind very long, black, spotted
with orange as follows base and apex of femora, base of tibife
and a small spot about Imm.distad from it; basal joint of tarsus
orange, second brownish, third blackish, fourth brownish, fifth
orange-brown, blackish distally, claws brownish; tibial spurs as
long as first two tarsal joints.
Abdomen (somewhat shrivelled and bent) fairly slender,
banded transversely with alternate orange and black, the black
predominating distally, the orange being reduced to small spots;
tip broadly truncate, orange, with short, black, hairy appendages.
Wings: posterior border of forewing twice angulated, onqe
near middle of wing, very obtusely [middle posterior anyle) and
once more distally (angle of the falcate border); the part of the
border between this angle and the apex (falcate border) is very
slio-htly hollowed out, so that the wing is slightly falcate. In
the hind wing, there is only one posterior angle, the border
between it and the apex being irregularly waved.
Costa pale brownish, all other veins whitish. Forewing
beautifully marked with numerous, irregular spots, some .serai-
transparent orange, some dark brown or black, and others dark
brown with golden centres; base slightly saffroned for about
3 mm. These spots are arranged as follows— along 8c and R,
nine spots, three, small, basal ones, then a larger, blackish, sub-
rectangular one 6 ram. from base; 3 mm. further on, a similar but
slightly smaller spot; 2 mm. further on, a slightly larger spot,
dark brown with orange-gold centre; 2-5 mm. further on, a
similar but narrower spot; a similar but more rounded spot sur-
rounding the radial brace; between these two last, a small rect-
angular spot with golden centre. All these spots just touch 8c
from below, but they lie, on the whole, well below R. Ptero-
stigma marked by an opaque, whitish, oval area surrounding a
small dark brown spot, also a somewhat concentric, blackish spot
between this and the last of tlie I'ow of radial spots. Between
R and Rs near apex, there are two, small, dark, squarish spots,
with orange-gold centres. Along Cuj + M.,, touching M, from
below, are four, orange-gold spots touched posteriorly with brown,
52
STUDIES IK AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, ii.,
followed by a dark brown spot, above which, slightly proxiraad,
lies a small, brown spot. In the cubital space, there are four,
elongated, narrow, blackish spots. At the apex of the wing, is
a large, irregular, transparent, orange blotch: a smaller blotch
runs in from the wing-border between this and the pterostigma,
and below it is a small, squarish, brown spot with a pale orange
centre-point. From the apex towards the angle of the falcate
border, lie four, transparent, orange blotches, with three,
irregularly placed, brownish spots lying proximad to them.
Along posterior margin of wing, a large, irregular, trapezoidal,
orange blotch occupies the middle, posterior angle, and is touched
above by black; half-way between this and the wing-base, is a
smaller, oval spot of the same colour.
The hind wing shows very few markings, all distally placed,
and of a uniform brown, except for three, minute spots along
Sc + R. A large, reniform spot overlies R and Rs at level of the
angle of the falcate border, which itself is filled with a larger
and more irregular blotch. Pterostigma whitish, opaque, with
two, small spots near it. A rounded spot at apex, and two,
elongated marks on the falcate border complete the markings.
Hah. — Cunderdin, W.A. A unique specimen, apparently a
male, but the abdomen is somewhat shrivelled.
Type in Coll. West Australian Museum, Perth. Museum
label No. 6972; no date.
This very beautiful insect is at once distinguished from the
other two spt^cies of the genus by its small size, and by the
beautiful and bizarre effect of its colouration, which suggests a
stained-glass window in old gold. It appears to be more closely
related to P. laceratus Gerst., than to the better known /*.
circidter Walker, owing to a closer similarity in the scheme of
wing-markings. From both these species, it differs in having
the forewing much less falcate.
(ilenus D K N I) R o L E o N Brauer.
5. Dexdrolron lambda, n.sp. (Pl.iii., fig.7).
Total length (ab<}. It has sometimes been
used to indicate a dull brick -red, i.e.., tile-colour. The Latin word admits
of both meanings.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 55
Genus H l k n o L K o n Banks.
7. Glknoleon berthoudi, n.sp. (PI. iii., fig 8).
Total length 21, abdomen 13, forewing 29'5, hindwing 26 mm.
Head: ei/es blackish; occipuf brownisti, with three, black
spots, and an irregular, transverse, black line above; from the
middle of this, a short, median line runs up on to the occipital
ridge, and is Hanked on either side bv a transverse, black bar;
rest of epicranium shiny black; ntUennce 6 mm.; face straw-
coloured, mouth-parts pale, spotted with brown.
T h o r a X : prolhorax fairly wide, dull grey-black with l)rown-
ish markings. P^i^ro/Ao^-ax greyish-black, with numerous, brownish
markings; in particular, a fine, mid-longitudinal line, a pair of
curved bands on mesonotum, and a pair of oblique stripes on
metanotum. Legs: fore- and middle-legs with dull brown
femoi-a tipped with black, til)ije brown, with three, black patches,
tarsi blackish; hindlegs with brown femur, pale brownish tibia
just tipped with black, tarsus pale at base, brown beyond. *
Abdomen greyish-black, with numerous, small, brown
markings on segments 3-8.
Wings rather long and pointed, venation brownish. Ptero-
stigma blackish in forewing, covering only 4-5 veinlets, but the
black is continued obliquely inwards on to Rs; in hindwing, the
pterostigma is small, opaque, and whitish, covering 3-4 veinlets,
and touched with black proximally. In forewing, Sc and R,
and the space between, are speckled with black; in the median
space, from base almost to tip, there runs a conspicuous, black,
longitudinal streak, which turns upwards at about two-thirds of
its length to run obliquely parallel to, and beneath, the black,
pterostigraatic patch, and ending 3 mm. from tip; the bent por-
tion of the streak is brownish. On posterior border of forewing
are two, small, oblique patches; one at about one-third fi'om the
base slants upwards and outwards, blackish; the other, more
distally placed, is pale brown, and runs upwards and inwards;
around these, and also near apex, are many brown specks on
cross-veins. In hindwing, a large, round, dark brown blotch
occupies the region of M, and M., at about two-thirds of the
56 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTRRA, ii.,
wing-length from base; there is also a small, black mark on the
radial brace.
ffab.— Wavooua,, W.A. Taken by Mr. G. F. Berthoud, to
whom T dedicate the species, on February 23rd, 1911. Unique.
Type in Coll. Tillyard.
8. Glenoleon aurora, n.sp. (PI. i v., fig. 9).
(J. Total length 19, abdomen lO'O, forewing 24, hindwing
21-5 mm.
Head : fii/es olive-grey; epicraniiim reddiHU-hvown, with three,
small, black spots on occiput; in front, a transverse band of
shining black, passing between the eyes and enclosing ba.ses of
aiitennje; these latter 4*5 mm., brownish, tipped with bWickish;
face and mouth-parts yellowish-brown.
T h o rax dull reddish-brown, marked with dark grey. Leys:
femora orange-brown tipped with dark grey, tibia? and tarsi
greyish-brown.
•Abdomen alternately banded, very irregularly, with orange-
brown and dark grey; on the orange-brown portion of 3-6 are
some blackish spots or lines.
Wings with a delicate, pinkish sheen on the nearly hyaline
membrane; venation of forewing blackish along costa, speckled
pink and black on Sc, R, and Rs, the rest brownish specked
with black. In hindwing, costa paler and veins less speckled.
Pterostiyma in both wings distinct, about 1-5 mm., mostly pink,
but touched proxiraally with brown. Hindwing with a small,
brown blotch at distal end of Mj and Cuj.
9. Differs from ^ in having less black on epicranium, the wings
less speckled, somewhat pinker, and without the brown blotch
on the hindwing. Wings considerably wider, less pointed, and
altogether larger than in ^.
Hah. -Broken Hill, N.S.W. .Several specimens taken by Mr.
O. Lower, in 1900 and 1902.
Types, (^9, in Coll. Tillyard;((J, December 4th, 1900; $, No-
vember 10th, 1902; Broken Hill; O. Lower).
This species and the succeeding one are very distinct from all
other species of the genus by the beautiful, pink sheen of the
BY R. J. TILLYAKD. 57
wings, and by their peculiar facies, which comes closest to that
of G. anmdicornls Esb.-Pet. The sexual dimorphism, which is
more or less noticeable in all species of this genus, is, in G.
aurora (and probably also in G. roseipennis) extremely marked.
9. Glenoleon roseipennis, n.sp.
5. Unique. Closely allied to the preceding, but differing from
it by its much greater size, duller colouration, very large head,
and roseate pterostigma.
Total length 19, abdomen 10, forewing 33, hindwing 30 mm.
Head very large, 3-6 mm. wide, dull greyish-brown
Thorax greyish, touched with brown on sides and on notum.
Abdomen with alternating, fairly regular bands of orange-
brown and blackish, [much faded].
Wings much as in G. aurora, more rounded at tips, costa
brownish. Sc, Pt, and Rs very little speckled with black; the
wing-membrane lightly washed with rose-pink in places. Ptero-
stiyma of forewing 1-8 mm., rich orange-pink, surrounded by
rose-pink, which extends to tip of wing; of hindwing, 1-3 mm.,
orange-pink, with less rose-pink beneath it, and very little
towards wing-tip. No brown blotch on hindwing.
Hab. — Winton, Q. A unique $, taken by Mr. R. L. Higgins,
in 1912.
Type in Coll. Tillyard.
Tribe Distoleontlni.
In forewing, Cu, bends sharply away from Cuj -f M., Rs arises
at a level distal from that of the cubital fork (in Gymnocnemia,
exactly above it).
Genus Gymnocnemia Schneider.
10. Gymnocnemia maculata, n.sp. (PI. iv., fig. 11).
Total length 16-5, abdomen 10, forewing 23, hindwing 195 mm.
Head: eyes olive-grey; epicranium dull yellowish-brown,
with a fine iZ-'mark in black on the occiput; two, black, trans-
verse lines run, one on either side of the top of this mark in
front; a black, shiny patch between bases of antennae, which are
5 mm. long, dark brown, with blackish tips; face yellowish-brown,
shiny; mandibles and maxillary palps blackish.
5
58 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, ii.,
T li o 1' a X : prothorax yellowish-brown, with a broad , longi-
tudinal, median, dorsal, grey-brown stripe, divided down the
middle by a fine, pale line. Pterothorax pale straw-colour, with
a similar, median, dorsal stripe, and a greyish-hlack mark on
each side just above the wing-bases. Legs dull brown; femora
with a blackish, apical spot, tibiae with three, black spots, tarsi
partly blackish.
Abdomen rather short, grey-black with dull, brownish
markings, in the form of an irregular patch covering most of
each segment, on either side of the median line, and isolating a
median, longitudinal band of greyish-black, which is divided, as
in the thorax, by a fine, pale, median, longitudinal line: sutures
o^revish-black.
W in gs mostly hyaline, well-pointed; venation brownish. R,
Rs, and Cui-1-M.j speckled with black. Pterostigma strongly
marked as a pale brown area bordered proximally with black;
total length about 2 mm., covering some seven veinlets, some of
these l)eing branched In forewing, the origin of Rs and of
some of the cross-veins from R to Rs strongly blackened: a short,
oblique, dark brown mark runs upwards from near end of M,
(below level of pterostigma) through five cells, ending just
beneath the Banksian line, which is well-marked; a somewhat
similar mark overlies the ends of Cu, and A, on the posterior
border. In the hindwing, there is an irregular, dark brown
blotch below R and Rs, just before pterostigma, a smaller
blotch at distal end of hypostigmatic space, and a rather large,
irregular splash of dark brown above the posterior border, at
the level of the radial brace.
Hab.—Bvoken Hill, N.S.W. Four specimens taken by Mr. O.
Lower (undated).
Type in Coll. Til]\'ard.
Genus Brachyleon, n.g.
In forewing, Rs arises about one cell distad from level of
cubital fork; the oblique vein lies directly under origin of Rs.
No Banksian line present. Mj and Cuj+Moin forewing unite
before the wing-margin. In forewing, lA is a straight line to
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 59
wing-border. Tn hind wing, there is no distinct Cu._,: Cu, is
straight, not arched concavely to posterior border. Five cross-
veins before origin of Fls in forewing. Hindwing narrower, and
slightly longer than forewing, very pointed.
Legs short; tarsus with first joint moderately long, 2nd-4tli
verv short, fifth long; spurs present, nearly as long as first two
joints of tarsus.
Abdomen short.
Genotype, Brachyleon darwini (Banks).
This genus may be placed next to Gymnocnemia on account of
the position of the origin of Rs in forewing, but differs strongly
from it in possessing spurs, and in lacking the Banksian line. It
differs from Macronemurus Costa, in its short abdomen, and
short legs, with long, stiff hairs.
11. Bkachyleon darwini Banks. (PI. iv., fig.lO).
Macronemurus darwini Banks, Pi-oc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila-
delphia, 1914, p.619 (issued 1915).
Head dark brown above; two, pale spots on occiput near
eyes, which are very dark brown; antennce fulvous at base [the
rest missing]; face brownish, shading to fulvous on labrum :
mouth-parts fulvous.
Thorax: prothorax pale brown, with two, broad, longi-
tudinal stripes of darker brown. Pterothorax and leys shiny
brown.
Abdomen short, slender, rich brown without any markings.
Wings venation brown; in forewings, Sc, Rs, M, and Cu
speckled. Costal cross-veins very numerous, especially in fore-
wing. Pterostigmain forewing clouded with brown, in hind wing
clear. Apical cross- veins in all wings marked with brown specks.
In all wings, an irregular, brown streak runs obliquely up from
near the end of Mj to near apex; this streak is longer and more
diffuse in hindwing than in forewing. In hindwing, Cu, i.sdark,
M pale. Only five branches of Rs before radial brace.
f{ab. — Darwin, N.T One specimen, taken on x\pril 6tli, 1913,
by Mr. G. F. Hill, Government Entomologist.
Type in Coll. Banks,
60 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTEKA, ii.,
Genus S T E N o L E o N, n.g.
Wings excessively narrow, pointed; in forewing, lis arises well
beyond brace of cubital fork, and is somewhat bent at the origin
of its first descending branch; 5-6 cross-veins in radial space in
forewing; oblique vein lying about under level of origin of Rs.
No Banksian line present. Costal space very narrow in fore-
wing, but widened near base in hind wing by the upward arching
of C.
Legs moderately long; first and fifth tarsal joints about equal;
2nd- 1th very short; spurs present, short, about as long as first
tarsal joint. Abdomen slender, rather sliort.
Genotype, St. fieldi, n.sp.
This genus, which appears to have no near allies except, perhaps,
the African .Vemoleon, is a highly reduced off'shoot from the main
Distoleontine stock, easily distinguished from all other Australian
genera known to me by the combination of characters given
above.
12.Stenoleon fikldi, n.sp. (PI. v., fig.13).
Total length 19-5, abdomen 13'5, forewing 20*5 by 4 wide,
hind wing 19 by 3 mm. wide.
fi e a d : epicranium dull brownish; antennce evidently long
[tips lost], dark brown, strongly marked with pale rings; bases
of antennse, whole of face, and mouth-parts testaceous.
T li o r a X : prothorax subcylindrical, the anterior third marked
off by a transverse groove; grey-brown, with a paler, median,
longitudinal line, and two, parallel, lateral bands. Pterothorax
grey-brown with paler markings; underside grey. Legs : coxae,
trochanters, and bases of femora pale testaceous; femora blackish,
tibise brown, with a black spot one-third from base and another
at apex; tax'si with first joint pale brown, 2-4 dark, 5 pale, with
black apical third.
Abdomen narrow, cylindrical, dull grey, with transverse,
ochreous lines on apices of segments 3-8.
Wings: venation mostly whitish, costa grey in both wings,
also Cu in hindwing. Sc speckled. A conspicuous, dark spot
proximal to pterostigma in both wings. Forewing much spotted
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 6l
with brown, as follows — on two or three of the cross-veins in
the cubital space, also at the origin of Rs, on the third and fifth
cross-veins beyond it, and on the radial brace; on the 4:th-6th
cross-veins in median space, and on the first four cross-veins in
the cubital space. A larger blotch above the posterior margin
just before half-way, crossing Cua and running up to M^; near
apex, several, small, cloudy patches. In hindwing, a cloudy
patch over ends of M and Cuj, extending as a faint smokiness
almost to apex.
Hab. — Tennant's (Jreek, Central Australia. Taken in Novem-
ber, 1 906, by Mr. J. F. Field, to whom I dedicate the species.
Type in Coll. Tillyard. Unique.
A very distinct and peculiar little species.
Genus Xanthol eon, n.g.
Insect of very slender build. In forewing, Rs arises about
two cells' width distad from level of cubital fork, and is rather
irregular in form; ol)lique vein close to the fork (within one
cell's distance). No Banksian line present. The cells below
Cui -f- M., in forewing, and below Cuj in hindwing, are very
regularly arranged, and separated into oblique rows by numerous,
parallel sectors descending from the main vein. Hindwing
slightly longer than forewing Antennje long and slender, with
weak, elongated club. Legs of median length, slender; tarsi
with tirst joint a little longer than fifth, 2nd-4th very short;
spurs present, longer than first tarsal joint Abdomen slender.
Genotype, X helmsi, n.sp.
A very distinct and clearl}^ marked off genus, whose affinities
appear to be somewhat doubtful In the delicacy of its structure
it appears to hold about the same relationship to Distuleoii that
Froyyattisca does to Glenoleon.
IS.Xantholkon helmsi, n.sp. (PI. v., fig. 12).
Total length 24-5, alxlomen 17"5, forewing 29, hindwing 30mm.
Head pale yellowish all (jver, except for the black eyes.
Antennae yellowish, slender, 7 mm. long.
62 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, ii ,
Thorax pale yellowish; leys straw-colour with a dark patch
at apex of femur, anotlier near base of tibia, a third at apex of
same; tarsal joints brownish apically, claws dark.
Abdomen rather short, slender; 1 yellowish, 2 pale brown,
3 yellowish at base, shading to dull brown; the rest dull brownish
touched with pale brown on apices of 7-9.
Wings with very pale, straw-coloured venation, abundantly
speckled with brownish, especially along R, M, and Cu. Fteru-
st'igma large in all four wings, 2 mm., pale straw-coloured, cover-
ing about 8 cruss-veins, and touched with brown at the inner
angle. Four cross-veins in radial space of forewing; 5-6 descend-
ing branches of Ks before radial brace.
Hah. — Sydney, N.S.W. Two specimens, collected in October,
1909, by the late Mr. Helms, to whom I dedicate the species.
Type in Coll. Tillyard; cotype in Coll. Petersen.
This delicate and almost ghost-like species is quite distinct
from anv other M ynaeleoidd known to me.
Genus A L L O F O R M I C A L E o N Esb.-Pet.
Di tiers from Formicaieon Brauer. by the absence of the Bank-
sian line.
14 Al.I.OFORMlCALEON HYALINUS, n.sp. (PI. vi., fig. 16).
Total length 22, abdomen 16, forewing 25*5, hindwing 24mm.
Head dark grey above, a pale, transverse line across occiput;
atdeume. long, 6"5 mm., slender, black, strongly clubbed; face
blackish, orbits ed'^ed with pale cream, genre and labium yellowish.
Thorax: prothorax short, dull greyish above, yellowish
beneath. Plerothorax dull greyish-brown above, mottled with
paler grey; underside grey, with some yellow markings. Leys
greyish; hind femora very pale at bases, touched with black in
middle and at apex; hind tibife pale, with a touch of black at
apex.
Abdomen slender, subcylindrical, uniform grey-black; ap-
pendages touched with straw-colour.
Wings: venafAon blacki.sh, Sc speckled in both wings: wings
quite hyaline except for a slight touch of black basally on ptero-
BV 1{. J. TILLYAKD. 63
stigma of forewing; the veinlets of the pterostignia whitish. In
forewiiig, only five branches of lis before radial brace. Oblique
veins very clearly marked, very close to cubital fork (less than
one cell's length distant). In forewing, lA black, forming a
straight line to wing-border. Ci'oss- veins in cubital space of
forewing fairly numerous and close.
//^t6. — Stradbroke Island, Q. Two specimens, bred in Novem-
ber, 1915, from large larvje, which do not form pits, but hide in
loose soil at the bases of trees.
Tvpe in Coll. Tillyard (bred November, 1915).
This species superficially resembles Mynne/eon luiiseriatus
Gerst., in colour and facies, but has narrower and less pointed
wings. Its nearest ally is AUqformicaleou australis Esb.-Pet.,
(Sydney), from which it can be at once distinguished l)y its
smaller size, shorter wings, the hindwing not being as long as
the fore, and by the completely different, and much darker
colour-scheme.
15. Alloformicaleon waterhousei, n.sp. (PI. v., fig. 14).
Total length 19-5, abdomen 13, forewing 25, hindwing 24mm.
Closely allied to the preceding species, but distinguished as
follows. On all four wings, a black mark on the stigma, and a
smaller mark at same level on Mi(this mark is a mere speck in
hindwing); in forewing, a larger, oblique, black streak arises
from just before middle of posterior border, and runs up across
Cu„ to bend parallel to Cuj + Mo at one cell's distance below it.
In forewing, lA speckled, not quite a straight line; cross-veins
in the cubital space of forewing very few and wide apart; also
Cui 4- Mo arches up more strongly than in A. hyalinus. Antennce
bordered by a pale line in front of bases; face pale straw-colour.
Hind femora black, except for the very pale bases. Abdomen
somewhat stouter than in A. hyaUnus, similarly coloured, but
with pale, transverse lines across apices of segments 2-S.
//at. —Woodford, Blue .Mountains, N.8.W.(2,000feet). Three
specimens taken in February, 1909. by Mr. G. A. Waterhouse,
to whom I dedicate the species. A single specimen, somewhat
more heavily marked on wings, bred from a larva indistinguish-
64
STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTKEA, ii.,
able from that of A. hyalinus, on November 5th, 1915, from
Stradbroke Island, Q.
Type in Coll. Tillyard (Woodford; G. A. Waterhouse; Febru-
ary 12th, 1909)
Genus Distoleon Banks.
16. DiSTOLEON NIGROSIGNATUS, n.Sp. (PI. vi., fi". 1 7 ).
Total length, ^ 25, 9 26; forewing, ^ 30, 9 32; hindwing, ^ 29,
932 mm
Head dark grey above, with a small, oval, brownish spot on
occiput near each eye; a black band just in front of, and between,
bases of anteimre, which are 8 mm. long, grey ringed with black
bases slightly brownish; /ace pale bi'ownish.
Thorax downy, greyish, a touch of brown at wing-bases.
Legs rather short, hairy, coxae of forelegs brownish; femora grey,
tibiae and tarsi pale brownish with blackish markings.
Abdomen uniformly dull greyish.
Wings very long and narrow; veins mostly greyish; So
speckled with black, Rs and Cu also blackish. Pterostigma in
forewing greyish-white, with a black, basal patch covering about
nine veinlets, five of which are forked: in hindwing, pterostigma
is only a slight darkening on 5-6 veinlets. Forewing marked
with long, black stripes as follows— a straight stripe runnin"
parallel to, and below Rs distally, slightly waved as it crosses
each branch of Rs; a long and slightly curved stripe along the
main stem of Cu to the fork, where it is thickened, and thence
along Cui-f M2, gradually tapering to a fine streak, and finally
bending slightly up to cross Mj, and to run wavily for 3 mm. up
across two branches of Us; also a short, curved stripe placed
concavely to the posterior border, about midwav along the winff,
arising from the end of Cu., and arching up towards the middle
of Cu, -t- Mo. In hindwing, only a slight, double smudge of
brown placed distally on JVl and (Juj and also on two branches of
Rs above them; also a touch or two of black near apex. All
the above marks are very complete and definite in 9, but, in ^,
they are narrower, paler, and more or less reduced.
[{7?'aS-iil)J'ain'tlies of Sfrafionit/idn-.
l.Abdi)men with seven, visible segments; scutellai- spines, if
present, four ov mute in mxnil)cr; winj^s with either tluee
or four, posterior veins BEKiNi*;.
Abdomen with only five or six, visible segments 2.
2. Wings with four, posterior veins or traces of them 3.
Wings witii only three, posterior veins 6.
8.Tlie four, posterior veins all arise from the discal cell 4.
The fourth, pcjsterior vein is separated from tlie discal cell, and
arises from the second, basal cell 5.
4. Metallic species; scutellar spines, if present, four oi' more in
number AntissiNj^.
Non-metallic species; scutellar spines two in number Clitellarin.!-:.
5. Antennfe with or without a short style, never with an arista
Stratiom YIN^,.
Antennas with a long, thread-like arista Sargin^-.
6. Antennae with a long, thread-like arista Pachygastrin^:.
In dividing the genei'a of Stratiomyidcc into their respective
subfamilies, some doubt may occasionally occur relative to the
position of the posterior veins, because, in a few genera, the
fourth posterior vein seems to arise from the exact junction of
the discal cell and the second basal cell, and so might be con-
sidered to arise from either. In such cases, the relationship
seems to be nearest to the Clitellarince, and such genera are
usually considered as belonging to that subfamily, whilst onlj'
those in which the fourth posterior vein is distinctly separated
from the discal cell, are placed in the Stratiomyin(e or Saryince.
Subfamily BERIN.'E.
The species belonging to this subfamily are readily recognised
by their narrow abdomen, with seven, visible segments; the
scutellar spines, if present, are never less than four in number.
The lierinte occur all over Europe, North and South America,
Australia and New Zealand. In all, about a dozen genera have
been described. In .Australia, five genera aie known to occur.
Talilc of Ihf AnMralian Genera of Berime.
l.Scutellum without spines 2.
Scutellum with spines 3.
2. Wings with three, posterior veins Cryptoberis, gen.nov.
Wings with four, posterior veins METOroxiA ilacq.
BY ARTHUR WHITE. 73
3. AnteiuKL' thrice the length of the head Xanthobkris, gen.nov.
Antennse about the same lengtli as the head 4.
4. Eyes hairy; thorax metallic; wings not banded Actina Meig.
Eyes bare; thorax not metallic; wings banded. ..Neoexaireta Ost.-Sack.
Of the above genera, Metoponia is unknown to me; Kertesz
places the species named by Macquart, Xenomorpha australis, in
this genus: if this is correct, its position should be that given
above.
1. C R Y p T o B K R I s, gen.nov. (Fig.l).
Non-metallic flies; scutellum without spines; eyes bare, joined
in the male; antennae a little longer than the head, third joint
annulated, but without any style or arista; discal cell of wings
almost pentagonal, with three, issuing veinlets; cubital vein
f(}rked.
Fig. 1 — Wing of Cryptoheris hebescens.
Head short and not produced. Eyes bare, joined in the male.
Antennae set close together, situated towards the lower part of
the head in profile, a little longer than the head; first joint about
twice the length of the second, the third slightly swollen and
annulated, nearly twice the length of the first two joints together.
Thorax with small shoulder-tubercles; scutellum without spines.
Abdomen long and slender, with seven, visible segments. The
thorax, scutellum, and abdomen covered with short, depressed
pubescence. Legs simple, slender. Wings without any distinct
stigma; costal margin minutely bristly, cubital vein forked;
discal cell almost pentagonal, with three, issuing veinlets (pos-
terior veins); anal cell closed at some distance above the wing-
margin.
This genus seems to be most nearly allied to the North Amer-
ican genus Chiromyza, from which it is distinguished by tha
74 REVISION OF THK STHATIOMYID^ OF AUSTRALIA,
forked, cubital vein. It also agrees with the European and
North American genus AUognosta in having the scutellum un-
armedj and in possessing only three, posterior veins, but differs
from that genus in the very different form of the discal cell.
Fi'om the Australian genus Metoponia, it is distinguished by
possessing three, instead of four, posterior veins.
Cryptoberis hebescens, sp.nov. (Fig.l).
Antennae, thorax, scutellum, and abdomen dark brown; legs
entirely yellow; wings tinged with brown. Length, (J, 7 '5 mm.
Hab. — New South Wales (Sydney).
Male. — Face brown, receding. Eyes bare, joined for a long
distance, the front being reduced to a very small patch at the
vertex, and a small, frontal triangle directly adjoining the
antennae. Antennae a little longer than the head, first joint
about twice the length of second, the third swollen and annu-
lated, and nearly twice the length of the first two joints together.
Thorax, scutellum, and abdomen dark brown, the whole covered
with short, white, depressed pubescence; sides of abdomen with
a little longer, white pubescence; genitalia prominent, yellow-
brown. Legs with femora and tibiae clear yellow; tarsi yellow,
a little browned towards the tips. Wings tinged with brown.
This species is known only from a single specimen, which was
taken by Dr. Ferguson at Sydney, on November 12, 1914; it
occurred settled on the wall of a building.
2. Metoponia Macq.
Non-metallic flies; scutellum without spines Antennae in-
serted towards base of head; first joint a little elongated, second
short, third annulated with eight divisions. Wings with four,
posterior veins, all arising from the discal cell, first, second, and
fourth complete, third incomplete; cubital vein forked.
This genus is unknown to me, the above characters being
taken from Macquart's description of the genus, and from his
figure and description of Xenomorpha australis, which Kertesz,
in his Catalogue, ascribes to this genus.
BY ARTHUR WHITE. 75
Table of the Australian Species of Metoponia.
1 . Thorax and abdomen black ; legs black rubriceps Macq.
2. Thorax and abdomen testaceous ; legs red australis Macq.
Metoponia rubricrps Macq.
Described by Macquart as having the head red, thorax dull
black; abdomen shining black; legs black. Length, J, 6 mm.
Hab. — " Tasmania."
Metoponia australis Macq.
Syn., Xenomorpha australis Macq.
Described by Macquart as having the thorax and abdomen
testaceous, the former, in the male, with a curved, black stripe
on each side; antennae and legs red; posterior tibise bowed in
the male. Length, ^(^, 7-8 mm.
.ffa6. — "Australia."
3. Xanthoberis, gen.nov. (Fig. 2).
Antennae thrice the length of the head, first two joints short,
and of almost equal length, third about four times the length of
the first and second together, consisting of four segments of
almost equal length, and a shorter style; scutellum with four,
marginal spines; abdomen long and slender, with the posterior
femora slightly swollen; neuration of wings as in Neoexaireta.
Fig. 2. — Head of Xanthoberis siliacea, ? .
Head short, and not produced. Eyes(9) bare and separated.
Antennae set close together, and situated about the middle of
the head in profile, about thrice the length of the head, first two
joints short, and of almost equal length, third about four times
the length of the first and second together, consisting of four
7() HKVISION OF THK STRATIOMYID^. OF AUSTRALIA,
segments aud a style, the first segment being the longest, and
distinctly longer than the first two antennal joints together, the
second, third, and fourth segments of nearly equal length, the
style about one-half the length of either of these segments.
Thorax narrow; scutellum with four, slender, marginal spines.
Abdomen long and unusually slender. T-egs lonsf and slender,
posterior femora slightly swollen. Wings with the venation of
Neoexaireta spinigera: cubital vein forked and much curved:
discal cell with four, issuing veinlets, first, second, and fourth
complete, third incomplete; anal cell closed blunth' at some
distance above the wing-margin.
This genus is proposed for a New South Wales species, repre-
sented by a single specimen in the collection of the Adelaide
Museum. 'I'he form of the antennae distinguishes it from any
other irenus of the Berhue.
o^
Xanthoberis siliacea, sp.nov. (Fig. 2).
Front black; antennae brown, with the base yellow; thorax,
.scutellum, and scutellar spines light yellow-brown; abdomen
light yellow-brown, with apex black; legs yellow: wings hyaline,
with a dark brown stigma. Length, ^i 9 mm.
Hah. — New South Wales (Dorrigo).
Female. — Face and portion of front adjoining base of antennte
covered with silvery hairs. Front black. Proboscis oiange.
Antennae brown above, except the short, first and second joints,
and a portion of first segment of third joint, which are yellow:
beneath, the antennae are yellow for nearly two-thirds of their
length, the remainder light brown, with the style black. Thorax
and scutellum light yellow-brown, with an orange tinge: scutellar
spines yellow. Abdomen with first five segments light yellow-
brown, sixth, seventh, and genitalia brownish-black. Legs with
anterior and middle pairs entirely yellow; posterior femora
bright yellow-brown, with base pale yellow; posterior tibiae
yellow-brown; posterior tarsi yellow. Wings hyaline, with a
dark brown stigma.
This species is known from only a single specimen, labelled
" Dorrigo, N. S. Wales," in the Adelaide Museum. It may be
by'arthuk white. 77
recognised without difficulty by its slender shape, four-spined
scutellum, long antennje, and uniform, ligiit yellow-brown
colouration.
4. A c T I N A Meig.
Slender tlies, with a metallic-green thorax, six-spined scutellum,
and orange or brown abdomen; eyes hairy ((J) or sparsely hairy
(9), separated in both sexes; discal cell with four, issuing
veinlets, first, second, and fourth complete, third incomplete;
tibiae in the male considerably inflated.
This genus occurs in Europe, North America, and Australia.
In Australia, two species are known.
Tah/e of Australian Specie-s of Actina.
l.ScutcUar spines long, partlj"^ or altogether yellow; abdomen, in
female, bright orange-brown, with black segmentations
inciaurcdi-s Macq.
2.Scutellar spines short, entirely metallie-green; abdomen, in
female, uniform blackish-broMii coMatu White.
Actina incisuralis Macq.
Syn., Beris incisuralis Macq.; Beris Jilipalpis Macq.
Thorax emerald-green((J), or bronze-green(5); abdomen brown
((J), or bright orange-brown(2), with black segmentations; scu-
tellar spines yellow, with the base dark metallic-green; posterior
femora black((J), or orange, with the apical third or half black
(5); wings with a conspicuous, black stigma. Length, (J 7, 96mm.
Hab. — New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania, Queensland.
This is one of the commonest and most widely distributed of
the Australian Stratiomyidcf . It usually occurs settled on low
vegetation, but may sometimes be found on windows. It is
subject to some variation, both as regards size, and colouring of
the abdomen and legs.
'»'-
Actina costata White.
Thorax emerald-green, and abdomen blackish-brown in both
sexes; .scutellar spines short, entirely dark metallic-green; liind
femora black, with an orange band towards the apex (J"), or
entirely yellow(5); wings with the costal margin mucli inure
78 REVISION OF THE STRATI05IYID.E OF AUSTRALIA,
sinuated than in A. incisuralis, and with a smaller stigma.
Length, (J 6, 9 4*5 mm.
Hab. — Tasmania.
This species frequents pools in the beds of mountain-streams;
it seems to occur very sparingly.
5.NE0EXAIRETA Ost.-Sack.
{Exaireta Schin.)
Slender flies, with thorax non-metallic; eyes bare, separated
in both sexes; scutellum with four spines; wings banded.
This genus contains only one Australian representative.
Neoexaireta spinigera Walk.
Syn., Beris Servillei Macq.
Thorax black; scutellar spines brown, with the base black;
abdomen purple; posterior femora black, with the base white;
wings with basal half hyaline, apical half dark brown, with a
hyaline spot on the costal margin towards the tips. Length,
10 mm.
Hab. —New South Wales, Victoria, and Queensland.
This is a common species. It may be easily recognised by its
banded wings.
Subfamily ANTISSIN.E.
This subfamily is nearly allied to the Berince, but is distin-
guished by possessing only five or six, instead of seven, visible,
abdominal segments; the abdomen is always short and broad,
and of bright metallic colouring; the wings have frequently the
basal half of the costal margin inflated; the scutellar spines, if
present, are four or more in number.
Four Australian genera are at present known.
Tahh of the Australian Genera of Antissina'.
1 . Abdomen very broad ; metallic blue in colour 2.
Abdomen not very broad; not metallic blue in colour 3.
2. Scutellum with spines: costa of wings in male greatly inflated.
LECOGASTEK White.
Scutellum without spines anacanthella Macq.
3. Scutellum with rudimentary spines 4.
4. Antennse much shorter than head antissa Walk.
Antennffi about twice the length of head antissella White.
BY ARTHUR WHITE. 79
6. Lecogaster White. (Fig. 3).
When this genus was proposed, only the male was known;
specimens of the females of two species are now, however, to
hand. The eyes of the male are densely hairy, widely separated
at vertex, but almost joined at base of antennae; of the female,
only sparsely pubescent, and well separated throughout. An-
tennae about the same length as the head, third joint annulated,
and provided with a blunt, in-turned style. Scutellum with,
normally, six spines, but two of these may be difficult to dis-
tinguish. Abdomen short, but extremely broad. Wings with
the basal half of the costal margin greatly inflated in the male,
to a less extent in the female; cubital vein witli a long fork;
discal cell with four, issuing veinlets, the first, second, and fourth
complete, the third incomplete.
The species belonging to this genus may be easily recognised
by their extremely broad, metallic-blue abdomen, and spined
scutellum. Two species are at present known.
Table of the Species of Lecogaster.
1 . Wings hyaline ; thorax blue ; sciitelluni flat can-idea White.
2. Wings with a black spot on the middle of the costal margin;
thorax black; scutellum much upraised cyanea, sp.nov.
Lecogaster CiERULEA White.
Thorax, scutellum, and abdomen bright metallic-blue; scu-
tellum not upraised; antennae and legs black; wings hyaline.
Length, ^, 8 mm.
/fa6.— Victoria and Tasmania.
This species, though of somewhat wide distribution, seems to
occur very sparingly. There are two specimens in the collection
of the Melbourne Museum.
Lecogaster ctanea, sp.nov. (Fig.3).
Thorax black; abdomen bright metallic-blue; scutellum much
upraised; femora and tibiae black, with the knees and tarsi white;
wings with a black spot occupying the apex of the first basal
cell and reaching to the costal region. Length, 5, 7 mm.
Hah. — New South Wales (Milson Island).
Female. ^¥a,..-
widely separated in female. i^,-
Antenna? situated a little be-
low the middle of head in pro-
file, about twice the length of .^'^■*: „. . ,
, ,. . . . ^ ^ • ,1 Head of Neqritomyia albitarsu, 6 .
the head: farst joint twice the
length of second, which is closely approximated to the third:
third consisting of a bare, cylindrical, basal portion, and a very
long, densely fringed style, which is slightly longer than the
BY ARTHUR WHITE. 83
basal portion, the total length, including the style, being about
thrice the length of the first and second joints together. Thoi'ax
with a stout spine on each side, just before the base of the wings;
scutellum with two spines. Abdomen longer than, and about
equal in breadth to, the thoi'ax. Legs rather long. Wings with
the four, posterior veins complete, all arising from the discal cell.
This remarkable genus agrees with Ephippium in having a
stout spine on each side of the thorax, but is distinguished from
that genus by the very different antennae. The form of the style
bears some resemblance to that of Hermetia, but Negritomyia is
distinguished from that genus by its thoracic spines.
Negritomyia albitarsis Bigot. (Fig. 4).
Syn., Ephippium albitarsis Bigot.
Face, thorax, scutellum, and abdomen black, scutellar spines
light yellow-brown, with base black; tarsi yellow; wings brownish,
with a dark cloud towards the tip. Length, (J, 11 mm.
Hab. — Queensland (Mackay).
Male. — Face black, with silvery- white hairs at sides. Front,
owing to the joined eyes, reduced to a small, frontal triangle and
an ocellar tubercle, which are black, the former with silvery-
white hairs above; vertex with long, black hairs. Eyes covered
with dense, but short, white pubescence. Antennae brownish-
black, of the form described under the generic characters.
Thorax black, with silvery-white pubescence, the spines at sides
black and shining; scutellum black, bordered with white pubes-
cence, and a few, long, black hairs, and bearing two, long, stout,
diverging, marginal spines, which are yellow-brown with the base
black, and which bear long, white and black hairs. Abdomen
black, with white pubescence. Legs with femora and tibiae
black, the knees brown; tarsi yellow, brownish towards the tips.
Wings brownish, the veins surrounding the anal cell strongly
suffused with dark brown, and with a dark brown cloud occupy-
ing the greater part of the wing-tips.
The above description is taken from a specimen kindly sent
to me bv Mr. Froggatt.
^--cnm I
84 REVISION OF THE STRATIOMYID.E OF AUSTRALIA,
II.Geranopus, gen.nov. (Figs. 5 and 6).
Antenni« with third joint consisting of four, closely united
segments, produced terminally into a long, thickened arista; eyes
bare in both sexes, joined in the male, widely separated in the
female; scutellum with two spines; abdomen slightly broader
than the thorax, with a constricted base; legs remarkably long,
the first joint of posterior tarsi longer than the posterior tibiie,
wings with the four, posterior veins arising from the discal cell,
and reaching to the wing-margin, or almost so.
Head larger in male than ^-^-^^
in female, wider than the
front part of the thorax, and
excavated behind; face round-
ed. Eyes bare in both sexes,
joined in the male, widely \,^^ /
separated in female. Antenna^ ^*^>mrJlv
rather lunger than the head, Fig.o.
r; , • • , . • .1 1 ,1 p Head of iiermiopUH pm-purutiiii, 9 ■
first joint twice the length or i^ j j^ > ^
second, third twice the length of first and second together, com-
posed of four, closely united segments, the fourth pointed, and
produced terminally into a slightly thickened arista, which is
about the same lengtli as the rest of the antenna*. Thorax long
and almost parallel-sided, the scutellum with two spines. Ab-
domen slightly broader than thorax, the base constricted. Legs
remarkably long, first joint of posterior tarsi longer than the
hind tibiae. Wings with the costal vein extended considerably
beyond the tip of the cubital; cuWital vein forked; discal cell
with four, issuing veinlets, although the fourth may sometimes
issue only from the extreme corner; they are complete, and reach
the wing-margin or almost so; anal cell closed at some distance
from the wing-margin.
This genus bears some resemblance to the Saryinca, but is
separated from that sul)family on account of all the four, pos-
terior veins arising from the discal cell, and because the arista
is thickened, and not thread-like. The genus of the Clitel/arina',
to whicli it seems to bear most I'esemblance, is the Mexican and
Cuban genus Chrysochlora, but it is distinguished from that
BY ARTHUH WHITE. 85
genus bv the scutelluin being armed, and bv the third, antennal
joint consisting of four, instead of six segments.
Geranopus may be easily distinguished from all the other Aus-
tralian genera by the extremely long, posterior tarsi, the first
joint of which is longer than the whole of the posterior tibia>, in
conjuTiction with the antennal arista.
This genus is proposed for a species which, up to the present,
has been taken only in Victoria.
Geranopus purpuratus, sp.nov. (Figs. 5 and 6).
Front, thorax, and scutellum black; scutellar spines, and
margin of scutellum, between the spines, light brown; abdomen
dark purple; femora black; tibia? and first joint of tarsi white,
with apices black; remaining tarsal joints black: wings light
brown, witlx base and apex clear. Length, ^, 11; 5, 10-11 mm.
Hab. — -Victoria.
Fig. 6. — Wing of Geranopus purpuratus.
Male. - Face and front black, the latter, owing to the joined
eyes, being reduced to a small, triangular strip adjoining the
vertex. Eyes bare, and, unlike the female, without any posterior
rim. Thorax black, shining, minutely punctate, with fairly
long, whitish pubescence at sides; scutellum black, with the two
spines, and margin between the spines, light brown. Abdomen
dark purple, minutely punctate, with white pubescence on sides.
Legs with femora black; tibife and first joint of tarsi white, with
apices black; remaining tarsal joints black. Wings light brown,
with base and apex clear. Halteres pale yellow.
Female resembles the male, but the head is much smaller, the
eyes widely separated, front broad and wrinkled longitudinally.
86
Specimens of the larva have been found under a log at Fern
Tree Gully, by Mr. F. P. Spry, who succeeded in breeding a
specimen. The pupa-case resembles that of Pachygaster very
closely. The empty case consists of ten segments, the head, and
apparently first segment, being missing; it is flat, black, and
bears yellow bristles, second and third segments each with six
dorsal bristles, fourth to ninth each with four dorsal bristles,
tenth and eleventh each with two dorsal bristles; in addition,
each segment bears a pair of lateral bristles on each side, and
the last segment also a pair of unusually long, converging
bristles.
G. purpiiratus is, at present, known to occur only in Victoria,
where several specimens have been obtained. One of these wall
be found in the collection of the Melbourne Museum.
12. Elissoma, gen.nov.
Slender, brightly coloured, but not metallic flies. Antennae
extremely long and slender, about five times the length of head;
scutellum with two spines; abdomen twice as long as broad,
narrow at the base, and broadening posteriorly, with a rounded
apex; legs long and slender; wings large, cubital vein forked,
fourth, posterior vein arising from the junction of the discal cell
and second, basal cell.
Head slightly broader than the front of the thorax. Antennse
extremely long and slender, about five times the length of the
head, first two joints short, first about twice the length of second,
third about four and one-half times the length of first and second
together; the three joints are of almost equal breadth, but the
short, second joint is slightly the broadest; the third joint in its
basal portion, for a length slightly exceeding the first and second
joints together, is apparently without annulations, then come
four or five, obscure, closely approximated annulations, after
which the remainder of the third joint, amounting to about
two-thirds of its complete length, is without annulations. Eyes
bare, touching, in the male, at a point a short way above the
antennse. Vertex with an elevated, scutellar tubercle. Head
connected with the thorax by a distinct neck. Thorax almost
BY ARTHUR WHITE. 87
bare, narrower in front than at the base of the wings, and bear-
ing distinct shoulder-tubercles. Scutellum with two spines.
Abdomen nearlv bare, about twice as long as broad, narrow at
the base and broadening posteriorly, with a rounded apex. Legs
long and slender, with the tarsi greatly lengthened. Wings
large, veins distinct and not crowded anteriorly; cubital vein
forked; four, posterior veins present, the fourth arising from the
junction of the discal cell and the second basal cell.
This genus is proposed for a very remarkable, Victorian species,
which apparently mimicks one of the Hymenoptera. It may be
easily distinguished by the extremely long antennae, variegated
colouring, and greatly lengthened tarsi. It seems to come nearest
to the Mexican genus Compeprosopa in the subfamily Stratio-
myince; it bears no resemblance to any other Australian genus,
although, in the venation and formation of the legs, it seems to
show certain affinities to Geranopus.
Elissoma lauta, sp.nov.
Eyes carmine-red; back of head and front of thorax orange;
dorsum of thorax black, with two, lengthened, triangular, white
spots adjoining the scutellum; scutellum white, with two, small,
white spines; abdomen with the first three segments and the
outer margins of the remaining segments pale yellow, fourth seg-
ment black, with a pale yellow hind-margin, fifth and sixth
black; femora black; anterior and middle tibife and tarsi yellow;
posterior tibije and tarsi black; wings brown. Length, (J, 11 mm.
Hah.— Y\ctov\& (Fern Tree Gully).
Male. — Face orange, receding. Eyes carmine-red, bare, occu-
pying the greater part of the head, joined at a short distance
above the base of the antennae. Antennae as described under
the generic characters, first joint black, second orange, third
black. Front orange, ocellar tubercle black. Back of head,
neck, and front of thorax, including the shoulder-tubercles,
orange; dorsum of thorax black, with two, lengthened, triangular,
white spots, their bases resting against the scutellum, and their
length about equal to that of the scutellum; scutellum white,
with two, very small, white spines. Abdomen bare, the first
88 REVISION OP THE STRATIOMYIDiE OF AUSTRALIA,
three segments, and outer margins of the remaining segments,
shining, pale yellow; fourth segment black, with a pale yellow
hind-margin: fifth and sixtli black; genitalia black: first three,
abdominal segments with a few, yellow hairs at sides, f-egs with
all femora black, anterior and middle tibife and tarsi pale yellow,
posterior tibise and tarsi black. Wings brown, the venation
closely resembling that of (y'eranopns piwpuratus (See Fig.6).
Halteres purplish-white.
This interesting species may be easily recognised by its very
variegated colouring, in conjunction with the extremely long
antennpe. Two specimens are, at present, known. One of these
is in the collection of the Melbourne Museum; the other was
taken by Mr. F. P. Spry, at Fern Tree Gully, in December,
1913. In Mr. Spry's opinion, this species mimicks one of the
£raconid(e.
13. O p H I o D E s M A, gen.nov. (Fig.7).
Antennse almost twice the length of head, first two segments
short, the first being twice the length of second, third about six
times the length of first and second together, composed of eight,
closely united segments; scutellum with two, small spines; ab-
domen rounded, distinctly longer than broad; wings with four,
postei'ior veins, which all issue from the discal cell; cubital vein
forked.
Fig.7. — Head of Ophiodesma Jlainpalpis, ?.
Head rounded in front. Eyes in female (the only sex known)
bare and separated, but not very widely. Antennse situated
about the middle of the head in profile, almost twice the length
BY ARTHUR WHITE. 89
of head, first joint twice the lengtli of second, which is excep-
tionally short, third Hagelliforrn, about six times the length of
first and second together, composed of eight, closely united seg-
ments, the last narrowed, and rather styliform in appearance.
Thorax narrower anteriorly than posteriorly, with small shoulder-
tubercles; scutellum with two, small spines. Abdomen distinctly
longer than broad, rounded posteriorly. Wings with four, pos-
terior veins, which all arise from the discai cell; cubital vein
forked, and running directly from the discai cell to the costal
margin, the anterior cross-vein being apparently wanting.
This genus is proposed for the species described by Macquart
under the name of Odontornyiafiavipalpis. It somewhat resem-
bles Odontomyia in general appearance, but, as shown by the
venation, it belongs to the Clitellm-iiue, and not to the Stratio-
niyiiKe. It is further distinguished from Odontomyia by the
antennae, which have the third joint composed of eight, instead
of five,or six, segments. It does not seem to resemble any of
the described genera of the Clitellarincf.
Ophiodksma flavipalpis Macq. (Fig. 7).
Syn., Odontomyia flainpalpis Macq.
Face, front, and antennas black, front with a protuberance
midway between vertex and antennae. Thorax and scutellum
deep black, with very short, scattered, depressed, yellowish
pubescence; scutellar spines small, brown. Abdomen blue-black,
minutely punctate. Legs with femora and tibiae black, tarsi
white, with tips darkened. Wings hyaline, with anterior veins
and stigma dark brown. Length, 5, 5-6 mm.
Hah. — New South Wales and Victoria.
This species is easily recognised by its general, black coloura-
tion, with white tarsi. It seems to occur fairly commonly both
in New South Wales and Victoria.
Subfamily STRATIOM YIN.^.
In this subfamily, four, posterior veins are present, the first,
second, and third arising from the discai cell, the fourth dis-
tinctly separated from it, and arising from the second, basal cell.
7
90 REVISION OF THE STRATIOMYID.E OP AUSTRALIA,
The antennae are either with or without a style, but never with
an arista.
The Slratiomyince are represented in Australia by the im-
portant genus Odontomyia, which is of world-wide distribution.
14. Odontomyia Meig.
(ExochostomaM.aiCC[.; Opseogymiius O. -Costa,; Psellidotus ^ond.;
EulaHa Kert.)
Eyes either bare or hairy, practically touching in male, widely
separated in female. Antennae with the two, basal joints almost
equally long, or, at the utmost, with the first joint twice the
length of second; third joint with from four to six, closely united
segments, of which the last two may form a terminal style.
Scutellum with two spines. Abdomen almost quadrate in male,
ovate in female. Wings with the anterior veins much crowded;
cubital vein either forked or simple; four, posterior veins present,
the first to third arising from the discal cell, the fourth from the
second basal cell, but two of those from the discal cell are fre-
quently abortive, and, as a rule, none reach the wing-margin.
Sixteen species have, so far, been described from Australia,
but several of these cannot be considered as really distinct. 0.
Jlavipalpis Macq., I have placed in a new genus^ Ophiodesma, in
the subfamily CliteUarince. Of the remaining species, 0. slylata
Macq., and 0. ialemus Walk., are identical with 0. amyris Walk.,
and 0. hunteri King. 0. ritfifacies Macq., and 0. carinata Macq.,
are also apparently merely varieties of the same species. 0. annu-
lipes Macq., cannot be satisfactorily distinguished from 0. sw6-
dentata Macq., and, until further evidence is obtainable, can be
considered only as a variety of that species. 0. regis-georgii
Macq., was described from a specimen without a head, and,
therefore, does not admit of identification; it should be deleted.
The same applies to 0. picea Walk., the type, in the British
Museum, being in too bad condition for identification. 0. stricta
Erichs., cannot probably be identified from the description, and
the locality of the type is unknown. The only other species that
calls for mention is Stratiomys badhis Walk.; this is probably an
Odontomyia, but I have been unable to trace it.
BY ARTHUR WHITE, 91
TrOih' of the Australian Specie.'^ of Odontomyia.
1 . Abdomen entiielj' black 2.
Abdomen black, witii green or yellow side-margins 3.
Abdomen black, witli three pairs of green or yellow side-spots. 5.
2. Legs entirely black scutellata Macq.
3. Femora black; tibiie yellow, with a black ring marginella Macq.
Femora and tibiie yellow i.
4. Face fulvous; scutellum with a yellow margin; cubital vein
forked amyris Walk.
Face black ( 6 ) or yellow, with a black keel ( ? ), scutellum with
a yellow margin suhdentafa Macq.
Face and scutellum entirely black, cubital vein not forked
opertanea, sp.nov.
5. Abdomen with three pairs of small, widely separated side-spots;
antennas with a long, thin style carinifacies Macq.
Abdomen with three pairs of side-spots, first and second pairs
large, and usually confluent; antennas with a very short,
thick style lateremaculata Macq.
In using the above table, it should be borne in mind that the
face is only that part of the head below the antennae; the part
above the antenna? is the Jro7it.
The species 0. subdentata Macq., and 0. marginella Macq.,
are unknown to me, and, for the particulars given, I depend on
Macquart's descriptions.
Odontomyia scutellata Macq.
Thorax and abdomen black; scutellum brown, scutellar spines
long, brown, with tips black; legs, including the tarsi, entirely
black. Length, ^, 12 mm.; 5, 10 mm.
Hab. — Tasmania.
This is a scarce species. The male is remarkable for the fact
that, in life, the eyes are a brilliant blue, which gives the insect
a most splendid appearance.
Odontomyia amyris Walk.
Syn., Odontomyia ialemus Walk.; 0. stylata Macq.; 0. ruji-
facies Macq.; 0. carinata Macq.; 0. hnnUri King.
Face entirely fulvous in both sexes. Front(5) fulvous below,
black above (in ^, owing to the joined eyes, the front is reduced
92 RKViaiON OF THK STRATIOMYID^ OF AUSTRALIA,
to a very small, black patch at the vertex). Thorax, in life,
brilliant green, in dried specimens, black; scutellum black, with
outer margin yellow, and with two, yellow spines Abdomen
black with green or yellow side- margins, whicli vary greatly in
size and shape. Legs entirely yellow, or, at the most, with the
hind tarsi a little darkened. Wings with the cubital vein
forked. Length, (J9, 9-11 mm.
Hub. Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania,
South Australia, and Western Australia.
This is, by far, the commonest, Australian species of Odonto-
tnyia, and is very widely distributed. Much variation is shown
in the extent of the green or yellow, abdominal side-margins,
which mav be narrow and almost straight, or broad and con-
siderably bowed in the middle. The type of 0. amyris, in the
British Museum, is a small variety, with narrow side-margins;
that of 0. ialemus has the side-margins broad and bowed in the
middle, but b(->th belong to the same species. 0. hunteri was
apparently described from a rather rare variety, in which the
green side-margins are reduced to large, basal spots. There is
also considerable variation in the colouring of the front in the
female; this has, normally, the upper tw^o-thirds black, the lower
third fulvous, but the fulvous portion may be reduced to a couple
of spots directly above the antennae; whilst, on the other hand,
a variety from South Australia, which may represent a distingt
species, has only the upper half black, and the lower half pale
yellow. In any case, however, 0. amyris may be distinguished
by the entirely fulvous or yellow face, and the entirely yellow
legs.
Odontomyia subdp:ntata Maccj.
Face black((J) or yellow with a black keel(2); thorax black;
scutellum black, with a yellow margin and two very small spines;
abdomen black, with yellow side-margins; legs entirely 3'ellow.
Length, (^^5 ^ mm.
This species was described by Macquart from "Australia."
0. anniilipen Macq., according to Macquart's description,
differs from 0. snhdentata only in the colouring of the tibia'.
BY authuh whitk. 93
which have a black riiig,iiistea(i of beiiiii; entirely yellow. The
distinction is an unsatisfactoiy one, and it cannot be considered
as distinct until more evidence is fcjrthconiing.
Odontomvia mahginella Macq.
Face, front, and antennte black; abdomen black, with narrow,
green side-margins; femora lilack; tibia' yellow, with a black
ring. Length, 5 mm.
llab. — " Tasmania."
This species, which is unknown to me, should be distinguislied,
without difficulty, by its black femora.
Odontomyia opertanea, sp.nov.
Face in female entireh' black; antennte, front, thorax, and
scutellum entirely black; scutellum with two, very short, brown
spines; abdomen black, with narrow, yellow side-margins; legs
entirely yellow; wings with the cubital vein not forked. Length,
^, 9 mm.
Ildb. — Victoria (Healesville).
Female. — Face projecting forwards, entirely black. Front
shining black, with a median furrow. Antennie about the length
of the head, black, first two joints of almost equal length, third
nearly twice the length of first and second together, and ter-
minated by a very short, blunt style. Thorax entirely black,
beneath as well as above; scutellum entirely black, with two,
very small, brown spines. Abdomen black, with narrow, yellow
side-margins; lower surface bright yellow. Legs entirely bright
yellow. Wings with the cubital vein short, and not forked;
anterior veins suffused with brown.
This is the only known, Australian species of Odontomyia which
has the cubital vein unforked; it is also distinguished from all
the other, yellow-legged species by the wholly black scutellum,
and by the black face of the female.
0. opertanea is known from only a single species, which was
taken at Healesville, Victoria, by Mr. J. Fiench, Junr., on -No
vember 7th, 1909.
94 REVISION OF THE STRATIOMYIDiE OF AUSTRALIA,
Odontomyia carinifacies Macq.
Abdomen black, Avith three pairs of small, yellow, separated
side-spots; antennae with a long, thin style: face, in female,
black, with a narrow, fulvous margin. (The male appears to be
unknown). Length, <^, 8 mm.
Hab. — Victoria and Tasmania.
This species seems to be generally scarce.
Odontomyia lateremaculata Macq.
Abdomen black, with three pairs of green or yellow side-spots,
the first and second pairs large, and usually confluent; antennae
with a short, blunt style; face, in male, black, in female fulvous.
Length, (J, 12 mm.; ^, 9 mm.
Hab. — Victoria and Tasmania.
This species is more often met with than 0. carinifacies, but
can hardly be described as common.
Siibfamily SARGIN^.
In this subfamily, four, posterior veins are present, the fourth
being separated from the discal cell, and arising from the second,
basal cell, as in the Stratiomyince. It is distinguished from the
Stratiomyince by the long, thread-like, antennal arista.
Only two genera are, at present, known to occur in Australia;
one of these, Sargus, a genus of almost world-wide distribution,
is now recorded for the first time from the Australian region.
Table of the Australian Genera of Sarghuv.
1. Sen tellum without spines; bright, metallic species Sargus Fabr.
2. Scutellum with spines; black species Acanthasargus White.
1 5. S A r G u s Fabr.
{Ghrysonolus Lw.; Chrysochrvma Willist.; Chrysonotomyia
Hunter; Geosargus Bezzi.)
Antennae with a long arista, eyes bare, separated in both
sexes; scutellum without spines; abdomen long and slender;
wings large, fourth, posterior vein distinctly separated from the
discal cell, and arising from the second, basal cell; colouring of
thorax and abdomen metallic.
BY ARTHUR WHITE. 95
This genus is very widely distributed throughout the Palse-
arctic Region, Ceylon, the East Indies, North, Central, and
South America, and the West Indies, but it has not previously
been recorded from Australia. Those species in which the ocelli
are equidistant, have been placed in a separate genus (Chryso-
iiohis, Chrysochroma, or Chrysonotomyia), but it is doubtful if
the distinction is more than a specific one. The name Geosanjns
has been proposed in lieu of Saryus, on account of a fancied
preoccupation.
Sargus meridionalis, sp.nov.
Thorax metallic green; abdomen metallic golden-brown; legs
yellow ; wings with costal half brown, remainder hyaline.
Length, (^, 8 mm.
Hab.—l^ew South Wales (Milson Island).
Male. — Eyes bare, almost joined on the middle of the front;
anterior ocellus widely separated from the two, posterior ocelli,
which are close together. Face shining brown. Front coppery-
green, very narrow, posteriorly constricted in the middle by the
approximated eyes. Thorax bright metallic-green, with brownish
pubescence. Abdomen metallic-brown, with a golden tint, and
bearing a little, similarly coloured pubescence. Legs entirely
yellow. Wings with the costal half tinged with brown, re-
mainder hyaline; stigma brown; the four, posterior veins are
practically complete, though a little indistinct as they reach the
wing-margin.
This striking species is, at present, known only from a single
specimen, which was taken by Dr. Ferguson, at Milson Island,
on January 30th, 1915.
16. Acanthasargus White.
Black or purple-black flies, with a two-spined scutellum.
When this genus was proposed, only the female was known;
since then, however, .sevex'al specimens of the male have been
taken by Mr. Hardy and myself. The eyes are bare in both
sexes, joined in the male, widely separated in the female.
Antennae with the first two joints of almost equal length, third
96 REVISION OF THE STKATlOMYID.E OF AUSTRALIA,
about the same lengtli as first and second together, thickened,
annulated, and provided with a long, thread-like arista. Scu-
tellum with two spines. Abdomen about the length of head
and thorax together, constricted at base, and widening gradually
towards apex. Legs short and slender. Wings with the discal
cell small, four, posterior veins all incomplete and indistinct,
fourth arising from the second, basal cell.
Of this genus, only one species has been described, but a
second species, distinguished by the yellow, scutellar spines, is
represented by a single specimen, in the collection of the Mel-
bourne Museum.
ACANTHASARGUS PALUSTRIS White.
Thorax and scutellum dull black, the latter with two, long,
black, marginal spines; abdomen purple-black; legs yellow, the
posterior tibiae frequently with a dark ring; tarsi yellow or
brownish; wings tinged with brown, and with a brown stigma,
which is distinct in the male, indistinct in the female. Lentrth,
(J$, 6 mm.
Uab. — Tasmania.
This species frequents rock-pools in the beds of mountain-
streams. It occurred not uncommonly in the early summer of
1914, but is usually scarce. Specimens will be found in the
collection of the Melbourne Museum.
Subfamily PACHYGASTRIN.E.
In this subfamily, the wings possess only three, posterior
veins, which all arise from the discal cell; the antennse bear a
long, thread-like arista. The Australian species are small, black
dies, with a short, ovate abdomen.
Table of tht Aiixtraliaii, Genera of Pac/ipya.sf)-inti'.
1 . Scutellum rounded PACHYOASTiiK Mei^'.
2. Seutellum piodueed liaekwardn in a spine-like prolongation
LONCHEGASTEK White.
IT.Pachygaster Meig.
Eyes bare, touching in the male, widely separated in the
female; antennae short, third joint orbicular, with four, slight
BY AHTHUK WHITK. 97
annulations, and a long, subtermiiial arista: scutelluni rounded
behind, without any sign of spines; abdomen very short, broader
than long, and ovate.
This genus is widely distributed through North America,
Europe, Asia, and New Guinea. No .species has, so far, been
described from Australia, but there is a specimen belonging to
this genus in the collection of the Melbourne Museum.
t3^
18. L O N C H E G A S T E K White.
This genus resembles Pachyyaster, but is distinguished by the
form of the scutellum, which rises from the thorax at an angle
of about 45°, and is produced backwards centrally, in a thin,
spine-like prolongation, this spine being about the same length
as the rest of the scutellum.
Only one species is known.
LONCHEUASTER ARMATA White.
Thorax and scutellum dull black; abdomen blue-black; lees
pale yellow; wings hyaline, with anterior veins light brown,
posterior veins very faint. Length, ^<^, 3 mm.
Hab. — Tasmania.
Of this species, four specimens are known, all of which occurred
on the Avindows of my house at Mangalore, Tasmania, during the
summer of 1911-12. One of these specimens is now in the col-
lection of the Melbourne Museum.
Species of doubtful position.
The three following species, Beris quinquecella, Beris nitidi-
thorax, and Berts Jusciventris, all described by Macquart from
Tasmania, are unknown to me; they may belong either to the
Beriiice or to the Antissittcf..
Addendum.
Mr. F. P. Spry has been good enough to send me two speci-
mens of the undescribed species of Acanthasargus referred to
previously (antea, p. 96), so that I am now able to describe it.
Lj L I B R a R
98 REVISION OF THE STRATlOMYIDiE OF AUSTRALIA,
ACANTHASARGUS GRACILIS, Sp nOV.
Face yellow above, black below; front and thorax black; scu-
tellum black, with the two spines and margin between the spines
yellow; abdomen purple-black, legs yellow; wings with a brownish
cloud across the discal cell. Length, ^, 6'5mm.
Hab, — Victoria (Gippsland).
Female. —Head less produced than in A. palustris, with ^
yellow rim behind the eyes. Face with the upper part imme-
diately adjoining the antennfe yellow, the remainder black.
Antennse black. Front black. Thorax deep black, minutely
punctate; scutellum black, with the two spines, and margin be-
tween the spines, yellow. Abdomen purple-black, broader than
in A. palustris, with a little, white pubescence at sides. Legs
yellow, the tarsi a little brownish towards the tips. Wings with
the four, posterior veins somewhat indistinct, but nearly reaching
the wing-margin; stigma brown, and a slight brownish cloud
covering the region of the discal cell.
This species bears a close resemblance to A. pahimti'is, but may
be distinguished without difficulty by the yellow, instead of
black, scutellar spines. It seems to be generally scarce.
Systematic List of the Stratiomyidoi of Atistralia.
STRATIOMYID.^.
B E R I N iE.
Cryptoberis, gen.nov.
hebescens, sp.nov. ... ... New South Wales.
Metoponia Macq.
rubriceps Macq. ... ... Tasmania.
australis Macq. ... ... "Australia."
Xanthoberis, gen.nov.
siliacea, sp.nov. ... ... New South Wales.
AcTiNA Meig.
incisuralis Macq., (filipalpis New South Wales, Victoria,
Macq.) Tasmania, Queensland.
costata White ... ... Tasmania.
BY ARTHUR WHITE.
99
Neoexaireta Ost.-Sack.
spinigera Walk., {servUlei
Macq.)
New South Wales, Victoria,
Queensland.
A N T I s s I N ^.
Lecogaster White.
ccerulea White
cyanea, sp.nov.
Anacanthella Macq.
spleiidens Macq.
Antissa Walk.
cuprea Walk.
Antissklla White.
parvidentata Macq.
C L I T E L L A
Negritomtia Bigot.
albitarsis Bigot.
Geranopus, gen.nov.
purpuratus, sp.nov.
Elissoma, gen.nov.
lauta, sp.nov.
Ophiodesma, gen.nov.
ftavipalpis Macq. ...
S TR A T I O M
Odontomyia Meig., {Exochostoma
Macq.; Opseogymnus O. -Costa;
PseUidotus Rond.; Etdalia
Kert.).
scutellata Macq.
amyris Walk., {ia/emus
Walk., slylata Macq., rii^-
facies Macq., caririata
Macq., hunteri King. )
subdeidata Macq. ...
opertanea, sp.nov. ...
marginella Macq. ...
Tasmania.
New South Wales.
South Australia.
Western Australia.
New South Wales, Victoria,
Tasmania.
R I N iE.
Queensland.
Victoria.
Victoria.
New South Wales, Victoria.
Y I N ^.
Tasmania.
Queensld, New South Wales,
Victoria, South Australia,
Tasmania, Western Aus
tralia.
"Australia."
Victoria.
Tasmania.
100 REVISION OF THE STRATlOMYIDiE OF AUSTRALIA.
Odontomyia, contd.
carinifacies Macq. ... ... Victoria, Tasmania.
latereniacuJ ata Macq. ... Victoria, Tasmania.
S A RG I N iE.
Sargus Fabr., {Chrysonot.us L\v.;
Chi-ysochfoma VVillist.; Chryso-
iiotomyia Hunter ; Geosargus
Bezzi. )
meridionalis, sp nov. . . . New South Wales.
Acanthasargus White.
palustris White ... ... Tasmania.
gracilis, sp.n. ... ... Victoria.
PACHYGASTRINiE.
Pachygaster Meig.
sp. ... ... ... ... Victoria.
LONCHEGASTER White.
armata White ... ... Tasmania.
Species dubi.e aut incert.*; sedis.
Odontomyia Meig.
aimulipes Macq. ... ... Tasmania.
Bkris Latr.
quinquecella Macq ... Tasmania.
nitidithorax ^\.&i^<\ ... Tasmania.
fusciveiitris Macq. ... ... Tasmania.
Species expurgat^e.
Odontomyia Meig.
regis-geurgii Maccj ... "Australia."
joicea Walk.... ... ... "Australia."
stricta Erichs. ... ... "Australia."
Stratyomys Geoff r.
6ac?ms Walk. ... ... "Australia."
101
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
April 26th, 1916.
Mr. C. Hedley, F.L.8., Vice-President, in the Chair.
Mr. Alfred L. Bennett, The Oaks, near Camden ; Miss
Margaret Deer, B.A., B.8c., Cremorne, Sj^dney; Mr. William
Welch, F.R.Ct.S., Mosman, Sydney; aiid Mr. Cyril T. White,
Brisbane, were elected Oixlinar}^ Members of the Society.
The Chairman announced that tlie Council had elected Messrs.
A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc, C. Hedley, F.L.S., W. W. Froggatt,
F.L.S., and W. S. Dun to be Vice-Presidents; and Mr. J. H.
Campbell, [Royal Mint, Macquarie Street] to be Hon. Trea-
surer, for the current Session.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous
Monthly Meeting (29th March, 1916), amounting to 3 Vols., 96
Parts or Nos., 19 Bulletins, 4 Reports, and 9 Pamphlets, re-
ceived fi*om 37 Societies, etc., were laid upon the table.
notes and exhibits.
Mr. Fred Turner exhibited specimens of, and offered observa-
tions on, the following plants: — (\) Sideroxylon arnhemicum
Benth. et Hook., Syn. Achras arnhemica F.v. M. The specimens
were gathered in Northern Queensland by Mr. A H. Cooper,
who forwarded them to the Honorable Dr. J. M. Creed, M.L.C.,
with a request that he should hand them to Mr. Turner for accu-
rate botanical determination. Mr. Cooper says that the foliage
of this tree has proved valuable feed for cattle and horses during
the recent disastrous drought in the northern State. In fairly
open country, this species of Sideroxylon grows into a very beauti-
ful and umbrageous tree, and for its highly ornamental appearance
102 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
alone is well worth extensively planting for shade about home-
steads in the warmer parts of Australia — (2) Loranthus longi-
florus Desr. This parasitic plant was growing on a lemon-tree
at Lindfield, and was forwarded by Mr. Warwick Lloyd to the
exhibitor for identification and report. Mr. Turner had not
hitherto known this species of Loranthus to grow on any exotic
tree or plant. In Mr. Fred Turner's paper " On Exotic Trees
and Shrubs affected by Australian Loranths and Viscums "
(the Society's Proceedings, 1895), only three species of the in-
digenous Loranthacece were recorded as growing on exotic vegeta-
tion, viz., L. celastroides Sieb., L pendulus Sieb., and Viscum
articulatum Burm., the first two being much more common than
the last. — (3) Polygonum orientale Linn., var. pilosu77i Meissn.,
Syn. P. pilosum Roxb. The specimen was forwarded by Mr. K.
M. 'N'iall, Buckunguy Station, Nyngan district, to the exhibitor
for its botanical name. Mr. Turner has never hitherto known
this species to occur west of the Blue Mountains, N.S.W. Mr.
Niall says that " it grows four or five feet high, and that certain
horses eat it greedily, whilst others will not look at it." This
species is recorded in Turner's " Botanical Survey of North-East
New South Wales."
Mr. T. Whitelegge exhibited a series of mounted slides illus-
trating the sexual generation of Psilotum triquetr^im. The spores
were grown on the living rhizomes of Davallia pyxidata, in a
small Wardian case. The spores of Psilotum, although isosporous,
are strictly dioecious. The male gametophyte consists of about
eight cells. These are unequal in size, with clear, thin walls,
enclosing very many extremely minute antherozooids. The cells
are distinct, being only slightly adherent to each other, easily
detached, and often float free when placed in water. The larger
cells are equal to the diameter of the spore, the smaller to that
of the nucleus. Spores destined to produce the female gameto-
phyte contain an indefinite number of small cells. A single
dome-shaped body emerges from the centre of the spore, and is
about equal to its diameter. The structure consists of many
irregular cells, apparently held together by gum; some project on
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 103
the sides either near the summit or base; the latter, at its junc-
tion with tlie spore, exhibits a well defined ring of brown cells,
encircling an opening leading from the interior of the spore into
the hollow part of the dome. The projecting cells may represent
the tips of the archegonia. Sections will be required to settle
the question. Failing to secure ripe spores of Tmesipteris, old
synangia were dissected. Traces of both male and female gameto-
phytes were found, proving that the spores often germinate in
the capsules. After this discovery, further examinations of the
old synangia of Psilotum were made. Many contained self-
germinated spores, and afforded a better supply of material for
study than by cultivation.
Mr. Bassett Hull exhibited a mounted specimen of the Flutter-
ing Petrel [Cinathisma cyaneoleuca) recently discovered by him
near Ulladulla, N.S.W., and described as new ("Emu," Vol. xv.,
p.205, 1916).
Mr. North, by the permission of the Curator of the Australian
Museum, exhibited a skin of the White Nutmeg, or Torres
Strait Pigeon, {Myristicivora spilorrhoa) from Port Denison,
Queensland, its hitherto known southern limit. Also a wing
of a bird, forwarded to the Curator of the Australian Museum,
for identification, by Mr. Ralph C. Blacket, of the Forestry
Department, South Grafton, Clarence River, with a letter
under date 26th March, 1916, from which the following extract
is made: — "I did not myself see the whole bird, but the wing
sent belonged to one of four birds seen at Urunga (at the
mouth of the Bellingen River) all in one small tree. Two were
shot, and one was eaten as a pigeon, but no one seems to have
noticed this bird in the district before." Mr. North stated that,
so far as he was aware, it was the first record of Myristicivora
spilorrhoa G. B. Gray, being obtained in New South Wales.
Dr. J. B. Cleland exhibited a young plant of Hakea leucoptera,
grown in Sydney, from seeds obtained at Overland Coi'ner, Mur-
ray River, S.A. The leaves of the adult shrub ai*e terete,
pungent-pointed, and slightly hirsute. The cotyledons of the
104 NOTKS AND KXHIBITS.
seedling resemble those of other Hakeas, being broad and rather
wedge-shaped, about | in. long by {\ in. broad. The first leaves
to appear are broad Uuear-lanceolate, about l^in. long. A
number of these appeared, representing a growth of about 2
inches, when they became narrower, and were then succeeded
by terete leaves, like those of the adult 1)ut more slendei\ Ocoa-
sionally later, some of these became furcate, a condition tJiat was
not noted on the adult shrub, though it might have been present
occasionally. Still later, a second batch of lanceolate to linear-
lanceolate leaves were developed, succeeded again by terete ones.
After struggling for about 20 months against the adverse con-
ditions of a Sydney soil, the seedling suddenly wilted and died.
Other seeds were planted on November 9th, 1916, and one came
up on November 24th. This has likewise developed at first
narrow-lanceolate leaves, to be succeeded later by terete ones.
So far, a second crop of flattened leaves has not developed, but,
as their occurrence is probably partly dependent upon conditions
of moisture, it may perliaps be expected later. In the Sydney
district, there are four common terete-leaved Hakeas, none of
which, in the seedling-stage, show any flattening of the initial
leaves following the broad cotyledons. It was, therefore, a
matter of considerable surprise to find that the seedling-leaves of
a terete-leaved Hakea from the dry interior differed from those
of similar-leaved Hakeas of the East Coast in being flattened.
This occurrence would suggest a closer relationship of H. leucop-
tera to the broad-leaved Hakeas than to the terete-leaved Sydney
species.
Dr. J. B. Cleland and Mr. E. Cheel exhibited specimens of
the larger fungi collected by the former, at the beginning of
April, between Byron Bay and Tweed Heads, in northern New
South Wales. Late, heavy, monsoonal rain fell during the early
part of the trip, causing a number of species of Lepiotes to
flourish. Lepiota do/icf atda, which has appeared in the Sydney
district for the last two years, was abundant throughout the area
visited, viz., Byron Bay to Murwillumbah, and thence to Tweed
Heads, and for some distance north into Queensland. The caps
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 105
of some of the plants must have been as large as tea-plates, and
stood out like white sauceFs, or, in places, like isolated masses of
snow on the hillsides. L. suhclypeolaria was met with for the
first time. The figure given in Grevillea (xix., PI. 180, fig. A) is
a good representation, by which it can be easily recognised. The
plants grew abundantly in fields in groups, from Byron Bay to
Tweed Heads. The stems are rather shoi't, the cap slightly
striate, the whole plant soft to the touch and, a featvu'e not
mentioned in the original description, the flesh turns reddisli
when cut. The delicate, filmy L. licmophora was found in brush
at Murwilhnnbah; also L.felina, or a .species close to it, on the
roots of a fern in a shade-house. The Lepiote figured as pro-
bably a dark form of L. crisfata (Agric. Gaz. of N. S. Wales, Feb.
1916, PI. iii., f.-t) was also met with, growing amongst grass; its
spores were 7 to 9 x 4"2/x in size. The finding of tliis form at
two such sundered districts as Sydney and Murwillumbah shows
its constancy, and suggests that it is not a form of L. cristata,
but a distinct species. Two other Lepiotes, at present unidenti-
fied, were also met with, viz., a delicate white one flecked with
brown scales, and a golden one with an elongated cap. The
typical, white-capped mushroom, Psalliota campestris, was seen at
Byron Bay and Murwillumbah; at the latter place also P. sp.
(gills remaining j^allid, and not tui^ning rich pink). The follow-
ing were also noted: — Coprinus micaceus (Byron Bay, Mur-
willumbah), Coins hiruditiosus (Byron Bay), Panceolus ovatus
(Byron Bay), Schiziqyhyllum commune (Murwillumbah), and
Cantharcllns foliolum (Murwillumbah). — They also exhibited
specimens of a Psalliota common in the Sydney district, with a
remarkably strong smell resembling that of iodoform, and which
they have provisionally called P. iodoform,is.
Mr. E. Cheel reported that, since recording the various forms
of Hardenbergia (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. xL, 1915, p.722),
specimens of H. monophylla Benth., var. alba, a trailing variety
with pure white flowers, had been found in the Jamieson Valley
by Mr. A. L. Bennett, this being a third locality, widely separated
from the two previously known. He also exhibited a cux'ious
106 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
abnormal form of Polysaccum pisocarphini va,v. crassipes from
Gladesville, having five distinct peridia consolidated on a foot-
stalk, somewhat resembling a deformed hand.
Dr. H. G. Chapman communicated a note on the condition of
a living specimen of a frog (Hyla aurea), received at the Physio-
logical Laboratory of the University of Sydney, which appeared
to be distended with fluid. The limbs were globular, with con-
strictions at the joints. The abdomen was swollen, and the
flanks bulged outwai'ds. A marked swelling was present beneath
the lower jaw. The frog weighed 131 grms. On puncturing
the skin and abdomen, the fluid escaped, and was collected.
After draining for some minutes, the frog weighed 51 grms.
Twenty-four hours afterwards, it weighed 41 grms. The fluid
clotted in a few minutes after its removal from the frog. Its
freezing-point was 0'488°C. The fluid was lying in the s»ib-
cutaneous lymph-spaces, and in the peritoneal cavity.
107
OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPH.ERA. '
Bv G. I. Playfair, Science Research Scholar of the Uni-
versity OF Sydney.
(Plates vii.-ix., and 28 Text-figs.)
During the past eight years, 1907-1915, a considerable niunber
of gatherings of freshwater algfe, from Sydney and suburbs, and
from the neighbourhood of Lismore, on the Richmond, have
accumulated in my hands. In going through these samples on
various occasions, I noted the presence of forms of Oocystis and
Eremosphcera in such numbers and variety, that it seemed to me
worth while to give a particular account of the two genera, as
found in this country. To this end, I have made a thorough
examination of my gatherings, to the number of 256, in 52 of
which forms of Oocystis and Eremosphcera occur more or less
plentifully. It is somewhat unfortunate that I had to work from
preserved material, as, for this reason, the disposition of the cell-
contents could not, in many cases, be recorded with certainty.
This, however, may be discounted by the fact, that the chloro-
plasts are of the same character in almost all forms of Oocystis
and Eremosphcera, and, for the rest, I had the advantage of a
fair number of notes and figures made from the same material
when it was just freshly gathered.
Samples. — The localities from which each form is reported are
mentioned in the notes on the various species; the following list
gives all the samples referred to in this paper, classified accord-
ing to the habitat from which they were derived. The numbers
refer to gatherings preserved in formalin, in the National Her-
barium, Sydney.
Nos.49, 56, 59, 67, 79, 104, 105, 107, 118, 119, 124, 135, 138,
139, 140, 148, 149, 159, 163, 164, 171, 174, 185, 240, from
108 OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPH^RA,
swampy grass-lands, periodically dry, where rainwater collects;
23, 45, 57, 60, 70, 74, 84, SS, 91, 92, 95, 106, 1 U, 128, 146, from
pond-edges and weeds in pools; 112 from weeds in creek-pools;
4, 13, 58, 93, from Sphagnum-bog. Plankton: 63, 65, 100, filter-
sci'eens, Sydney Water-supply; 136, from several gallons of lake-
water passed through filter-papers; 272, 273, 274, 281, from
weed-beds in river.
When we consider, in the light of this classification, the habitats
from which the various species and forms have been obtained, a
very interesting and instructive fact becomes apparent. Certain
species and their forms are found here almost exclusively in pools
(or river), while others are just as strongly devoted to swamps.
Thus, all the species in my notes, from 0. Ndgelii to 0. suhhex-
af/oiia, viz. : — 0. Nagelii, 0. Nov(t Semlue, 0. siibmarina, 0. n'assa,
0. lacustris, 0. jyarva, 0. nodulosa, 0. solitaria, 0. rotula, 0. snb-
sphcm'ica, 0. apiculata, and 0. suhhexagona, with almost all their
forms, are pond-, river-, and plankton-types; whilst 0. Nordstedt-
iana, 0. Choda/A, 0. aitstraliensis, 0. jmndrcriformis, and 0. oiialis,
along with all forms of Eremosphri^ra,* are swamp-dwellers. The
constant association of this group of Oocysfis-iorms with Ere/mo-
sjihrcra is noteworthy, as there are good reasons for- believing
them to be closely connected biologically.
Of Emyiospho'ra viridis in the Biitish Isles, G. S. West, Brit.
Frw. Alga?, p.229, remarks that it is found "more especially in
Sphagnum-bogs." This, however, is not the case here. Out of
seven gatherings from the only piece of Sphagnum-bog that I
know, the type alone is present in three, and var. ovalis by itself
in two others, in all cases very sjiarsely distributed indeed.
Scope. — The object of this paper is threefold: — (l)to give an
account of all forms of Oocystis and Eremo»phcera met with in
New South Wales; (2) to direct attention to the polymorphism
of Eremosphcera, and to its connection with Oocystis; (3) to supply
the original descriptions and figures, as far as possible, of all
published species and forms of the two genera.
* Out of 46 records of Er-emospho'ra, only 5 are out of pools, and, even
in these eases, its cells are very little in evidence.
BY G. I. PLAVFAIR. 109
1. Synopsis of Australimi fypes.
The various species and variations found locally are fully dis-
cussed in the body of the paper; hence it is not necessary for me
to do more here than add a brief summary. Representatives of
17 species have been observed, but, in two cases, 0. crai-sa Wittr.,
and 0. nodulosa W. West, the types themselves have not been
noted. Tlie total number of local forms, therefoi'e, amounts to
15 specific types, 14 variations, and 3 forms — 32 in all. Of
these, 19 (including nom. nov.) are here described as new, viz.,
6 species, 11 variations, and 2 forms.
Species. — These new species are established principally on the
basis of the shape of the vegetative cell, or autospore, and, in
this, they are in line with all those published hitherto. 1 do
not, however, consider any of the species of Oocystis to be biologi-
cally distinct, but merely polymorphic forms of one organism.
It may be argued that the various types always retain their
specific characteristics. They do, and they do not. It is true that
any specified form gathered from many different localities in a
country, or even from many different parts of the world, always
exhibits the same shape, peculiai-ities, and range of dimensions.
But, on the other hand, the same form, when closely observed in
any given locality, will l>e found to be by no means as fixed and
unalterable as it seemed. It may be noted mixed with variations
of the same type, and even with forms of a different type, yet
obviously connected with it. A goofl illustration of this is found
in 0. apiculata West. This species in its size, shape, and apiculus
(found in no other type) possesses a group of characteristics which
make it very distinct. It has also what, as far as my observa-
tion goes, is not found in any other species, viz., a broad, mucous
lining to the membrane, such as may l)e observed on a larger
scale in forms of Eremosphcfiva. Specimens of the type are plenti-
ful in sample No. 88, but mixed with them are others moi-e slender
and more elliptic, and also another type without an apiculus,
and approximating in shape to 0. laciistris. Nevertheless, this
var. simplicior has the same nuicous lining characteristic of the
type, and its dimensions connect it with the smaller forms of the
110 OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPH.ERA,
latter. Similarly, if Chodat's figures of 0. lacustris be consulted
(Etudes de biologie lacustre, in Bull, de I'herbier Boissier, T. v.,
Pl.lO), apiculate (not merely acuminate) forms may be noted,
approximating to 0. ajricidata (cf. Text-figs. 5, 13). A form,
then, may be characteristic of one "species," and yet biologically
connected with another.
0. hexago7ta mihi, has also this mucous lining, and is biologi-
cally a variant of 0. apiculaia, the connecting link being 0.
apiddata var. obesa; it is often very difiicult to say exactly to
which of them a specimen belongs. 0. hexoffona, however, is of
so distinct a shape, and so widespread, that it has seemed best
to make it a new type.
0. c7-assa, 0. lacustris, and 0. ^jarva seem to me to form but
one species; they are only very slightly different, and are all
plankton-forms. 0. australieiisis mihi shows the same shape,
repeating itself, but in a swamp-form.
Again, 0. ovalis, though its chloroplasts are of a type found in
no other species, yet reproduces, on a large scale, the same set of
forms as are found in 0. Nagelii {elliptica West).
And further, the figui'es in Bull, de I'herbier Boissier (on 0.
Iacust7'is), and in Wille's study of 0. siibniarina, show that, in
both these species, the smaller, reduced forms are 0. Novce Semlice
pure and simple.
The nearest approach to a fixed type is, perhaps, 0. solitaria
Witti'., of which only a f. niajvr and var. maxima have been
noted, these being merely a reproduction of the type, with greater
dimensions. Yet even so, 0. apiculata has a form (var. majvr
mihi) which counterfeits 0. solitaria very closely.* Indeed, one
might say that we keep our types distinct by arranging inter-
mediate forms as variations.
Just as reduction-forms are produced in the Desmidiacece
by rapidly repeated subdivision, so also, in the Antosporacea',
they are brought about by the rapidly repeated formation of
* O. solitaria var. notabile West, .also approximates very closelj^ in out-
line to 0. apiculata. c
BY G. I. PLATPAIR.
Ill
autospores. There is no need for the cell to be mature or even
free, and the customary inflation very often does not take place.
Mother-cells. — It is to be deplored that comparatively little
attention is given in descriptions to the exact shape of the vege-
tative cell and of the apex, and so much to the details of the
mother-cell and the number of autospores. With regard to the
latter, it appears to me quite certain that any species may have
either 1, 2, 4, 8, or 16 autospores according to circumstances.
As for the mother-cell, I think
that its shape should not be
considered at all in the descrip-
tion or identification of an
Oocystis. It is generally pro-
duced by greater or less infla-
tion of the vegetative cell, and
the direction in which this
takes place is not necessarily
always the same. No doubt
the resultant shape depends
largely on the equality or inequality of the membrane, cf.
Eichler, Materyaly do flory wodorostow okolic Miedzyrzeca,
1894, T. ii., i.b,(fi,g. nostr.l) where a mother-cell of Eremosphrera
is shown with (S small but typical autospores. The original cell
had an incrassate membrane, and the inflation has obviously
blown out one side of the cell. It should be noted in passing
also that, whatever it was, the original cell was not a typical
Eremospha>ra\ towards the right-hand side, the relics of a slight
papilla or apiculus can be distinctly seen.
Again, the apex of the vegetative cell is often incrassate
within, or there is an incrassate band round the extreme tip;
and when inflation takes place, this incrassation may be tough
enough to permit the apex to remain as a small papilla. This
would explain why the apical tubercle is so much more common
in the mother-cells than in the vegetative cells or autospores.
Further, the mother-cell of any given species is not the same
shape as the vegetative cell, nor has each species a mother-cell of
Text-fig. 1.
E. r'iridis De Bary; mother-cell,
( X 150); after Eichler.
112 OOCTSTIS AND EREMOSPH.ERA,
characteristic form or size. Indeed, as a general rule, there may
be said to be only three types — the globose or subglobose, the
oval or oblong, and the tuberculate. It is the free vegetative
cell, rather than the mother-cell or autospore, that is distinctive
of the type.
Chloroplasts. — In the following notes, many variations will be
found, which are established on differences in the chloroplasts.
These should not be looked upon as distinct varieties, but as
forms brought about by development. There seems to be no
doubt that the small, discoid chloroplasts are produced from the
simple, parietal lamina by a process of division into 2, 4, 8, 16,
etc. While it is true that the two forms of chloroplast, the
discoid and the laminar, are rarely found in the same species,
this is because they ai'e the products of different environments,
the former being characteristic of swamp-forms, and the latter of
plankton- or pond-life. It is probable that both are found in
0. Ncigelii, which seems to occupy an intermediate position.
2. Polymorphism of EremospJuera.
This was first demonstrated by Chodat, in Bot. Zeitung, liii.,
l895(Ueber die Entwickelung der Eretnospfucra viridis De By.),
where a numbei- of polymorphic forms and reduction-forms,
Glceocysf/is-, Falmella-, and C entrosphcer a-iMndiiiomi are repro-
duced.* The most distinctive of the polymorphic forms, I.e.,
T. v., f. 10, will be found described and figured in my notes on the
species.
Physiological. — The Palmella- and Centrosphfera-st'AteH, I have
not yet met with, nor even the Glwocystis-iorma till just lately.
These last were present, however, in a gathering from Woy Woy
kindly sent to me by Mr. A. H. S. Lucas. Some of them will
be found in Text-fig. 2. They measure from 80-100/* long, the
breadth being somewhat less. The envelopes, of which there may
* This important contribution is a study in itself; there are too many
points brought forward for me to do more than touch upon one lieie and
there; (jut of a large number of interesting figures also, I can only repro-
duce one or two in suppcjit or illustration of my own observations.
BY G. I. PLAYFAIR.
113
be from 5 to 10 or so, are obviously membranous, some thinner,
some stouter, the spaces between them being probably filled with
the mucilaginous substance generally found in the mother-cells of
EremosphcEva and Oocyst is. This Gluiocystis-iMnditwn seems to
be brought about by the repeated formation of a single autospore,
with the resulting accumulation of mothercell-membranes. The
innermost cell is (diam. 40-60 /^) the usual size for the smallest
forms of Eremospha'.ra, while the whole, if spherical, would be
about the dimensions of a normal cell.
Text-fig. 2. — Ghtocystis-iovma of E. riridi'<,{ x 335).
Morphological. — But besides this physiological polymorphism,
EremosphcKva can boast also a polymorphistn of outward configu-
ration. Four other forms beside the type are wide-spread here,
one of which, var. ovalis, is almost as common in oui- waters as
the type itself. 1 1 would be impossible to overlook these varieties
even in quite a cursory examination of uiy gatherings. Nor can
there be any mistake about their connection with Eremosjjhmra;
as autospores, var. avails and var. acuminata, at any rate, have
the same kind of mother-cell as the type (the other two I have
not observed as autospores), the range of dimensions is markedly
identical, and though they may not be found always in the same
gathering, a majority of these forms has been noted from all the
principal habitats for Ereniosph(Hra. Thus, including the type in
every case, at Auburn A and B* all 5 are found; at Potts Hill*
4; at Canley Vale* and Rookwood 3 each. Also 4 out of 5 are
found in company at Lismore*, in an entirely dift'erent part of
the country.
* All in the same gathering too.
114
OOCTSTIS AND EREMOSPH^RA,
Cwtnection with Oocyst is. — In Eremosjyhffra, as in Oocystis, the
cell generally becomes greatly distended in the production of
autospores; sometimes, however, this inflation does not, or can-
not, take place. Under these circumstances (and perhaps under
ordinary conditions also) especially in small cells, J^7-emosphrpra
will give rise to Ooc^s^is-autospores. Chodat, Lc, has already
figured such cases,* (see fig. 196, under 0. rotula), and, in Text-
fig. 3, I reproduce two that have come under my own notice. In
Text-fig. 3. — Eremospluvra mother-cells with Ooi-yf!ti» autospoies;
(a)(_)ocy.-i, lat. 71-8, 8-10, 11-lli/x. My
120 OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPHiERA,
records nearly cover the same ground, viz., 17-25 x 8-14/Jt. Kirch-
ner (for 0. rupestris) extends West's figures a little both ways,
long. 1.3-27, lat. 6-12/i,. In all cases, it will be noted that the
length is just about twice the breadth; in the 14 Australian
specimens whose dimensions are given above, the axial ratio
varies from l'7-2"5:l-0, the average being nearly 2:1.
Eichler, Flory Wodor. ok. Miedzyrzeca, 1892, T. x., £.25, has
figured what he identifies as 0. JVagdii, cell. long. 30-44, lat. 17-
25 /x, but is probably J\'ephrocytiuni Agardhiannm var. majui^
Nag., Gatt. Einz. Alg., T. iii., c, fig.i, k, p,( = X Ndgelii Grun., =
N. ohesum W. West). The cells are too broad for 0. Ndyplii,
and one also is distinctly reniform. If considered an Oocystis, it
would fall better undei' my 0. Chodati, infra.
I include three forms in the type, which are generally found
intermingled, viz., (l)eniptic-oblong with broadly rounded ends,
the sides and ends meeting in one even curve, (2)oblong with
subtruncately rounded ends, (3) cylindrical: ridpVl. vii., f. 1, 2, 3,
i-espectively.
Var. Africana (G. S. West) mihi. (Text-fig. 1 2c).
"Var. minima; autosporis 4 vel 8, dense compactis; chromato-
phoris multe-lobatis parietalibus singulis vel binis." G. S.
West, I.e.
Syn., 0. elliptica var. Africana G. S. West, Frw. Algie, Ann.
South Afr. Mus., Vol. ix., 1912, p.76, f.l4, 17. I have not yet
noted this form, which G. S. West has described from Angola.
It differs from the type only in having a lobed, or fragmented,
chloroplast. The corresponding form of 0. Novce Spmlice, how-
ever, is described here under that species. G. S. West gives
long. cell. 8-1 3/x; lat. cell. 4"5-7/x.
Var. macrospora (Turner) mihi. (Text-fig. 1 Of).
Cellulse oblongje vel oblongo-elliptica?, quam f. typica circa
duplo majores.
Syn., Hydrocytiuni macrospo7'iim Turner, Alg. E. Ind., 1892,
p. 154, T. XX., f.32; 0. sphaivica Turn., ibid., p. 155, no figure.
This cannot, of course, be a species of Hydrocytium (Characium),
as that propagates by zoospores, not autospores. Turner's dimen-
BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 121
sions are: Cell, inatric. long. 50-65, lat. 39-52, autosp. long. 39,
lat. 19/x. The autospores, however, are wrongly delineated. As
drawn, they work out at 61 x 19 instead of 39 x 19. Turner
says: '^spcyi'is .... loitge ovaUhns,'^ bnt
his drawing them cylindrical makes it
certain that tliey were really oblong.
The ratio of length to breadth also (at
39 X 19) is just 2:1, as in O. NacieJll.
W. ct G. S. West, Frw. Alg. Madagascai; Text-fit/ 1 1
p.82, identify this form (but doubtfully) Oocysfis elUpfk-a i. mivor
with O. eUijJtica West {= O. Ndyelii). W. We.st, ( x 520) ; after
The shape of the mother-cell is of no im- ^^'- & <^- S. West,
portance, cf. W. cfe G. S. West, /.o.,P1.5,f. 13-14 (Text-fig. nostr 11).
Nordstedt's Sandwich Island specimens of O. JVdgelii should
probably be placed under this variation. He gives long. 30-32,
lat. 14-15//, Alg. aq. dulc. Sandvich., p.8. I have not come
across this form in my gatherings yet.
Var. OBESA, n.var. (PL vii., f.7).
Prte longitudine crassior. Cell. long. 20-25, lat. 13-16/i.
Guildford (146).
Var. CURTA, n.var. (PI. vii., f.8).
Late-ovalis vel brevissime oblonga. Cell. long. 17. lat. 13/x.
Guildford (146) cum priori rarius.
Syn., O. Ndgelii in Lemm., Plankt. Schwed. Gewass., p. 107,
where he remarks : " Zellen breit-oblong, 15-17 : 1 1-13/x." Both
forms quite common in No. 146, from a pond at Guildford; the
one is evidently a reduced form of the other. The ratio of length
to breadth in var. obesa is from 1 "4 to 1 "7 : 1 '0 as compared with
2:1 in the type. In var. curta, it is 1 -3 to 1 0. Chloroplasts
not noted, the contents deranged.
OocYSTis NoViE SEMLiiE Wille. (PI. vii., f.9, 10).
"O. cellulis homogeneis('?) singulis 1. in familias e 4-8 cellulis
formatas consociatis, familiis nonnunquam in massa gelatinosa 2-4
consociatis; membrana crassa, non tuberculo apicali instructa."
Wille, I.e. /v -
LIBRARY
I 00
OOCYSTIS AND EREM0SPH.?:RA,
Cell, inuti-ic-. x 20, 40 x 2;"), 12 x 1); autosp. (i x :'), 7 x 4, 7 x f),
8 X 1, SJ. X ')},, S X ()//..
Parraniatta Park (1 :)(;)•, Aviltunr, Lisniorc, nvci',(272, 27:>).
('/. Willc, Fcrsk. fra Novaja Semlja, 1N7'J, p/JIn T. xii., f.:'..
Syn., 6>. N^iiifelii ft Xor(r Semljm (Wille) Chodat, Alg. vertes,
p. 189; O. Xf'itjf'Hivar. mi7Wi^i*-6'/?>ia Bernard, Prott)cocc. et Desm.,
1908, p. 172, f.;^55, 356. I cannot consider this a variety of O.
Xaijclir. no doubt there is a very close biological connection, but,
typically, tliey are entirely different shapes, the latter being
oblong or oblong-elliptical with broadly I'ounded ends, while O.
Nov(K Semlio' is elliptical with acutely rounded ends. No shape,
curiously enough, is mentioned in the description, but the figure,
I.e., is distinct.
Text-fig. 12. —(a) Oocy.<^t!>i Xonv Sem/i Wille, ( x 400); after Wille. (/>) 0.
Xont- Sem/i(i' var. ma.rima W. West, ( x 520) ; after West. {c) O.
e//!j>tira var. Africana (4. S. West,( x 1000); after (J. S. West.
Also the ratio of length to breadth is different; in Australian
specimens of O. X'ovcf, Semlio', it varies from 1 '4 to 1 7 : 1 "0 as
against 2:1 in O. Xdgplii. Moreover, the latter tends to be
cylindrical, while the larger sizes of the former are oval, but still
retaining a tendency to be pointed at the ends, cf. var. maxima
W. West, and var. ausfralica mihi (infra).
O. X''iyehi var. minutissima Bernard (cells 5-7 x 4 fi) is a size
of this species too close to the type to be separated from it;
indeed, even f. major Wille, might well be included. Wille's
original record for the type is 8 x 5/x. The chloroplast is a
single, very thin, parietal lamina.
Forma ma.ior Wille. (PI. vii., f.l 1, 1 2).
Cell, niatric. diam. 20, 24, 40; long. 24, lat. 14; autosp. 10 x 6,
10x7, 12x6, 12x7, 12 x S/i.
BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 123
Potts Hill (138); Pan-amatta Park (136), cum f. typica.
Wille, /.(•., p. 27, T. xii., t'.4, ffives diineiisioiis 1 I x (I/;,; W. West,
for British spt^cimens, loiii;-. ll'l 1'2-r), lat. T-T'D/t; W. iV: (J. S.
West, WelwitselTs Afric Fi'w. Al,-., i«.l'3S, record Ki x Di-iO// for
African ones. The ratio of length to breadth, as shown In- these
records, agrees very well with that given above for Australian
specimens. The f. major figured by W. West, New Brit. Frw.
Alga^, PL ii., f.24, does not agree in outline with Wille's type,
hut belongs to O. Nmjelii.
Forma.
Cellul* chloroplastidibus medio in transversuin divisis.
Cell, matric. spher. x 20; autosp. 10x7/^.
Parramatta Park (1 30), cmn f. tvpica.
Var. MAXIMA W\ West. (Text-lig.l 2/>).
"A^ar. cellulis 2-3-plo major (|uam forma typiea." W. West,/.r.
Cell, matric. 34 x 30; autosp. 18 x 12//.
Botany.
(y. W. West, New Brit. Frw. Alg., p. 13, f.25, 1894, where he
gives long. 19-23, lat. 1 2-1;") /i as dimensions of the cells. W. it
G. S. West, AN'elwitsch's Afr. Alg., p. 238, record 33 x 23 for
African specimens. Dift'ers from the succeeding fcuiu onlv in its
undivided chloroplasts and larger size.
Var. AUSTRALICA, n.var. (PI. vii., f. 13-17).
Cellulie ellipticje vel ovales, plei-umque ad apices modice atten-
uat:e; chloroplastidibus singulis parietalibus lobatis, vel chloro-
plastidibus plus minusve distinctis 2-4, interdum 2:)yrenoides
singulos ferentibus.
Cell, matric. diam. 30-40; autosp. vel cell. veg. 13 x 10, 14 x 11,
16 xll, 16 X 12, 20 X 14/7..
Parramatta Park (13()); Lismore, rivei", (273, 274); cum formal
typiea.
Corresponds to var. Africana G. S. West, in O. Naydii. The
chloroplast is lobed or fragmented (the intermediate stage of
development between a simple lamina and parietal lozenges), or
sometimes there are 2-4 chloroplasts more or less distinctly visi-
124
OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPHiERA,
ble, occasionally with a pyrenoid apiece. This form is very close
to O. crassa Wittrock, as figured by Osteiifeld, Proc. R. 8oc.
Edin., 1904-5, p. 1113, PI. i., f.<^, q.v. Var. ausfralica and var.
maximd, which are practically one, differ somewhat in shape
from the type, being more oval (broader in comparison with the
length) and with less pointed ends.
OocYSTis CRASSA Wittrock. (Text-fig. 1 3ffl).
In Wittrock at Nordstedt, Alg. dulc. exsicc. No.355; Bot.
Notiser, ISSO, p. 11 7. C/. G. S. West, Brit. Frw. Alga^, p. 227,
f.97C,D.
Text-fig. 13. — (a)Ooci/8tis crassa Wittrock, ( x485); after C4. S. West.
(6) Var. Osten/eldii mihi; after Ostenfeld.
Syn., O. Marssonii Lemm., Bot. Centralblatt, 1898, p. 151;
Ploner Forsch., 7, 1894, p. 24, T. i., f. 15-1 9. I have not met with
any form that I could identify with O. crassa. It is referred to
by G. S. West as a distinctly plankton-species. In W. & G. S.
West, Frw. Alg. N. Ireland, p. 6 8, the dimensions are given as
long. 18-3-24, lat. 13-15-5/i.. Chodat, I.e., p.l90, records long.
14-23, lat. 10-18/x for Swiss specimens. The ratio of length to
breadth in this species seems to be 1"3 to 1'4:1"0.
Var. OsTENFELDii, nom.nov. (PL vii., f.l8, 19).
Cellulse lateribus sequaliter arcuatis, in medio baud subangu-
latis; apicibus acuminatis baud incrassatis. Chloroplastides 2-4,
interdum pyrenoidibus singulis instructte.
Cell. long. 16, lat. 11/x.
Lismore, river (274, 281).
BY G. I. PLAYPAIR.
125
Ostenfeld and Wescnberg-Lund, Plankt. u£ two Icelandic
lakes, Prof. R. Soc. Edin., xxv., 1906, p.lll3, PI. i., f.8. Syn.,
O. ^acMs^ris Ostenfeld, /.f., p. 235 (sec. auvfor. ipsnm). Ostenfeld
remarks: "The species .... has one pyrenoid in each chloroplast;
the chloroplasts are two or four in each cell, often tetrahedrally
arranged; the cells are four (rarely two) in a globular mucilage;
their shape is ellipsoid or ovate with subacute apices; length 22-
2(5 /*, breadth lG-20/tt." I noted, in river-gatherings, mother-cells
of this form in company with others of 0. Novce Semliiti var. ans-
tralica mihi. It is probably intermediate between the latter
and O. crassa. Var. Ostenfeldii differs from the type in being
more regularly elliptical, not so rhomboid, with sides regularly
arched, not bent in the middle, the apices not incrassate. It has
fewer chlox'oplasts also.
OocYSTis LACUSTRis Chodat. (PL vii., f.20).
"Cellulis binis vel quaternis in familiis consociatis, membrana
gelatinosa crassa, utroque fine cellulie leviter incrassata, late f usi-
formibus utroque acutis, chlo-
rophoro laminam formante sa^pe
dimidiato, pyrenoide munito vel
carente. Contentus ssepe oleo-
sus." Chodat, I.e.
Cell, matric. 24 x 22, 30 x 22,
autosp. 9x.5, 14x9, 18x8,
18X9/X.
Dunedin, N.Z., Northern
Reservoir.
Chodat, Etudes de biologie
lacustre. Bull, de I'herb. Boissier, 1897, p.296, Pl.lO, f.1-7, 13;
Alg. vertes, p. 190, f.l05. The authoi-, by a strange oversight,
has given no dimensions in either publication. W. & G. S. West,
Plankton of some Irish Lakes, p. 107, record long, colon. 43-60,
long. cell. 14-22, lat. cell. 8-15; and G. 8. West, Third Tangan-
yika Exp., p. 141, long, colon. 39-54, long. cell. 12-20, lat. cell.
7-13//.; both agree very well with Australian specimens, except
that the colonies are larger. The type has either a single,
Text-fig. 14.
(a) 0. lacvxtris Chod. ; after Chodat.
{h) OocyMella natanx Lemni.,( x 7oO);
after Lenniiermanii.
126 OOCYSTIS AND EliEMOSPHiERA,
laminar chloroplast, or one in each half of the cell; pyrenoids are
often present.
Var. NATANS (Lemm.) mihi. (PI. vii., f.i'l).
Cell. veg. long. 1 6, lat. 1 1 /'..
Auburn.
Syn., OocysteUa natans Lemm., Zeitschr. f. Fischerei, 11)03;
Plankt. 8chwed. Gewass., p. 156, T. i., f.ll, 12. A form of O.
lacustris with a lobed or fragmented chloroplast. No size is
given by the author in the latter publication, but his fig. 12
works out at 19 X 12//..
Var. PALUDEXSis, n.var. (PI. vii., f.22-24).
Formse typicye consimilis, chloroplastidibus autem fractis, in
laminis minutis radiantibus vel in massis digitatis ordinatis.
Cell, matric. long. 1 1 0, lat. Sf) ; autosp. 1 7 x 1 2, 20 x 1 2, 22 x 1 1 //..
Canley Vale (128); Guildford (U6).
These forms were found in small pools fed by surface-water.
They differ from the type and var. nntmis only in the character
of the • chloroplasts. In PI. vii., f.23, the original chloroplasts
seem to have broken u}) into small, radiating laminie, while in PI.
vii., f.24, the chloroplasts are small, digitate masses, as in O.
ovalis, pointing away from the centre, and towards the pole in
each half. A pyrenoid(]) is present in the centre of each half,
sometimes pale green, sometimes pale brick-red in colour. Com-
paie remarks under O. oralis, infra.
OocvsTis PARVA W. tt G. S. West. (PI. vii., f.25, 26).
"(). miimta cellulis plerumque
oblique ellipsoideis, 1^-lf-plo longioribus
quam latioribus, apicibus subacutis et non
incrassatis; membrana firma. Contentum
chlorophyllosum cellularum in massis pari-
etalibus 2-3." W. & G. S. West, Lc.
Cell, matric. spher. diam. 12, 18, 24, 4-8 ;
O. pJmW^&!i S. oval. 30 X 22,54 x 42:autosp. 10 x 8,12 x 8/.,
We.st,( X .-)2<)): after Sydney Water (63, 65); Guildford (84).
(;. S. West. Qj-_ ^^Y. & G. S. West, Notes on Fresh-
water Algie, i., Journ. Bot., 1898, p.335; G. .S. West, Alga-Hora
BY G. I. PLAYPAIR. 127
of Cambridgeshire, Juuru. Bot, 1.S09, Pl.oOl, f.U-17. Dimen-
sions given are long. cell. 6-12, lat. cell. 4-7.; long. teg. 13-5-29,
lat. 10'5-l(S/x. O. jmrva might very well be arranged as a varia-
tion of O. lacustris.
OocYSTis NODULOSA W. West. (Text-fig. 16).
"O. mediocris; cellulis solitariis vel in familiis e 2 cellulis
formatis consociatis, cellulis oblongo-ellipticLs, 1^-plo longioribus
quam latioribus, apicibus late-rotundatis et nodulis incrassatis."
W. West., I.e.
Cf. West, New Brit. Frw. Alg., p.l5, PI. ii., f.:U, 189-1. Syn.,
0. crassa y nodnlosa Chodat, Alg. vertes, p. 190. I have not
found the type.
Yai'. AUSTRALis, n.var. (PI. vii., f.27, 28).
Forma paullo magis oblonga; membrana ad polos introrsum
tantum incrassata.
Cell. veg. 21 X 12, 2:^ x 13, 25 x 15,
26 X Ujj..
Botany Bay (91); Auburn (57).
This is a very rare foi-m; a few spe-
cimens were noted in No. 91 among
quantities of free cells of O. Ndgelii.
Our specimens differ somewhat from Text-fig. 16.
the type; they area little more oblong, ^""y'''' "«*''«•*« W. We.st,
, , , . . . . f (X 520); after West.
and the polar mcrasvsation is entirely
on the inner side of the membrane. West gives long. 25-26,
lat. 16-17/x as the dimensions of the type.
OocYSTis SOLITARIA Wittrock. (PI. vii., f.29).
Cell. veg. 18 X 11, 18x 12, 20 x 10, 21 x 11, 21 x 12, 22 x 1 1,
22 X 13, 23 X 1.5, 24X15/X.
Guildford (146); Auburn (57); Duck Creek, Clyde (71).
In Wittrock et Nordstedt, Alg. iu[. dulc. cxsicc, No.241, IS79:
Bot. Notiser, 1S79, p. 24; G. S. West, P.i'it. Frw. Algu>, p. 227,
f.97A, B. Very rare in this country, though "undoubtedly tli<'
commonest species" (G. S. West, /.<•.) in Bi'itain. The Hguic in
128
OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPHiERA,
British Frw. Alg?e is narrowly elliptic, with acutely rounded
ends, the membrane at the poles being incrassate on the inner
side only. The chloroplasts are discoid. From all accounts, the
ratio of length to breadth varies from 1"5 to 2*1 : 1*0, with which
our specimens agree; 1 "74: 1*00 average of 9.
Text-fig. 17.— («) O. -so/lfarki Wittrock,( x 48.5); after G. S. West. (h)
Forma major Wille,( x520); after W. West. {<:) Var. maxima Go-
mont, ( X 30()) ; ((/) apex ( x 580); after (ionioiit. {e)Vsii: notabileW.
West,( X 520), after West.
Forma ma.tor Wille. (Text-fig. 176).
Ferskvandsalg. fra Novaja Semblia, 1('^79, p.26. A larger
form, the same shape as the type. Wille gives 40 x 22/x as the
dimensions, and exactly the same size is recorded by W. & G. S.
West, Welwitsch's Afr. Alg., p. 238, for African specimens. I
have not noted this form yet.
Var. MAXIMA Gomont. (Text-fig. 17c, rf).
"Celluhe ambitu elliptica?, solitariaj, vel 2-4 in familias con-
sociata^, 50 ad 6 5 /a longfe, 26 ad 40/x crassse, membrana tenui, ad
polos incrassata." Gomont, I.e.
Flore algolog, de la Haute- Auvergne, Bull, de la 8oc. botan. de
France, tom.43, 1896, p..386, PI. x., f. 13. From the text-figure,
it will be seen that this form is the same shape as the type in
Brit. Frw. Alga?. Borge, Siissw. Ohlor. v. Feuerland u. Isla
Uesolacion, p. 23, records ven: maxima at long. 47-51, lat. 26-29/*.
BT G. I. PLAYFAIR. 129
The ratio of length to breadth varies from 1'6 to 19 ill), as far
as can be determined from the figures given, lying evenly, there-
fore, within the generally observed limits for the species. I have
not come across this form.
Var. NOTABILE W. West. (Text-fig. 17^).
"Cellulis lateribus subrectis et incrassatis; membrana irregu-
lariter punctata. Long. 29/x, lat. 16-5/x." W. West.
Journ. R. Micr. 8oc., 1894, p. 15, PI. ii., f.29. I have not met
with this form.
OocYSTis SUBMARINA Lagerh. (PL vii., f.30).
Lagerheim, Bot. Notiser, 1886, p.45, f.l; W^ittr. it Nordst.,
Alg. aq. dulc. exsicc. No. 7 26; Wille, Zur Entwickl. d. Gatt.
Oocystis, Deutsch. Bot. Gesells., 1908, T. xv., the last being a
thorough investigation of this species, with a large number of
excellent figures. Lemmermann, Nord. Plankt., xxi,, p.l5, f.54,
55 (after Lagerheim).
Cell. veg. 24 x 8, 25 x 12, 28 x 10//.
Sydney Water-Supply (100).
The cells vary from elliptic to linear-elliptic, with acutely
rounded ends. The chloroplast is a laminar, parietal band, very
narrow for the length of the cell (often one in each half of the
cell). Wille, I.e., pp.813, 820, gives two, long lists of sizes (in
eMenso) which may be summarised as long. 7-20, lat. 3^-9//, the
ratio of length to breadth being Iw to
2-1 :rO (averages of 9 and 10 records re-
spectively). It will be seen that, in this
respect, O. submaj-ma begins where O.
Xovce SeniHfn leaves off. G. S. West
reports it from the Yan Yean Reservoir, Text-tig. is.
Melbourne (Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot., Vol. ^^- ^^'^'"narinaJ^gevh.,
^_, , , -v.T ".tr 1 . »- 1 o after Lagerheim.
xxxix., p.75) at long.23-25, lat. 7|-8/x. ^
The axial ratio is nu)re than 3:1 in the Victorian specimens, and
in some of ours, indeed, the linear-elliptic form should be con-
sidered typical, the shorter and broader cells being practically
identical with O. Nov : 1 •(). Tt lias the iutei'iial, mucous lining com-
mon to forms of O. apicidata, but tlie shape is of a different
type, and the apex, though pointed, is not apiculate. I have,
tlierefore, kept it separate.
OocYSTis NoRDSTEDTiANA (De Toni) mihi. (PI. ix., f.l3).
"Celhilse (binje aut quaternte) ellipticje vel fere circulari-ellip-
ticae, membrana in utroque fine tuberculo insti'ucta (ut in omnibus
speciebus hujus generis plus minus evidenter ])." Nordstedt, I.e.
Cell. veg. long. 28, lat. 18/^.
Lismore(185).
Text-fig.'21.— (a)0. a.ii/mmefrica W. West,(x520); after W. West.
(h)0. spec, Schni.,( X 600); after 8chmiclle. (c) 0. rotunda
Sehm. ; after 8chmidle.
Syn., O. Ndgelii forma, Nordstedt, Frw. Alg. N.Z., 1888, p.21;
O. Noyelii forma Nordstedtiana De Toni, Sylloge Alg. i., 1889,
p.664:; O spec, Schmidle, Alg. aus dem Nyassasee, 1902, p.79,
T. iii., f.5. In the first place, it seems to me impossible to place
Nordstedt's specimens under O. Ndgelii. The latter is an oblong
type verging on the cylindrical, while these are described as
ranging from elliptical to almost circular-elliptic. There is also
the question of the apical tubercle. From his remarks in paren-
thesis, .^upra, Nordstedt seems to have considered its presence as
of little importance. Nevertheless (apart from mother-cells; the
only published type with an apical papilla is Schmidle's unnamed
species from Lake Nyassa. And, in my experience, the apical
papilla is exceedingly uncommon; out of 170 specimens of Oocystis
measured for these notes, only two showed a papilla; and, of
those that showed a slight apiculation, all, without exception,
134 OOCYSTIK AKD ER EMOSPHiERA,
appei'tainecl to O. apiculata West, of which species the apicuhxs
is characteristic. Nor is the papilla more cominoii in Ercmo-
sphosra viridis {which, from my j^oint of view, is an Oocystis). Out
of 70 specimens measured, it occurred in no more than two. The
only forms in which the tubercle seems to be indifferently present
or absent are O. panduriformis West, and Erem. viridis v.
doliformis mihi. 1 have never noted either tubercle or apiculus
in any form which is generally non-tuberculate or non-apiculate.
Var. ROTUNDA (Schm.) mihi. (Text-fig. 2 Ic).
Cell, rotundfe, 10-lI/x latse, utroque polo tuberculatpe."
Schmidle, I.e.
Schmidle, Beitr. z. Alpinen Algenfi., p.8, T.14, f.7a, ^ 1895.
I have not noted the occurrence here of this form, which seems
to me to be a more globose variation of O. Nordstedtiana. Nord-
stedt's smallest size is 16 x 10/>i.
Oocystis Chodati, nom.nov. (PI. viii., f.8-11).
Cellulse ovales vel ovali-oblonga?, ubique sequaliter rotundatse;
lateribus arcuatis, apicibus late-rotundatis nee apiculatis, nee
incrassatis. Chloroplastides pulviniformes.
Cell, matric. sphfer. diam. 3.3-40, oval. long. 30-47, lat. 25-40;
cell. veg. vel autosp. 16x 12, 18x 12, 20x 12, 24 x 10, 24 xl8,
28 X 22, 30 X 20, 34 x 25, 40 x 30/x.
Auburn (49, 56, 135); Guildfoi-d (60, 124, 146); Fairfield(l 12).
Syn., 0. solitaria, pro parte, in Chodat, Alg. vertes, p. 189,
f.l04F, autospores. This species is regularly oval or oval-oblong,
rounded everywhere. It differs from 0. solitaria especiall}- in
the broadly rounded ends without papilla or internal incrassation.
Also, the cells being broader, the axial ratio is smaller. The
latter varies, in the examples given above, from 1'3 to 1'6:1"0,
the average being 1 "4 : 1 '0. In 0. solitaria, the ratio is greater,
the cells being proportionately longer and more pointed. Some
of the smaller sizes of 0. Chodati come very near to 0. Ndyelii;
the cells, however, are broader in proportion and more oval.
This form is generally found on swampy ground, especially the
larger sizes.
BY G. I. PLAYFAIR.
135
OOC'YSTIS AUSTKALIEXSI^, 11. Sp. (PI. viii., f.12,1.")).
Celluke late elliptico-laneeolatai; lateribus sequaliter arcuatis
usque ad polos seiisini sensiuKjue convergentibus; apiculis acu-
niiiiatis liaucl incrassatis. Chloroplastides pulvinifonnes.
Cell, matric. sphser. diani. 4(i, lanceol. 45 x. "^8; cell. veg. vel
autosp. 20 X 1 2, 20 X 1 4, 2 1 X 1 :\ 2:'. x 1 7, 24 x 1 4, 24 x 1 5, 27 x 1 8,
:'.0 X 17, :W x 20, :^0 x21/7..
Auburn (49, 57, 104, 105, 1:^5, 139); Collector; Lismore (185).
Cy. Chodat, /.r., p. 189, f. 104G, H, for somewhat similar but
irregular forms. This species is another of our swamp-forms.
The cells are the shape of 0. lacustris Chod., but have discoid
chloroplasts, and a different habitat, 0. lacnstris being a plank-
ton-form. In optical section, there are nearly always five chloro-
plasts each side, and one at each end. The dimensions are
much the same as in 0. Chodati; in both also the axial ratio is
approximately 3:2. As autospores, they are generally found in
thin-walled, oval or lanceolate mother-cells, but I have noted them
produced by undoubted, uninflated specimens of Eremosphd'va
viridis, easily recognised by the irregular, mucilaginous, inner cell-
wall. See text-figure 3 in the introduction, and compare Chodat,
Bot. Zeit., 1895, PI. v., f.9.
OOCYSTIS PANDURIFORMIS W. West.
"O. magna; cellulis solitariis vel in famil-
iis e 4-8 cellulis formatis consociatis, cellu-
lis 2-2^-plo-longioribus quam latioribus,
ovatis, lateribus leviter concavis, apicibus
incrassatis et subacutis." W. West, I.e.
Cell. veg. long. 82, lat. max. 30 /x.
Rookwood (107).
W. West, New Brit. Frw. Alg., J.R.M.
8oc., 1894, p.l5, PI. ii., f.33-35. A rare
form, of which I have seen only one speci-
men; the shape, however, is too charac-
teristic to be mistaken. West's dimen-
sions are 50-6 1^ long, by 23-25^ broad. A forma ma/ar West, is
distinguished by him in the same place, size: "long. cell. 77 [j.; lat.
(PL viii., f.l4).
Text-fig. 22.
0. 2)andurifonni>< W.
West,( xfyiO); after
W. We.st.
136 OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPH^RA,
medio 29/t; lat. max. 32'5/x." Considering the variation in
dimensions, which is general in these forms, this might very well
be included in the type along with that given above. Chodat
considers that this species is biologically a form of Eremosphcera
viridis, and with this I entirely agree. It is, however, a character
which 0. pand'urifotinis shares with all the other "species" of
Oocyst is.
A var. pachyderma West, I.e., p-16, PI. ii., f.36, is also re-
corded, differing only in the very thick cell-wall ("membrana
cellularum 2 •5-2 "8 /x ci*assa," West.
OocYSTis ovALis (Turner) W. k G. S. West. (PI. viii., f.l5, 16).
"Mediocris, 2-2i-plo longiorquam lata; cellulis ovalibus, lateri-
bus ventricosis, apicibus rotundatis. Membrana crassa, glabra."
Turner, Ix.
Cell. veg. 50 x 26, 62 x 32/x.
Rookwood(107).
Syn., Cylindrocysfis ovalis Turner, Frw. Alg. E. Ind., 1892,
p. 16, T. i., f.5 (fig. sinistr.). About this form, W. 6: G. S. West,
.Some recently published Desmidiete, Journ. Bot., 1895, No. 387,
p. 6 6, remark: "From the perfectly elliptical form and smooth,
thick membrane, this appears to us to be a
species of Oocystis." Their opinion is con-
firmed by my finding it here in the form of
autospores, PI. viii., f.17. It is not surprising,
however, that Turner should have considered
Text fiff *>.3 ^^ ^ Cyfindrocystis, as the generally prevailing
Cylindro€yxtii< ora/i.s character of the chloroplasts is unlike that of
Turner; after any other species of Oocystis, and, in some
Turner. specimens, the contents are disposed almost
exactly as in that genus, PI. viii., f.l5. The chloroplasts are
minute, fusiform or digitate masses, disposed longitudinally, and
radiating somewhat from the nucleus to the apices. The same
type of chloroplast is found also in Eremosphcera occasionally.
Turner's specimens were smaller than ours; he gives long. 40-42,
lat. 17-20/x.
BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 137
Var. SUBTRUNCATA, n.vai'. (PI. viii., f.17-19).
Celluke oblongae interdum pjene cylindraceaj, lateribus minus
arcuatis, apicibus subtruncato-rotundatis.
Cell, matric. elliptic. 80 x 40; cell. veg. vel autosp. 50 x 20,
50 X 26, 54 X 24, 60 x 32, 61 x 32, 62 x 26, 62 x 32, 70 x 32/x.
Rookwood (107); Lismore ( 240).
Cylindrocystis oralis Turn., I.e., T. i., f.5 (fig. dextr.). Turner
gives two different forms for his Ci/l. ovalis, the right-hand one
one of which can hardly be described as oval. I have sepaiated
this form, therefore, as var. snbtruncafa. It is more common
than the type, and is distinctly oblong, verging sometimes on
subcylindrical, with subtruncately rounded ends. In specimens
found with the type in sample No. 107, the chloi'oplasts were
digitate, but I have noted others at Lismore with chloroplasts of
the usual discoid character.
Forma.
Apicibus late-rotundatis nee subtruncatis.
Cell. veg. 70 x 32/x.
Auburn (140).
Var. CYLiNDRACEA, n.vax\ (PI. viii., f. 20-22).
Cellulae plus minusve distincte cylindracese; lateribus levissime
arcuatis subparallelis; apicibus late-rotundatis vel subtruncatis.
Cell veg. vel autosp. 52 x 28, 66 x 28, 67 x 40, 86 x 32//.
Rookwood (107).
In this foi'm, the sides are nearly parallel, and only slightly
arched. Slender specimens are quite cylindrical, the broader
more oblong. I have noted that, in this variation, it may, per-
haps, occur also in the other forms, the cell is provided with
what appear to be two, large, pale reddish-brown pyrenoids, one
in either half of the cell. In this condition, the cell simulates a
CyHndrocystis very closely indeed. The same occurs in 0.
lacustris var. 2^'^^^densis mihi, in which form this presumed
pyrenoid is sometimes pale brown and sometimes pale green. I
am inclined to believe, however, that these bodies are not pyre-
noids, but nuclei with a layer of chlorophyll or oil-drops surround-
ing them. Pyrenoids, when they occur, are found, one in each
10
138
OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPHiERA,
chloroplast, not occupying the centre of the semicell. Moreover,
the chloroplasts in such cells radiate from this central body to
the ends and to the centre. Again, this form of cell always
develops a pair of spherical autospores; we may take it, therefore,
I think, that such are temporarily binucleated, prior to forma-
tion of autospores. We have here also a case of an Ooci/.-tfifi
giving rise to the smaller sizes of Eremosphcera; cf. PI. viii., f.20,
and Chodat, Bot. Zeit. 1895., T. v., f.8.
Species unknown to me.
OoCYSTIS GEMINATA Nag.
"Familiis e cellulis geminis formatis, cellulis ovoideis, nonnun-
quam singulis intra cellulse matricalis membranam vesiculo ampli-
atam." De Toni, I.e.
In Rabenhorst, Fl. Eur. Algarum, iii., p.53 (1868); De Toni,
Sylloge Alg., i., p. 664. Syn., Oocystis minor {micrococca) Itzig.
0. geminata, in my opinion, is a nomevt delendum. Without
figure or dimensions, the expression "cellulis ovoideis^' applies
equally well to any number of forms. Every species, also, is
capable of developing two autospores to the family.
Oocystis gigas Archer.
"Familiis (cellulis initialibus) late
ellipticis, subinde quasi globosis, amplis,
60-70 X 50-60 /x, plerumque cellulas 2
includentibus." De Toni, I.e.
"O. magna; cellulis solitariis vel in
familiis e 2 cellulis formatis consociatis;
cellulis late ellipticis, 1 j-plo longioribus
quam latioribus, apicibus latissime ro-
tundatis et non-incrassatis; contentum
chlorophyllosum cellularum granulosum
Isete viride." W. West, I.e.
Cf. Archer, in Quart. Journ. Micr.
Sci., 1877, p. 105 (no fig.), De Toni,
Sylloge i., 1889, p.665. W. West, New Brit. Frw. Alg., 1894, p. 14;
the last-named gives long. cell.40-50-5/x, lat. cell.32-5-40/x; diam.
fam. 1 cell. 67 x 52/i.
Text-fig. 24.
O. gigas i. minor W. West,
(x520); after W. West.
BY G. I. PLAYPAIR.
139
Forma minor W. West. (Text-fig.24).
" F. cellulis minoribus, If-plo longioribus qiiam latioribus,
singula vel in familiis e 4 ceUulis compositis." West, I.e., p. 14,
Pl.ii., i.2S.
The author records the dimensions as Fam. 4 cell. 7Gx63/j.;
long. cell. 36-2-40, lat. cell. 26-28-5/-1.
Var. INCRASSATA W. West.
(Text-fig. 25).
"Var. membraua cellularum in-
crassata et apicibus incrassatis et
subprotuberantibus." W. West, I.e.,
p.l4, Pl.ii., f.37.
The dimensions given are, long.
cell. 56 fi, lat. cell. 39 /x. Quite a
different shape from that figured as
the type; it would be better placed ^ ^ ,.
""^ ^ Text-fig. 2o.
as a variation of 0. nodulosa W. q gi,j^g ^^r. incrassata W. West,
West, I.e., PI. ii., f .31 . ( x 520); after W. West.
OocYSTis PUSiLLA Hansgirg.
Mentioned by W. ifc G. S. West, in Notes on Frw. Alg., Journ.
Bot., 1899, p. 335, where it is compared with O. jmrva W. & G.
S. West. I do not know in what publication it is described.
OocY'STisC?) BRUNNBA Turn. (Text-fig. 26a).
" Cell with pale brown mucous contents, of an oblong form,
contained in a proper membrane, having two orbicular cells
placed in the direction of its long axis, which nearly fill up the
entire length, and are pressed closely together at the centre.
These cells appear filled with perfectly clear colourless fluid or
mucus, and have at their inner mai-gins each a reddish-brown
granular nucleus. Outer cell-membrane punctated. Long. 3S,
lat. 27 /x." Turner, I.e. (Wallich MS. No. 348).
Cy. Turner, Alg. E. Ind., 1892, p. 156, T. xxi., f.7. Both
figure and description are taken from Wallich's manuscript. The
140
OOCVSTIS AND EREMOSPH^RA,
note of interrogation in the name is Turner's, and, indeed, from
the description ("pale brown mucous contents," &c.), it is ex-
tremely unlikely that the specimen figured was an Oocystis, or
any other species of freshwater algie. The name may well be set
aside.
cu
Text-fig.'26.— (a) t>.(?) hnmnea Turner, ( x (iOO) ; after Turner. (/') C».(?)
wia?)«H?7/ato Turn., ( X 1500); after Turner, (c) Hyalotheca hians, a
form, ( X 550), original.
OocYSTis(?) MAMMiLLATA Turn. (Text-fig.266).
"O. sub-circularis, paullo longior quam lata, apicibus paullo
depressis, apice in centro rutundata vel distincte mamniillata;
divisio verticalis; a vertice visa perfecte circularis. Long. 18,
lat. 15-2 fi" Turner, I.e.
Cf. Turner, Frw. Alg. E. Ind., 1892, p.l55, T. xxi., f.U. The
(juery again is Turner's. This form might have been accepted
without question as a genuine Oocystis but for the vertical line
from pole to pole. Such a thing, I have never noted in any
specimen of Oocystis whatever.* In empty cells of Ere7nosph(fra,
it is true, faint lines, 2-4 or so in number, may often be seen
radiating out from the poles, but even these do not stretch dis-
tinctly fi'om pole to pole. I figure here a form of Hyalotheca
hians Nord., with prosilient suture, which, both in size and
appearance, comes very close to Turner's specimen. The dimen-
sions of the cells are 21x31/i, suture 37 /x. Solitary cells of
Hyal. hians are not at all uncommon in my gatherings.
* On this point, however, the figures of (''.)GlaucocyiSVc. W. A: (J. S.
West, Frw. Alg. N. Ireland, p. 68; and Chodat, Alg. vertes, p. 190.
0. gigds var. Borgei Lemm. = (9. Ndgelii v. liorgei (Lemm.)
i^^ilii. — "Zellen langlich cyUndrisch, 8-14:3-5/x," Lemmermann,
BY G. I. PLAYPAIR 143
Plankt. Schwed. Gewass., p. 107; in O. Borge, Bot. Notiser, 1900,
T. i., f.3. It is impossible to iiiidei'stand why this form has been
placed under 0. gigoK, which is a very large form, and broadly
oval or oblong. Tlie cylindrical is one of the regular type-forms
of 0. Ndgdii, and Lemmermann himself, Lc, classifies it with
that species. I have not seen the figure.
0. pelayica Lemni. = 0. Nagdii K.^v. — "Zellen zu 4-8 von der
weiten, gallertartigen Mutterzellhaut umschlossen, elliptisch, mit
zahlreichen wandstandigen Chromatophoren, ohne Pyrenoide, 1 2/i.
lang und 7/i, breit, Hiille 66:77/>i." Lemmermann, Nord. Plankt.,
xxi., p. 16, f.56. The author himself classes this with 0. Niigelii;
and the very large mother-cell, on whicli he relies, is of no value
as a specific characteristic.
0. sjiec, Schmidle = 0. Nordstedtiana (De Toni) mihi. — "Zellen
stets einzeln, beiderseits mit je einem Tuberkel, breit elliptisch,
40/x lang, 32 breit." 8chmidle, Alg. aus d. Nyassasee, p.79.
0. Ndgelii ft Novcp. Setnlice = 0. Novce SemlUe Wille.
0. ci'assa y nodulosa (West) Chodat = 0. twdulosa W. West.
Oocystella nalans Lemm. = 0. lacustris var. naia7is(Lemm.)mihi.
0. gloeocystiformis Borge =0. apiculata W. West. — "Cellulae
ellipsoidese in utroque fine tuberculo parvo instructse, 2-mult£e in
familias tegumento generali crasso ut in Gloeocystide involutas
congests; contentus guttulas 2 oleosas fovens.'' Borge, Siissw.
Clilor. V. Feuerland, p. 25, T. ii., f.l.
0. Niigelii v. m'uiutissiuia Bernard = 0. JVovce Semlice Wille.
0. elliptica var. Africana G. 8. West = (9. Ndgelii v. Africana
(G. S. West) mihi.
Genus Eremosph;era De Bary.
Syn., Chlorosphcera Henfrey, 1859, spc. G. 8. West, Brit. Frw.
Algse, p.229.
Eremosph^.ra viridis De Bary. (PI. ix., f.l, 2).
Cell, matric. diam. 104, 118, 230, 250, 280, 285, 290, 306, 330/x.
Cell. veg. vel autosp. diam. 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 60, 65, 70, 74, 76,
78, 80, 86, 90, 94, 95, 100, 105, 110, 133/^. Membr. crass. 1-4 /x.
Corp. centr. diam. ca. 16ju.
144
OOCYSTIS AND EREMOSPHiERA,
S-a^
jtf
9^mo'^
VuJ
Auburn (57, 59, 67, 118, 119, 135, 140, 148, 149); Rookwood
(107, 171); Potts Hill (138); Guildford (70, 124); Canley Vale
(128); Lismore (240); Coogee (4, 13, 24).
Cf. Be Bary, Conjugatse, 1858, pp.55, 56, T. viii., f.26, 27;
Chodat, Entwickelung der Eremo-
*^Cj^^ sphcBva viridis, Bot. Zeit., liii., T. v.;
Eichler, Matery. do flory Miedzyrzeca,
1894, T. ii., f.5; G. S. West, Brit. Frw.
Algffi, p. 229, f.99.
De Bary's figures work out at diam.
82-84/x. Eichler, I.e., p. 123, gives 40/x,
if I read aright his note ("w kazdej do
40 /x srednicy"), but his figure shows
diam. 65 /x. G. S. West furnishes 55-
200/x, and Chodat 25-200/x. I have
never observed any vegetative speci-
men or auto&pore smaller than diam.
42/x. The much greater size of the
mother-cells, compared with that oi
even the largest vegetative cell, shows
Text-fig. 27. that the formation of autospores is
E. riridi.^ Be By. (a) x 300, generally accompanied by inflation of
(/;) X ;390; after De Bary. * • • i i,
the ongmal cell.
Var. ACUMINATA, n.var. (PI. ix., f.3-6).
Cellulse liberie subglobosse vel ellipticje, ad polos plus minusve
acuminatte, interdum apicibus papilla humillima instructis.
Cell. veg. 63 x 57, 70 x64, 70 x 67, 72 x 64, 74 x 70, 78x67,
80x65, 80x74, 80x75, 82x74, 82x76, 95x87, 100x90,
106 X 95, 120 X 114/x. Membr. crass. 1-4/x.
Auburn (67, 106, 140, 148, 149, 159); Potts Hill (138); Rook-
wood (163); Lismore (240).
This variety is not uncommon wherever the type is found.
With the two following, it shows distinctly the polarity of Etp-
mosphcera, which is very little noticeable in spherical specimens.
Every degree of inflation can be observed, connecting this form
with the type, but the apices are more or less acuminate in all.
BY G. I. PLAYFAIK. 145
The membrane is often somewhat incrassate at the poles, and
occasionally, but very rarely, a slight papilla is present. Axial
ratio varies from 1'05 to 1'23: 1-00, the average of twelve records
being M to 1-0.
Var. ovALis, n.var. (PI. ix., f.7, 8).
Cellulse late-ovales; apicibus late-rotundatis nee acuminatis;
membrana interdum utroque polo introrsum incrassata. Chloro-
plastides ut in forma typica.
Cell. veg. 54x48,80x66, 80x70, 80x74, 84x70,84x74,
85x75, 90x82, 92x82, 94x88, 96x86, 98x86, 98x88,
100x86, 100x88, 104x94, 110x93, 110x100, 110x104,
120 X 110/M. Membr. crass. 1^-6/x.
Coogee(58, 93); Auburn (67, 119, 140, 148, 149, 164); Rook-
wood (107); Canley Vale (128); Potts Hill (138); Guildford(146).
Almost as common here as the type, in company with which
it is generally found. The apices in this form are rounded off,
not acuminate as in var. acuminata. Occasionally, they are
flattened somewhat, showing a tendency to pass over into var.
doliformis. The inner mucous layer of the membrane, when
present, is nearly always longitudinally corrugate. The ratio of
the axes varies from about Tl to 1*2: TO, the average of the
twenty specimens given above being l*12:r00. Quite plentiful
in some gatherings, e.g., Nos.67 and 107.
Var. DOLIFORMIS, n.var. (PI. ix., f.9, 10).
Cellulse liberse oblongse, doliformes; lateribus plus minusve
arcuatis; apicibus truncatis interdum papilla instructis; angulis
obtuse-rotundatis. Cellulas matrices non vidi.
Cell. veg. 86x72, 88x70; 114 x 100 ap. 30; 120x 97 ap. 30;
120 X 105, 142 X 118/x.
Auburn (118, 140, 174); Fairfield (79); Canley Vale (128);
Lismore (240).
Rarer than the preceding forms, it nevertheless generally
turns up in any habitat where the type is found. Chloroplasts
are of the usual irregular lozenge-shape. Sometimes thei'e is a
slight apical incrassation on the inner side of the membrane,
and, more rarely, a tubercle outside.
a
146
OOCYSTIS AND KREMOSPHiERA,
Var, NODOSA, n.var. (PI. ix., f.ll, 12).
Cellulse sphfericae, membrana utroque polointrorsum incrassata.
Cell. diam. 40, 42, 50, 52, 56; membr. crass. 2-3/x.
Potts Hill (138); Auburn (140, 148, 149); Lismore (240).
Var. Chodati, noin.nov. (Text-fig. 28).
Cellulse late-ellipticai, ovales; lateribus arcuatis; apicibus late-
rotundatis, utroque polo interdum introrsuni
incrassatis. Chloroplastides in laminis radian-
tibus ordinatae.
Gf. Chodat, Bot. Zeit., 1895, T. v., f.lO; no
dimensions given, nor magnification. I have
not met with this form, which is somewhat
like var. ovalis but more elliptic, not so sub-
globose. The chloroplasts also are diffei'ent,
E. virklis var. Cho- ^^^"S small, radiating laminae, instead of the
dati mihi; after usual parietal discs. The large, central body
Chodat. indicates that it is a form of EremospJuera.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES VII. -IX.
Plate vii.
Figs. 1-4. — Oocystis NiigeVii A.Br., three form.s of the type; (1-3), x 1000;
(4), X 1330.
Figs. 5. 6. ,, ,, mother-cells; (5), X r)00; (6), X 665.
Fig.7. ,, ., var. obesa, n.var.,{ x 1330).
Fig. 8. ,, ,, var. c?t»Va, n.var., ( X 1.3.30).
Figs.9, 10.— 0. Xovct Semi ice Wille; (9), mother-cell, ( x 665); (10), one of
the autospores,( x 1330).
Figs. 11, 12. „ „ f. majw Wille; (11), mother-cell,(x500); (12),
an autospore,( x 1330).
Figs. 13-17. ,, ,, var. australica, n.var., (13-15), from Parra-
matta; (13, 14), x 665; (15), x 1000; (16, 17),
from Lismore, ( x 1330).
Figs. 18, 19. — 0. vrassayar. Osten/e/dii, nom.nov., (18), mother-cell,( x 665);
(19), one of the autospores,( x 1000).
Fig.20. — O. laniMri^ Chodat, with two generations of aiitospores, ( x 1000).
Fig.21. ,, var. natans (Lemm.) mihi,( x 1000).
Figs. 22, 23. ,, var. paludensis, n.var. ; (22), mother-cell, ( x 330); (23),
one of the autospores,( x 1330).
Fig. 24. ,, the same, with diiferent chloroplasts, ( x 1000).
Figs.25, 26.— O. parva W. & G. S. West,( x 1000).
BY G. 1. PLAYFAIR. 147
Figs.27, 28.— 0. uoduhsa var. audrafli<, n.var.; (27), x 1830; (28), x 900.
Fig.29.— 0. soHfaria Wittrock,( x 1330).
Fig.30.— 0. gtihmarina Lagerh.,( x 1330).
Fig.31.— 0. romfa, n.sp.; (»), nucleus,( x 1000).
Figs.32, 33.— O. mhtiphf erica, n.sp.; (u), nucleus; (32), x 665; (33), x 1000.
Plate viii.
Figs.l, 2.—0cystis apkulala W. West,( x 1330).
Fig.3. ,, ,, var. o6esa, n.var., ( X 1330).
Figs. 4-6. ,, ,, var. si'mp/tCTor, n.var., ( X 1330).
Fig. 7. ,, mtJ)hexago7ia, n.sii.,(x \-iW).
Figs.8-10. ,, Ghodatl, noni.nov. ; (8, 9), free, vegetative cells, (8)
X 1330, (9) x665; (10), mother-cell, ( x 1000).
Fig. 11. — Eremosphoera viridis with autospores of 0. Chodati( x .500).
Figs. 12, 13. — 0. amtraliemis, n.sp.; (12) mother-cell, ( x 800); (13), free,
vegetative cell,( x 1000).
Fig. 14. — O. pandurij'ovmh W. West,( x 500).
Figs. 15, 16. — 0. ovalis Turner; (15), with digitate chloroplasts, ( x 665);
(16) with discoid chloroplasts, ( x 500).
Fig.s. 17-19. — 0. ocali'< var. mhtruncata, n.var.; (17) mother-cell ( x 665);
(18, 19) free, vegetative cells,( x 665).
Figs. 20-22. — 0. oralis wax. cylindracea, n.var.; (20) as mother-cell to two
autospores of E. viridis,( x 570); (21, 22) x 665; (o) red oil-globules.
Fig. 23. — 0. apicidata var. splendida, n.var.; ( x 900).
Plate ix.
Figs.l, 2. — Eremovphiera riridis De Eary; mother-cells with small-sized
autospores (diam. 60/x); (1) much inflated ( x 135), (2) very little in-
flated, the membrane closely swathed round the four autospores
( X 335); 8-celled specimens in the same condition were also noted.
Figs. 3-6. — E. riridis var. acuminata, n.var.; (3,5) free, vegetative cells
( X 360), (4) mother-cell ( x 135), (6) one of the autospores ( x 400).
Figs.7-8. — E. riridis vnv. oralis, n.var.; (7) x 335, (8) showing longitudinal
and horizontal sulcte (indicated by dotted lines) in the inner mem-
brane ( X 500).
Figs. 9, 10.— £J. riridis var. doliformis, n.var.; (9) x 270, (10) with apical
papilla ( X 380).
Figs. II, 12.— ii". riridi'< var. nodosa, n.var.; (12) showing inner membrane
pitted with shallow scrobicuhi; interiorly, ( x 665).
Fig. 13. — Oocystis Nordstedtiana; n.sp., ( x 665).
148
THE CHEMICAL INVESTIGATION OF SOME POISON-
OUS PLANTS IN THE N.O. SOLANACE^.
Part ii. Xicotiana suaveolens, and the Identification
OF its Alkaloid.
By James M. Petrie, D.Sc, F.I.C, Linnean Macleay Fellow
of the Society in Biochemistry.
(From the Physiological Laboratory of the University of Sydney.)
Nicotiana suaveolens Lelim., the " native tobacco " of Austra-
lia, and tlie only endemic species, is plentiful in the interior of
this State. It grows about three feet high, and is often a
troublesome weed in the stock country. It is a drought-resistant
plant, and spreads over large tracts of land in the dry seasons.
Hence it is that, when grass and other fodder plants are withered
or overrun by this weed, it is often the only green plant left
available to starving animals. It is then readily eaten by stock,
and, according to the reports of the owners and Inspectors, the
results are variable. Though in many cases no apparent harm
has followed, there is still a consensus of opinion among stock-
men, that many of their losses must be attributed to this plant.
The only record of tests having been made on this species, is a
paper by Dr. Bancroft (Proc. Roy. Soc. Queens., iv., 1887, p. 9),
in which he states that the physiological effect of the extracts on
animals resembled that of extracts of true tobacco and of pituri.
The following is the account of a chemical investigation of
this plant, which was undertaken to decide definitely the nature
of its active principle, and also to determine whether this con-
stituent is present in quantity sufficient to cause death.
Extraction of active principle:— For this purpose, plants were
collected in the midsummers of 1911, 1912, and 1913, chiefly
from the dry North-West. Through Chief Inspector Symons, of
the Stock Department, a sample was received from Narrabri.
This, on its arrival, contained 37 par cent, of moisture, and con-
sisted of leaves, stalks, and roots. The whole sample was ex-
tracted with alcohol, and the solvent afterwards removed by
BY J. M. PETRIE. 149
distillation under diminished pressure. The extract gave all the
general alkaloid reactions, and smelt strongly of tobacco. The
alkaloid was completely removed from this extract by petroleum
spirit (b.p. under 45°C) after making alkaline with sodium
hydroxide. From this coloured solution, the alkaloid was care-
fully purified without loss, by shaking it into water and petro-
leum spirit successively, many times, and finally obtained as a
colourless, aqueous solution. This solution was slightly alkaline
and possessed the odour of nicotine. It was then titrated with
tenth-normal acid and alkali, and gave an equivalent of 2 c.c. of
acid neutralised by the alkaloid. If this quantity be calculated
as nicotine, it represents 0-0324 gm., and is 0'124 per cent, of
the plant (dried at 100°).
A second sample, from the Castlereagh River, in the Coonam-
ble district, was obtained from Mr. Breakwell, of the Department
of Agriculture. This sample had been spread out to dry in the
air to avoid mould in transit, and when received it contained
only 9 per cent, of moisture. The whole of the material, con-
sisting of leaves and stalks, in this case was subjected to dis
tillation in a current of steam, the powdered plant being first
mixed with 0*5 per cent, sodium hydroxide in solution, and a
large excess of milk of lime. The whole of the alkaloid passed
into the distillate; and the residue in the still being free from
alkaloid, showed that no non-volatile alkaloid existed in the
plant. The voluminous distillate contained much ammonia,
which is derived from the cleavage of amido compounds, and this
free ammonia was eliminated by passing a current of air through
the solution for many hours. The alkaloid was next converted
into oxalate, and the fiuid concentrated at a low temperature to
about 300 c.c. From this solution ether removed the alkaloid,
and the ether extract was cai'efully purified and dried. The ether
was then slowly removed, and the residue dried to constant
weight; 0'07 gm. was obtained, which represented O'Oll per
cent, of the plant-material dried at 100°C.
Another quantity was collected for me, near Picton, about 50
miles from Sydnes', by Mr. E. Cheel, of tlie National Herbarium.
This consisted of fresh, green leaves and stalks, with 72 per cent.
150
SOME POISONOUS PLANTS IN N.O. SOLANACEiE, 11.,
of moisture. The whole was distilled as before, in a current of
steam, until the alkaloid was completely volatilised. The alka-
loid was isolated and purified as in the last case, neutralised
with excess of tenth-normal oxalic acid, and the excess deter-
mined by titration, using cochineal indicator. The result in
this case gave 0*01 78 gm. of alkaloid, or 0015 per cent, of the
plant (dried at 100°).
If we regard the above sample containing 7'2 per cent, of water
as a fair average specimen of fresh material, we can express these
results also in terms of the green plant, and thereby form a better
idea of the amount of alkaloid in the original plant as eaten by
stock. The results may then be stated : —
Amount of Alkaloid expressed as Nicotine.
(1)
(2)
(3)
0-035% of fresh plant.
0-003% of fresh plant.
0-004% of fresh plant.
0-124% of plant dried at 100°C.
0-011% of plant dried at KKfC.
0-015% of plant dried at lOO'C.
Examination of the Alkaloid, — The aqueous solution is alkaline
to litmus, and possesses a burning taste, and the characteristic
tobacco odour. The pale yellow substance, when exposed to the
air, oxidises, and turns dark brown; it then possesses the nause-
ating odour of nicotine.
Of the salts of nicotine, the most characteristic, and the one
best adapted for the identification of the alkaloid, is the picrate.
Accordingly, the picrate was prepared from the aqueous solution
by the addition of excess of picric acid. The dense yellow pre-
cipitate, amorphous at first, gradually assumed, on standing, the
characteristic, thin, yellow, needle-shaped crystals. At the same
time, pure nicotine picrate was prepared under similar conditions,
and the crystals compared. Under the microscope, they were pre-
cisely alike. The crystals were washed conipletely with distilled
water, and recrystallised three times from water, then finally dried
at iOO°C. The melting-points were then determined together: —
Picrate of N. sua veolens alkaloid — ni.p. 218°C. (corrected).
Picrate of pure nicotine 218
The two mixed together 218
The melting-point of nicotine picrate has been determined by
Pinner and Wolffenstein as 218°C.(Ber.24, 1891, 66).
BY J. M. PETRI E. 151
The alkaloid of Nicotiana suaveolens is therefore nicotine.
For the purpose of comparison, pure nicotine tartrate (B.W.)
was decomposed, and the nicotine distilled from it in a current
of purified hydrogen gas. It was collected and at once sealed
up in the receivers. From this colourless liquid, the nicotine
picrate was prepared.
Toxicity of the plant : — Nicotine is probably the most violent
poison known. Wynter Blyth gives the lethal dose for a human
adult as about 6 mgs. In Abderhalden's " Biochemisches Hand-
lexikon," it is stated that 5 mgs. sufl&ce to kill a medium-sized
dog in three minutes. It is evident from these data, taking
even the lowest value of nicotine in the above results, that there
is enough contained in one half pound of the green plant, to
poison an ordinary sized sheep.
lleferences to the plant as a stock poison : - Of the 80 or more
species of Nicotiana, only a few are known to contain nicotine.
Nicotiana suaveolens being limited to the Australian continent,
the recjords of fatalities are all local. But it is referred to, also,
by European authorities, such as DragendorfF in "Die Heilpflan-
zen,"(1898) as a poisonous plant; by Greshoff in his " Mono-
graphia de plantis venenatis " as poisonous for cattle; and by
Pammel ("Poisonous Plants," 1911) as poisonous to stock. It
is described by F. M. Bailey, as a stock poison in Queensland,
and by Professor Ewart as a feebly poisonous plant in Victoria.
Mr. J. H. Maiden states that it is very deadly to all stock, and
refers to many instances of poisoning of cattle, sheep, pigs, and
rabbits. In his "Plants reputed poisonous to Stock," Mr.
Maiden describes a sudden fatality, in 1891, of 300 healthy
cattle, travelling on the great stock route through Milparinka.
Summary. — The results of this paper prove that A'icotiana
suaveolens contains the extremely poisonous alkaloid nicotine,
and that the nicotine is present in sufficient quantity to poison
stock.
I express my thanks to Professor Sir Thomas Anderson Stuart,
in whose laboi'atory the work was done.
152
THE INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MORPHOLOGY IN ITS
RELATION TO TAXONOMIC BOTANY.
By a. a. Hamilton.
In the ordinary routine-work of the Sydney National Her-
barium, parcels of specimens are received from horticultural, agri-
cultural, arboricultural, pastoral, and dairying districts accom-
panied by requests for information from the consignors. Farmers,
Stock-Inspectors, Shire Clerks (administering the "Noxious
Weeds Act"), Foresters, Secretaries of Agricultural Bureaux,
School-Teachers, and other correspondents who do not profess any
knowledge of systematic botany. As a consequence, the speci-
mens forwarded, in many cases, are examples in leaf only; and the
difficulty in determining such specimens, arising from the absence
of the definite characters exhibited by the flowers and fruits,
especially in the case of economic plants or those suspected of
poisoning stock, to which considerable responsibility attaches,
attracted the attention of the writer to the extensive range of
leaf-variation found within the limits of a species, and a corres-
ponding similarity in the leaves of distantly related plants.
While engaged collecting a series of specimens to illustrate the
ecology and xerophily of the strand-flora of Lady Robinson's
Beach, a change in the leaves of Senecio Unttus Forst., from
flaccid, thin, and entire, at a distance from the beach, to crass,
firm, succulent, and pinnatisect as the beach was approached
(13; 1913, p. 396), together with examples of Clematis ylycinoides
DC, exhibiting a gradual reduction of the normal trifoliate leaf,
to a simple one, occurring on an individual plant, {loc, cit.)
accentuated the impression already created. Attention was
directed to the subject in the field, and collections made, demon-
strating, for the greater part, the variation of leaves within a
species, and exhiV)ited from time to time at the Meetings of this
Society. A series of examples, chiefly Australian, most of them
familiar to local workers and readily available, together with
BV A. A. HAMILTON. 153
references from the works of Australian botanists, illustrating
the leaf-characters affected, is now submitted, and, in certain
cases, evidence is offered as to the conditions operating in the
production of leaf-variation. For exotic examples and more
detailed causation, see Schimper(23) and Warming(25) The
factors affecting leaf-morphology, examples of which are given,
may be briefly summarised.
Edaphic. — 'J'he preference shown by certain plant-associations
of our indigenous flora for a particular soil-formation has been
demonstrated by local botanists and geologists (though further
data on this interesting subject are desirable), and this influence
is largely contributory to leaf -variation: the growth on a rich
basaltic soil, compared with that inhabiting a poor sandstone
formation, needs no comment, so obvious is the effect on the size
and shape of the leaves in plants capable of adaption to both
situations.
Climatic. — The degree of heat or cold encountered largely
regulates the size, pilosity, texture, and glaucousness of leaves.
The occurrence of similar forms of leaf in some species of alpine
and desert plants, due to the climatic conditions obtaining in
such regions, is noted in all ecological text-books; and plants
approaching these inhospitable regions from stations in which
the conditions are more temperate, exhibit variation, which, in
some instances, may be traced by well marked gradations.
Exposure v. Shelter. — The adaptable, dry ridge, or elevated
plateau habitue, alters its foliar characters in cojiformity with
the conditions obtaining in the valley, or sheltered slope, when
changing its habitat. The close association of plants (growing
in exposed situations) for mutual protection and shelter, modifies
the size of the leaf.
Elevation. — The measure of elevation is seen to affect leaves
in size, pilosity, and texture. Examples of hairiness in alpine
plants growing under xerophytic conditions, and glabrous forms
growing as hygrophytes are givendS; p 34).
Phenological. — Irregularity of rainfall is the principal agent in
phenological leaf -change; a sudden, copious rain after a prolonged
period of drought, accelerates the production of foliage which
12
154 THE INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MOKPHOLOGY,
cannot be maintained, when the supply of water is exhausted,
the leafage, as a consequence, becoming attenuated. Hetero-
phylly, and dimorphism, may (in part) be attributed to this cause.
llydrophyUy. — The degree of permanence of the watei'-supply
(river, creek, lagoon, waterhole, &c. ) necessitates elasticity in the
leaf-characters of the individuals, or associations of plants fre-
quenting these stations.
Instability of foothold. - One of the devices adapted as a pro-
tection against uprooting, by plants growing in the shallow
pockets of soil in alpine situations, and exposed to fierce storm-
blasts, is the resetted form of basal leaf (16; p. 3 3). This char-
acter is simulated by several swamp-dwellers, notably members
of the Orders Goodeniacese and Droseracese, as a supporting
agency in maintaining an upright position, and to counteract the
laxity of the soil-conditions obtaining in a bog. An instance of
a plant {Goodenia dimor-pha Maiden &. Betche) which had been
prostrated by a storm, growing an extra, basal rosette on a branch
which touched the ground, and rooting it to secure an anchorage,
was given (13; 1914, p. 470). The muddy, insecure environment
of the saline estuary has imposed on its plant-guests the task of
making provision for repelling tidal invasion; and similarity of
leaf-characters has been brought about, througli the use of the
same protective devices, by Zoysia pungens Willd., and Sporo-
bolus virgirdcus Humb. . anemonifoUa A. Cunn., the
leaflets in the latter showing a gradual change as the plants
attain a more luxuriant station(13; 1914, p. 648). The hetero-
158
THE INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MOHPHOLOGY,
phyllous leaves of B. ledifolia Gay, a species well known to local
botanists for its leaf-variation, are described(4; Vol. i., p. 314) as
simple, trifoliate, or rarely 5-, or even 7-foliate. Specimens from
French's Forest (Coil. E. A. Holden; 8ept., 1906), exhibited
before this Society by Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., on behalf of
Mr. T. Steel, F.L.S., with reference to a case of assumed hybrid-
ism, B. Jloribunday. Z>. serrulata Sm., (These Proceedings, 1906,
p. 566) showed an interchange of leaf-characters between these
two species, which was accentuated by further variation, in
another example from Deewhy,(T. D. Mutch; August, 1915)
exhibited for Mr. Maiden(13; 1915, p. 41 9).
A series of specimens of Erlostemon hispidulus Sieb., from
Springwood, illustrating leaf- variation in size, shape, margin, and
length of petiole, was exhibited(13; 1915, p. 415) taken from
bushes growing under apparently similar, environmental condi-
tions; and an additional series is here noted, from plants of E.
salicifoliusHm., also growing under similar conditions, on a sandy
flat at Woy Woy(A. A. Hamilton; June, 1915), ranging from
broad lanceolate, 2x | inch, to narrow linear, 2x |^ inch, and
from i to 3 inches long. Specimens of Phebaliiim squaraidosum
Vent., in the National Herbarium, show a considerable range of
variation in the dimensions of the leaves of this widely dis-
tributed species, in several instances obviously due to environ-
ment; the scurfy scales vary in colour from red to black, the
margins are from barely recurved to almost revolute, and the
apices are from acuminate to broadly obtuse, truncate, or
emarginate.
MELIACE.E.
Mr. Bentham's description of Flindersia maculosa F.v.M.,(Fl.
Aust. i., p.389) is elastic.
SAPINDACEiE.
The botanical description given by Mr. Maiden of Atalaya
hemiglauca F v.M.,(19; ii., p. 122, PI. 60) shows that the leaves of
this species may be simple or pinnate, from 2-8 inches long, the
petiole terete or winged, or the leaflets decurrent on the petiole,
forming a large 2- or 3-lobed leaf, such a leaf being depicted as a
BY A. A. HAMILTON. 159
detail, in the carefully executed plate by Miss M. Flockton,
illustrating this species. A series of leaves of Dodonoia tri-
quetra Wendl., showing a considerable range of variation within
this species, was exhibited before this Society(13; 1915, p. 628).
LEGUMINOSiE.
In this Order, the genus Acacia has presented many problems
in leaf-variation to the systematist, the exceptionally wide range
of habitat of many species of the genus necessitating consider-
able alterations in the structure of the foliage, to meet the re-
quirements of the varied environmental conditions encountered
within the sphere of their acr.ivities. An example of this
elasticity is found in the alteration of the texture of its phyllodes,
by A. suaveole7is Willd., during its passage from the lower to the
liigher elevations on the Blue Mountains(12; 1915, p. 389) In a
footnote to his description of A rustelli/era, Bentham, (*; ii ,
p. 368) who has reduced A. subbinervia Meissn., to a synonym of
his species, writes— "The second nerve of the phyllodia, from
whence Meissner derived his name, very seldom occurs, and was
therefore in some measure exceptional in the specimen described
by him." Discussing the .4. (fec?<.n*e?is Willd., group of "Wattles,"
Mr. J. H. Maiden(19; iii., p 40) draws attention to the following
points : — The pinnules of all vary more or less in each variety in
length, breadth, and insertion A decurrence of leaf-stalks
is common to all The indumentum is variable The
number of glands varies in each variety in the same tree.
Further remarks by the author accentuate the wide range of
variation within this group. Under /I immila Maiden tt Baker,
(20; p. 87) is the following note by Messrs. Maiden &, Betche : —
"Since publication of this species, many additional localities
have been discovered and the additional material necessi-
tates some modification of the description. The phyllodia are
described as G lines long and 1 line broad; it should read instead,
phyllodia from i to nearly H inches long, 1 line broad in the
short-leaved forms, considerably narrower in the long-leaved
specimens." Mr. R. H. Cambage, F.L.S.,15) illustrates some of
the difficulties in discriminating between several members of this
160 THE INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MORPHOLOGY,
genus on foliar characters, with special leference to venation
and texture. In (S; 1900, p. 595) he applies the test of brittle-
iiess to the phyllodes as a differentiating character between two
closely allied species, incidentally mentioning that this test
is of no value in dried specimens. In a later paper,(5; 1900,
Mr. Cambage returns to this subject, and notes (p.7l9) that
the species A. homalophylla A. Cunn., "Yarran," whose
foliage was, by its clean break, separated from A. Cambayei
R. T. Baker, " Gidgea," shares this character with A. pendula
A. Cunn., "Myall," similarity in phyllodic texture between
them being also noted. In his description of A. drfformis,
the author, Mr. R. T. Baker, F.L.S., (3; 1897, p. 154) con-
siders it necessary to explain, at some length, the differences
in foliar characters between his species and A. penniiiervis
Sieb., to avoid confusion between them, referring also to
the variability in foliage found in the latter species and its
vars. Examples of the pinnate-leaved A. discolor Willd. (13-
1915, p. 209) collected from a series of plants growing in company
on the slope of a hill at Cook's River, emphasised the irregularity
of the number of pinnae, relied upon by Bentham (4; ii., p. 318) to
differentiate two groups, the range of the size of tlie leaflets as
given in the description of this species {I.e., p. 4 14) also display-
ing insufficient elasticity. A. implexa Benth., (13; 1915, p.415)
furnished evidence, by means of a series of phyllodes taken from
a small colony of some half-dozen plants, evidently with a com-
mon parentage, growing on a sandstone-hill at Glenbrook, of
morphological, foliar divergence within this species, more pro-
nounced than that differentiating it from A. Maideni F.v.M.
the texture, and venation of the foliage of these two species
showing similarity. Dimorphic foliage, the result, in some
instances, of seasonal growth, is not infrequent in this genus.
Examples showing the lower phyllodes larger than the upper
ones, others again with the larger phyllodes uppermost, and a
specimen with two, opposing branches on a single stem wliose
phyllodes showed a considerable divergence, wei'e noted (13; 1914,
p. 6 48). Variation was also noted in the phyllodia of A. elon'gata
Sieb., (13; 1914, p. 397) and those of A. suaveoleiis Willd., of which
BY A. A. HAMILTON. 161
measurements were given (13; 1914, p.471); examples of this
species were also exhibited to illustrate leaf-twisting (13; 1 915,
p.418) The phyllodia of the A.falcata VVilld., A. pe'iminervis
Sieb., and A. pycnantha Benth., group are not easily separated
on the characters of shape, size, texture, and venation, each of
these species liaviug a fairly wide range of these characters
within itself. Specimens of A. binervata DC, in the National
Herbarium, collected at Stanwell Park, by Mr. J. H. Maiden,
have the following field-note by the collector — "Twigs from a
young tree, phyllodes very wide, and tripleveined." Mr.
Maiden's leaves are from 3 to above 4 inches long, and from 1 i
to 2 inches broad. A further series of this species collected in
the same locality by the writer (August, 1915), from an old tree,
are narrow and normally two-veined, ranging in size from 2 x ^
to 6 X f inch, and in shape from straight to falcate, with a long,
acuminate apex. The description of Acacia-seedlings given by
Mr. R. H. Cambage(7; p. 97) discloses variation in shape, size,
number of leaflets, degree of pilosity, colour, venation, length
and dilation of petiole, and distance of internodes, in the seed-
ling-plants. In a concluding note, Mr. Cambage says (p.ll8) —
" In all the above descriptions the measurements quoted of the
various parts of the seedlings are either the average lengths or
the extremes so far met with, but in some cases the variation is
so considerable that it seems likely further investigation may
show that the greatest extremes of length have not yet been
recorded."
The spiny leaves of Daviesia acicularis Sm., 1). idicina 8m.,
and D genist'ifolia A.Cunn., are progressively merged, and those
of D. latifolvi R.Br., and D. corymbosa Sm., are, in many in-
stances, inseparable. Of the latter, Mr. Maiden (15; p.8), notes
the commingling of glaucous and non-glaucous forms; and a series
of leaves of this species illustrating variation was noted by the
writer (13; 1914, p.254). Local botanical collectors have, pro-
bably witiiout exception, noticed the variability in the foliage of
Dillmyniaerlcifolia Sm., and the similarity in the leaves of other
species within the genus. Mr. R. H. Cambage (5; 1900, p.GOO)
records some very marked features in the foliage of Cassia eremo-
162 THE INSTABILITY OP LEAF-MORPHOLOGY,
phila A. Cunn., showing gradations from flat to cylindrical,
under varying climatic conditions. The influence of xerophytic
or hygrophytic conditions on leaf- variation was illustrated by a
series of examples, e.xhibited before this 8ociety(13; 1915, p.418),
of Bossicea heterophylla Vent., (a species whose foliar instability
is intimated by its specific name) in which the transition from a
degree of aphylly, in the elevated, dry- ridge xerophyte, and
harsh, diminutive foliage of its fellow of the dry claypan, to the
broad, soft leaves of plants of this species living under hygro-
phytic conditions, was demonstrated; in these latter examples,
to which under normal conditions a regular supply of water is
assured, the flattened stems, and the persistence of the narrow,
linear leaves in company with the broader ones (heterophylly),
disclose a provision for a return, when necessary, to xerophytic
conditions, as it was noted that the broad leaves exhibit extreme
sensitiveness to drought-conditions, and respond by becoming
deciduous. A series of specimens of Platylohium formosum 8ra.,
exhibited before this Society (13; 1915, p. 4 15) showed alterations
in the size of leaf brought about by xerophytic versus hvf'ro-
phytic conditions. It is noted tliat several genera of Western
Australian Leguminosai are exceptionally liable to marginal leaf-
variation.
«
Saxifrages.
The alternation of seasons favourable or deterrent to plant-
growth, has caused considerable leaf-variation in Ceratopetalum
gihitimiferum Sm. In some examples from Cowan (Cull. A. A.
Hamilton; May, 1915), the larger leaves are found on the tips
of the branches; in others, the smaller leaves are so placed, and
there is a third stage showing a branch on which the leaves are
all small, and closely packed.
Droseuaces.
The leaves of Drosera peltnta Sm., and D. anriculata Backh.,
are identical, and those of some of the rosetted forms are barely
separable.
BY A. A. HAMILTON. 163
HALORAGE.E.
Variation in the emerjced and submer2;ed leaves occurs in the
genus Myriophylhim. In both Haloragis ceratuphi/Jla Endl.,
and //. heterophylla Brongn , leaf-division occurs, varying from
almost entire, to coarsely-toothed, and pinnatifid; and both are
irregular in the alternation of their leaves.
MTRTACEiE.
In the N.O. Myrtaceie, the genus Eucalyptus provides many
instances of leaf- variation. The attention concentrated on the
genus by leading .\ustralian botanists, who have specialised in
this syl vatic group, has resulted in a searching investigation of
their structure, from the cotyledon to the mature tree, and has
incidentally disclosed many examples of the difficulty of dis-
criminating between some of its members on leaf-characterisa-
tion. Bentham(4; iii , p.l86) says:— "The old division of the
genus according to the opposite or alternate leaves is now found
to be quite fallacious," and, loc. cit., " The extraordinary differ-
ences in the foliage of many species at different periods of their
growth add much to the oi'dinary difficulties arising from the
gradual transition of varieties, races or species, one into the
other." Again, (p. 187) " It appeared quite useless in any manner
to describe these sapling leaves in the several species where
they have been observed, for they present at once the greatest
similarity in the corresponding leaves of different species, and
the greatest dissimilarity in the different leaves of the same
species or specimens." J^aron von Mueller(22) notes several
instances, in his specific descriptions, of members of this genus
exemplifying the instability of leaf-morpholog}' as a termino-
logical factor. In his preface to (18), the author, considering
V^ariation in the Genus(p.6), offers some generalisations on the
modification of leaf-characters, and, in the already published
portion of this comprehensive work, has cited numerous in-
stances of similarity of leaves in opposing, and variation within
the compass of species, accompanied l)y plates showing difliering
forms of leaves. Modification of leaf-characters in £J. coricea A.
Cunn., referable to elevation (16; p. 35) are noted by the author,
164 THE INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MORPHOLOGY,
who writes, "The case of E. coriacea is a notable instance of the
decreasing size, increased succulence, and glaucousness of the
leaves, as the higher elevations ai'e reached." Mr. Maiden also
writes at some length on the question of the specific rank of E.
pulverulenta Sims, on the validity of which species some doubt
had been expressed by previous writers, chiefly in respect of the
variabiHty of leaf -characters (These Proceedings, 1901, p. 547).
In (20a), Mr. J. H. Maiden, referring to " A species in the
making," — akin to K. vielaiiophloia F.v.M.,(p.233), says: — "We
have been of course aware for many years how variable is the
foliage of E. melauophloia, lanceolate-leaved forms being well
known. Particulars may be found in (18; Part 12, p.71)
Owing to changes of environment, it is very often the case that
we have breaks, and in the present case we may have a break
from E melauophloia in the direction of narrower, more petio-
late leaves, with other minor differences." In (20b), Mr. Maiden,
under E. Risdoni Hook. f.,(p.28) says : — " Perusal of p. 175, and
of Plate 32 of my work (18) vvill show that I had already con-
firmed Bentham's observation by noting 'lanceolate leaves are
common on the tops of branches of E. /^isdoid,' and Mr. Deane
and T compared them with a similar phenomenon in E. pidvern-
lenta (cinerea).' In a paper (20d, MS.), (extracts from which I
have, by the courtesy of the author, been permitted to quote)
Mr. Maiden, under Homoplasy, writes : — " In Eucalyptus, so
often do organs (particularly leaves) simulate each other, that it
is usually necessary to demand specimens exhibiting a full suite
of organs, in order that species may be determined"'; and he gives
the following quotation from Daydon Jackson's "Life of Ben-
tham" (p.217), "On 27th April, 1870, Mr. Wilson Saunders
airaiii contributed to the Linnean Society, a set of mimetic
plants, as the President phrased it, "a very interesting exhibi-
tion of pairs of plants with almost identical foliage from very
different natural orders .... very much alike when in leaf only,
so as in many cases to be quite indistinguishable, eighteen pairs
of them" (p. 220;. A further reference is given (loe. cit.) to
" Nature," iv., p. 11. In a Chapter on Provisional Species, the
author, when considering Mature Leaves (Eucalyptus) says : —
BY A. A. HAMILTON. 165
"There is infinite variation here." In a reference to "Hybrid-
ism in the Genus," the author (loc. cit.) refers to a personal ex-
perience in a Eucalyptus-plantation in Algeria, where interme-
diate forms of planted species, displaying pronounced, morpho-
logical characters, were obtained from spontaneous seedling trees.
Variation of leaf-characters within, and resemblance without a
species, is recorded by Messrs. Baker and Smith (2). E. dextro-
pinea R. T. Baker, is noted(p.38) to have leaves almost identical
with those of E. Uevoplnea (of this work), and resembling also
those of E. ohiiqua L'Her.; and(p.41) E. Icevopinea " sucker-leaves
alternate or rarely opposite mature leaves varying in size
and shape, petiole varying from ^ inch to 1 inch long." Mr. R.
H. Cambage has devoted a considerable portion of his Presi-
dential Address (6) to an exhaustive summary of the morpho-
logical characters of the leaves of Eucalypts, showing extensive
variation brought about by the necessity for modifications of
structure, position, and other characters, to enable them to meet
the varying requirements occasioned by the conditions of soil,
climate, and other ecological and xerophytic factors, affecting
the functional organisms of the members of this difficult genus, in
their varied habitats. This writer has also drawn attention to
similarity in the texture of the leaves of E. stricta and E. viridis
(5 ; 1900, p 602), and {I.e. p. 203) great similarity in the leaves of
E. dumosa and E. oleosa Further references bearing on this
subject will be found in a series of botanical papers by Mr. Cam-
bage (5). The question of hybridism in Eucalypts has been exhaust-
ively treated in (18) and other publications by Mr. Maiden, and
other specialists in the genus; and the evidence adduced contains
examples of similarity in the leaves of apparently distinct species
brought about (presumably) by this agency. The similarity in
foliage resultant from xerophytic conditions in the small-leaved
group of the Myrtacete, is well exemplified in the allied genera,
Micromyrtus and Bmckea, the diminutive, triquetrous, more or less
decussate leaves of M. microphylla Benth., being, with difficulty,
separated from those of B. brevi/olia DC. Succulence, due to a
halophilous environment, has enlarged the leaves ef Bceckea
crenulata R.Br., when growing on the coast or saline estuary, to
166 THE INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MORPHOLOGY,
such an extent that the leaves of plants of this species, growing
in a habitat unaffected l^y salinity, show as much variation
relatively to the succulent form, as that obtaining between the
leaves of two distinct species of this genus, e.g., B. Gunniana
Schau., and B diosmifolia Rudge.
The growth which oppeared on some bushes of the latter at
Valley Heights, after a fire bad run tbrougii theui, presented a
marked difference from that obtaining in the foliage of the un-
scathed plants. B. deasifolia 8m., exhibits a foliar difference in
examples growing in a sheltered position at Valley Heights, and
those growing at Newnes Junction (3500 feet) exposed to the
bleak " Westerlies" (13: 1914, p.254). The leaves of the xero-
phytic, coastal swamp-form of Darwinia taxifolia A. Cunn., are
inferior in luxuriance to those of the same species growing on
the poor but well drained sandstone-hills at Cowan.
An example of leaf-variation within a species, is given in Anyo-
phora melanoxylon R. T. Baker. In his description of this
species, the author writes: — "The rare shape of some of the
leaves (the lanceolate form) connect it with A. inter-media, whilst
the rounded, auricular base of the predominant shaped leaf gives
it some aftinity to A. subvehitina" (These Proceedings, 1900,
p. 85). A series of leaves of A. cordifolia Cav., showing varia-
tion within this species was noted (13: 1915, p. 487). Specimens
showing leaf- variation in the suckers of a form of A. intermedia
DC, taken from a series of young trees (over which a fire had
passed), growing on the Wianamatta Shale, near Clyde Rail-
way-Station, are here noted. Example 1 : two, lower whorls of
sucker-leaves ternate, the remainder gradually passing into the
adult stage, and all opposite. Example 2 : two, upper whorls of
adult leaves ternate, with a pair of opposite, adult leaves imme-
diately below, merging into the sucker-leaves, which are all, from
these downwards, alternate. Example 3 : juvenile and adult
leaves, all opposite. Example 4 : lower whorl of sucker-leaves,
ternate, those above opposite. Example 5 : three, lower whorls
ternate, and one pair above, opposite (all juvenile). Example 6 :
all sucker-leaves ternate. An exceptional range in size, shape
(basal and apical), length of petiole, etc., is shown in both the
BY A. A. HAMILTON. 167
juvenile and adult foliage. On example 1, a pair of leaves are
seen coherent by their margins; the fusion exists along the
greater part of their length, and they are, together, little broader
than an individual normal leaf; the well-developed midrib of
each leaf, and the deeply notched apex, disclose the unity.
In the hvgrophytic group of this family, the leaf-characters
show similarity as a result of the conditions of shade, shelter,
moisture, and rich soil, found in the Brush Forest. The pendu-
lous leaf, with its long, acuminate, dripping point, a device to
throw off superfluous water, which, by remaining too long on the
leaf, would interfere with transpiration (23; pi 7) is found in the
«' Brush-Myrtles " of the allied genera, Myrtus and Eugenia, and
the more distantly related Syncarpia leptopetala F.v.M. The
similarity in the case of the "Myrtles'' is enhanced by the glossy
coating of the leaves, another factor engaged in expediting the
exit of surplus moisture {loo. cit.). The inconstancy of the op-
posite versus alternate arrangement of the leaves in the genus
Melaleuca, used by lientham in his key to the species (4; iii.,
pp. 125, 126), as a differentiating sectional character, is a not
infrequent source of difficulty to the systematist; and leaf-twist-
ing, in certain members of the genus, is not an invariably reli-
able character.
FiCOIDEiE.
Similarity in the effect produced by the xerophytie conditions
obtaining on the beach, is exemplified in the case of the heavy,
triangular, succulent leaves of Mesernbryanthemum cequilaterale
Haw., and those of the introduced M. edule L., a resemblance
doubtless responsible for the deferred detection of the latter
species, until quite recently ( 13; 1913, p.396). Both plants are
of the carpet-forming type, their heavy, succulent leaves emi-
nently fitting them for existence on the shifting sand-dune.
TJmbellifer.e.
Examples of some forms of Siebera Billardieri Benth., from
Leura (A. A. Hamilton; January, 1915) with leaves from
rotundate and \ inch to ^ inch long, to nari'ow lanceolate and
168 THE INSTABILITY OF LKAF-MOKPHOLOGY,
2^ inches long, witli intermediate examples showing an extensive
range of variation in form and size, are now exhibited. Speci-
mens of Xan^Aosia /^i^os-a Rudge, (Cook's River; A. A. Hamilton;
April, 1915) show variation in the leaves from ^ inch to 1|
inches in length, and from 2 lines to | inch in width; thev are
almost sessile, or on petioles up to | inch long, and have a
tomencum ranging from pale grey to dull brown. Two specimens
of the well known Actiiiotu.s Helkmthi Labill., are exhibited,
to illustrate the effects, on the foliage, of bad drainage.
COMPOSITiE.
The leaves of Brachycome diversifolia Fisch., ife Mey., and
those of B. stricta DC, both range from simple to pinnatifid,
many examples of these species being inseparable on the foliar
characters. The radical and cauline leaves of most of the Brachy-
comes, and many other herbaceous composites, are differently
shaped. The minute, clustered leaves of Olearia Jiorihunda
Benth., and 0. lepidophyUa Benth., sliow similarity; while their
ubiquitous congener, 0. ramulosa Benth., has numerous forms.
Of the latter, Bentham (4; iii., p. 477) says, "There are two
principal forms, which are often distinguished as species, but
only differ in the shape of the leaves." Specimens of 0. myrsin-
oides F.V.M., were exhibited before this Society (13; 1914, p. 159)
showing leaf- variation due to environment, in dimensions, tex-
ture, and length of petiole; and it is now noted that the toraen-
tum varies within this species, from dull red to silvery-white.
Leaf-variation resultant from seasonal growth, was illustrated
in a series of specimens of Cassinia aculeata R.Br., (13; 1915,
p. 209); and three forms of C. longifolia R.Br., from Blue
Mountain localities, showing leaf-variation, were exhibited (13;
1915, p. 722). A change in the xerophytic, protective character
from hairiness to viscidity, adopted by an old bush of Helichry-
sara semipapposum DC, was noted (13; 1915, p. 289), young
plants in its vicinity, evidently its progeny, retaining the pilose
character. Mr. J. H. Maiden (15; p. 18) notes three forms of Heli-
chrysum rosmarhiifolium Less., var. thyi'soideiim, at different
elevations on Mt. Kosciusko, the leaves vai'ying in size, thick-
BY A. A. HAMILTON. 169
ness, and density of wool; and presents (16; p.34), under Piloism,
instances in Compositse, and other families, of an increased
vestiture assumed by plants on the higher elevations, growing
under xerophytic conditions. Plants of Helipterum incanum
DC.., growing in the Hartley Valley, near the banks of the Lett,
show alterations in the leaves from short and broad, to narrow-
linear, yellow, white, and variegated flowers being found among
this series. Examples of this species in the National Herbarium,
from Mt. Kosciusko (Coll. J. H. Maiden), have basal, obovate-
spathulate leaves, i inch long; and there are examples from
various localities with elongated, thread-like leaves reaching 4 •
inches in length. The adaptability of the weedy Helichrysum
apiculatum DC, has given rise to a large series of forms, only
equalled, perhaps, by the ubiquitous " Cudweed," Gnaphalium
iaponicum Thunb.
GoODENIACEiE.
Specimens of Scaet^ola suai^eolens R.Br., and S. microcarpa
Cav., were noted (13; 1914, p.397), exemplifying an insuflicient
range of herbarium-material, or field-experience, necessary for a
reliable description, one of the characters depended upon to
separate these two species (size of leaf) being shown to be inac-
curately applied. A difference in size and texture is here noted,
characterising the leaves of old and young plants of Goodenia
ovata Sm., from Stan well Park (A. A. Hamilton; August, 1915).
G. heterophyUa Sm., and G. hederacea Sm., can, with difficulty,
be separated on the leaf-characters.
EPACRIDEiE.
The sheathing-leaves of Sprengelia ponceletia F.v.M., are
similar to those of the short-leaved forms of S. incarnata Sm.,
the latter showing a considerable range in length of leaf. The
genus Leucopogon has several species which cannot be separated
on leaf-characters. Acrotriche divaricata R.Br., and .4. aggregata
R.Br., are inconstant in the leaf-characters separating them,
viz., hirsuteness, and shade of colour on the underside of the
leaves (4; iv., p.226). Of Epacris crassifolia R.Br., it is noted
13
170 THE INSTABILITY OP LEAF-MORPHOLOGY,
{i; iv., p. 237) that specimens from Port Jackson (near the sea)
have large leaves, and others (summit of the Blue Mountains)
have smaller leaves. The latter statement must be qualified by
due regard for environmental conditions, as examples from the
higher elevations on the Blue Mountains, growing under different
conditions, also have large leaves, which approach in size and
shape those of E. obtusifolia Sm.(13, 1915, p. 721). Similar
environmental conditions were noted (13; 1914, p. 544) in the
case of E. reclinata A. Cunn., and a transition in the foliase
from flaccid and pilose to rigid and glabrous, was observed.
MYRSINACEiE.
Irregular, marginal toothing occurs in Myrsine variabilis
R.Br.; the presence of teeth on the young growth, and their
absence on the leaves of adult branches, have frequently been
noted.
' OLEACEiE.
The leaves of J^otelcea ovata R.Br., and those of N. hngifolia
Vent., approach each other, and are finally merged; leaves of the
latter, exhibiting extensive variation, were noted(l3; 1914,p.326).
In a footnote to N. longifolia, Bentham (i; iv., p.299) says, "The
northern and southern specimens belong almost entirely to the
glabrous form, the pubescent one is chiefly about Port Jackson,
and in the Blue Mountains, to New England, some of C. Stuart's
specimens from the latter station being densely and softly
pubescent all over." Venation, the leaf-character chiefly relied
upon by Bentham (4; iv., p. 300) to separate N. microcarpa R.Br.,
N. lignstrina Vent., and iV. linearis Benth., is variable in each
of these species, occasionally on the same specimen; and all
three are beset with more or less conspicuous dots, a character
ascribed by Bentham to N. punctata R.Br., onl};- {l..c.).
CONVOLVULACEiE.
Specimens of Ipomiea Pes-Caprce Roth., (Stanwell Park; Aug.,
1915; A. A. Hamilton) showing variation in the length of the
petiole of the leaves, in an individual plant, ranging from 1 inch
to 4 inches, is here noted.
BY A. A. HAMILTON. 171
SOLANE^.
Under the genus Solatium, Bentham (4; iv., p. 443) says : —
" The distinction and determination of the numerous species of
this genus is attended with peculiar difficulties, the chief
characters being derived from the very variable ones, of foliage,
armature, and indumentum " Examples of the small, red-fruited,
S. stelligerum Sm., are not infrequently found with some leaves
armed with spines, and others without any, on the same plant.
S. vescum F.v.M., and S. aviculare Forst., are inseparable on
leaf-characters, both having simple, and variously divided leaves,
occasionally on the same branch, each species exhibiting within
itself a degree of foliar variability, equal to that existing between
the two species.
BiGNONIACEiE.
Specimens of Tecorna austndis R.Br., were noted (13; 1914,
p. 39 7) showing variation in the size, and number of leaflets, and
marginal division.
MyOPORINEjE.
Spencer le M. Moore (21; p. 258) writes : — "Pholidia gibhifulia
F.V.M., is a very singular plant The chief peculiarity
resides in the leaves, which are much reduced, appressed to the
stem, and curiously tuberculated. Had the specimens described
by me in this memoir as P. homophistica, not been in flower
when they were gathered, I should have concluded without
hesitation that they must be referred to Mueller's species, for in
habit, as in leaf, the two seem absolute counterparts."
IjABIATEiE.
Bentham, in his key to the genus Prostanthera, {i; v., p. 92)
says of P. denticulata R.Br., "Leaves from \ inch and ovate to
1 inch and linear, entire, sometimes echinate. Plant pubescent
or nearly glabrous." P. incisa R.Br., and P. Sieberi Benth.,
approach each other in leaf-characters, the latter merging into
P. violacea R.Br.
PROTKACEiE.
This largely xerophilous Order is probably (among phanero-
gams) the worst offender against regularity in its leaf-system.
172 THE INSTABILITY OF LEAP-MORPHOLOGY,
Of heterophylly within a species, and homoplasy in opposing
species, and the gradual metamorphosis of the leaves of one species
into those of another, this well named Order provides numerous
examples. Members present at the Meeting of this Society in
July, 1910, will recollect the remarkable series of examples
illustrating interchangeable leaf-characters between three Gre-
villeas, viz., G. Gaudichaudii R.Br., G acanthifolia A. Cunn., and
G lauri/olia Sieb., exhibited by Mr. J. J. Fletcher, which he
presented as evidence of reciprocal hybridism within these species
(These Proceedings, 1910, p.433). The leaves of Grevillea
linearh R.Br., and those of G. sericea R.Br., overlap, and, in
.some of the narrower forms, are not easily separated; the foliar
characters dividing G. sphacelata R.Br., and G. phylicoides R.Br.,
are not strong. In all four of these Grevilleas, the tomentum —
one of the characters relied on by Bentham (4; v., p. 464) to
separate the two latter -is subject to considerable interchange-
able variation, both in colour (silvery to ferrugineous), and
tiocculence, as opposed to appression. A series of examples of
G. oleoides Sieb., are here noted, showing variation from narrow-
linear, with revolute margins, to broad lanceolate, the margins
but slightly recurved, and ranging from 3 x /g to 3 x f inch
(Heathcote; October, 1915; A. A. Hamilton).
Spencer Moore (21; p.259) says, "some Proteacea;, Grevilleas
and Ilakeas especially, can scarcely be distinguished from Acacias
when not in Hower or fruit.'' The terete-leaved Hakeas, which
exhibit, within the limits of a species (13; 1915, p. 289, //. puyioni-
formis Cav.), as great a variation as is found in opposing species,
are gradually altered via the dimorphic-leaved H. microcarpa
R.Br., into the flat-leaved section of which the variable H.
dactyloides {iZ; 1914, p. 88) is a representative. The leaf-varia-
tion in H. daclyloides has been noted by Mr. J. H. Maiden (19;
v., p.l47, PI. 179), and several forms of leaf are depicted in the
admirable plate by Miss M. Flockton, illustrating this species.
A xerophytic condition inducing similarity in the leaves of
certain members of a species, and causing variation between
them and their congeners of the same species, which are not
subjected to similar treatment, is exemplified in Isopogon atie-
BY A. A. HAMILTON. 173
moni/olius R.Br., (13; 1915, p. 118), and Hakea puyioni/'ormis
Cav., (I.e., p. 289) the latter species being also used to illustrate
ecological, varietal effects (/.c).
The leaves of Petrophila pulchella R.Br., P. pednncidata R.Br.
and P. sessUis 8ieb., are difficult to separate, and similarity
exists between the leaves of all three, and Isupocjon, anethij'olius
R.Br. (13; 1915, p. 4 19).
The genus Persoonia provides a foliar range from the acicular
leaves of P. piuifolia R.Br., to those of the exceptionally large,
broad, flat leaves of P. salicino, Pers. The latter species offers a
wide range of leaf- variation (13; 1914, p. 648, as opposed to the
similarity existing in the foliage of P. 'media R.Br., and P.
curiiifolia A. Cunn, the length and venation of the leaves, (char-
acters used to separate the two latter, 4; v., pp. 391-392) showing
inconstancy.
The Banksias exhibit a transformation in leaves from B.
ericifolia L., to B. spinulosa Sm., and B. maryinata Ca,v . , leaving
the systematist occasionally in doubt as to which species he
should refer contiguous examples, the marginal toothing, and
size of the leaves showing many irregularities. A series of
leaves of B. marginata is figured on the plate illustrating that
species (10; ii., p-12) showing a number of form.s, with a con-
siderable range of variation. Similarity, on the other hand,
between the leaves of B. serrata L., and those of ^. ceynula R.Br.,
is very pronounced.
Examples of Conospermum taxifolium Sm., and C. ericifolium
Sm.,(13; 1914, p. 325) demonstrated the difficulty of separating
these two species on leaf-characters. The two species of Syni-
jjhyonema (endemic in New South Wales) are separated chiefly
on the foliage, which is largely influenced by environment, the
swamp-form of S. montmium R.Br., on the Blue Mountains, fre-
quently pi'oducing leaves the counterpart of those of the swamp-
dwelling, coastal Ki. paludos^im R.Br. Attention is drawn to
the similarity between the leaves of certain .species of the Order
ProteaceiB, and others of the Sapindacese (9; 1900, p. 586) by Mr.
H. Deane; and the writer has shown examples of variation
within a species in Lomatia silaifolia R.Br., (13; 1914, p.l59).
174 THE INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MORPHOLOGY,
L. ImigifoUa R. Br.,(?.c.;l 915, p.487), Telojyea speciosissima R.Br.,
(I.e.; 1908, p. 286, and l.c ,1914, p. 325), and Xyloynehtm pyriforme
Sm.,(^.f., 1915, p. 289) [the latter also illustrating the well known
diversity in marginal toothing, between the juvenile and mature
foliage], from time to time, at the Meetings of this Society. As
is the case with the Urder Leguminosse, many genera of Western
Australian Proteaceae are exceptionally liable to variation in
marginal leaf-division, and dimorphism.
THYMELEiE.
Many specimens of Pimelea are uncertain in the alternation of
the leaves, and the venation is also variable. P. liiiifulia Sra.,
an exceptionally adaptable species, and consequently wideh' dis-
tributed, has altered its foliar characters to meet the exigencies
of its varied environment. One of its forms is inseparable from
P. glauca R.Br., on leaf-characters.
CASUARINEiE.
Examples of Gasuaritia ylauca 8ieb., were exhibited ( 13; 1915,
p. 288) to illustrate the dislocation of the symmetry of the whorls
of teetll (leaves), caused by larval attack
CONIFERiE.
Leaf-twisting, due to mechanical injury, was demonstrated in
specimens of Podocarpu^ spiiitdosd R.Br, exhibited before this
Society (13; 1915, p. 418). This character (leaf -twisting) is occa-
sionally used to separate closely allied species, e.g., Conospermum
taxifolium Sm., v. C. ericij'olmm Sm., and Xyris comi^Ianata
R.Br., v. X. yracUis R.Br. In both cases cited, the character
is interchangeable.
ORCHIDEiE.
The cylindrical leaves of Dendrobium teretifolium R.Br., (ex-
amples of which from Tuggerah Lakes, April, 1914; Coll. A. A.
Hamilton, are exhibited) range from H to 18 inches long, and
are so similar to those of D. striolahim Reichb., that the smaller
plants of each species appear identical when not in flower.
Similarity in the leafage is found in the members of the
opposing Orders, Iridete, and Amaryllidese, in respect of sca-
bridity, texture, and marginal toothing, the two former char-
BY A. A. HAMILTON. 175
acters varying considerably with the degree of moisture avail-
able. The succulent, cylindrical leaves of many Liliaceous
plants are almost identical, and are equally like the leaves of
some terrestrial orchids. Triglochin procera R.Br., when grow-
ing in mid-stream, and subject to a strong current, has flat leaves,
which are permanently bent, and lie on the surface of the water,
while the leaves of plants growing near the bank, or in the still
watei-s of a lagoon, are upright and almost terete. In the Orders
Juncacese, Restiacese, and Cyperacese, the leaves of many species
are so similar, that they afford very little assistance to the taxo-
nomist. The rigid, convolute, pungent-pointed leaves of Zoysia
fungensWiWd., are very similar to those of Sporoholus virginiciis
Kunth, when these plants are growing associated in a saline
estuary, both having adopted the same xerophytic, protective
agency against the natural forces operating against them, in
their exposed habitat. Schedonorus littoralis Beauv., has rigid,
pungent-pointed leaves, simulating those of a J uncus.
Conclusion.
A consideration of the varied influences brought to bear on
the modification of the morphology of leaves, as demonstrated
by the foregoing examples (which might be indefinitely multi-
plied), discloses, it is submitted, suilicient evidence to warrant
the assertion that the foliar characters in herbarium-specimens
should be cautiously advanced in the determination of a species.
It has been shown that a specimen taken from an individual
shrub may differ as much in its leaf-character from other ex-
amples taken from the same plant, or from a neighbouring shrub
of the same species, as it would from one taken from a distinct
species. The examples cited in this paper (p. 157) referring to the
inaccurate description of the position of the simple and trifoliate
leaves in Zieria involucrata, and the relative size of the leaves,
in Scosvola suaveolens and ^S'. microcarpa,{pAQ9) are instances
which show the necessity for extensive field-work, and the ex-
amination of a large quantity of botanical material in respect of
leaf-characters, before describing a species, or proposing a new
variety, the elasticity of the plant frequently showing disregard
176 THE INSTABILITY OP LEAF-MORPHOLOGY
for the rigidity of the description. In following a botanical de-
scription with herbarium-material, frequently limited in quantity,
and from few, and often obscure localities, the variations in
foliage brought about by local conditions must, in the absence
of such information, be lai'gely speculative. Nor does the pos-
session of a type-specimen entirely remove the difficulty, unless
the environmental conditions under whieh the type existed are
available. The most valuable assistant to the taxonomic botanist
is personal observation of his flora in situ, but as this is fre-
quently impracticable, the carefully compiled field-notes of com-
petent observers, with a knowledge of the factors liable to affect
the morphology of leaves, are extremely helpful. In this direc-
tion, the value of the numerous references embodied in the
writings of local botanists (who are, without exception, field-
botanists) to the influences at work on the alteration, in our
native vegetation, of the characters relied upon by the systemat-
ist, cannot be overstated. The following expressions of opinion
may be quoted. Bentham (4; iii., p. 186), in his remarks on the
genus Eucalyptus, says : " but to the botanist who is unable to
compare them in a living state, the due limitation and classifica-
tion of their species presents almost insupei'able obstacles." In
his Presidential Address to this Society (8; 1915, p. 649), Mr.
Henry Deane refers to the determination of plants from leaves,
and quotes a Presidential Address to the Linnean Societ)^ in
1870, by Bentham, who points out the unreliability of determina-
tions made on leaves only, and mentions that De Candolle had
been in error as to Natural Orders of species of which he pos-
sessed leaves alone. Later (9; 1900, p. 581) Mr. Deane stigma-
tises as ridiculous the case of a botanist who would attempt a
classification and description of a hitherto unexplored flora on a
collection of leaves, and notes (p. 588), that Ettingshausen points
out in his paper the impossibility of carrying out any system of
classification on leaf-characters, offering examples of similarity
in widely separated, and heterogeny in more closely allied plants.
Mr. Deane in his paper(9), also tabulated a number of species,
and supplied figures of leaves, instituting comparisons as to their
similarity in opposing, and variation in allied plants, with special
.BY A. A. HAMILTON. 177
1-eference to venation. In a paper published in the Botanical
Gazette, University of Chicago Press (Vol.59, 1915, p. 484) on
"Tiie Origin and Distribution of the Faniilv Mvrtacese," Mr.
Edward M. Berry, referring to a paper on tliis subject by Mr. E.
C Andrews, published in these Pi-oceedings (1913, p. 529), says
(p. 486), "for althougli in accordance with paleo-botanical usage
I have identified numerous forms of Eucalyptus in the N.
American Upper Cretaceous, I have long thought that these
leaves represented ancestial forms of Eugenia or Myrica. but
have hesitated suggesting any change based merely on personal
opinion, and also from a consideration that such change in
nomenclature is undesirable at the present time from the stand-
point of stratigraphic paleobotany." Mr. J. H. Maiden(17; pl"7)
says : — " Except in the case of very characterrstic material
botanists who deal with the existing flora usually ask to be
excused from determining a plant on a leaf only." In (20c,
p. 326), the author says: — "Other characters of Eucalyptus
leaves we require to know more about, are their size, texture,
and prominence of venation. They ai-e minor characters, and
some species present much variation in this respect": and in (18;
Part viii., p. 247) Mr. Maiden says: — " I attach great importance
to studying the trees in the field In these researches I maj'
be pardoned for saying that I have travelled moi'e or less in
every State of the Commonwealth, covering thousands of miles
on foot in pursuit of this study alone, in contradistinction to
mere herbarium work." Mr. E. C. Andrews(l), discussing "The
Age of Dicotyledons," gives (p. 360) examples of the difficulty of
determining the correct botanical classification of existing plants
on leaf -characters, showing differences of opinion among our
greatest .systematists, as to the family in which certain trifoliate-
leaved plants should be placed. Sir J. I). Hooker (14; p. 13),
says:— "The result of my observations is that differences of
habit, colour, hairiness, and outline of leaves .... are generally
fallacious as specific marks, being attributable to external causes
and easily obliterated under cultivation."
Specimens of the examples cited in this paper will be incor-
porated in the National Herbarium.
14
178 THE INSTABILITY OF LEAF-MORPHOLOGY,
Since the foregoing was written, my attention has been drawn
by Mr. Maiden to a reference on this subject in "A Text-Book
of Botany," by Professors Coulter, Barnes, and Cowles, members
of the Botanical Staff of the University of Chicago (1910-1911).
In Vol. ii. of this work, which treats of Ecology, a chapter is
devoted to " Variation in Leaf-Forms," (p. 589) in which the
authors note the value of the determination of the causes under-
lying leaf-forms, in relation to specific distinctions, and {Joe cit.)
offer an hypothesis founded on species with an ancestral plas-
ticity and fixed descendants, or possibly (pp. 590-591) that some
forms have always been rigid and others always plastic. "Form
Variation in Amphibious Plants" is discussed (p. 593), and ex-
amples given, showing the wide range of variation obtaining in
the structure" of the aerial and water-leaves of this aquatic group.
Juvenile and adult leaves are considered (pp. 596-597) in relation
to ancestry, and the phenomenon of rejuvenescence, the latter
being regarded as an indication of a sudden shock which causes
the plant to return to a youthful stage. [An example of rejuven-
escence in Acacia florihxmda Willd., attributable to mechanical
injury, is given by the writer(13; 1914, p. 159), and a further ex-
ample in A.melanoxylon R.Br., in which the cause of the change
is not apparent (13; 1914, p.254)j.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
I.Andrews, E. C. — "Development and Distribution of the Natural
Order Legiiminosfe. Journ. Proe. Roy. See. N. S. Wales, xlviii.,
p. 333, 1914.
2. Baker, R. T., & Smith, H. G. — Research on the Genus Eucalyptus,
1902.
3. Baker, R. T. — Description of Acacia diformis. These Proceedings,
1897, p. 154.
4. Bentham, G. — Flora Australiensis, 1886.
5. Cambaoe, R. H. — Series of Papers on the Geographical Distribution of
the Plants of N. S. Wales. These Proceedings, 1900-1913.
P). " Development and Distribution of the Genus Eu-
calyptus." Presidential Address, Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1913.
7. "Acacia Seedlings." Part i. Journ. Proe. Roy.
Soc. N. S. Wales, xlix., p.81, 1915.
BY A. A. HAMILTON. 179
S. Deaxe, H. — Presidential Address, Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales. Tliese
Proceedings, 1895, p.649.
9. "Observations on the Tertiary Flora of Australia with
special reference to Ettingshausen's Theory of the Tertiary Cos-
mopolitan rh)ra." Part ii. These Proceedings, 19U0, p.581.
1(». EwART, A. J. — Plants indigenous to Victoria. Vol. ii., p. 12, 191(».
11. Fletcher, J. J. — Hybridism in (4revilleas. These Proceedings, 1910,
p. 433.
12. Hamilton, A. A. — "Topographical and Ecological Notes on tlie Flora
of the Blue Mountains." These Proceedings, 191.), p.3Sfi.
13. Miscellaneous Notes. These Proceedings, 1913-1915
14. Hooker, Sir J. 1). — Introductory Essay to the Flora of New Zealanil.
18.j3, p. 13.
15. jNIaidkx, J. H. — " A Contribution towards a Flora of Mount Kosci-
usko."" Agi'icultural Gazette of N. H. Wales, July, 1898.
10. "A Second Contriliution towards a Flora of Mount
Kosciusko." Op. at., October, 1899.
17. Australian Vegetation. Federal Handbook on Aus-
tralia. British Association for the Advancement of Science, p. 163,
1914.
18. A Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus. 19U3-
1915.
19. Forest Flora of N. S. Wales. 1904-1915.
20. Wattles and Wattle Barks. Third Edition. 1900.
20a. "Notes on Eucalyptus (with descriptions of new
species)." No.2. Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xlvii.,
p.217, 1913.
20b. " Notes on some Tasmanian Eucalypts." Papers and
Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1914, p.20.
20c. "Is Eucalyptus variable?"' Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc.
N. S. Wales, xxxvi., p. 315, 1902.
20d. The " Species Concept," with special reference to
Eucalyptus, (MS.) read at the Sydney Meeting of the Brit. Assn.
for the Advancement of Science. 1914.
21. Moore, Spencer le M. — " Flora of the Interior of Western Australia.'"
Journ. Linn. Soc, Botany, xxxiv., p. 171, 1898-1900.
22. Mueller, Baron F. von. — Eucalyptographia. 1884-1897.
23. Schimper, A. F. W.— Plant Geography upon a Physiological Basis.
1903.
24. Stirlin(!, J.—" Notes on the Rutacere of the Australian Alps."" These
Proceedings, 1886, p. 1052.
25. Warming, Euu.—Oecology of Plants. 19(19.
180
ON BRACHYCHITON POPULNEO-ACERIFOLIUS F.v.M.
(The Crimson-flowered Kurra.tong).
By J. H. Maiden, F.R.S., F.L.8.
Allow me to invite your attention to a paper by the late
Baron von Mueller, " Notes on Hybridism in the genus Brachy-
chiton," in these Proceedings, ix., 379, 1884.
I was present at the presentation of the paper, which was read
by the late Dr. J. C. Cox, who had drawn Mueller's attention to
the Mulgoa tree described. It was, and is growing at " Fern
Hill," his birthplace; and I remember asking him what was the
history of the tree, but he did not know it for certain, although
Mueller says it "arose" in his brother's garden ("Fern Hill").
When I took charge of the Botanic Gardens, my attention was
drawn to a smaller but similar tree then in the Garden Palace
Grounds, but the history of that tree was also uncertain. Some
years since, I visited the Mulgoa tree, and have a complete suite
of specimens. By means of the newspapers, I got into touch
with owners of similar or closely allied trees in various parts of
the State.
Although Mueller did not publish a strictly formal descrip-
tion, he admitted, and I think rightly, as a matter of con-
venience, the species Bvachychiton populneo-acerifoluis F.v.M.,
formally into the New South Wales flora (Second Census, 1889).
The type (Mulgoa) tree was, in 1908, about 40 feet high, and
3 feet in diameter at a foot from the ground. Its spread of
brandies is fully 40 feet. The leaves are strictly simple; no ap-
pearance of lobes could be detected. The only Bvachychiton in
the vicinity is B. aceri/olius; there is some B. populneus in the
district, though not at Fern Hill.
The rhachises in B. populneo-acerifolius are greenish-yellow to
creamy- white; and wholly scarlet, except in an occasional streak
or strip, in B. aceri/oliiis.
BY J. H. MAlDESf. IHI
The panicles are simple in />'. popidneo-acerifoUus, mach
branched in B. acerifolius.
The riower-buds of />'. poptdneo-acerifolius are, when unex-
panded, long-pointed, tiowers 4-6 lobed, the lobes recurved. Jn
/). acerifolius, the shape of the buds is more turbinate and, when
unexpanded, nearly Hat-topped, giving the bud the aspect of a
peai*, but, in rare cases, the bud is somewhat pointed.
The flowers appear to be much more numerous than in 7>.
Sicerfolius. "The colour of the calyces holds the middle between
that of the respective organ of the parent-plants; it is pale
yellowish outside, much as in B. populnemn, but inside crimson
and not sprinkled as in B. acerifolium " (Original descrip-
tion). This requires some correction. The flower of B. popul-
neo-aceri/olius is usually self rose-pink and not pale yellowish,
although some flowers may be a little pale yellowish outside; but
inside, sprinkled rose-pink, giving the general impression of
greyish-rose, except at the base of the throat where it is greenish-
vellow. The outside is Salmon Old Rose No. 143, shade 1, and
inside Madder Carmine, No.241, shade 4, of Rep. de Couleurs, to
speak with precision.
The flower of B. acerifolius is not "sprinkled"; it is quite a
self scarlet. It is No.85 (shades 1 and 2) or scarlet, of Rep. de
Couleurs.
(2). The tree which many knew as the Garden Palace one, is
strictly typical B. popiilneo-acerij'oliiis; it was removed in con-
sequence of the widening of Macquarie Street to Bed No. 9,
Middle Garden, in 1912, where it is now about 18 ft. high, 2 ft.
in girth 3 ft. from the ground, and it flowers every year, usually
in November-December, but sometimes January. Its origin is
unknown.
(3). There are some typical trees of B. populneo-aceri/olius in
o-ardens at Parramatta. of considerable age. I first receiveu
specimens from JVlr. Fred. Williams.
(4). Mr. J. A. T. Kochfort, Inspector of Stock, Jerilderie, .sent
me some specimens from a tree growing at the Public School,
which are quite typical of B. popiiliieo-acerifolius. Mr. llochfort
sent pods, which are rather larger than those of JJ. populneus,
and smaller than the pods of B. acerifolius.
182 ON BRACHYCHITON POPULNEO-ACEKIFOLIUS,
All the following trees are also of the crirason-flowered strain,
and are usually described as Howering freely in November or
December. It is only known from New South Wales at present.
(5). At Wentworth, in a public street, there is a tree, perhaps
25 feet high, and there is no other like it in the town. I have
received specimens at different times from the Mayor, Mr. R. J.
P. Long, the Head Teacher (whose name I have lost), His Honor
Judge Bevan, Sergeant J. Mc. A. Clark, and Miss Louise Buck-
ridge, of the Public School. They vary from typical B. populneo-
acerifolius to with slightly lobed leaves.
Some years ago it was believed that this tree came from the
Botanic Gardens at Melbourne, but INTr. (Juilfoyle, to whom I
spoke on the subject, had no recollection of the matter.
Judge Bevan says there is a similar tree in the Public Garden,
North Adelaide.
(6). Mr. Joseph Stevens, Manly, sends a specimen with leaves
of the B. acerifoliiis type.
(7). Mr. Edward Bowman, Skellatar, Muswellbrook, sent
specimens which grew in the mountains about 12 miles due east
of Muswellbrook, between Ravensworth and Muswellbrook
Some replanted by him about 1903 at Skellatar. Known as
" Mountain Kurrajong.'" Scrub since totally destroyed. These
plants (only two survived) are natural hybrids. Grew amongst
Cedar, Nettle-trees, »fec. Very close to B. acerifolius as far as
leaves are concerned.
(8). Mr. Thomas H. H. Goodwin, "Ruvigne," Gunnedah, sends
twigs from a tree growing in Gunnedah, but slightly lobed, but
obviously showing affinity to B. acerifolms in the leaves Fruits
freely.
Mr. James Muffett, Ulamambri, Coonabarabran, sends twigs
with leaves pointed and lobed; crimson flowers; ordinary light
Howers (pojndnens ) were growing on the same tree
Of all these trees, those of Mr. Edward Bowman are the only
ones of which we are certain we know the origin, and that the
origin, at least in those cases, is spScar]et- or Crimson-flowering
indiscriminately, using the terms scarlet and crimson as if they
were interchangeable, just as they are said to be both "red." As
one to whom flowers of various kinds are often sent I find that,
as often as not, when a man writes "scarlet," he means " crim-
son," and vice versa. In the case of trees like Eucalypts and
Kurrajongs, which include both scarlet and crimson flowers, the
confusion may be inconvenient.
Colo^ir of Jloivers (fiJaments).
The colour of the filaments of E.Jicifolia F.v.M., is not given
in Mueller's original description, but is stated to be "crimson"
in " Eucalyptographia," in the first half of the formal descrip-
tion, but in the second half it is described as " beautifully
cinnabar-red, occasionally varying to a lighter colouration, but
never very pale." Further down, in contrasting E .Jicifolia with
E. calophylla, he says, "the filaments {oi E. Jici/olia) are of a
splendid crimson." This may be carelessness, but it probably
arises from a not very clear knowledge of English terms for the
colours concerned.
I have received from Dr. G. P. U. Prior, Mental Hospital,
Rydalmere, near Sydney, flowers which are true E. ficifolia.
They are bright scarlet in colour or, in the language of Plate No.
79 of Rep. de Couleurs, bright fiery-red or russet-orange.
186 ON A EUCALTPT HYBRID,
The filaments do not contrast with the whitish anthers for
the pollen-masses are scarlet too.
The calvx-tubes are suffused with scarlet, and so the whole
inflorescence is of a uniform tone of colour.
Dr. Prior's No. 2 is a shrub at present: it is the E. fici/olia
alba of nurserymen: it has white filaments, with a suspicion of
colour at the base, arising from the coloured rim. Calyx-tube
green. A little colour on the operculum.
In E. cahphylla R.Br., the filaments are white or creamy, and
I saw the trees in flower over large areas in their native habitats.
Mr. W. V. Ftzgerald states that the filaments are " rarely
pink " ; this indicates a tendency.
The muddle that Mueller got into as regards the filaments of
E.^ficifolia is continued by the nurserymen. Largi numbers of
plants are sold; indeed, the demand exceeds the supply. I need
scarcely observe that precision is desirable, and sometimes neces-
sary, in speaking of the colours of flowers; the following is a
useful work of reference. " Repertoire de Couleurs (quoted as
Rep. de Couleurs) public par la Societe Francaise des Chrysan-
themistes," ifcc. (Rennes and Paris, 1905). Two portfolios of
plates and a handbook. i
In Vilniorin's (Paris) Catologue of Plants, the colour of the
flowers of E ficifolia is given as "rouge carmin," which is not a
colour admitted, as such, into Rep. de Couleurs. The firm is
evidently following the late M. Naudin, a great French authority
on the genus, wiio, Mem. Eucal., i., 555, says - "i/. ficifolia qui
les a d'un rouge carmin tres brillant, au moins dans une de ses
varietes."
In examining the catalogues of good Australian firms, I find
the following given under E. ficifolia.
1. " Red-flowering Gum," 20 feet. This colour may mean any.
thing.
2. Scarlet, 15 feet; "Scarlet-flowering Gum" 15 feet. Scarlet
is cori'ect.
3. Crimson, 20 feet; Crimson-flowered Gum, 20 feet; " Bright
Crimson "" 15-20 feet. This may or may not be a confusion with
BY J. H. MAIDEN. 187
.scarlet, as begun by Mueller: I shall have something to say
al)Out a Crimson-riowering Gum presently.
Then one firm has :—
6. "Scarlet flowering Gum, 15 feet, literally a blaze of beauti-
ful ricli crimson shade."
In examining the catologues of Australian nurserymen, I
cannot find one which describes the colour of E calophylla cor-
rectly. It should be white. One firm calls it "rich pink."
Several firms, however, have E calophylla rosea in their lists,
either without comment, or " Bright pink, 30 feet," or "Similar
to E.Jici/olia but rosy pink flowers."
I think this view of the case is correct; the rose- or crimson-
flowering forms, which are large-growing (getting size from their
calophylla parent, and their colour more or less from their Jici-
J'olia parent). The habit of these trees reminds me more strongly
of E. calophylla than of E. Jici/olia, and, as to colour, we have
them of all shades of the faintest blush-pink (almost white) to
deep crimson.
The flowers of E . Jici/olia aiiid E. calophylla ai'e honey-smelling,
the perfume heavy and oppressive in a room. They flower
mostly in December and January, and the climatic conditions
in Sydney, during the last season, have induced an exceptionally
fine display of bloom.
I have received from Dr. Prior, flowers, fruits, and seeds of
what I call No.l. The flowers are Tyrian Hose in colour; see
Plate No. 155 of Rep. de Couleurs. There is a short, white
attachment to the anther, which is creamy-white in colour, with
a line of Tyrian rose running round the back, and this colour is
sometimes blurred. When old, the anther-cells inside take a
pinkish shade. The pollen is creamy-white.
In Proc. Roy. Soc. Qsld., x., 17 (1893), the late F. M. Bailey
described " what is probably an accidental sport " in the Mel-
bourne Botanic Gardens, with flowers of a "deep rose" as E.
/cifolia var. Gnilfoylei "It proved to be only a form of
E.ficifolia differing from the normal plant in its smaller foliage,
more compact inflorescence, different colour of flowers, witli
prominent umbo to the operculum and slight difference of seed-
188 ON A EUCALYPT HYBRID,
wing. I have received specimens of this form both from the
late Mr. Guilfoyle and from Mr. J. Cronin. The yellow anthers
contrast well with the filaments. The'calvx-tubes are urceolate
and apple-green, and both on account of the contrast of filaments
with anthers and calyx-tubes, the effect in the mass is most
charming.
The Rydalmere tree is 40 feet high, and flourishing. In
every respect that I can see, it is identical with E.jicifolia var
Gidlfoylei and E. calophylla var. rosea Hort., and T am inclined
to think that the more reasonable view is to look upon it as a
form of E. calophylhi. The habit and size of the hybrid incline
to those of E. calophylhi^ while the pink or purple tinge (in con-
tradistinction to the scarlet of E . fici. folia), naturally occurs in
E. calophylla.
Size and habit.
E. calophylla is a huge tree, with gnarled trunk and scrambling,
umbrageous branches, the counterpart of the Apple {Angophora
intermedia), of Eastern Australia. The size is given as up to
150 feet, with a stem-diameter of 10 feet (" Eucalyptographia ")
and I am certain this is not exaggerated.
E. ficifolia, on the other hand, is a small tree; I think it
rarely exceeds thirty feet in height, and it is usually erect, and
not scrambling'.
The hybrid may be fairly stated as intermediate in size.
Seeds.
Those of E. calophylla are large, ovate, black, flat, and with a
raised angle on one face, the edges acute but scarcely winced,
the hilum large on the inner face.
Those of E.jicifolia are of a pale colour, testa expanded at one
end, or round one side into a broad, variously-shaped vving(B.ri.,
iii., 256). The hilum is towards the end of the seed, and
furthest from the wins^.
The seeds of the E. calophylla x E. ficifolia hybrid are flatter
than those of E. ficifolia, and also paler in colour. As compared
with those of E. ticifolia, thev are a little darker and less winded,
but the hilum is more remote from the wing In other words,
BY .1. H. MAIDEN. 189
they are intermediate between the two species. Most of the
seeds are, however, sterile, and these are pale reddish-brown in
colour, shining, and mostly boomerang-shaped.
Tiie sterile seeds of E calophylla are similar in shape, perhaps
a little darker in colour.
It seems to me that, in this rose-crimson series, we have in-
controvertible evidence of hybridisation, the two most obvious
factors being colour and size; and T, therefore, add E. calophylla
and E. fici/olia to the very long list of pairs of species of which
the evidence that they hybridise appears to be sufficiently clear.
I have touched on the general question of hybridisation in
the genus in Report Aust Assoc. Adv. Science, 1904, p.'297, in
the Proceedings of this Society, xxx., p. 492 (1905), and on many
other occasions.
190
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
May 31st, 1916.
Mi\ A. G. Hamilton, President, in the Chair.
Miss Vera Irwin Smith, B.8c., Woolwich, Pavraniatta River,
was elected an Ordinary Member of the Society.
The President aTinounced that, in consequence of the limita
tions of paper-supply, and the increased cost of what is available,
due to war-conditions, it had become necessary to consider the
question of economising space in the matter of printing. Follow-
ing the example of British Journals, &c., therefore, the Council
appeals to Members wiio propose to offer Papers to the Society,
to condense them, and to limit them as far as possible to the
description of new results. [Vidp "Nature," March 23rd, 1916,
p.85; British Medical Journal, Api'il 1st, 1916, p.496;and recent
Nos. of the Abstract of Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London].
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous
Monthly Meeting (26th April, 1916), amounting to 9 Vols., 57
Parts or Nos., 11 Bulletins, 1 Report, and 14 Pamphlets, re-
ceived from 40 Societies, etc., and three private donors, were laid
upon the table.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. Fred Turner exhibited specimens of, and offered observa-
tions on: — (X) Polygonum orientaJp JAww., var. pUosum Meissn.,
Syn. P. pilosnm Pvoxb., collected by Mr. K. M. Niall, Buckiin-
guy Station, Nyngan district, on the Macquarie Marshes, Mac-
quarie River, N.S.W., which is another westeni locality for this
interesting species. — (2) Leptospermnin scoparinm Forst., a form
with bright pink flowers, collected at Midtlle Harbour b}' Miss A.
Gowland, who described the shrub as being " like a peach tree in
full bloom, and a most attractive sight." — (3) Phytolacca octandra
NOTES AND KXHIBITS. 191
Linn. An abnormal growth, characteristic of the plant from
which it was gathered, which was growing amongst a number of
normally developed ones at Chatswood.
Mr. Froggatt showed entomological specimens, including (1)
Examples of Chalcis, n.sp., a new parasite upon the maggots of
the Sheep Blowflies. A description and figures of this handsome
little Chalcid are being prepared for publication. — (2) Larvae of
one of the large click-beetles, Petrolobu.s f'ortnumi Hope, (Fam.
Elatcrido'). These ai^e very curious, obese, white grubs, with a
small head and thoi^ax, a large, rounded abdomen, with the
terminal segment ending in a trident-shaped appendage, the
whole larva covered with reddish hairs. They ai'e very active,
live in dead wood, and form a stiff', papery-like cell when ready
to pupate. Specimens received from Mr. Geo. Turner, school-
teacher, Bourke. — (3) A new species of Mealy Bug, Pahfococcus,
sp., {Coccid(c) received from Miss M. Dymock, Hughenden, North
Queensland. The members of this genus ai*e closely allied to the
Icerya-group, but differ in forming no ovisac, and in giving birth
to living larvaj. — (4) A series of galls and female coccids of
Apiomorpha Jfpfcheri Fuller, from near Hay, N.S.W., upon the
Box-gum, Eucalyptus bicolor, showing the I'emai'kable structure of
the upper half of the gall in the bark and the lower half in the
wood.
Mr. W. S. Dun exhibited a piece of stalactite from the Ettrema
Cave showing, in a cavity, portion of a Myriapod calcified.
Dr. J. B. Cleland exhibited some webbing of gossamer spiders,
kindly forwarded by Mr. W. C. Grasby, of Perth, together with
newspaper extracts detailing the extent of the fall of this inter-
estinii' material in that State. The material and extracts were
submitted to Mr. W. J. Rainbow, of the Australian Museum,
who identified the webbing as that of gossamer spiders, and has
summarised the data connected with the fall as follows : — The
gossamer-silk fell during the month of October, 1915, at the
following localities. October 5th : Capel River, Bedfordale,
Gingering (near York), Pinjara, Lower Kalgan River, and
192 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Takenup (via Albany), Mt. Barker to Toolbinup (Salt River),
Porongorups (King River), and an area between Boyup Brook
and Bunbury. October 6th-7th: Carrolup (via Katanning).
October 10th: Lowdun, Preston Valley. October 25tli : Dwell-
ingup. October 29th: Tenterden, Preston Valley. Other local-
ities, for which no specific date was given, were Serpentine and
Kirrup. In some areas, it is stated, the ground looked as though
covered with a light fall of snow. It is not possible to say what
species was responsible for this so-called "phenomenon," as the
web contained only fragments of the tiny aeronauts. No official
records are known from Australia of such "falls," but such
incidents are not unknown in other parts of the world, in support
of which thei-e are the writings of Darwin, Blackwall, McCook,
and White ("Natural History of Selborne").
Mr. R. H. Cambage exhibited a Cowrie shell {Cyprcpa vitelhis
Linne), from Murramarang, about 16 miles south of Ulladulla.
This species is common in tropical waters, and occvirs on the
New South Wales coast, rare at Port Jackson, which is its pre-
vious southernmost recorded limit.
Mr. Maiden showed specimens of the hybrid Crimson-flowered
Kiu'rajong {Binchychiton populnpo-acerifolhis F.v.M.); and of a
hybrid Eucalypt (JE. calophi/lla x F. Jicifolia) to illusti'ate two
papers read at last Meeting.
Mr. E. Cheel exhibited an interesting series of seeds of "French
Bean" {Fhaaeolus vulgaris) showing considerable variation in the
colour of the seed-coats, without any artificial aid in the pollina-
tion, thus supplementing the notes published in these Proceed-
ings, 1914, xxxix., pp.160-161. The results are briefly as follows.
"Black Wax" (Yates), a dwarf plant having purplish flowei's,
waxy-yellow pods, and black seeds. Seeds of this were sown; all,
with the exception of one, produced plants similar to the parent-
stock. The one exception was a tall semitrailer, having purplish
flowers, green pods, and rather smaller seeds with splashes of dark
and light brown markings mingled with a purplish-black back-
ground. This has been provisionally named "Mutant." Seeds
[Printed off. 12th June, 1916.]
P.U.S.Hb.W. 191S.
R.J.T.dd.
1. Euporismus albalrox, s-ot sp.n. 2. .-i™/,//»«7m« p,ters,m, n.sp.
P.L.s.N.s.w. mis.
RJ. Tdfl
3. PerUlystus aureolatus, n.sp. 4. Protopkctror, eremu,; n.sp. T,. Protoplevtron longitudinalc , n.sp.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916.
(i. Dvndioleon dumiyani, n.sp. 7. Dendrolcon lambda, u sp. 8. GIrnolron b,rlh.„idi, iLsp.
P.L.S.N S W. 1918.
R.J. Tdel
9. Glenolcoii aurora, n.sp. 10. Brachyleon Darwini (Banks). 11. Gymnocnemia marulala, ii.sp.
P.L.^.N S.W. 19TS.
12. Xaallioleon helmsi, g.et sp.n. 13. Ulenolcon ficldi. g.et sp.n.
14. Altiifiiriiilt.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916.
,«a^
R J T.del.
15. Myrmrlcon loireri, n.sp. HV MU'l<>rmicahui„ lij/ulinii.'i. M.sp. 17. I>isl„h„„ ),/arothrocrepis corticalis Fabi'., var. injuscata, n.var,(4);
S. suavis Blkb., (4); Celcenephes parallelus Schmidt-Goeb. (6);
Philophlceus obtusus Chaud. ,(0); Ph. luculentus Newm.,(6); Ago-
noch'la ruficollis SI., (4); A. g uttata{^. ) Cha,nd.,{&); A. madeayi
SI. ,(4); A. fenestrata ^\kh.,(i); A. plag lata, n.sp. ii); Silj^ho-
morpha oralis Cast. ,(6): ^. discoidalis Cast., (4).
No definite conclusions can be drawn from the small number
of Carabidae which can be collected in any district during one
short visit; at most, a fair idea of the species to be found at one
period of the year can be gained. Fifteen species are definitely
recorded as having been found below the level of 4,000 feet; and
to these may be added three, widely distributed species which
are without exact locality, but whicli undoubtedly do inhabit the
lower ground; these eighteen species are all known species, which
are found in various parts of the coastal districts of New South
Wales between Sydney and the Clraence River. Twenty-eight
species were collected above the altitude of 4,100 feet; these are
of far more interest than those from the lower country, no less
than eight of them l)eing undescribed species. One of these, Tri-
chosfernns{l) ansfralirxs SI., is a remarkable and interesting
species, evidently an ancient type, which is more allied to New
Zealand than to existing Australian species. Another is Agono-
chila rujicollis SI., hitherto only known to inhabit the forests
of South-Western Australia, but which is closely allied to a
Tasmanian species, and to A. binotata White, of New Zealand:
the other species are members of typical genera of Eastern Aus-
tralia. Altogether, the Carabidw of the Barrington Tops show a
general affinity to those of eastern New South Wales, with some
indications of a connection with the south.
BY T. G. SLOANE. l99
EURYLTCHNUS TYLINDRICUS, n.sp.
Elongate-oval, subcylindrical ; liead stout, one supraorbital seta
on each side; prothorax cordate; elytra o\-al, lightly S-striate.
Black.
Head convex (3-7 mm. across eyes); \ertex transversely im-
pressed; frontal impressions strong, cur\'ed, diverging backwards;
eyes round, prominent. Prothorax broader than long (4"6 x 5
mm.), widest before middle, wider at apex (4 mm.) than base
(3 mm.); sides rounded; anterior angles wide, rounded; basal
angles rounded: lateral border thick, merging with surface of
prothorax at basal angles; a short, deep, foveiform, basal im-
pression connected with posterior extremity of lateral channel on
each side; one, setigerous, marginal puncture on each sifle at
about one-half the length of prothoiax; median line not strongly
impressed. El3'tra convex ( lO'S X .5 8 nnn.) ; strife shallow,
simple, distinct on disc, faint on sides; interstices depressed.
Apex of abdomen with one seta on each side in both sexes.
Prosternum bordered along anterioi- margin. Anterior tarsi
similar in l)i»tli sexes; outer angle of two basal joints })r(jmiuent.
Length 17-"_M), breadth 5'4-(i nun.
Rah. — Mount Tloyal Range, N.8.W. Common under logs in
the Fagus-brushes, from 4,500 to 5,000 feel.
A distinct species allied to R. rpciHlarh SI., but narrower
(especially prothorax) and more cylindrical; prothorax smallei-,
narrower at apex, less ampliate at widest part, anterior angles
less distant from head and less marked; elytra far more lightly
striate.
Meonis semi.striatus, n.sp.
Elongate-oval, convex, i^lack.
Head ordinary (2-7 nun. across eyes). Prothorax truncate-
cordate (4 X 3-S unn.), of nearly equal width at apex (2-75 mm.)
and base(2-Smm.): sides lightly rounfled, lightly sinuate to base;
base truncate, sloping forward to basal angles, these sharply
marked. Elytra oval (8-5 x 5-1 mm.), lightly 3-striate on disc;
sides and ai)ical declivity lajvigate; humeral angles marked, sub-
dentate. Length L5-5, breadth 5-1 nun.
200 CARABIDi® FROM THE UPPER WILLIAMS RIVER, N.S.W.,
Hah. — Mount Royal Range, N.S.W. Five specimens were
found under logs in the Fagus-brush along the Williams River, at
4,500 feet.
A distinct species, diifering from all the species hitherto de-
scribed by having only the three inner strife on each elytron
present; these stripe ai-e only marked before the apical declivity,
which is lajvigate, as is also the lateral part of each elytron out-
side the third interstice; in these respects, it agrees with the small
species, M. nunw described below.
Meonis minor, n.sp.
Elongate-oval, convex. Black.
Head ordinary (TT mm. across eyes). Prothorax truncate-
cordate, about as long as broad (2-4 x 2-5 mm.), of equal width
at apex and base (1-8 mm.); sides lightly rounded, strongly sinu-
ate to base; base truncate; basal angles sharply marked. Elytra
oval (4-7 X 3 mm.), lightly 3-striate on disc; sides and apical de-
clivity laivigate; humeral angles marked, subdentate. Length
8 "5-9, breadth 3 mm.
Hah. — Mount Royal Range, N.S.W. Three specimens in
brushes at the source of the Barrington River, 5,000 feet.
Allied to M. semistriafus SI., but the great diiference in size
(which is constant in the five specimens of J/, semistriatus, and
the three specimens of Jf. minor, which I have seen), constrains
me to regard it as a distinct species. In the case of M. an
the fifth or sixth interstice on each elytron, is divided posteriorly
l)V a toi-ward pi-olongation of the ante-apical black area, and
extends along the first interstice to the base. Tlie dark basal
part of tlie elytra is infuscate, not nearly as black as the ante-
apical patch. The abdomen is slightly more setulose than in »S'.
cortu'dlis, but less so than in »S'. sptiilosa SI. As in S. corticalia,
the hitei'stices are non-setulose, but have minute punctures along
the coui'se of the fifth as in 8. cvrtiralis (these piuictures being-
most noticeable towards the apex). Ijength 9-10-3, breatlth 4f)
f) lum.
//rt6. -Mount Royal Kange, N.S.W.
Common under loose bark on the trunks of Kitcali/jjfiis cui-iarfd,
at 5,000 feet.
I have specimens of tliis variety from >Sydnev, \'ictoria, and
Tasmania.
Agonochila plai^ata, n.sp.
Depressed: elytra wide in propoi'tion to prothorax; head finely
shagreened, sparsely punctulate: prothorax transverse, apex lightly
emarginate, base strongly bisinuate, posterior angles marked, but
obtuse, one or two marginal set;e mi anteinor half; elytra broad,
densely and rather coarsely punctate, striae and interstices indis-
tinct, third interstice 3-punctate. Legs, antennae, mouth-parts,
lateral margins of prothorax, a wide posthumeral plaga on each
elytron, and undersurface testaceous (sides of abdomen fuscous);
head and disc of prothorax usually brownish; elytra brownish
with a variable pattern — usually a wide, testaceous, posthumeral
plaga on each elytron and an indefinite apical patch; sometimes
the posthumeral plaga? join the apical patch by a narrow, ill-
defined extension along the fourth interstice.
Head stout (1-3 mm. across eyes), minutely shagreened, and
sparse 1}' piuictate under a lens; eyes prominent. Prothorax wide
(1-2x2 mm.), widest before middle, a little narrower at apex
(1-4 mm.) than base (1 -5 mm.), finely setulose-punctate under a
208 CARABIDiE FROM THE UPPER WILLIAMS RIVER, N.S.W.
lens; disc rather convex; margins wide, depressed ; sides I'ounded
anterioi"ly, narrowed and subsinuate posterioi'ly; apex lightly
emarginate, anterior angles rounded ; base shortly lobed in
middle, basal angles obtuse, median line strongly impressed.
Elytra broad (4 x 3 mm.), widest about posterior third, a little
narrowed to base, rounded on sides; humeral angles widely
rounded. Length 7-7-5, lireadth 3-3-5 nun.
Hab. — Mount Royal Range, N.kS.W. Common under loose
hark on trunks of K. coriacea, at 5,000 feet.
This is one of the largest species which has been attributed to
the genus Ayonochila. Tts distinguishing characters are its broad
elytra, with a wide, posthumeral, testaceous plaga on each elytx'on.
The pattern of the elytra varies a good deal : — taking the ground-
colour as pitchy-brown, there is usually a wide, testaceous, post-
humeral plaga on each elytron, and an apical, duller-coloured
pat<"h (more or less common to both elj-tra); sometimes the post-
humeral and apical markings are wiflely separated by the brown
ground-pattern; sometimes the plagae extend backwards and join
the apical mark, so that the brown parts of the elytra become
arranged in three, irregular stripes, viz., a sutural stripe and one
near each side, these stripes being wide and near together about
the apical third of the elytra. Compared with A. corticalis
Erichs., A. playiata is larger and differently marked; prothorax
with sides more strongly narrowed to base, elyti"a more strongly
punctate. It is lemarkable to find, in this species, the prothorax
with either one or two, anterior, marginal seta^ on each side;
where there are two setse, these are wide apart, the posterior one
situated as usual, the anterior one a little less than half-way
between it and the anterior angle. Twenty-six specimens have
been examined; of these, seventeen had one seta, and nine two
sette. Specimens of both sexes occurred with one and two setae.
209 (uj; LIBRARY
r)K8CRIPTTON8 OF A NEW GENU8 AND THREE NEW
SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONID.E FROM
BARRINGTON TOPS, NEW SOI^IH WALES.
By H. J. Carter, B.A., F.E.S.
A week's visit at Christmas, 1915, to a region new to the
collector, and Httle known to the tourist — Barrington Tops —
revealed a mountain-district of above 5,000 feet altitude, that
combines many of the characters of Kosciusko and Dorrigo.
Situated some thirty-seven miles north-west of Dungog, this
highland should prove an interesting field to the naturalist. Of
volcanic origin, the I'ich soil possesses a magnificent forest, in
parts approaching jungle, the higher slopes containing a rich
brush, mainly composed of the beautiful Fagus Moure i. While
the general collecting was a little meagre, due to the long pre-
ceding dry weather, the results were specially rich in Carabidfe,
while three new species of TenebrionidtB were taken, including
one which requires a new genus for its reception.
Sloanea, n.gen. Tenebrioninarum.
Wide, depressed, with the facies of Cryptodus. Labrum
emarginate and ciliate; mentum cordate, last joint of all palpi
securiform; mandibles grooved, forked at apex. Eyes small and
transverse. Antennte with the last four joints flattened and suc-
cessively wider, the three penultimate joints transverse, last
joint subcircular. Prosternum convex, its process arched down-
wards at apex, and received into a triangular receptacle of the
mesosternum; mesosternum short, body apterous; elytra costate,
widely rounded behind, epipleura^ wide and horizontal; precoxse
globose, middle coxse rounded. Legs short and stout; tibise
much enlarged at apex, fore- and midtibite serrated externally.
In the 3", the tibial, especially the foretibise, strongly bent inward
Itj
210
AUSTRALIAN TKNPIBRIONIDiE,
at apex. Tarsi tomentose, the claw-joint nearly as long as the
rest combined, the first- longer than the second, intercoxal pro-
cess wide, rounded in front and carinate at margins.
A genus not very near any existing Australian genus of the
Tenehiionidfe. The head and thorax are somewhat as in Asphn/n.-i
Pasc, but with a very different structure of leg, and elytra!
sculpture.
Sloanka costata, n.sp.
Ovate, depressed, glabrous, opaque brownish-black above, nitid
beneath; palpi, tarsi, and apical joints of antenna' reddish, the
tarsi clothed with red tomentmn.
//i^«c^trapeziform, densely and finely punctate, the sides slightly
raised behind and arcuate; epistoma convex, straight in front
and limited 1)eliind by a straight, obscure depression; antennse
with basal joints nitid and bead-like,
third joint slightU' longer tlum fourth,
the last four opacjue and hairy. Pro-
tJiorax 6"5 x 7 nmi., widest in front of
middle, trisinuate at apex, the middle
with a wide triangular insertion, an-
terior angles widely rounded and feebly
produced, sides slightly rounded on an-
terior half, sinuately narrowed behind,
posterior angles acute, a little deflexed
and produced, base bisinuate; foliate
margins concave within, extreme bor-
der narrowly raised, contiruied on
apex, widened at the posterior angles,
obsolete at base, surface finely and
closely punctate on disc, the punctures
subobsolete in the middle, coarser on sides and base, the foliate
margins and regions near posterior angles coarsely rugose, a fine
medial line sometimes traceable. Scutellum forming a strongly
transverse, smooth ridge. Elytra wider than prothorax at base
and not quite twice as long; shoulders prominent, squarely rounded
and formed by the reflexed epipleural fold, sides feebly widened
Text-fig. 1.
iS'. costata, n.sp.
BY H. .1. CARTER. 211
behind, apex widely rounded: each elytron with seven, shiniiii,',
very slightly crenulate costye, the first (sutural), third, fifth, and
seventh wider than the others, terminating before the ajjex, the
second, fourth, and sixth narrow er and terminating considerably in
front of these, the first, third, and seventh only extending to base,
the sutural costse bifurcating some distance behind the scutellum
to meet the third costse, but also narrowly extending in a straight
line to the middle of the scutellum; on the wide interval between
the seventh costfe and the margin a further, short, ill-defined
ridge; all intervals opaque and rugo.se-punctate. Underside
glabrous, submentum and prostei'num coarsely, abdomen more
finely but densely punctate. Femora stout, finely punctate,
tibiie rugose. In the J", the fore- tibite bent at right angles
inwards near apex, with a triangular external emargination, all
tibiae sulcate externally, and with two short spines at apex.
Tibije of 9 nearly straight. Dimensions: (J, 17 x 8; $,20 x 9mm.
Hah. — Barrington Tops, 37 miles north-west of Dungog; alti-
tude, 1,000-5,000 feet.
Seven specimens of this interesting insect taken by Messrs.
Sloanc, Musgrave, and myself in the beautiful beech-forests (^rf'/".s-
Moorei) that clothe the basalt mountain. In occurred in com-
pany with PamJwrus p7-adierl Chaud., and Lissapterns pelorides
Westw., in or inider the rotten logs of the Fagus; and seems to
be peculiar to this district. I know nothing very near it, and
place it with some diffidence in this subfamily. I have much
pleasure in giving the generic name in honour of my friend and
fre(i[uent companion on entomological quests, who found the first
specimen. Type in the author's Coll.
CAEiDIOTHORAX INTERSTITIAUS, n.sp.
Elongate-ovate ; head and thorax subopaipie bronze-black;
elytra dark bronze, underside and legs nitid-l)lack, tarsi and apex
of tibi* with short, red hairs.
Head wide, sm(X)th; epistoma rounded in front, its suture
straight, the usual frontal impression well marked; widened and
raised in front of eyes, antennae very stout, joints pear-shaped,
212
AUSTRALIAN TETfEBRIONlDvE,
8-10 gradually wider and rounded, eleventh ovate, acumina.te.
Prothorax 5x7 mm., cordate and flat, widest at middle; apex
semicircularly emarginate, anterior angles strongly produced and
rounded ; sides well rounded, strongly narrowed behind and
sinuate before the dentate postei'ior angles, these deflexed and
outwardly directed, base arcuate; foliate margins wide and a little
upturned, with a wide, shallow, sepai-ating sulcus on anterior half,
extreme border narrow and reflexed throughout; disc smooth, with
four small fovej^e, two on each side of the
thin, well defined, medial channel; some-
times with other irregular impressions.
SGutellum triangular, smooth. Elytra
considerably wider than prothorax at
base, and nearly thrice as long, shoulders
rather squarely rounded, the epipleural
fold well raised in this region, extreme
margin sharply raised, with an irregular
row of large punctures within this;
sulcate, each elytron with nine sub-
costate intervals, continuous to and
sharply ridged on apex, the sixth interval
always broken near the middle, eithei'
flattened, with a few large punctures, or
with a chain of irregular ocellate pits
formed, the seventh and eighth intervals
narrower than the rest. Prosteruum
transversel37^ wrinkled, abdomen and femora quite smooth, tibite
strongly punctate near apex, legs without sexual differentiation.
Dimensions: 19-21 x 6 '5-8 mm.
//rt&.__Barrington Tops, N.S.W. (Messrs. T. 0. Sloane, Mus-
grave, and the author).
A species occurring very commonly in this region above the
4,000 feet level. I have 30 specimens before me, all of which
have the peculiar elytral sculpture noted above, e.g., strongly
sulcate, with the sixth interval broken. The species forms a
link between some of the more nitid species, like C. cerijjennis
Text-fig. 2.
C. intetstitialis, n.sp.
BY H. J. CARTER.
213
Blackb., and the subopaque species like C. Haagl Bates, with the
prothorax similar to the latter, and the elytra more like the
former; but it is very distinct from any described species, and is
one of the largest in the genus. Types in the author's Coll.
Cardiothorax asperatus, n.sp.
Elongate-ovate, brownish-black, opaque.
Head and thorax densely rugosely shagreened; labrum pro-
minent, epistoma incurved in the middle, oblique on sides; suture
straight ; frontal impression obscure (only indicated by basal
ridge); antennae with joint 3 nearly as long as 4-5 combined, 3-7
subconic, 8-10 oval, 11 very large, ovoid. Prothorao- b ■x.^vam..,
scutiform, widest in front of middle, bisinuate at apex, anterior
angles moderately produced and rather sharply rounded, sides
slightly rounded anteriorly, then widely
sinuately narrowed behind, posterior angles
acutely dentate and pointing obliquely out-
wai'd, base truncate, much narrower than
apex, disc with two, wide, shallow depres-
sions and a depi'essed middle line, the sculp-
ture somewhat reticulate rugose, coarsely so
at sides and base. Scutelhun triangular.
Elytra ovate, wider than prothorax at base
and twice as long, shoulders rounded, epi-
pleural fold reflexed in this region and form-
ing a sharply defined border throughout;
punctate-striate, five alternate intervals (in-
cluding the sutural) finely costate, the edge
of costse very finely ci-enulate or subnodulose, the latter structure
evident in the two sutural costse, the second, fourth, sixth, and
eighth intervals also slightly raised, more divstinctly so on apical
half, the interspaces filled with rather large, close, transverse
punctures; submentum and prosterna very coarsely punctate, the
latter bearing scattei-ed sets;, abdomen finely and sparsely granu-
lose and opaque, legs with shoi't, dense hairs, tibia? scarcely
enlarged at apex, with short terminal spines. Dimensions: 14-18
X 5-6 "5 mm.
Text-fig. 3.
C. asptratxiif, u.sp.
214 AUSTRALIAN TENEBRIONIDiE.
Hah. — Barrington Tops, N.S.W. (Messrs. Sloane, Musgrave,
and the author).
Sixteen specimens taken by the above, belong to the sub-
squamose group, C. egerius Pasc, C. mimus Cax't., C. nndidatus
Cart. In form, it is nearest the last of these (from an adjacent
region), but it is at once separated from it by the coarsely rugose
pi-othorax and punctate elytra. In the latter character, it is
near C. mimus Cart., which differs widely in size, form, and pro-
thoracic structure. Types in the author's Coll.
Meneristes proximtis Cart. — In these Proceedings for 1914
(p.75), I described this as a possible variety of J/, tibialis Cart.
With a number of fresh specimens from Barrington Tops before
me, I am convinced that this is a good species, clearly separated
from M. tibialis by the nitid, impunctate prothorax and elytrnl
intervals besides the distinctions noted in the description.
215
A NEW SCALE-INSECT AFFECTING SUGAR-CANE
IN NEW GUINEA.
By the latk Dr. A. Rutherford: with a Note by Edmund
Jarvis, Entomologist.
(Communicated I >j/ W. \V. Froyyatt, F.L.S.)
AULACASPIS MAJOR, U.Sp.
Female scale thin, greyish-white, soniewliat uniform, large
(longer diameter ."j-.'i'^.^ mm). Exii\'i:v pale yellow, the first pro-
jecting, the second snbmarginal.
Adult female broadest in tlie cephalo-thoraci<; region. CephaUc
end broadly rounded, sometimes with a slight median notch.
Pygidiuin hyaline wdth several strands of chitin running cephalad
from the apical margin.
Antenna : a small tubercle of ii-regular shape, and beai'ing a
stovit, curved seta.
All stigmata with parastigmatic pores in a compact group.
Three pairs of prominent, hyaline lobes. Median lobes not sunk,
slightly expanded distally, apex broadly rounded, about one-
quarter of their own wddth apart. A prominent chitinous area
of the pygidiinn between the lobes.
Second lobes duplex, the mesal half expanded distally, broadly
rounded at apex; lateral half with the mesal side straight, the
lateral side oblique.
Third lobes of mucli the same shape, and quite as broad as the
second. Laterad of the third group of plates are several broad,
serrated projections associated w4th marginal gland-pores.
Plates: none between median lubes; thei'eafter in the usual
positions 1, 1-2, 1-2, 2, 6-10. The penultimate segment bears
7-11, and the antepenultimate 5-8 similar plates. All plates stout,
tapering, a few slightly pectinate at apex.
216 A NEW SCALE-INSECT AFFECTING SUGAR-CANE.
A seta on the base of the median lobes latei'ally, one between
the halves of the 2nd and of the 3rd lobes, and one mesad of
each of the fourth and fifth groups of plates.
Dorsal jtores in three longitudinal rows, the row immediately
laterad of the level of the circumgenital pores of some 7-9 pores,
and not reaching to the margin of the pygidium. A few, small,
ventral pores. Anus cii'cidar, situated at the level of the caudo-
lateral groups of circumgenital pores.
Circmngenital pores in 5 compact groups. Pores numerous;
approximately 33 (49 and 52) (42 and 45).
Hab. — New Guinea; on stems of Sugai'-cane.
The specific name has reference to the size of the female scale.
Xofe by E. Jarvis. — Whilst inspecting sugai'-cane procured
from New Guinea, [ noticed several sticks infested with a scale-
insect, and forwai'ded specimens of them to the Botanic Gardens,
Ceylon, foi- determination. The coccid was examined by the
late Dr. A. Rutherford, who referred it to, the genus Aulacasjns,
and, believing it to be a new species, named it A. major. In a
letter enclosing the description given above, Dr. Rutherford said :
— "I think there can be no doubt that the insect falls in the genus
Aulacasjns. It does not agree with any species known to me.
Perhaps it might be described under the genus Chionasjns, though
it would not fall into that genus as at present understood,
Froggatt, in his review of the Australian Coccidje (Agric. Gazette
N. 8. Wales) refers to two species only of Aulacasjns, viz., A.
pentayona Tai'g., and A. rosece Bouche. Yours is neither of these.
Quite possibly it is a new species. I append a technical descrip-
tion, which you are quite at liberty to publish."
217
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
June 28th, 191fi.
Mr. C. Hedley, F.L.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous
Monthly Meeting (31st May, 1916), amounting to 15 Vols., 112
Parts or Nos., 61 P>ulletins, 2 Reports, and 8 Pamphlets, re-
ceived from 47 Societies, etc., and one private donoi', were laid
upon the table.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. T. Steel exhibited the femur of an ox showing natural
knitting of a very severe sliding fracture, the reunited bone
being much shortened and thickened by deposit of fresh bone.
Mr. Fred Turner exhibited the following indigenous grasses,
being portion of a remarkably fine collection made on Kilmorey
Station, Maranoa district, Queensland, by Mr. J. B. Thomson,
who forwarded them to Messrs. Anderson &. Company, Seedsmen
and Plant Merchants, Sydney, with a request that they should
be sent to Mr. Turner for accurate botanical determiuation,
and for reliable information as to their economic importance:
Andropogon erianthoides F.v.M. ; A. intermedius R.Br. ; A.
sericeus R Br. ; Anthistiria ciliata Linn. ; Chloris divaricata
R.Br. ; Eriochloa pu7ictata Hamilt. ; Panicum decompositum
R.Br. ; P. divaricatissirmim R.Br. ; P. flavidum Retz. ; P.
leucophceum H.B. et K. ; P. trachyrhachis Benth. ; Pappo]>ho-
rum nigricans R.Br. ; Perotis vara R.Br. ; Setaria glauca
Beau v.; Triraphis mollis R.Br. Owing to the prolonged and
disastrous drought in the northern State, the country where
the grasses had been collected was absolutely destitute of pasture-
herbage for months until the bountiful rainfall of December
last. Since the beginning of this year, the country has made
wonderful recovery, and grasses and herbage are now abundant,
giving a verdant appearance to innnense tracts of country. The
17
218 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
grasses exhibited were an excellent illustration of the remark-
able recuperative properties of the herbage composing Austra-
lian pastures. No other vegetation, of an equal eeonomic value,
in the world could have recovered in a shorter space of time
than those indigenous grasses. Mr. Turner also showed 18
photographs, taken last month by Mr. Thomson on different
parts of Kilmorey Station, showing the luxuriant grasses and
forage pUuits now growing there,
Mr. A. A. Hamilton exhibited specimens from the National
Herbarium, and contributed notes thereon, comprising a series
of examples of the fruits of Angopliora cordifolia Cav., Killara
(A. A. Hamilton; December, 1915), showing divergence in shape
and size, apical and basal, together with variation in the degree
of pilosity and calycal ribbing. The capsules range from quad-
rangular to orbicular at the apex, and from broadly turbinate to
attenuate at the base, the vestiture of the fruit-calyces varying
from smootii to hispid, or rough and bristly. The rim of the
capsule is seen, in some examples, to be more or less deeply sunk;
in another group it is parallel to the border of the calyx-tube;
while a further series shows a broad, conspicuous rim, recurved
and folded outwards, overlapping the sides of the calyx-tube.
The primary ribs of the fruit-calyx are 4 or 5 in number, in
conformity with the angularity or degree of rotundity of the
fruit, and they exhibit a marked variation in the measure of
prominence attained. A range of dimension from 1-2 cm. in
diameter occurs at the apex of the fruit, with a similar variation
in length from apex to base. The pedicels vary in length from
l-3i cm.; they are stout, slender, terete, angular, or more or less
dilated. The series was gathered from a clump of apparently
healthy plants growing in a sheltered position on a rocky (sand-
stone) hill-side, under normal conditions (as far as could be
ascertained). — Lambertia formosa Sm., Leura (A. A. Hamilton;
November, 1915), showing variation in the fruit-appendages.
The follicles vary from 1-lA cm. in length, with a similar range
in breadth; the horn on the dorsal margin varies from broadly
obtuse and 3 mm. long, to narrow-linear and 2 cm. long, straight
or curved; that on the upper angle of the valve is from barely
NOTES AND KXHIBITS. 219
produced to 5 mm. long. Both young and old fruits were ex-
hibited for comparison.— /S'^efte^'a Stephensoni Benth., La Perouse
(A. A. Hamilton; January, 1916), showing aphylly due to
environment. The specimens exhibited were taken from a shrub
about 1 m. high, which had shed its leaves to within some
15 cm. of the tips of the flowering branches. The shrub was
growing on flat, rocky country, subject to direct insolation, and
it also suffei'ed from the effects of bad drainase.
Mr. E. Cheel exhibited fresh flowering specimens, together
with coloured drawings of Callisiemon, raised from seed received
from a European firm of seedsmen, under the name of C. lanceo-
latus var. lilacina. From the same batch of seedlings, the plants
show two distinct shades of colour, (a) Filaments deep carmine-
violet to reddish-violet or pure mauve, anthers light reddish-
brown. (6) Filaments reddish-purple, anthers a shade darker
than the filaments. The general habit of the plants, and the
shading of the colours seem to indicate that they are intermediate
forms between C. rngulostis DC, (C coccineus F.v.M.) and C.
lanceolatus DC, both of which are frequently cultivated in
Europe, the former having prawn-reddish filaments, and yellowish
anthers, and the latter reddish-purple filaments and anthers. C .
rtigulosus is common in the interior of this State, and South
Australia, but rare in the Sydney district [vide Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S. Wales 1903, xxviii., p.884); and C. lanceolatus is very com-
mon along the coastal districts of this State. He showed also a
branch from another plant of the same batch of seedlings, having
solitary flowers in the axils of the leaves, an extreme departure
from the normal, dense, cylindrical spike usually seen in this
genus.
Mr. North, with the sanction of the Curator of the Australian
Museum, exhibited four specimens of the Regent Bower-bird
(Sericulus melinus), showing the various stages of the young
male, from youth to maturity. The young male, as is so fre-
quently the case in birds, closely resembles the adult female.
One received in the flesh from the Council of the Royal Zoologi-
cal Society of New South Wales on the 30th May, 1916, which
the Director, Mr. A. S. Le Souef reported as received from
220 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Brisbane in October, 1913, among others, had lived in the aviary
ever since — a period of two years and seven months, or there-
abouts—precise date not given. This specimen exhibits the first
indications of its approach towards maturity, having the feathers
of the nape and hind-neck distinctly shaded with yellow on tlie
apical portions, and around the tip with black; a few feathers on
the centre of the throat also being black. A further advance
towards maturity is shown in a specimen presented by Mr. J. T.
Cockerell, and procured by him at Lismore, Richmond River,
N.S.W., on the 2nd August, 1899, which has the general
plumage black; the base of the forehead, a patch of feathers on
the hind-neck, some on the centre of the nape, and the central
portion of the secondaries and innermost primaries orange-yellow,
the patch of feathers on the hind-neck having blackish tips. The
only trace of the plumage of the adult female is exhibited in the
feathers of the centre of the breast, the abdomen and the under
wing, and under tail-coverts. A still closer approach to the
fully adult plumage, in the amount of orange-yellow on the top
of the head, centre of nape and hind-neck, is seen in a third speci-
men, collected by Mr. Robert Grant in November-, 1895, in the
Bellingen district, further indications of the adult female also
being exhibited in the lesser and median upper wing-coverts, and
the; feathers of the lower back and rump. The fourth specimen,
a fine, old, fully adult male, with its rich and strikingly con-
trasted velvety-black and orange-yellow plumage, was procured
by Mr. J. Beveridge on the Richmond River, and was received
from him in December, 1886. It will be noted that the fulh'
adult, male plumage of the Regent Bower-bird is fir^t assumed,
not by a moult, but by a gradual change in the colour of the
feathers.
The Secretary called attention to a very interesting portrait
of tile late Sir Richard Owen, for many years an Honorary
Member of the Society, kindly presented by Mr. C. Hedley, on
behalf of Mr. G. F. Bennett, of Brisbane, whose father, the late
Dr. George Bennett, of Sydney, received the original portrait
from his friend. Sir Hichard, many years ago.
221
.STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUHOPTEHA.
Nu.;3. The Wing-venation of the Chrysopidj^,.
By R. J. TiLLYARD, M.A., B.Sc, F.L.S., F.E.8, Linnean
Macleay Felloav of the Society in Zoology.
[Plates X., x. />/.s (Transpai-ency), xi.; and eight Text-figures.]
Next to the Mi/rmfi/rf
this paper. Two broods of this species were reared from eggs
laid in Brisbane. But owing to the extreme drought, I failed
to find enough aphis to keep them ali\e, and only three pupatetl.
From one of these, the photomicrograph in Plate xi., fig. -5, was
obtained.
An exceedingly small species, (Jhrysopn B, pupated in numbers.
But the cocoons were so small (diameter 1'4 nun.), and the pupje
so delicate, that onlv moderate results were obtained with them.
These results helped materially in the successful solution of the
problem in hand, but none of the j^hotographs taken were good
enough to publish.
224 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN VEUROPTERA, iii.,
Finally, I had a large suppl}' of larv?e and pup?e of a connnon
species whose larva is found in all citrus-orchards around Sydney,
as well as on rose-bushes. The cocoons were smaller than I could
have wished, and the pupa? delicate enough to give me much
trouble and many failures before good results could be obtained.
But I was able to breed a number out, so as to obtain an imaginal
venation-scheme exactly corresponding with the pupal wing-tra-
cheation studied; this was, indeed, an c-ssential condition for a
successful result. This species proved to be one which had pre-
viously been determined for me by Mr. Esben Petersen as C.
sujnata Walker. It turned out, therefore, very fortunately, that
I am able, after the comparative failure of the work done on the
unnamed species, to offer a result based in almost every detail of
completeness upon the venation of a single, common, named
species.
Methods of Study.
The problem was first attacked along the exact lines already
laid down for the study of the tracheation of the pupal wing in
the Mynneleuntidie.. First of all, the exact date of the spinning-
up of each larva was recorded, and the cocoons arranged accord-
ing to date. Here, at the very start, an attempt to use the
knowledge gained in the case of the Myrm.elmntid(t' led to disaster.
It will be recalled that the Ant-lion larva does not j^upate at
once after spinning its cocoon, but remains tpiiescent within it
for seven or eight days. I thei'efore kept a number of cocoons
of the large Nothochrysa for several days, examining them care-
fully in a strong light each day. After four or fi\-e days (by
which time the cocoons must have been seven or eight days old,
since they had spun up before Mr. Gallard jjosted them to me),
the contents began to darken in colour. The larva Ijeing covered
with a white powdery bloom, I concluded that pupation liad
taken place. This was, alas, not the case; the darkening was
due, not to the pupation of the larva, but to the pujjation of
half-a-dozen or more ichneumon-grubs within it. Thus several
valuable days were lost; so that, when at last a cocoon was opened
which revealed a Chrysopid pupa, it was much too far advanced
BT R. J. TlLLYAlil). 225
towards the imaginal stage to Ije of any use. In this way the
most promising cocoons (i.e., the largest) were all wasted.
By this time both Chri/iiopa A and Chrysopa B were spinning
up, so I turned my attention to the larger of the two (A). Here
an additional difficulty presented itself in the smallness and
greater delicacy of the cocoon, and the activity of the pupa
Avithin it. The cocoon could not be cut open with fine scissors,
owing to the fact that the pupa would keep wriggling round so
as to face the cut, and thus sooner or later the delicate wing-
cases became damaged, either by pressure or by the lower point
of the scissors. I next tried to open a cocoon by means of a fine
sharp needle, and was delighted to find that this could be done
without damaging the wings of the pupa, if certain rules were
adhered to. Firstly, owing to the method of
spinning the cocoon, it appeared that the silken
envelope does not tear unevenly in all directions,
but can be made to split exactly along any parallel
of latitude (taking the ends of the Icmgest axis as
the poles) if the point of the needle is exerted in
that direction. Secondly, if the point selected to ,„
, . 1 .1 ifXt-fig. 1."
start on is at about the level of the lid of the cocoon
when opened by the pupa itself naturally, the split comes \ er\'
readily, and the point of the needle is not likely to touch the
wings of the Avrigglesome pujia. This position is about the same
as that selected when "topping" a boiled egg at breakfast, and
is shown in Text-fig. 1 .
Having solved the problem of how to open the cocoon without
damaging the pupal wings, the next difficulty wa;^ to extract the
})upa, which, as soon as the lid of the cocoon was lifted, became
very actiAe, and kept wriggling round from sifle to side, so as
always to face the point of the needle. I found the best plan
was to continue the cut until the lid could be either taken com-
pletely off, or turned over backwards, so as to expose the head of
the pupa. If now the pupa, as it generally did, resolutely re-
* Cocoon of L'hr>/-^opa xiijiuifa Walk., cofiectlj- opened: ( - (i).
rp-
226 STUDIBS IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, lii.,
fused to leave the cocoon, T took a pair of fine forceps, seized it
uickly just below each projecting eye, anil so lifted it out bodily.
This (operation may flatten one or both eyes, but it will not
damage the wings.
Piipje of Chrysopa A wei-e extracted fi'oin cocoons seven or
eight days old. The wings were pale whitish, and appeared at
the first glance to be in every way suited for my purpose. But,
under a lens, it was seen that the imaginal wings were, in nearly
all cases, strongly rucked or crumpled within the wing-sheath, so
that the tracheation could not be properly followed out. Hence
the whole of this batch of valuable larvje and pupi« had to be
sacrificed, in order to discover, firstly, how long the larva re-
mained in the cocoon before pupating, and secondly, how long it
was before rucking of the imaginal wing in the pupal wing-sheath
began to occur. In the course of these trials, I was fortunate in
obtaining a photograph of the hind wing of a pupa of this species
which T determined as being nearly three days old (the cocoon
was over six days old, and the average duration of larval life,
bef(jre pupation occurred, had been determined as three and a
half days in the case of this species). In this photograph the
rucking had just begun (Plate xi., fig. 3), and this condition
helped to' elucidate a knotty question of venation, as I have ex-
plained below on p. 240.
By this time I had hopes that my ditticulties were at an end,
as I now had left over only material of the two smallest species,
ijhrijsupa B and C . sujnata. The larva; of Chrymjm B fed up at
a great rate, and spun up well ahead of those of C. xignatjt^
althovigh most of the eggs of both species hatched at about the
same time. The weather was very hot and dry, and this may
have been orte cause of their activity. One larva actually spini
its cocoon on the ei(/hfh day after hatching from the egg, and
emerged as an imago six days later! I found the cocoons and
pupie of Chrysopa B most difficult tf» handle, since they were so
small and delicate. However, one was extracted just after the
act of pupation (the larval skin being even not fully cast oft").
This was killed by being dropped into a tube of water, in which
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 227
a drop of chloroform had been shaken up, and A\a,s then placed
on a slide on its side, so that its \yings could be examined.
A further crop of new ditHculties now arose. The hiudwing
could not be examined because the forewing co\'ered it almost
completely, Iving obliquely across it; while the forewing ii\ its
turn was partly covered by the large spiral coil of the immensely
long antenna, which was pressed down Hat upon it. (see Text-fig.
2). Moreover, both antenna and wings were sticky, and could
not be persuaded to separate, except by in- ni _^-"^^^
serting the point of a needle between them — \fir\ \ a
a proceeding which seemed bound to cause ® L^ XX.
some dislocation of the delicate tracheal plan. j/V\ \\
After this separation had been effected, the ^ //^ ^'j ]
long antenna was cut off close to the base, N^Y^^y-n '^^
and removed. The two wings were then y ^^Q^- ■..a.c
dissected away with fine scissors, and floated z<\ \ 7
off on to a glass slide. They were then ex- ^<^l \ \y
amined under a low power, when it was seen
that considerable displacement of the tra- "'"'
cheation had taken place. Enough of the main plan, however,
could be made out to show how remarkably specialised it was,
and how important it would be to obtain an absolutely perfect
record of it.
By this time I was reduced to a single source of suitply. viz.
Chrysopa Huinafn. Fortunately my own larvie were supplemented
by two batches of larv?e received frtjm Mr. Gallard, so that, in
all, I still had some two dozen larvie available. These began to
spin up about the middle of Noxember, and had all completed
their cocoons within a few days of one another. After waiting
three days, 1 opened two cocoons, and found that they still I'oii
tained larvte. These cocoons were closed up again, the lids being
held in place by cotton-wool. The following day, one of the
larvje pupated. This pupa was taken when less than one day
"Pupa of Chrysopa siijnata Walk., after extraction from cocoon; ( x 9).
a, antenna: ac, its spiral coil adhering to the forewing; e, eye; Fir, fore-
wing; //('•, hinilwing; in, pupal niandihle.s.
228 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN KEUROPTERA, iii.,
old, and was treated as explained for the pupa of Chrysopa B
above. The dissection was carried out with the greatest care.
But though tliere was scarcely any displacement of the trachea-
tion, it was found that a certain amount of blood-plasma, and
some fatty tissue, had found their way into the bases of the wings,
rendering them too opaque for observation.
Further pupte were now taken, all about one day old, since it
appeared that only on the first day or two were the wings free
fi-om rucking within the wing-sheath. The wings were carefully
dissected off, but in no case could T obtain a satisfactory result.
The wing-sheaths were so delicate that the use of a cover-slip
completely upset the tracheation; also it seemed quite hopeless
to use the scissors without causing some alteration in the positions
of the main tracheal stems.
I now tried the following plan, which 1 am glad to say proved
entirely successful, and enabled me to obtain the results shown
in this paper. Having determined that the tracheation must be
studied without the use of any dissecting methods, I took a pupa
of (J. sufnata about one day old, and killed it in the usual manner.
I then took two glass slides, and moistened them so as to make
them cling firmly together. The upper slide was selected so as
to be as near as possible of a thickness e<(ual to the height of the
[)iipal thorax up to the wing-base. This slide was then slipped
back along the lower one, so as to leave nearly an inch of the
latter exposed. T then took hold of the pupa by the legs with a
fine forceps, cut off and removed the right anteinia, and carefully
.Separated the two wings on the right side, with the point of a
fine needle. (The mark made by the needle can be seen as an
obli([ue depression ruiuiing in from near the middle of the pos-
terior border of the hinflwing in Plate xi., fig. 1). The i)Upa was
tlien i)laced carefully down, dorsum upwards, on the free portion
of tlic lowei- slide, the right pair of wings being raised up so as
to })roject at right angles to the body-axis, supported upon the
upper slide. The pupa and its wings were kept thoroughly wet
with water during this operation. Finally, the body of the pupa
was gently pressed until it came to lie close up to and parallel
BY R. J. TILLYARD.
229
with the free edge of the upper slide, no tlmt the whole ni tlio
two wings lay flatly out over this slide (Text-fig. 3). No cover-
slip was used. (This same operation was afterwards performed
on other pupa?, with the addition of a cover-slip let down gently
upon tlie wings; but tliis was found to cause displacement of
some of the trachea?). The wings were then photographed by
njeansc^ Keichert's photo-micrographic apparatus, and the results
obtained which are shown
in Plate xi., figs. 1-2. Tm-
Miediately afterwai'ds, the camera-
lucida drawing of the traclieation,
shown in Text-fig.5, was obtained
from this same pupa. Thus at last
success was obtained. T may add
that photographs and th*a wings
were made from several other pujja'
of C. Hiynata, and that all of theses
agi^eed practically in ever}- single
detailf ^^'ith tlie one figured. Thus
the results do not rest upon a single
observation, but ai-e hasefl up(ni a
Toxt-fig.3."
considerable mass of evidence
Critical Htndij of the Wiiuf-Ycnation of Chrysopa signata Walker.
We can now pass to the study of the traclieation of the pupal
wing, with a view to elucidating the venation of the imaginal
wing. This latter is shown in Textfig.4 (p.230), with the usually
accepted nomenclatui'e of the veins, according to the Comstock-
Needham notation. This nomenclatiu-e has been employed b}-
Banks, Petersen, Navas, and other systematists for the past ten
years or moi-e. As far as I can gather, nobody has yet doubted
* Diagram to show method of studying the pvipal wings of Chrysopa;
( x8) : «. coil of left antenna; a , cut end of right antenna; Fir, forewing;
Hw, hindwing: L, lower glass slide; m, pupal mandibles; l\ upper glass
slide.
tin some specimens, there may be a small fork at tlie extreme tip uf Rs
or Sj.
230
STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUKOPTERA, ill.,
its general accuracy. Petersen, liowever, has recently stated to
me (in litt.) his conviction that the venation of the Chrysojndcf
is "the most abnormal of all the families" — a statement which
certainl}' implies a strong suspicion that this venation is not quite
as simple as the accepted scheme would make it appear to he.
Text-fig.4. — Wings of C/t /•//■■^o^xt su/nnta Walk.; imagi), ( x 9), with the
generally accepted notation: cui-cii^, the three "cubital cells'" of
Banks; dr, "divisoiy veinlet" of Bank.s; , inner, and //' outer
series of gi'adate veins; jit, pterostignia. Other letters as usual in
the Comstock-Needhani notation.
The most striking feature of the Chrysopid wing, if we accept
the usual notation (Text-fig.4) is the fact that it is divided longi-
tudinally b}' a remarkably strong, straight, median vein (M),
terminating on the posterior border, below the le\el of the ptero-
stigma, some distance before the apex. In the hindwing, this
vein leaves the radius (R) close to the base, and runs absolutely
straight through the wing. In the forewing, however, it shows
a slight kink not far f i-om its origin, at a point where an oblique
cross-vein descends ti^ Cn. The curved portion of the vein M
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 231
hereabouts is supported underneath liy a small vein placed
concavely to it, arisinfi; from the cross-vein, and curvinj^- up
to join tlie media itself at or near the foot of the first
cross-vein descendin*;- from the radial sector (Rs). This small
concave vein has been termed the divisori/ vpiuJet (dv) by Banks,
as it is supposed to divide the complete "third cubital cell'^c//,)
into two unequal parts. The exact shape and position of this
divisory veinlet have been used by Banks with considerable
success in diagnosing the diftei'ences between numerous closelj"
related species. The two undivided cells lying between M and
Cu proximad to the "kink" are teraied by Banks the first and
aecond ciibital celh respectively {cii-^, cuo). As it is usual, in the
Comstock-Needham terminolog)^, to name the basal spaces after
the main veiias bounding them above, and not below, it would
have been moi-e consistent to have termed these thi'ee cells the
"median cells," reserving the term "cubital cells" for those in
the row below them.
The gradate reins {y, y') are very constant in position in the
Chrysopidce, forming two series of cross- veins rising, as it were, in
a series of steps from the media upwards through the parallel
branches of the radial sector. Often, as in the species under
discussion, the inner series of gradate veins {y) is one less in
number than the outer series ((/'); sometimes the inner series is
much reduced in number.
The form of the pterostiyma {pf) varies greatly in the different
species, and is never of more than specific value. In C. slynata,
there is a distinct greenish pterostigma on both wings. That of
the forewing is confined between C and Sc, and svipported
beneath by six cross-veins between Sc and R. In the hindwing
it is denser, and is continued into the space between Sc and R.
The cross-veins in this space are, however, present, though not
easy to see.
The result of a study of the pupal wing-tracheation (Text-fig.
5) shows us that the accepted interpretation of the imaginal
venation is quite incorrect as regards the media and cubitus of
both wings, and also as regards the origin of the radial sector in
232
STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iii.,
the hindwing. 'I'he supposed media and cubitus prove to be two
excessively complex veins peculiar to the Chrysopidc^. The
original media and cubitus of this extraordinary wing-venation
have become reduced and contorted, so that their courses could
not even he guessed at without reference to the pupal trachea-
tion. The two new complex veins do indeed more or less fill
Text-fig.5. — Tracheation of wings of pupa of C. siffnata Walk.,( x 54). For
lettering, see Explanation of Plate x. (Camera-lucida drawing from
freshly-killed pupa).
the places usually occupied by the media and cubitus in un-
specialised Neuropterous wings. Therefore, as it is quite impos-
sible to give to these veins the complex names that would indi-
cate their true nature, I propose to name them at once the
pseudo-media and the pseudo-cuhitus respectively, in order to
facilitate discussion, and to distinguish them clearly from the
true media and cubitus. I suggest also the notation M' for the
pseudo-media, and Cu' for the pseudo-cubitus, as shown in
Plate X.
In order to trace the courses of the true media and cubitus,
and to understand how the pseudo-media and pseudo-cubitus
have supplanted them in the Chrysopid wing, let us turn now
to the study of the pupal tracheation, as shown in Text-fig.5 and
BY R. J. TILLYAUD. 233
in Plate xi., figs. 1-2. As a further aid to this study, I have
given tlie correct interpretation of the imaginal wing- venation
in Plate x., overlaid in red, on transparent paper, by a diagram-
matic representation of the pupal tracheation, to show the part
played by each trachea in the formation of the veins. We shall
divide our study up into three parts, viz., (1) the radial sector
and its branches, (2) the true media, and (3) the true cubitus.
Having traced these out, we can then visualise the extraordinary
structure of the pseudo-media and pseudo-cubitus.
(1) The Riidial Sector (Rs) and its Branches. — The radial sector
(Rs) arises from R, in the forewing, at a considerable distance
from the wing-base, at a points called the radial fork {rf). Pupal
tracheation and imaginal venation agree on this point. In the
hind wing, however, the supposed origin of Rs in the imaginal
venation (the point x) is seen by reference to the pupal trachea-
tion to be a false origin, and really represents the origin of the
first cross-vein between R and Rs. The true origin lies mucli
closer to the base, at the point marked rj\ which has up till now
been taken as the origin of M.
In both wings, if we look at the tracheation, Rs gives off ten
posterior branches. These J have named Sj, &?2 • • • S}o ^or con-
venience of reference (instead of the more cumbrous Rs^^, Rs^,
etc.), Sj being the most distally placed. Turning to the imaginal
venation, we see that only six branches of Rs are visible, viz..
Si to Sg. What has happened to the other four, viz., S>. to Sjq'?
The answer is supplied by a glance at Text-fig.5, followed by a
reference to the ti-ansparency overlying Plate x. These four
branches are, in fact, bent in their middle portions so as to ruii
lonyitudinally, and thus give rise to a continuous Banksian
Li7ie, homologous with that already shown to exist in a number
of Myrmeleontid genera.* For this reason, I propose to call
these four branches the four Banksian sectors, Bj to B^. Thus
* See No. 1 of the.se Studie.s, in these Proceedings, 1915, pp. 734-752,
Vol. xl. , Part 4. Navas has termed this line in Myrmeleontidce the "linea
plicata," a singularly inappropriate term, it seems to me, for a formation
which, though of composite origin, is in its highest expression an absolutely
straight line without any folding in its composition.
18 yf^
LIBRARY
234 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iii.,
Bi = S-, Bn^Sg, B, = 89, and B4— -Sk,. It will be seen at once
that the Banksian Line formed by the middle longitudinal por-
tion of these four sectors is the distal portioti of the pseiidu
media.
The importance of these four Banksian sectors does not, how-
ever, end here. Three of them, viz., B., to B4, after dropping
below the level of the pseudo-media, again become bent longi-
tudinally to form a second Banksian Line. This is clearlv seen
to 1)6 the distal portion of the pseiido-cubit^is.
(2) The true Media (M). —In the tracheation, the stem of M is
distinct from R; in the venation, the two are fused basally for a
short distance. The true media then divei-ges slightly from R,
and runs to a point called the median fork (mf), lying imme
diately below the radial fork in the hindwing, but a little
proximad to it in the forewing. From here onwards, the course
of M in the venation is so disguised that it is necessary to turn
to the tracheation for elucidation. Then we see at once that M
has two branches, Mj and M.,, arising at 7uf — a fact which could
never have been proved from the imaginal venation alone. The
problem is also complicated by the very different behaviour of
these two branches in fore and hindwing respectively; so that it
will be necessary to trace them out in each wing separately.
In the forewing, Mj on leaving m/ arches slightly upward, but
does not come into contact with Rs, from which it remains
separated by a full cell's width. It then runs longitudinally
towards the down-curving portion of B4, and passes close under
the sector for a short distance, before it (MJ turns downwards
in a second bend. It then turns to run longitudinally again for
a second short distance, and again approaches and runs alongside
B4 Finally, it breaks up into two small branches descending
to the wing-border. Thus we see that M, performs the part of
another Banksian sector, and helps in turn to form both the
pseudo-media and the pseudo-cubitus.
The lower branch, Mo, on leaving m/, runs concavely to Mj,
and then approaches it again, so as to isolate between Mj and
itself a small oval area, which can be recognised at once in the
imaginal venation as the cell lying just above the "divisory
BY H. J. TILLY-ARD. 235
veinlet"— the latter, of course, being a portion of M^ itself.
After running close below Mj for a short distance, M„ drops
down to the level of the pseudo-cubitus, and plays a part, in
helping to form that vein, exactly similar to the part played by
Ml. Finally, it branches into two, and drops to the wing-
border.
It will be seen that, owing to the fact that M, and Mg in the
forewing twice recede from and approach towards one another,
two curved areas are isolated off between them. In the imaginal
venation, owing to the fusion of Mj with Mg for about half a
cell's-length along the pseudo-media, these two cells are widely
separated. The first is the small cell above the "divisory
veinlet " ; the second is the large hexagonal cell lying next distad
from the so-called third cubital-cell of Banks (cti^ in Text- fig. 4).
These two cells being enclosed by both branches of the true
media, I propose to name them the Jii'st and second intra-median
cells respectively, with the notation im^, im,, so as to distinguish
them clearly from the three median cells, ni^, m^, and m^, which
are of course the "cubital-cells" of Banks. As regards the
term "divisory veinlet," this is obviously a most misleading and
inaccurate term, since it is, firstly, not a veinlet at all, but a
portion of the main vein Mg, and, secondly, it does not divide
anything, since the true third median cell ("thii'd cubital" of
Banks) lies entirely outside it. I propose, therefore, to term
this small portion of M„ the median loop, with the notation m.1.
It should not be lost sight of, also, that the upper part of the
cross- vein from which rtil appears to arise is also a portion of Mo,
and is therefore analogous with the upper part of the well-known
formation in the Dragonfly wing, called the arculus. It is not
homologous with it, however, since in the Dragonfly wing it is
the main stem of M which drops from R to form the arculus,
whereas in the present case it is Mj dropping from M at mf.
Th§ term rnedvin arculus (ma) is suggested as a suitable name
for this formation.
In the hindwing, the behaviour of the true media is different.
The main stem M is very short, so that the median fork mf
comes directly under the radial fork rj\ not far from the base of
236 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NRUROPTEKA, iii.,
the wing. Thus Mj, on arching up from mf^ conies at once close
up under Rs. There follows an extraordinary adaptation on the
part of this latter trachea and its most proximal branch 1^4.
By means of an upward curving of Rs below a?, and a bending
of B4 convexly to Mj, the triangular area between the thiee
trachefe Rs, Mj, and B4 is reduced to a minimum. This area is
represented in the imaginal venation by the minute triangle /.
Several consequences arise at once from this, which can l)e best
noticed by comparing the venation of the hindwing with tliat of
the forewing. Firstly, the portion of B4 descending from Rs is
almost completely obliterated. Consequently, the place of B4 in
bounding the cell marked h is taken by the obliquely ascending
portion of Rs, which meets the cross- vein below x. As a further
consequence of this arrangement, the cross-vein from x appears
to be the real basal part of Rs, and x appears to be the radial
fork. It is, indeed, no slur on tlie intelligence of all those who
have hitherto worked on this family, that they assumed this to
be so without any doubt; for who could possibly have supposed
otherwise, unless he had the pupal tracheation before him as
convincing proof % A second consequence to be noted is that
the true basal portion of Rs, being fused with Mj for almost its
whole length, takes on the appearance of being actually the stem
of the media; and this appearance is even more definite when we
note how closelv the true stem of the media in the forewing
resembles this. Thirdly, M, itself, being fused with Rs for such
a great part of its length, becomes quite lost in the imaginal
venation, except indeed for the small vein ascending from mf to
Rs, which is, of course, its extreme basal portion. Fourthly, the
true main stem of the media in the hindwing (as will be more
fully seen below) comes into line with the pseudo-cubitus, and
forms the basal portion of that extraordinarily complex \ ein.
The course of M, in the hindwing, after it leaves B4, is similar
to that in the forewing, and need not be further discussed. M.,
however, from its origin at mt\ follows a considerably simpler
course than it does in the forewing. There is no median arculus,
and no median loop. Indeed, M.j simply runs parallel to and
below Mj for a considerable distance, finally meeting Mj where it
BY R. J. TILLTAkt). 237
drops upon the pseudo-cubitus, and dividing to send" two branches
to the wing-bordei'. Thus, instead of two isolated separate cells
being enclosed between Mj and Mn, as in the forewing, only one
elongated cell lies between them. In the imaginal venation,
this long cell is divided across the middle by a cross-vein. The
two portions may be called the frst and second intra-mediau
cells, with the notation im-^ and im„, as in the forewing. It will
be noticed that Mo in the hindwing forms about twice as large a
portion of the pseudo-cubitus as it does in the forewing.
(3) The true Cubitus (Cu).— The course of this trachea, and of
the resulting veins in the imaginal wing, is so different in fore
and hindwings that these must be dealt with separately. In
the forewing, trachea Cu bends sharply up towards M, quite
close to the base. It then runs almost straight to the cubital
fork, cw/; which lies at a level half way between the base and
mf. From cuj\ Cuj runs almost straight on until it meets M„
dropping on to the pseudo-cubitus; it then gives ofi" two descend-
ing branches, and finally drops to the wing-border. In the
venation, the basal approach towards M becomes a fusion, the
bend being excessive. Then follows a nearly straight portion,
which expands laterally so as to appear almost like two veins
running side by side for some distance from cw/" (shown in Plate
X., by a thickening of Cuj). I do not know the reason for this,
and have not been able to detect any thing but the single trachea
Cu, in this region of the pupal wing. The rest of the vein Cu,
forms a portion of the pseudo-cubitus, together witli the three
transverse veins descending to the wing-border. Cuo diverges
slightly from Cu,, and runs in a gentle curve to the wing-border,
ending up just before the most proximal branch of Cu,. In the
venation, two cross-veins connect it with Cu,, and a short,
strong cross- vein descends from it on to lA, just distad iromcuj'.
In the hindwing, Cu is not fused basally with M. The main
stem of Cu is shortened, so that cu/ comes to lie very close to
the base, at a level proximad to that of m/! From cuf, Cu, runs
straight on until it gives off its most proximal branch, when it
performs the extraordinary evolution of arching up to meet M.^,
and so reaches the level of the pseudo-cubitus, of which it now
238 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTKRA, iii.,
forms apart. I have called the point where the arching begins
the second cubital fork (cuf). It is clear that we have in the
hind wing a more specialised condition of Cuj than is shown in
the forewing, and that it is correlated with what we may call
the shifting of the levels of the basal portions of Ks and M
downwards in this wing. In other words, the distal portion of
Cuj still plays its part in helping to form the pseudo-cubitus,
even though the basal part of that vein is no longer formed from
Cu (as in the forewing), but from M. Finally, Cu„ in the hind-
wing is a simple vein leaving Cu at cuf, and connected with lA
basally by a cross-vein. Its actual appearance is rather as if it
belonged to lA than to Cu.
Just as intra-median cells are formed between the two branches
of M, so intra-cnhital cells are formed between Cuj and C\x„.
There are three of these in the forewing, viz., icrti, icu^, icu^,
owing to the development of two cross-veins. In the hind-
wing, there is only one narrow undivided cell, icu. The cubital
cell (cu) is simple, and lies between the main stems of Cu and 1 A.
Having completed our study of the radial sector, the true
media, and the true cubitus, we are now in a position to analyse
the complex veins which I have called the pseudo-media and
pseudo-cubitus respectively. These may be tiaced out with the
aid of Plate x., and the overlying transparency.
7'^e Pseudo-media (M'). — ^In the forewing, this vein arises from
R near the base. Up to 7nf, it is formed by M; beyond mf, it is
formed by Mj above im^, then by Mj and M, united for half a
cell's length, then by Mj, B^, B3, B2, and B, overlapping each
other in turn, and finally by Bj alone. This last vein forks just
before reaching the wing-border. In the hindwing, the pseudo-
media likewise arises from R close to the base, but it is formed
first of all by Rs for a short distance, then by Rs and M, united,
then by B^ and M, united, then by B4, Bg, Bo, and Bj overlapping
each other in turn, and finally by Bj alone, with a distal forking
as in the forewing.
The cells formed above the pseudo-media between the descend-
ing Manksian sectors are four in number in the forewing, three
in the hind (omitting the minute triangle t, which is the remnant
BY R. J. tlLLYARi). 230
of the fourth). These may be termed the upper series of Banksian
cells (6). The cells formed below the pseudo-media between these
same sectors are four in number in each wing, and may be called
the lomer series of Banksian cells (b'). They lie distad from im„.
The Pseudo-cuhitus (Cu'). - In the forewing, this vein is formed
basaJly by the main stem of Cu up to cuf. It is then continued
by Cui, Mo, Ml, B4, Bj,, and Bo overlapping each other in turn,
and finally ends on Bj alone, with a small distal forking. In the
hindwing, the pseudo-cubitus arises from R, proximad to the
origin of M'. It is formed basal ly by the main stem of M as far
as mf, then by M2 alone, then by M., and Cuj fused for two cells'
length, then by M„ alone again for a cell's length, then by M2,
Ml, B4, B3, and Bo overlapping each other in turn, and finally
by B„ alone, with a distal forking as in the forewing. The cells
between it and the posterior wing-border may be termed the
posterior series of cells (p).
We are now able to realise how exceedingly complex these
two apparently simple longitudinal veins really are, and how
impossible it would be, by any protracted studies in the com-
parative venation of the imagines of the family and its allies,
to arrive at the solution which was all the time ready to our
hands, for anyone who cared to take the trouble to obtain the
pupae in the right stage. That solution shows us, indeed, that
the wing-venation of the Chrysopidte is not only, as Petersen
suspected, " the most abnormal of all the families," but that it is
indeed one of the most abnormal and highly specialised vena-
tions to be found within the Insecta. Judged from this stand-
point, the (Jhrysopidcp stand far and away above all other Neu-
roptera in the effect and extent of their wing-specialisation.
One point remains to be mentioned in connection with the
complex veins M' and Cu'. If we compare Text-fig.5 and Plate
xi , figs. 1-2, with the transparency overlying Plate x., we see
that, in order to achieve the imaginal result, the overlappiny of
the Banksian sectors, one upon another, needs to be much greater
than it is in the pupal wing. In fact, as seen in Text-fig.5, these
do not overlap at all, but barely meet. How can we explain
thisi The answer is that the overlapping is not present in the
240 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPlERA. iii.
freshly formed pupal wing, but is formed during the subsequent
rucking of the wing, which begins on the second or third day of
pupal life. In Plate xi., fig. 3, I photographed the hindwing of
a pupa of Chryso'pa A, nearly three days old. Here tlie trans-
verse rucking is plainly to be seen beginning, and the overlapping
is already very considerable. In a pupa four or five days old, the
rucks are so great that a photograph is useless. However, the
final amount of overlapping is easily determined by working back
from Rs at the apex of the wing, and counting the number of
distal forks {df). Thus in both wings of C . ^^gnata there ai'e no
forks on Sj to 84; Sg and Sg are forked; Bj, Bo, and IJg are simi-
larly forked; B4 has a branch as well as a small fork: Mj and
M2 each send two veins to the border, and Cuj three. Counting
backwards, therefore, these can all be correctly placed. As the
positions of Bj to B4 on Rs are known also, it follows that the
amount of overlapping of, say, B3 on B4, in order to carry each
of tliese veins from its original level on Rs to its final level on
the posterior wing-border, must be as shown in the transparency.
The result might also have been deduced, with very little doubt,
from a study of Plate xi., Hg.3, alone.
The Forviation of the PterosfAgyna. —This peculiar, thickened,
green patch on the wing is not present in all species. Its forma-
tion is rather striking. Instead of running along under the
pterostigma to form its base, as we might expect, 8c only
penetrates a very short way from the pi'oximal end of tlie patch.
Beyond that, a series of small tracheas arises from R, and their
ends bend over so as to continue roughly the line which we
should have expected Sc to follow. This accounts for the pre-
sence of the cross-veins between Sc and R in the imaginal vena-
tion. It also probably explains why the pterostigma descends to
R in the hindwing, since there is no continuous trachea 8c inter-
posed between R and the costal margin.
The Anal Veins. — ^In the pupal tracheation there are three
distinct anal veins arising somewhat in a bunch below Cu. In
the forewing, lAis branched; likewise 2A, but the proximal
branch descends upon 3 A, and appears as a cross-vein in the
imaginal venation; 3 A is unbranched, but undergoes a double
BY R. J. TILLY AHL). 241
curvature which brings it into contact with the wing-border
between the base and the anal angle. In the hindwing, the
anal veins are smaller, and quite inconspicuous; lA and 2A are
simple; 3A is short, but sends a small branch to the wing-
border above the anal angle. In both wings, lA is connected
with ("Uo by a cross- vein close to its origin; in the forewing, in
addition, a short cross-vein connects lA with 2 A.
It seems probable that very satisfactory, constant, specific
characters could, in many cases, be obtained from comparative
studies of the anal veins in closely allied species. I5ut the
differences in the regions of Rs, M', and Cu' are so numerous and
striking that they should always be given preference over the
differences in the anal region. The following appear to be the
venational differences on which sound species of Chrysopa may
be based.
(1) General shape of wing (breadth, acuteness or roundness of
apex, etc.).
(2) Form of the costa and costal area, especially in forewing,
where the costa is often arched upwards, as seen in C. sirpiata.
Number of costal cross- veins.
(3) Presence or absence of pterostigma; if present, its extent
and density; also the number and position of the hypostiymatic
cross-veins between Sc and R.
(4) Number of free sectors {e.g., Sj to Sg in C. signata) and of
fused or Banksian sectors (e.g., B, to B4 in C. signata) given oft'
bv Rs. Dependent upon this would be also the number of cells
between 11 and Rs, and the number of upper Banksian cells (6).
(5) Number of gradate veins in both inner and outer series.
(6) Form of the median "loop and arculus; position of distal
end of ml upon M', in relation with the foot of the cross-vein
depending from Rs.
(7) Number of closed cells beyond arculus, in space between
M' and Cu' in forewing; number of same beyond mf in hindwing.
(8) Number of distal forks (rf/'); number of simple posterior
cells ip) before the first (most proximalj distal forl<.
(9) Differences in the comparative lengths and widths of the
three median cells {m^, m^, Wg) in the forewing. Amount of
separation of im^ from ini._,.
242 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iii.,
(10) Differences in the form of the three intra-cubital cells
(icitj, ic?t.,, iciCg) in the forewing.
(11) Differences in the anal region: in particular, the curvature
of 3A, and its relationship with the wing-boider.
It is possible that a careful study of these points might reveal
a satisfactory method of subdividing the genus. No characters
which are correlated merely with size (e.g., greater or less num-
ber of branches from Rs) can legitimately be used in this con-
nection, since species of different sizes are often most closely
related.
Phytogeny of the Chrysopidcp,.
The results obtained in this paper appear to me to be suffi-
ciently striking and suggestive to enable us to understand the
phylogeny of the Chrysopidce along fairly broad lines, if not in
every minute detail. We are still unable to make the full com-
parisons between the scheme of venation in Chrysopa aiid that
of allied groups, because we have not yet obtained the scheme of
the pupal tracheation in those groups. For example, it would
be very instructive to compare theChrysopid venation with that
of the Apochjysidfe. But the pnpal tracheation of the latter is
not known, and indeed is never likely to be discovered, since no
larva of this family has yet been found. All we can do is to
compare the imaginal venations, using them with the greatest
care, and applying stringent tests to our conclusions. The same
holds good if we desire to compare the venation of Chrysopa
itself with that of other genera of Chrysopidce. The nearer
the relationship, the closer will be the comparison: but we have
to remember that, so far, no other genus except Chrysojm has
had its scheme of tracheation worked out, so that this final court
of appeal is denied to us.
It seems safe to lay down the following rule to enable us to
distinguish at sight a true media from a pseudo-media, in what-
ever wing it might occur: — The apparent median vein, is a true
viedia if the branches of Rs nearest the base of the wiiiy do not
descend directly on to it, but run long iludu tally above and more
or less parallel to it. If, hotvever, one or more of these branches
BY U. J. TlLLYARD.
243
descend upon the apparent meiHan vein, then that vein must be
considered to he a pseudo-media.
The same test cannot, of course, be applied to the pseudo-
cubitus, the only sure arbiter in this case being the pupal tra-
cheation. It seems, however, inherently probable that the two
formations - pseudo-media and pseudo-cubitus— must go together:
since, if the true media is displaced and reduced sufficiently to
allow of the formation of a pseudo-media, it seems almost essen-
tial that the true cubitus must suffer displacement and reduction
as well.
Text-fig.6. — Forewing and basal portion of hindwing of an Apochiysid,
OUgochry)dpos, with hidden red.
^.17 mm. [Head and thorax rubbed. Palpi broken]. An-
tenniB whitish, upper surface finely barred with dark fuscous.
[Thorax rubbedj. Abdomen pale grey. Legs ochreous-whitish;
anterior tibioe and all tarsi annulated with fuscous. Forewings
broad, posteriorly dilated, costa strongly arched, apex rectangular,
termen slightly sinuate, rounded towards tornus; dark grey ob-
scurely reticulated with reddish-orange; costa finely strigulated
with dark fuscous; a semilunar, whitish blotch on dorsum, not
extending to base or tornus, on this the reddish-orange reticula-
BY A. .tEFFERtS TURNEK. ^55
tions are conspicuous; cilia fuscous, with an obscure, median,
reddish line, apices whitish. Hindwings with termen strongly
sinuate: grey-whitish obscurely strigulated with grey; cilia grey-
whitish.
One example.
Subf am. C o s M o p x K K y g i N ^ .
,MlCROCOLONA CELiENGSPILA, n.sp.
K€A,an'oo"7riAos, dark-spotted-
^2- 9-10 ™"^ Head pale fuscous Palpi whitish; second
joint dark fuscous anteriorly exeept at apex; terminal joint with
basal, median, and apical dark fuscous rings. Antennae fuscous.
Thorax dark fuscous, with a posterior whitish spot. Abdomen
dark fuscous. Legs fuscous, inferior surface and tarsal annula-
tions whitish. Forewings narrow; whitish suffused with grey,
especially towards costa, and with scanty, dark fuscous irrora-
tion; a blackish discal dot narrowly ringed with whitish at |, a
second preceding first on fold, a third similar to first in disc at
^: a blackish, apical dot surrounded with whitish; cilia dark
grey. Hindwings narrowly lanceolate; grey; cilia grey.
Three examples, two ^ in good condition, and a wasted $.
H0PL0PHANES(?) LITHOCOLLETA, n.Sp.
XidoKoXXifTos, inlaid with precious stones.
^. 9 mm. Head and palpi ochreous-whitish. Antennae grey;
basal joint ochreous-whitish. Thorax whitish-ochreous. Abdo-
men grey. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior tibiae and tarsi
fuscous anteriorly; posterior tibiae grey on upper surface. Fore-
wings rather broadly lanceolate; ochreous, suffused with whitish
towards base and before apex; a lustrous, opaline, median streak
from base to .^, edged with fuscous; a similar and nearly parallel
streak from costa near base extending an equal distance; a short,
transverse, opaline mark on midcosta; an opaline spot on dorsum
before tornus, and another on tornus, the former thickly edged
with blackish; a transverse, dark fuscous line from beneath |
costa extending | across disc; a large, apical, fuscous spot; cilia
fuscous, on costa, beneath apex, and on tornus whitish-ochreous.
Hindwings lanceolate, acute; grey; cilia grey.
256 LEPIDOPTERA OF EBOR SCRUB, N.S.W., iii.,
I doubt whether this is a true Hoplophanes, but think it best
included in this genus provisionally. One example, taken flying
in the sunshine.
Subfani. Xyloryctin^.
Gen. Xylomimetes, n.gen.
^vAo/xtjLiT/TT/s, an imitator of wood.
Palpi moderately long, ascending, recurved; second joint long,
reaching base of antennje, thickened with closely appressed
scales, rather strongly expanded at apex; terminal joint about |
second, more slender, smooth, acute. Antennse of ^ slightly
serrate, shortly ciliated. Thorax not crested. Forewings with
tufts of raised scales in disc on upper surface; 2 from |, 7 absent,
8 and 9 short-stalked, or closely approximated at base and for
some distance. Hind wings with 3 and 4 connate, 5 weakly
developed, 6 and 7 connate. Anterior tibia? expanded with dense
hair-scales.
Type Pilustibes Irachyptera Turn., (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust.,
1900, p. 6). A very distinct genus, most nearly allied to Filostibes
Meyr.
Xylomimetes scholastis, n.sp.
o-\oA(/.crTis, .sluggish.
(J. 40 mm. Head white, base of sidetufts and face brownish.
Palpi brownish, terminal joint and apex of .second joint white.
Antennse brown-whitish; ciliations in ^ |. "Thorax whitish,
posteriorly brownish-tinged. Abdomen whitish; second segment
and bases of succeeding segments on dorsum ferruginous irrorated
with whitish. Legs brown- whitish; posterior pair whitish.
Forewings oblong, somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa moder-
ately arched near base and apex, in middle nearly straight, apex
rounded, termen slightly oblique, rounded beneath; four, strong
tufts of raised scales, one at base of dorsum, one on fold about
middle, and one at each posterior angle of cell; pale whitish-
brown; a broad, suffused, white, costal streak, narrow at base,
and not reaching apex; a fine, blackish, longitudinal streak from
^ to middle along upper edge of cell; two or three, fine, short,
similar streaks on veins beyond middle; cilia pale brownish
BY A. .TEFFRRIS TURKER.' f2P)7
barred with whitish. Hind wings considerably Iji'oader than
forewings; ochreous-whitish; cilia ochreous-whitisli.
Closely allied to A', trachyptera. which is also a scrub-species.
One example, beaten from undeigrowth. It fell to the ground
and remained motionless, exactly resembling a fragment of dead
wood.
Subfam. Q^coPHORiN.i:.
EULACHNA XAXTHOSPILA, n.sp.
^avdou-TTiXos., jellow-ypotted.
(J. 9 12 mm. Head blackish, lower edge of face ochreous.
Palpi ochreous; terminal joint dark fuscous. Antennfe blackisli;
ciliations in (J 1-i. Thorax and abdomen blackish. Legs black-
ish; coxse and femora ochreous; tibiae and tarsi annulated with
ochreous. Forewings narrow, posteriorly somewhat dilated,
costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, terraen very obliquely
rounded; blackish; markings ochreous-yellow, a narrow, oblique,
sub-basal fascia from base of costa gradually expanding towards
dorsum; a costal spot just beyond I, and another just beyond g;
a larger spot on | dorsum, with an acute apex reaching mid-disc;
cilia blackish. Hind wings ovate-lanceolate; dark fuscous; cilia
dark fuscous.
Two (J examples.
OCYSTOLA OXYTONA, n.sp.
d^'iToi'os, sharp.
(J. lJ-14mm. Head and thorax yellow. Palpi ochreous,
terminal joint and a broad subapical ring on second joint dark
fuscous. Antennae pale yellow annulated with blackish; cilia-
tions in (J 6. Abdomen grey. Legs grey; anterior coxae, middle,
and posterior femora ochreous-wliitish; anterior tarsi annulated
with ochreous-whitish. Forewings narrow, costa gently arched,
apex acute, termen very obliquely rounded; yellow; a broad,
fuscous, terminal band; a transverse, dark fuscous, discal mark
at §, confluent with terminal band; cilia yellow, on tornus fus-
cous. Hindwings ovate-lanceolate; dark grey; cilia dark grey.
Two (J examples.
258 LEPIDOPTERA OF EBOK SCRUB, X.S.AV., iii.,
CfESYRA BASILICA Meyr.
Ctesyra basilica Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1884
p.770.
One 9 example in poor condition, probably referable to tliis
species.
Also from N.S.W. : Sydney, Kiama.— Vic. : Melbourne. —
Tasm.: Hobart. — S.A.: Wallaroo.
Philobota anarkecta Meyr.
Philohota anarrecta Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales. 1888,
p.l620.
Antennal ciliations of ^ 6. Two examples, one of each sex.
Also from N.S.W.: Mt. Kosciusko(4,000 ft.).- Vic: Melbourne,
(jisborne.
EULECHRIA EMBOLOGRAMMA, n.Sp.
€/Lt^oAoy/3a/x//,os, wedge-marked.
(J. 12-14 ram. Head vvhitisli-ochreous. Palpi dark fuscous;
terminal joint and apex of second joint wliitish-ochreous. An-
tennie fuscous, ciliations of J" 1. Thorax wliitish-ochreous;
patagiadark fuscous. Abdomen grey, apices of segments whitish,
tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs fuscous; posterior pair wliitish-
ochreous. Forewings moderate, not dilated, costa rather strongly
arched, apex rounded, terraen obliquely rounded; whitish-och-
reous; markings blackish-fuscous; a broad, wedge-shaped, basal
fascia, produced on costa to f; a triangular spot on costa beyond
middle; an oblique streak from tornus towards but not reaching
costal spot; a triangular, costal spot before apex giving rise to a
subterrainal series of dots, which reaches tornus; several terminal
dots; cilia whitish-ochreous with a few fuscous scales, on costa
before apex fuscous. Hindwings grey-whitish; cilia ochreous-
whitish.
Two ^ examples.
EuLECHRIA STRAMENTARIA, n.Sp.
Stramentarius, straw-coloured.
9.18 mm. Head whitish-ochreous. Palpi whitish-ochreous;
external surface of second joint dark fuscous except at apex.
Antennae grey. Thorax whitish-ochreous. Abdomen ochreous-
whitish, bases of segments ochreous-brown. Legs fuscous; pos-
BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 259
terior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings moderate, not dilated,
costa gently arched, apex rounded, ternien obliquely rounded;
whitish-ochreous; markings blackish-fuscous, a large spot on base
of costa; a spot on costa at j giving off a fine oblique line to
near base of dorsum, a spot on midcosta; a minute discal dot at
I, a second beneath it on fold, and a larger transverse mark at
I; a spot on ;] costa giving off a curved, subterminal line to
tornus; this is preceded and followed by more or less fuscous
suffusion; some indistinct terminal dots; cilia whitish-ochreous,
with indications of a median fuscous line. Hindwings grey;
cilia whitish-ochreous.
Two 9 examples.
EULECHRIA EXIGUA, n.sp.
Kviguus, little.
(J. 10-11 mm. Head and thorax grey-whitish. Palpi grey-
whitish ; external surface of second joint fuscous. Antennae
dark fuscous; ciliations in ^ 3. Abdomen ferruginous-ochreous,
apices of segments and tuft grey-whitish. Legs fuscous, tarsi
with whitish annulations ; posterior pair, except tarsi, grey-
whitish. Forewings narrow, costa gently arched, apex round-
pointed, termen very obliquely rounded; grey-whitish; base of
costa dark fuscous; some dark fuscous irroration toward dorsum
and termen, and a dark fuscous discal dot at |; cilia grey-whitish,
with a few fuscous scales. Hindwings narrow-ovate; pale grey;
cilia pale grey.
Three J" examples.
Barea pasteodes
Compsotropha pasteodes Turn., Proc. Linn. boc. N. S. Wales,
1914, p.559.
Nine ^ examples, mostly in very good condition, in addition
to the pair originally taken. This is a true Barea (Phlceojoola),
in spite of vein 7 of forewings running beneath apex. It comes
near B. nympldca Turn.
Subfam. L y o N e t i a N .E.
Bedellia somnulentella.
Beddlia somnulentella Zel., Tsis, 1847, p. 894; Meyr., Proc.
Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1880, p. 170.
260 LEPIDOPTERA OF EBOR SCRUB, X.S.W., ill.
One example. Also from Q.: Duariiiga, Brisbane, Coolangatta,
Warwick. — N.S.W.: Murwillumbali, Glen Innes, Sydney, Bulli,
Batliurst. — Vic: Warragul. -Tasm.: Hobart.— S. A.: Pt. Lincoln.
— W.A.: Geraldton. Also from New Zealand, Europe, and
North America. This insignificant species is one of the most
generally distributed.
Subfam. T i n e i N ^..
Narycia nemorivaga, n.sp.
Nemori raijn'<, wandering in tiie woods,
9.15 mm. Head white. Palpi very short: fuscous. Antennae
fuscous; basal joint white. Thorax dark fuscous. Abdomen
grey; tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs fuscous: tarsi annulated with
whitish-ochreous, posterior pair wholly whitish-ochreous. Fore-
wings elongate-oval, not dilated, costa rather strongly arched,
apex round-pointed, termeii very obliquely rounded; 7 absent;
white, on costa ochreous-tinged; markings dark fuscous; a narrow,
basal fascia slightly prolonged on costa; a broad, slightly oblique
fascia from \ costa to mid-dorsum, edges slightly irregular but
approximately straight and parallel; a triangular, subapical
fascia, very broad on costa where it is interrupted by a white
dot before middle, narrowing to tornus; a triangular, apical
blotch containing a subapical, white dot on costa; cilia fuscous,
twice interrupted by ochreous-whitish on costa, on lower half of
termen and tornus ochreous-whitisli. Hindwings and cilia grey.
One 9 example.
261
PETROLOGICAL NOTES.
No. ii. The Relations between some Western Australian
Gneissic and Granitic Hocks.
By M. Aurousseau, B.Sc.
The following notes are the results of three visits to Roelands
and one to Albany. As I may not be able to resume the work,
it is given here as it stands. Detailed mapping was begun at
Roelands, but was not carried far enough to be of value. Prac-
tically no laboratory-work was done, therefore all rock-names
must be interpreted as field-names only.
The Geology op the Roelands District.
Roelands, 11 3| miles from Fremantle, on the South- West
Railway, stands at the foot of the Darling Range (fault-scarp),
east of Bunbury. The surrounding country was examined by a
number of traverses between the Collie and Brunswick Rivers,
as far east as Shenton Elbow on the former, and Olive Hill
Siding on the latter. The formations met with are, in order of
increasing age-
Alluvials.
Laterite.
Conglomerate.
Basic dykes.
Pegmatites.
Gneiss.
Porphyritic granodiorite.
The Alluvials occur all along the foot of the range, and in the
Brunswick River Valley, where they are stratified.
Laterite is sparingly distributed as a capping on the highest
hills, about two miles east of the foot of the range.
An outcrop of Conglomerate, to be correlated tentatively with
the Donnybrook Series, occui's as a low hill between tlie railway
and the foot of the range, but separated from the range by
262 PETROLOGICAL NOTES, ii.,
alluvials, about a mile north of Roelands. The matrix is a fine-
grained, reddish-brown grit, and contains well rounded pebbles
and boulders of pegmatite, aplite, light quartzite, dark sandstone,
and decomposed, basic, igneous rocks, from |" to 2' in diameter.
The granodiorite, gneiss, basic dykes, and pegmatites form all
the high land east of the railway, except where capped by laterite.
They are intimately associated in the field.
The basic dykes intrude the acid rocks, forming a plexus, with
only occasional approaches to parallelism. They show no distinct
trend, and vary in width from mere veins to 50 feet and more.
They are coarsely holocrystalline, variable in grainsize and
basicity, and appear in most cases to be amphibolitic. They are
often gneissic, sometimes passing from a granitoid texture in
the middle, through a gneissic or schistose phase, to biotite-
schist on the edges. They are generally associated with gneiss,
rather than granodiorite.
The Granodiorite-Porphyry forms a number of sporadic out-
crops, some of which are of large dimensions, and are fairly free
from basic dykes. It is well developed just north of the Collie
River, half-way between Shenton Elbow and the railway, also
around Olive Hill Siding, and between Brunswick Junction and
the Roelands quarry. It is a coarse, granitic rock, with very
numerous felspar-phenocrysts, up to 2" long, distributed entirely
without arrangement in the most characteristic outcrops, where
it weathers into small, rough tors. In the neighboui'hood of the
gneiss, it is rudely fluidal.
The Gneiss is most varied in character, and outcrops as irregu-
larly as the granodiorite, but shows no definite boundarv-rela-
tions to it. It is very well exposed along the Collie Tramway.
There is not the slightest evidence that the granodiorite intruded
it. All varieties, from fine, even-grained gneiss to coarse augen-
gneiss occur, some of the latter bearing a suspicious resemblance
to the fluidal modification of the granodiorite. The foliation
follows no constant direction; on the other hand, it is best
developed in the neighbourhood of basic dykes, and runs parallel
to them. The more intense the foliation in the basic dykes, the
more perfect are the neighbouring gneisses. In places, it is much
BY M. AUROUSSEAU. 2ff3
contorted; it is then often associated with pegmatites, and may
be intruded lit par-lit by amphibolite. The contortion is well
shown in some cliffs on tlie north side of the Brunswick River
Valley, near post 1997 on the Narrogin railway. A zone of con-
tortion seems to run S.W. through this point, as it is met in
several places south of the river too.
l^he Pegmatites are widely distributed, but are not abundant.
In the hills south-east of Olive Hill Siding, they are associated
with masses of a green, actinolitic mineral, and an earlier, talcose
mineral, both as yet undetermined, the latter probably being a
pseudomorph. These minerals also occur in the pegmatite-out-
crops on the south side of the small valley beyond Flaherty
Brook, S.E. of Roelands quarry.
The relations between the granodiorite, gneiss, and basic
dykes, were most clearly shown in the Roelands quarry. Numer-
ous dykes were exposed, some of which wei'e foliated. In many
places, in the main quarry, the granodiorite Was seen to pass, in
the direction of a basic dyke, by imperceptible gradations, into
a fine-grained gneiss bordering the dyke, its foliations running
parallel to the dyke, which was also slightly foliated, the edges
being biotite-schist. Undoubtedly the gneiss is derived locally
from the granodiorite, and its formation is connected with the
basic dykes. At the south end of the quarry, a section was ex-
posed showing three parallel dykes; between the first and second
from the east, the granodiorite was unaltered, but between the
second and third was a highly contorted gneiss, with a few
felspar- phenocrysts.
The change from porphyritic granodiorite to fine-grained gneiss
is very definitely shown by the felspar-phenocrysts, in the follow-
ing; arbitrary stages in the transition : —
1. Unaltered, porphyritic granodiorite; phenocrysts not
oriented.
2. Phenocrysts fluidally oriented.
3. Phenocrysts fiuidally oriented, and crushed peripherally.
4. Phenocrysts fluidally oriented, elongated and distorted.
5. Phenocrysts dragged out, and crushed into long streaks of
granular felspar.
264 PETROLOGICAL NOTES, ii.,
6. Fine-grained gneiss, without phenocrysts.
Perfect series of specimens can be collected in the quai'ry.
The above facts lead me to advance the following hypothesis.
The gneisses of the Roelands District were produced from the
porphvritic granodiorite by uneven shearing processes, which
accompanied the injection of basic dykes, under intense pressure.
Earth-movement was prolonged after the intrusion of the dykes.
The pegmatites appear to belong not to the granodiorite, but
to some neighbouring intrusive, perhaps the Collie granite, an
entirely.different rock.
Physiogi'aphy. — The Darling Fault-Scarp has a more dissected
and mature aspect in the Roelands District than near Perth.
This is also expressed by the scarcity of laterite, and its retire-
ment from the edge of the range. This greater maturity is pro-
bably due to the heavier rainfall of the South-West.
There is a marked contrast between the valley of the Collie
River west of Shenton Elbow, and that of the Brunswick. The
latter is more mature, meandering, and well filled with alluvial;
whereas, though the two are only three to five miles apart, the
former, though the larger, is a straight, V-shaped trench, with
more tributary gullies on the south than on the north. This
sugforests that the Collie follows a fault from Shenton Elbow to
the west, where it takes a sudden turn from its former course.
The material from the Roelands quarry is being used for the
breakwater at Jiunbury, the quarry having been recently re-
opened. The quarry-face has now a very difiierent appearance
from what it had when I saw it last.
The Crystalline Rocks of Albany.
Previous observers have recorded only granites and basic
dykes from the old crystalline complex of Albany. A number
of different rocks occur there, however, and their relations are
clearly shown in many fine exposures. The following types have
been distinguished, and are arranged in order of increasing age —
Basic dykes (two series).
Pegmatites (two series).
Aplite.
BY M. AUROUSSEAU. 265'
Miciogranite.
Porphyritic granodiorite.
Gneiss.
They comprise, in all, a fundamental gneiss, and igneous rocks
belonging to at least two, perhaps to three periods of activity.
The gneiss and granodiorite are very much alike in appearance,
especially when weathered, which is probably the cause of their
not having been separated before. Their boundary, likewise,
appears to be a very complicated and irregular one.
The Gneiss is variable, but generally coarse, and porphyritic
with felspar. It forms part of the mass of Mt. Clarence, and
Mt. Adelaide. At the south end of Middleton Beach, the folia
strike at 272° prismatic, a trend which is maintained elsewhere.
Between Mts. Clarence and Adelaide is a contorted zone, where
it becomes garnetiferous, finer in grain, more irregular in com-
position, and contains dark schlieren. This zone is well exposed
at the timber-yai'd between the deepwater- and town-jetties.
Further south, near the entrance-beacon, a junction with grano-
diorite is exposed.
The Porphyritic Granodiorite forms the bulk of Mt. Melville,
and part of Mt. Clarence, and occurs also as dykes in the gneiss.
It is remarkably like the Roelands rock, but its large felspar-
phenocrysts are generally fluidally arranged along different
directions. It weathers into large, characteristic tors, which
are a feature in the scenery of the district. Two very fresh
dykes, exactly like the main rock, cut the gneiss on the coast,
about one-quarter of a mile south of the south end of Middleton
Beach. They are each a foot wide, and ultimately run together.
They are cut and faulted by a small vein of microgranite.
The Alicrog rani te occurs as dykes and veins in the granodiorite
and gneiss. It is well exposed on the bare Hanks of Mt. Melville,
and one large dyke runs from the summit of Mt. Clarence down
through the reservoir. It sometimes contains large felspar-
xenocrvsts. At a quarry on a bend of the Middleton Road, it
is closely associated with a coarse, epidotic biotite-pegmatite,
and is elsewhere bordered by pegmatite.
•2U
268
PETROLOGICAL NOTES, 11.
The Pegmatites occur in two series of veins and dykes, one set
■closely associated with microgranite, the other cutting it. The
older can be seen occurring as irregular blebs, in a microgranite-
dyke near the deepwater-jetty, where it also forms a border to
the dyke at intervals. The younger occurs intersecting micro-
granite in the railway-cutting south of the town-jetty. Both
sets are exposed on the shore, north of the deepwater-jetty, where
a N.W.-S.E. series cuts and faults a N.E.-S.W. set.
Aplite occurs only rarely, and its age is doubtful. It is older
than the pegmatites, as the old one cuts it at the deepwater-
jetty, but its relation to the microgranite has not been observed.
It has intruded the gneiss, both transgressively and concordantly,
on the coast, where the contorted zone appears, between Mts.
Clarence and Adelaide.
Darwin recorded two series of basic dykes on the south side of
the harbour. They cannot be distinguished on the north, as
only a few dykes and veins occur. One dyke, near the deep-
water-jetty, can be traced some distance seawards; it cuts gneiss,
microgranite, and pegmatite, and is crammed with corroded
xenoliths of acid rocks and xenocrysts of felspar. The smaller
fragments are often associated with patches of sulphides. Some
basic veins are to be seen in the railway-cutting, and on the
shore, near the baths. They are marginally chilled, and cut
microgranite and pegmatite. A slide of the junction of one of
these veins with the gneiss, shows the cataclastic structure of
the gneiss very well, while the basic rock is exactly like the
so-callt^d andesites of the goldfields.
The microgranite, aplite, and pegmatites seem to be related,
but there is nothing to show whether they are directly connected
with the granodiorite or not.
There are numerous examples of miniature faulting in the
district.
For Roelands District, see N0.II6A of 40 chain Maps, Lands
Survey Department, West Australia.
267
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
July 26th, 1916.
Mr. A. G. Hamilton, President, in the Chair.
Miss M. Hinder, B.Sc, Mosman; Miss E. M. Hindmarsh,
B.Sc, Sydney; Miss E. C. Pinkerton, B.Sc, Ashfield; Miss M.
RosEBY, B.A., Neutral Bay; and Mr. C. E. Tilley, B.Sc, Syd-
ney, were elected Members of the Society.
The President announced — That the Council had decided to
suspend the publication of the Abstract of Proceedings while the
prevailing conditions of shortage and increased cost of paper
continue. Also that Members were requested to curtail the
notices of their exhibits, and to omit details not directly bearing
on the scientific significance of the objects exhibited.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previj^us
Monthly Meeting (28th June, 1916), amounting to 5 Vols., 70
Parts or Nos., 7 Bulletins, 3 Reports, and 21 Pamphlets, re-
ceived from 43 Societies, etc., and three private donors, were laid
upon the table
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. E. Cheel exhibited, on behalf of Mr. Hugh Dixson, fresh
flowering-specimens of Kennedya nigricans Lindl., and K.
Stirlingii Lindl., two West Australian species in cultivation at
"Abergeldie/' Summer Hill. Mr. Dixson reports that both
species are in a healthy condition; but although K. nigricans is
an old plant, it does not mature its seed; while A'. Stirlingii
seeds freely.
Mr. A. A. Hamilton showed a series of the fruits of Tribulus
■terestris Linn., ("Caltrops") [ZYGOPHYLLEiE] exhibiting much
268 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
variability in shape, and in the length of their spiny appendages;
also an example of Notelcea ovata R.Br.,[N.O. Jasmine^e] exhibit-
ing polyphylly, apparently due rather to multiplication, than to
division of one or more ordinary leaves.
Mr. A. G. Hamilton exhibited five specimens of "Vegetable
Caterpillars," Cordyceps Gumiii, collected near Albury, by the
District Forest Ranger. The catei'pillais concerned probably
belong to the Hejnaliikf. They burrow in the soil, and line the
tubes with web. One of the specimens is surrounded by the
silken tube. The type of the species showed no stipes to the
fructification; but it is more usual to find a stipes varying in
thickness. The specimens shown included both forms.
269
STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA.
No. iv. The Families Ituonida:, IIrmkrobud.e, Si yhid^,
• Berothid^e, and the new Family Trichomatid.e; with
A Discussion of their Characters and Relationships,
AND Descriptions of new and little-known Genera and
Species.
By R. J. TiLLYARD, M.A., B.Sc, F.L.S., F.E.S., Linnean
Maclbay Fellow of the Society in Zoology.
(Plates xii.-xix., and ten Text-figs.)
Introduction.
In No. 2 of this series of Studies,* I dealt with the families
Osmylidft', 3fyrmeleotttidce, and Ascalaphidce. There remained
over for study a large number of tlie smaller and more generalised
Neuroptera, usually included more or less loosely in the family
HemerohiidcB. The working-out of this material, contained
chiefly in my own collection, but augmented by the loan of
specimens from the Queensland Museum, Brisbane, and from
Mr. Froggatt's collection, has proved a difficult and protracted
task. It would not, indeed, have been difficult to ofier merely
descriptions of new species, for the great majority of the species
studied were new to science. The problem lay rather in attempt-
ing to form a conception of the true positions occupied by the
smaller " Lacewings" within the Order Neuroptera. I was faced,
at the start, with the fact that the family Hemerohiidoi had never
been clearly defined from the very outset; that, as limb after limb
had been chopped off from the old Hemerobiid tree (which
originally embraced the whole of the Order Neuroptera, as we
now accept it), the old hollow stump had become more and more
the receptacle for any remnants which would not fit cleai-ly into
* These Proceedings, 1916, xli., pp.41-70,
31
270 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, IV.,
any of the numerous well-defined families cut off from it. I
found, everywhere, that there seemed to exist no scientific con-
ception of what the family Henierohiid(e meant; no attempt has
been made to study its venation thoroughly; and the authors,
who used the family, either offered short, non-committal defini-
tions, which utterly ignored the fundamental characters of wing-
venation [see, for instance, Sharp(13), p.465], or merely used*
the name as a headline under which various genera might be
placed, without troubling themselves why or wherefore. It was>
therefore, of the utmost importance to carry out a thorough in-
vestigation of the venation of the genus Hemerohius and its true
allies, and to discover a clear and comprehensive definition for
the family Hemerubiidfe, which should not only embrace all the
members of one natural group, but should also exclude the
extraneous material that had, for so long a time, been allowed to
drift in and out of the family, with no apparent reason, other
than neglect of the fundamental principles of classification.
The results of a close study of all the forms available to me
were originally collected together with a view to publication as
an extended introduction to this paper. I found, however, that
it would be necessary to refer back continually to the general
discussion, when I came to deal with the separate families. In
order, then, to save much repetition, I have decided to give the
main arguments under each separate family, where they will now
be found. Those who desire to trace the fate of the family
Hemerobiidce, its gradual narrowing down, and my own attempt
to give it definite form and function, as a unit embracing only
genera having true phyletic relationship with the type-genus
Hemerohius, will find their information under this particular
family, on pp. 282-293. Similarly, the vagaries suffered by Ithone
and Sisyra will be found under Ithonidre (pp.274-279) and
Sisyridcei^^.312-3U), together with analyses of the types of wing-
venation found in these families. In dealing with Spermoj^hor-
ella, gen.nov., I had to choose between forming a new family
for it, or including it within the Holarctic Berothidce. I chose the
latter, for the reasons given on pp. 3 15-3 16. No apology is needed
for the formation of the new family Trichomatido' (pp.324-32f)),
bV R. i. TILLYAKD. 271
since the two new genera forming it difier most strikingly from
all known Neuroptera.
The forms studied included also the beautiful genus Psi/chopsis,
usually placed in the Hemerobiidce, but already recognised by N.
Banks and Handlirsch as entitled to at least subfamily rank.
The discovery of the complete life-history of one species of this
genus, and the opportunity of examining the habits of the living
larvae, pupje, and imagines, has so sti'engthened the conviction
(which I had already gained from a study of the venation), that
this group has nothing whatever to do with the Hemerobiidce,
that I have cut it out of this paper, preferring to deal with it as
a separate family, PsycJiopsidce, in a monograph to follow later.
The only true allies of the Hemerobiidce, as restricted by me,
are the Ithonidce and Dilaridce, the latter not found in Australia.
These three families might well be placed together as constituting
the Sub-Order Hemerobioptera, constituting the only remains
of a single phyletic line of descent, defined by the exceedingly
ancient character of the possession of more than one radial
sector in the forewing. This character, though it may have
occurred more frequently in the past, in groups now extinct (as,
for example, in the Protodonata), appears to be quite lost in
other recent Insecta, a reduction to a single radial sector being
the almost universal rule. Its persistence in the Hemerobioptei'a
is correlated with the retention of an ancient wing form and
venational scheme. Narrowing or lengthening of the wing
would require the elimination of the extra sectors; but the
Hemerobioptera on the whole, though undergoing, through the
course of ages, extreme reduction in size, have retained a very
uniform and unspecialised venational pattern.
Distinguished from these by the possession of a single radial
sector in the forewing, the whole of the rest of the Order Neu-
roptera stand out as an Osmyloid stock, and might fittingly form
a Sub-Order Osmyloptera. These insects, though probably not
in the main aquatic in their life-histories, have been continually
throwing off aquatic or semi-aquatic remnants, while the great
mass of forms progressed rapidly onwards along the more suc-
cessful lines ofFei'ed by the rapacious, terrestrial, carnivorous.
272 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTKRA, IV.,
larval habit. Thus we have, as semi-aquatic offshoots, the
Liassic and Jurassic Proheynerobiidce, the recent Osmylidce. ( some
semi-aquatic, some terrestrial), and the highly-reduced Suyridce,
whose larvae dwell in freshwater sponges. From the first of
these, our Australian Psycliopsidce undoubtedly arose, by a
unique specialisation of the wing-venation, and by the adoption
of a larval habit closely resembling that of the Raphidians in
the Northern Hemisphere. From the Osmylidce, a small, terres-
trial side-branch, the Nymphidce, favoured by an exceptionally
fortunate larval development, started out on the upward patVi
which led to the great dominant groups of the Myrmeleontidce
and Ascalaphidce. A small side-branch of the Prohemer-obiidce,
the Jurassic Mesochrysopidce, probably gave rise to the modern
Apoclirysidce and Chrysopidce. The highly-reduced remnant of
the main stem, after throwing off the aquatic Sisyridce, reached
the extreme limits of reduction in the Coniopterygidce. The
positions of the Nemopteridce and Mantispidce are uncertain, but
the former are probably allied to the Nymjjhidce, the latter to the
Chrysopidce.
We see, then, that of the five families dealt with in this paper,
only two are of the true Hemerobioid stock, while the other three
possess Osmyloid affinities. The resemblance between Hemero-
biidce and Sisyridce is purely due to convergent reduction, both
these families being specialised in comparison with the other
three, though generalised enough when contrasted with the more
dominant groups, such as the Clirysopidce. Of the three most
ancient families, the Ithonidce appear to possess traces of Sialoid
affinities, while the Bervth^dce and Trichomatidai must not only
stand very close to the base of the Neuropteroid stem, but may
even lie not far off from the more specialised line which led to
the Micropterygidce in the Lepidoptera. Lepidopterists cannot,
indeed, afford to ignore the growing importance of the Neurop-
tera in helping them to a true view of the phylogeny of their
Order. In this connection, the scales on the wings of Berothidce,
the fringe of long hairs in this family and in the TnchovicUidce,
the very obvious resemblance between the venation of the
Mici opteryy'dct and the most highly reduced Neuroptera {Coniop-
feV R. J. TlLLYARb. 273
tenjijidoi), and the persistence of a coupling apparatus for the
wings, homologous with that of the Frenate Lepidoptera, in all
but the most reduced forms of these archaic families, ought to
be sufficient to attract their attention from the more humdrum
duties of classifying and describing an immense mass of new
forms.
The following is a list of the families, genera, and species dealt
with in this paper : —
Family ITHONIJ)^; fam.nov.
Genus Ithone Newman. (Type, I.fusca iSewm.).
\ . lihone fusca Newman.
2. Ithoiie fuliia, n.sp.
Family HEMEROBTTDyE (a mc restricta).
Genus Drepanepteryx Burm. (Type, D. phalcandides Linn.).
[Z). phalcendides Linn.]
Genus Drepanacra, n.g. (Type, D)-epane/>teryxhuviUis McLach).
3. Drepanacra Ji-amilis McLach.
4. Drepanacra instabilis McLach.
5. Drepanacra hiitooda Newman.
6. Drepanacra hardy i, n.sp.
7. Drepanacra froggatti, n.sp.
Genus Drepanomina, n.g. (Type, D. gibbosa, n.sp.).
8. Drepanomina gibbosa, n.sp.
Genus Megalomina Banks. (Type, M. acutninata Banks).
9. Megalomina acuminata Banks.
Genus Oxybiella, n.g. (Type, 0. bridwelli, n.sp.).
10. Oxybiella bridwelli, n sp.
Genus Psychobiella Banks. (Type, Ps. sordnia Hanks).
11. Psychobiella J'usca, n.HTp.
Genus Mickomus Rambur. (Type, M. variegatus Fabr.).
12. Microm,us tasmanue Walker,
Genus Notiobiei.la Banks. (Type, N. unita Banks).
13. N otiobiella viridis, n.sp.
14. Notiobiella multifurcata, n.sp.
274 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.,
Genus Carobius Banks. (Type, C. pulchellus Banks).
15. Carohiiis subfasciatus, n.sp.
Family SISYRID^.
Genus Sisyka Burin. (Type, S.fuscata Fabr.).
16. Sisyra turneri, n.sp.
J 7. Sisyra rujlstignia, n.sp.
Family BEROTHIl)^.
Genus Spermophorej^la, n.g. (Type, Sp. disseminata, n.sp.).
18. Spermophorella disseminata, n.sp. (also egg and larva).
19. SpermojjJiorella maculatisshna, n.sp.
Family TRICHOMATID^, fam.nov.
Genus Trichoma, n.g. (Type, T. yracilipennis, n.sp.).
20. Trichoma gracilipeniie, n.sp.
Genus Stenobiklla, n.sp. (Type, St. hirsutissima, n.sp.).
21. Stenohielln hirsutissima, n.sp.
22. Stenobiella gaUardi, n.sp.
A list of all publications referred to during the writing of this
paper is placed at the end in the form of a Bibliography. Re-
ferences to this are printed in thick type.
I desire to thank Dr. A. J. Turner, F.E.S., of Sherwood, Bris-
bane, Mr. G. Hardy, F.E.8., of the Tasraanian Museum, Hobart,
Mr. O. Lower, F.E.S., of Broken Hill, and Air. J. C. Bridwell,
of Honolulu, for rare specimens dealt with in this paper, and
received from them either by gift or by exchange; also Dr. R.
Hamlyn-Harris, Director of the Queensland Museum, Brisbane,
and Mr. W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S., F.E.S., New South Wales
Government Entomologist, for the loan of material for study.
Family ITHONIDvE, fam.no\'. (Plate xii.)
Rather large insects, expanse 45-50 mm., with stout body,
broad, short, sessile prothorax, and small head closely united
with it; antennoi of moderate length and stoutness, tapering,
very finely pectinate, with numerous close-set cylindrical
joints; ocelli absent. Wings smooth, membranous, semitrans
BY R. .T. TILLYARD.
275
parent, the hairs on the veins very minute; surface of forewing
not a plane, Sc being sunk in a deep furrow, and R raised up on
a high ridge above it; M lying in a deep furrow, and Cuj raised
on a high ridge, which is partly continued by Mo. The same
ridges and furrows on the hindwing, but the ridge of Cu,
straighter, and not continued by Mg. Sc and R not fused dis-
tally. Three radial sectors in forewing, two arising close to
base, unbranched, a third arising a little distad from these,
running parallel to and under R, and giving off numerous
branches. In hindwing, only one radial sector, with numerous
branches. M branching into two at a level about one-third of
the wing-length in both wings Cu branching into two close up
to base in both wings. Numerous irregularly placed cross-veins
present. Costal area of forewing slightly enlarged, a recurrent
veinlet present, the other crossveins seldom forked. A coupling
apparatus well developed, but without a specialised frenulum on
the jugal process. A well-developed false origin to Rs in the
hindwing.
I propose this new family for the reception of the very isolated
and peculiar, archaic, Australian genus Itlione, whose relation-
ships have long been a puzzle to entomologists. Two of the most
striking characteristics of this genus are (1) its resemblance,
when alive, both in general appearance and behaviour, to a
Hepialid moth, the mode of flight (especially when attracted to
a light), the resting position, and the form of the head and body
all contributing to heighten this similarity; and (2) its un-
deniable similarity to the SiaUdce, the family in which Walker
placed it. As the life-history is quite unknown, we cannot even
guess what the larva may be like; but, as will be seen below, I
have collected evidence tending to show that it may be aquatic
or semi-aquatic. The strong ridging of the wings along R and
Cu is most certainly a Sialoid character; and it must be confessed
that the term Planipennia is quite unsuited to the Order which
contains this genus. But a study of the venation will convince
us that Ithone belongs to the Neuroptera, s.str., and not to the
Megaloptera {Sialidce), since the arrangement of all the main
veins and their branches is typically Neuropterous, I should
276 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.,
like, however, to point out that, in my opinion, Ithone stands
not very far from the point at which the Megaloptera may be
supposed to have diverged from tlie main Neuropteroid stem,
and that it is quite possible that the larva may be of a general-
ised type, and not possessing the sucking mandibles of the true
Neuroptera. Tf this be so, we must perhaps consider the separa-
tion of the Order Megaloptera from the true Neuroptera to be
unwarranted.
The character which seems to me to be of the greatest import-
ance in this family is the peculiar generalised condition of the
radius and its branches in the forewing. Naming the three
radial sectors Rg, B3, and R4, respectively, from the most distal
backwards towards the base, there can be little doubt that it is
Rj, with its course laid parallel to and beneath Rj (the main
stem of the radius), and with its numerous subparallel branches,
which is the true homologue of the single lis, found in all Neu-
roptera except the HeTnerohiidce, DiJaridce, and lihowdcu. The
two sectors, R3 and R4, arising closer to the base of R, are
strongly suggestive of an archaic formation, which we know
occurred in the forewing of the great Protodonate Meganeura
(Upper Carboniferous), and which was once probably of frequent
occurrence in archaic unreduced types with dense venation.
Not a trace of these two sectors exists in recent Odonata, in
which the specialisation of the wing-venation appears to have
set in earlier, and to have been of a far more drastic character,
than we find in the Neuroptera. In the Odonata, the wing is
essentially utilitarian, the last word in the development of a
magnificent flying type. Tn the Neuroptera, on the other hand,
the wing is, if I may say so, purely artistic, a beautiful expres-
sion of the development of a symmetrical plan, which conserAcs
almost all the archaic features of the insect-wing, and, as a
result, is of little value for strong flight. How the two sectors,
R3 and R4, have been eliminated in the newer forms, we are not
in a position to determine. Either they have been simply sup-
pressed during progressive simplification of the venation, or they
have passed distad on to the base of Rg. where they would take
on the character of branches of the radial sector. In either case,
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 277
it is clear that Comstock and Needhain's proposition(3), unsup-
ported, as far as I can see, by any evidence, cannot be accepted.
This proposition was to the effect that additional sectors of R
had been added, one after another, from the distal end, and had
thus progressed gradually basad. Now the whole study of Neu-
ropterous venation emphasises the fact that the tendency of
branches of R (and of M and Cu likewise) is to move progressively
distad, as we pass fi'om the older to the newer forms. Again, if
Comstock and Needham were correct, the old original Es, with
its many branches, would have to be the most basally placed,
whereas it is actually the most distally placed in all three
families where more than one sector exists. Thirdly, Comstock
and Needham's proposition would necessitate a recognition of
the smallest simplified Hemerobiida', with only two sectors, as
archaic types, from which, by progressive elaboration of the
venation, the forms with many sectors (such as Drepanepteryx, '
Megalomus) have been built up; whereas it must be obvious, to
the most superficial student of the Order, that the very opposite
is the case. The only argument in favour of Comstock and
Needham's proposition is the fact that fossil Neuroptera, so far
as they are known, all have a single Rs in the forewing. But
the only fossils known, other than those of Tertiary age, are a
a small group of forms from the Upper Lias and Upper Jurassic
(the Prohemerohiidce of Handlirsch, together with one or two
other forms) which are clearly allied to our Osmylidce and
Psychopsidcf, and show already, in the Lias, a degree of special-
isation which places them very far from the beginning of the
Neuropteroid stock. Nobody would claim, I suppose, that such
an admittedly archaic group as the Neuroptera arose in the Lias,
or even in the Trias. It must have been already in existence
alongside the Carboniferous Protodonata, these latter being, in
fact, a very vigorous side-branch of the main stem, specialising in
the assumption of an aquatic larval life-history. Why, then, have
we so small a recoi'd of fossil Neuroptera ? The answer is obvious,
viz , that they have all along been essentially a non-aquatic
group, with a preference for dry climates. We cannot hope,
then, to find their record written completely in freshwater beds,
22
278 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.,
nor can we ever expect that the ancestry of any part of them is
preserved for us in fossils, except that of the semi-aquatic
Osmylidce and their nearest allies. As for the Hemerobiida',
essentially a forest-dwelling group, we should expect to find them
in Baltic amber (where several species do occur), but to look for
their ancestors in freshwater or estuarine deposits, such as those
at Solenhofen, is unreasonable, since they were neither aquatic,
semi-aquatic, nor strong-Hying, as far as we are able to judge.
I conclude, therefore, that the Ithonidce are an exceedingly
archaic I'emnant of the old Neuropteroid stock, from which, later
on, the Dilaridce (with only two sectors) branched oiF, and whose
main stem is represented to-day in the more highly reduced
Hemerobiidce. Apart from these three families, all the rest of
the Neuroptera, with their single radial sector, must 1)6 con-
sidered as a more recent and highly specialised stock, of which
the Osmylidce and their near allies stand closest to the ancestral
form, and from which the Myrineleontida', A seal aphid ce, Chryso-
pidce, and Maittispidce arose, as the most vigorous and dominant
offshoots.
The nearest relatives of the Ithonido' are undoubtedly the
Dilaridce (not found in Australia), which may be distinguished
by their smaller size, slenderer build, the strongly pectinate
antennee of the male, the presence of a lai'ge ovipositor in the
female; and, in the venation, the lack of strong ridging of R and
Cuj, the possession of only two radial sectors in the forewing,
and the presence of fewer unspecialised crossveins.
Genus Ithone Newman. (Plate xii.).
Newman, Ent. Mag., v., 1838, p.l81.
Characters as given above for the family, with the following
additions : — No setse or fine hairs on any of the crossveins
except the costals. Foreteys placed close under the head, with
the coxae much enlarged and close together (Plate xii., tig.2).
Tibice of all legs with a pair of short spurs. Tarsi five-jointed,
the basal joint very long, a large bilobed empodiiom between tlie
claws. Anal appendages of male strongly forcipate.
Genotype, Ithone /nsca Newman.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 27'J
The two known species of the genus may be separated as
follows : —
Larger and darker species, expanse 50 mm. or more, colouration fus-
cous; antennw about half as long as forewing; appendages of
male enormous I. fiisca Newman.
Smaller, less robust and paler species, expanse 45 nmi. , colouration
dull fulvous; antenna? two-thirds as long as forewing; ap-
pendages of male of moderate size /. fu/ra, n. sp.
1. Ithone pusca Newman. (Plate xii., tigs. 7-9).
Newman, loc. cii., p. 181.
This species appears to be well known, and represented in a
number of collections, but I have not seen any good description
or figure of it published. Newman's description of it is very
short, but quite to the point : — " Fusca, setosa, subtus dilutior
et paullo flavescens, alae fuscescentes, venae longitudinales setis
tecta?, transversfe nisi supracostales nudse.'' The general appear-
ance is much like that of I./ulva, n.sp., as figured in Plate xii.,
fig. 1, but the whole body is stouter, hairier, and darker, the
antennje shorter, thicker, and darker in colour, the wings
broader and much darker. The appendages of the male are very
remarkable, being in the form of an immense pair of forceps of
very peculiar shape; the dorsal, profile, and posterior views are
shown in Plate xii., figs. 7, 8, and 9 respectively.
}Jab. — Sydney District, N.S.W., where it appears to be at
present very rare. I ha\e a male and female taken at light in
my house at Hornsby, but they are the only specimens that I
have seen in the course of many years collecting. I also have
some torn pieces of the wings of a specimen sent from Tasmania,
but almost completely destroyed in the post, which probably
belong to this species. It has also been recorded from Western
Australia, but I do not know whether this is really the same
species.
2. Ithone fulva, n.sp. (Plate xii., figs. 1-6).
^. Total length 17, abdomen 11-5, forewing 21, hindwing 18-5,
expanse 45 mm.
Head : eyes button-like, shining black, wide apart; antenna'
14 mm., filiform, tapering, dull fulvous; epicranium brown,
clypeus brownish, yac^ and mouth-parts dull fulvous.
280
STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.,
Thorax brown above, with short, blackish hairs, dull
fulvous beneath; prothorax massive, wider than head. Legs dull
fulvous, densely clothed with short, dark brown hairs; tibial
spines straight, black, blunt, very short compared with first
tarsal joint (Plate xii, fig. 3), the latter nearly as long as the
other four joints put together. Between the claws is a large
empodium or jmlvillus (Text-fig. 1), formed of a single projecting
piece, cylindrical basally, bilobed distally, but on the dorsal side
only; below the lobes is seen a somewhat irregular black mass,
which appears to be the dried, gummy exudation from the lumen
of the organ. There can be little doubt that the pulvillus is
essentially an adhesive disc, which, with the aid of a sticky
secretion, enables this heavy-bodied insect to walk safely on
slippery surfaces, and to rest for long periods on the outside of
foliage.
«■ § b. c.
Text-fig.l. — Tarsal claws and empodium of It hone Jul m, n.sp.,(x30):
a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, nearly profile view.
Abdomen subcylindrieal, tapering slightly towards apex;
in profile, segments 3-7 somewhat swollen. Colour dull fulvous.
Appendages: superior strong, forcipate, 2mm. long, pale brownish,
with short hairs; inferior OS mm. wide, rounded, dark brown,
hairy (Plate xii., figs. 4-6).
Wings pale semi-transparent testaceous, with a tinge of
mauve towards costal border. In Plate xii., fig.l, the radius
and subcosta appear to be fused, but actually R stands on a
high ridge, with Sc sunk far beneath it, so that the two come
into line when viewed from above. (In /. fusca, R and Sc are
separately visible, owing to the greater breadth of the wing).
The peculiar flattened head, sessile upon the large prothorax,
the crossed mandibles, short maxillaiy and labial palpi, and the
BY R. J. TTLLYARD. 281
enlarged, contiguous procoxfE, are all shown in position, viewed
from in front, in Plate xii., fig. 2.
Type in Coll. Tillyard. {^, Stradbroke Island, September
20th, 1915).
//a6.— Stradbroke Island, S. Queensland. Two males taken
on September 20th, 1915; one beaten out of a cypress-tree,
another found resting on reeds in a swamp.
The following note on this species may help to throw some
light on the question of whether Ithone is an aquatic genus or
not. The town of Dunwich, on Stradbroke Island, is supjjlied
with water from two large tanks, set high up on the side of a
hill. Water is pumped from a perennial stream near the coast,
about two miles distant, by means of a pipe-line, which discharges
into tank A. Tank B is connected by a base-pipe, so that its
level rises with that of A, but it receives no water direct from
the pipe. When returning with Mr. H. Hacker, of the Queens-
land Museum, on September 21st, 1915, on our way to Dunwich
to catch the steamer for Brisbane, we took the track up the hill
to the Tanks. As the day was very hot, on arriving at the
Tanks we stopped for a rest, and Mr. Hacker climbed the ladder
placed between the tanks, in order to drink the cool water dis-
charging into tank A. On looking into tank B, he noticed a
large number of Ithone lying dead on the surface of the water,
and called my attention to them. I ascended the ladder, but
found that the depth of water in the tanks was so low (owing to
the prolonged drought) that it was quite impossible to reach any
of the Ithone with ray net; also, they were all very much spoilt,
and not worth securing as specimens. I noted, however, that
they were of both sexes, and all appeared to be of a pale colour,
as if newly emerged, while, in some cases, the wings were badly
crumpled. In tank A, where the water was disturbed by the
jet from the pipe, I did not notice any Ithone at all.
Now the question is, did all these Ithone fall into this tank
and get drowned, while flying at night-time, either by pure acci-
dent, or perhaps because they are attracted by water ? Or did
their larvse actually live in the still waters of tank B, and the
imagines fail to escape on emerging, owing to the lack of reed-
282 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.,
stems or other supports on which they could hang while their
wings were drying 1
As the pumps do not work at night, when these insects fly, I
think that, if the former supposition were correct, both tanks
should have contained numbers of this insect. But, of course,
the strong jet of water in tank A may have drowned any insects
that fell into it, and rendered them invisible. The abundance
of Ithone in tank B (I counted over thirty), their evident imma-
turity, and the presence of both sexes, suggests the strong pro-
bability that the insect is aquatic in its larval stages.
Family HEMEROBIID^ (a me restricta).
Original! V, the family Hemerobiidca was formed to include all
those insects which had a complete metamorphosis, a larva with
suctorial mouth-parts, and an imago with densely-veined wings
and mandibulate mouth-parts. That is to say, the insects in-
cluded in this family comprised just exactly those which now
form the well-defined and almost universally admitted Order
Neuroptera Planipennia Unfortunately, the old, unscientific
and out-of-date treatment of the Order continues to be used in
many general works on Insects, as, for example, Sharp's "Insects''
in the Cambridge Natural History, 1901(13), and Froggatt's
"Australian Insects," 1907(5). The initial step forward was the
recognition of the fact that the old Order Neuroptera was a
composite grouping. This fact was fully accepted by both
Brauer (1885) and Packard (1886), both of whom restricted the
Order Neuroptera to the two families Hemerohiida' and Sialidce.
The term Neuroptera Planipennia was originally used to include
three families, viz., the two just mentioned, and the Panorpidce.
With the elevation of this last family into a separate Order
(Mecaptera or Panorpatte), and the Sialidce into a further Order
Megaloptera,the Neuroptera Planipennia (or, simply, Neuroptera)
was left with only those insects which went to form the old family
Ilemerobiidcti. The seven subfamilies {Myrmeleontides, Ascala-
phides, Nemopterides, Mantispides, Hemerobiides,Chrysopides, and
Coniopterygides), into which Hagen (1866) originally divided the
family Ilemerobiidce, were then elevated to the rank of separate
BY R. J. TILLTARD.
283
families. Six of these families are extremely well defined, and
form natural groups well marked oil" from one another. The
seventh, the old Hemerohiides of Hagen, was mei'ely a common
receptacle for all the archaic remnants of the Order. It was
-i^A-
Text-fig. 2. — Venation of Micromus tasmanue Walker, (Hemerobiida').
Notation as usual; in addition, cua, cubito-anal furrow; cii/, cubital
fork; cuj", secondary ditto; ,/, jugal lobe and process; mf, median
fork; rf, radial fork; rni, radio-median furrow; c, false origin of
Rs in hindwing.
originally subdivided into four tribes, viz., the Dilarina,
Nymphina, Osmylhui, and Hemerobiiiia. The first three of
these are now generally recognised as good families. Even with
the removal of these, and the elevation of the fourth tribe,
Hemerobiiiia, to the rank of a family, I am still unable to find
any general agreement as to what constitutes a Hemerobiid !
284 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.,
Thus, N. Banks, in 1909, dealing with our Australian Hemero-
biid(e{i), included both Sisyra and Psychojjsis in that family.
But the same author, in 1913(2), in a more general paper, includes,
in the Hemerobiidce, four separate subfamilies, viz., Dilarince.,
Psychopsince, Osmylince, and Hemerohiince,, without offering any
diagnosis of characters common to the four. It would, indeed,
be difficult to indicate any. Sisyra is here put into Osmylincf,
to which it more properly belongs, but the same subfamily is
made to include the whole of the Nymphidce, Myiodactyhis, Poly-
stcechotes, and the exceedingly archaic and isolated Ithone 1 On
the other hand, Handlirsch, in 1908(6), recognised the Sisyridcf,
Polystoechof.idce, Dilaridce, Nytnphidce, and OsmylidcB as separate
families, retaining, in the Hemerohiidce, only thi'ee subfamilies,
viz., Berothince, Psychopsince, and Hemerobiince.
There can be little doubt that Handlirsch has most nearly
achieved the task of cleansing the Augean stable, though he is
certainly wrong in including Berotha with the Hemerobiidce,
since it is more closely allied to the Osmylidce, as Banks supposed.
I have already given my reasons for separating out the Psychojy-
sincE as a very distinct, archaic family. What, then, are the
characters by which the family Hemerobiidce, when reduced to
its correct limits, may be known ? Nowhere have I been able
to find any satisfactory diagnosis— chiefly because, as we have
already seen, the family has always been so cumbered with ex-
traneous elements that a diagnosis was impossible.
I think that the family Hemerobiidce may be very clearly defined
by the combination of the following characters (Text-figs. 2-4) : —
(1). I'he presence of more than one radial sector in the foretving.
This character appears to me to be of the utmost importance,
since it separates out the Hem,erobiidce at once from all the rest
oj" the Order, except the Ithonidce and Dilaridce.
(2). The absence of unsj^ecicdised cross-veins. In the Hemero-
biidce, the few cross-veins left are all put to some important use,
either by forming gradate series (cf. Chrysopidce) or, in single
cases, as special supports or junctions for longitudinal veins.
Unspecialised cross-veins are present in the Ithonidce and
Dilaridce.
BY R. J. TILLYARD.
285
(3). The presence of at least one false or secondary origin for the
radial sector in the hindwiiiy (Text-fig. 2). At least one false
origin (a?) is present in all Hemerobiidce known to me, as well as
in all Chrysopidce. Owing to the true origin of Rs being placed
too close to the base of the wing to afford the necessary support
to the vein, the cross-vein placed next distad from it, between
R and Rs, becomes strengthened and oblique, while the portion
of Rs lying basad to it becomes weakened and often bent, and,
in many cases, fuses basallv with M. The result can be seen
Text-f5ff.3. — Venation of Hemerohius humnli Linn.
very clearly in Text-fig.4. The false origin a; (originally a simple
cross-vein) appears to be the real origin of Rs, while tlie small
portion of Rs, lying just basad to x, takes on the form of a cross-
vein. In Drepanepteryx (Plate xiii.), a second cross-vein follows
suit, and we have two false origins, x and x!. In Megalomina
(Text-fig. 8), we see an intermediate condition, the second cross-
vein being only partly specialised, though the first has become
greatly lengthened. In Hemerohius (Text-fig.3), two false
origins are present, but are very short, owing to the close
approximation of Rs to R basallv.
23
286
STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.
A single false origin is always present in Chrysopidce, Ithonidce,
and SisyridcB.
(4) The presence, in all except very reduced forms, of a coupling
apparatus at the base of the wings. The coupling apparatus
(Text-fig.2, j: also Plates xiii.-xiv, jl, jp, fr) consists of two
parts : —
(a) On the forewing, a convex, pro-
jecting, oval lobe, the juyal lobe (jl),
occupying the extreme base of the pos-
terior margin.
(b) On the hindwing, a concave, pro-
jecting, and somewhat angular process,
the jiigal process (jp). The upturned
edge of this process is fringed with fine
setas, while its apex, or angle, carries
one or more very strong and stiff
bristles of a larger size, constituting a
true frenulum ffr J directed outwards.
During flight, the two wings on one
side are coupled together by the pro-
jecting jugal process with its frenulum of bristles, which passes
beneath the base of the forewing, so as to project upwards into
the concavity of the jugal lobe.
These structures have frequently been remarked upon in
Drepanepteryx, where they are, indeed, very conspicuous, and
have been well figured by Sharp (13; p. 468). McLachlan also
described them as present in Megalomus, though less conspicuous.
It seems extraordinary, therefore, that nobody should have
noticed their presence in other genera of this family. I have
examined the Palsearctic genera £o7'iomyia, Hemerobius, Micro
mus, and Sympherobius, and I find the coupling apparatus quite
* Diagrams to show phylogenetic development of false origins of Rs in
hindwing : a, archaic stage, crossveins unspecialised (e.g., Spermo2^horeUa,
PI. xvii.); />, intermediate stage, first crossvein becoming ol)lique, Rs
hitched on to M; c, false origin completed at x, second crossvein becoming
oblique (e.g., Megalomina, Text-fig.8); d, two false origins completed at
X and x' (e.g., Drepanepteryx, PI. xiii.).
feY R. J. TILLTARb. 287
conspicuous in all of them. Tt is also present in all Australian
genera: though, in extremely small and reduced forms like
Carobius and Notiobiella (Plate xvi.), the jugal process is either
absent or only represented by a frenulum.
That the apparatus is of very archaic origin is shown, not only
by its being most highly developed in the oldest and most
densely-veined forms of Hemerobiida', but also because it is pre-
sent and well formed in Ithone, which stands very close to the
ancestral stem of those in.sects.
(5). The absence of any distal fusion betiveeii So and R. This is
the character relied upon by N. Banks. Unfortunately, in some
of the most reduced genera (e.g., Carobius), Sc and R are so close
as to be practically fused throughout their length. Also, in the
Chrysopid(e, there is no fusion between Sc and R distally. How-
ever, from a phvlogenetic point of view, the character is import-
ant, since it shows us a point in which the Osmylido' and
Fsychopsidre have undoubtedly progressed beyond the Hemero-
biidce. In the Chrysopida', Sc runs into the pterostigma well
above R, and ends weakly there. This appears to be most
certainly a specialisation from an original Hemerobiid-like con-
dition of Sc and R. Lastly, in Ithone, there is the same condi-
tion of Sc as in the Hemerobiidce., but Sc is deeply sunk under
the high ridge of R.
(6) The archaic, unspecialised form of Rs. This character is
shared with most other families of Neuroptera, but serves to
enable us to distinguish the Hemerobiidoi from the Chrysopidce,
in which Rs is zigzagged.
(7). The retention of the archaic branchings of the veins as they
approach the ivincj-horder. In the Hemerobiidce, these branchings
are present, and usually numerous, for all veins from the ptero-
stigma outwards to the apex, and round along the posterior
border to the base. In the costal space of the hindwing, from
base to pterostigma, the cross-veins are regular and unbranched.
In the forewing, however, these same cross-veins are elongated
and usually branched. Only in those genera, in which the costal
space of the forewing is not enlarged, do we find any consider-
able number of these veins unbranched.
288
STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.,
Phylogenetically (if we may take the venation of the Mesozoic
fossils as a true guide), there can be little doubt that the most
archaic condition is that in which the costal space is not undulv
enlarged, and the costal cross-veins either slightly, or not at all,
branched, while the veins approaching all the rest of the wing-
border are freel\^ branched. Thus the costal space of the hind-
wing retains the archaic form, while the great enlargement of
the same space in the forewing, seen in such genera as Drepunep-
teri/x, together with the formation of the rectirrent costal veinlet
(Plate xiii., Cr) must be regarded as specialisations correlated
with increase in wing-breadth.
(8). The fusion of M with R hasally in the forewiny, and the
fusion of M in the hindtving with the. weakly formed^ original^
basal portion of Es. These are distinct specialisations in the
venation, which, though found in the Chrysopjidce and Dilaridoi
also, offer a definite distinction from the Ithonidce and Osmylidce,
where M is fused with R in both wings.
(9). 'The unspecialised form of the antennae. These are formed
of very numerous, small joints, the basal joint being usually
slightly enlarged. The antenna; may be described as slender,
moniliform, and very finely pectinate. In length, they vary from
a little less than half the wing-length {Drepanepteryx), to about
the full length of the wing (Oxybiella). They most closel}'
resemble the antennae of Osmylidce (probably the most archaic
form of these organs), but these latter have the separate joints
longer and thinner by comparison. The antemise also serve to
distinguish the Hemerobiidoi from the Psychopsido', in which
these organs are exceedingly short; from the Chrysopidce, in
which they are exceedingly long; and from the Nymp)hida', in
which they are disiinctl}' thickened.
(10). Position of rest: the wings completely hiding the body,
and placed almost vertically to the resting-plane, with the costal
margins downwards, the posterior margins meeting in a high
ridge above the body; the head bent downwards, and often partly
hidden by the projecting costse of the forewings.
This resting-position is very like that of the Osmylidoi, and
C oiiiopterygidd', in both of which, however, the head shows much
BY K. .T. TILLYARD. 289
more freely in front of tlie wings, while the approximation of
the two pairs of wings towards the mid-vertical plane is not so
great. The Psychopsi(/a' rest quite dilierently, with the wings
forming a very fiat roof over the body, the angle between each
forewing and the restiug-plane being very small. The resting
position of Ithone resembles that of a Hepialid moth.
Having thus indicated the principal characters of this (as it
seems to me) exceedingly clearly defined family, we may summa-
I'ise them in the following short definition. Small, short-bodied
insects with short jyrothur ax. Antennoi (yf t)ioderate length, mon-
ili/orm, finely pectinate. Ocelli absent. Wings held almost
vertically in repose, ivith custid ■margins downwards, completely
hiding the body. Generalised form of Rs(not zig-zagged), and
numerous branchings of the veins at the margins of the wings. Sc
and Ji not fused distally. M fused basally vnth E in forewing,
ivilh v)eak base of Rs in hindivvng At least two radial sectors in
forewing; only one in hindicing, bid this one strengthened by the
development of at least one false origin, formed from a cross vein
placed distad from the true origiti.. Absence oj all unspecialised
cross-veins; tlie feio that are present forming either gradate series
or special braces between the main veins. A coupling apparatus,
in the form of juyal lobe and process, nearly always present at
base of icings.
The Hemerobiidcc, then, are distinguished from the other
families with which they are likely to be confused, as follows
(the characters are numbered as above;:—
From all except the Ithonido' and Dilaridif, by (1): from the
Ithonidcs and DilaridcB by (2). In particular
From the Psychopsida- by (1), (3j, (4), (5), (9), and (10).
From the Osmylidce by (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (8;, and (9), as well
as by the peculiar, elongated and upcurved mandibles of the
Osmylid larvae.
From the Chrysopidw by (I), (4), (6), (7), (9;, and (10).
From the Sisyridct by (1), (5), and the important dilierences
in larval form and life-history.
From the Berothidce by (1), (3), (4), and (5), and the absence
of any scales on the wings of the female.
290
STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPIERA, iv.,
The genera, Rapisma Siud Oliarces, induded in the H einerohiidce
by N. Banks(2), must be removed from that family as defined
above, on account of the presence of only one radial sector, and
numerous, unspecialised cross-veins. I think that a new family
will be required for these two genera. They ai^e not found in
Austialia.
I have not attempted to divide the Uemerobiidfe into sub-
families, because it seems to me that a single phyletic line of
descent is clearly indicated, with all the intermediate stages still
present, from the comparatively large, densely-veined, and most
generalised form {Drejmnejjteryx) right down to the smallest
forms (Sympher'obius, Notiohidla, etc.) in which the venation is
comparatively simple, and in which all the signs of a liigh
specialisation by reduction are evident. Thus, if we attempt to
separate Drepanp,pteryx and its allies oif on a very important
venational character (as I had hoped to do), viz., the presence
of the original Cuj in the hindwing, we shall make an unnatural
grouping: for a new genus ( Drepanomina) has just come to light,
which is most certainly a close ally of Drepanepteryx, but lacks
this important vein. Nor does the falcate form of wing justify
us in elevating this same group into a subfamily, since, in other
respects, Drepanoniina, Megalomus, and Megalomiita are very
closely allied. Again, while we can pass in a descending scale
(by reduction) from Drepanepteryx to Drepanacra, thence to
Drejyauoinina, and thence directly to the pointed-winged forms
Megalomina and Oxybiella, the connection with the smaller,
round-winged forms is supplied by Micromns, which is clearly a
specialisation from Megalomina (loss of recuirent costal vein by
narrowing of costa), and in a somewhat different direction by
Psychobiella (fusion of the two basal radial sectors of forewing
into one). Thus we arrive, at last, at a form with only three
radial sectors in the forewing. The final reduction to two radial
sectors is actually accomplished, in the Paltearctic region, within
the range of the type-genus Hemerobms itself; while, in Aus-
tralia, the line of reduction passes on from Psychobiella to Motio-
biella, with Carobius as a side-branch.
In the actual practice of determining genera of HemerobiidcH
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 291
from tables or keys based upon venation, it seems to me that
much confusion would be avoided (especially for those whose
knowledge of the group is not extensive) if two points were
carefully borne in mind. Firstly, it is necessary to be able to
pick up the median vein at a glance. But, owing to the basal
fusion of this vein with R or Rs, how can we recognise it with
certainty, except by recourse to the pupal tracheation 1 This
can always be done by looking for the radio-median Jurrow
(Text-fig. 2, rm), a deep groove which separates the last (most
basal) branch of R in the forewing, or Rs in the hindwing, from
M. This furrow runs just anteriorly to M, and, in certain lights,
it shows up as a white, shining line, even more conspicuous than
the veins themselves. The median vein also is always two-
branched in Bemerobiidce, the fork being called the median fork
(Text-fig. 2, mf). In the Plates, rm is represented as a dotted
line. A similar, very distinct furrow separates Cu from A, and
is designated the cubito-anal furrow (Text-fig.2, cm«). Occa-
sionally, as in Z)/(Sprt«eji;adate series in both
wings sti'ongl}' marked with black. Hindiriny with six branches
to Rs. FenestpJla absent. Litnvhs of forewing coalesced intf) a
single, long lunule. Xamher of iiradate crost^-vpins abo^■e Cu,, in
foi'ewing, 9 in inner, 11 in outer series; in hindwing, '^ in inner,
10 in outer series.
T y p e in Coll. Tillyard. Unique.
Easily distinguished by its small size, broad and scarcely
falcate forewings, dark grey-brown colouration, absence of
fenestella, and fusion of lunules.
7. Drepanacra froggatti, n.sp. (Plate xiv., fig. 17).
A small specimen, expanse If) -5 mm., in Mr. Froggatt's col-
lection. Resembles D. hardyi in size and venation, and in the
absence of fenestella; differs from it in possessing a much more
falcate forewing, and a totally different colouration, this latter
being variegated as in the type-form of D. instabiUfi McLach.,
but duller. rrround-colour of forewing pale greyish-ochreous,
semi-hyaline ; an ii-regular, dull brownish cloud behind the
lunules, which are separate, four in number, but not very dis-
tinct; a slight brown cloud around the median fork, and five or
six, faint, oblique, brown fasciie running into the wing from the
costa. About five of the cross-veins of the outer gradate series,
situated behind the lunule, marked wath black. Hindwing
marked with greyish-brown on pterostigma, along base of hind-
margin, along whole of outer gradate series, and on Cu,,,.
Type in Coll. Froggatt. Unique. Not labelled, but Mr.
Froggatt tells me that it was taken in Victoria. It resembles a
very dwarfed D. instahilis.
Genus Drepanomina, n.g. (Plate xiv., fig. 18).
Characters as given above in the table.
A very distinct genus, easily recognised by the costal hump
on the forewings, the extreme falcation of both fore- and hind-
wings, and the absence of Cuo in the hindwing.
BV R. J. TILLYARD. 303
Genotype, D. (lihhosn, n.sp.
Apart t'l'om tlie })eculiar shape of the wings, the venation
shows this genus to be closely allied to Megalunilua Banks, with
which it agrees in the number and form of the gradate veins,
there being three in the forewing and two in the hindwing,
though the middle series of the forewing and the inner of the
hindwing are more complete than in Mcgcdomina.
8. Drepanomina gikbosa, n.sp. (Plate xiv., fig. IS).
TafdJ h'nijfh 7 mm., J'(»r/rini/ 10 mm., expanse 21 "5 mm.
Head brown, heavily marked with shining black on epi-
cranium and face; eyes dark brown; antenncH pale brow n at base,
the rest ochreous, annulated with dark brown. T h o r a x : pra-
thorax blackish, with a rich orange-brown median patch on
notum; rest of thorax blackish, with a paler brown border
posteriorly on metathorax. A b d o m e n (shrunken) brownish;
markings indistinct. W i n g s : forewiiuis with all veins alter-
nately speckled with dull whitish and dark brown, the general
eftect being a medium brown colour all over the wing; posterior
margin fi'om apex nearly to base marked with dark brown in
regular patches, isolating paler areas suggestive of the lunules of
Drepanacra\ a darker brown cloud runs obliquely aci'oss the Aving
not far from the falcate border, and is widest on the posterior
margin, and tapering almost to a point towards the costa, not
far from the apex; a number of short, dark, oblique streaks on
R, and just proximally to the brown cloud. Hindivlngs with
venation around the margins, and in distal half of wing, dull
brown; in basal half of wing, whitish; pterostigma pale straw-
colour. No fenestella.
Radial formula 2-f-l-fl+l+l=6. Hindwing with tiAe
branches to lis; only one false origin, but that very strongly
developed, Rs being strongly looped concavely to R, and strongly
bent at origin (jf its most basal branch.
Type in Coll. Froggatt. Unique. Not labelled; but Mr.
Froitiratt informs me that it was taken in V^ictoria.
304
STUDIES IK AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, IV ,
Genus Megalomina Banks. (Text-fig. 8).
Bankfs, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, xi., 1909, p. 78.
Wings rather broad, hmceolate. Forewiug with four radial
sectors, all simple except the most distal one, which lias two
posterior branches; three series of gradate cross- veins; costal
space nai-row at extreme base, and then broadening considerably;
recurrent costal veinlet present, but not conspicuously branched.
HindnHug with no true Cuj; Cuj strongly formed, sharply
branched at cuj": Rs Avith one false origin, Aery oblique and
elongated, and a second cross-vein slightly oblique; between the
two, Ks is curved concavely to R, and gives off sca eral branches;
five branches to Rs altogether; two gradate series.
Genotype, M. acuminata Banks.
Text-tig.S. — Wiiijis uf Mc'jKfoiiiiiia acuminatn Banks.
9. ]Me(;al0xM1NA acuminata Banks. (Text-fig. 8).
Banks( 1; p.78). Esben Peter.sen(ll; p.642, and PI. lxxi\ ., fig.9).
This species appears to be very I'are. Banks' type came from
Bundaberg, (^). A second specimen is in Mr. Froggatt's collec-
tion (loc. Queensland), and is the one figured by Petersen. The
specimen, whose venation is figured in Text-fig. 8, was taken by
me at One-Tree Hill, Brisbane, on September 23rd, 1915, by
BT «. J. TILLYARD. 306
sweeping the lower branches of a Hoop-Pine {Arancaria Cmi-
)t,inf/haniil) with a large net.
Tliis is the only species of the genus.
Genus OxYBiELLA, n.g. (Plate xv., fig. 20).
Antenme, nearly as long as forewing. Witu/s narrow lanceolate,
\ery sharply pointed. Foreivlng with four radial sectors, all
simple except the most distal; inner gradate series present, and
arranged close under, and nearly parallel to R: outer series not
regularly formed; no middle series; costal space very narrow at
base, then somewhat broadened; recurrent costal veinlet present,
but very weakly formed. llitidwhiij with no true Cu,; Cu,,j
rathei' weak and curved; a single rather long and oblique false
origin to Rs; Rs with four branches; jugal process very pro
minent. Hind fihuH broadened, blade-like.
Genotype, 0. bridwelli, n.sp.
This genus is most closely allied to Megalomiita, from which it
differs by the narrower and more pointed wings, and the absence
of the middle gradate series in the forewing.
lU. OXYBIELLA BRIDWELLl, n.sp. (Plate XV., fig. 20).
Tdffd Ifiuith 4 "8, anlfumti b'f>, J'orfiviny 8, expanse 17 '5 mm. '
Head pale brownish; eijes black; anteitnai long and slender,
basal joint swollen, pale yellowish-brown, rest brownish with
darker annulations. T h o r a x : profhorax large, divided into
three by two fine transverse furrows, brownish. Pterofhorax
broad, brownish. Legs : femora brown, tibise testaceous, just
touched with rose-pink, tarsi testaceous with black claws. A h-
domen dark brown, apex rounded; no visible appendages.
Wings : /ureicing semi-transparent bi'own, with a clear whitish
streak running longitudinally through distal three-fifths of wing
to tip, a less distinct and more irregular white streak belo^- it
in region between M, and Cu,; also a subtriangular whitish area
between Cu.j and lA. All these white areas bordered irregularly
with black blotches; a number of smaller black spots along R.
Venation of forewing brownish, except branches of R and M,
which are rose-coloured. Hindwiiu) hyaline, shaded with brown
lightly on costa, pterostigma, and hindmargin.
306 STUDIES IK AUSTRALIAN IfHUIlOPTERA, iv.,
T y p e in Coll. Tillyard. Unique.
This very striking insect was taken by Mr. J. C. Bridwell, of
Honolulu, on .September 1 2th, 1915, Avhile collecting with nie at
Kedron Brook, Brisbane. It was beaten out of a small wattle-
tree whose foliage was completely covered, and almost destroyed,
by a small species of Psyllid.
Genus PsYCHOBI^:LLA Banks. (Plate x v., fig. 21).
Banks (1; p. 7 9).
Atifrinui' quite two-thirds as long as forewings. U'itufs ^ell
rounded at tips. Forewing with three radial sectors, two arising
close together near middle of R, and the third close to the base,
just distad from M; this last gives off an anterior branch, strongly
arched upwards: the middle sector is simple, the most distal
sector many-branched. Costal space of forewing broad near
base, the recurrent veinlet present, with a number of forked
branches. Two gradate series in both wings, the outer veiy
long and running nearly parallel with the wing-margin, the inner
with much fewer cross- veins. //Indwiug with two well-developed
false origins to Hs; Cu.j absent, Cu,^ fairly well formed, but not
diverging strongly from Cu,^ at en/".
G e n o t y p e, Ps. sordida Banks.
The genus is a \erv tlistinct one, but may be considered as a
rather specialised derivative from Mcffa/omina, in which the
number of radial sectors in the forewing is reduced from four to
three, by the shifting i)f the origin of the second sector from the
base on to the stem of the most basal one. This gives, as a fixed
generic condition, the arrangement which occurs as a frequent
variation in Drepaiiacra, as shown in Text-fig. 6, />.
There are two closely allied species, which may be distinguished
as follows: —
Furewiugn bruwii. Mith reddish s(ij,'ma; liindwiii^'s with throi-
branches tu Rs; middk' tihiii' fusit'oriti /*••<. iordid't Banks.
Forewings fuscous, stigma dull brown ; hindwings with five
branches to Rs; all the tibise slightly fusifoi'iii, those of hind-
legs elongated and s(jniewhat flattened P?. J'nsca, n. sp.
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 307
11. PSYCHOBIKLLA FUSCA, 11. sp. (Plate XV., fig.21).
Total hmith 4'7, forewing 8"5, fxpauHP 18 mm.
Head : eyt's dull black: aiitmiui' brown with darker annula-
tions, basal joint semitransparent orange-brown, enlarf^ed; ep-i-
craniit/m hairy, brown: facf yellowish-brown. Thorax atid
Abdomen dark brown. Lp(/s : forelegs dark brown: the rest
pale testaceous. W i n g s : forennmifi deep seniitranspai-ent t'lis-
cous, tinged with blackish along basal half of hind-border; ptero-
stigma dull lirown, with a fine yellow line passing through it
just below costal margin. il'mdirmy hyaline, with brownish
stigma.
Type in Coll. Tillyard. A unique specimen, captured by
me at One-Tree Hill, Brisbane, on September 23rd, 191.^, while
sweeping the branches of the same pine-tree from which 1 (jb-
tained Mft/a/omi/ia acuminata.
Genus MicROMUS Rambur. (Text-fig. 2).
Rambur, Hist. Nat. N<^vroptt'res, [Hi'I.
irim/.s' rounded at tips. Forfu-hui with four or more radial
sectors, regularly and evenly spaced off from one another, all
simple except the most distal. Tw(j series of gradate cross-veins
in both wings. Hlndimmj with only one false origin to Rs;
Cuo absent, Cuj close to M, Cu,„ weakly formed. Ftfroat'igma
strongly formed, especially in hindwing.
Genotype, M. iririegattis Fabr.
The two Australian species of this widely distributed genus
may be separated as follows: —
'Smaller species, with only five radial sectors in forewing
M. ta»mam(f (Walker).
Larger species, with bi'oader wings and six ladial sectors
M. vinacenf< Gerst.
12. MiCROMUS TASMANi^*(Walker). (Text-fig.2).
Walker, "Characters of undescribed Neuroptera in the Col-
lection of W. W. Saunders, Esq.", Trans. Ent. Soc, v., 1859.=
M. austraJis Froggatt, Agricultural Gazette of N. S. Wales,
* In 1852, ^^'alkel■(14) described Hemerobhis anftrali'^ from New Holland
308 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.,
1904 (nec J/, aimtralis Hagen, 1858). = ^1/. froygaffl Banks (l;
p.77, 1909).
In spite of the brevity and futility of Walker's desci'iption,
which ignores ahnost ever}' point of real importance, there can
be no doubt that he described this conunon species, for three
reasons. Firstly, it is the only Hemerobiid known from Tas.
mania (where it is quite common), except species of the genus
Drepauacra. 8econdly, the measurements given by Walker
("length '2-^^ lines, wings 5-6 lines") agree with the size of Tas-
manian specimens of this insect. Thirdly, Walker's remark
"veins rather few, with brown points," indicates the speckled
character of the venation, one of the most noticeable character-
istics of the species. Hence the more familiar names given by
Banks and Froggatt must sink as synonyms of Walker's name
tasmani((i.
This species is abundant, not only in Tasmania, but also in
all, except the driest, parts of Australia. It varies greatly in
size, as well as in the amount of speckling on the veins of the
forewing, some specimens being very pale, others much darker
and more variegated. A black mark covering mf and Cu, just
below it, and black on the cross-veins of the outer gradate series
above the lowest radial sector, appear to be constantly present
in the forewing. The expanse of wing varies from 1 1 to 22mm.,
females being larger than males, and southern specimens gener-
ally larger than northern ones. More specimens of this insect
exist in collections than of all the other Australian Hfmerobiidif
put together. It is one of our most beneficent insects, the larvae
destroying annually immense quantities of aphides in orchards
and gardens.
M. vinacens Gerst., is a rarer species, confined to the N.
Queensland coast-line.
(p. 289); his description agrees with this species fairly well for size and
colouration, but his statement "radii sector primus unifureatus, do.
secundus unifureatus, do. tertius trifurcatus'' does not agree with the
venation, unless his type was an anomalous specimen.
BY R. .T. TILLY ARD. 309
Genus Notiobiella Banks. (Plate xvi., figs. 22, 2o).
Banks (1; p..^0).
Small insects, with well rounded wing-tips, forewing much
ongerand wider than hindwing. Forewim/ with onl}' two radial
sectors, hoth hranched, and connected by a cross-vein running
from the fork of the basal one to near the base of the distal one.
llindwiny with false origin of Rs strongly formed, very oblique;
Cu., absent. Outer gradate .'^eries completely absent in both
wings; the inner series represented by three oi' four cross-veins
in forewing, only one in hindwing (connecting Mj to basal branch
of lis). Costal space of forewing moi'o or less widened, with the
recurrent veinlet present.
G e n o t y p e, N. nnifa Banks.
This genus is a highly specialised reduction from a type re-
sembling Psychitbiella, by the elimination of the long, outer
gradate series, and the loss of one of the two radial sectors arising
from near the middle of R in the forewing.
N. Banks has described five species, N. extrema, K. stigmatica,
X. II II ltd, N. ohliqita, and JV. pvetiosa, the last from Fiji, the
others from Middle Queensland. None of these species is known
to me. Two species from S. Queensland appear to be very dis-
tinct from any described by Banks.
1:5. Notiobiella viridis, n.sp. (Plate xvi., fig. 22).
Total lenyth :i,/orfiwiny 6-5, hiudtving 3-8, pxpaiistp 13-5 mm.
Head yellow ; pi/es black ; antennce yellowish shading to
brown distally. T h o r a x and A b d o m e n binght yellow.
Leys testaceous. W i n g s hyaline, with pale green venation.
Forewiny with costal space only of moderate width, but all the
cross-veins densely branched along costa; distal radial sector
branched only once. All the veins approaching the distal border
of the wing divide into two once only, and each branch divides
into minute forkings at the margin. Some of the veins near the
base are much thickened, particularly M in forewing; Cuj in
forewing arches up after leaving cuf.
T y p e in Queensland Museum Coll., Brisbane; taken at Bris-
bane on June 26th, 1911, by Mr. H. Hacker. Unique.
•26
310 STimiES IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.,
This very distinct and peculiar species might well form the
type of a new genxis, since it differs from all other species of
XotiobiAla by its green venation, very reduced hindwings, and
by the peculiar thickening of the veins near the base of the w ing.
I prefer, however, to leave it in Xofiohiplla until we know more
about that genus.
14. NOTIOBIKLLA MULTIFURCATA, n.sp. (Plate xvi., fig.23).
Total Ipugth 4, antennce "i'T, forewiny 0"7 bv :2"9 wide, /linfl-
iriiH/ 4 '8 by 2'\ wide, pxpansc 14 mm.
Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown, the last with pale
creamy annuli or crescents on the segments (much shrunken).
Leyx testaceous, middle anfl hiiul tibia^ strongly fusiform.
W i n g s with subhyaline, rather nacreous membrane, the reflec-
tions on the forewing in the fresh specimen being pink basalh-,
greenish near the middle, and purplish towards the tip. Vf na-
tion didl Ijrownish in forewing, paler in hindwing: cross-\eins
and forks dark bro\\m, except the vein connecting the two radial
sectors, which is black. The veins approaching the distal bordei-
of the wing fork strongly at tiro hveh, so that the branches which
fork minutelj' along the margin are veiy numerous and close
together. In the forewing, M is very close to the basal radial
sector, and is connected with it by a short cross-vein from mf ;
the veins are not thickened near the base, and Cuj is not arched
upwards.
Type in Coll. Tillyard. Unique. Taken by Dr. A. J.
Turner, at Coolangatta (Tweed Heads), 8. Queensland, on April
17th, 1915.
This species is closely related to X. miUa Banks, from which
it rliffers in the dark colouration, the broader and more closely
veined costal space, and probal)ly also in the peculiar and abund-
ant distal forking of the veins (not mentioned by Banks in de-
scribing X. itnita). From X. oh/ujiia Banks, it differs in possess-
ing narro\\ei' and more elongate forewings, the less broadened
and less densely-veined costal space, the much darker general
colouration, and larger size (expanse of X. ob/iqua, 12 mm.).
6T R. J. TltLTARD. 3ll
Genus Carobius Bankts. (Plate xaI., fi;:»s.24, 25).
Banks (1: p. 78).
Small insects witli well-rounded wing-tips. Forrwhtg with
only t^^'» radial sectors; the distal one arising from K neai- the
middle of the wing-length, and gixing off two posterior branches;
the basal one arising from R at al)out one-third distance from
the base of the wing, simple, but connected with Mj (and also
with R anteriorly, in the specimens examined by me) l.)y short,
strong cross- veins. Iliudwittg with a single false origin to Rs;
Cu.j absent, Cun, weakly formed. An outer gradate series present
in both wings, complete in forewing, but with only four or five
cross-veins in hindwing. No inner gradate series, but two cross-
veins connect Cu, with INI in forewing, and one lies between
CU( and Cu.,. In forewing, .Sc and R run exceedingly close
together, so as to appear almost fused; the costal space is fairly
broad, and the recurrent veinlet is present.
Genotype, C. pidchellus Banks.
Three species are known, which may be separated as follows:
i'FuiL'wiiigs luuTuw, over twu and a half times as luiij; as bioad
C'. uiiyn-ifus Banks.
Foro\\iuj,'s hroadur. k'ss than two and a half times as long iiH
liioad b
rExpanse about 13mm. Foiewinj^s with tluee weakly iiidi-
eated hrowiiisli waved faseiie C. sah/uxrlafn", n.sp.
'• "j Exiianse ll-I-Jmm. Forewing.s veiy prettily marked with
I irre,mdaf dark l>rf wing,
the most distal one being the broadest. Venation very pale,
touched with brown on the costal cross-veins; cross-veins of the
gradate series mostly dark brown; a short black streak on R
312 STUt)lES IN AUSTRALIAN NtUROPTERA, iv.,
bet-vveen the origin of the basal sector and the connoutiug ciuss-
^ein. llindivivfi hyaline, a touch of pale brown on stigma.
Type in Coll. Tillyard, received by exchange from Queens-
land Agricultural Department; label "F. P. Dodd, Toowong,
Brisbane, " no date.
This species can lie separated from C. mujustus, not only by
its broader wings, but also by the position of the brown shading
of the forewings, which, in the latter species, is darkest on the
hindmargin and at the apex; also the black streak on K is not
present in C angudvt!. C. pidchMnti is a very distinct and
clearly-marked species, which could not be mistaken, although
there seems to be a considerable amount of variation in the shape
and extent of the markings. I figure, in Plate xvi., fig. 25, a
specimen in my Collection from Brisbane, whicli evidently belongs
to this species.
Family SISYKID^. (Plate xvi., tigs.26, 27; Text-fig.9).
Small insects witli a general resemblance to Ifnnerubiidfe.
Sc and R distinctly J'vscd distal ly. Ovly otw. radial sfclor in
Jhre/vinijs. M unbranched in forewings, branched in hind wings.
Original archaic Cu. present in both wings, c/(/' being close to
base of wings. Hindwing with a single false origin to Us, ihe
basal remnant of Rs attached to INI. A weak coupling-apiiaratus
may be present. Costal space of forewings not strongly broad-
ened, and not carrying either a recurrent veinlet or forked cross-
veins. No unspecialised cross-veins.
Larva with peculiar specialised hair-like mouth-parts; lives on
freshwater sponges.
As is generally recognised at present, the Sisyridc owe their
resemblance to llemerobiidoi not to any close phyletic relation-
ship, but rather to convergence by i-eduction. They must be
regarded as a highly reduced offshoot from the ancient semi-
acjuatic Osmylidre. The marks of Osmylid ancestry are the fusion
of Sc and R distally, and the single radial sector in the forewing;
while the peculiai- larval mouth-parts could only conceivably be
BT R. t, TlLLYAHD.
315
derived from the elongated .sucking mouth-parts of the Osmi/lidcr',
and In' no stretch of imagination from the form of mouth-parts
foiaid in the Heiuerobiido'..
Under the n&me Branchiosfoma i^pongillm A\'e8t\\ood, the lar\a
of Sini/rff was, for long, a puzzle to entomologists, and indeed to
Tcxt-Hi;.!!. — Vuuation of Sisi/r<( rii/i-''.
puDcfafn P>anks, also from Queensland, is distinguished by its
Itl'oader hindwings, and bv the elongated basal joint of the
antenna\
Family liEROTHTD^:. (Plates xvii.-xviii., fig.s. 28-33).
Rather small, somewhat slenderly built in.sects; antenna* short
or uioderate in length; wings variable in shape. No unspecialised
cross-veins. Sc and P fused distally. A single Rs present in
forewing, with four to eight, subparallel, and i-egularly arranged
branches. No false origin to Rs in hind wing. M forked in
both wings. Cu forked in forewing, but no true Cuo present in
hindwing, where Cu,,,, however, comes oft' from Cu, not far from
posterior border of wing, and runs close to, and parallel with it.
Wings hairy, especially along the posterior border, which carries
a fringe of long hairs. Peculiar scales, of a seed-like form, de-
veloped from modified hairs, present on some part of the wing
(either on the posterior fringe, or on some of the main veins).
Females with long, caudate appendages.
I propose to include in this family the two closely allied
Holarctic genera, Jlfivotha and hoacfliptproii, together with the
very remarkable, new Australian genus SpermophovfUa, described
below. These may be distinguished as follows: —
316 STUDIES IN AUSTRAIJAN NEUROPTEHA, iv.,
'Wings evenly rounded at tips; in the female, small, seed-like
scales present on the main \eins of tiie liindwinjf, over at
least tlie middle portions of M,, M„, and some of the
hranches of Rs fipennoplior^lla, n.g.(Type, S. dhseminat((. n.sp).
Foiewings subtriangular, with the outer margin excavated;
no seed-like scales on the main veins of tiie hindwing in
the female, but flattened, seed-like scales may l)e present
among tlie hairs of the posterior fringe 1.
j Onlj' four to five branches of Rs Berotha Walker.
• ' |^]<]ight l>ranches of Rs Ixosx-elifitcrnn A. Costa.
I doubt whether Berotha and Imscpli])tron are really generic-
ally distinct. The relationship <^f Spprmophovella with these two
genei'a may well be open to question. They represent two,
isolated end-twigs of a veiy old stock, now nearl}' extinct, rathei-
than two, closely-related offshoots of a single stem. However, I
think that the agreement in venational scheme, the hairiness of
the wings, and, above all, the very remarkable development of
scaJps from some of the hairs of the wings, justifies us in placing
them together, in spite of some very obvious differences in form
of body and shape of wing. The excavate form of wing crops up
continually at diffei-ent places within the Neuroptera, as also in
the Lepifloptera, and should not l)e made a bar to the recognition
of closer affinities.
With regard to the development of scales, McLachlan was the
first to discover them, in Jsosc:e/iptPi-on(6). He noticed that the
hairs of the fringe, on the posterior margin of the wings, appeared
to be very coarse and thick. On examining them with a lens,
he discovered that they were, in I'eality, somewhat flattened
scales, "like the seeds of certain Umbelliferous plants," but pro-
bably not striated. McLachlan further remarks that all the
specimens which he examined wei'e males, on account of their
long, caudate appendages I
Now, in Spn'mophorel/a, it is the Jhna/e.etween Sc and Pi, only one
cross-vein, continued downwards on to Cu,. Rs connected to 11
by three cross-veins in the forewing (one under the pterostigma,
just beyond the fusion of Sc with R), and by two only in the
hindwing. Four or five branches of Rs in both wings. M fused
basally with R, and with a cross-vein between it and R close to
its origin. A single gradate series of cross-veins in the forewing,
running parallel to R obliquely through the middle of the wing;
* Greek (TTrkpjxa, seed; ^o/aa, a bearing or producing; -ella, diminutive
•' the little seed-bearer,"
*7
318 STUniKS IN AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTERA, iv.,
in the hindwing, only the lower half of the series is present, con-
sisting of four cross-veins. Tibiic without spurs.
Females larger and more darkly coloured than males, the latter
without any scales on the hindwing.
Genotype, Sp. disseminata, n.sp.
The two known species may be easily distinguished as follows :
Bocly-coloin-ation pale fawn, marked with brown; antennre les-s
than half as loni; as fore^^ing; costal cross-veins only once
forked; forewing clouded irregularly with pale fawn, and one
darker brown blotch; scales on hindwing of female covering
nearly the whole of the wing >^p. diniieimnaln, n.sji.
Bodj'-colouration l)lackish and dark grey; antennie longer tlian
half the length of the forewing ; costal cross-veins much
branched ; forewing- marked all over with dark, irregular
streaks and blotches; scales on hindwing of female confined to
a small area along the middle portions of j\l, . M._> , and three
branches of Rs ^p. mandafissima, n. sp.
18. Spkrmopiiorella disseminata, n.sp. (Plate xvii., fig.'28).
Totai Jpngfh, $ 5-5, 9 6-5; ahdomiu. $ 3, 9 3-5; /ornrlvif, ^ 9,
9 11-5; exj)ansp, ^19, 9 24 mm.
Head: eyes grey, head and antenn;v pale fawn, a touch of
brown on epicranium. T h o r a x brownish, with paler mai'kings
on notum; legs pale fawn or creamy, moflerately long, slender.
Abdomen fawn-coloured, with an interrupted brown dorsal
band. Appendages of 9 1-2 mm., cream}', slender, cylindrical,
hairy; there are also two, pointed, triangular processes, 0-3 mm.
long, closer to the base of segment 9, and nearly hidden by the
long appendages. (Plate xviii., fig. 31). W i n g s with pale, almost
white, venation, which, in forewing, is speckled all over with
brownish dots. Several of the costal forks darkened, also cross-
veins at each end of the pterostigma. Pvunning obliquely up-
ward, from a point about one-third of the way along the posterior
border, is a brown mark, which reaches up to M,,; many irregular
fawn-coloured blotches and streaks also occupy the middle of the
wing, especially below the pterostigma. All these markings vary
much in intensity, and are more conspicuous in the females than
i]\ the males, Hindwings without mai-kings, except a touch of
Bv U. .). TiI,l,^ .\i;i). 3l9
brovn at each end of i)tei'o.stignia; in ^, IMi and the three
branches of lis above it are clouded with black for a short dis-
tance below the pterostigma; scales very numerous, black, causing
the hind wing to appear smoky.
Types, (J9, in Coll. Tillyard (Kenthurst, N.S.W., January
•j;h-d, 191(5).
JIab. — Rocky sandstone-clifts and gullies north and north-west
of Sydney, Murphy's Creek, Kenthurst, three males and three
females; Long Island, Hawkesbury River. Decembei'-February.
This very peculiar insect was discovered by Mr. Luke Gallard,
of Epping, in 1914, at Kenthurst. My specimens were taken
A\hile on a visit to the original locality with Mr. Gallartl. The
insect rests with the wings in the usual Osmylid position, on the
fretted fac.es of caves and hollows in the sandstone-cliffs and
escarpments. It makes no attempt to escape, its colouration
rendering it absolutely invisible, unless one has previously marked
the spot where one of them alights. In company with it, but
less common, was the remarkable ghost-like Myrmeleontid, Xait-
fhoh'on hi'Initti, whose colouration is very similar. Mr. Gallard's
method of disturliing these insects was very ingenious, and I
found it most etiective. Using a thick, leafy branch about a
yard long, cut from some tree or bush, he rustled it ^ igorously
into every hole and corner of the cave. All the lacewings, which
were touched, \\ould flutter out from their hiding-places, and
settle a yard or two further on, when theyAvere easily pill-boxed.
Several patches of the stalked eggs were found, there being
from thirty to fifty eggs in a patch, which closely resembled the
fructification of a small patch of moss. The eggs are very similar
to those of Chrysopa, but slightly rounder; both egg and stalk
are cream-coloured. My three females, confined in pill-boxes, set
to work almost at once to lay eggs, from twenty to fifty apiece.
The egg is an elongate spheroid, length 0-75 nun., and breadth
through middle 0-3.5 mm. (Text-fig. 10, n). It is supported on an
excessively fine stalk, varying in length fiom -5 to 5 nnn.. and so
delicate that it does not always support the egg firmly, but may
bend with the weij^ht of it. This stalk is hollow throughout
320
STUDIKS IK AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTEE.V, IV.,
except at the extronc base and tip. It is stoutest at its base,
where the diameter of the cross-section is O'Ol."} mm., that of the
lumen being 0"005 inn). It then tapers rather rapidly until, at
about one-fifth of the total length from the base, it is only
U'007 mm. wide, with a lumen of about O'OO.'Jmm. It then con-
tinues to taper more gradually, reaching a width of only ()"005
nmi., with a hniien of only 0*002 nun., close up to the egg.
a During the embryonic period, the egg becomes
curiously speckled, until it appears an absui'd-
looking object. This peculiar marking is due to
the early dcN elopment of a pair of dark patches of
})igment on alternate segments of the embryo. As
the latter is very elongated, it becomes curved
round the egg, so that a double band of five pairs
of dark spots is clearly visible (as shown in Text-
tig. 10, b). These spots appear on the fourth day,
and are followed, on the fifth, by a pair of smaller
spots, marking the position of the inesothorax.
The unpigmentetl prothorax and head lie curved
around the anterior pole of the egg, which, there-
fore, appeal's unspotted. On the eighth day,
smaller mid-dorsal spots appear on all the segments.
The young larva (Plate xviii., fig.'32) emerges
on the tenth day after the egg is laid. It is a
long, slender creature, some 2"5 mm. in length,
and exceedingly active. It descends the egg-stalk
at once, and moves ofi" at a rapid pace, with the
loKpiiig gait of a Geometer caterpillar, using its small legs and
anal clasper for walking. Unfortunately, I could find no food
suital)le for these peculiar larvaj; so, after fixing and mounting a
numl)er of them, I let the rest go free on the rocks at the bottom
of my garden. The only food which suggests itself to me as at
■■'■ fStalked fj^ji^s of Sjieriiiophortlla diKsein'matu, n.sp. , ( x 12'5) : a, freslily
laid; /*, five days old. Piotile-view, showing the five pigment-spots on one
side of embryo only. Tlie sixth, smaller spot indicates the position of the
mesotliorax.
I'c.vl-Ji;;. 1(1.
RY R. .r. TtLLYARt). 351
all likfly is tht- catcrpilljirs of the small Pyralid moths which
inhabit the caM's and rocks so almndantly. These caterpillars
are nut known for certain, but it is supposed that they ai-e
nocturnal, and feed upon the patches of lichen on the rocks. As
will be seen from the figure in Plate wiii., fig..")2, the larva of
Sp)'nn(i/)/iori'//a might easily pass unnoticed amongst such cater-
pillars. It is ]irobal)le that its great activity and protective
colouration enable it to discover the colonies, or hiding-places, of
the Pvralid hir\;e, and to dwell with them without causing
them any alarm. I'liev ccjuld then be attacked and eaten at
leisure. The mouth-parts of the larva^ are very peculiar, adapted
for sucking, but the mandibles are neither elongated, as in
Ounii/lidce,, nor cur\etl, as in Chrysopidce and Unnn'obiidte.
The young larva, when hatched, has the head, prothorax, and
legs cream-coloured, except for the black eye-spots, ami a touch of
pale brown on the head and neck. The metathorax and the e\en
segnu'nts of the abdomen, from the second to the eighth, are
dee]»l\' shade*! n\ ith br(.)wii, each carrying two, very large, lateral
blotches, and a smaller, central, dorsal patch. The mesothorax
and the odd segments of the abdomen, from the first U) the
seventh, are cream coloured, with a small, central, dorsal patch
of brown. The ninth abdominal segment, carrying the anal
clasper, is pure cieam-coloured.
The figure in Plate xviii., fig.32, shows the larva after being
fixed and mounted. In actual life, however, when at rest, it is
considerably more elongated, and, m hen tra\elling quickly akmg,
it extends itself to a great length.
The mouth-parts (Plate x\iii.. fig. 3."]) are rather peculiar.
The matidibles (md) are broad at the base, about as long as the
head, and taj)ering to a point, the inner margin being strongly
curved. They ai-e strongly grooved beneath, the maxilke fitting
into the grooves. The nia.cUlti' {niXt) resemble the mandibles,
but are less strongly chitinised, narrower at the base, and grooved
on tlu! upper surface. iiie comljine' nvi (Ir) is merely a
weak, slightly bifid projection betw^een, and slightly above, the
mandibles.
The head itself is curiously elongate, the black eye-spots being
placed lateralh' close up to the anterior border. The atitrmnr
{ant) are situated just in front of the eye-spots, above the man-
dibles, and closely resemble the labial palpi. They are, however,
longer, and four-jointed. The basal joint is short and fairly
thick; the second joint is somewhat bioader and slightly fusiform
as regards its distal two-thirds, but the basal third is narrower,
and the outer border is slightly dentate or ridded at one-third
from the base; this ridging probably repiesenting the beginning
of the formation of a number of small segments from this joint.
The third joint is long and \ery slender, the fourth merely a
sharply-pointed, seta-like tern)i nation. The iieck or niicrothorax
(nic) is very conspicuous, elongated and rather narrow.
Larval Types in Coll. Tillyard. Three, mounted on one
slide; hatched on February Snd, 1916, from eggs laid by tlie
type 9? on January 23rd, 1916.
I'J. Spekmophorklla MACULATis.siMA, n.sp. (Plate xviii., fig. 2"Jj.
Total If'nijth, (J 5"3, 9 '' '; abdoni'm, (J 3, 9 3iS: Joravimj, ^ 9'5
9 11"5; r.cpaiisi', ^19-5, 2 23"5mm.
Head hairy, dark grey; ei/fs blackish: antenna' brownish,
more than half as long as fuicwing. Thorax dark greyish
black, prothorax hairy, metathorax paler on posterior border
of notum. Z>i?^^s slender, hairy, testaceous, spotted with blackish
on femora, tibije, and apices of tarsal joints. Abdomen
blackish, with a pair uf grey-biown spots placed latero-dorsally
on each segment near its apex Appfudayes of 9 closely resem-
bling those of Sp. disftnuinata 9 in size and shape. Colour
testaceous. W i n g s : foretviny with venation speckled alter-
nately with straw-colour and black, the black spots and mark-
ing's beinu very frequent: many of the small, branching veins
HY It. .r. TILr.YARI). 323
around tlie wing-border strongly outlined and thickened witli
black. The whole of the forewing is heavily marked with
irregular grevish-black streaks, spots, and blotclies, tending to
form oblique fascia* across the wing. Ptpvostiyma well-formed
in both wings, spotted with black along costa. Tip of forewing
more evenly rounded than that of Sp. disseminafo, and costal
area of same wing more abruptly dilated near the base; costal
cross-veins more irregularly placed, and much branched. Iliiid-
wimj not speckled, venation testaceous along Sc, R, and Rs, dark
grey to black on the rest of the wing: in 9, M,, M„, and the
three liranches of Rs above them, are provided with scales over
a moderate-sized area in the middle of the wing.
[Note. -In figuring tlie two species of Spermopliorella, 1 have
omitted the short, bristly hairs whicli are present on all the
veins, in order to show up the venation more clearly.)
Types: (J9, in Coll. Tillyard ( Mrisbane; .September 23rd,
1915).
Hab. -One-Tree Hill, Brisbane: two males and two females,
taken on a hot afternoon, disturbed while resting on the face of
a cutting about half-way along the road to the summit. Sep-
tember.
The four specimens captured were put separately into pill-
boxes alive. The same evening, both females laid a number of
stalked eggs, from twenty to thirty apiece. These were very
similar to those described for Sp. disseminata, but the eggs had
a slight greyish tinge. They hatched on the tenth day after
being laid. During the embryonic period, the eggs darkened
to a semiopaque grey, through which a double band of black
markings made itself visible on the developing larva. The young
larva, when hatched, resembled that of Sp. disseminata in size,
shape, and actions: but it was of quite a different colour, the
ground-colour being pale grey, with large blaci< .spots on alter-
nate segments. It would seem, then, that this larva inhabits
the darker rocks which are so common around Brisbane, and
probably preys upon Lepidopterous caterpillars, which feed on
the lichens of the rocks. I was unable to obtain suitable food
for my larvae, and they all died.
324 STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN NEUROPTEI^A, iv.,
Family TKICHOM ATII)^,* fam.nov.
(Plate xviii., tig. '34; Plate xix., fig. 3a )
Small or moderate-sized insects, with the wliole l)()dy, and the
veins and margins of the wings, densely elotlied with thick hairs.
Head moderately wide, the hasal joint of the anteiinje much
enlarged, .sometimes hypertrophied. Wings variable in shape.
Costal area of forewing narrow: recurrent veinlet at base either
absent or rudimentary. lu forewing, Sc and R run close
together, but remain (juite .separate thioughout their length:
cross- veins between them either al).sent, or one only. Jn the
hind wing, Sc and R also remain (juite separate, but are some-
what further apai't. A single radial sector present in both
wings, with 3-5 branches. M fused basally with K, and forked
in both wings. Cu forked in forewing, simple in hindwing
(original Cu., absent). No unspecialised cross-veins present,
there being only a .single (distal) gradate .series in forewing, two
or three cros.s-veins connecting Rs with R, and a few others
placed in suitable positions for supporting the main veins: in
hindwing, very few cross-veins, and no gradate series. Along
posterior bojder siiii/Hn^, p.(>4J.
6, 1908. Hanuliksch, A. — Die Fossilen Insecten. [Neuroptera, Liassic
pp. 473-478; Jurassic pp.604-tjl.'); also Atlas of Plates; Liassic. PI.
xl.-xli. ; Jura.s.sic, PI. xlviii.].
7, 18<)3. McLachl.vn, R. — "On some new .Species of Xeuropterous Insects
from Australia and New Zealand."' Journ. Entom., Nov. IS(i3,
pp. 11 1-1 1(5. [Drepanepftri/.c iri-'ilal/i/i-''. n.sj). , /J. kwmllis, n.sp.].
8, 18f>4. "On the Existence of Scales on the Wings of
the Neuro[)terous geims L^oxceUpteron Costa."" JJnt. Mo. Mag.,
xxii., 18(i4, p.2L").
9, 1901. Nekdham, J. O. — "Aquatic In.sects in the .\dirondacks."" Bull.
N.Y. State Museum. No. 47. Sept. 1901. pp. 383-«12. [Slsyni,
pp.oo2-.-)87].
10, 1838. Newman, E. — "Entomological Notes." Eut. Mag., v., 1838;
{It hone /iisra. n.g. et sp. (p. 181); Drepanepteri/.c hinocnia, n.sp.
(p.400)].
11, 19b"). Petersen, Esren. — "Australian Neuioptcra." Part i. Proc
Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1914, xxxix., pp.(J3.'>-(j4"). [Drcpaiitp/tri/.f
Intini/is and jMegK/oiniiiu acifmhiafn figured, PI. Ixxiv. ].
12, 1S42. Rambl'k, p. — "Histoire naturelle des Insectes Nevropt«res. "
Suites a Buffon, 1842. [Micromn-s, n.g.].
13, 1901. Sharp, i). — Cambridge Natural History. Vol. v. Insects,
Part i. [Dre/iuiicpftri/A- (p. 408)].
14, 18.52. Walkek, F. — Catalogue of the Specimens of Neuropterous
In.sects in the Collection of the British Museum. Vol. ii.,p. 19.").
[Ifhoiie /ii.vcd, placed in SiaUda-].
15, bS")9. : "Chafacters of undesi libed Neuroptera in the
Collection of W. W. Sauntlers, E.'^q. "" 'I'rans. Ent. Soc, v., I8r)9.
[flcmcroliinx tttsinnnin'. n.sp.].
RV \i. .1. I'll.LV \HI). 331
KXIM.AXATTOX OF I'LAIKS XIT. XIX.
Plate xii.
Fig. 1. — Ithont fill rn . ii.sp. ; ( x 4).
Fig.'2. — Ithont J'nlra, n.sp. ; head, prothorax, and forelegs, viewed lioin in
front; ( xH); (aiit, anteima?: <•/, olypeus; cr^, coxa of foreleg; «, eye;
ep, epieraniuni; ;/, gena; l)>, labial palp; //•. labruni; nid. niandiljle;
in.cp, niaxillai'v palp; pr, prothorax).
Fig.3. — Itlione fulra, n.sp.; tibial spines; ( ■ l.'{): .vyy, spines; //. tibia; (■■<.
basal joint of tarsus.
Fig.4. — Ithont fii/ra, n.sp.; appendages of male, dorsal view; ( x>S); /, in-
ferior; •>•, superior.
Fig..j. — Ithone fulra, n.sp.; appendages of male, pi-ofile view; ( x S); /, in-
ferior; ^s superior.
Fig.t). — Ithone fulra, n.sp.; appendages of male, posterior view; ( x8); /,
inferior; •*. superior.
Fig.7. — Ithone fusca Newman; appendages of male, dorsal view; (x 8);
/. inferioi'; ■<. superior.
Fig.S. — Ithone fu-'■. superior.
Plate xiii.
V\)i.\^).-- 1 >r< iiiiiii filiri/.v jihi\lii'iioiil( ■■^ (Linn.). W'liation; ( ■ S).
I'"ig. 1 I, — Dn jiniii pli ri/.r /i/iiil«mV/-« (jMcLach.), 6. Coupling apparatus of the
wings : /■/•, ficnuhim: //. jugal lobe; ///. jugal process; ( x .S*2).
Plate x\-.
Fig.20.— 0.*7y/>//^/ l,riilirfilh'. n.g. et .sp. ; ( • 10).
Fig.2L — P-^ycliobitlla fusca, n.sp,; ( x 10).
332 STUDIES I\ AUSTRALIAN XRUROPTERA, iv.
Plate xvi.
Fig.2'2. — Wings of Notiohitlln riridi.s, n.sp. ; ( x i»).
Fig. 23. — Wings of NotiohieUa muUifurcata, n.sp.; ( x 9).
Fig.24. — Wings of CarobiuH ■'ai'09, witli dissimilar head.
(J. 1 1 mm. Head and thorax pale yellow; face ochreous- whitish.
Palpi ochreous-whitish. Anteniiii' fuscous, with whitish annula-
tions, towards apex whitish; ciliations in (J 1. Abdomen fuscous,
beneath ochreous-whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior and
middle pairs somewhat infuscated. Forewings pale yellow: a
fuscous basal spot bounded by a line from 1 costa to } dorsum;
a large, fuscous, apical l)lotch bounded by an inwardly curved
line from costa near apex to dorsum before tornus; cilia fuscous.
Hind wings and cilia grey.
Similar to the preceding, but with head and thorax wholly
yellow.
N.Q.: Innisfail; in November; one specimen.
BORKHAUSENIA SPHiEROIDES.
Oecophora sphcerdidi's Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S Aust., 1896,
p.31.
Q.: Brisbane.
BoRKHAUSENIA HEMILEUCA.
Oecophora hemileuca Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1896,
p.31.
Q.: Brisbane I have not been able to re-examine this species,
as I possess no example.
BOKKIIAUSENIA NEPHEf.ELLA.
Crossophora iiephelella Turn., op. cit., 1898, p.31 2.
Q.: Brisbane and Coolangatta; in August and September.
BOBKHAUSENIA THOLOPA, n.Sp.
^oAwTTos, muddy.
(J9. 14-16 mm. Head, thorax, and palpi fuscous. Antennae
fuscous; ciliations of ^ 3. Abdomen fuscous; in ^, apices of
segments and tuft ochreous-whitish. legs fuscous; posterior
pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings very elongate-oval, costa
rather strongly arched, apex rounded, termen ver}^ obliquel}'
rounded; ochreous-whitish densely and evenly irrorated with
fuscous; cilia fuscous. Hindwings very elongate-ovate: ochreous-
t'.Y A. jiotu-'Kins tuUnkIj. 337
wliitisli, towards apex greyish-tinged, in 9 wholly grey; cilia
ochreous-whitish, at apex greyish-tinged, in 5 wliolly grey.
Q.: Mount Tambourine; in October: three specimens.
BORKHAUSENIA PAUKOPHYLLA, n.Sp.
~u.iipocfivXXoi, small-winged.
(^5. 10-12 mm. Head whitish-ochreous. Palpi wliitish-och-
reous: second joint witli subapical ring and basal half of external
surface fuscous ; terminal joint with base and apex fuscous.
Antenn{« white, annulated with fuscous ; ciliations in ^ H.
Thorax fuscous, posterior and anterior margins whitish-ochreous.
Abdomen fuscous, tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs fuscous annu-
lated with ochreous-whitish; posterior pair mosth' ochreous-
whitish. Forewings rather narrowly elongate, not dilated ;
whitish-ochreous with fuscous irroration and markings : an
ochreous-yellow line along basal lialf of fold ; an ill-defined,
basal patch produced along costa: a median discal dot at I,
preceded by a second on fold, a third in middle at H; an ill-
defined squarish blotch on midcosta and another on tornus; a
series of dots on apical fourth of costa and on termen: cilia
wjiitish-ochreous with fuscous irroration, on apex and tornus
wholly fuscous. Hindwings ovate-lanceolate; grey; cilia pale
grey.
Q.: Burpengary, near Brisbane, in April; Stradbroke Island,
in February; Coolangatta, in September; five specimens.
BoRKHAUSENIA TETRAPILEA, n.Sp.
Terp(/,<^(/.ios, four times dusky.
(J. 11 mm. Head and palpi ochreous. Antenn;c fuscous;
ciliations in ^ 1. Thorax and abdomen dark fuscous. Legs
fuscous; anterior pair dark fuscous. Forewings moderate, not
dilated ; pale ochreous-yellowisli ; markings dark fuscous ; a
narrow, basal fascia somewhat produced along costa; a broad
spot on dorsum from | to |, with rounded outline, extending
nearly to middle of disc; an oblique fascia, slightly outwardly
curved from costa beyond middle to tornus; a large, apical spot;
cilia fuscous, at apex whitish-ochreous. Hindwings and cilia
dark grey.
338 ' .STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN MICROLEWOOPTERA^
N.S.VV.: Mt. Kosciusko (5000 to 0000 ft.); in January; four
specimens.
BOKKHAUSBNIA MACHOPTEKA, n.8p.
jhaKpoTTTtpoi, Ion J,'- winged.
(J. 20-21 inm. Head whitish-ochreous ; face grey. Palpi
fuscous: terminal joint whitish. Antennae fuscous; ciliations
i^ $ i{- Thorax and abdomen fuscous. Legs fuscous, tarsi ob-
scurely annulated with whitish. Forewings elongate, nut dilated,
costa slightly arched, apex rounded, termen nearly straight, very
strongly oblique; grey densely irrorated with whitish; a fuscous,
discal spot at \, a second beneath it on fold, a third below middle,
and a fourth transversely elongate at |; cilia grey, bases mixed
with whitish. Hindwings and cilia grey.
N.S.W.: Mt. Kosciusko (4500 to 5000 feet): in January: two
specimens.
BORKHAUSENIA <4YPS0PLEURA, n.sp.
yvxpoirXiVpos, with chalky costa.
(J9. 20-23 mm. Head grey-whitish. Palpi grey; terminal
joint whitish, except anterior edge. Antennae grey-whitish ;
ciliations in $ -j'. Thorax and abdomen grey-whitish. Legs
grey; posterior pair whitish. Forewings narrow-elongate; costa
gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen very obliquely round--
ed; grey rather densely irrorated with whitish; a broad, whitish,
costal streak from base to 2, gradually narrowing posteriorly; a
grey, subcostal streak from base to costa before apex; costal edge
towards base grey; a grey dot in disc before middle, a second
before it on fold, and a third in disc beyond middle; cilia whitish
mixed with grey. Hindwings and cilia grey- whitish.
W.A.: Cunderdin, in November and December: three speci-
mens received from Mr. R. Illidcre.
'o^
Gen. P A L I M M E c E s, n.g.
7raAt/x/x>/K?;s, elongate.
Palpi long; second joint exceeding base of antennie, with a
tuft of loose, spreading hairs towards apex beneath: terminal
joint slender. Antenna; with strong, basal pecten; ciliations in
BY A. .(KFl'-KKIS TURNER. 339
^ moderated). Forewings elongate, not dilated; veiu 7 to
costa. Hind wings elongate-ovate.
Readily distinguished by the tufted palpi.
Palimmeces ithysticha, n.sp.
ldva-Ti\os, straight-lined.
(J9. 20-23 mm. Head pale fuscous, side-tufts white. Palpi
white, tuft and base of second joint pale fuscous. Antenn;e
fuscous: ciliations in (J 1. Thorax white, tegulre and patagia
pale fuscous. Abdomen fuscous, apices of segments and tuft
whiti.sh. Legs fuscous; external surface of anterior pair white;
posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate, not dilated;
pale fuscous; a white, median streak from base to apex; more or
less white irroration on termen, better marked in $; cilia pale
fuscous. Hindwings ovate-lanceolate; grey ; cilia ochreous-
whitisli.
N.S.W.: Glen Innes; in March; five specimens.
Gen. CoPRiODES, n.g.
K07rpuo8y]'i, resembling excrement.
Palpi moderate; second joint somewhat dilated with loose
scales anteriorly towards apex; terminal joint moderately stout.
Antennce of ^ with moderately long ciliations. Thorax smooth.
Anterior tibiae and tarsi strongly dilated with scales. Forewings
with a tuft of scales on costa at or befoi'e middle; vein 7 to costa.
Type, PUoprepes aristocratica Meyr. In this species, the
antennal pecten is strongly developed; in C. lophojitcra, it is
absent; but the two species are certainly nearly related. Per-
haps C. anassa Meyr., also belongs to this genus.
COPRIODES ARISTOCRATICA.
Filoprepes aristocratica Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales,
1888, p.l598.
Q.: Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine, Coolangatta. — N.S.W.: Sydney.
— Vic: Fernshaw.
COPRIODES LOPHOPTERA.
Pi/oprepes lophojytera Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1894,
p.96.
Q.: Namboui', Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine, Coolangatta.
340 yiLDlES IN AL'STKALIAX it iCI.'OLKt'lDUPTERA^
Gen. A G L A o D E s .
Aijhiodes Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1898, p.205.
This genus is distinguislied by the very long, second joint of
the palpi, and the short, terminal joint, not more than \ of the
second.
Aglaodes ciiionoma.
xiglaodcs chionoma Turn., Trans. Roy. 8oc. S. Aust., 1898,
p. 205.
I have seen no second example of this species.
PiLOPREPES GELIDELLA.
Cryptolechia gelidella Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxix., p.766.
Piloprepes Lncasii Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1896, p. 19.
Antennal ciliations in ^ 2i.
N.A.: Darwin, in June (G. F. Hill). — Q : Brisbane, in January.
PiLOPREPES GLAUCASPIS.
Pifoprepes ylaucasjns Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., 1896,
p 19.
Antennal ciliations in $ 4. The type is still unique.
Q.: Brisbane.
Gen. B A u E A .
Barea Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus. Phlmupola Meyr., Proc. Linn.
8oc. N. S. Wales, 1883, p. 34 7.
Barea consign atella.
Barea conshjuatella Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus. Phhmpola pyrgo-
Hota Meyr., Proc. Linn. 8oc. N. S. Wales, 1888, p. 1594 ; P.
mrJanospila Turn., Trans, lioy. 8oc. S. Aust., 1896, p. 17.
Q.: Brisbane.— N.S.W.: Sydney.— Vic: Melbourne, Gisborne.
Barea eucapnodes.
Phhropola fmcapnodes Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1896,
p. 16; P. euprepes Turn., loc. cit , p. 17: P. trizyya Meyr., Exot.
Microlep., i., p. 169(1914).
This species varies in the presence or absence of geneial fus-
cous irroration.
t!Y A. jkffekis turnku, 341
N.Q.: Herbei'ton, from December to Fcbruaiy: Kuranda, near
Cairns, in November.— Q.: Claynclah, Gympie, Dulony near Nam-
bour, Brisbane, Stradbroke Island, and Southport; from Decem-
ber to April.
Barea subviuidella.
Fhluiopola snbviriddla Turn , Trans Hoy. 8oc. S. Aiist., 1896,
p.15.
Q.: Bi'isbane, Mt. Tambourine.
Barea basioramma.
Phlwopola basujranima 'I'urn., Trans. Koy. Soc. S. Aust., 1806,
p.16.
Q : Nambour and Brisbane, in November and December.
Barea leucocephala.
Phheujjola leucocephala Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1896,
p.l8.
N.Q.: .Stannary Hills. — Q.: Brisbane; in October, December,
and January.
Barea chlokeis.
Pkhnopofa chlure'is Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1914,
p.561.
N.8.W.: Ebor.
Barea panarcha.
FhUcopola pauarcha Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1916,
p. 193.
N.S.W.: Ebor.
Barea arbitra.
Eulechria arbitra Meyr., Exot. Microlep., i , p.l67 (1914).
Vic: Lome, Gisborne.
Barka pvroka.
Eulechria pyrora Meyr., Exot. Microlep., i., p. 166 (1914;.
^. 18-23 mm. Head fuscous: face dull whitish-ochreous.
Palpi whitish-ochreous with some fuscous scales; terminal joint
and a subapical ring on second joint fuscous. Antennie fuscous;
342 8TLTDIES l^• AL'.sTRALlAX .MlCROL-Kl'lMOPTERA
in ^ slightly serrulate, ciliations 1. Thorax fuscous, tips of
patagia and crest whitish-ochreous. Abdomen fuscous. Le^^s
fuscous aunulated with whitish-ochreous; posterior pair most)}-
whitisli-ochreous. Forewings moderate, slightly dilated poste-
riorly, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely
rounded; blackish-fuscous with patchy, whitish-ochreous irrora-
tion; a short, blackish streak on fold; a short, blackish, median
streak from I to | interrupted by two whitish-ochreous dots; cilia
fuscous. Hindwings ochreous-yellow: a dark fuscous, terminal
band, thickened at apex and tornus, rather narrow between;
cilia dark fuscous.
Easily recognised by the colour of the hindwings. I have
redescribed this species, as Meyrick's type seenus to have been in
pcjor condition. Mr. Lyell has lent me his (;o-type, and it is
identical with my examples, but with the thorax badly rubbed.
In worn examples, there appear dark streaks on veins towards
termen.
N.S.W.: Ebor (4000 feet), in January and February; eleven
specimens, taken Hying close around the farmhouse at daybreak:
Gosford.
Barka bkygchhua, n.sp.
^. 15mm. Head whitish; face fuscous. Palpi fuscous; second
joint white at apex, and with a longitudinal, white stripe on basal
'l of internal surface; terminal joint white, with a dark fuscous,
median band. Antennse greyish, annulated with dark fuscous.
Thorax greenish-fuscous, with a square, whitisli, anterior spot
Abdomen dull ochreous. Legs whitish; anterior pair fuscous,
with whitish annulations. Forewings moderate, not dilated,
costa moderately arched, apex rounded, hindmargin obliquely
rounded; whitish irrorated with greenish-fuscous scales, which
form markings; a narrow, basal fascia prolonged along costa to
I; a rather large spot on costa beyond middle, broadening and
becoming suffused in disc to form an obscure fascia; a discal dot
at ;'., and a second before | are connected with this fascia: a
suffused spot on costa before apex: <;ilia gre\'ish. Hindwings
and cilia pale grey.
BY At JRFPEGIS TURNER. 343
From tlie other two species with greenish t'orewings, B. sitb-
viridella Turn., and B. hyludroma, it may be readily distinguished
by the basal fascia prolonged along costa.
Q.: Mt. Tambourine (1800 ft.); two specimens, in November.
Bakka uvlodroma, u.sp.
^. 18-22 mm. Head ochreous-whitish. Palpi ochreous-
whitish: terminal joint with a broad, fuscous band below middle.
Antennte ochreous-whitish annulated with fuscous. Thorax
ochreous-whitish; base of patagia greenish-fuscous. Abdomen
dull ochreous ; apices of segments whitish. Legs ochreous-
whitish ; anterior and middle tibia^ and tarsi fuscous with
whitish annulations. Forewings somewhat dilated posteriorly,
costa slightly arched, apex rounded, hindmargin slightly oblique,
rounded beneath; ochreous-whitish, markings suffused greenish-
fuscous; a broad line from base of costa along fold to 1; a small
suffusion on costa at |, tending to be connected with a large
spot in disc above fold; a large spot on costa beyond middle,
connected with a large spot in disc above and before anal angle;
a small spot on costa before apex, from which an obscure series
of dots proceeds to anal angle; a line along hmdniargin; cilia
whitish irrorated with fuscous. Hindwings and cilia greyish.
Distinguished from the other two greenish species by the basal
line. It appears also to be allied to B. eacapnodes Turn.
Q.: Mt. Tambourine (1800 feetj; two specimens, in iS'ovember
and December.
Earea nvmphica, n.sp.
vvji<^)iKos, biidal.
$. 12-16 mm. Head whitish. Palpi whitish mixed with pale
fuscous. Antennae whitish annulated with fuscous; ciliations in
(J 1. Thorax whitish, bases of patagia and a median transverse
bar fuscous. Abdomen pale ochreoiis-fuscous, apices of segments
and tuft ochreous-whitish. Legs whitish with some fuscous
irroration. Forewings not dilated; whitish; markings fuscous;
short, costal and subcostal streaks from base; a dot on base of
dorsum, and two on costa at .1 and z: a discal dot before middle.
.344 S'J'UDil'lS tX AUST11.VLIAN .\iI(;i;Ul>El'll>Ui'TEnA^
a second preceding it on fold, and a third in disc at H; more or
l(!ss fuscous suffusion towards apex, terinen, and tornus: cilia
whitish mixed with fuscous. Hindwings whitish, towards apex
and termen grey; cilia Avhitish.
N.Q.: Kuranda near Cairns, in June, October, and November.
— Q.: Brisbane, in October; Mt. Tambourine, in September, Oc-
tober, and November. Thirteen specimens.
Barea anerasta, n.sp.
dvepu.crro'i, unlovely.
jj^. 17-"J0 mm. Head whitish-brown. Palpi with apical joint
rather stout; fuscous. Antennje fuscous: ciliations in ^ 1.
Thorax fuscous mixed with whitish-brown. Legs ochreous-
whitish; anterior and middle tibite, and tarsi annulated with
fuscous. Forewings not dilated ; brown- whitish with dark
fuscous markings tolerably well-defined, and some dark fuscous
irroration towards base; a dot on ba.se of costa, and another on
base of dorsum, the former more or less produced along fold; a
discal dot before middle; a second preceding it on fold and form-
ing the apex of a triangular spot on mid-dorsum; a third dot at H
forming the apex of a triangular spot on § costa; a subapical
costal spot connected by an outwardly curved line of dots with
tornus ; cilia brown-whitish. Hindwings ochreous-whitish ;
towards apex pale fuscous; cilia ochreous-whitish, towards apex
fuscous-tinged.
Q.: Brisbane; in August and .September. — N.S.W.: Kiama.
Six specimens.
Bahea eusciast.a, n.sp.
erirKtainoi, well-.shadcd.
^^. 16 18 mm. Head fuscous; lower edge of face ochreous-
whitish. Palpi fuscous; apex of terminal and secontl joints,
inner surface and a subapical band of second joint, ochreous-
whitish. Palpi fuscous; ciliations in ^ I. Thorax fuscous,
apices of patagiu and crest ochreous-whitish. Abdomen pale
"■rev. Leirs fuscous; annulations of tibia- and tarsi, and hairs on
posterior tibias ochreous-whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa
BY A. JEFPERIS TURNER. 345
moderately arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded:
ochreous- whitish irrorated and shaded with fuscous; a broad,
basal, fuscous suffusion; a rather broad, suffused, fuscous fascia
from •? costa to tornus; a second fascia from costa before apex-
narrowing rapidly in disc, and joining first fascia at tornus:
from this, several short streaks run parallel to veins to termen;
cilia fuscous mixed with ochreous- whitish. Hind wings pale grey;
cilia grey-whitish.
Q.: Brisbane: in September and October: three specimens.
Barea psologramma, n.sp
^oA-oypa/i/xo?, snot-niaiktMl.
(5^9. -1-34 mm. Head whitish. Palpi whitish, with a few
fuscous scales ; apical joint dark fuscous with a few whitish
scales. Antenna* with segments triangularly dilated in apical
half; whitish, witli fuscous annulations : ciliations of ^ \h-
Thorax fuscous, apices of patagia and crest whitish Abdomen
ochreous-fuscous, apices of segments and tuft whitish. Legs
dark fuscous, with whitish annulations; posterior pair whitish,
with very long, dense hairs on tibia\ Forewings not dilated:
whitish, with patchy brownish suffusion and fuscous irroration:
a dark fuscous discal dot at .',, a second preceding it on fold, a
third in middle of disc, a fourth obliquely before and beneath
third; a larger spot between second dot and dorsum; an ill-
defined, fuscous spot on ?. costa; another on -i costa produced to
mid-disc beyond third dot and darker at apex; a subapical, fuscous
spot with a brownish suffusion between it and termen; cilia
whitish, with a broad, interrupted, fuscous line. Hindwings
whitish tinged with grey towards apex; cilia grey-whitish.
Tas.: Hobart, in January; ten specimens, received from Mr.
A. M. Lea.
Barea atmophora, n.sp.
drjtAOc^opos, smoky.
(J. 20-25 mm. Head fuscous; face ochreous-whitish. Palpi
fuscous; second joint with apex and a broad, ill-defined ring
beyond middle, ochreous-whitish. Antenna* fuscous; in ^
346 STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPinOPTERA,
sliglitly serrate, ciliatiuiis I. Thorax fuscous, apices of patagia
and crest ochreous-whitish. Abdomen ochreous-grey-whitisli.
Legs fuscous; posterior pair ocbreous-wbitish; fore and middle
tibia? and tarsi annulated witb ocbreous-wbitisb. Fore wings
sHgbtly dilated, costa gently arcbed, more strongly towards base,
apex rounded, terraen obliquely rounded; ocbreous-wbitisb, witli
general fuscous irroration; mai-kings fuscous and dark fuscous;
an oblique fascia from base of costa, gradually broadening and
extending on dorsum from | to middle, its posterior edge show-
ing a rounded projection above and below middle, of which the
latter includes the plical dot; a discal dot at },, another at |, and
another beneath middle of disc; three costal spots, first at \,
second at middle connected witb second discal dot, third before
apex connected with a circular blotch above tornus; an inter-
rupted, terminal line; cilia ochreous-whitish mixed witli dark
fuscous, apical half grey, apices whitish. Hindwings pale grey;
cilia whitish, with some basal, gre}' scales.
Best distinguished by the basal fascia of forewings.
Vic: Gisboi-ne, in February. — Tas.: Hobart, in December and
January. Seven specimens.
Gen. LoPHOPRPLA.
Lophopepfa Turn., Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 1896, p. 10.
Perhaps allied to y'rachypepla, with which it agrees in the
tufted forewings, but vein 7 runs to termen.
LoPHOPRPLA IGNIFERRLLA.
Hypercallia igniferelJa Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat., xxix., p. 670.
Lophopepla iyniferella Turn., Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 1896, p. 10.
Antennal ciliations of (J 1.
N.A.: Darwin. — N.Q.: Thursday Island, Townsville. — Q.: Bris-
bane, Toowoomba.
LoPHOPRPLA TRISRLRNA.
Eomyslis friselena Low., Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 1902, p. 240.
Antennal ciliations of ^ 11.
N.Q.: Townsville,
BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 347
LOPHOPEPLA ASTEROPA.
Eomystis asteropa Low., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1900,
p.410.
Antennal ciliations of (J H.
N.Q.: Townsville.
TRACHYPEPr,A POLIOCHROA.
Linosticha poliochroa Turn., Trans. R.Soc.S. Aust., 1898, p. 208.
Q.: Mt. Tambourine.
TrACHYPEPLA ATillSPERSA, n.sp.
Atrispersiis, speckled with black.
(JQ. 12-14 mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi white: base
of second joint, and a spot before apex on external surface, dark
fuscous; terminal joint with a median, dark fuscous spot on ex-
ternal surface. Antenna^ whitish. Abdomen whitish-ochreous.
Legs whitish; anterior pair fuscous anteiiorly. Forewings nar-
row, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, hindmargin very
obliquely rounded: white, sparsely irrorated with pale fuscous
and black scales; a black dot in disc at H; cilia white mixed with
pale fuscous. Hind wings and cilia whitish-grey.
Q.: Brisbane; in August and September; three specimens.
Trachypepla h^malea, n.sp.
at^aAeos, bloocl-ied.
(J^. 18-22 mm. Head and thorax reddish irrorated with dark
fuscous. Palpi whitish, more or less reddish-tinged with dark
fuscous irroration; terminal joint mostly dark fuscous. Antennai
fuscous; ciliations in ^ 1^-. Abdomen ochi'eous-fuscous, apices
of segments and tuft whitish. Legs fuscous; tarsi obscurely
annulated with ochreous-whitish; posterior pairochreous-whitish.
Forewings not dilated; pale reddish, with more or less general
dark fuscous irroration; an irregular, dark fuscous streak from
base of costa along fold, and thence through middle of disc to
apex, sometimes interrupted; usually two or three, dark fuscous
dots in disc above median streak; cilia pale reddish, apices
ochreous-whitish, with some fuscous irroration. Hindwings
pale grey; cilia whitish, with a pale grey, sub-basal line.
Q.: Eidsvold; Brisbane, in August; seven specimens.
348 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
Gen. Atribasta, n.g.
ttT/3/./3a(rT05, unusual.
Head with clen.se, anterior and side-tufts. Palpi with second
joint exceeding base of antennae, shortly roughened with loose
scales towards apex anteriorly; terminal joint short, less than
half second, slender. Antennfe with strong, basal pecten; in ^,
moderately ciliated. Thorax with a small, postei'ior crest. Fore-
wings svith 7 and 8 coincident and running to apex, 2 and 3
connate. Hindwings with 2 and 3 connate, or short-stalked.
Atribasta fulvifusa, n.sp.
Fi(/ri/itsii-'<. suti'used with hrown.
^. 23 mm. Head ochreous-whitish. Palpi ochreous- whitish;
outer surface of second joint brownish. Antennje whitish; cilia-
tions in ^ H- Thorax whitish, patagia and a few scattered
scales fuscous brown. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, on bases of
segments mixed with brown. Legs fuscous- brown; [posterior
pair broken]. Forewings moderately broad, posteriorly dilated,
costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely
rounded; whitish, generally' suflPused, except on central area, with
pale fuscous-brown; discal dots dark fuscous, a dot in disc at I,
a second beneath it on fold, a third streak-like beyond and mid-
way between these, a fourth above middle, a fifth before 5, a
sixth below fifth prolonged crescentically towaids third; some
fuscou.s dots on termen; cilia whitish, with faint brownish suffu-
sion. Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish.
Of ordinary /aciVs, but cui-ious in structure.
Q : Warwick, in April; one specimen.
Qi^NOCHROA OCHROSOMA.
OiJnoehroa ochrosoma Turn., Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 1896, p. 13.
Q ; Brisbane.
(Enochroa gnophodes.
QJnochroa ynophodes Turn., op. cit., 1896, p. 14.
(J9. 14-19 mm. Q.: Brisbane, in August and April; three
specimens.
Placocosma phaeina.
Placocosma phaeina Turn., op. cit., 189G, p. 14.
Antennal ciliations in ^ 1^.
Q.: Brisbane,
BY A. JEPFERIS TURNER, .'UO
Gen. P H Y L L O P H A N R S .
Phyllophaiies Turn., op. oif., 1896, p. "21.
f am in some doubt as to tlie correct location of this genus.
Phyllophanes dysrureta.
Phyllophanps dyscurefa Turn., op. cit., 1896, p. 21
Q. : Brisbane. The type (^) still remains unique.
"Kt.^egnoma lathr^.a, n.sp.
Au^pufos, hidflen, secret.
(J. 20-26mm. Head and thorax fuscou.s-brown. Palpi ochreous-
whitish irrorated with dark fuscous, especially on external
surface. Antennte ochreous- whitish; ciliations in ^ r! Abdo-
men whitish-ochreous with some fuscous irroration towards base.
Legs whitish-ochreous irrorated with fuscous. Forewings some-
what dilated posteriorly; pale brownish, with some fuscous irro-
ration: markings fuscous; a dot in disc at .'., a second beneath it
on fold, and a third before |; abroad, inwardly oblique line from
i costa, suddenlv ani^led outwards and narrow, then angled
again parallel to termen and sometimes dentate to dorsum before
tornus; an interrupted, terminal line not reaching tornus; cilia
pale brownish, with some fuscaus irroration. Hind wings broadly
ovate: ochreous-whitish greyish-tinged; cilia ochreous-whitish.
Q.: Brisbane, in June, July, and August; seven specimens.
ELi5;0N0MA ACROPHiEA, n.Sp.
f(K/iO(^aiO'i, witli dusky apex.
(J5. 14-16 mm. Head whitish-ochreuus. Palpi fuscous, in-
ternal surface whitish. Antennae fuscous; ciliations in ^ 5.
Thorax ochreous-whitish, bases of patagia fuscous. Abdomen
fuscous, apices of segments and tuft whitish. Legs fuscous,
tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish; posterior pair ochreous-
whitish. Forewings not dilated; whitish; markings dark fuscous;
more or less fuscous suffusion beneath costa; a discal dot at Jj, a
second beneath and slightly beyond it on fold, a third before 5,
a fourth above middle, and a fifth beneath and beyond third; a
more or less marked, fuscous, apical blotch; a terminal series of
dark fuscous dots; termen ochreous-tinged; cilia grey. Hindwings
elongate-ovate; pale grey; cilia pale grey, bases ochreous-tinged.
3U
350 STFinKS TX AT^STRALTAX MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
Q.: Nambour (including Euuiundi and Montviile) in August,
October, and November: Bunya Mountains, in December: five
specimens.
Gen. E F I T ii v m e m a,
Eplthiimema Turn., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1914, p.562.
Epitiivmema dlsparile.
Efilhymfima disparUe Turn., op. c.it., 1914, p.562.
N.S.W.: Ebor.
Eulechria pacifera.
Eidechriapnci/j, ^\'itl^lmt sjkjIs.
(J. 20-22 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-grey-whitish. Palpi
ochreous-grey-whitish ; outer surface of second joint fuscous-
Antennae ochreous-grey-whitish; ciliations of ^ H. Abdomen
ochreous-grey; apices of terminal .segments and tuft pale ochreous.
Legs fuscous, posterior pair pale ochreous. Forewings moder-
ately elongate, not dilated; ochreous-grey-whitish without mark-
ings- cilia pale grey. Hindwings grey: cilia whitish-ochreous,
towards apex greyish-tinged.
Allied to E. coucolor, but without the brownish colouration of
both fore and hind-wings.
N.S.W.: Glen Innes, in March; eight specimens.
EuLECHRIA SYNCHROA, n.Sp.
cri'y^poos', ot one colour.
^.17 ram. Head pale ochreous; face fuscous. Palpi fuscous,
apex of second joint whitish. Antennae grey; ciliations in ^ h-
Thorax dark brown; teguhe pale ochreous. Abdomen brownisli,
apices of segments and tuft pale ochreous. -l-^egs fuscous; pos-
terior tibite and tarsi pale ochreous. Forewings not dilated,
costa strongly arched, apex rounded, termen very obliquely
rounded; brown; cilia fuscous, bases whitish. Hindwings grey;
cilia srev, bases whitish-ochreous.
Not unlike E. (■oiicofor, \)ut at once distinguished by the pale
ochreous head.
N.S.W.: (lien Innes, in December; one specimen.
354 STtDlES IX AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
EULECHUIA NIPHOGRAMMA, Il.Sp.
yiafiiwi, snow-maiked.
^. 18 mm. Head brownisli-fuscous, side-tufis mixed Avitli
white, face whitish. Palpi whitish, external surface of second
joint brownish-tinged, anterior edge of terminal joint fuscous.
Antennie grey, towards base wliitish: ciliations of (J 1. Thorax
brown. Abdomen ochreous- whitish; bases of segments on dorsum
dull ferruginous. Legs brownish-fuscous: post» rior pair whitish-
ochreous Forewings moderate, posteriorly somewhat dilated,
costa gentlv arched, apex round-pointed, termen obliquely
rounded; ochreous-brown; a white costal streak from base to ^•.
cilia ochreous-brown. Hindwings pale grey: cilia whitish-
ochreous.
N.S.W.: Glen Innes, in March: one specimen.
EULECHRIA CIRRHOPEPLA n.Sp.
Ki.pi>oTr€ir\u^, flutliecl in yellowisli.
^.20-22 mm. Head pale ochreous. Palpi ochreous-whitish,
external surface fuscous except at base. Antenna? whitish
ochreous: ciliations in ^ 1. Thorax whitish-ochreous, anterior
edge sometimes fuscous-tinged. Abdomen dull ferruginous on
dorsum, apices of segments whitish, tuft pale ochreous. Legs
pale ochreous : anterior and middle pairs fuscous anteriorly.
Forewings rather narrowly oljlong, not dilated, costa gently
arched, more strongly at base, apex rounded, termen obliquely
rounded: whitish-ochreous; cilia wliitish-ochreous. Hindwings
grey; cilia whitish-ochreous.
The thorax and abdomen of this species are stoutly built.
N.A.: Port Darwin in November and December; four speci-
mens received from Mr. G. F Hill, and Mr. F. P. Dodd.
EULECHRIA LEPTOCHORDA, n.sp.
XeTrTo\oi)Oos, with fine lines,
f^. 25-26 mm. Head, thorax, and palpi grey-whitish. An-
tenna? whitish: ciliations in ^ 2. Abdomen whitish, bases of
segments dull ferruginous. Legs grey-whitish; anterior pair
fuscous anteriorly: posterior pair ochreous-whitisli. Forewings
elongate, not dilated, costa moderately arched, apex rounds
BY A. JEFFERIS TURNER. 355
pointed, termen very obliquely rounded; pale grey, with numerous,
fine, whitish streaks parallel to veins: cilia wliitish. Hindwings
and cilia pale grey.
N.Q.: Magnetic Island near Townsville, in July; three speci-
mens.
EULECHRIA PLAGIOSTICHA, n.sp.
7r/\'/.yto0'i, shield-shaped.
Antennas without pecten, or with two or three fugitive scales
only; in ^ with moderately long ciliations. Paljji rather long;
second joint exceeding base of antennae, thickened with appressed
scales; terminal joint hardly shorter than second, rather stout,
strongly recurved. Thorax smooth. Forewings suboblong,
moderately broad; 7 to apex. Hindwings somewhat narrower
than forewings; 6 from cell nearly midway between 4 and 6, not
curved and approximated to 4 at base.
Distinguished from Machimia (lloplitica) by the structure of
vein 5 of hindwings. A distinct and natural genus. Type,
Crypiolechia abalienella Wlk.
374 STtJDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA,
HOPLOMORPHA ABALIENELLA.
Cryplolechia ahalienella Wlk., Cat. Brit. Mus., xxix., p. 762.
Hoplitica colonias Meyr., Proc. Liun. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1887,
p.942.
N.Q.: Herberton. — Q.: Brisbane. — Vic: Bairnsdale.
HoPLOMORPHA PORPHYRASPIS.
Hoplitica porphyraspis Turn., Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 1896,
p.8.
Q.: Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine.
HoPLOMORPHA CAiMELiEA.
Eulechria camelcBa Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1887,
p.943.
Q.: Stanthorpe. — Vic: Beechworth, Gisborne.
HoPLOMORPHA EPICOSMA, n.Sp.
cTtK-ocr/xos, adorned.
J". 14-16 mm. Head fuscous. Palpi dark fuscous; internal
surface of second joint whitish. Antennae dark fuscous; cilia-
tions in (J 1. Thorax dark fuscous; posterior third, including
apices of patagia, whitish. Abdomen fuscous; anterior extremity
and tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs whitish-ochreous; anterior pair
dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa slightly arched, apex
round-pointed, hindmargin very obliquely rounded; whitish; base
of costa dark fuscous; costal edge grey, with a short, oblique
mark at |; a large, dark fuscous blotch on inner margin from ^
to |, attenuated anteriorly, reaching to fold, its upper edge
concave, angulated at each extremity of concavity; along its
posterior edge is a leaden-fuscous line, surmounted by a leaden-
fuscous dot in disc at |; an outwardly curved, fuscous line from
costa at I to anal angle, its anterior edge suffused with greenish-
grey; along its posterior edge is a narrow, white line not reach-
ing to anal angle; apical area purple fuscous irrorated with
leaden-fuscous scales; cilia greenish-grey, bases purplish, irrorated
with fuscous. Hindwings ochreous-whitish, apical half fuscous;
cilia whitish, at apex fuscous, at anal angle ochreous-whitish.
BT A. JEFfERIS TURNEK. 375
Q.: Mt. Tambourine, in November and December; two speci-
mens.
HOPLOMORPHA CAMINODES, H.Sp.
Ka[itvw8y)<;, fiery, red-hut.
(J^. 13-15 mm. Head and palpi reddish-ochreous. Antennae
grey, towards base reddish-ochreous; ciliations in ^ 2. Thorax
reddish-ochreous, paler posteriorly. Abdomen grey mixed with
reddish-ochreous, apices of segments whitish-grey, tuft whitish-
ochreous. Legs ochreous-whitish, anterior tibiae and tarsi, and
base of middle tibiae, reddish anteriorly. Forewings not dilated,
costa moderately arched, more strongly towards base, apex
rounded, termen obliquely rounded ; pale reddish-ochreous,
darker towards costa, a dark i-eddish, dorsal streak, edged with
whitish, from i to j, abruptly truncated posteriorly; a fuscous
spot, indented posteriorly, before tornus; from this a reddish-
ochreous suffusion containing two, minute, fuscous dots extends
more than half across disc beyond middle, and is preceded by a
whitish dot; a short, outwardly oblique, reddish-ochreous streak
from I costa; an interrupted, fuscous line from beneath ^ costa
to termen above tornus; a fine, fuscous, terminal line; cilia pale
reddish-ochreous, on tornus grey. Hindwings dark grey; towards
base ochreous-whitish; cilia grey.
In this species, the usual dorsal blotcJi is reduced to a dorsal
streak. The specimen from Killarney is much brighter red, the
markings reduced, the dorsal streak ci'imson-red and not white-
edged.
Q.: Brisbane, in October; Mount Tambourine, in December
and January; Southport, in December; Killarney, in November;
five specimens.
Gen. Lepidozancla, n.g.
AeTTtSo^ayK'A.O's, with scaly sickles (palpi).
Palpi long; second joint exceeding base of antennae, thickened
with loosely appressed scales in front, slightly expanded at apex;
terminal joint about | second, rather stout, acute. Antennae
without pecten. Thorax smooth. Abdomen stout. Forewings
with vein 7 to apex. Hindwings normal.
376 .STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN MICRDLEl'IDOfTERA.
In the absence of the ^, the correct position of this genus is
uncertain. It may be distinguished from Machitnia by the
stouter, second joint of palpi, which is roughened with scales
anteriorly.
Lkpidozancla zatrephes, n.sp.
^aTpe<^7;s, fat.
9. 18-22 mm. Head, thorax, palpi, and antennae pale grey.
Abdomen ochreous-grey, apices of segments grey-whitish Legs
pale grey ; posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings narrow-
oblong, costa straight except near base and apex, apex rounded,
termen obliquely rounded ; ochreous-grey-whitish ; a fuscous
discal dot at 1-, and a second considerably before it on fold, both
of which may be obsolete, and a third in disc beyond middle;
sometimes a few fuscous scales in a median line before and after
third dot; cilia concolorous. Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish.
Q.: Brisbane, in Fel)ruary and March. Although this species
comes commonly to light at my residence, I have never seen any
but female examples.
377
SOME CPvYPTOGAMIC NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC
GARDENS, SYDNEY.
By the Rev. W. Walter Watts.
(Plate XX.)
This paper deals with Ferns and Mosses. Two new species
and one new variety are described. Notes are added concerning
other species, including some new records. A new Tribe of the
Polypodiacece is also proposed and defined.
Ferns.
i.
DRYOPTERiDEiE : a Suggested new Tribe of the Polypodiaceff.
It was long the custom to classify a large section of the Poly-
podidcecp. on the basis of the presence, or absence, of a superior
indusium. The species bearing such indusium were classed as
the Aspidiere (do-Trt?, a shield), while those lacking such indusium
were the Polypodiect. Under this classification, the genus
Aspidium covered a large range of species and numerous sub-
genera. But it was at length realised that, by this arrange-
ment, ferns that had many natural affinities, especially in frond-
formation and venation, were needlessly and unscientifically
kept apart. Hence the conviction that the older classification
attached undue importance to the presence, or absence, of an
indusium - a conclusion that was strengthened by the discovery
of exindusiate forms of indusiate species, and by the fact that,
in some supposedly exindusiate species, traces had been found of
a small and extremely fugacious indusium.
In these circumstances, an old genus of Adanson's, dating
back to 1763, was revived and expanded, viz., Dryopteris, a
genus, as the name implies, consisting of ferns whose fronds
showed a supposed resemblance to the oak-leaf. I have not
378 SOME CRYPTOGAMIC NOTES,
access to Adanson's original description, but, judging from C
Christensen's " Enumeratio,"* his Dryopteris consisted of
aspidioid ferns with free veins ; i.e., it was the equivalent of
Presl's ^'■Lastrcea " (1836). In recent times, Dryopteris has been
used in at least two, different senses. On the one hand, it has
been made to cover all the oakleaf-like ferns, whether indusiate
or exindusiate; and, on the other hand, it has been limited to
the indusiate ferns alone of this class. Tn the former case,
the indusiate species have received the subgeneric name Eudry-
opteris, while the exindusiate species have constituted the sub-
genus Phegopteris. Where, on the other hand, Dryoj^teris has
been limited to the indusiate species, Phegopteris has been made
a separate genus.
The wider signification of Dryopteris has been adopted bj'
Christensen (ojo. ci^.), and K. Domin.f, Capt. van Aldewerelt
van Rosenbergl has divided all the Polypodiacece into the " In-
dusiatse" and the " Exindusiatee" ; and has, therefore, separated
Phegopteris from Dryopteris, placing it in a new tribe, Pheyo-
pteridece. Domin, with justice, calls Van Rosenberg's scheme in
question^; but in following Christensen and making Phegopteris
a subgenus of Dryopteris, Domin is in danger of seeming to
support a classification that includes exindusiate ferns under the
Aspidiece; to my mind, an undesirable arrangement, and indeed
a conti'adiction in terms.
It is only fair to Domin to state that he avoids this situation
by carefully refraining from any use of tribal divisions under
the Polypodiacece, a procedure, however, that is scarcely to be
followed in dealing with a family that includes the great bulk
of the ferns of the world.
To avoid, (a), the unscientific separation of Phegopteris from
the vicinity of Dryopteris, (b), the inclusion of exindusiate ferns
* Index Filieum, 1906, p. xxi.
t Pteridophyta.
J Malayan Ferns, 1908.
§ Van Rosenberg liiniself (op. cit., p. 486) says, in a note on Phegopteria,
" Its proper place is near Dryojiteris, from which it differs by the wanting
indusiura only."'
BY W. WALTER WATTS. 379
among the Aspidiece, and (c), the growing cumbrousness of the
genus Dryopteris, as defined in Christensen's Index, I venture to
suggest the separation of the supposedly oak-leaf ferns, in order
to make them a new tribe, Dryopteridem.
The new tribe will include Dryopteris in what appears to have
been Adanson's original sense ( = Lastrcea), Nephrodium, Phcgo-
pteris, Goniopteris, andMeniscium, all considered as genera.
I put forward this suggestion after much hesitancy, but in
the belief that it will serve the double purpose of bringing within
manageable bounds the, at present, unwieldy genus Dryopteris,
and of promoting the interests of a more natural classification.
In accordance with the requirements of the Vienna Rules, I
submit a Latin description, and an analysis, as follows : —
DRYOPTERiDEiE, Trib.nov.
Stipes ad rhizoma non articulatus; frondes foliorum quercus
memorantes, venis solutis vel plus minusve unitis; sori indusiati
vel exindusiati, reniformes vel rotundati vel plus minusve
oblongi, ad venas mediales vel terminales, interdum confluentes,
indusiis, si exstantibus, soris sequiformantibus.
1. Dryopteris Adans., 1763; Lastrcea Presl; Endryopteris auctt.
Soi'i, for the most part, distinctly indusiate; veins free.
2. Nephrodium Schott, 1834; Aspidium^ Christ; Eunephrodium
auctt.
Veins more or less united, especially alongside the costa; sori
indusiate.
3. Phegopteris (Presl) Fee; Euphegopteris auctt.
Exindusiate, or indusium early shrivelling and disappearing;
veins free. This includes Leptogramma (sori oblong or linear).
4. Goniopteris Presl, 1836; Phegopteris^ auctt.
Exindusiate, or indusium early shrivelling or disappearing;
sori never confluent; veins more or less as in Nephrodium. This
includes Stegnogramma (sori oblong or linear).
5. Meniscium Schreb.; Phegopteris% auctt.; Dryopteris^ auctt.
Veins uniting as in Goniopteris; exindusiate; soi'i often con-
fluent at the junction of the transverse veinlets and "not rarely
running along the excurrent veinlets."
3S0 SOME CRA'PTOGAMIC NOTES,
Adopting the above arrangement, our Australian species will
stand as follows : -
Dryopleris decomposita (R.Br.j O. Ktze.
D. glabella (A. Cunn.) C. Chr.
D. acuminata (Lowe) \\'atts.
D. tenera (R.Br.) 0. Chr.
D. velutina (liich.) O. Ktze.
D. (ilbovillosa Watts.
D. Baileyana Domin.
D. lanciloba (Bak.) O. Ktze.
£). dissecta (Forst ) O. Ktze.
Nephrodmm yonyylodes (Schkr.) Suhott; K. unitnm R.Br.
iV. pteroides (Retz. ) Desv.
iV^. parasiticnm (L. ) Desv.
iV. truncatum (Poir.) Presl.
N. decorum (Dura.) Watts.
Fhegopter is punctata (Thunb.) Mett.
P. setiyera (Bl.) Bak.
/'. ornata{yJ&\\.) Fee.
P. queenslandica (Dora.) Watts; Polt/podium asjndioides Bail.
P. tropica (Dora.) Watts; P. aspidiuides var. tropica ~B-di\.
P. rufescens (BL; Mett.
P. wurunuran (Dom.) Watts.
Goniopteris urophylla (Wall.) Presl.
G. Danesiana (Dom.) VN'atts.
G. Hillii (Bak.) Watts.
G. pmcilopJdebia (Hook.) Bail.
G. prulifera (Retz.) Pr.
Meniscium tr'tphyU am Sw.
ii.
Athyrium humile Watts, sp.nov.
(Plate XX., fig^l.)
Rhizoma repens, subtenue, dense paleaoeum, paleis pallide
brunneis, basi lati-ovatis, apice breviter vel longe acuminatis,
cellulis diplazioideis, rhizomatulis numerosis, longis, ramosissi-
inis, fuscis ad subatris, madore carnosis. Stipites approximati,
subtlexuosi, ad 1 dm. longi, basi fusci, incrassati dense paleacei,
BY W. WALTER WATTS. 381
paleis rhizoraaticis conformibus, deinde tenues, pallescentes, plus
minusve paleacei, paleis tenuibus, longe et flexuose acuniinatis,
cum glandibus articulatis pallidis intermixtis. Frons anguste
ovato-lanceolata, longe acuminata, falcatula, ad 1-5 dm. longa et
5 cm. lata, facie antica fusco-viridi, postica pallido-viridi, baud
nitenti, infra pinnata, delude pinnatifida, gradatim breviter
lobata, apice subintegra; pititiis injimis subsessilibus, plus
minusve distantibus, oppositis vel suboppositis, obovatis, squar-
rosis vel deflexulis, ad 2 cm. longis et 1 cm. latis; pinnis mediis
approximatis, sessilibus ad decurrentibus, alternantibus, longi-
oribus (ad 3 cm. longis et 0-75 cm. latis), oblongo-lanceolatis,
supra gradatim suberecto-patentibus, paullulum sursum curva-
tis, lobis apicem versus gradatim abbreviatis, in summo apice
evanidis; pinnis et lobis omnibus (superioribus exceptis) plus
minusve crenato-lobatis, segmentis oblongo-rotundatis, apice
interdum crenulatis, segmento primo acroscopico evolutiori;
lobis frondis apicem versus subcrenulatis ad integris; rhachi
parce hirsuta, in superior! dimidio alata; pinnis et lobis penni-
nervatis, nervis ssepe indistinctis; faciebus et rhachi et costis
cum glandibus articulatis pra?ditis. Sori breves, in pinnarum et
loborum nervis, juxtacostales, stricti vel subarcuati; indiisio
membranaceo, pallido, margine crenulato vel subcristato, in-
trorsum aperienti. Texhira subcoriacea.
Damp base of rock in The Rapids, Ellenborough River, the
Bulga, via Wingham: leg. W. W. Watts, April, 1915.
iii.
Notes and Records.
1. Hymenophyllum peltatum (Poir.) Desv.; H. Wilsoni Hook.;
JI. unilaterale Willd.
This interesting fern was collected by Mr. J. L. Boorman, on
Barrington Tops, in January, 1916. Mr. Wilson published a
description, with an admirable figure, of the species in "English
Botany, Suppl.,t.2686"(1831 ), as Hymenophyllum Wilsoni Hook.,
(Brit. Fl., i., 446, 1830). In Hooker and Baker's "Synopsis,"
p. 67, it is made a variety, "/?, " of //. tunbridgense Sm., but a
note is added, '■'H. peltatzirn (Poir.) oldest name." Christenseni
also (Index) identifies H. Wilsoiii with II. peltatum (Foir.) Desv.^
82
382 SOME ORYPTOGAMIC NOTES,
Prod., 333, 1827. Assuming this identity, the name H. peltahhm
must stand. Poiret published his species, in 1808, as Tricho-
manes peltatum. In 1810, Willdenow published it as Hymeno
phyllum unilaterale (certainly the most appropriate name): and
in 1830-31, it was, as already stated, described and figured as
H. Wilsoni Hook., (specimens collected in Ireland by Mr. Wilson).
It is interesting to know that we have this fern, as well as H.
tnnbridyense, in Australia. I have no hesitancy in separating
the two species, even on the ground of the unilateral pinna? of
H. peltatum, to say nothing of its differently-shaped and entire
indusium.
There are specimens in the Herbarium (Sydney) collected on the
Snowy River by Mr. W. Bauerlen, as also specimens from Tas-
mania (Archer &, Gunn), but these have, until now, been placed
in the H. tunbridgense box. Mr. Boorman's specimens are
ample, quite characteristic, and in good condition.
2. Hymenophyllum rarum R.Br.
This southern species was collected on Mt. Wilson by Mr.
Boorman and myself, in May, 1915. Not previously recorded
north of Illawarra, though Mr. Whitelegge reports having found
it in Blackheath Glen.
3. Dryopteris acuminata (Lowe) Watts; Lastrcea Moore.
A small, dark green, shiny Dryopteris, found here and there
in New South Wales, has hitherto been identified, for the most
part, with D. decomposifa (R.Br.), from all forms of wiiich it
certainly differs. Mr. Thos. Whitelegge, for many years, has
regarded it as luovfe^a Aspidium acuminatum (¥'\\., vi., t.ll, 1857).
Lowe's description is scarcely adequate, but his accompanying
figure leaves little or no doubt in my mind that Mr. Whitelegge's
view is correct. Lowe's species (supposed by him, apparently,
to have been Willdenow's A. acum.inatum, which is, according to
Christensen, a syn. of Nephrolepis biserrata) was based on speci-
mens grown at Kew, but he did not know to what country it
belonged. Many years ago, Mr. Whitelegge sent specimens of
our Australian fern to Mr. T. Rogers, of Manchester, who con-
firmed its identification with Lowe's species. Hooker and Baker
BY W. WALTER WATTS. 383
(Syn., p. 281) make Lastra'a acumhiata Moore, (1858) a syn. of
Aspidium Shepherdi Ktze., (Linn., 23, 230, 1850), which Chris-
tensen (Index FiL) identifies with D. decomposita. Not having
access to Linniiea, I can oidy keep Lowe's nonienclatuie: but if
A. Sliepherdi and A. acuminatum are identical, then Kuntze's
•name must have the precedence. Dryopteris (jlabella (Cunn.),
is an entirely different plant.
I collected this fern (Z). acM?/ima.
+ Icone.s Lithoi^raphica; (1827), t.!8.
384 some cryptogamic notes,
Mosses.
i.
FissiDENS ( AmblyolhaUla) humilis Dixon et Watts, sp.nov.
(Plate XX., figs.2a-c?.)
AtUoic^is, riore inasculo ad surculum brevem terminali; humilis^
dense caespitosus, pallide virens, baud nitidus; caulis 3 mm. a.d
5nim. usque altus, simplex vel subsimplex, basi radiculosus, infra
laxe supra dense ioMosus; folia usque ad 18-juga, infima parva,
supra sensiui majora, ligulato-lanceolata, breviter acuminata,
superiora usque ad 1"0 mm. longa et 0*25 mm. lata, omnia immar-
ginata, integra vel prope apicem indistincte subcrenulata, s;epe
in unica triangulari hyalina cellula terminata, humida erecto-
patentia, subfalcata, sicca appressa, rigida, falcatula, superiora
incurva, nervo infra summum apicem evanido, in foliis inferiori-
bus amoene rufo, in superioribus flavo, pellucido, subflexuoso,
falcato; lamina vaginalis lamina apicali longior, in foliis infimis^
omne fere folium occupans, lamiiia dorsalis inferne angustata,
ad basin nervienata; cellulis in lam. vaginanti rotundato-quadra-
tis, subpellucidis, 0'005-0'007 mm. in diam., in lam. apicali et
dorsali densioribus, minutioribus; perichfetium terminate; vagi-
nula cylindrica, fusca, circa 0*26 mm. alta: seta ad 3-4 mm. usque
alta, basi subito curvata, flavo-brunnea, deinde suhstricta,
davescens; theca suberecta, symmetrica, humida ovato-oblonga,
sicca ovata, sub ore constricta, fusco-viridis, e cellulis exothecii
turgidis, laxe hexagonis, subrugulosa : operculum § vel ultra
longitudinis thecje, rostratum, leniter curvatum, acutum basi
brunneum, supra pallidum; peristomium simplex, dentes 16, basi
connati, erecti (sicca valde incurvi), purpurei, dense papillosi,
indistincte trabeculati, inlus appendiculati, deinde in cruribus
longis duobus, filiformibus, dense papillosis dividi; spori flavo-
virides, levissimi, circa 0015mm.; calyf,tra pallida, longa, mitri-
formis.
Surculus masculus brevis, 3-4-juga, foliis latioribus, breviori-
bus, lamina vera omne fere folium occupante, cellulis laminafr
apicalis et dorsalis majoribus.
On silt, near the Harbour, Newcastle, N.S. W., leg. Chas. L.
Burgess (ex herb. W. H. Burrell).
BY W. WALTER WATTS. 385
Comparable with F. intcuerrivins Mitt., but readily distin.
guislied bv its smaller size, tlie form of its leaves, and their
acuter apex, the smaller and denser cells of the lamina apicalis,
and other characters.
ii.
Notes and records.
1 . Lrptostomum inclinans R.Bi\; L. ^/lexipile CM..
This fine moss, not hitherto recorded from New South Wales,
though often found in Tasmania and Victoria, was collected by
Mr. Boorman on Harrington Tops in Januar}', 1916, in ample
material in good condition. Our only Leptostomum, up to now,
has been L. erectma li.Br. New South Wales records of L.
macrocarpiim Hedw , existed formerly in the Melbourne Herba-
rium, but the specimens proved, upon examination, to be L.
erecHim.
2. Hampeella fallens (Lacoste) Fleischer.
This unique little moss is a tropical and subti'opical species.
In Australia, it was first found by Mr Thomas Wliitelegge on
Cambewarra Mountain in 1885, and was regarded bj' Dr. V. F.
Brotherus as a new genus, Whiteleggea (australis). It was pub-
lished, however, in the first Part of Brotherus' "Some new
Species of Australian Mo.sses," as Lcpidopilnm ansfrale, the de-
scription being based on specimens collected at Harvey's Creek,
North Queensland, by the late F. M. Baile3^ Mr. Whitelegge
found it again, in 1891, at Lilyvale; and I was fortunate enough
to find it at several places on the Richmond and Brunswick
Rivers, N.S.W., between 1895 and 1901. When my specimens
were sent to Dr. lU-otherus, he remarked on "this interesting
rediscovery of Whiteleggea australis," having apparently, up to
this point, ovei'looked its identity with his Lepidopilum australe.
liut in his " Bryales" (Engler's Pflanzenfamilien), we have the
remark (p. 963) that Lepidopilnm australe belonged to the new
genus, Whiteleggea. IJefore, however, this great work was com-
pleted, the distinguished author had discovered that he had been
anticipated, and he desci'ibed and figured this curious moss
under the name Hampeella pallens (Lac.) Fleisch. It turned
33
386 SOME CPYPTOGAMIC NOTES.
out that it had been first found in Java, and published, by
Lacoste, in 1872, as Cladonmioii. pallefis. In 1881, what proved
later to be the same plant was published, by Dr. Carl Mueller,
as a new genus, HampeeUa {II. Kurzii). The species, therefore,
after a chequered career, has settled down under the name
HampeeUa pallens (Lac.) Fleisch.
Three years ago, I collected it at TuUy Falls, N. Queensland,
and at different times I have come across it at Wyong, and even
at Mt. Wilson, in New South Wales. Mr. Boorman has
recently brought it from the Dorrigo, and records having seen
it on Mt. Lindsay.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX.
Fig. L — Athyrinm hmnile Watts, sp.n.
rii^.'2. — Fi^>h came into my field of view. As this egg-shell and
pronym})h were also lying on their sides, I took a fine needle, and
gently pushed them so that they came to lie exactly alongside
the one I was observing. Thus I had the midgut regions of two
pronymphs under observation at the same time. The most
important result of this was, that when the changes began in
the tracheal system of the first pronymph, the tracheal system of
the second, remaining filled with liquid, served as a most valuable
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 397
means of gauging the extent of the change. But for this, T
doubt if I should have noticed the gradual beginning of the
change at all.
The behaviour of the second pronymph was not exactly tlie
same as that of the first. After remaining weak and inert for
about two hours (by which time the first pronymph had been
just disposed of), I found that it had become much more vigorous,
making many attempts to burst the pronymphal sheath, all of
which, unfortunately, were failures. A count of the pulse, during
tlie most active of these attempts, showed 70 beats to the minute.
A few minutes later, I took a fine brush, and coaxed the pi"o-
nymph out from its egg-shell. It at once began to bend up 'and
down vigorously, and made frantic ett'orts to break its sheath.
Soon after, I noticed the pulse quicken greatly, and a count gave
120 beats to the minute. On searching for the cause of this, I
found that the sheath liad l)iu'st dorsally over the sixth abdominal
segment, and that the hir\ul intestine was pi-ojecting through the
slit. This, of course, meant a speedy death to the larva. This
second pronymph, therefore, lived just over two hours, and no
gas appeared in its tracheal system during that period.
Watch was continued throughout April 3i-d. On that day,
two more pronymphs emerged, both, unfortunately, after dark,
and at a time when I was only able to pay occasional visits to
the microscope. Complete] v tired out with the four days'
watching, I \\as in no mood to continue the watch far into the
night, and contented mj'self with noting that the general course
of events, in the cases of these two, was \ery similar to that in
the first pron3"mph. The tracheal system showed no signs of gas
until about three hours after hatching; and the gas, when present,
did not extend beyond the limits stated in the first case. Both
these nymphs were found dead in the morning, having failed to
burst their sheaths.
Before describing the remaining experiments made upon these
eggs, it would be best to give in tabular form the full record of
emergences for the Series A, B, and C, in order that references
to the table may make these experiments clearer.
398
EMERGENCE OF DRAGONFLY-LARViE,
Table showing hatchings of Eggs of Anax jKipuensis,
March 2 8th- April 11th, 1916.
Date.
Series A.
Series B (control
upon A).
Series C (control
upon A and B).
28 eggs in tap-
8 eggs in tap-water
20 eggs in original
water without
with small pieces of
stem of Water-Mil-
vegetable tissues.
vegetable tissues hi
foil, with plenty
situ around them.
of water in Petri
March—
dish.
Tues. 28th
—
—
2L
Wed. 29th
—
IL
3L
Thurs. 30th
2L
2L
2L
Fri. 31st
IL
2L
3L
April-
Sat. Ist
—
IL
4L
Sun. 2nd
2P
—
3L
Mon. 3rd
2P
—
—
Tues. 4th
—
2L
Wed. 5th
IP
—
IL
Thurs. 6th
—
Fri. 7th
IP*
IL
Sat. 8th
IL
—
Sun. 9th
IL
Mon. 10th
2L
—
Left over on
April 11th
16 dead embryos
nil
nil
Total hatched
6P + 6L
8L
20L
L denotes that the emerging embryo reached the full larval
stage, P that it did not succeed in getting beyond the pronyniphal
stage. None of the larvte obtained from Series A lived more
than two or three hours. The pronymph marked * was from the
unreversed embiyo, and came out of the egg-shell backwards.
Section 2. — The Composition of the Gas in the Tracheal System.
The question next arose — What could be the composition of
the gas which I had seen enter the tracheal system from the
body of the pronymph? It seemed to me, as soon as I observed
the phenomenon, that it must be one of two things, viz., {a) car-
bonic acid gas, or (6) oxygen. The former would naturally
appear to be the most likely solution, since C0„ is the only gas
formed in large quantities within the body of a living animal.
On the other hand, one naturally recoiled at the idea that such a
BY R. .T. TILLYARD. 399
gas should completely fill the respiratory system of the larva.
The second solution, that it might be oxygen, would require the
existence of some oxygenating substance in the blood, which
would act on the C0„ produced by metabolism in the developing
embryo, and release oxygen therefrom, in some manner analogous
to that of chlorophyll in the leaves of plants. But, though the
blood of Odonata is always of a yellowish or greenish colour, we
have it, on the high authority of Cuenot,* that the pigments
hcemoxanthine, h(emochlorvne, and hcemojwasme, which are the
only substances that might conceivably perform such a function,
are quite absent from the blood of these insects.
It seemed necessary, in any case, to obtain some definite result
by experiment, and not to rely upon arguments alone, however
conclusive they might appear. Unfortunately, by the evening
of April 3rd, as the table already given will show, most of my
eggs had already hatched, and I could not expect to obtain many
more larvae. I was forced, therefoi-e, to limit my experiments,
both in variety and in the number of larvre on which they could
be performed. I decided to employ only two test-solutions, whose
combined results should indicate, with considerable certainty, the
composition of the gas in the tracheae. These wei*e
{a) a 10% solution of caustic potash.
(6) a 4% solution of Azol.f
As a stand-by, I also prepared, (r) a 4% solution of caustic soda,
in case solution (a) should prove too strong.
Control Experiments :— As a control upon the experiments, two
live larvae were taken from the Petri dish (Series C), and killed
by being placed in a tube of water, in which a single drop of
chloroform had been well shaken up. They were then removed
to tap-water in a crystal dish, and the times taken for the tracheal
system to collapse were noted.
* Etudes sur le sang et les glandes lymphatiques dans la serie animale,
2'"'' partie. Invertebres. Arch. Zool. exper. 2""* serie. ix., 1801.
t Azol, the proprietary name for an excellent, one-solution, photographic
developer, which acts as a verj' strong reducing agent. The connect
strength for use on plates is 1 part in 24 of water, or roughly 4%.
400 EMERGENCE OF DRAGONFLY-LARVii;,
Result : — The rectal capillaries collapsed in from 2-3 hours, the
main tracheal system (whole length of dorsal trunks) in from 5-6
hours.
Experiment 1. — Two larvse, aged from one to two days old
(strongly pigmented), were placed alive in 10% solution of KOH.
The solution was regularly sucked into the rectum and expelled
again, causing considei'able irritation to the larvae, both of which
died within an hour. A close examination showed that the
rectum became swollen and somewhat opaque. The rectal capil-
laries remained quite unaft'ected, except where the gill-tissues
became very badly damaged. The main tracheal system was not
aifected in any way.
Conc/vsion. — No appreciable CO.^ present in tlie tracheal
system of larvae 1-2 days old.
Experitnent 2. — Two larvse, which emerged from Series C on
Api'il 4th, were taken before they were two houi's old, and placed
alive in 10% solution of KOH. Both died within half-an-hour,
after having repeatedly sucked the solution into the rectum and
expelled it again. In three-quarters of an hour, the doi'sal
trunks began to collapse from the region of the rectum forwards,
but the i-ectal capillaries remained unaltered. At one hour, the
dor.sal truidvs were very badh' collapsed. At two hours, all the
trachea^ in the abdomen had collapsed, except the rectal capil-
laries, which remained only partially collapsed. At three hours,
tlie whole tracheal system had collapsed, including the parts in
the head and thorax, but there still remained a number of the
rectal capillaries only partially collapsed. At four hours, all the
capillaries had collapsed {of. Control Experiment).
Conehision. — The gas in the tracheal system of larva? 1-2 hours
old is CO 2, except in the rectal capillaries, which are, at any
rate, partially filled with some gas not extracted by KOH.
Experiment 3. — Two larva? were taken from Series B and C
respectively, the latter between two and three days old (sti-ongly
pigmented), the former between six and twelve hours old (just
beginning to become pigmented), were placed alive in 4 % solu-
tion of Azol. The larvae lived for two or three hours, and ap-
BY R. .1. TILLYARD. 401
pearf-d to suffer little inconvenience oi' irritation, tliouyh the
liquid was repeatedly sucked into the rectum. In both larva?,
the main tracheal system remained intact for fioehi' hrntrs (a
very strikin,y lesult, cf. Control Experiment). In the younger
larva, the rectal capillaries remained absolutely intact at the end
of tNselve hours (again, <■/. Control Experiment). In the older
larva, the rectal capillaries collapsed partially at tlie end of three
hours.
Conclnttiou. — The action of the Azol is clearly resisted by
chitin, and hence, no safe conclusions can be drawn as to what
gas was present in the main tracheal system. In the rectal
capillaries, there was little or no oxygen present in the case of
the younger larva, but enough oxygen was present in the case of
tlie older larva to affect the stability of these tubes when it was
withdrawn by the Azol.
Experiment 4. — A moribund larva, taken fi'om Series A, soon
after hatching, was placed in a solution of 4% NaOH. This
larva remained inert, without sucking the solution into its
rectum, and died within an hour. lifKiilt, same as stated for
the larvte in the Control Experiment.
Conclusion. — No guide as to composition of gas. Either the
solution was too weak to penetrate the chitin, or else the fact
that the larva was moi'ibund, and did not draw the solution
into its rectum, prevented contact between the solution and the
most permeable part of the animal {i.e., the thin, chitinous cuticle
of the rectal gills).
Besides the larvae used in the above experiments, a single
larva emerged from Series B on April 9th, at a time when I was
unable to make use of it, and two moribund larv?e emerged from
Series A on April 10th, dying before I could make use of them.
No more larvai emerged, and no less than sixteen dead embryos
remained inside eggs of Series A until April 20th, when they
were thrown away.
The results of my experiments, few though tliey were in
number, appear to point definitely in the following direction: —
While there is no appreciable quantity of CO.^ in the tracheal
34
402 EMERGENCE OF DRAGONPLY-LARV^.,
system of larva; more tlian a day old (Expt.l), yet, in larvw only
an hour oi- two old, the whole system is filled with COj, except
the rectal capillaries, where there is a mixture of gases (Expt.2).
Also, though the Azol solution appeared to be unsuitable for
penetration of chitinous membranes, yet the fact that it ex-
tracted some of the gas from the rectal capillaries of a 2-3 days
old larva, and failed to do so in the case of a 6-12 hours old
larva, suggests that the proportion of O in the gills of the former
was considerably greater than that in the gills of the latter (Expt.
3). We are thus led, on all three counts, to the definite con-
clusion that, (i. ) the original gas which fills the, tracheal system of
the larva chiving the pvocei^s of hatching is COo, but that, (u.) the
estahlishment <>/' regnlav rectal respiration sets np a process of
diffusion hetween the rectal cajnllaries and the water in the
rectum, ivhereby the COo in the tracheal system is gradually with-
drawn, and replaced by air, or a mixture of nitrogen and oxygen
not differing much from the ordhmry composition of air.
It is easy to show that these results are in agreement with the
physiological aspects of the problem. Firstly, the exertions of
the larva to burst open both the egg and the pronymphal sheath
involve a sudden and rapid increase of metabolic activity. Thus,
just at the period when large quantities of CO^ are being
liberated by the activities of the larva, gas replaces the liquid in
the trachea;. If this gas be CO., as our experiments suggest, we
have solved at once the problem of what the larva does with the
large amount of CO^ liberated by its new exertions, and why it
is that the gas comes into the tracheal system in the manner it
does. Secondly, if we grant that this gas is CO.,, the gradual
change to air, or a mixture of gases not difiering appreciably
from air, is not only to be expected as a result of rectal respira-
tion, but must inevitably take place, by the ordinary laws of
diffusion. Eor, in the tracheal system of the newly-hatched
lai'va, the pressure of COo will be 760 mm., or atmospheric
pressure. But in the aerated water of the rectum, the partial
pressure of O is approximately 150 mm., that of N approximately
610 nnn., and that of CO. less than 1 mm. It follows that the
BY R. J. TILLYAKD. 403
CO .J in the trachea? must eventually be replaced almost completely
by a mixture of O and N" closely resembling air. (As the larva
must be continually using up the O, it is not necessary to assume
that the total amount of gas in the trachepe at any given moment,
if analysed, must have the exact composition of air). The rate
at which the exchange takes place will be governed bj' the mor-
phological coiulitions in the rectum. As the expanse uf the
rectal chamber is limited, only a certain amount of aei'ated water
can be drawn in at one time. Hence, if this water bathes an}'
given length of cylindrical tracheal tubing, it is cleai- that, the
smaller the bore of the tube, the quicker will the exchange of
gases take place. The rate of exchange of gas may be roughly
taken as inversely propoi'tional to the area of the cross-section of
the tube, i.e., to the square of the diameter of the tube. Also,
any increase in the length of tube exposed to the watei- will
facilitate the rate of exchange. Thus the ideal conditions
for a rapid e.rchatu/e are fidjilled in tlir case of a lan/e number
of e.vceediuyl y Jini' tubes hatnny a c/reat portion of their lenyth
bathed by the water. This is exactly the morphological condition
developed in the rectal gills of Anisopterid larva\*
Section 3. — The Nature and Action of the Cephalic Heart.
Tn my previous study upon the larva of Anax papuensis {I.e.),
T described the action of the peculiar pumping-organ of the head,
and suggested for it the name of the cephalic heart. Owing to
the rapidity of the act of hatching, and the fact that this organ
* Note. — In a letter received from Mr. G. L. Purser, B. A., of Trinity
College, Cambridge, in which he di.scusses my papei' on the Phj^siology of
the Rectal Gills, lie remarks on the peculiar problem of tlie first appearance
of gas in the trachea^: — "I don"t see why the gas slioald appear just where
it does. My idea is this : the gas appears first in the thickest part of the
embryo; it appears just when the larva is making a series of strong
muscular efforts for the first time. Why, therefore, should it not be CO., ?
Tiie gas appears wliere COo will be most concentrated; it appears mlien it
is most concentrated." This letter was received only a few days after my
expei'iments were completed, and was, therefore, written some time before
them. I desire, therefore, to give Mr. Purser due credit for the first eou- ^ -^
ception of the idea stated in liis letter. — R.J.T. /vNV3' ^ A ^
Lul LI 8 R A F
404 EMERGENCE OF DRAGONFLY-LARV^,
is only in action fpr about half-a-minute, it is most difficult to
determine its exact nature and position. We know that it is
situated above and somewhat posterior to the mouth, and below
the dorsal aorta; that at first it is very small, that it increases
rapidly in size and in the force of its pulsations; and then, after
performing about twenty-five I'egular double-beats in half-a-
minute, subsides veiy quickly. In appearance, it is two-cham-
bered, but whether there are actually two pulsating chambers,
or a single one constricted at some point by the tentorial
structures of the head, I had not been able to determine. With
Balfour Browne,*! agree that this organ pumps a pale yellowish
liquid, which can be none other than the liquid part of the blood.
I did not observe any corpuscles passing through the organ.
Balfour-Browne states that the blood is pumped upwards and
backwards. This appears to me also to be correct as regards the
first few pulsations of the organ; after that, I confess that 1
could not follow a definite course of the blood, and I must hold
to the opinion that most of the blood pumped into the anterior
chamber (or auricle, as I previously termed it) was again pumped
out into the posterior chamber (or ventricle), and served to cause
the immense distension of that chamber which takes place just
before the larva bursts its pronymphal sheath. What the exact
nature of the organ is, and whence and whither the blood was
actually pumped, I had not been able to determine.
In entering upon the experiments already detailed in Section
1 of this paper, I had strong hopes that the general retardation
of the process of hatching might be accompanied by a correspond-
ing I'etardatioii in the action of the cephalic heart, and that thus
T might be able to examine this oi-gan more minutely. It will
be seen already, however, that these hopes were frustrated, since
the cejahalic heart barely came into action before it subsided
again, at the birth of the pronymph, and failed altogether to
come into action again during the whole of the pronymphal
stage, lasting over three hours. Indeed, it is very probable that
""The Life-Historj' of the Agrionicl Dragonfly." Proc. Zool. Soe.
Loudon, UHKI, pp.2u3-"285.
BY R. .T. TII.r.YARD 405
tlie failure of tlif larva to emerge from the pronymphal sheath
was correlated with its failure to bring this strong iuini})ing
apparatus into action, to aid in the required distension of the
head.
My one remaining hope of discovering something about this
important organ lay in a study of sections of a pronymph. As
already stated, the pronymph studied on p. 394 was remo\cd in
a moribund condition, after it had lived for three and a half
hours, and was fixed in hot water. Though it was almost dead
when the hot water was poured upon it, the sudden contact with
this li(|uid caused it to burst the pronymphal sheath, and flow
ciili(i(ii'(il ri'(jli>it iff strongly distended with blood, in which, hotc-
ever, no corpuscles are visible. A search througli the whole series
of sections hkewise fails to show the presence of any special organ
which might be interpreted as the collapsed cephalic heart.
There is nothing to be seen except the usual organs of the head
and thorax present in any insect-larva. If we combine these
two facts together, the conclusion is very strong that the cephalic
heart is really only (t special temjwrary developvient in the teso-
phmjns, and that, therefore, the pumping of the liquid blood must
take place through the month.
cla ^^ cr c£v
-Vll
\(\^-
fg...
]r-
Text -fig. 2. — Nearly median, sagittal section through pronymph of Anax
jinpHnnsis Biirni.. with the pronyniphal sheath removed. To show
mass of blood-coaguhim, without corpuscles, distending the reso-
phagus and crop. ( x l(Ml) : l>r, brain; cr. crop; da, dorsal aijrla;
ffj, frontal ganglion; ,7, -.7,;, thoracic ganglia; ,'/z, gizzard; Im. labial
mask (cut off); Ir. labrum; m, mouth; ;»//, muscle; >rs, (esophagus;
» r, fvsophageal valve (junction of fore- and midgut); i^orf, subicso-
])hageal ganglion; 'vV, vitellophags in ^\all nf midgut.
Let us now see how this conclusion agrees with the observed
facts of the hatching of the egg. Before the pronymph emerges,
there is a large '' head vesicle" fitting closely under the pedicel of
the egg. When the cephalic heart comes into action, the liquid
in this vesicle (which must obviously be a space between the
bY K. J. TiLLYARt).
407
proiiymplial sheatli and the true larval head) is withdrawn, the
head oi the larva swells up greatly, and, by this means, the
pedicel of the egg is pushed aside, and the pronynij)!! emerges.
After a short period of time (from a few seconds to half-a-minute
at the most in Anax), the activity of the cephalic heart increases
rapidly, the head again swells up, but this time to almost twice
its previous size, and the larva escapes through the dorsal split-
ting of the pronymphal sheath. .
Now there is no possil)le connection between the "head-
vesicle" and the interior of the embryo, except via the lai-val
mouth. If the cephalic heart be merely t^ temporary formation
in the ((esophagus, acting somewhat in the manner of a sucking-
pharynx, it would be able to exhaust all the liquid in the "head-
Text-Hj^.3. — Head and poitiuii ut' thoiax nt' [jrunjiiiph ut' Ajia,i: jjajiHeiisi,-<
Buiiii., tu nhow, (a) (jouise of hlood-corpii-scles in tlit- head-rejfi(jii
(single arrows), and (h) suggested course of liquid Ijlood (lymph)
drawn into resophagus by action of cephalic heart (double arrows).
Diagrammatic. ( x 60) : aiif. antenna; da, d(jrsal aoita; e, eye
(dotted outline); It, larval liead; /ir, liead-vesicle; /c, larval cuticle;
/ill, labial mask; m, mouth; my, midgut; jji^ foreleg; ^>?-.v, pro-
iiymplial sheath; st, stomodteum or foregut.
vesicle," by sucking it into the lumen of the oesophagus. Text-
fig.3 shows, in a diagrammatic manner, how this would be done.
The accumulation of all this volume of liquifl in the anterior part
of the oesophagus, together with the extra pressure caused by the
408 E>tERGE?fCE OP DRAGOKFLY-LAftV.f;,
fio-wanl moxenieiit of the midgut, would he quite sufficient to
cause the spHttiiig uf the pronyiuphal sheath, as well as the
lif ting-up of the egg-pedicel.
As regards the twu-chambered structure of the cephalic heart,
a reference to the section in Text-fig. 2 shows the exact position
where the tentorium would cause a definite constriction in the
(csophajrus, if that organ were to distend itself in anv manner.
The i:>assage through this tentorial foramen, below the brain(/jr)
and above the suba?sophageal ganglion (soy) is small, and the
tentorial bars are hard aild rigid. Moreover, the oesophagus,
both at this point and throughout its entire length, is capable of
very great expansion, as may be seen in any tran.sverse section
of that organ, both by reason of the longitudinal pleating or
infolding of its epithelium, and the strength of it;- muscular
tunic. It seems reasonable to suppose that the division into
two chambers is caused by the tentorial compression. The notes
and drawings that I made for my previous paper show the point
of constriction placed somewhat further back than the position
of the tentorium. I think, however, that too much weight nuist
not be placed upon this fact, as it was manifestly impossible to
make accurate drawings of all the different parts of the larva,
during the single half-minute of vigorous struggle for emergence.
If, howevei', future observations should confirm my original
drawing's,* then there is reason to suspect the existence of a
special sphincter muscle at some definite position on the (eso-
phagus. Such a structure would have to be searched for in
transverse .sections.
Section i. — The pjf'irt of nhnonna/ coudifivu.s upov I'lnhryoiiic
development.
We can now turn to some problems of a moi-e general nature
arising from the experiments described in Section 1.
If we examine the table of results given on p. 398, we see that
Series B and C gave identical results, viz., in both cases all the
* These will l>e found in V\^^.2A of my hook, "The Biology of Dragon-
tiles," shortly to he ]mhlishe(l hy the Camhridge University Press.
BV R. .t. tlLLVARt). 409
eggs hatched, and yielded liealthy larvse. We miifst coneliide,
therefore, that the restriction of the amount of water allowed to
Series B, and the covering-over of the crystal dish (except on
rare occasions for a few nioments) by a glass slide, to prevent
free aeration of the water, liad no appreciable effect upon the
course of development.
The only difference between Series A and Series B was the
/■'')Nt)nf/ of the vPAjetahle tissues from around the eggs of the former
series. The results, as we have seen, were disastrous. Sixteen
embryos died, six reached the pronymphal stage, and six just
got as far as the larval stage, but were too weak to go on living.
We can only conclude that ilv vexjetahle tissues play an important
jxirf in the oxyyenation of the embryo.
Let us nt)w consider the peculiar case of the pronymph in
Series A, which emerged on April 7th (marked IP* in the Table).
.Vs ahead V stated, this was the only embiyo in Series A, which,
when iirst subjected tti the conditions of the experiment, had not
undergone the process of reversion. The fact that it was already
behind the rest of the eggs 'u\ development might suggest some
inherent weakness in this particular individual; but there is no
i-eason to suppose that it would not have gone on developing
normally, if left to itself. That it was not parasitised is clear
from the fact that it finally hatched out. Also, since the eggs
were all laid together in a regular spiral, on the single piece of
stem, we have no reason to believe that it was not one of the
same batch of eggs as all the rest. The fact that, in Series C
under normal conditions, the eggs continued to hatch over a
period of nine days, shows us that considerable variations in the
length of embryonic existence are to be expected. This egg
merely happened to be tlie most backward of the whole set. The
effect of the new conditions upon it was most marked, because it
had developed less far under normal conditions. It was, however,
a very unexpected and extraordinary thing, to my minfl, that
the process of reversion, which should have normallv followed in
this case within a dav or two, should Ix' completely pri'vented,
and that the embryo should go i>n developing, as it did, liead
410
EM^:Rr;ENCH: OP DRAGONFLY-LARV^,
Text-tiji.4. "■
doiLuiicarrh, and .still coutiiiuc to li\e. Yet such was the case,
and the final result, which
I have depicted in Text-
fi,ijf. 4, is botli ludicrous
and pathetic. The mature
embryo emerged as a pro-
nymph " tail- foremost,"
until it finally became
caught in the egg-shell, and died while still only partially free I
Section 5. — Rectal Respiratioit in newly-hatched Zygopterid larva'.
In November, 1915, a large number of eggs of a counnon
Zygopterid dragonfly (probably Austrolestes leda Selys, but not
determined with certainty) were found in the tissues of a reed
at National Park. These were kept hi fiitu in the reed, in water
in a Peti'i dish. Some of them were parasitised by a small
Hymenopterous insect new to science. The majority, however,
hatched out about a week after they were taken. No attempt
was made to observe the actual process of hatching in this case.
The principal object which I had in mind was the examination
of the caudal gills and tracheal system of the young larva-. The
eggs were examined several times a day. Consequently, a num-
ber of freshly hatched specimens, ranging from a few minutes up
to two hours old, and all of them perfectly transparent, came
under mv observation.
The most striking discovery about these lar\;i> was that, fiuiu
the time of hatching onward for half-an-hour or more, rrijidar
rectal respiratioti icas carried on ivith yrcat vigour. The action
is exactly like that observed in the young lar\a of Ana.r. The
rectal cavity is alternately expanded and contracted, so thai
water is drawn in and expelled (juite regularly. No true fraclH-al
gills are to be seen, such as are visible from the first in the
rectum of Ana,c; but there are two, slightly opaque, longitudinal
folds, placed latero-ventrally, and evidently carrying a thickened
"■' Abiiunnal hatching of pionymph P" of Anax papiitnsi-s Burm., " tail-
foi-emost"" ( x3U).
fiV R. .1. TILLYARD.
411
ht
DT
epithelium, which })n)ject into the rectiuii, i-i.siiig ami falling with
a somewhat luiclulating motion. These folds are shown in Text-
fig. 5. I could not detect any sign of a mid-
dorsal fold, such as can he seen in older
larvae No trachea? can he seen in these
folds.
AVhen the larva is half-an-hour old, or a
little older, the regular movements of the
rectum cease. Thereafter, the rectum is, for
the most part, closed. But, every now and
again, it is opened for a short period, during
which the movements are again renewed.
Larva- were watched from time to time until
they were one or two days old, always with
this same result. We must conclude, there-
fore, that intermittent rectal respiration is
carried on by young Zygopterid larva? during
the Hrst day or two of their existence, but that it is only regular
and viyoroKs/or a, short period directly after hatchliuj.
Calvertt has given an excellent summary of the present state
of our knowledge of rectal respiration in Zygopterid larvje. His
own experiments on the larvae of Calopteryx macidata {l.c.,pA'SS)
are of more value than all the isolated observations of previous
authors. By the use of carmine-particles, he proved that this
larva expels water regularly from its anal aperture, '-Vo or more
times per minute. He also made similar observations on larv;e
of Het(erina{l.c., p. 440), and Anjia {I.e., p.442), in both of which
he proved that rhythmic pulsations of the rectum were carried
Text-fiff.5.*
* Last four abdominal segments of newly-hatched larva (jf Avxtrolestes
I tela iSelys; ( x 100); dorsal view, U> show the paired, latero- ventral, rectal
tolds(*;/"). DT, dorsal tracheal trunk; hf, heart (dotted outline); Icj,
lateral caudal gill, witii single main trachea; mr. This \ iiionm.s respiration is nw-essary in oi'dei^tA'Clfeot a
5j quick exchange of the CO, in the tracheal sys^em^i-^aTy #fi'^l
from the rectal water-supply. /^ V
:\ '^^.^a^-Hftea-, for the first two days of ^rval ^x
respiTJ' intermittent only. 'oj / \ \/
i. Xlrjs ji.tthY-atesv..that, for the rest o|^lar
ti.\^.^i4 .mW f^r-^Xf^, and is regulafe^d/by
^ Vf fhte otijer Hieans of respiration \is^
-,. ^N\itme\^c\al /tracheal gilt^ar^d^^
,.t,.Ai.f1-Vvl\li)ei^ V" M:ero-venti;#l foKJs
•oniiiljetit part iJ^ ^le \
opi^nto^aai he ^.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916.
35. Stenohiella hirsntissima, n.sp.
417
NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY.
PARTHENOaENKSIS IX AQUATIC PHANEROGAMS.
By a. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc.
Elatine triandra Schrank [ELATiNACEiE].
Plants of Elatine were brought under my notice by Mr. J
Bi'ooks, who has charge of the freshwater aquaria at the Botanic
Gardens, Sydney, in February last. The plants were growing
submerged in a glass tank. They had grown vigorously for some
months, with roots fixed in the soil at the bottom of the tank.
Now, fragments were being detached freely, with rootlets grow-
ing out into the water, Mr. Brooks wanted to know — " Whv
are the plants breaking up in this way 1"
Capsules in various stages of development were grow ing on
the plants, but no flowers or flower-buds could be discovered.
There were no signs of calyx- lobes, corolla, stamens, or even
bracts. A few of these capsules contained apparently fully de-
veloped, brown seeds presenting the characteristic sculpturing.
Thinking that by modifying the conditions we might be able
to induce normal flowering, I asked Mr. Brooks to plant some in
earth in a flower-pot surrounded by water, and to expose these
gradually to full sunlight.
A few days later, I discovered the plant growing in the Lily-
Pond of the Centennial Park, Sydney. Large, floating frag-
ments, up to 9 inches in length, with abundant roots, bore fruits
similar to those formed in the tank. At one spot, the floor of
the pond was dry, owing to the prolonged drought. Here the
plant was growing on firm mud. The leaves were very much
shorter, and the plant altogether smaller, than in the submerged
form; but it bore numerous, small flowers, with 3, broad, green
sepals; 3, spreading, red pistils; and 3 stamens I brought
some home, with the surrounding mud, and planted them in an
ordinary flower-pot. I did not place the pot in water, but kept
35
418 NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY,
it well watered, and exposed it to sunlight. The plants spread,
and continued to flower well into the month of May. Mr.
Brooks' plants naturally took longer to accustom themselves to
the greater change of conditions, but, early in April, they were
in full flower. Thus, the suggested experiment had succeeded.
It was plain that the condition necessary to produce flowers was
exposure of the growing plant to air and sunlight.
I then tried the converse experiment of placing some of the
flowering plants in soil, at the bottom of a glass jar, which I
filled with water. They did not resent the sudden change, but
speedily grew out into the elongated form with longer leaves,
and now (in May) are producing the capsules of the submerged
form freely.
The capsules of the submerged form closely resemble those of
the flowers, and, as no stamens are present, we have a clear case
of parthenogenesis.
Glossostigma spathulatum Arnott [Scrophulariace^].
In another glass tank in the Gardens, were growing vigorously,
a number of plants of a Glossostigma, which, while spreading
freely in the water, never rose to the surface. The roots were
fixed in the soil at the bottom. These plants also bore capsules
of various stages, in none of which could I detect floral envelopes
or stamens. The plants had been growing for years in the tank,
but had never produced flowers.
We experimented with these in the same way as with Elatine.
Mr. Brooks placed his in a flower-pot in ordinary mould, and
placed the pot in a large saucer filled with water. In about a
month, the plants had quite accommodated themselves to the
new habitat, and produced a number of tiny, blue, perfect
flowers. I arranged my plant in a diminutive, artificial pond I
had made, so that part of the creeping stem was fixed by the
roots to soil at the bottom, and the other part, unsevered, ex-
tended over a small bank of earth at the side of the pond. Thus,
part of the plant was submerged, and part exposed to air and
direct sunlight. It seemed at home at once, and both plants
grew quickly. The submerged part spread far and wide over
BY A. H. S. LUCAS. . 419
the bottom of the pond, and formed capsules; and, in less than
a fortnight, the terrestrial portion had spread over the bank
(which was now and again inundated, when the pond was filled
up) and formed the fully developed, blue flowers. The number
of stamens was constantly 2, and, therefore, our plant must be
placed as G . s'pathulatwm Arnott. The other Australian species,
G. Drumviondii Benth., and G. elatinoides Benth., have 4
stamens.
It was naturally a pleasure to have thus succeeded in obtaining
the normal flowers. Curiously, perhaps the only passage in the
severe pages of the Flora Australiensis which is "tinged with
emotion," occurs in relation with this plant. Bentham quotes a
remark of O'Shanesy, who gathered this species at Rockhampton,
that " the numerous little blue flowers look like tiny drops of
dew." (Vol. iv., p.502).
We had thus succeeded in inducing flowering in both plants.
In a submerged state, they do not produce a distinct calyx,
petals or stamens, but freely produce capsules. To test the
fertility of the seeds produced in the submerged capsules of
Glossostiyma, I asked Mr. Brooks to sow the seeds. He placed
some in soil exposed to air, and dropped some on to the soil at
the bottom of a tank containing water. Both sets germinated,
the latter with extreme freedom.
Thus habitual parthenogenesis is seen to occur in Glossostiyma
spalhulatum — so long as the plant remains entirely submerged.
When the plants obtain a footing on mud uncovered with water,
they will develop flowers in the season, and produce ovules
fertilised in the usual way. . Incidentally, we may find a reason-
able answer to Mr. Brooks' original question in regard to Elatine.
The submerged plant tends to break up into fragments or sections
in the season proper for flowering. These fragments float, and,
as we saw in the pond in the Centennial Park, under natural
conditions will have a chance of reaching a mooring ground, and
thus of attaining to a terrestrial habitat convenient for flowering.
We have not yet experimented with the seeds of Elatine, pro-
duced in the submei"ged capsules, but the mature form of the
seeds found makes it nearly certain that they are fertile.
420 NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDKNS, SYDNEY,
These two instances of parthenogenesis in two, submerged
plants of so widely separated families seem to lead up to the
conception, that such a habit is likely to be very generally char-
acteristic of plants growing under similar conditions. At all
events, I have obtained considerable evidence in favour of this
view. Further investigation is in progress, and I hope to bring
further results before the Society, as opportunity occurs for
experimentation.
Note on the Species of Elatine.
The plant experimented on is our common Elatine. The
Southern species, in which Bentham includes the Australian
form, has been labelled E. minima Fisch. &. Meyer, (Linnasa, x.,
73), E. grat.ioloides A. Cunn., (Ann. Nat. Hist., iii., 26, on New
Zealand forms), E. americana Arnott, by von Mueller, and E.
am,ericana Arnott, var. australiensis by Bentham. E. triandra
of Schrank was founded in 1791; and E americana Arnott, in
1814.
Bentham says " The Australian species is considered b}' some
as endemic, by others as identical with an American one." And
aoain, " This plant, whether a distinct species or a variety of
the N. American one, is very variable." He then notes
various forms, those under water with elongated stems, and very
few with petals. There is no doubt that the external form
varies at once, as we have seen, even in the same individual,
when the conditions change.
Britton and Brown, in their "Illustrated Flora of the Northern
United States," 1897, ii., p. 437, give descriptions and figures of
both E. americana and E. triandra. Of E. americana they state,
" Sepals, petals, stamens, styles 2 (rarely 3 in terrestrial forms)";
and of E. triandra, "'Sepals commonly 2; petals, stamens, and
stigmas 3." In our specimens, the ti'imerism of all the parts is
conspicuous. Thus Bentham writes (I c), "The N. American
plant " [i.e., E. americana^ "differs chiefly in the flowers almost
constantly dimerous, which does not occur in any southern
specimens I have examined."
Inasuiuch as the number of stamens present in the flowers is
BY A. H. S. LUCAS. 42l
one of the chief points relied on in the differentiation of species
of Elatine, the discrepancy in the numbers seems fatal to the
inclusion of our plants, with flowers almost constantly trimerous,
in E. americana, with flowers almost constantly dimerous. On
the other hand, there is much less reason for separating the Aus-
tralian form from the older species, E. triaiidra.
I have lieen able to compare our plants with specimens, in the
Herbarium of the Botanic Gardens, of E. americana and E.
triandra, both from the United States. The facies of the Aus-
tralian form agrees well enough with either — as do the dimen-
sions of parts ^but the predominance of trimerism of parts
brinss it into much closer relation with E. t7-iandra. The differ-
ences appear to be too small to justify the creation of a new
species, and 1 propose, therefore, to include our Elatine in E.
triandra Schrank.
422
REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES.
Part v. Mulochtus and Ctihicorrhynchtis.
By Eustace W. Ferciuson, M.B., Ch.M.
MoLOCHTUS Pascoe.
Pascoe, Journ. Linn. Soc, xii., 1873, p. 18.
Type of genus, M. gagates Pascoe.
r^arge, or very large species. Head convex, separated from
rostrum by a transverse impression; supraorbital crests in tbe
form either of a raised ridge, or of two, dentiform tubercles.
Rostrum deeply concave above, the lateral margins strongly
raised. Prothorax rotundate or suliquadrate, with two, small
spicules at anterior and two at posterior lateral angles, these
more marked in the female; disc closely granulate. Elytra
broad, flattened more or less on disc, strongly declivous; striate,
the punctures often transverse, crossing interstices as a series of
transverse wrinkles; interstices granulate or tuberculate. Under-
surface in the male concave at base and granulate, at least at
base of abdomen; in the female, convex, non-granulate. Anterior
coxae contiguous. Legs stout. Tarsi broad, with claw-joint
flattened above, broad and parallel-sided in greater part of its
length.
The position of Molochliis, in relation to other genera, has
been variously regarded by different entomologists. In de-
scribing the genus, Pascoe referred it to the neighbourhood of
Talaurinus, at the same time noting that the type-species (J/.
gagates) was not very unlike Cuhicorrhynchits niaxirmis Macl.
Sloane (Trans. Roy. Soc. South Aust., 1893, p. 232), in describing
Acantholophus granulatus, stated that it seemed to him the
affinities of Molochtus were more to Ctcbicorrhytichus and Acan-
tholophns. Lea (Die Fauna Siidwest-Australiens, ii., 1909, p. 222)
regarded C. viaximus as certainly congeneric with M. gagates,
and placed that species under Cuhicorrhynchns, thus deleting
the genus Molochtus altogether.
BY E. W. FERGUSON. . 423
To my mind, though unquestionably related to Cubicorrhyn-
chus, the genus Molochius, as exemplified by Jll. gagates, seems
worthy to be maintained as distinct. Also, I do not regard C .
niaximus as congeneric with M. gagates; it seems to me unques-
tionably congeneric with Ac. granulatus and Ac. Blackburni
{ = Ac. simplex Blackb.), though the position of these three
species is open to question. The head, in all the species of
Molochtus, is very strongly convex, the intercristal portion being
feebly transversely concave, and separated from the rest of the
head by a more or less distinct impression; the crests are repre-
sented either by a feebly elevated ridge, or by two, small, denti-
form projections. The rostrum does not differ materially from
that of .4c. C?) maximus, but is decidedly more excavate than that
of Cuhicorrhynchus, with the lateral margins more strongly raised.
Theprothorax is quadrate or rotundate, with two, small denticles
in the region of the antero-lateral angle, and two more near the
postero-lateral angle. In the male, these, or some of them, may
be obsolete, but they are always well marked in the female,
which also has theprothorax invariably narrower. The granules
on the thorax are always more or less flattened, and closely set.
The elytral sculpture is fairly characteristic, though that of
.4c. C?) maximus is not unlike; the interstices are granulate, the
granules being generally depressed, though, in some forms of
M. gagates, they become conical tubercles posteriorly and later-
ally; they are separated by more or less distinct, transverse im-
pressions, often extending over two or more interstices; the whole
sculpture is often confused, and difficult to describe. The
metasternum and ventral segments, at any rate the basal two,
are strongly granulate, a feature which I have not noted in
Cubicorrhyiiclius. The tarsal structure, howevei", is the feature
to which I attach most importance in separating the two genera.
In Molochtus, the fourth or clawjoint is broad, flattened above,
with subparallel sides throughout the greater portion of its
length, and not narrowed till quite close to the base. In Arait-
tholophiis and Cubicorrhynchus, the clawjoint is not flattened
above, and is gradually widened from base to near apex.
Two species of Molochtus have, in past years, been described,
424 EEVISIOK OF THE AMYCTERIDES, V.,
M. gagates Pasc, {I.e., p. IS), and ^f. tibialis Sloane, (Trans. Roy.
Soc. S. Aust., 1893, p. 229); while I have recently named a third,
M. hercules, (Trans. R. Soc. IS. Aust., xxxix., p. 74, 1915). To
this number, I have now to add a fourtli species, M . rol.undicollis.
Geographical Distribution. — The species are all inhabitants of
the western half of the continent, stretching from west of Lake
Eyre in Central Australia to the seacoast of Western Australia;
the genus appears to be absent from the south-west corner. The
range of M. tibialis and M. hercules appears to be almost co-
extensive with that of the genus. M. gagates is known princi-
pally from the neighbourhood of Geraldton and the Murchison
River, though inland, at Cue, its place is taken by J/, tibialis; I
have also a specimen labelled Central Australia. M. rotundi-
collis occurs on the Ashburton and Gascoyne Rivers.
Table of lSpeciei<.
l(4).vSupiaorl)ital crests represented by a slight ridge.
2(3). Anterior tibite not emarginate in the male M. gagatts Pasc.
3(2). Anterior tibia; with a subapical emargination in the male
M. tibialis SI.
4(1). Supraorbital crests Ijidentate.
o(6). Prothorax subquadrate, size large M. hercides Ferg.
6(5).Prothorax rotundate, size comparatively small. ..J/, rotundicollis, n.sp.
MOLOCHTUS GAGATES PaSC.
Pascoe, Journ. Linn. Soc , xii., 1873, p.l8, PI. ii., fig. 9.
A recent visit to the British Museum has enabled me to
examine the type, a female, of this species, and to confirm its
identity with the species so named in Australian collections It
is closely allied to J/, tibialis Sloane, but may be readily distin-
,'uished by the shorter and stouter legs, the difference being
more marked in the male; this sex further differs from the male
of M. tibialis in lacking the subapical emargination of the front
tibiae.
There are, in my collection, two forms, which I regard as
belonging to this species, differing in the elytral sculpture, one
form having the elytral tubercles distinctly larger than in the
other, which is the typical form.
?3
BY E. ^V. FERGUSOK. 425
I have specimens of the typical form from Champion Bay and
Mullewa ; and of the more strongly tuberculate form from
Onslow, Murchison River, and Central Australia.
MoLOCHTUS TIBIALIS Sloane.
Sloane, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xvi., 1893, p. 229; Lea, ibid.,
1903, p. 11 3.
Tn his description, Sloane has given a number of characters
differentiating M. tibialis from M. gagates Pasc; Lea, however,
has pointed out that these differences will not hold, and, after
examination of a number of specimens, I find that they will not,
without modification. The differences in the head, rostrum, and
prothorax do not appear to be constant; and I do not think that
they can be made much use of in separating the species. The
elytral sculpture vaiyes considerably; some of the specimens,
including the types, have the sculpture flatter and more obliterate
than in others, which approach closely to the less strongly
sculptured form of J/, gagates (see under that species); but I
have never seen specimens of M. tibialis with sculpture approach-
ing that of the more strongly tuberculate form of J/, gagates.
There is, however, another difference which will enable the males
of the two species to be readily determined, and that is the leg-
structure. In il/. tibialis, the tibiae are longer, and the anterior
tibia has a subapical emargination or notch on the undersurface.
The females of AI. tibialis have also longer tibiae than the females
of 3f. gagates, but the difference is only really apparent when
specimens of the two species are compared together.
The specimens of M. tibialis in my possession include, in all
probability, the tj'pes; the female type is marked as such, but
there is also a male from Fraser Range (the type-locality) which
agrees exactly with Sloane's description and measurements,
whereas none of the South Australian Museum specimens agree
exectly with Sloane's measurements.
The species has a wide range, from Central Australia to the
coast-board of Western Australia in the neighbourhood (at least)
of the Ashburton River.
426 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES; V.,
MOLOCHTUS HERCULES Fei'g.
Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., xxxix, p. 74, 1915.
Hah. — W.A.: Kookynie, Kalgoorlie, Cue. — Central Australia:
Hermannsburg.
MoLOCHTUS ROTUNDICOLLIS, n.sp.
J". Size comparatively small; elongate-ovate. Black; without
clotliing; setye light brown, for the most part absent from the
upper surface.
Head separated from rostrum above by a deep V-shaped im-
pression, becoming indistinct towards the sides; strongly convex,
the intercristal portion separated from the I'est of the head by a
transverse impression ; the extreme posterior portion finely
transversely strigulose, elsewiiere finely and irregularly reticu-
late, intercristal puncto-granulate; supraorbital crests composed
of two, small, dentiform tubercles, the posterior slightly the
larger, conjoined at base. Rostrum widely and deeply concave
above; the lateral margins raised, curved inwards and broadened
at base: convex in profile, anterior end bluntly acuminate, less
so than in M. hercules; upper surface rather coarsely punctate.
Prothorax (5x6 mm.) broad, strongly rounded on sides, the
anterior lateral denticles hardly traceable, the postero-lateral
ones small, but evident; anterior margin without ocular lobes;
disc widely depressed in centre, with a feeble, deeper, median
impression traceable anteriorly ; closely set with flattened
granules, separated by tine, impressed lines arranged in a con-
centric manner around each half of the disc, the central impres-
sions on each side running transversely; sides granulate above,
the granules becoming smaller and fewer towards the coxje; with
impressed lines arranged concentrically with those on disc.
El3^tra(10 x 7mm.) broad, flattened on disc, sides rather strongly
rounded at base, more gradually to apex; apex not acuminate;
base not emarginate, humeral angles rounded; striae narrow,
punctures small, the ridges between not granulate; interstices
not raised, with small, obscure granules more definite on declivity
and towards sides. Undersurface feebly concave over meta-
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 427
sternum and base of abdomen, all the segments granulate, the
granules largest on the second ventral segment, smallest on the
metasternum, on the fifth interstice coalescing near apex to form
a series of transverse strigse. Tibite simple, with a row of
granules on undersurface; tarsi and claw-joints as in the genus.
9. Differs from the male in being more ovate. Head more
obsoletely punctate; rostrum with lateral margins less widened
at base. Prothorax (4 x 5 mm.) narrower, not widely dilatate,
less strongly rounded on sides: disc not so widely depressed, but
with a deeper, median, impressed line; granules less flattened,
with the concentric impressions less definite; lateral margins
with denticles more strongly developed. Elytra (11 x 7 mm.)
rather longer than in the male, apex not acuminate, base with
shoulders rounded; sculpture as in the male. Undersurface
more convex, basal segments slightly flattened, not granulate,
but with a somewhat shagreened appearance; apical segment
rather feebly, transversely rugulose. Dimettsions : ^, 16 x 7 mm;
9, 16x7 mm.
f/ab. — W.A.: Onslow, Ashburton River, Carnarvon (ex C.
French).
Type in Coll. Ferguson; cotypes in National Museum, Mel-
bourne.
This species is allied to J/, hercules Ferg., but differs in the
strongly rounded prothorax, in the non-acuminate elytra, with
the basal angles rounded, and in the more granulate undersurface,
as well as in its smaller size.
A second male before me has the prothorax less strongly
dilatate; the head is also more obsoletely punctured.
CuBicoRRHYNCHUs Lacordaire.
Lacordaire, Gen. Coleopt., vi., p. 314.
Size small to moderate, never very large. Head convex,
separated from rostrum by a transverse impression; supraocular
crests present, simple. Rostrum short, wide, flat or feebly de-
pressed above, the lateral margins not strongly raised. Scape
long; second joint of funicle generally longer than first. Pro-
428 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, V.,
thorax rounded or dentate at sides; subapical and basal trans-
verse impressions well marked, the latter often hidden from
above; disc granulate. Elytra suboval, basal angles generally
strongly rounded; disc regularly striate-punctate ; interstices
granulate, occasionally showing extraordinary sexual characters.
Undersurface generally depressed at base of abdomen in the
male, convex in the female. Femora and tibia? showing, in
many species, marked sexual characters; tarsi with clawjoint not
flattened as in Molochtus.
The genus Cubicorrhy nclbus was described by Lacordaire for a
group of species of which he knew of no described example,
although he alluded to several known under MS. -names, as pro-
bably belonging to the genus. His generic diagnosis leaves it
quite clear, however, to what group of species he intended the
name to belong; and Macleay has rightly claimed the name for
those species which now bear it.
This genus, and Molochtus, are the first of a section of the
Amycterides which seems, to me, distinct from the Psalidura-
Talaurinus-Sclerorinus complex; and which contains two large
genera, Cubicoi-rhynrhiis and Acantholophus, as well as a number
of smaller ones. I do not propose at present to define the limits
and characters of the different sections of the family; as such
will require much further study. I merely indicate here the
existence of these sections, in passing from one to another.
The essential characters of Cubicorrhytichiis, as distinguishing
it from its immediate allies, lie, to my mind, in the rostral
structure. In Cubicorrhyiichus, the rostrum is short and broad,
and the upper surface is at most feebly concave, the lateral
margins not being raised; although, in profile, they are more or
or less convex. The rostrum is separated from the head, above,
by a transverse, linear impression; in a few species, this line
turns backwards along the inner sides of the crests. The pre-
sence of supraorbital crests is constant, although these vary
somewhat in direction and development. There are also two
small granules present in most species, although in some they
aie absent; and they are present in a few species at present re-
ferred to Acantholophus. The prothorax varies in different
BY E. W. FKRGUSON, 429
species; in the most typical examples of the fjenus, the prothorax
is strongly and evenly rounded on the sides, whereas in others
it is strongly dentate, this form reaching its highest develop-
ment in (J. spinicoUis, which has been regarded by some author-
ities as being generically distinct. With this, I do not agree,
as the transition between the various species of Cubicoirhi/iichus
is too gradual to admit of a violent separation of this species;
moreover, in the females of the species with rounder prothorax,
the sides are distinctly ridged as in the dentate species. The
pz'esence of a subapical and a basal, transverse impression is
constant, while the median line is, as a rule, impressed. The
elytra are, as a rule, subovate, with the humeral angles strongly
rounded, and strongly declivous posteriorly. The disc is regu-
larly striate, the punctures open, and rather indefinite, never
very large; the interstices are, as a rule, granulate, though the
granules may be obsolescent on the disc; they are situate rather
to one side of the interstice, in some cases simulating intrastrial
granules. Some of the species, in addition, present extraordinary
features, in the development of spines or tubercles. The under-
surface is, in the male, gently concave over the metasternum
and basal, ventral segments, whereas, in the female, the under-
surface is convex. The front coxse are, in a few species, sepa-
rated; in the others, they are contiguous. The legs, and in
particular the posterior tibiae, show exti*aordinary features of
specific importance. These are present in the male only, and it
is impossible, in many cases, to distinguish the females from
each other, although the males may be readily identified.
Of the Amycterides described previouslv to the institution of
the genus, only three can be referred to it.
C. Bohemani Bohem., (Schonh., Gen. Cure, vii. (1), 1843) is a
well known Western Australian species; while C. crenicollis
Waterh., (Trans. Ent. Soc, 1854), and C. Dohrni Waterh., {I.e.)
are also Western Australian species, and readily identified from
their descriptions.
The name C. niorosus has been in use for a species of Cuhi-
corrhynchus, but incorrectly so. I have seen the type of Ainyc-
terus THorosus, and it is a Sclerorinus; although the species which
430 REVISION OF THE AMTCTERIDES, V.,
Boheman and later entomologists identified as A.morosus Boisd.,
certainly is a Cubicorrliynchus.
Macleay (Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1865) added five new
species to the genus. Of these, I would exclude C. maxim^is
from the genus, and refer it provisionally to Acantholophns;
while C. sepidioides is regarded by Lea as a synonym of C.
valcaratus. The other species are distinct, though C. jnceo-setosns
should possibly be regarded as a variety only of C. maculalus.
Subsequently, Macleay {op. cit., 1866) described three additional
species, C. aiigularis, C. spinicollis, and C eximius. The first
of these is a synonym of C. Bohemani, while C eximius has been
referred by Lea to Acantholophns.
Pascoe* described two species, C. cichlodes and C. steri/is.
Sloane has made the former of these the type of a new genus,
iVotonophes.
Blackburn was the next entomologist to add any further
species to the genus; the descriptions of these are distributed
over a number of papers. C. Mussonij is a very distinct species:
as is also C. taurus.\ C. dUataticeps\\ is not a species of Cnbi-
corrhynchus, and I have already referred it to Notonophes. C.
tortipes% is a synonym of C. Hohemani Bohem. Hyborrhynchus
aurigena^ is a species of Cubicorrhynchns, and is closely allied
to C. spinicellis Macl.
. Sloane** described two species, C. occultus and C. modeshis.
I have seen the types of these, and they are distinct species;
unfortunately the type of C. modeslus is a female.
Lea has added three species to the genus, besides commenting
on the types of a number of Macleay 's species. C valgus\'\ is a
very curious species, but may prove to be the male of C. modestus;
* Journ. Linn. Soc, xii., 1873.
tProc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 18ft-2, p. 124.
:r Trans. R. Soo. S. Aust., 1895, p. 220.
II Report Horn Exped., 1896, p.293.
§ Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 1897, p.9r3.
Hi/.f., 1899, p. 89.
■* Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 1893.
tt Die Fauna Siidwest-Australiens, p. 221.
BY E. W. FERnUSON. 431
C. maculicollis* is closely allied to C. maculatus Macl.; while
C. globicoUisf is a thoroughly distinct species.
I have recently described six new species, C. strigicollis, C.
quadraticollis, C. substrigos-us, C. cnrvipes, C. aureomaculatus,
and C. rectipf>s;l C. quadraticollis now proves, however, to be
synonymous with C. stp.rilis Pasc.
In the present paper, seven new species are described, which,
with the elimination of synonyms and species removed to other
genera, make a total of twenty-eight species in the genus.
Geographical Distribution. — The genus is almost universally
distributed in Australia, but is unrecorded from Tasmania. I
have never met with it in the Sydney district or on the Blue
Mountains; it seems absent from the entire area of the Hawkes-
bury Sandstone formation. On the western slopes and inland
plains, specimens of one or more species of Cubicorrhynchus are
plentiful, and are, indeed, very characteristic of the inland areas.
In South and Western Australia, it seems equally common.
The genus has not been recorded, however, from North Australia
or North Queensland, though it probably occurs in the inland
portions, but not in the jungle-areas. The dentate forms are
almost exclusively western.
Table of Specief^.
1(8). Anterior coxfe separated.
2(5). Anterior femora bent almost at right angles.
3(4). Third elytral interstice with a lai'ge, backwardly directed spine
at declivitjf ; fifth interstice with a row of outwardly directed,
spinose tubercles C. Dohrni Waterh.
4(3). Third interstice without such a tubercle; fifth interstice with a
ro w of erect tubercles, extending down declivity
G. BohtmaniHohem.
5(2). Anterior femora strongly, but more evenly curved.
6(7). Size moderately large ; head granulate ; posterior tibiae less
strongly bent than in C. valgus C. occuHus SI.
7(6). Size small; head not granulate; posterior tibia? with lower end
bent forwards, almost at right angles C. valyus Lea.
8(1). Anterior eoxse contiguous.
"Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1910, p. 163.
tMem. See. Ent. Belgique, 1910, p.84.
:;: Trans, R. Soc. S. Aust., xxxix., pp. 76-83, 1915.
432 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, V.,
9('2'2).Prothorax founded at the sides.
10(15). Prothoracic granules more or less closelj' set.
11 (12). Posterior tibite with more or less pronounced sexual characters.
A. With a strong subapical spine C. caJ curat n>i Mael.
B. With a strong subtriangular incrassation about the
middle f • taurii-'< Blackb.
C. Short, almost straight, with three rows of large granules,
the outermost row most conspicuous C. Aerraflpe-% n.sp.
D. Longer, with a moderateh' strong, antero-posterior curva-
ture, and also incurved; granules strong, but less con-
spicuous.
Retfe light yellowish -brown / C. mncnlatufi Macl. ;
V C macn/icol/is Lea.
Setse dark C. piceoxeto.mf< Mael.
12( 11). Posterior tibi» in the male not markedly differing horn the
female.
13(14). Size moderately small (11mm.); supraorbital crests very
small ; 1 lase of elytra not emarginate C. mrdidn ^, n. sp.
14(13). Size smaller (8 mm.); base of elytra feebly emarginate
C. Il/idi/ei, n.sp.
15(10). Prothorax with granules more or less dispersed.
10(17). Prothorax non-strigose C. (/lohico/li-i Lea.
17(16). Prothorax strigose,
18(21 ).Strigosity pronounced, the granules very small.
19(20). Prothorax strongly rounded on the sides C. sfri(/icoJli^ Ferg.
20(19). Prothorax less strongly I'ounded, with a distinct impression
at middle of lateral margin C. .^terili.^ Pasc.
21(18).Strigosity less marked, obscured by granules... C. .viJtstrif/ovts Ferg.
22(9). Lateral margins of prothorax dentate, or witix at least a granu-
late ridge in posterior portion.
23(40). Supraorbital crests not as in C. anriculatn^.
24(37). Lateral margins strongly dentate.
25(30). Dentation in the form of two spinose tubercles anteriorlj',
and a granulate ridge in posterior half.
26(29). Prothoracic granules small; obscure; seta? small.
27(28). Small species; elytra suboval C. f<}>!niro//l.9 Mad
28(27). Somewhat larger, more parallel-sided C. aur'Kjtna Blackb.
29(26). Prothoracic granules notably larger, bearing long set*
C. setofiUf<, n.sp.
30(25). Lateral margins more irregularly dentate.
31(34). Elytral granules large, nitid.
32(33). Posterior tibiaa gently, but distinctly, curved
C. aureomacnlatm Ferg.
r.\ K. w. PKnnusoN. 433
3;^(H'2). Posterior tibiiv straight C. rectipes Ferg.
;U(31).Elytral granules more or less obscured liy clothing.
.S.")(3()). I'osterior tibia- strongly curved C. ciirriptx Ferg.
H()(8.")).Posteiior tibi;f nnich less strongly curved C. (■re»iR-o///.s Waterh.
87(24). La teial margins not strongly dentate.
;W(89).With a granulate ridge posteriorly, and two minute spicules
anteriorly; granules on disc remotely sepaiated. . . . C. ■•'jiarxiis, n.sp.
89(38). With a posterior, granulate ridge only; granules on disc
closely set C. minor, n.sp.
40(28). Supraorbital crests laid back, with the inner surface directed
forwards.
41(42). (xranules on prothorax distinct C. ann'ru/n/ii.'^, n.s\).
42(4 1). (.granules on prothorax very small, concealed by clothing,
almost obsolescent C. MiiAxoni Ulacldi.
Notes on the liable.
The table has, of iiecessits^, been drawn up from males only,
consequently C. mo'festus has been omitted.
C. maculicollis Lea, may be distinct from C. maculatiis Macl.,
but I am not prepared to tabulate tlie difterences.
CUBICORRHYNCHUS BoHEMANI iJohem.
Boheman, Schtinh., Gen. Cure, vii., (1), 1843, p.83; C.anyu-
laris Mac]., Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1866, p.331; C. turtipes
lilackb.. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 1897, p.P6.
(J. Size large. Head with scattered granules; supraorbital
crests small, little projecting. Prothorax (4-u x 5 mm.) strongly
rounded on sides; median line impressed, carinate in depression;
closelv set with regular, rounded granules. Elytra (9-5 x 6mm.)
with interstices granulate; on the third and fourth, the granules
more strongly raised and subacute posteriorly; fifth interstice
with a row of strong tuberculiform granules, largest at edge of
declivity and extending halfway down declivity. Anterior coxse
separated; anterior femora with a narz-ow basal pedicle, then
bent forwards almost at right angles; anterior and posterior
tibise strongly falciform.
^. More ovate; third and fifth eiytral interstices with granules
slightly more conspicuous ; ventral surface convex ; legs more
feebly curved. Dimensions: ^, 14x6 mm.; 5, 16x7-5 mm.
36
434 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, V.,
Hah. —Western Australia : King George Sound, Swan River,
Kellerberriii, Cue.
The male of this well known species can be readily recognised
b}' the projection of the fifth interstice. The bent front femora
are also present in C. Dohrni; in the other species, the anterior
femora are more evenly and less strongly curved. C. Dohrni
differs, inter alia, in the very different elytral sculpture. C.
occultus Sloane, is the species closest in general appearance, but
has the fifth interstice much less strongly granulate, and the
anterior femora and the tibite less strongly curved. C . valgus
and C. modestus are considerably smaller species.
The female is distinguished from the female of C. Dohrni by
the granulate head, and by the absent e of the projections at the
declivity; from the female of C. occnhns, the present species
differs principally in its larger size.
CuBicORRHYNCHUS DoHiiNi Waterh.
G. R. Waterhouse, Trans. Ent. Soc, 1854, p.5.
^. Large. Head convex, slightly depressed in front, with two
small granules on forehead, lightly strigulose; supraorbital crests
short, very little prominent. Rostrum little excavate above;
external margins slightly raised. Prothorax (4-5 x 5-5 mm.)
rotundate, with a small spicule anterior to middle, and one at
postero-lateral angle; moderately closely set with small, round,
slightly umbilicate, discrete granules; sides only granulate above.
Elytra (10 x 7 mm.) suboval, the upper surface almost fiat from
side to side, vertically declivous behind; base not emarginate;
disc with rows of small punctures, the stride rather narrow;
interstices broad, with small granules, third with slightly more
conspicuous granules, the last two or three larger, and the last
acutely conical; with a large, backwardly-projecting tubercle,
with the apex upturned, extending over the first three inter-
stices, and situated on the edge of the declivity; fifth interstice
with a row of outwardly-projecting tubercles, smallest near base,
becoming progressively larger, acutely conical and extending to
the edge of the declivity, thence turning inwards across fourth
interstice; seventh interstice with a row of three spinose tuber-
BY K. W. FERGUSON. 435
cles at base, followed by a row of small granules. Prosternum
with an obtuse tubercle in front of coxse; ventral segments sub-
nitid, with fine subobsolete punctures. Anterior coxa? separated;
anterior femora strongly bent; anterior tibia? moderately strongly
falciform, posterior tibiae strongly curved forwards in posterior
third, intermediate tibia? with a moderately definite, subapical
notch.
9. Elytra more convex; third interstice with the granules
slightly more conspicuous towards the declivity, curved inwards
and ending in a short, acute spine; fifth interstice with the
granules somewhat larger and more conspicuous than on the
other interstices, and larger posteriorly; seventh with a row of
three small tubercles at shoulder; prosternal tubercles smaller
than in the male; abdomen convex, with scattered punctures;
anterior coxa? separated; anterior tibijB almost straight: inter-
mediate tibiae not notched; posterior tibiae less strongly curved
than in the male. Dimenaions : $, 17x7 mm.; 9, 16x7 mm.
Hah. — Western Australia : Perth.
I have given a full description of the male, as, so far as I
know, only the original description, which appears to have been
based on a female, has been published. I know of no other
species with which this one can be compared. The spines, which
are outwardly-projecting, are very different from the tuberculi-
form granules on C. Bohemani, and do not extend down the
declivity, but turn inwards across the base to the large tubercle
at the end of the thii-d interstice. The fourth interstice thus
bears a spine. In specimens from Beverley, W.A., the spines
are smaller near the base, and the spine on the fourth is repre-
sented by a small acute granule, the row of spines thus appear-
ing interrupted. The tubercles at the base of the seventh inter-
stice are also smaller. The female also difiers in having the
apical spine hardly larger than the other granules. Possibly
the form is distinct, but I regard it as a variety only, as the
species seems to vary a good deal in the size of the spines.
A specimen marked "^4. Dohrni Wat. var. B " was sent to me
for examination by Mr. Blair, of the British Museum. It was a
large, obese female, with the tubercles larger than usual.
436 UEVISIOX OF THE AMYCTERIDES, V.,
CUBICORRHYNCHUS OCCULTUS Sloane.
Sloane, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., 1893, p.232.
Hab. — Central Australia : Fraser Range. — W.A.: Kalgooi-lie,
Coolgai'die, Ankertell.
This species is most nearly allied to C. Buhemani, from which
species it differs in its smaller size, much less strongl}' granulate
fifth interstice, and less strongly curved anterior femora and
tibiae (these structures, however, strongly curved compared with
the majority of other species).
CUBICORRHYNCHUS MODESTUS Sloane.
Sloane, loc. cit., p. 233.
Sab. — Central Australia : Barrow Range.
I have examined the type of this species; it is very close to
the female of C. valgus Lea, hut, until a male from the type-
locality can be procured, it is impossible to identify the two
species as one.
CuBICOKIiHYNCHUS VALGUS Lea.
Lea, Die Fauna Siidwest-Australiens (Curculionida?), p. 221.
Hab. — W.A.: Bardoc, MuUewa, Ankertell, Onslow.
CUBICORRHYNCHUS CALCARATUS Macleay.
Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1865, p.294. C. sepi-
dioides Macl., I.e., p.294; Lea, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1910,
p.l67.
(J. Size moderately large. Clothing dense, yellowish-brown;
prothorax vittate towards sides with white, and with a few
white spots on disc; elytra maculate with white.
Head convex; forehead longitudinally impressed in the middle,
with two small granules above; supraorbital crests prominent,
acute. Rostrum shallowly concave above, lateral margin rather
strongly convex in profile. Prothorax (4x5 mm.) strongly
rounded on the sides; subapical impression conspicuous, median
line impressed, with a fine carina along middle; set with small,
discrete granules; sides granulate above. Elytra (9x6 mm.j
suboval, somewhat flattened on disc ; strife moderately deep;
interstices flattened basally, without evident granules in anterior
BY E. W. FERGUSON. 437
portion; granules larger and more conspicuous on the posterior
portions of the third and fourth interstices, on the fourth form-
ing a moderately strong projection on either side of the elytra;
fifth, sixth, and seventh interstices with rows of smaller but
evident granules, on the fifth more conspicuous near shoulder.
Undersurface depressed at base; with small, scattered punctures,
the apical segments more coarsely punctate. Anterior coxk
contij,'uous; anterior tibiai moderately strongly curved; posterior
tibia; strongly curved at apex, with a strong projecting spine on
undersurface, above apex.
9. More ovate; prothorax feebly dentate at, sides, with a small
tooth anterior to subapical constriction; elytra without pro-
minent granules on the fourth interstice; anterior tibiae very
feebly curved, posterior straight, without spur. Binievsionx :
^. 15x6 mm.
H. I have
specimens of species with dark setse from several places in I»>'ew
South Wales, including Culcairn, Mudgee, Bangaloie, and
Quirindi. These present certain dift'erences, inler se, and may
possibly represent more than one species. The Qu-irindi speci-
mens approach nearest to the type of C. picensetosns, tlie principal
difl'erence being the less strongly granulate elytra. ]n C. piceo-
setosns, the lines of setigerous granules are more conspicuous
than in any of the specimens before me. In the males of all the
forms, the posterior tibiie are more or Itss stiojigly turvtd much
as in C. maculatus, and it is possible that C. piceosfU stis should
be regarded as a variety only of C. maculatus. Until a male
from the type-locality (Yass) can be jimcured, I prefer to treat
C. piceusetosus as a valid species,
CUBICORRHYNCHUS SERRATIPES, H.Sp.
^. Size moderate. Ulack; densely clothed with light brown
squamosity; prothorax trivittate with white, and with a few
white spots; elytra albomaculate: wliite predominating on sides,
sternal segments, and legs: setse lifrht.
Head convex, somewhat depressed in front, separated from
rostrum by a transverse, linear impression; with a few, small,
scattered granules : crests moderately strong, rather obtuse.
Rostrum short and wide; upper surface moderately concave.
BY E. W. FERGUSOX. 441
Scape rather slender, moderately strongly incras&ate at apex.
Prothorax (3 X 4 mm.) rotundate, evenly rounded on the sides:
disc feebly convex, the subapical impression distinct at sides,
less so in the middle: median line distinctly, but not deeply, im-
pressed, with traces of a median carina: moderately closely set
with small, discrete, rounded, nitid granules: sides gianulate
above. Elytra (8x5 mm.) suboval, humeral angles rounded,
base not emarginate ; disc flattened; stri« little impressed,
punctures small; interstices not raised, granules small, liardly
traceable in the middle, larger and more distinct towards the
apex and sides. Lateral interstices without evident granules
[Abdomen wanting]. Anterior coxae contiguous: anterior tibise
almost straight, with rather coarse granules along uiidersurface:
intermediate tibiw straight, granulate beneath; posterior ti])i8e
rather short, practically straight, coarsely granulate beneath :
with a conspicuous row of nitid granules aldng outer edge of
undersurface. Dimensions : ^, 12x5 mm.
Hab. — W.A.: Kookynie (C. French).
Type in Coll. Ferguson.
Although there is but a single specimen, with the abdomen
missing, before me, I have described the species, as it is a
thoroughly distinct one. The granules on the posterioi' tibiae
are larger than in any other species I know; they appear to Ije
arranged mainly in three rows, one in the centre, one along tlie
outer, and one along the inner edge of the undersurface: the
outer row is the most conspicuous, and can best be seen when
viewed from behind.
CUBICORKHYNCHUS SORDIDUS, n.Sp.
(J. Moderately small. Black; [specimens almost completely
abradedj: seta* yellowish-brown.
Head convex, slightly flattened in front: longitudinally and
obliquely strigose, with a few, small granules; separated from
rostrum by a transverse impression; supraorbital crests small,
very little prominent. Rostrum broad, very slightly depressed
in centre; upper surface with a few, obsolete, transverse ridges;
lateral margins not raised. Prothorax (25 x 35 mm.) broad.
442 REVISION OF THE AMYCTERIDES, V.,
strongly rounded on the sides : subapical constriction well
marked, median line impressed, subcarinate at bottom of impres-
sion; closely set with small, rounded granules; sides granulate
above. Elytra (6 x 4mm.) subobovate, strongly rounded at
humeral angles, base not emarginate; stripe moderately deep,
punctures small, open, indefinite, extending as transverse
wrinkles across interstices; interstices feebly granulate, the
•granules somewhat more distinct towards the sides. Sides non-
lacklj
Hyhi>rrhy7ichnii aiirigena ]'>]ackburn. Trans. 11. Soc. S. Aust.,
1899, p.89.
Though referred by the author to J'ybori-hyiicli'ns, this species
is certainly a Cubicorrhynchus, and allied to C. sjyiiiicoUis.
From that species, it differs in being somewhat larger, with
more parallel-sided elytra. The internal, oblique ridges on the
rostrum are more evident, and the supraorbital crests are larger
and more outwardly directed. The prothorax is rather bioader,
with the lateral spines slightly larger.
My onlv specimen is a female, which 1 received from Mr. H.
W. Brown; a secoTid specimen was sent to the British Museum,
and determined as this species by comparison with Blackburn's
type.
A recent visit to the British Museum has enabled me to ex-
amine the type of C. aicriyena: it is probably a male, l)ut the
abdomen is displaced: it differs from the specimen I have com-
mented on abo\e in having the supraocular crests smaller: in
other respects, it agrees well, antl I think the two specimens
are conspecitic.
Hab. — W.A.: Kalgoorlie, Cue, Beverley.
453
A REVISION OF THE GENERA WITH MICR0SCLERE8
TNCLUDEP, OR PROVISIONALLY INCLUDED, IN
THE EAISIILY AXIXELLID.E ; WITH DESCRIP-
TIONS OF SOME AUSTRALIAN SPECIES. Part i.
(PoiUFERA.)
By E. F. Hallmaxx, R.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of
THE Society in ZooLora'.
(Plates xxi.-xxix., figs.Ul'; also xxxix., figs. 6, 7: and Text-figs. 1-9.)
Genus T H A c H Y c L A D u H Carter.
Dffi/iiitiou. — Axinellida'(?) typically of arborescent haliit; with
an axially condensed, reticulate skeleton of spiculo-spongin fibre.
The megascleres are diactinal and of a single category, varying in
form horn oxea to strongyla. The characteristic microscleres are
spinispirul*, to which are usually added smooth microstrongyla.
Type-species, 7\ laiviiijnrulifer Carter.
Inclusive of those here added to it, Trachycladus comprises
now se\en species (together with several \arieties), all of ^\hicll
are from the southern and south-eastern coasts of Australia. Tlie
hitherto-described species referable to the genus are four, nIz.,
T. la-visjjirulifar Carter (the type-species), and the thi'ee described
by Lendenfeld, very im})ei'fectly, under the names Spirophora
di'.s.5, (5.
BY E. F. HALLMAXK. 457
treinities of the (radial) fibres, the terminal spicules of which
show no tendency to spread penicillately. The outlines of the
fibres, as seen in cross-section, are very irrei;ular (PI. xxvi., fi,>;.0).
In the axial re,i,'ion of the skeleton, the fibre-spicules are less
compactly and less regularly arranged than in tlie radial fibres,
and the appearance of irregularity is much increased by the
presence of many additional spicules lying between the fibres;
outside the axial region, interstitial megascleres are exceedingly
rare. The characteristic microscleres — the spinispirult« — are
scattered always in great abundance throughout all parts of the
interior, and at the surface occur closely crowded in a welldetined
layer, which constitutes the dermal skeleton. The microstrongyla,
when present, are confined to the extra-axial choanosome.
The chief specific differences, in so far as structural features of
the skeleton are concerned, are with respect to: — (i.) the dejisity
of the axial fune; (ii.)the ratio between the diameter of the fune
and that of the whole branch; (iii.) the stoutness of the skeletal
fibres: (iv.) the amount of spongin entering into the composition
of the fibres; [v.) the frequency of connection between the radial
fibres by means of transverse fibres; and (\i.) the angle of in-
clination oi the radial fibres, i.e., their direction relatively to the
longitudinal axis of the branch. A further difi'ei'ence, ho\ve\er,
is presented by T. pi(.'^ 1. — Trucln/cliKlus sca-
stalk also, occasional anisoxea are /„.o.,„„, :^ieaascle'ies: a, from
tJie stalk; h, from the branches.
462 REVISION OP THE AXINELLID^.^ i.,
met with, as in T. dlyitatus and T. pusfu/osiis; and the mega-
scleres are there of nutablj' greater size than elsewhere. The
strongyla are mostly not quite cylindrical in shape, but slightly
fusiform; they are of lesser length, on the average, than the
oxea, and, in tlie case of the shortest, are I'elatively much stouter.
Although sti'ongyla are pi'esent in far greater number than styli,
spicules iiitei-mediate in form between them and oxea are of less
frequent occurrence than those intermediate between styli and
oxea. The maximum size of the megascleres is not greater than
480 X 23//. in the bi^anches, and about 530 x 28/^ in the stalk;
the oxea are very rarely less than 330/x in length, and propoi'-
tionately slender, but the shortest strongyla (which may exceed
20/x in stoutness) fall below 200/x.
MlcrusclpTfix. — The spirulaj are mostly of between 1 and 2 turns
and from 2 to 3/x in stoutness; (J-shaped forms are rather scarce,
and straight rc^ds rai'e. The microstrongyla are very scarce,
seldom centrotylote, and from If) x 3 to 20 x 5/x in size.
Trachycladus fastigatus, sp.nov.
(PL xxi., fig.l; PI. xxiii., fig. 10.)
Diagnosis. — Profusely branched. Branches elongated and
tapering; anastomosing at points of contact. Surface smooth
and glabrous. Oscula (?). Dermal layer strongly developed,
dense, opaque; with ck)sely packed spirulie forming a layer 70-
140/i. tliick. Inhalant pores dispersed singly. Skeleton with a
rather dense axial fune, of diameter generally less than the length
of the radial fibres. Radial fibres directed at an angle of from
35° to 60° with the skeleton-axis; very rarely more than 20-25/a
in stoutness; their spicules cemented by a scarcely perceptible
amount of spongin. Extra-axial connecting fibres few, mostly
unispicular. Megascleres almost exclusively diactinal, mostly
more or less rounded ofi' at the ends, very commonly approximat-
ing in form to strongyla, but nearly always more or less (slightly)
fusiform; only slighter, if at all, of greater dimensions in the
stalk than elsewhere; in maximum size very rarely exceeding
520 x 9/u, and at most 560 x 12/u. Microstrongyla abundant in
some parts, scarce in others.
BY E. F, KALLMANN. 463
Loc. — Great Australian Bight.
External features. — The single specimen (PI. xxi., fig. 1) is of
luxuriantly arborescent habit, and measures 360 mm. in total
height, being thus the largest example of the genus yet obtained;
the number of its ultimate branches exceeds one hundred and
tifty. The branches are elongated and relativel}' slender, gradu-
all}' tapered, distall)- nuich attenuated and flagelliform ; the
stoutest are at most S nnn. in diameter at their base. They are
richly ami, in places, intricateh' anastomosed, forming thus, as
well as b}' their uudtitude, a dense and somewhat tangled mass.
Unfortunately the specimen, although in alcohol, is not very
perfectly preserved, owing to its having temporarily become par-
tially dried (through breakage of the vessel containing it) \\hile
in course of transit from tlie collecting ground. In consequence
of this — mainly, if not solel}' — the branches are without exception
much wrinkled longitudinally, presenting a shrivelled appear-
ance: in life, apparently, their outline in cross-section was cir-
cular. The dei-mal layer, notwithstanding, remains intact, and
exhibits no outward indication of having been detrimentally
affected : it has the form of a dense and tough, opaque membrane
or skin, with an outward appearance and texture much resembling
that of rubber; is composed almost entirely of closely crowded
spirula? \ and is even now (after possible shrinkage) usually
between 90 and 120//, and occasionally as much as 140/x, in
thickness. Into the dermal membrane the skeletal fibres do not
enter, nor do their extremities ever cause the surface to appear
granular.
Examined with the naked eye, a transverse section of a branch
shows, superficially, a sharply delimited dense layer, 0*2 to 0*4 nnn.
in width, the appearance of which is extremely suggestive of a
cortex. Under the microscope, however, the seeming cortex is
seen to consist in part of a layer belonging to the choanosome,
which layer, unlike the I'emainder of the choanosome, is so densely-
packed with parasitic algal rods as to assume a whitish-opaque
appearance similar to that of the dermal layer itself. But, in all
probability, this is not a constant feature.
464 REVISION' OF TITE AXINELLID/E, i.,
Preisumably owing to their having become closed — as a result
of the contraction undergone by the specimen — oscula are not
indicated; in life, tliey must, at any rate, have been of very small
size. The dermal pores, for the most part, have also disappeared:
but traces of them remain, sufficient to show that the}' are dis-
tril)ut(Hl singly as in T. diyitatm^ and its ^■arieties.
Skplpfon. — The prepared skeleton, viewed in the gross (PI. xxiii.,
fig. 10), is of a pale creamy-white colour, and shows a sharpl}'-
circumscribed, dense core-region, of diameter rare! v less than one-
third, and frequently exceeding one-half, the total diameter of
the branches. The extra-axial skeleton presents somewhat the
appeai'ance of fur, being composed apparently only of fine silky-
lo(jking* onlivardly-directrd (i.fi., radial) fibres; under the micro-
scope, however, the radial fibres are mostly found to be connected,
though as a rule only at .very distant and irregular inter\als, by
delicate transverse fibres, often in the form merely of single
spicules unensheathed by spongin. Even the component spicules
of the radial fibres are I'arely more than 4- or 5-serial, and the
spongin cementing them, seldom sufficient to form a visible
sheath, is usually so small in quantity as barely to be perceptible
even in stained sections of the skeleton. The main fibres of the
axial skeleton, save in the stalk and the basal portions of the
older bi-anches, are, for the most part, almost equally deficient in
spongin, Init the spicules composing them are less compact 1}-
arranged than in the radial fibres, and are all mostly somewhat
greater in number: they form, with the aid of numerous connect-
ing fibres and spicules, as well as by interunion among themselves,
a close and rather intricate meshwork, in whicli the course of
individual main fibres cannot be easily traced.
Megascleres. — The megascleres (which are approximately the
same — though, on the average, perhaps not tjuite so slender — in
the stalk as in the branches) comprise a goodly proportion of
sharp-pointed oxea; but the great majority are intermediate forms
showing every stage of transition between oxea and strongyla;
moderately scarce styli also occur. The more sharply pointed
spicules are very often irregularly ended, sometimes mucronate.
r.Y E. F. HALT.MANN.
465
Their curvature, in proportion to tlieir
lengtli, is sliglit, and often affects only a
very limited portion of the central region
of the spicule, the actines throughout
nearly their whole length remaining
straight: they are frequently, theiefore,
more correctly to be described as sym-
metrically bent, than as curved. Except
in this respect, and in their much greater
length, they most resemble, on the whole,
the megascleres of T. diyitatm^ var. xtroii-
Liyhifus ; the strongyla, however, differ
from those of the latter, as^well as from
those of the other two species in which
they occur plentifully, in that they are
ne\er quite cylindrical, but always taper
slightly, with nearly uniform gradualness,
from the middle to either end. Their
diameter is rarely more than one-fiftieth
of their length, which ranges from about
330 to 560 /x.
Microschres. — The spiruUv are, without
exception, of less than 2 complete turns,
and a very considerable proportion
(amounting to at least 25%) are of less
than 1 turn — i.e., are more or less Q-
shaped; they frequently attain to 2 "5 or
3 /J. in stoutness. Rod-shaped derivatives
are common, but are very seldom more
than 8 /i in length.
The mici'ostrongyla — which in most
parts of the sponge are fairly abundant —
are, with rare exception, centrotylote and
Text-fig. 2.
rather slender, very seldom exceeding Trachycladns fu.itit/Kfns.
'I-Oixin diameter; but occasional stouter Megascleres : a, tiom
" the stalk; /', tioni tlie
ones without the dilatation also occur, bianches.
38
466 REVISIOX OF THE AXINELLin^^ i.,
which attain a diameter of 4 or 5/x; the length does not exceed
17/x. Malformed individuals, such as are of frequent occurrence
in T. diyitatus and T. pusUdusus, are i-arely to be found.
Trachycladus digitatus Lendenfeld, et varr.
Gpucral diai/nosis. — Branches moderately short, cylindrical to
clavate, occasionally (abruptly) pointed, but never, so far as
known, gradually tapered. Surface even, smooth to faintly
granular. Oscula scattered irregularly over the entire surface,
or (in the var. clavatus) arranged, or tending to become arranged,
in two longitudinal rows on opposite sides of the branches.
Dermal membrane varying (in the different varieties) from 50 to
120/x in maximal thickness; with closely packed spirulae through-
out its entire thickness (except in the var. sfronyyiatus, in
which the spirula> are confined tt) a superficial layer). Dermal
pores dispersed singly, at a distance apart from one another
generally greater than their own diameter. Skeleton with
moderately dense axial fune of diameter greater or less than the
length of the radial fibres. Radial fibres directed at an angle of
between 30° and 60° degrees to the axial direction; varying (in
different varieties) from 50 to 90 /x in maximal stoutness; with
spongin x'arely sufficient in quantity to form a distinct ensheath-
ing layer external to the spicules. Megascleres — except in the
var. stronyylatus (in which strongyla are the more numerous) —
consisting chiefly or almost exclusively of sharp-pointed oxea; of
considerably greater maximum size and generally of more fusi-
form shape in the stalk of the sponge than in the branches;
maximal size in the stalk varying (in diffei^ent varieties) fi'om not
less than 350 x 10/i to 530 x 23 /x.
Hab. — South-eastern coast of Australia.
Trachycladus digitatus, typical form.
(Pl.xxii., figs.l, 2; Pl.xxiii., fig.l; Pl.xxvi., fig.2; Pl.xxvii., fig.l.)
1887. Sjiirophm-a digitata; Lendenfeld(26), p.794.
1888. Spiroj)horel1a digitata; Lendenfeld(27), p. 236.
1914. Trachycladus digitatus; Hallmann(13), p. 429.
Diaynosis. — Branches moderately slender (4 to 6 mm. in
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 467
diameter); approximately of uniform diameter throughout their
length, or slightly pointed terminally. Oscula scattered irregu-
larly. Dermal membrane up to 80 or 90/* in thickness. Radial
fibres of greater length than the diameter of the axial fune;
rarely as much as 75/x in stoutness. Megascleres almost ex-
clusivel\' more or less sharp-pointed oxea, varying in maximal
size (in different specimens) from 300 x 9 to 3S0 x 11/' in the
branches, and from 440 x 15 to 510 x 17-5/x in the branches.
Loc. — Port Jackson.
Introdihctory. — The following description is based on four
specimens (all in the collection of the Australian Museum), two
of which are labelled Spirophora diffifafa in Lendenfeld's hand-
writing. Examination has also been made of a small piece of a
Bi'itish Museum specimen labelled with the same name, and, so
far as one can judge from its spiculation, — the fragment being
insufficient to provide all the requisite information as regards
other characters — this is of the same species. The specimens,
nevertheless, are considerably at variance with Lendenfeld's de-
scription of *S'. digitata, — according to which the digitate branches
are much compressed (4 mm. broad and 2 mm. thick), the surface
shows "ein feines Netz erhabener Leisten," and the megascleres
are styli. The statement regarding the megascleres one may
reasonably presume to be erroneous, inasmuch as st3di are other-
wise unrecorded as occurring in the genus except sporadically as
variants of oxea; but the other discrepancies are only explicable
on the assumption either that the specimens (of both Museums)
are mislabelled, or that the species is wrongly described in respect
of its external characters. The view here taken is that the lattei-
explanation is the true one.* As regards the evidence for the
identification of SpirophorfUa digitata with the present species,
the I'eader is referred to a previous paper (13, p. 429).
* Certainly no implicit reliance can be placed un the description; fur it
is beyond question that in "Die Chalineen ties austialischen Gebietes," as
already has been proven to be the case in the "Catalogue of Sponges in
the Australian Museum," some (if not many) of the descriptions confound
two species (by ascribing to the one the external features of the other),
468 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, i.,
The specimens labelled by Lendenfeld are in a dried and
shrivelled condition, and look as if beach-worn, the more exposed
portions of the surface being more or less denuded of their dermal
la3^er and appearing as a consequence (owing to the projecting
ends of the skeletal fibres) hispid or slightly shaggy. Their
appearance is thus considerably different frona that of the other
two specimens, which are in alcohol and well preserved. As
regards the latter, it is to be noted that in one of them, as in
the two dried specimens, microstrongyla are present in great
abundance, whereas in the other, microstrongyla are exti'emely
scarce; but as both are exceedingly alike in other respects, and,
moreover, were collected in the same haul, it is impossible t(j
regard their differences as other than due to individual variation;
and it was perhaps owing to Lendenfeld's having examined a
specimen provided with only rare microstrongyla that no mention
is made of such microsclei'es in his description of the species.
External fpahires. — The external habit is sufficiently portrayed
in the figures (PI. xxii., figs. 1, 2) illusti'ating the two better-pre-
served specimens, the larger of which measures 125 mm. in height.
The branches have a diameter of from 4 to 6 mm.; and the
peduncle is of about the same stoutness. The surface is smooth,
and glabrous or nearly so — the utmost effect occasioned bv the
impingement of the skeletal fibres upon it being (in the case of
the alcoholiq examples) a faintly granular appearance here and
there; should the sponge be removed from alcohol, however, and
allowed partially to dry, the surface assumes a minutely pustu-
lated appearance, much resembling (on a small scale) that of the
human tongue. The irregularly, and rather distantly scattered
oscula are never much greater than -^ mm. or thereabouts in
diameter. Some of the main exhalant canals, in the terminal
and even the figures cannot alwaj's be trusted. In proof of the last asser-
tion, one need onlj' compare, for example, the description with the figure
in the cases of tlie following species: — Ce7'aocha/lna refephix (p.lSii; PL
xix., fig. 17); EurliulmopMs miii'ima (p. 816; PI. xviii., fig.3); CJia/iuodeii-
dron exii/itiim (p. 819; PI. xxvi., fig.Ho); CJtaUnodendron minimum (p. 820;
PI. xxvi., fig.Tl); and Chalinorhaphi-< diyitata (p.82'2; PI. xxvi., fig.62).
BY E. F. HALLMAXX. 469
part of their course, run for ;i short distance close below the
dermal membrane, and, being visible through it, present an ap-
pearance as of veins radiating to the oscula. The colour (in
spirit) is a faintly yellowish pale grey witli the least possible
tinge of olive-green; at the same time, the sponge has a slightly
subtranslucent appearance, somewhat recalling that of wax. The
consistency is rather fleshy, moderately soft, yet fairly tough and
elastic; the branches stand firmly erect.
The dermal pores are disposed in the manner shown in PI.
xxvi., fig.2, and PI. xxvii., fig.l. They vary from 30 to S5//. in
diameter, and number, on the average, between 60 and 70 per
sq. mm.
Skdetun. — The skeleton, as seen in its entirety (PL xxiii., fig.l),
is of a hght greyish colour, tinted very faintly with brownish
pale yellow in the condensed axial region and in its older por-
tions. By reflected light alone, the axial condensation can barely
be perceived, being obscured fi'om view by the extra-axial
skeleton ; but with the opposite illumination, — as when the
skeleton is held directly between the eye and the light — it is
seen as a sharply delimited, apparently solid core, occupying
about one-fourth the diameter of the branches. The extra-axial
skeleton appears, at first sight, to consist solely of radially
directed fibres — 2 to 3 nnu. in length — which are inclined to the
forward direction of the axis at an angle varying from about 30"
in the distal region of the branches to about 45" in tlie basal;
but, on closer inspection, transverse fibres (very rare towards the
periphery of the skeleton, but becoming fairly numerous as the
axis is approached) connecting these can be made out. The
extra-axial skeleton is rather scanty — itt efi'ectiveness in conceal-
ing from view the axial condensation being due mainly to the
very oblique inclination of the radial fibres.
The radial fibres are from 30 to 70/x (rarely more) in stout-
ness, and, speaking generally, consist almost entirely «f mega-
scleres regularly arranged in close parallelism, — the spongin
cementing the spicules seldom forming a very well defined
sheath, and more usually being so small in cpiantit as to be
470 REVISION OF THE AXIXELLID^, i.,
barely discernible unless stained. The main fibres of the axial
skeleton are mostly coarser — up to 90 or 100//, in stoutness —
and much more sponginous, and the spicules composing them are
less compactly arranged; they form by interunion among them-
seh es, and with the aid of lunnerous short connecting fibres, a
dense, lattice-like meslnvork, in which the course of the indi-
vidual fibies is rather difficult to trace. The extra-axial con-
necting fibies occur at irregular intervals, and are either single
(spongin-ensheathed) spicules or, more usually, are composed of
several (seldom more than five or six) disorderly-arranged spicules
interunited by spongin.
Meyasclere)<. — The megascleres are oxea and relatively few
styli, the number of the latter being approximately somewhere
between one-fifteenth and one-thirtieth that of the formei' ;
among them, an occasional strongyle is also to be met with.
They are almost invariably curved, — as a rule a little angulately;
are (with the exception of the very stoutest) of uniform, or
nearly unif<. in size.
Abnormal forms of the microstrongyla, such as occur in the
typical variety, were not observed.
Thaciivcladus digitatus var. strongvlatus, var.nov.
(PL xxii., fig. 5; PI. xxiii., fig. 4; i'l.xxvi., figs.:;,G; PI. x.xvii. tig. 4.)
Dmiiiums. — Branches cylindrical, untapered, moderately
slendei'. Oscula irregularly scattered. Dermal membrane with
closely packed spiruhe confined to a superficial layer seldom as
much as 25/ji in thickness. Radial fibres of lesser length than
the diameter of the axial fune. Megascleres chiefly strongyla
and ver}' blunt-pointed oxea, — those in the branches rarely ex
ceeding 290 by 7/^ in size.
i,oc.— Port Phillip.
^ This variety is represented by a single incomplete (but ex-
cellently preserved) example (PI. xxii., fig. 5) — consisting only of
a pair of united branches — the appearance (of the proximal part)
of which suggests its having grown from a small broken-oli' piece
of another specimen. As compared with the representatives of
the preceding varieties, the specimen is distinguished chiefly by
the more or less strongylote character of the majority of its
megascleres — in which respect it rather resembles an example of
T. rfte'porosiif;: this statement, however, is possibly true only as
regards the megascleres of the branches, since a stalk is lacking.
The branches are cylindrical and slender, 3-5 to 5mm. in diameter.
478
REVISION OF THE AXINELLID.j:^ i.,
The surface is minutely granular. The oscula are scattered
irregularly, and \-ary in diameter from ()-8 to 0-75 mm. The
colour superficially is pale brownish-grey. The dermal pores (PI.
xxvi., figs. 3, 6; PI. xxvii., fig. 4) are for the most part scattered
singly and irregularly, as in the variety davatus, but here and
there, especially on some parts of the surface, they exhibit also a
tendency to become arranged several together in incipiently sie\e-
like groups; they range from 40 to 1 10/x in diameter. The dermal
membrane is rarely, if ever, more than 50 or
60/v, in thickness; and the dermal spirula?
are confined to a superficial layer which is at
most 2f)jh in thickness.
Examined in its entirety, the prepared
skeleton (PL xxiii., fig.4) is of a pale golden-
yellow colour, fine-textured, and of soft feel,
and of denser appearance extra-axially than
that of any other of the varieties or species
owing to the greater numbei' and closer
arrangement of the radial and coiuiecting
fibres, which quite conceal the axial core
from view; the core itself is less dense than
that of the other varieties. The radial
fibi-es, \\hich are of slightly lesser length
than the diameter of the core, are mostly
between 30 and 50 /x — i-arely as much as 60/x
— in stoutness, and are seldom provided with j.
spongiu suificient in quantity to form a dis-
tinct ensheathing layer.
The megascleres in the uppermost part of
the branches consist almost entirely of
strongyla and blunt-pointed oxea (the former
somewhat the more numerous), and rarely if ever exceed 300 by
7-5/x in size; the length of the shortest spicules is less than 150/x,
and individuals below 200 /x in length are common. At the
Text-fig.
*]Trachydadus diyitatns var. strongylatuH. ilegascleres.
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 479
lowermost extremity of the (iiicumplete) specimen, the megascleres
are still chiefly strongyla, but they comprise also a quite appre-
ciable number of more or less sharp-pointed oxea, and range in
size up to 350 by 10/x. The spinispirulse and their more or less
rod-shaped derivatives (the latter of which are rather rare) are
very seldom, if ever, more than 2/xin stoutness. Microstrongyla
were not observed.
Trachycladus reteporosus, sp.nov. (et vaiT. ?).
General difu/nosii^. — Branches elongated and tapering. tSurface
smooth to slightly granular. Oscula entirely, or for the most
part, disposed in longitudinal series. Dermal membi*ane at most
50/x in thickness; with closely packed spirula^ occurring only in
a thin superficial layer. Dermal pores arranged wholly or in part
in subcii'cular sieve-like groups; in an}' case, the distance separ-
ating adjoining pores is generally very much less than tlieir own
diameter. Skeleton with a relatively very dense axial fune of
diameter ecpial to or less than the radial fibres. Radial fibres
directed at an angle varying from (rarely less than) 45° to nearly
90" to the skeletal axis; never more than about 50ju in stoutness;
generally with a well-defined, though thin spongin-sheath. Mega-
scleres chief!)' strongyda and very blunt-pointed oxea, the forniei-
somewhat the more numerous; only occasionally slightly larger
in the stalk than elsewhere; varying in maximum size (in difierent
specimens) from 290 x 7 to rarely (in the stalk) 330 x 10/x.
Zoc-.— Port PhiUip.
The specimens which I ascribe to this sjiecies exhibit in certain
respects considerable variability, so that it is impossible to be
certain whether they are representative of several genetically
distinct forms or owe their diiiei'ences merely to individual vari-
ation. A second difficulty in connection with the species arises
from the fact that, in certain of the specimens, the mode of dis-
position of the dermal pores approaches somewhat closely to that
characteristic of T. digitatus, and in others again, owing to their
shrunken condition, the pores are not discernible: in the case of
these specimens, accordingly, — since no appreciable difFex'ence
480 REVISION OF TTIE AXIKELLIJ)^, i.,
exists in spiculation between the present species and T.
diyitatus var. strouyylatus, — the only definitely definable ehai'-
acter justi£yin,(f their inclusion in the present species, rather than
in T. diyitatns, is the elongate tapering habit of their branches.
Among the remaining specimens, however, there is one which in
various respects stands considerably apart from all the rest, and
in these respects also is by far the must divergent fi-om 7'. dii/ifa-
fufi. I therefore select this specimen to represent the typical
form of the species, and the remainder I refer pi'ovisionally to an
undesignated variety, leaving the problem of their correct alloca-
tion to be determined in the future.
T. RETEPOROSUS, typical form.
(PI. xxi., fig.'2: PI. xxiii., fig.5; PI. xxiv., fig.3; PI. xxvi., figs. 1,4,7;
PI. xxvii., fig.5.
The single, excellently preserved specimen (PI. xxi., fig. 2), —
whicli measui'es 340 nun. in total height — consists of a half-score
of long, lax, straight, gi-adually tapered, main branches (160 to
250 mm. in length), arising dichotomously and sub-dichotomously
within a comparatively short distance of the short stalk, and of
about the same number of shorter (10 to 120)um. long), but
other\\ise similar, sporadically occurring secondary branches.
But for overlapping and occasional sliglit torsion, the branches
would be disposed in a single plane, and the habit of the sponge
tiabellate. The branches, in addition to tapering distally, are
also more or less narrowed proxiinally (attaining their maxinuun
stoutness usually at some considerable distance above their base),
and, with the excep'tion of a few of the shorter ones, are gener-
ally more or less compi'essed in the plane of branching; the
stoutest measure at most 12 or 13 mm. in the major diameter of
their cross-section, and 9 to 10 mm. in the direction at right
angles thereto. Anastomosis between the branches does not
occur. The oscula, which measure up to 075 mm. in diameter,
are arranged almost exclusively, though not always very regu-
larly, in two longitudinal series situated on opposite sides of the
branches, or occasionally in a single longitudinal series. The
surface is smooth and even, without the faintest trace of granu-
BY E. F. HALLMANN.
481
lation; on close inspection, it presents a minutely reticulate ap-
pearance due to tlie dermal pores (PI. xxvi., fig.4). The dermal
membrane is thin and (owing to the multitude and close apposi-
tion of the minute pores) of gauzy appearance,— permitting to
be perceived through it, more or less distinctly, the subdermal
pinhole-like openings which are the entrances of the incurrent
canals. The consistency is rather fleshy, soft, and resilient, and
the branches ai-e flexible and lax. The colour in alcohol is pale
orange-yellow.
'I'he dermal pores are arranged in closely approximated, oval
to circular groups or "pore-sieves" (PI. xxvi., figs. 4, 7; PI. xxvii.,
fig 5) containing each from 3 to 8 pores, and measuring up to
350/i in diameter; the pores themselves measure from 50 to about
lOOji in diameter. Very commonly, the boundaries between the
sieves are scarcely more pionounced or wider than those sepa-
rating the pores, so that, in places, the lines of demarcation
between the sieves become obscure and the pores appear almost
to be uniformly distributed. Witliin the pore-sieves, the dermal
membrane is extremely thin, and contains but very few spirulae
sparsely scattered.
Skeleton. The skeletal axis or core is much more sliarply de-
fined and delimited tlian in any other of the species, and is
equalled in density only liy that of T. fastiyatus; in comparison
with the stoutness of the branches, it is rather slender, measur-
ing in diameter generally not more than two-thirds of the length
of the radial fibres. The radial fibres proceed outwards from the
axis in a direction inclined to it at an angle of 60° and upwards,
and arrive at the surface almost perpendicularly thereto. Con-
necting fibres between the radial tibres are extremely few; con-
sequently, in the prepared or macerated skeleton (PI xxiii. fig.5),
the radial fibres are easily disarranged and thus usually present
a somewhat dishevelled appearance. The colour of the skeleton
is pearl-grey except axially, where it is brownish-grey. The
i-adial fibres are rarely as much as oO/^t in stoutness, and are
usually provided with a distinct layer of spongin external to the
spicules. The connecting fibres consist frequently of only a
single spicule, and .seldom of more than two,
39
ij L I s?J R A K
482
rtEVISIOX OF THE AXINELLID^, 1.,
Megascleres. — Contrary to what is the case in the other herein-
described species, 'f . fastigatns excepted, the megascleres are but
very larely, and then only very slightly,
of larger size in the stalk than in the
branches. They are chiefly strongyla
and blunt-pointed oxea approximating
more or less in form to strongyla; quite
sharp-pointed oxea are comparatively
scarce. The strongyla are usually cylin-
drical or nearly so througljout their
whole length, the oxea to within a short
distance of their extremities. They
attain a maximum size of 300 by 8-5/x.
Individuals above 280 by 7/x are rare,
and these for the most part are slightly
fusiform oxea with more or less sharp-
pointed exti'emities. The shortest spicules
are less than 130//. in length, and almost
invariably strongyla.
Microscleres. — The spirulse are usually
of less than 2 complete turns, rarely, if
ever, of as much as 2|; they are somewhat
slenderer than those of other species, their diameter very seldom
slightly exceeding l"5/i. Rod-shaped derivatives of the
spirulae, attaining a maximum size of about 17 by 1'7/Jt, are
very scarce.
Microstrongyla are apparently absent.
T. RETEPOROSUS, var. (aut varr. ?).
(PI. xxi., fig.3; PI. xxiii., figs.6-8; Pl.xxiv., figs.l, 2: PI. xxv., fig.l;
PL xxviii., figs. 1-4; PI. xxix., fig.2.)
The remaining specimens referable, or seemingly referable, to
the present species (but distinguished in various respects from
the above-described typical example) are eleven in number, —
comprising ten of those recorded by Dendy(7) as T. Ictyispirulifer
Text-fig. 8."
* Trachycladuii reteporomis.
the branches.
Megascleres: a, from the stalk; h, from
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 483
Carter, together with an incomplete specimen occurring in the
collection of the Australian Museum: the register-numbers of
the former are 297, 366, 426, 470 (two spms.), 983, 984, 1000
(two spms.), and 1061. So far as skeletal features are concerned,
the specimens exhibit no marked differences (either among them-
selves or from the typical example), except in certain details of
their microspiculation; but the extra-axial skeleton is somewhat
less sparse than in the type-specimen, — as may be observed from
a comparison of the figures illustrating the appearance of the
entii'e skeleton, — and the colour of the skeleton (in the denser
portions thereof) is not brownish-grey, but varies from pale
straw-yellow to light golden-yellow. The megascleres are, in all
of them, of approximately the same forms and dimensions as in
the typical specimen, the greatest deviation by far occurring in
in the case of R.N. 426, in which the megascleres of the stalk
attain a maximum size of 325 by 9'5/x, while those of the branches
rarely exceed 290 by 7'5/x. All likewise agree with the type-
specimen in possessing long and relatively rather slender branches,
which attain their maximum stoutness at some distance above
their base; and, with rare exceptions, the branches taper more
or less distally. On the other hand, in a number of other ex-
ternal features, and especially in the distribution of the dermal
pores, considerable variability is displayed. Non-anastomosis
between the branches is the rule. The colour, except in one
instance, is some shade of pale yellowish-grey.
Exact resemblance to the typical specimen, as regards the
mode of disposition of the dermal pores, is shown only by the
incomplete specimen which is in the collection of the Australian
Museum. In this specimen, the surface is somewhat ruggedly
uneven (PI. xxi., fig.3), the branches (with a maximum stoutness
of only 8mm.) are not at all flattened, and thecolour is a slightly
salmon-pinkish stone-grey. Microstrongyla are absent. (A
photograph of the macerated skeleton is shown in PI. xxiii.,fig.6).
R.N. 1061 approaches the typical specimen in general habit
(PI. xxiv., fig.l), but the branches are much less tapered (occa-
sionally of nearly uniform diameter throughout their length), the
surface is faintly granular and somewhat uneven, and the oscula,
484 IJKVl.SION OF THE AXINELLID^^ i.,
are almost as frequently scattered as arranged serially; the con-
sistency, also, is comparatively firm. Tlie branches vary from
(rarely) cylindrical to much compiessed, and are usually some-
what lenticular in cross-section. The pores are almost or quite
as closely situated and numerous as in the typical specimen, but
for the most part they are not arranged distinctly in gi-oups.
The spirula? are peculiar in the fact that they are much less
closely coiled than in any other example of the genus, the shape
of most of them approaching more or less to that of a contort §;
more or less Q- or (-shaped forms are also common, but straight
or nearly straight rods are extremely rare. Scarce (though bj'
no means rare) microstrongyla are present, vaiying from 9 to
16/i in length and from 2 to 4// in stoutness, and almost invari-
ably centrotylote. (A photograph of the macerated skeleton is
reproduced in PI. xxiii., fig.8).
The two specimens R.N. 1000 are much alike in general habit,
— which probabh' accounts for their being registered under the
same number, — and differ from all the other specimens, with the
exception of R.N.. 'Sii'2, 983, and 984, by the occasional coales-
cence of their branches; the branches are slender (5 to 8 mm. in
diameter), gradually tapered, and not at all compressed: and the
surface is somewhat uneven and slightly granular. Neverthe-
less, in one of the specimens the pores are arranged (PI. xxviii.,
fig.2) very nearly as in the typical specimen, while in the other
they are distributed singly (PI. xxviii., fig. 1 ) almost in the same
manner as in 7'. digitatus. In both, microstrongyla are exceed-
ingly rare.
In R.N. 983 and 984 the arrangement of the pores (PI. xxviii.,
figs. 3, 4) is intermediate between that obtaining in R.N. 1061
and that characteristic of T. diyitatus var. strongylatus. The
former specimen consists solely of two long branches (one simple,
the other with a partially coalescent secondary branch towards
its upper extremity), measuring respectively 200 and 300 mm. in
length, and both arising almost independently from a small
common disc of attachment without the intervention of a stalk.
The branches are only 4 mm. in diameter proximally and increase
in stoutness upwards very gradually, the larger one attaining a
BY E. F. HALLMANX. 485
maximum diameter of 12 mm. at a distance of aliout 50 mm.
from its apex, and thence gradually tajiering to a point, the
smaller one 8 nmi. in greatest stoutness and distally untapered.
The other specimen, H.N. 984, consists only of a broken-ofi' pair
of fused branches somewhat similar to those just described.
R.N. 426 is in one respect unique : the surface is finely hispid,
being rendered so by the extremities of the radial skeletal fibres,
which everywhere project J to 1 mm. beyond it, presenting the
appearance of delicate hairs. Furthermore, although the speci-
men appears to be excellently preserved, the dermal pores have
entirely disappeared, and even the oscula are completely closed.
Since the skeletal fibres are altogether too slender and weak to
be considered capable of withstanding the bending strain which
a shrinkage of the sponge due to the action of the preservative
fluid would exert, the peculiar condition of the specimen must
almost certainly be the result of contraction while in the living
condition. In general outward habit, as is evident from the
figure (PI. xxiv., fig. 2), this specimen rather resembles the typical
specimen. Scarce strongyla are present, similar to those of
R.N. 1061.
The two specimens R.N. 470 consist each of only a few de-
tached brandies, which, apart from being non-hispid, are exactly
similar in every way to those of the preceding specimen. In
one of these specimens, no microstrongyla were observed; in the
other (and in this alone of all the specimens) they are fairly
abundant, resembling in form and size those of 1».N. 1061. (A
photograph of the macerated skeleton is shown in PI. xxiii., fig. 7).
In R.N. 297 and 366, — both of which are in a dried, much
shrunken condition, and consequently afford no information
regarding the pores, — the spirula3 are distinguished by being
mostly of less than one complete turn and hence more or less
Q-shaped; straight rods of all lengths from 3 to upwards of 15/x
are also common, especially the shorter ones. R.N. 366 consists
of a main stem or branch, about 200 mm. in length, attached by
its base (which spreads to form a thin incrusting disc about
4 mm. in area) to the surface of a shell, and sending oft' on one
side, at the distances of 50, 60, and bO mm. respectively from its
486 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, 1.,
base, three secondary branches which become coalescent with one
another. R.N. 297 is unique in consisting solely of a long
slender unbranched stem, 250 mm. in length. In both speci-
mens the extremities are tapered. Jn neither were niicro-
strongyla observed.
Trachycladus pustulosus, sp.nov.
(Pl.xxi.,fig.5; PI. xxvi., figs.5, 8; PI. xxvii. fig.6; PI. xxxix.,
figs.6, 7.)
1887. {1)Spirophora bacterium Lendenfeld(26), p.795.
Diagnosis. — Branches quite short and distally expanded;
sometimes so abbreviated as to be little more than mammifoim
lobes. Surface closely studded with small pimple-like elevations,
and exhibiting, on close inspection, a minute reticulate pattern
due to the mode of arrangement of the dermal pores. Oscula
situated only on the more distal parts of the branches. Dermal
pores arranged in close-set, subcircular, sie\e-like groups, usually
with from 3 to 7 pores in each group. Dermal layer loosely
packed with spirulse usually throughout its entire thickness—
which varies from 40 to 80/x. Skeleton in the upper, more ex-
panded, parts of the branches not forming an axial fune. Fibres
stout, and provided with much spongin. Megascleres in the
upper parts of the branches consisting almost exclusively of
strongyla and oxea in about equal numbers, and rarely attaining
to 320 X 9/x in size; peduncular megascleres chiefly oxea (together
with occasional styli and only rare strongyla), attaining a
maximum size of 460 x 15/x. Microstrongyla extremely abund-
ant, frequently assuming various abnormal shapes, and in part
reduced to spheres.
Loc. Port Phillip.
This species, — of which two well-preserved specimens are at
hand, one incomplete, consisting only of a few branches, — is
characterised especially by its short stunted branches and very
noticeably pimpled surface, and by the fact that the skeleton,
except in the stalk and the lowermost part of the longer branches,
is only slightly or not at all condensed axially (PI. xxxix., fig.6).
Whilst these features sharply mark it off from all the other
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 487
0
known species, it is still further distinguished by having the
pores arranged in sieve-like groups (PI. xxvi., fig.5) — in which
respect it is approached only by T. reteporosus — a.nd by the
reduction of the microstrongyla in part to spheres. An adequate
idea of the external habit will be obtained by reference to the
figure (PI. xxi., fig.5) of the single complete example, which
measures 60 mm. in total height : in the case of the other speci-
men, the branches are somewhat longer, several of them attain-
ing a length of 25 mm. The colour in alcohol is a minutely
mottled, slightly brownish pale grey, and the consistency is firm,
fairly tough, compressible and resilient.
The surface-pimples, — which coincide in position with, and to
some extent are the expression of, the points of impingement of
the skeletal fibres upon the dermal membrane, — are fairly
uniformly distributed over the whole surface at a distance apart
approximating to their own breadth, which on the average is
about 0-4 mm.; they are rounded or flattened above, not conule-
like, and are conspicuous not so much by the amount of their
projection — which at the most is but slight— as by their whitish
colour and more opaque appearance compared with the inter-
vening portions of the surface. At the locations of the small
areas formed by these elevations, the dermal membrane is closely
adherent and non-porous; but between them it overlies sub-
dermal spaces, and is so perforated by numerous small pore-
sieves as to appear minutely reticulate. The pore-sieves (PI.
xxvi., tig. 7; PI. xxvii., fig. 6), are oval to circular in outline and
generally between 40 and 120/a in distance apart, range from
less than 100 up to about 200/x in diameter, and contain each,
according to their size, from 2 to 8 pores of diameter varying
from 20 to 60//.
Skeleton. — Except in the stalk and the lower portions of some
of the lower branches, the skeleton exhibits no well-marked axial
condensation or core, but is rather of the dendritic type (PI.
xxxix., fig.7) consisting chiefly of longitudinally-running and of
gradually outward-trending, continually branching main fibres,
which are not distinguishable as axial and radial respectively;
transverse or connecting fibres are numerous between the main
488
KkVLSION of the AX1NELLIU.4:, i.,
fibres in the central region of the branches, but comparatively
scarce and somewhat irregular in occurrence towards their
surface The main fibres attain a stoutness occasionally of
nearly 200/x in the axial region of the skeleton, but diminish in
diameter periphei'ally to between 60 and 1 00/x; they are composed
of somewhat looselvand irregularly
pacUed spicules united by abundant
spongin-cement. The connecting
fibres are usually less than 50/i. in
stoutness and are composed almost
entirely of spongin. The spongin
shrinks considerabl}' on drying, so
that in the dried skeleton the stout-
ness of the fibres is much less than
stated above. The skeleton seen
in its entirety (PI. xxxix., fig 6,> is
of a golden-yellow colour.
Jlegasc/ei-es. — The differences be-
tween the megascleres of the stalk
and of the branches are more mark-
ed than in any other of the species
herein described, the former con-
sisting almost entirely of sharp-
pointed oxea, ranging from seldom
less than 250 up to 460/a in length
and up to 16/x in stoutness, and
very similar in form and size to
those of 7'. digita/us var. strongy-
latus, while the latter are strongyla
and more or less blunt-pointed oxea
— the strongyla being if anything
Text-fig.9. — Tmchycladufi pnslu- somewhat the more numerous —
/o.s7(.s. Megascleres : a, from the ranging in length from occasionally
.stalk; h, from the branches. j^^^ ^j^^^ j^q^^ ^^^ ^^ ^j^^^^. 3^0 or
330//,, and seldom exceeding 8-5 or 9/x in stoutness. Occasional
stvli are met with, which are most frequent among the pedun-
cular megascleres; among the latter also anisoxea are not
uncommon.
BY E. P. KALLMANN. 489
Microscleres.'- The spirulse are of all forms between corkscrew-
spirals of a little more than 2 turns and straight rods, the latter
faii'ly common and mostly between 12 and 25/x in length and
from 2 to 3-5//, in diameter. Tlie spirulse are less closely coiled
than in any other of the species, and are also slightly larger
(occasionally attaining to 18/i, in length).
I'he microstrongyla are rarely less than 2 or more than 3-5//.
in diameter, and of all lengths up to 18/i,; a notable proportion
are reduced to spheruhe. They are mostly not centrotylote.
Abnormal forms of various shapes are rather common.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXL-XXLX., figs. 1-2; XXXIX., figs.6-7.
Plate xxi.
Fig. 1. — Trachydadus J'usI iijni uf, .'^p.iiuv.; fioiii the (paitially dried) type-
specimen; ( X g).
Fig.2. — T. rtteporoms, sp.iiuv. ; fioin the type-specimen; ( x s).
■pig.3. — T. reteporosua, sp.nov. (var. ?); from an incomplete specimen with
slightly rugose surface; ( x i). Of. also PI. xxiv., figs. 1-2.
Fig. 4. — T. .-cahrosiis, sp.nov.; from the type-specimen; ( x g).
Fig 5. — T. pustitlomi.'i, sp.nuv. ; from the type-specimen; ( x* nearly).
Plate xxii.
Figs. 1-2. — Tntrltycludna digifatxs Lendenfeld, typical furm; ( x f approx.).
rig.3. — T. di(jitaim var. (jraci/is, var.nov. ; from the type-specimen; ( x f).
Fig. 4. — T. diijUaitus var. r/andtis, var.nov.; from the type-specimen; {x^
nearly).
l.'ig.5. — T. d'Kjitaliis var. ■■^troiKjylalus, var.nov.; fium the (incomplete?')
- type-specimen; ( x {'^).
Plate xxiii.
Fig. 1. — Tntrhycladns d'Kjilaiiix Lendenfeld, typical form; skeleton; (nat.
size).
Fig.2. — T. di'jifatiis vav. ijracl/is, var.nov.; skeleton; (nat. size).
Fig.3. — T. diyitafu-f yav. claratm, var.nov.; skeleton; (nat. size).
li'ijr.4. — T. diyitatus yav. sfroiiify/alitfi, var.nov.; skeleton: (nat. size).
Figs.o-6. — T. reteporosufi, sp.nov.; skeleton (of the type-.specimen and of
the specimen illustrated in PI. xxi., fig.3, respectively); (nat. size).
Figs.7-8. — 7'. rtttporomx, sp.nov., (var. ?); skeleton (of the specimens
figured in Pl.'xxiv., figs. 1-2); (nat. size).
Fig.9. — T. scahrosii!^, .sp.nov.; skeleton: (nat. size),
Fig. 10. — T. J'astiyatus, sp.nov.; skeleton; (nat. .size).
490 REVISION OP THE AXINELLID^, i.,
Plate xxiv.
Fi<^. 1. — Trachyclailuji rtteporoftus, sp.nov., (var. ''.); R.N. 1061; { x i).
Fig.2. — T. reteporosu.s, sp.nov., (var. ?); R.N. 42(5 (a specimen in which the
dermal pores could not lie seen); ( x i).
Fig.3. — T. rtfeporom.s, sp.nov., typical form; one-half of a (desilicified)
longitudinal median section of a branch of the type-specimen, show-
ing the deiinal layer (in part torn away), subdermal spaces, excur-
rent and incurrent canals, flagellated chambers, and (on the left)
portion of the axial skeleton; ( x 18).
Plate XXV.
Fig. 1. — Trachpcladns reteporosus, sp.nov., (var. ?); longitudinal median
section of the skeleton; ( x 10).
Fig.'i. — T. di(/itat>is Lendenfeld, var. claratiis, var.nov. ; portion (slightly
less than one-half) of a transverse section of a branch, showing the
arrangement of the flagellated chambers, etc. ; ( x 18).
Plate xxvi.
Fig. 1. — Tfachycladw rtttporo/^ux, sp.nov., (typical form); longitudinal
median section of the skeleton, showing the pattern of the axial
fune; ( x 10).
Fig.2. — T. digitatn-^ Lendenfeld, (typical form); portion of the surface
(from part of which the dermal membrane has been pared off)
showing the disposition of the dermal pores, and also of the main
incurrent canals; ( x 6).
Fig.3. — T. di(jit,atu>< var. HtrongylatiiK, var.nov.; portion of the surface,
showing the arrangement of the dermal pores and the character of
the oscula; ( x fi).
Fig. 4. — T. ref eporo.in>i, up. nov.; portion of the surface, showing the arrange-
ment of the dermal pores; ( x 6).
Fig.o. — T. pasfn/ofiii.'^, sp.nov. ; portion of the surface, showing the arrange-
ment of the dermal j^ores; ( x 6).
Fig. 6. — T. diijitatHS \-AV. stron<, y&v. nor.; surface-section, showing
the arrangement of the dermal pores; ( x 40).
Fig.o. — T. reteparosm, sp.nov., (tj'pical f(jrin); surface-section, showing
the arrangement of the dermal pores; ( x 40).
Fig.o. — T. pHstido'fUft, sp.nov.; surface-section, showing the arrangement
of the dermal pores; ( x 40).
Plate xxviii.
Fig.l. — Trac/ii/c/adiis rtteporosus, sp.nov., (var. ?); portion of the surface
(of one (^f the specimens R.N. 1000) showing the arrangement of the
dermal pores; ( x 40).
Fig.2. — T. re(epo)-Ofiiis, sp.nov., (var. ?); surface-section (of R.N. 1061),
showing the arrangement of the dermal pores; ( x 40).
Figs. 3, 4. — T. refeporo»u», sp.nov., (var. '!); surface-sections (of the speci-
mens R.N. 983, 984), showing the arrangement of the dermal pores;
( X 40).
Fig.o. 7'. dl(/ifa/iis Lendenfeld, var. claratu.^, var.nov.: rather thin (unde-
silicified) transverse section of a branch; ( x 15).
Fig.6. — T. ■•ro.'ho7-a is
intermediate between Echiuodathriii and 0])Mitaspon(/ia; whereas
T, in my earlier remarks in reference to the genus(12), expressed
the opinifjn that, provisionally at least, it should be placed in
the Mycalinse, and suggested the possibility of its relationship
with <'r(imhe( = TetrmitheUa). Since then, as I more recently
have found occasion to remark(13), a second species possessing
microstrongyla as microscleres in addition to sigmata and tricho-
dragmata, has been described by Hentschel(15) under the name
Tylode.ama 7nicrostrongyIa, which in spiculation accords so closely
with Alhmtophora plicata as to leave no room foi' doubting the
close genetic affinit}' of the two, yet the skeleton of which con-
forms, or at any rate closely approximates, to a halichondroid
type. Hence it seems to follow that the essential feature to be
taken into account in deciding as to the proper systematic posi-
tion of these species is not, in either case, the precise configura-
tion of the skeleton, but rather the constitution thereof from the
point of view of the spicular elements composing it, both mega-
scleric and microscleric; and accordingly one is led to suspect
the probability of their relationship with such species as Biemna
raegalosiyma Heiitschel(15), and Biemna chileusis 'lhiele(42), the
spiculation of wliich is essentially the same as theirs except only
in this respect, namely, that instead of microstrongyla the micro-
scleres include spherulse, — and in which, furthermore, the skeletal
arrangement is of a somewhat intermediate type. In support of
this, there now comes to light a third species with microstrongyla
(and, significantly, with spherulse also), -described below as
Allantophora victoriana, — which forms a definite and absolute
connecting-link between A. plicata and SigmaxiaeUa rioca/yp-
toides Dendy, it being even questionable, indeed, whether both
it and the last-named should not be looked upon merely as
BY E. P. KALLMANN. 497
varieties of A, plicata : and Siymaxinella ciocalyjdoides, in turn,
is found to provide no feature definitely justifying its separation
generically from the majority at least of the species at present
included in Biemna. Accordingly it becomes necessary to decide
upon what grounds, if any, the genera Tylodesma, AUantopJiora,
and Sigmaxiiiella admit of being retained.
The distinction between Tylodfsma (olim Biemna) and Biemna
(olim Desmacella) deemed essential by Topsent(46), — to whom
the separation of the species of Ridley and Dendy's group Des-
macellinae into these two genera is due, — was with respect to
the mode of conformation of the skeleton, a halichondroid type
of skeleton being regarded by him as characteristic of the former
genus, a disposition of the megascleres in definite fibres as char-
acteristic of the latter : whether the megascleres were styli or
tylostyli was looked upon as of minor importance The same
distinction was emphasised by Lundbeck(30) in defining these
genera, though at the same time he attached equal value to
certain differences in their microscleric spiculation; other authors,
however, — -as Thiele(41), Dendy(8), and Hentschel(15), — seem
disposed, like Topsent, to regard it as fundamental. Neverthe-
less, a critical survey of the species concerned renders it evident
that the distinction is an arbitrary one, and incapable of being
maintained; in proof of which one need only refer to the fact
that in certain instances, as, for example, in the case of Biemna
microxa Hentschel(14), and of the so-called Biemna humilis
Thiele(41), the authors themselves show uncertainty as to the
genus to which the species ought rather to be assigned. Tf, how-
ever, the species with tylostyli or subtylostyli as megascleres
(typical of Tylodesma) be compared with those in which tylo-
stylote megascleres are absent (typical of Biemna), it is found
in the case of the former that the microscleres present frequently
comprise toxa in addition to sigmata, but never trichites or
microxea, whereas in the case of the latter, with one highly
questionable exception — viz., Desmacella frayilis Kieschnick(24),
— trichites or microxea are invariably present, but never toxa.
Accordingly there is excellent ground for the retention of the
genus Tylodesma, but its definition requires amendment.
40
498 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, ii.,
The three species, for the reception of which Dendy(7) proposed
the genus Sigmaxinella, agree in having both monactinal and
diactinal megascleres and, as microscleres, signiata and tricho-
dragmata, but in a number of other important respects they
differ very considerably; and, as already indicated, one at least
of them equally admits of inclusion in AUantophora or in Biemna
as hitherto defined. However, the first-described of the three,
S. aiistralia?ia, as well as several of the species which Kirk-
patrick(20) and Whitelegge(60) have ascribed to SigmaxineUa,
differ from all other known species possessing similar micro-
scleres, firstly in being of ramose habit, and secondly in having
an axially condensed skeleton. Consequently, with an amended
diagnosis, the genus Sig^naxinella also admits of being retained.
The third species assigned by Dendy to SigmaxineUa — S.
JlabeUata — is (among the species having sigmata and tricho-
dragmata as microscleres) quite unique, not only as regards
skeletal structui'e, but also in the fact that the megascleres
are of two distinct kinds, viz., styli composing the fibres, and
elongated flexuous strongyla (and tornota) occurring inter-
stitially, — the latter of which are strikingly analogous to the
spicules of similar form characteristic of many species oiAxinella,
Phakellia, Acanthella, and Tragosia. Were it not for the presence
of sigmata, there would be no adequate reason, apart from the
flexuous character of the interstitial megascleres, for excluding
the species from the genus Z)ra^?nacit£o?i (g.n.), which in turn
comprises species hitherto assigned to 2'hrinacophora; whilst, if
both kinds of microscleres were absent, it would almost certainlv
have to be included in the genus Phakellia && defined by Dendy{8).
Being such as it is, however, the species undoubtedly deserves a
new genus for its accommodation, and for this I propose the
name Sigmaxia.
The question whether AUantophora admits of separation from
Biemna is a much more difficult one, and at present cannot be
satisfactorily decided; for although there exists with respect to
skeletal structure a profound difference between the typical
species of the two genera, — as is very obvious from a comparison
of Topsent's figure of B. peachi{5i; PI. iv., fig. 3) with mine of
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 499
A. victoriana (PI. xxxi., figs.l, 2), — yet the descriptions of other
species seem to indicate that intermediate (as well as additional)
types of skeleton occur, while in not a few instances, furthermore,
the requisite information relating to the skeleton is lacking. At
the outset, a satisfactory line of division between the two genera
seemed to me possibly securable by taking into account the fact
that in most if not all of the indubitable species of Biemna the
microscleres include commata, but neA'^er microstrongyla, whereas
in the remaining species commata are absent; but the service-
ableness of this as a means of distinction appears to be ruled out
of court by the circumstance, recently announced by Topsent(54),
that in B. peachi commata are apparently sometimes missing. A
further difficulty is created by Topsent's discovery {loc. cit.) that
"commata" are present in his Bievina Jistulosa, which have not
the form of curved microstvli but "s'y montrent flexueux avec un
bout renfle et I'autre un peu aminci," so that their form "rapelle
un peu celle de sigmaspires deroulees": and it is possible that
these microscleres are a connecting-link between the stvliform
commata of B. peachi, etc., and the microstrongyla of typical
AUantophora-s,Y>ec\GS,. Consequently, since one is unable so to
define the genera as to render them mutually exclusive, there is
no alternative for the time being but to combine them, and I
have therefore formulated the diagnosis of Biemna accordingly.
Inasmuch, however, as I am confident (hat the necessity for this
is onl\' temporary, and that a fuller knowledge of the species
concerned will furnish occasion for the rehabilitation of the
genus AUantophora, I have refrained for the present from dis-
carding the name in the designation of the species described
below, to which it must necessarily apply if the genus be ulti-
mately readopted.
The amendment which I introduce in regard to the distinction
to be drawn between the genera Biemna and Tylodesvia affects
the position only of five species, namely, of Tylodesvia micro-
strongyla Hentschel, and 2\ microxa Hentschel, which (as their
spiculation consists of styli, sigmata, trichites, and, in the
former, also of microstrongyla) must be included in Biemna; and
of Biemna hnviilis Thiele(41), B. vulgaris Topsent(4i5), and
500
REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, ii.,
B.truncata Hentsche](i3), which (having a spiculation composed,
in the case of the first, of subtylostyli, sigmata, and toxa, and
in the others, of tylostyli and sigmata) must be transferred to
Tylodesma. In order to frame a satisfactory definition of
Biemna, which will serve effectually to distinguish it from
Dragmacido7i and Rhaphoxya (gg. nn.), it is necessary to insist
upon the presence of sigmata as an essential character of the
genus : for this reason, if for no other, Topsent's Desmacella
aherrmis (with trichodragmata alone as microsclei'es), which
Lundbeck has I'eferred to Biemna, must be removed therefrom:
and for its reception I propose a new genus, DragmateUa, which
I provisionally regard as occupying a position between Dragma-
cidon and Rhaphoxya. Lundbeck is inclined to refer also
Schmidt's imperfectly known Desmacella vayabunda and D.
pnmilio to Biemna. Of these two species I have not seen the
descriptions; but judging from Schmidt's original diagnosis of
Desmacella, quoted by Ridley and Dendy(83), the microscleres
present are sigmata and (or) toxa, in which case the species
cannot in my estimation be assigned to Biemna, but belong most
probably to Tylodesma. As regards Kieschnick's Desmacella
fragilis, referred to above, it is impossible, owing to the un-
reliability of its description, to express any definite opinion. If
it be true that its microscleres are sigmata, trichodragmata, and
toxa, as stated, I think that this would render necessary the
erection for it of a new genus; until rediscovered, however, the
species must be regarded as incertce sedis. 'J'he only other species
about which there can be said to exist any occasion for doubt is
Desmacella cavernula Bowerbank(l), in which the microscleric
spiculation is described as consisting solely of sigmata; but as
the megascleres are styli (and not tylostyli), and, furthermore,
as there is ground to suspect, owing to the dried condition of
Bowerbank's single specimen, that the occurrence of tricho-
dragmata therein was overlooked, the probability is that the
species is correctly to be assigned to Biem,na. Nevertheless, the
species is peculiar, regarded as a member of this genus, in the
fact that the megasclei^es are distinguishable into two groups,
the one kind composing the fibres, the other occurring inter-
BY E. P. KALLMANN. - 501
stitially and also forming a dermal skeleton: and this peculiarity
may possibly prove to be associated with other distinctive
features of a character that would justify its exclusion from the
genus. According to Thiele(40), a partial differentiation of the
megascleres into several groups is exhibited in the case of B.
korenii also, but) apparently this occurs without relation to the
particular position which the spicules occupy, since he makes no
mention of the fact; and Lundbeck(30) further notes that in
H. capillifera there are present, in addition to the skeletal
spicules proper, smaller styli which are found only in the part
of the sponge nearest to the substratum, where they form a thin
layer. In all the remaining species of iJiemwa, so far as I am
aware, the megascleres are definitely of a single order (though
occasionally comprising both monactinal and diactinal forms).
Hentschel(15) has recently referred to Biemna (under the name
B. aruensis) a species possessing neither sigmata nor tricho-
dragmata, but having as flesh-spicules small slender curved
tylostyli, which he terms " kommaformige Rhaphiden " and ap-
parently regards as homologous with the commata of species
like B. peachi. Inasmuch, however, as the remaining spicula-
tion consists of megascleres (of two distinct kinds) in the form
of (longer) subtylostyli and (very much shorter) tylostyli respect-
ively, and as, furthermore, the sponge is regularly dome-shaped
and prolongs itself upwards into a tubular process, it seems to
me practically certain that the species is one requiring to be
included in the family Polymastiidse. Unfortunately Hentschel
has neglected to investigate the structure of the skeleton, and
one therefore lacks the information necessary to decide whether
the species requires a new genus for its reception, or permits of
inclusion in the genus Polymastia itself. But, for the present, I
would recommend that the species be known as PoIymastia(l)
ariheiisis.
Of species referable to Biemtta which have been assigned to
genera other than Biemna, Desmacella, Tylodesma, or Allanto-
phora, there is apparently only one, viz., Siymaxinella incrustans
l\irkpatrick(20).
A few fragments of a sponge have been recorded from Christ-
502
REVISION OP THE AXINELLID^, ii.,
mas Island by Kirkpatrick(21) as BesmaceUa sp., in which the
megascleres are oxea, fewer styli, and rare strongyla, all of
approximately the same dimensions (viz, 180 x 7/i, 150 x 9fi, and
126 X 6/x respectively), and the microscleres are very rare sigmata,
rare toxa, and . rare trichites; but in which the skeleton is a
unispicular renieroid meshwork, with triangular and quadran-
gular meshes. Obviously, if the microscleres are really proper
to it, this species should be assigned, provisionally at least, to
the genus Gellius.
The genus Biemna, as now defined, accordingly comprises the
following species : —
i. With commata - typical species of the genus.
/>'. i^eachi Bowerbank(l; 30). English Channel; Scotland;
off Norway: off Iceland.
B. capillifera Levinsen(28; 30). E. Canada; Iceland; Kara
Sea.
B. Aami/era Lundbeck (30). Off Iceland.
/)'. groenlandica Fristedt(10; 30). E. Coast of Greenland.
B. stellifera Fristedt(9). (With Sweden.
asters?).
B. fistulosa Topsent(48; 54). Amboina.
B. sp. Thiele(41). Ternate.
ii. Without commata (so far as known), and without micro-
strongyla; but apparently otherwise conforming rather to the
species with commata.
B. Iwrenii Schmidt(35;40). Off Norway.
B. variantia Bowerbank(l). Bristol Channel.
{^.)B. {l)caveruula Bowerbank(l). Shetland Islands.
B. trirhaphis Topsent(48; 41). Amboina; Ternate.
{^.)B. fords Topsent(48). Amboina.
iii. Without commata (so far as known), and without micro-
strongyla; but apparently otherwise conforming rather to the
species with microstrongyla.
B. incrustans Kirkpatrick(20). Cape Colony.
B. tubulata Dendy(8). Cevlon.
B. macrorhaphis Hentschel(l6). Antarctic Ocean.
BY E. F. HALLMANN. 503
B. microxa Hentschel(l4). Sharks Bay, W. Australia.
B. sp. Hentschel(15). Arafura Sea.
B. chilensis Thiele(42). (With Chili.
spherulse).
B. megalosigma Hentschel(15). Arafura Sea.
(With spherulse).
B. megalosigma var. liposphcera Arafura Sea.
Hentschel(l5).
B (AUantophora) ciocalyptoides Port Phillip, Victoria.
Dendy.
iv. With inicrostrongyla.
B. {AUantophora) plicata White- New South Wales.
legge.
B. {AUantophora) victoriana, sp.n. Port Phillip, Victoria.
B. {'^;AUantopho7-a) raicrostrongyla Arafura Sea.
Hentschel(15).
Allantophoka plicata Whitelegge.
(PI. xxix., fig.4; PI. XXX., iigs.l, 2, 3.)
I'^Q'l .AUantophora plicata Whitelegge(60),p.505,Pl.xlv., fig.28.
Diagnosis. — Sponge consisting of a cluster of erect, proliferous
lamellae, sometimes interunited more or less by anastomosis, and
frequently tending to become more or less pointed above or to
divide distally into digitate processes. Surface irregular, and
provided with many slender tapering conuli. Dermal membrane
moderately thick, without contained megascleres, and without
pores visible to the naked eye. Skeleton an irregular reticula-
tion, of fairly uniform density throughout, consisting of ascend-
ing multispicular main fibres (mostly between 100 and 200/a in
stoutness) and numerous slendei'er, for the most part pauci-
spicular, connecting fibres. Spicules of the main fibres rather
loosely (and often somewhat plumosely) arranged. Both main
and connecting fibres provided with moderately numerous, more
or less nearly perpendicularly-directed, echinating spicules
similar in kind to the coring spicules. Spongin present only in
moderate quantity. Megascleres: styli and (relatively few) oxea,
504 REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, U.,
ranging from less than 300 to upwards of 500/x (occasionally to
upwards of 600/i) in length, and (in different specimens) varying
from 16 to 22/x in maximum stoutness. Microscleres: (i.)numer-
ous sigmata of two sizes, respectively 11 and 21/x in maximum
length; (ii.) trichodragmata typically of two sizes, together with
scattered trichites of similar length (viz., up to about 60/i,) to
those composing the larger dragmata; and (iii.) numerous micro-
strongyla, the largest measuring 20 by 8/x.
Zoc— Off Crookhaven River, N.S.W. ("Thetis").
Introductory. — In addition to the single example originally
described, there are now available three other complete speci-
mens of the species, and a fragment of a fourth. Of these, only
the last-mentioned is preserved in alcohol, the remainder (with
the exception of the type-specimen, which has been di*ied — pro-
bably after having been some time in alcohol — without complete
removal of the sarcode) being washed-out and otherwise more or
less damaged beach-specimens.
External features. — In all four specimens, the general habit
is the same. The sponge consists of an often more or less
intricate cluster of erect lamellse, which are joined each to
another along one lateral edge, — the other edge either remaining
free or (less frequently) becoming connected by anastomosis Avith
some portion of another lamella, — and which tend most fre-
quently to become narrowed and more or less pointed a^ove, or
sometimes to partially resolve distally into several pointed digiti-
form processes. The iamellaj vary from 2 to 12 mm. in thick-
ness: and the largest specimen measures 130 mm. in height.
Usually, a main or primary lamella is to be distinguished, and
from this secondary lamellse proceed, which in turn give rise in
a similar way to others of higher order. The lamella? are not
always directed perpendicularly to those from which they arise,
but often more or less obliquely; and occasionally some of the
larger ones may be vertically curved or folded. The sponge is
sessile, and is sometimes attached only by a limited portion of
the base of the primary lamella; but more usually the area of
attachment is much more extensive, and is formed partly by the
bases of other lamellse as well. The surface is rendered more or
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 505
less uneven by irregular, longitudinally disposed ridges and
furrows, and by numerous acuminate conuli. The former in-
equalities are much more marked in dried and washed-out speci-
mens (PL XXX., fig. 2) than in the perfect sponge (PI. xxx., fig.l),
since in the case of the latter the depressions are largeh^ filled
up with fleshy tissue and covered over by dermal membrane.
In the washed-out condition of the sponge, numerous lesser
inequalities also are in evidence, causing the surface to present
a somewhat cellular or roughly pitted appearance, and giving
rise here and there- more especially in the case of thinner
lamellse to actual pei'forations : it is the depiessions producing
this appearance that are somewhat misleadingly referred to in
the original description as "pores." The conuli are conspicuous
in the well-preserved sponge, but may be entirely missing in the
case of beach-specimens owing to their fragility and the ease
with which they become broken off when dry; they are narrow
at the base and thread-like at the apex, are traversed axially by
a single skeletal fibre, and vary in length from 2 to 5 mm.
Oscula were not observed.
The consistency of the sponge in alcohol is firm, fairly tough,
compressible, and resilient; and the colour is yellowish-brown.
Dry specimens vary considerably in their consistency and textural
appearance according to the extent to which the sarcode has
been removed. When thoroughly washed-out, the sponge is
tough and elastic, and its texture (as compared with that, say,
of an ordinary washing sponge) is loosely and coarsely fibrous :
the fibres that terminate at the surface run towai'ds it in an
obliquely ascending direction, and being free from one another
(i.e., unconnected by transverse fibres) for some distance from
their extremities, give to the surface a slightly shaggy appear-
ance (PI. xxx., fig.3). On the other hand, if dried without (or
with only partial) removal of the sarcode, the sponge (as in the
case of the type-specimen) is inelastic and rather brittle, and of
a texture that might be described roughly as pumiceous (Pl.xxx.,
fig. 2). In this latter condition of the sponge, the interstices of
the skeleton are frequently tympanised by delic'ate parchment-
like membranes (erroneously referred to in the original descrip-
506 REVISION OP THE AXINELLIDiE, ii.,
tion as being portions of the dermal membrane). The colour of
dry specimens varies from light to brownish-grey.
The dermal membrane is very distinct and fairly tough, and
overlies numerous, usually not very extensive, subdermal spaces;
it is not (to the naked eye) visibly porous. The dermal pores,
over limited areas of the surface, are similar in their arrange-
ment to those of A. victoriana {cf. Pl.xxxviii., figs. 1-4), except
that the circular groups they form (which, in rare instances,
attain a diameter of 130 to 150/ji) are relatively less closely
apposed: but generally they occur only several together in much
smaller groups -or, in rare cases, even singly — and the groups
are separated by distances sometimes exceeding their own
diameter.
»S'^e^e^o?i. — N^ hilst in regard to spiculation no definite distinc-
tion can be drawn between the present species and A. victoriana,
the arrangement of the skeleton in the two differs very con-
siderably This will be evident from a comparison of the figures
of the skeleton (prepared by treatment with caustic potash) in
the two cases, as seen in section,— especially PI. xxix., fig. 4, and
PL xxxi., fig- 1, — the former of which is from a lamella (varying
in thickness from less than I nun. at one edge to 8 mm. at the
other) of the present species, and the latter from a thick vertical
slice (from 6 to 10 mm. in thickness) of a massive specimen of
A. victoriana. The chief points of difference are two. Firstly,
there is an entire absence, in the present species, of any observ-
able differentiation in the structure of the skeleton relative to a
number of separate axes, and the pattern is accordingly every-
where (including even the incipient processes into which the
lamellae sometimes tend to resolve) much the same; and secondly
— in necessary correlation with this— the main fibres are never
transversely directed, but always run in a more or less ascending
direction, with gradual trend surfacewards, branching (not very
frequently) as they go. As in A. victoriana, the connecting
fibres are numerous, and interunite with one another to form
(along with the main fibres) a rather small -meshed reticulation;
but the reticulation is here very irregular, and there is no marked
tendency on the part of the connecting fibi'es to be confined (as
BY E. P. KALLMANN. - 507
in A. victoriana) to vertical planes; in some parts, however, —
more especially in the processes— a slight tendency towards such
an arrangement is occasionally exhibited. A further notable
point of difference is the frequency of occurrence, in the present
species, of megascleres disposed more or less perpendicularly to
the tibres, — with their bases implanted therein, — in the manner
of echinating spicules. The main fibres are composed chiefly or
(not seldom) almost entirely of spicules, an-anged usually in a
loose, often in a more or less dishevelled or somewhat plumose
fashion, and are usually between 100 and 200/x in stoutness: in
the oldest portions of the sponge, however, they occasionally
attain a diameter of from 300 to 400/^.. The amount of spongin
cementing their spicules is rather variable, but is seldom suffi-
cient to form a well-defined sheath; as seen in cross-section, the
outline of the fibres is very irregular. The connecting fibres are
uniserial to multiserial in spiculation, and are relatively more
sponginous than the main fibres. But very few megascleres are
scattered between the fibres. Sigmata (of two sizes) and micro-
strongyla occur in great abundance throughout all parts of the
interior, together with moderately numerous trichodragmata and
singly scattered trichites; the last-mentioned, howe\er, are not
very evident owing to their extreme tenuity. In the dermal
membrane, sigmata are again very abundant, and single trichites
almost equally so, but trichodragmata and microstrongyla are
extremely rare, and megascleres are altogether absent.
Spicules. — {{.) The megascleres are styli and relatively few
oxea — the proportionate number of the latter variable, ranging
from less than 1 in 100 (in the type-specimen), occasionally to
as many as 1 in 10. Though somewhat scarce as echinating
spicules, the oxea occur in all the same situations in the skeleton
as the styli, and are undoubtedly only variants of them; never-
theless, transitional forms between the two are extremely rare.
The styli are slightly curved, with the curvatui-e most pronounced
in, and usually confined to their basal moiety; are evenly
rounded at the base, and of uniform or nearly uniform diameter
thence to beyond the middle of their length; and taper gradually
to a sharp point. The oxea — apart from their being diactinal —
508^
REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, 11.,
differ from the styli only in being curved symmetrically and
more strongly, and also somewhat angulately. In different
specimens, the megascleres vary from 520 to 670/x in maximum
length and from 16 to 22/u.
in maximum stoutness; and
the shortest spicules in any
specimen are between 200
and 300//, in length. The
longest spicules are seldom
much more than one-half
(very rarely, if ever, as
much as two-thirds) the
maximum stoutness, the
greatest diameter being at-
tained by those of inter-
mediate and lesser lengths,
(ii.) The sigmata are,
almost without exception,
more or less contort, but
seldom to such an extent
as to appear J-shaped when
viewed from the side. I hey
are of two sizes, the larger
15 to 21/ji, the smaller 7 to
11/x, in length, and mea-
sure respectively 1'5 and
about 0'75/A in maximum
stoutness. The latter are
by far the less numerous,
but are nevertheless by no
means scarce.
(iii.) The trichites are
typically of two sizes; the
longer ones immeasurably
thin, 50 to 65/i. in length in some specimens, only 35 to 50/a in
others, and occurring both in dragmata and scattered singly; the
shorter ones relatively stouter and slightly fusiform in shape,
Text-tig. lU.
Allantophora pUcata. a, megascleres; li, c,
larger and smaller sigmata; rl, e, miero-
strongyla from each of two different
specimens.
BY E. F. HALLMANN. 509
15 to (rarely) 30/x in length, and apparently occurring only in
dragniata. In two (dry) specimens, however, the shorter trichites
were not observed. The dragniata fiequently take the form of
dense roundish masses of trichites, sometimes exceeding 300/x
in breadth, which refract the light in such a way as to appear
blackish and opaque.
(iv.)The microstrongyla are seldom less than 10/x in length
and 2/x in diameter, but are usually much stouter, and have a
maximum size of 20 by 8/x. They are nearly always- slightly
curved and more or less distinctly centrotylote. Abnormal
forms occur, in which the annular swelling is irregular in shape,
excentric in position, or several times repeated, but thev are not
very numerous and seldom depart from the normal shape to any
considerable extent.
Allantophora victoriana, n.sp.
(Pl.xxx.,figs.4,5; Pl.xxxi.,figs.l-4; Pl.xxxii.,figs. 1-5; Pl.xxxviii.,
figs.l-4;Pl. xl.,figs.5, 6.)
Diagnosis. — Sponge erect, either entirely massive or sub-
dividing superiorly into separate tapering digitations. Surface
slightly irregular, and provided with numerous, fairly uniformly
distributed, more or less acuminate conuli. Dermal membrane
very distinct; without contained megascleies: usually showing
to the naked eye a minutely reticulate pattern due to the mode
of arrangement of the dermal pores. Skeleton (in the body of
the sponge) consisting of a congeries of similar components,
each constructed on the same plan as the entire skeleton of a
single digitation. In each component, the main fibres (except-
ing, usually, one or a few longitudinally-directed primary fibres
occupying its axis) are disposed more or less perpendicularly to
the axial direction of the component, i.e., in a radial or pinnate
fashion ; and these are joined together by connecting fibres
which are almost exclusively confined to vertical planes. The
main fibres are relatively very stout (up to over 300/i in
diameter), and are composed chiefly of spicules arranged more
or less compactly ; the connecting fibres are slender, mostly
paucispicular, and composed chiefly of spongin. A few echinat-
510 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^E, ii.,
ingly-disposed spicules occur on the main fibres, but are rare or
absent on the connecting fibres. The spiculation is almost
identically the same as that of A. plicafa, the chief point of
difference being that the microstrongyla are much more various
in form and size, and frequently pass into spherulse.
Zoc. —Port Phillip.
Introductory. — The species is represented in the Australian
Museum by two half-specimens from Port Phillip, and a com-
plete spe^men (of somewhat different habit) the locality of which
is uncertain; in addition, a third half-specimen is included
among the original specimens described, by Dendy, as Sigmaxi-
nella ciocalyptoides, — viz., the one referred to by him as R.N. 338.
The last-mentioned, liowever, does not constitute a fouith ex-
ample of the species, but is plainly only the other half of one of
the Australian Museum specimens. All the specimens are well
preserved in alcohol.
External features. — The two Port Phillip examples are massive
sponges, of erect, somewhat quadiangulately prismatic shape,
slightly narrowed below to form a broad base of attachment,
and with a very rugged, monticulate upper surface (PI. xxx.,
tigs. 4, 5) : the slightly larger is 115 mm. in height, and would
measure, if complete, about 60 or 70 mm. in breadth and in
thickness. The third specimen (PI. xxxi., fig.3), which is very
much smaller, — measuring only 55 mm. in height,— is similarly
massive in its lowermost portion, but divides above into many
separate (or more or less incompletely separate) tapering digita-
tions of various size, the largest measuring 25 mm. in length and
5 or 6 mm. in diameter at the base. The difference in habit in
the two cases, however, is probably to be regarded only as one
of degree, since the rugged character of the distal surface of the
more massive specimens is such as might be due to incipient
digitation.
The whole surface, including that of the processes, is covered
with conuli formed in the same manner as 'vi\ A. plicata; they
are sometimes low and sharp, sometimes acuminate or even
filiform, up to 2 or 3 mm. in length, and situated at an average
distance apart varying from one to several millimetres. The
BY E. P. KALLMANN. 511
surface is rendered uneven by low, irregular undulations and
indistinct, longitudinal furrows. On the upper surface only of
the more massive specimens, between the nionticular elevations,
there are many oscula-like openings, the appearance of which
(although they are plainly seen to be the orifices of main exhalant
canals) suggests that they have been caused by laceration of the
dermal membrane; and it is possible, therefore, that in the
perfect sponge the dermal membrane is continuous across the
debouchures of the exhalant canals, thus producing a condition
of lipostomy. This may account for the fact that, in the smaller,
digitate specimen, oscula were not observable.
The main exhalant canals run longitudinally upwards through
the sponge, increasing in diameter as they ascend; they attain a
maximum diameter, in the largest specimen, of about 3 mm., but
in the smallest specimen, only of about 1 mm. Many of the
canals, especially in the upper part of their course, run for a
considerable distance immediately below the surface, their outer
wall consisting of scarcely more than the dermal membrane
Immediately underlying the dermal membrane, also, there are,
elsewhere, numerous and fairly extensive incurrent spaces.
The consistency of the sponge in alcohol is firm, fairly tough,
compressible, and resilient ; and the colour varies from pale
cream to light yellowish-brown. The colour in life, as recorded
in the case of a single specimen by Dendy, is "cinnamon, [with]
the projections deep chrome." The skeletonised sponge is very
loose-textured, and not of uniform density (PI. xxxi , fig.l): the
coarseness of the fibres is about the same as in A. plicata, but,
in the present species, the skeleton is of considerably smaller
bulk relatively to the bulk of the entire sponge.
The dermal membrane — owing partly to the many spaces im-
mediately underlying it, and partly to its being of considerable
thickness — is very distinct, and, except on the upper surface of
the sponge (i.e., in the region of the oscula-like openings) pre-
sents a minutely reticulate appearance due to the mode of
arrangement of the dermal pores (PI. xxxviii., tigs. 1-4). The
reticulate pattern is conspicuous, even to the naked eye, in the
two massive specimens, but requires a lens for its detection in
512 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^., ii.,
the case of the digitate example. Where the reticulation is
apparent, the dermal pores are arranged in closely situated, oval
or rounded groups, or "pore-areas"_(P]. xl., figs.5, 6) measuring
up to 0-5 mm. in diameter, the pores themselves varying in
diameter from less than 20 to upwards of 80/*; within the pore-
areas, the dermal membrane is reduced, owing to the presence
of the pores, to a fine, lace like network. Where the dermal
membrane is apparently non-reticulate, this is due to the fact
that the pore-areas are much smaller and much more widely
separated.
Skeleton. — The structure of the skeleton is such as would result
if the sponge had consisted, in the first place, of a number of
independent, simple or branched, digitifoim upgrowths, each
with its own separate skeleton, and if subsequently these indi-
vidual upgrowths, by lateral expansion and coalescence, had
grown together into a single mass,* and their skeletons become
more or less interunited : or, in other words, the skeleton is
resolvable into similarly constituted, simpler components, the
arrangement of which conforms to that of a system of ascending,
branched axes. In order to convey an idea of the general con-
formation of the skeleton, therefore, it will be sufiicient to de-
scribe the structure and mode of arrangement of the skeleton in
a single such component (as shown to best advantage in a digitate
process of the semi massive specimen), and to explain the manner
in which interunion is efiected between the skeletal fibres of
different components.
In each simple digitation, the skeleton consists (PI. xxxi., fig.4;
PI. xxxii , fig.l): (i.) of stout multispicular main fibres radiating
outwards, almost invariably without branching, from the axis of
the process in a direction perpendicular or nearly perpendicular
thereto, and at a considerable distance (usually not less than
1 mm.) apart from one another; and (ii.) of very much slenderer
connecting fibres, most abundant towards the axial region of the
■■' Tlie occurrence of pebbles and small patches of coarse sand liere and
there in tlie interior of all these specimens, more especiallj' towards theii-
base, lends colour to the view that the massive body of tiie sponge actuallj'
has been formed by the coalescence of originally separate digitations.
BY E. F. HALLMAXX. 513
diffitation, which reticulate amonjjr themselves to form a narrow-
meshed network between the main fibres {of. PI. xxxii., figs.
3, 4, 5). The first-mentioned, or radially directed fibres appear
usually to arise by the branching of one or a few axially situated
fibres running lengthwise : but, in some instances, no such
primary main fibres are observable, the radially-directed fibres
each arising independently. In addition to the paucity or
absence of longitudinal main fibres, the skeleton also presents
two other characteristic and distinctive features : the radial
fibres are arranged for the most part in a more or less ortho-
stichous manner, and, almost without exception, the connecting
fibres between them occur only between those belonging to the
same orthostichies. Hence it follows that the connecting fibres
are confined almost exclusively to vertical (or, as one might almost
sav, to meridional) planes; and thus, in a transverse section
of a digitation (PI. xxxii., fig.2), the main fibres appear to be
without connections. The pattern of the reticulation formed by
the connecting fibres is also characteristic, the meshes usually
being elongated and narrow, with their long axis in the direction
perpendicular to the main fibres. The main fibres vary in stout-
ness from 120 to 350/a; tlie spicules composing them are fairly
closely and regularly packed, seldom slightly plumose in their
arrangement, and are cemented by a relatively small amount of
spongin, seldom sufiicient in quantity to form a distinct sheath.
The connecting fibres are peculiar in being thin and ribbon-
shaped, and are mostly paucispicular and composed chiefly of
spongin. Echinating spicules occur similarly as in A . pficafa; but
they are here very rare upon the connecting fibres, and are scarce
even upon the main fibres. Interstitially scattered megascleres
are relatively very few. The microscleres have the same distri-
bution, and are equally as abundant as in A. plicata.
In the massive body of the sponge, as already stated, the
skeleton consists of interunited components each constructed on
the same plan as the above-described skeleton of a single digita-
tion. The interconnection between the components is effected
simply by the prolongation of the radial (main) fibres of one
component, and their ultimate union with connecting fibres of
41
514
REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^E, U.,
another; as a rule, the fibres only of one of any two connected
components are thus prolonged. A feature not observed in the
skeleton of a separate digitation is provided by the fact that the
fibres proceeding surfacewards from some of
the more peripheral components (more espe-
cially from such as are situated not very close
to the surface) run in a more or less upward
direction (instead of perpendicularly out-
wards), and may thus attain a considerable
length, and may also several times branch (PI.
xxxi., fig.2).
Spicules. — The spiculation is almost identi-
cally similar to that of A. plicata, not only as
regards the forms, but also the sizes, both of
the megascleres and microscleres,— the only
noteworthy point of difference in the case of
the present species being the much greater
in-egularity in the forms of the microstrongyla
and the frequency of occurrence among them
of spherulse. In all three specimens, the
mesascleres are of about the same dimen-
.sions, ranging in length from about 230 or
240/x (rarely, however, less than about 300/x)
up to 680/x, and having a maximum stoutness
of 16 or 17/x; the sigmata, which appear not
to be separable into two groups as regards size,
vary in length from 8 to 20/x, and up to 1 -5fi
in stoutness; the longer trichites attain a max-
imum length of 70/x, while the shorter ones
are rarely longer than 30/a: and the micro-
strongyla vary in diameter from less than 1 up
to 5 or 6/x, and in length up to 17 or 18/x.
Allantophora ciocalyptoides Dendy, (et var.).
189&. Sigmaxinella ciocalyptoides Dendy(7), p.243.
Diagnosis. - Sponge in the typical form of the species incrust-
\J
Text-%.11.
Allantophora victwiana. a, megascleres; b, c, sigmata; d, microstrongyla.
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 515
ing to lowly-massive, rising above into short, slender, digitiforrn
processes; in the varietal form (so far as known) consisting of a
compressed, plate-like, sessile basal portion soon completely
dividing above into a single series of long, slender, tapering
digitations. Surface acuteh^ conulose, the conuli usually not
ver}' distinct except on the processes, where they are slender
and acuminate. Surface minutely reticulate, though not always
visibly so to the naked eye. Skeleton in the typical form of the
species approaching in structure to that of A. victoriana; in the
variety similar to that of A. plicata. Spiculation differing from
that of the foregoing two species only in the absence of micro-
strongyla.
Loc. —Port Phillip (typical form). Off Botany Bay (variety).
It is very probable that the two forms which I associate under
this species, - one of which I distinguish as a variety, reducta, —
have separately originated from, and should be regarded as no
more than varieties of, A. plicaia and A. victoriana respectively.
In the absence of more conclusive evidence than is furnished bj'
the specimens available, however, it has seemed to me advisable
to regard them as constituting a species distinct.
Allantophora ciocalyptoides (typical form).
(PI. XXX., figs. 6, 7.)
Of this, there are four examples, — the three originally recorded
by Dendy,* and an additional one in the collection of tlie Aus-
tralian Museum Two of these (the last-mentioned and one of
the originals) are almost identically similar (PI. xxx., fig. 7), each
having the form of a comparatively thin crust which spreads
extensively over the surface of a flattened water-worn stone, and
from which arise, short, tapering, digitiform processes — in part
occurring singly at wide and irregular intervals, and in part dis-
posed closely in clusters (usually with some amount of coales-
cence). The digitations are from 5 to 15 mm. in length and
seldom more than 2 or 3 mm. in stoutness except near their base,
and are provided with moderately numerous, filosely acuminate
* In the original description, four specimens are referred to; but, as
alreadj- mentioned, one of them (R.N. 388) is an example of A. rictoriana.
516 REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, ii.,
conuli, 1 to 2 mm. in length, which give to them a somewhat
spinose aspect. The enci-ustiug base of the sponge attains a
maximum thickness of about 10 mm. centrally, and thins out
peripherally almost to a film; its upper surface is sliglitly
irregular and uneven, and provided with usually inconspicuous
jonuli. The thin and semitransparent dermal membrane is--
underlaiti, between the conuli, by extensive subdermal spaces,
and is not of reticulate appearance. The other specimens (one
of which is shown in PI. xxx., fig.6) are much less extended
horizontally, and are relatively more elevated than the preceding
two, and might be described as intermediate in form between
them and the specimen of A. victoriana illustrated in PI. xxxi.,
fig.3. Otherwise, they exhibit no noteworthy point of difference,
excepting that the dermal membrane is, for the most part,
minutely reticulate. The colour in life has been described as
" cinnamon, with the projections deep chrome." The consistency,
especially of the encrusting specimens, is rather soft and lacking
in toughness.
The skeleton in the digitate processes is similarly constructs d
as in the processes of A. victoriana. In the encrusting base of
the sponge, it consists, in the thinnest portions thereof, simply
of single, vertically-running, stout main fibres connected in a
somewhat irregular fashion by inter-reticulating slender trans-
verse fibres; but, in the thicker portions of the base, the main
fibres, as they ascend, become irregularly branched and also
interunite with one another by anastomosis. On approaching
the surface, the main fibres (which vary from 150 to 300/a in
stoutness) usually become slightly plumose. The spiculation
differs in no way, except in the complete absence of microstron-
gyla (and of spherulai), from that of the preceding species.
Allantophor.\ ciocalyptoides(?), var. reducta.
(PI. xxx., fig.8.)
The single specimen (PI. xxx., fig.8) consists of a sessile erect
plate, — 5 to 10 mm. in thickness, 110 mm. in length, and 35 to
45 mm. in height, — prolonged above, in a pectinate fashion, into
3, series of very gradually tapered, almost subuliform, digitate
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 517
processes varying in length from 35 to 70 mm. The specimen is
in a much macerated condition, the dermal membrane and most
of the superficial fleshy substance having disappeared, leaving
exposed the surface of the skeleton. The texture is coarsely
tibrous and fairly dense, and the consistency is flexible and
moderately tough. The exposed surface, both of the basal plate
and of the processes, is irregularly and closely furrowed in the
vertical direction. From the surface, at distances of from 1 to
2 mm. apart, there project single bristle-like fibres, which are
most conspicuous on the processes, where they frequently attain
a length of 1-5 to 2 mm.; these fibres no doubt represent the
remnants of conuli.
The skeleton is of the same structure as in J. plicata. In the
processes (in which it is but very slightly condensed axially) it
consists of numerous more or less longitudinally running, stout,
multispicular main fibres, frequently branching and interuniting
with one another, and connected by numerous, inter-reticulating,
slender transverse fibres. The bristle-like fibres, which project
from the surface, arise as branches from longitudinal fibres
situated towards the axis, and run surfacewards in a direction
obliquely upward and outward; at first they are comparatively
slender and paucispicular, but increase in stoutness and become
more densely spicular as they proceed, finally attaining a diameter
of between 150 and 200//.. Without removal of the sarcode, the
pattern of the skeleton is rather difticult to determine owing to
very faint outlines of the almost colourless spongin, and to the
numerous, mostly longitudinally-directed megascleres lying
scattered between the fibres.
Tylodesma Thiele.
Dimjnosis. — Axinellida^C?) typically of massive (or rarely in-
crusting) habit, the outward form irregular or somewhat com-
pressed, occasionally more or less leaf-shaped. Skeleton consist-
ing of a more or less irregular network of spicules, or of fibres
that are most frequently not very well-marked and reach no great
length, or finally, of well-developed spicular fibres. .Spongin
present only in i-elatively small amount, or altogether wanting.
518 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, ii.,
Megascleres of a single order : tylostyli, subtylostyli, or tylo-
strongyla, occasionally in part reduced to styli. Microscleres:
sigmata and (or; toxa, the latter sometimes in dragmata.
Type-species. — T. inornata Bowerbank.
In proposing the name I'yJodesma, in lieu of Desmacella, for
the genus wrongly designated Biemiia (misspelt Biemma) by
Topsent(46), Thiele(41) omitted to indicate which species was to
be considered the type : since, however, two species only (other
than those described by him as new) were enumerated by Topsent
as belonging to Bietnna, — viz., B. inornata Bowerbank, and B.
corrugata Bowerbank, — it is one of those, no doubt, which should
be preferred, and I select the former, both because it is that
which was named first in order by Topsent and is the better
known. The name Tylodesyna is adopted here in preference to
Des))iacella, nut so much from conviction of the correctness of
Thieles contention accepted by Wilson(61) and some other
authors, but not by Dendy(8) — that the latter name is properly
a svnonym of llamacantha, as owing to the fact that the original
species of Desmacella described by Schmidt— viz., D vayahunda
and D. p«mi/!to are imperfectly known, and may possibly
prove not to belong to the present genus
For reasons already stated above in my remarks on Biemnn, a
slightly amended definition of Tylodenma is here proposed,
necessitating the removal therefrom, to the former genus, of
Hentschel's Tylodesma niicroslroiigyld and T. 7nic7'ocfa, and the
addition thereto oi Bienina hu7nilis Thie\e, B. tvitncata Hentschel,
and B. vulgaris Topsent.
Leaving out of account Topsent's Biem-iia daufzeiibergi and
B. chevreuxi, the former of which is stated by Lundbeck(30) to
be identical with T. rosea Fristedt, and the latter by Topsent(53)
himself to be identical with T. atinexa Schmidt, the species
which 1 regard (provisionally) as belonging to Tylode ma are as
follows : —
T. inornata Bowerbank(l); (46); (53). Shetland Is.; Azores.
T. corrugata Bowerbank(l); (46). British Is.; Azores.
T. annexa Schmidt(36); (30). North Atlantic; widely
distributed.
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 519
T.{1) pnmifio Schmidt(35). Florida.
T.{1) vagabunda Schmidt(35). Florida.
7\i')ifu7idibnli/ormisVosmaer{56);{Z0) Arctic Ocean.
7'. rosea Fristedt(9); (30); (53). E. Greenland; Azores.
T. vulgaris Topsent(38). Banyuls.
2\ yrimaldli Topsent(44); (46); (53). Azores.
T. humilis Thiele(41). Ternate.
T.jania Verrill(55). Bermudas.
T. alba Wilson(61). E. of Galapagos Is.
?'. vestibularis Wilson(61). E. of Galapagos Is.
T. truncata Hentschel(15). Arafura Sea.
T. informis Stephens.* W. Coast of Ireland.
Under the name Desinacella areni fibrosa, Hentschel(14; has
described, from Western Australia, a species which evidently
cannot be referred with propriety eitlier to 7'ylodesma or to
Biemna: for although the megascleres are styli and subtylostyli,
and the microscleres toxa (of two .sizes, the longer measuring
303 to 340//. in length and much resembling rhaphides), the main
skeleton consists of stout fibres formed chiefly of sand grains,
without visible spongin-cement. The constitution of the skeleton
and the rhaphide-like character of the longer toxa suggested to
me that the species might belong to Dendy's Stylotrichojyh<)ra{Q\
established for a single species— *S'. rubra from Port Phillip,
and defined thus : " The main skeleton is a network of horny
fibre cored with foreign bodies. In addition to this, there are
smooth monactinal megascleres (styli) and hair-like microscleres
(rhaphides)." Examination of the type-specimens of S. rubra,
which were kindh' forwarded to me by the Curator of the Mel-
bourne National Museum, has shown that such really is the
case : for in this species also, small toxa are present, and the
long rhaphide-like megascleres are frequently curved more or less
in the manner of toxa. The chief points of difference between
the two species are their somewhat different external habit, and
the fact that in S. rubra the megascleres are styli only, the
fibres are provided with a well-defined spongin-sheath, and the
* Stephens, J. — " Preliniinaiy Notice of some Iri.sh Sponges." Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xvii., 191(), p.234.
520 Rijvlsioisf of the axinellid^, ii.,
foreign skeletal elements are broken spicules. Sty loir ichoph ova
was placed by Dendy in the family Haploscleridfe (Heteror-
rhapliidte),in vicinity to Phoriospongia Marshall, and (J hond7-opsis
Carter, but for reasons which I intend to publish in a subsequent
paper, it appears to me rather that these genera are degraded
Desraacidonidse, requiring at present to be included in the sub-
family Mycalinie.
SiGMAXiNELLA Dendy (emeiid.).
Definition. — Axinellidte of ramose habit, with cylindrical or
compressed branches, and witlioutconuli or otlierkind of surface-
processes. Skeleton syminetrically arranged, consisting axially
of a more or less condensed or core-like region formed bv a
reticulation of spongin-ensheathed spicule fibres : extra axial
skeleton consisting of paucispicular main fibres radiating out-
wards to the surface, sometimes (when of considerable length)
connected by frequent, typically aspiculous, transverse fibies,
but more usually with relatively few, or altogether without,
transverse connections. Megascleres typically of a single oider:
styli, sometimes in part transformed into oxea or strongjla.
Microscleres : sigmata and trichites (or microxea), the latter
either in dragmata or scattered singly.
Type, S. (lustraliana Dendy.
As amended, the genus will include only three of the species
which have formerly been assigned to it. Of the remaining
four, S. ciocalyptoidett Dendy, and S. iiicruiytaits Kirkpatrick, are
transferred to liiemiia; S. Jiabellata (Carter), redescribed below,
is made the type of a new genus, Sigmaxio, while S. vianimillata
\Vhitelegge(60), with its rhabdostylote megascleres (which are
found to show traces of spination, and are accompanied by
sigmata only), possesses a type of spiculation veiy similar to that
of Carter's i/ic?06-io?ia intexta,— 'A species referred Avith liesita-
tion by Topsent(53) to his genus Bhahderemia,- and requires for
its reception a new genus, to be included in the Myxillina^, for
which I propose the name lihahdostyma. On the other hand,
two species are now added to the genus,— one new, the other
long since described by Carter under the name Fhakellia ramosa.
BY E. F. f^ALLMAXX. 521
Sigmaxinello accordingly comprises at present five species, as
follows : -
S. ausfraliana Dendy. S. arborea Kirkpatiick(20),
S. ckndroides Whitelegge. S. viminalis, sp.n.
S. ramosa Carter(4).
Whether S. arborea strictly belongs to the genus as above
defined is not quite certain, inasmuch as its megascleres are
stated by Kirkpatrick to be of three kinds, (i.) basally attenuated
styli, 800-1150 X 25-37/x; (ii.) strongyla, 700-800x25-30/^; and
(iii.) "rhaphide-like" oxea (very rare), 700-870x12-5//. The
probability is, however, that the strongyla are merely variants
of the styli and connected with them by intermediate forms:
while very possibly the oxea are of foreign origin.
SlGMAXlNELLA AUSTRALIANA Dendy.
(Pl.xxxiii., figs. 1-3; PI. xxxiv., fig.l.)
1896. Sigmaxinella australiana Dendy(7), p. 240.
Diagnosis.- Ramose, erect, stipitate ; with cylindrical or
slightly compressed, moderately slender, dichotomously dividing
branches, usually of medium length and more or less arborescently
outspread, but occasionally remaining much abbreviated and
partially coherent together proximally. In outward appearance
much resembling a Chalinine sponge. Surface even; non-hispid.
Oscula in the form of shallow stelliform depressions, scatteied
or serial along the branches. Dermal membrane thin and
delicate, aspiculous. Skeleton fairly regularly reticulate, more
or less condensed axially; formed of spicule-cored, non-plumose
main fibres, and wholly sponginous connecting fibres. Mega-
scleres : subcylindrical styli and oxea and forms intermediate
between, often irregularly pointed, and rather variable in size
in the same specimen; with a maximal size, in different speci
mens, of from 360 to 4 50// by 7 to 17/a. Microscleres : slender
sigmata of two sizes, respectively 16 to 20// and 45 to 50/<. in
maximal length; and trichites, almost exclusively in dragmata,
20 to 45// in length.
Xqc. — Port Phillip; Maroubra Bay, near Port Jackson.
Introdxictory.—Oi this species, there have been examined, for
522 REVISION OF THE AXIXELLID.E, ii.,
the purpose of the present description, six specimens, four of
which, well preserved in alcohol, are from the original locality,
while the other two are washed-out beach-specimens obtained in
the vicinity of Port Jackson; examination was also made of a
mounted section of one of the type-specimens. As the possibility
of a mistake regarding the identity of tlie species was out of the
question, and, moreover, as the available specimens presented a
greater range of variation than that recorded in the case of the
original specimens, the latter were not sent for to be consulted.
The two specimens from the northern locality differ slightly
from the Port Phillip ones (more especially in certain details of
spiculation), but not sufficiently, I think, to warrant their being
regarded as constituting a distinct variety. In order briefly to
distinguish the specimens, the former are referred to in the
description as the P.J. specimens, the latter as the P.P. or typical
specimens.
External features . — The typical habit of the species, so far at
least as regards the shape and mode of disposition of the branches,
is that displayed by thespecimen illustrated in PI. xxxiii., fig. 1 —
the largest and most profusely branched of those before me,
measuring 180 mm. in total height —which may be very satis-
factorily described, in the precise terms of the original descrip-
tion, as "consisting of a bushy bunch of rather slendei', short,
subcylindrical or somewhat compressed branches, sometimes
anastomosing, and supported on a short stalk." But in two
respects this specimen is perhaps exceptional : namely, in the
great multitude and closely crowded arrangement of the branches
(the number of which exceeds two hundred), and, secondly, in
possessing oscula which in comparison with those of other speci-
mens are conspicuously noticeable. In the four P.P. specimens
available, the branches vary from 5 to 8 mm. in stoutness, and,
except when somewhat compressed, are usually nearer to the
latter figure than the former; but in the P.J. specimens, in tlie
case of which also the stalk is comparatively long and narrow,
they are slenderer, 3 to 5 mm. in diameter, and much more
uniformly cylindrical (PI. xxxiii., fig.3). B)-anching takes .place
chiefiy, if not entirely, by dichotomy, and successive dichotomien,
6Y E. F. KALLMANN. 523
as a rule, are in the same plane, the consequence being a well-
marked tendency, most clearly expressed in sparsely-branched
specimens, towards a tlabellate disposition of the branches;
but with their multiplication in number and consequent dis-
placement due to mutual interference, the branches gradually
come to assume a more or less regularly arborescent arrangement.
The maximum length attained by the branches rarely exceeds
80 mm., but is usually greater than 40 mm; occasionally, how-
ever, as in the single case of one of the P.P. specimens (PI. xxxiii.,
fig.2), they remain quite short (even the longest not exceeding
25 mm.) and more or less colierent with one another proximally,
thus forming, or tending to form, a cluster or "head" of (some-
what palmately) lobed or digitate lamellaj.
The oscula are characteristic, having the form of shallow
stelliform depressions, 1 to 2 mm. in diameter, at the centre of
each of which is a group of several (usually 3 or 4) minute
exhalant orifices; their stellate shape is frequently enhanced by
short, shallow grooves radiating from them. Most frequently,
they are arranged along the branches more or less distinctly in
two rows, but sometimes only one such row is apparent, and
sometimes they are in part disposed in a scattered fashion; their
arrangement appears generally to be the moie irregular in pro-
portion as the branches are the more compressed. In most
cases, the oscula are not conspicuous, and they are less evident
in the desarcodised than in the perfect condition of the sponge;
indeed, in the case of the two washed-out P J. specimens, they
were altogether unobservable.
In general appearance and in texture, the sponge is nearly
similar to an ordinary Chaliiiine sponge. The consistency is
fairly tough and elastic; moderately soft, but not Heshy; com-
pressible and resilient. The colour in life is recorded in the
original description as brownish-red or orange-rufous; in alcohol,
it varies from pale greyish-yellow to light brown.
The dermal membrane is extremely thin and delicate, and
without spicules; it appears to be very easily destroyed, since,
even in the specimens which otherwise are excellently preserved,
only portions of it remain. The dermal pores are arranged in
524 Revision of the AXiNEiiLiD^, ii.,
small oval or circulai' groups, averaging about IdO/x in diameter
but somewhat variable in size, scattered over the entire surface,
and containing usually less than 10 pores each. Where the
dermal membrane has disappeared, the surface is closely per-
forated with minute pinhole-like apertures, which are the open-
ings of the inhalant canals : the presence of these is discernible
also where the dermal membrane is intact, but, as a rule, only
faintly and indistinctly.
Skeleton.— The skeleton which remains, after complete macera-
tion of a specimen by means of caustic potash, preserves exactly
the external form of the perfect sponge; it is composed of pale-
coloured, highly sponginous fibres, and is fine-textured and of
sufficient density to render it difficult for one to perceive from
external inspection whether a condensed axial region is present
or not. In section, under the microscope, the pattern is seen to
be fairly regularly reticulate, the reticulation being formed by
longitudinal and obliquely outward-trending main fibres pauci-
serially cored with spicules, and by numerous short connecting
fibres containing no spicules (PI. xxxiv., fig.l). The reticulation
is condensed axially, though not in any very marked degi-ee
except in the older, more basal parts of the branches, the con-
densation being the result merely of a progressive increase of
stoutness of the fibres, — most rapid in connection with the
axially situated ones, and scarcely at all aft'ecting those situated
near the periphery, — with increasing age. Within the axial
region of the oldest part of the branches, the fibres may attain
a stoutness of over 100//; but throughout the greater part of the
skeleton, they are comparatively slender, even the main fibres
seldom exceeding 40/ji, while the connecting fibres are of all
degrees of lesser stoutness down to below 5/x. Irregularity in
the pattern of the skeleton is due to the fact that the connecting
fibres rarely pass singly and directly between the main fibres (in
such manner as to produce a rectangular or scalarifoim reticula-
tion), but to a greater or less extent, — depending on the distance
apart of the main fibres, — interunite among tliemselves, thus
giving rise to an irregularly- meshed, somewhat plexiform reticu-
lation. The avei-age width of the meshes is less than 100/a,
BY :■{• F. KALLMANN. f)25
while the average distance apart of the main fibres is not less
than "-'OO/x. As the main fihi-es trend surfacewards, - with
gradually increasing deflection from the longitudinal direction
as they proceed, they increase in number, mainly by branching,
but partly also (at least in proximity to the surface) through the
formation of additional ones which take origin from connecting
fibres; and they arrive at the surface almost at right angles.
The spicules of the main fibres are seldom more than 4- or 5-serial
in their arrangement, very rarely as many as 9- or 10-serial; as
a rule they lie fairly closely together, forming a moderately
compact core. The most superficially situated fibies of the
skeleton, including the outermost of the connecting fibres, give
support to relatively numerous outwardly-directed spicules, for
the most part collected, or tending to be collected, into loose
divergent tufts surrounding the extremities of the main fibres.
In balsam-mounted sections of the perfect sponge {i.e., with
the soft tissues intact), the above-described features of the
skeleton are to a very considerable extent obscured or di.sguised.
This is due partly to the very pale colouration of the spongin, —
in consequence of which tlie outlines of the fibres are usually
almost or quite indiscernible,— and partly to the fact that the
bulk of the megascleres are located externally to the fibres.
These extra-fibral megascleres for the most part are not scattered
irregularly through the mesogloea, but are situated chiefiy in
proximity to the main fibres, lying in approximate parallelism
therewith. As a consequence, it is often diflicult. or even im-
possible, to distinguish between spicules lying immediately
adjacent to the fibres and others enclosed within them; and the
skeleton may thus appear as if composed solely of spicules, for
the most part directed parallelly to the directions of growth of
the sponge, and more or less collected loosely into ill-defined
sti'ands. Irregularly scattered megasclei'es also are present, as
well as relatively few transversely-directed ones, the latter of
w^ich always occur singly. Sigmata and trichodragmata are
present in moderate number, but the former are not readily
perceived owing to their slenderness ; rare singly-scattered
trichites also occur.
526
REVISION OF THE AXINELLID.E, 11.,
Spicules. —The megascleres are slightly curved, subcylindrical
to subconical styli, fewer oxea, and scarce strongyla, the three
forms differing in general only with respect to the character of
their extremities, and connected with one another by numerous
intermediates. They are often irreau-
larly ended and more or less blunt-
pointed, and man)' of the oxea are
markedly anisoactinate. Their size is
very variable both as regards length
and stoutness. In the P.P. speci-
mens, they range in length from 120
or 130 to 360/x in some cases, up to
over 400/x (rarely to 450/x) in others,
and vary in diameter, irrespective of
length, from 2 to 7 or (rarely) to 10//.
In the P.J. specimens, they are gener-
ally much stouter, attaining a max-
imum diameter of from 15 to 17/x,
and range in length from about lf)0 to
420/i. The styli are, on the average,
stouter than the oxea, and the stout-
est spicules are mostly those of inter-
mediate and lesser lengths. In the
case of the P.P. specimens, the
shortest spicules, ^ — those of lesser
length than, sa}', 200//, — are chiefly oxea, generally with abruptly,
often mucronately pointed ends; but, in the P.J. specimens, the
shortest spicules are nearly always styli.
(ii.) The sigmata are extremely slender, — invariably less than
1/i.in diameter,— and of two kinds, the smaller (and less numer-
ous) varying in length from 9 to 16/x, the larger from 25 to 45//,
measured from bend to bend. Both kinds are mostly more or
less contort, - the smaller, however, usually onl}?^ slightly so, the
larger often to such an extent as to appear S-shaped; both kiiifls
Text-fig. 12.
* Sigma.rine/fa avMrariana. a, megascleres; b. c, larger and smaller
sigmata.
BY E. P. KALLMANN. 527
occur in dragraata, as well as scattered singly, but the shorter
dragmata are rare.
(iii.)The trichites, both forming the dragmata and scattered
singly, are exceedingly slender microxea, varying in length from
20 to 4;V.
SiGMAXINELLA DENDROIDES Whitelegge.
(Phxxxiv., fig.2.)
1907. Sigmaxinella dendroides Whitelegge(60), p. 51 3, PI. xlvi.,
fig.42.
Diagnosis. — Ramose, erect, stipitate; Avith cylindrical, tapered,
dichotomously dividing, slender branches of moderate length.
Surface even. Oscula presumably either very small or very
shallow, at any rate not apparent in the skeletonised specimen.
Dermal features unknown. Skeleton consisting (i.) of a con-
densed axial reticulation, the fibres forming which are moder-
ately rich in spongin, and (ii.) of fibres radiating therefi'om which
are poor in spongin, are united only sparingly by (entirely
sponginous) transverse fibres and by single spicules, and run
(with occasional branching) in nearl}' parallel courses to the
surface, becoming multispicular and somewhat plumose on near-
ing it, and terminating each in a subpenicillate tuft. The
spicules of the radial fibres are of greater average length than
those of the axial x'eticulation. Megascleres : subcylindrical
styli, usually tapering gradually to a sharp or slightly rounded
point at the apex, and usually slightly curved, sometimes bent;
frequently tending to become abruptly blunt-pointed at the base;
occasionally passing into strongyla, very rarely into oxea; 300
to 640/x long by 10 to 26/x in diameter. Microscleres : slender
sigmata of two sizes, respectively 20 to 40/i. in maximal length;
and scarce trichites (microxea), 25 to 35/>i long, scattered singly.
Loc. South of Port Hacking, N.S.W. ("Thetis").
External features, — The only known specimen— a figure of
which has been furnished by Whitelegge — is a stipitate arbor-
escent sponge, 180mm. in total height, with moderately elongated,
cylindrical, distally tapered branches, 4 to 6 mm. in diameter,
rising erectly from an equally slender stem, and occasionally
528 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, ii.,
anastornosing. The mode of branching is dichotomous, and
successive dichotomies are visually in the some plane, but owing
to irregularities, partly resulting through mutual interference,
the branches come to be disposed in various planes : it is very
probable, however, that specimens occur in which the branching-
is confined entirely to the one plane. The division of the stem
to form the first two branches takes place 25 mm. above the
base, each of those again dichotomising at about the same dis-
tance above their origin, and each of the resultant four branches
also at about the same distance above theirs; the subsequent
divisions for the most part occur at increasingly longer intervals,
some of the terminal branches having an uninterrupted length
of 70 mm.
The specimen is imperfect, consisting only of the dried
skeleton, — in which condition it appears to have been also when
first described. Nothing can be said, therefore, in regard to the
dermal features; but evidently the outer surface was even, with-
out conuli or elevations of any kind. Oscula are not indicated.
The skeletonised sponge being held between the eye and the
light, the skeleton is plainly perceived to consist, in each branch,
(i.) of a sharply circumscribed C3'lindrical core, of diameter
generally less than one-fourth and (except in the lowermost
parts of the sponge, up to about as far as the third dichotomy)
not greater than one-half the diameter of the branch, and (ii.) of
an outer region formed of slender radiating fibres, which are
inclined to the longitudinal direction of the branch at an angle
varying from 60° to nearly 90°, and present collectively an ap-
pearance somewhat resembling that of fur. The colour is a
faintly creamy-tinted pale grey or dirty white, its paleness being
due to the extremely small amount of spongin entering into the
composition of the radial fibres. In the original description,
the consistency is described as " tough, resilient, and compres-
sible," but this is not strictly correct : the axial region is fairly
tough and slightly compressible (and the branches consequently
are flexible), but the extra-axial layer is soft, and on compression
remains partially crushed.
Details of skeletal str%icture (PI. xxxiv., fig. 2).— Except towards
BY E. F. IIALLMANN. 529
the extreme apices of the branches, the demarcation between the
axial region of the skeleton and the extra-axial, as seen in longi-
tudinal section, is very pronounced (more especially if the spongin
has been stained) notwithstanding there is no discontinuity
between the main fibies of the two regions (i.e., between the
longitudinal fibres of the former and the " radial " fibres of the
latter), such as might be inferred from the terms "primary" and
"secondary" used in the original description to distinguish them.
The contrast is partly due to the much greater density of the
axial skeleton, and also partly (i.)to the rapidity with which the
fibres change in direction fi'om longitudinal to almost perpen-
dicularly transverse, and (ii.) to the sudden and very considerable
diminution in the amount of their C(mstituent spongin,— as they
pass from the one region to the other; but there are other differ-
ences also.
In the axial i-egion, the main or longitudinal fibres, which
have a maximal stoutness of 80 or 90/x, usuall}' contain multi-
serial spicules, for the most part not very conipacth* or regularly
arranged; are rather closely juxtaposed, and frequently coalesce
with each other for short distances; and are connected at close
intervals by short, aspiculous, transverse fibres. Participating
in the formation of the axial skeleton also are many spicules
whose relation to the fibres is more or less indefinite, as well as
many transversely and obliquely directed ones occurring singly.
In the older portions of the skeleton, the meshes of the reticula-
tion become much reduced in size, often to the point of oblitera-
tion, through the continued growth in stoutness of the fibres.
The more peripherally situated of the main fibres run, not longi-
tudinally, but with a slight, and gradually increasing, trend
outwards; ultimately they pass into the extra-axial region, and,
curving surfacewards, immediately subdivide each several times
in rapid succession to form the radial fibres.
The radial fibres, throughout the greater part of their length,
are only two or three spicules broad; the spongin cementing
their spicules is usually so small in quantity as scarcely to be
discernible unless stained; and the connecting fibres between
them occur only at comparatively wide and irregular intervals.
42
530
REVISION OP THE AXIXRLLIP^., 11.,
They run with slight divergence (gradually becoming more
nearly parallel to each other as they proceed), and with occa-
sional branching, generally at a distance of from 200 to over
300/A apart, to meet the surface
almost at right angles. As the
surface is approached, their spicules
increase in number and become dis-
posed for the most part in a some
what plumose manner, the fibre un
dergoing a gradual change in char-
acter culminating in the formation,
at its extremity, of a corymbifoim,
slightly divergent tuft consisting
frequently of as many as 10 or 12
spicules. Elsewhere in the radial
fibres the spicules lie mostly with
their long axis in, or only very
slightly inclined to, the direction of
the fibre ; but obliquely directed
spicules, disposed more or less in an
echinating fashion, are by no means
uncommon. Some of the latter
become united at their apices, by
means of spongin, with adjoining
fibres, and thus assist in the task
performed by the connecting fibres;
occasionally such spicules are en-
sheathed with spongin. Tlie con-
necting fibres proper, of which men-
tion has been made abv.ve, are
formed entirely of spongin, like
those of the axial region; they are
very slender, varying in stoutness
from less than o/i to at most 20 or
2r)/x, and occur at distances apart usually exceeding, say, 300/i;
where occurring clo.sely together, they generally interunite among
themselves.
Text-fig. 13.
Siymaxinella dendroides.
a, megascleres; h, c, larger and
smallei' signiata.
BY K. F. HALr.MANX 531
The megascleres forming the radial fibres are notably longer,
on the average, than those of the axial skeleton; while the
longest spicules of all ai"e found in the surface-tufts. Sigmata
are present in great number, and occur for the most part
arranged uniserially along lines which probably coincide with
the courses of the main canals; they are of two sizes, the larger
being much the more numerous. Short, slender microxea (un-
mentioned in the original description) are also present, but
appear to be rare; apparently also, they occur only singly
scattered, never in dragmata.
Spicides. —(i.) The megascleres are almost exclusively styli,
usually of slightly lesser diameter at the base than at some dis-
tance therefrom, and tapering towards the apex; frequently
more or less blunt-pointed apically, and occasionally passing into
strongyla, those of the latter form being almost invariably of
less than the average length; often abruptly somewhat blunt-
pointed at the basal end, but very rarely becoming oxea; ranging
in length from about 300 to 640/x, and in stoutness from rarely
less than 10 to about 26/1. The shorter spicules are generally
straight or nearly so, the longer are nearly always slightly
curved, or sometimes bent, the flexure as a rule being mainly in
the basal moiety of the spicule.
(ii.)The two kinds of sigmata are scarcely different except
with respect to size. The smaller vary in length from 12 to
(rarely) 20/x, the larger from 25 to 40/u, measured from bend to
bend; the maximal stoutness is in each case about 2)u.. Thev
are, without exception, more or less contort,— often (especially
in the case of the larger ones) to such an extent as to appear
3-shaped.
(iii.) The microxea (trichites) are fusiform, 25 to 35/x in length,
and at most l'5ju, in diameter.
SiGMAXINELLA VIMINALIS, Sp.nOV.
(PI. xxxiii., fig. 4; PI. xxxv., figs.l, 2; PI. xxxvi., fig.l.)
Diagnosis. — Ramose, erect, stipitate; with elongated, slender,
cylindrical, tapered branches, disposed irregularly. Surface
hispid. Oscula, if present, small and inconspicuous. Dermal
532 KEVISIOX OF THE AXINELLID^. ii.,
membrane thin, without contained megascleres. Skeleton witli
a central axis, in which the megascleres for the most part are so
disposed as to produce a lattice-like pattern, and in which
(except in the older portions of the sponge) spongin is only
scantily developed. Extra axial skeleton consisting of numerous,
short, pauciserial lines of (relatively very long) spicules, radiat-
ing from the central axis to the surface, — the spicules composing
which are more or less divergently directed, and are not united
by visible spongin. Megascleres : slightly curved styli, 320 to
1525//, in length by 18/x in maximal stoutness. Microscleres :
sigmataof two sizes, respectively 18/x and 50/x in maximal length,
the larger ones in part occurring in dragmata; and fusiform
trichites, 22 to iSfj. in length, occurring both in dragmata and
scattered singly.
Zoc — Great Australian Bight (exact localitj' unknown).
External characters. — The single specimen (PI. xxxiii., fig. 4)^ —
280 mm. in total height — consists of about half-a-dozen more
elongated or main branches, 130 to nearly 200 mm. in length, —
one of which is a direct continuation upwards of the stalk and
gives off the others at different levels,— and of a score or so
shorter branches, ranging from 5 to over 100 mm in length,
which arise from llie former at distant intervals, and nearly
always proceed off from them at ver}' wide angles, often almost
or quite perpendicularly. The mode of branching, therefore, is
not dichotomous (as it usually is in the case of ramose sponges)
but irregular. The l)ranches are at most 55 mm. in diameter
proximally, and diminish in stoutness to slightly less than 2-5mm.
at their extremities. Tlie stalk has a length of 55mm. measured
from its base to the origin of the first branch, and terminates
below in a tuft of branched rootlets. The species is very similar,
in general habit, to Kaspailia tenuis Ridley and Dendy(^33).
The specimen, although in alcohol, is not in a very good state
of preservation, the superficial layer being much damaged and
the dermal membrane almost completely destroyed through
maceration. Whether there are oscula or not, is accordingly
not evident; but, if present, they must be rather small and in-
conspicuous. The surface is everywhere hispid with far project-
bY E F. HALLMANi>r. 533
ing spicules. The branches are tiexibleand tough, with an outer
layer of softer consistence; this layer has disappeared from the
stalk, which is dense and tough tliroughout, and has a smooth
and even surface. The colour in spirits is greyish-yellow.
Skdet07i. — The formation of the skeleton differs from that of
.S". dendioides, described above, mainly in two respects; and
these differences are to some extent consequent upon the much
greater length (up to 1-5 mm.) of the megascleres in the present
species, and upon the relative narrowness of the external layer
intervenino; between the central axis and the surface. In the
central axis, there ai'e not to be distinguished, as in S. dendroides,
definite longitudinal fibres joined by transverse ones in more or
less ladder-like fashion, but the megascleres are disposed rather
loosely in ill-defined tracts which cross one another at acute
ano-les, thus tjivino- rise to a somewhat lattice-like arrangement.
And, secondly, the extra-axial skeleton(Pl. xxxv., fig. 2) is entirely
without transverse fibres, and consists simpl}' of numerous, short,
pauciserial lines of spicules running outwards to the surface in a
direction nearly perpendicular thereto, — these spicules being
arranged more or less penicillately and united by, at most, an
infinitesimal amount of spongin, and the terminal ones project-
injf far bevond the surface.
The axial skeleton clianges considerably in character with age,
owing to gradual increase in the amount of spongin developed in
connection tlierewith, and presents a very different appearance
in the older and more basal parts fi'om that which it exhibits in
the. uppermost portions of the branches. In the latter region,
for a considerable distance (several centimetres at least) from
the extremities of the branches, the amount of spongin present
is so slight that its existence is apparent only in sections from
which the fleshy tissue has been removed by maceration(Pl.xxxv.,
tig 1). In this portion of the skeleton also, the spongin appears
difiused, and is without definite outlines. Proceeding towards
the base of the sponge, the spongin gradually becomes more and
more concentrated upon the sides of the lattice-like meshwork
formed by the megascleres, which is thus converted into a reticu-
lation of spiculo-spongin fibre. The elongated, narrow meshes of
634
REVISION OP THE AXINELLIDiE, ii.,
this reticulation ultimately (in the stalk of the sponge) become
reduced in size slmost to the point of obliteration.
In addition to a gradual increase of density,
the central axis also undergoes with aire a gradual
increase in diameter. This is effected by the con-
tinued formation, and addition to it externally, of
fresh tracts of megascleres, which later similarly
become ensheathed in spongin. In this way, the
axial skeleton eventually comes to include within
it the lines of spicules which previously constituted
the extra-axial skeleton (PI. xxxvi., fig.l). 'J'he
extra-axial layer, however, maintains about the
same width —viz., about 1 to TS mm.— throughout
the whole length of the branches.
.Sigmata of two sizes are scattered throughout
all parts, the smaller in extreme abundance, more
especially in the extra-axial layer; the larger ones,
which are only moderately abundant, occur also
in dragmata. Trichodragmata and singly scat-
tered trichites are also moderately abundant, ex-
cept in the axial region, where they are rare.
Meyasd,eres. — These are slightly curved, occa-
sionally slightly flexuous styli, almost without
exception evenly rounded at the base, and of
uniform diameter therefrom to beyond the middle
of their length, whence they taper gradually to a
sharp point; in very rare cases only, the basal ex-
tremity also is more or less pointed, and the
spicule may become an anisoxea. They range
from 320 to 1525/x in length and up to 18/a in
stoutness. Spicules much below 700// in length
are relatively scarce.
Microscleres. — (i.) The larger sigmata are always
r L ^ "' more or less contort, though rarely to such a degi-ee
V^jsV, > as to appear 3-shaped when seen from the side; the
Text-tig. 14."' smaller are usually Q-shaped or but very slightly
* Siijmaxmella rimmalis. Megascleres and sigmata.
BY E. P. KALLMANN. 535
contort. The former vary in length from 27 to 50//, the latter
from 12 to 18/*, measured from bend to bend; and their maximal
stoutness is respectively I'S/x and 1/x.
(ii.)The trichites or microxea, whether in dragmata or scattered
singly, are all of the same kind. They are slightly fusiform,
from 22 to 48/a in length, and from 05 to Owo/x in stoutness.
SiGMAXiA, gen.nov.
DeJiiiition.—AxineWidss typically of erect habit, stipitate,
without conuli or other kind of surface-processes. Skeleton a
reticulation of spiculo-spongin fibre; the main fibres more or less
plumose, the connecting fibres typically few. Megascleres of
two distinct kinds,— styli forming the fibres, and flexuous
strongyla occurring interstitially. Microscleres : sigmata and
trichites (or microxea), the latter in dragmata and scattered
singly.
Type, S.Jtabellata Carter; the only species.
SiGMAXIA FLABELLATA Carter.
(PI. xxxiii., fig.5; PI. xxxvi., figs. 2, 3.)
1885. Axinella Jlabellala Carter(3), p. 361.
1896. Signia.xinella flabeJlafa Dendy(2), p. 241.
Diagnosis. — Sponge composed of one or several proliferous,
thick lamellie, or of a single more or less flabelliform lamella,
springing from a short stalk. Surface coarsely granular. Oscula
minute, marginal (or scattered ?). Dermal membrane very thin;
no dermal skeleton. Skeleton chiefly formed of loosely con-
stituted, semi-plumose, stout main fibres, comparatively poor in
spongin, running longitudinally side by side in moderately close
apposition, and gradually curving towards the surface; connect-
ing fibres few, arranged in-egularly, mostly paucispicular, some-
times without contained spicules. Megascleres : styli, curved or
slightly bent, and gradually sharp-pointed, occasionally passing
into oxea, from 300 to 350/x in maximal length and up to 18/jt in
stoutness; and slender, flexuous strongyla and (fewer) tornota,
200 to (rarely) 580/i in length, and at most 7/x in diameter.
Microscleres : slender sigmata 15 to 20/ji. long; and trichites of
536 REVlSION^ OF THE AXINELLID^, ii.,
two sizes, respectively about 30 to 60/a in maximal length, the
former occurring only in dragmata, the latter in part also
scattered singly.
/>oc. — Port Phillip.
The species is known now from six specimens, one of which
forms the subject of the original description, wliile four in
addition have been taken account of in the summary of specific
characters furnished by Dendy. The present description, so far
as it i-elates to the structure of the skeleton, is based almost
entirely upon the sixth, the identity of which with the pieced-
ing has been established by comparison of it with a mounted
preparation of one of Dendy's specimens.
External characters. — The sponge may be simply flal)ellifoim,
consisting of a single, erect, stout lamella narrowed below and
prolonged into a stalk, as, for example, in the case of the single
immediately accessible specimen (PI. xxxiii., fig.5),- in which,
however, the lamina is not of uniform thickness, but is rendered
irregular by a number of rounded hummocks and several low,
compressed ridge.s, the latter evidently of the nature of incipient
secondary lamellse: this specimen, 65 mm. in total height, lias
an orbicular lamina about 50 mm both in height and breadth
and from 8 to over 20 mm. in thickness, and a cylindrical stalk,
7 mm. in diameter, expanded proximally into a broad disc of
attachment. Of somewhat similar, but of less regular form, —
and of larger size, measuring 88 mm. high by 112 by 37 mm.
horizontally, — was also the original example, described by Cartel'
thus: "compressed, expanded, thickish, lobate; margin irregular;
stem short, angular, and thick." But more usually, it seems,
the form assumed is one of less simplicity owing to the develop-
ment of additional lamellae, perhaps both pi'imary and secondary:
for the specimens upon which Dendy's account is based are
described as composed of "proliferous lamellae about a quarter
of an incli thick, springing from a short thick stalk."
Oscula, unobserved by Carter, are stated to be present by
Dendy, who describes them as minute, marginal or scattered; in
the present specimen they are certainly absent from the lateral
surfaces, and are not distinguishable on the margin,— but the
BY E. F. HALLMAXK. 537
latter circunislance may be owing to ilie slightly damaged con-
dition of the surface there. The dermal meminane is tJiin and
delicate, and easily destroyed. The undamaged surface lias a
finely to coarsely granular appearance, due to minute pimple-like
elevations of the dermal membrane produced by the impingement
upon it of the outer ends of the main skeletal fibres; where the
membrane has disappeared, the projecting ends of the fibres
render the surface slightly shaggy. The texture is tough,
fiVjrous, resilient. The colour in spirit is pule brownish or
yellowish-grey.
The dermal pores are distributed singh', though often in
rather close apposition; they are variable in size, "20 to oO/x in
diameter.
Three of the four specimens recorded by Dendy are noted by
him as being beset with parasitic Authozoa. The present speci-
men is likewise infested, no doubt with the same organism : it
is a small, solitary anthozoan, only 1 to 2 mm. in height and
diameter, occurring almost completely imbedded in the sponge.
Skeleton. — The structure of the skeleton, as revealed in sec-
tions of the completely desarcodised sponge, in which nothing
remains but the spongin-cemented elements (or skeletal frame-
work), is ver}' definite and uniform in character, and at first
sight, more especially under the lowest powers of the microscope,
appears as if more correctly to be described as dendritic than as
reticulate (PI. xxxvi., figs.2, 3). It consists almost entirely of
ascending, frequently branching, stout main fibres, running
moderately closely side by side in subparallelism (at an average
distance apart, say, of from 300 to 400/yi), gradually curving out
wards, as they ascend, towards the surface. Connecting fibres,
however, are by no means rare, but for the most part they are
comparatively inconspicuous. The main fibres, which are seldom
less than 100/x, and occasionally surpass 200// in stoutness, are
formed chiefiy of spicules, for the most part rather loosely and
confusedly arranged, a variable proportion (generally a .small
minority) of which are dispcsed with their points directed more
or less obliquely outwards. As the surface of the sponge is
approached, however, the spicules composing the fibres become
538 REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, ii.,
gradually more and more divergingly disposed, as well as more
loosely compacted, and the fibres finally assume, in consequence,
a typically plumose aspect. The spongin cementing the spicules,
— though necessarily fairly considerable in amount owing to
their loose arrangement, — is, except in the stalk and oldest por-
tions of the skeleton, usually of scarcely more than the minimal
quantity required to hold them together, and seldom or never
forms a distinct sheath: where the spicules lie more widely
apart, it often becomes reduced to a mere film between them,
and here and there even leaves small open spaces or fenestrse.
Running upwards from the stalk, and continuing for some dis
tance into the body of the sponge, gradually dissolving as they
proceed, are a number of relatively stout strands of spicules, or
funes, evidently formed each by the fusion of several originally
separate fibres (PI. xxxvi., fig. 2). Connection between the main
fibres, apart from occasional anastomosis or direct union between
them by inosculation, is partly by means of relatively few,
obliquely-running multispicular fibres, similar in character to
the main fibres except in being usually of lesser stoutness, and
partly by means of connecting fibres proper. The latter are
mostly very slender, and usually contain few spicules or are
composed of spongin alone; they occur at irregular intervals,
sometimes singly, sometimes several together, and in the latter
case usually interunite also among themselves
In sections of the sponge with the soft tissues intact, the
appearance of the skeleton is somewhat different. The presence
of spongin is scarcely apparent; the main fibres have a much
looser and more plumose aspect; and the connecting fibres are
seldom definitely recognisable as such, owing to the difficulty of
distinguishing between the megascleres actually constituting
them and others that are merely scattered between the fibres.
The more diftuse and plumose appearance of the main fibres is
probably due to the fact that some proportion of the more ex-
teriorly situated (and likewise more obliquely directed) spicules
entering into their formation are not attached by spongin, and
consequently are absent from the skeleton that remains after
maceration. In the more peripheral parts of the skeleton, the
bY E. F. HALLstANJi. - 53d
niejrascleres scattered between the fibres are relati\elv fev, and
consist of styli only, similar to those composing the fibies. But
at some distance from the surface, — usually a somewhat con-
siderable distance, megascleres of a second kind make their
appearance,- Hexuous strongyla and tornota, — which increase
in number towards the deeper portions of the sponge and eventu-
ally become very abundant; indeed, it is almost as much to the
increased multitude of the latter, as to augmentation in tlie
quantity of the spongin, that the greater density of the skeleton
in the stalk and other older portions of the sponge is due. A
considerable proportion of the latter spicules are developed in
close contiguity to the fibres, and ultimately, owing to tlie sul)-
sequent formation of additional spongin, become completely
united to them. The presence of these flexuous megascleres,
owinir to their extreme rarity in, or total absence from, those
portions of the sponge usually selected for examination, hitherto
has escaped notice.
Through all parts of the sponge there are scattered small
sigmata singly in moderate abundance, trichodragmata of three
kinds, and single trichites of similar size to those composing the
larger trichodragmata. The trichodragmata of two kinds are in
the form of neat sheaves of extremely slender trichites, and
differ from each other onlv in length: the shorter of these are
almost as numerous as the sigmata, while the longer are rela-
tively scarce. The dragraata of the third kind are composed of
trichites equal in length to those of the just-mentioned longer
dragmata, but stouter and more fusiform, and occur for the
most part in dense masses of irregular shape and size, which
refract the light in such a way as to appear blackish and opaque,
and are, therefore, very noticeable although comparatively
scarce; some of the largest of these aggregations exceed 200/x in
breadth. The singly scattered trichites, or microxea, are moder-
ately scarce in the interior, but more plentiful near the surface.
Megascleres. — (i.)The styli are invariably more or less curved,
are usually evenly rounded at the base and of uniform or nearly
uniform diameter therefrom to beyond the middle of their
length, and almost invariably taper throughout the remainder
540
REVISION OP TliE AXINELMDiE, 11.,
of their length gradually (except frequently for slight irregu-
larities near the apex) to a sharp point; a gradual slight narrow-
ing of the spicule towards the basal end, however, is not uncom-
mon. The curvature as a rule is restricted to the basal moiety
of the spicule, and is usually well-pronounced, but varies much
both in form and degree :
frequently it is more or less
angulate, the spicule ap-
pearing slightly bent; and
occasional spicules are bi-
angulate. In odd cases of
extreme curvature, the
form of the spicule makes
some approach to that of
a rhabdostyle. Variability
exists also in the shape of
the spicule at its basal ex-
tremity, which frequently
shows a tendency to be-
come abruptly more or less
sharp-pointed, either has-
tately or mucronately so;
but sometimes the attenu-
ation is more gradual, and
the form assumed is that
of an oxea. The propor-
tion of oxeote forms is
greatest amongst the slen-
derer, presumably imma-
ture spicules, which only
occur scattered between tlie fibres, and are relatively few in
number. The maximal size of the spicules in the case of
Dendy's specimens is given as 290 x 166/x; in the present speci-
men, the size attained is 350 x 15/x, but individuals much ex-
ceeding 320/x in length are scarce; those composing the fibres
are seldom less in stoutness than IO/7.. Developmental forms of
all sizes down to less than 1 40 x l/x are to be met with. (In the
Text fig. 15. — SI(/i)i(Lvla Jiabe/Zala.
a, nie<^asclei'es of tiie fibres; //, intei-
stitial niegascleres; f, signiata.
BY E. F. HALLMANN. . 541
original description, tlie size of the spicules is given as 70 by
2-6000ths of an inch — i.e., 296 x 8"4/t, but this, I think, must
be due either to an error of measurement or to a misprint;.
(ii.) Tlie variously curved, usually more or less flexuous mega-
scleres are mostly strongyla, but individuals with sharp-pointed
ends are also numerous. They range from about 200 to 580/x in
length and from 1 "5 to 7/x in diameter. The acutely-ended
spicules, as a rule, are more or less abruptly-pointed, i.e., are
tornota; but more or less oxea-like forms are not rare. Some of
the shortest among the latter spicules are hai-dly to be distin-
guished from the oxea that derive from the stylote megascleies.
Microscleres. — {i.)The sigmata are invariably more or less
contcu't, though seldom to such a degree as to appear 3-shaped
when seen from the side; they are 15 to 20/x in length measured
from bend to bend, and about 1/x in stoutness.
(ii.) The trichites are of two sizes as regards length, the shorter
measuring from 15 to 28/x, the longer from 37 to about 60/x. As
already mentioned, the former occur onl\' in dragmata, the latter
both in dragmata and scattered singly.
Cehatopsis Thiele.
Definition.— XyiiixeW'idm of erect, lamellar or ramose habit;
t3'pically with an axially condensed skeleton deficient in spongin.
Megascleres either of two distinct kinds — styli (sometimes in
part secondarily diactinal) and elongated flexuous strongyla, —
or the latter spicules are absent. Microscleres: smooth microxea
only, typically occuri'ing most abundantly in the dermal layer.
Type, C expansa Thiele.
The genus was instituted by Thiele(38) for four species from
Japan, differing from all previously known Axinellidaj by the
presence of microscleres of a single kind in the form of smooth
microxea, and further characterised according to the generic
diagnosis —(i.) by the presence of smooth stylote megascleres
"die ein festes Axenskelett bilden, von dem nach Peripherie
radiare Style ausgehen", (ii.) by the very small amount of spongin
present, and (iii.) by the almost complete restriction of the
microscleres to the ectosome, where they constitute a dermal
542 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, ii.,
skeleton. The only additional information pi'ovided regarding
the skeleton is to the effect that the " feste Axe" is similar in
character to that of the genus Acmdhella-. whether the radially-
directed styli are collected into fibres or not, or in what respects,
if anv, the several species differ in skeletal structure, is not
stated. Three of the species, — viz., C. expaiisa, C. erecta, and
C. ramosa, — agree in their described characters verj' closely, and
are undoubtedly congeneric; but the fourth, C. clavata, is dis-
tinguished not only by its non lamellar (cauliforni) habit and
conulose surface, but also by the fact that the megascleres are
of two distinct kinds,- styli composing the main skeleton, and
relatively few long flexuous strongyla (presumably occurring
interstitially). Since it is not unlikel}' that C. clavata will be
found to differ from the I'emaining three species in other import-
ant respects also, its inclusion in the present genus must be
looked upon as provisional.
More recently Kirkpatrick(20) has described from Cape
Colony, under the name PhakeUia microxephora, a fifth species
with microxea, which it seems necessary al.so to include provision-
ally in the genus Ceratopsis. This species agrees with C. clavata
in the possession of elongated flexuous strongyla, but the accom-
panying megascleres are relatively few, and chiefly oxeote, and
the external habit of the sponge is lamellar as in the case of the
typical species of the genus. Concerning the structural char-
acters of the skeleton in this species, no information is available.
By Thiele and Kirkpatrick, the oxeote microscleres were
regarded as indicative of affinity with the genus lligyinsia.
The evidence afforded by the spiculation of C. clavata and C.
microxephora, however, much more strongly justifies the view
that Ceratopsis is related to Siymaxia, and that it constitutes a
connecting-link between the latter and such genera as Axinella,
PhakeUia, and Acanthella.
It is necessary to refer here to the species designated Axinella
frondula by Whitelegge(60), the spiculation of which has been
described as consisting of smooth styli of two sizes and of
scarce small oxea 110 by 3-5/x in size, occurring "chiefly in or
near the dermal portion of the sponge", — and which consequently
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 543
might be thought to be related to Ceratopsis. I have re-ex-
amined this species, and find that the oxea are merely variants
of the smaller styli (differing from them neither in size nor in
situation), and that the latter are differentiated into two kinds,
one of which is distinguished by having the distal moiety vesti-
gially spined, and by being very slighth' stouter and of more
conical shape than tiie other. The species belongs, in fact, to
the Myxillinje, and requires a new genus for its reception, for
which I propose the name Echinaxia. The sponge is thinly
lamellar, flabelliform; and the skeleton consists (i.) of a con-
densed axial region formed mainh' of an irregular reticulation
of the smaller smooth styli (which vary from 90 to 150// in
length and up to 5/x in stoutness) and partly of fairly numerous,
longitudinally directed, singly-occurring, long slender styli
(varying in size from less than 200 by 2/li to upwards of 700 by
12/x), and (ii.) of short, fairly stout, echinated fibres radiating
from the axial region towards the surface, composed both of
smooth and spined short styli, and terminating in a compact
bundle or tuft of long stout styli (apparently similar to the
longer of those occurring in the axial region) the extremities of
which project somewhat beyond the surface. I am inclined to
think that the genus Echinaxia should be so defined as to include
also the two species described by Thiele(38) as Haspailia folium
and Raspailia hirsida.
DRAfJMAXiA, gen.nov.
Definition. — Axinellidfe of lamellar hal)it, typically Habellate
or cup-shaped. Skeleton composed of dense spicule-axes x'amify-
ing in the midplane of the lamina, and of plumose spicule-columns
radiating therefrom, between which interconnection by means of
transverse fibres is rare. Megascleres: styli only; either of a
single sort, or more or less completely differentiated into two
sorts, — one (of shorter length) forming the fibres, the other
occurring interstitially. Microscleres : trichodragmata accom-
panied or not by singly scattered trichites.
Type, D. variabilis Whitelegge.
The species for which I propose the genus was referred by its
544 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID.*:, ii.,
author to the genus Spongosnrites, under the erroneous impression
that the inicroscleres present — which are exceptionally slender
trichite-sheaves, peculiar in being often more or less fusiform in
shape — were microxea. Even had the microscleres been as
stated, however, it is not to Sponyosorites that the species would
have required to be assigned, but probably to Cerafopsis.
Hitherto, all species with a plumose or with an axially-condensed
type of skeleton, and with trichodragmata only as microscleres,
have been included in the single genus Thrinacophora, but I now
propose to regard them as representative of several distinct
genera.
Dragmaxia variabilis Whitelegge.
(PL xxxviii., figs.l, 2, 3.)
1907. SponyosoritPS variabUis Whitelegge(60), p. 5 13, PI. xlvi.,
fig. 45.
Diaynosifi. — Thinly lamellar, varying from ilabelliform to
caliculate. The lamina alternately denser and less dense along
lines running towards the margin, and thus presenting an ap-
pearance as of venation, with corresponding faint ridges and
grooves on the surface. The surface otherwise even. Dermal
membrane distinct, aspiculous. Oscula inconspicuous. Skeleton
consisting of dense spicule-axes corresponding in position with
the "veins," and of stout plumose fibres running outwards there-
from to the surface. Spongin rather scanty. Megascleres: styli
only, not quite perfectly differentiated into two kinds ; those
forming the fibres are shorter, stouter, and more curved, attaining
a maximum size of about 900 by 33/x; the others, which are
relatively few and occur only interstitially, occasionally surpass
1 300 or 1 400/A in length and are not more than 1 8/x in diameter.
The trichodragmata vary from about 100 to 200/x in length and
up to 5/1 in stoutness; singly scattered trichites, similar to those
forming the dragmata, also occur.
Loc.—Ofi Crookhaven River, N.S.W. ("Thetis.").
Externa/ features. — The original specimen was rudely cup-
shaped or, rather, compi'essed funnel-shaped, with a few laterally
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 545
arising' secondary laniellfn? disposod in vertical planes; and mea-
sured, when complete, approximately 130 mm. in height l)v 120
and by SO nmi. i-espectively in the greatest and least diameters of
tlie cup-orifice, and from 2 mm. (at the margin) to about onmi. in
the thickness of the lamina or cup-wall.- it exists now in two
pieces, one of which — figured bv Whitelegge — is in a dried but
otherwise undamaged condition, wliile the other is well-preserved
in alcohol. According to the original description, the latri'al
lamella^ occur on both the inner and tlie outer surfaces of tlic
cup, but this is really not the case; they are confined entii'clv to
the interior side. J
A second specimen (also obtained by the "Thetis" Expedition^
l)ut from an unknown locality) is now known, which is simply
tlabelliform without sect)ndary outgrowths. This measm-es
90nnn. in height by only 2 to .3 mm. in thickness, and is in a
(h'ied, completely washed-out condition.
An exceedingly characteristic feature, — very clearly e^■id':"!lt
wlicn the sponge is examined by transmitted light, — is the
sti'uctural peculiarity of the lamina, whicli is alternately denser
and less dense along slightly diverging, ever multiplying lines, or
rather sti'ips, running in a direction from stalk to maigin: along
the denser strips, the lamina is usually slightly thicker than it is
between them, and the surface is accordingly marked witli
radiating faint grooves and slight ridges. With respect to this
structure, however, the two specimens exhibit a very appreciable
dift'erence, which may prove to be varietally distinctive. In the
smaller specimen, the strips (of greater density) are all directerl
radially, increasing in number upwards by repeated branching,
and are all similar in (character; they diminish in individual
width from somewhat less than 2 mm. in proximity to the stalk
to less than 0'5 mm. at the sponge-margin, and the width of the
intervening strips of lesser density is about tlie same. In some
portions of the type-specimen, the structure is veiy similar to
this, except that the lines of greater density are generalh' much
broader; but elsewhere there also occur a few relatively very
powerful, dense, nervure-like thickenings of the lamina, ramify-
43
546 REVISION OF THE AXINELLID.E, ii.,
ing through it, upwards from the stalk, in the manner of the
pahnate leaf, and from these the lesser lines of density, in part,
branch ott' (at small angles of divergence) in piiniate fashion
(PI. xxxvii., fig.3).
As a result of maceration, the less dense portions of the lamina
largely disappear, and the sponge becomes abundantly perforated
by rounded holes arranged seriallj^ along radiating lines.
The surface is somewhat uneven, owing to inequalities in the
thickness of the lamina; it is also slightly granular, but not
hispid. The dermal membrane is thin and translucent, but not
very delicate; situated beneath it, more especially along the
grooves marking the less dense portions of the lamina, are
numerous small subdermal spaces. Dermal pores occur on l)otli
surfaces, but are relatively few and for the most part are scattered
singly and irregularly on the one surface (viz., the inner one,
when the sponge is cup-shaped), verj^ numerous, and generally so
closely arranged as to produce a net-like appearance of the dermal
membrane, on the other. In most places where the pores are
numerous, the dermal layer appears as if consisting of two
incompletely separated membranes, the outer one of which is
provided with many, smaller pores, the inner with fewer and
much larger ones. On the surface which has the fewer pores,
there are also many circular openings, from 02 to 0'5 mm. or
slightly more in diameter, situated only along the su if ace-grooves
and principally in the positions where the lamina becomes per-
forated when the sponge is macerated; these openings appear to
be oscula.
The consistency of the sponge, when well-preserved in alcohol,
is firm and tough, only slightly compressible, and resilient; and
the colour is a pale yellowish-brown. Dried specimens are ligiit
in weight and rather brittle, and of a pale greyish colour.
Skeleton. — The skeleton is resolvable into (i.)a system of con-
densed, multifibrous axes or "funes," which ramify clendritically
in the midplane of the sponge-lamina, progressively decreasing
in stoutness as they ascend, — and which form the midribs, as it
were, of the denser strips of the lamina above referred to; and
BY E. P. KALLMANN. 547
(ii.)of numerous, highly plumose, usually branched, short second-
ary fibres, which proceed off from the former, apparently from all
sides thereof, and run upwards and gradually outwards to the
surface. Towards the margin of the sponge, the funes dissolve
ultimately into similar plumose fibres (PI. xxxvii., fig.3), and the
skeleton in this region accordingly is composed entirely of such
(PI. xxxvii., figs.l, 2); these fibres are composed of a compact
stout core (seldom less than 200/x and frequently surpassing
400//, in diameter) of longitudinally disposed spicules, cemented
together b}" a relatively somewhat small amount of spongin, and
of rather numerous, usually very obliquely (often nearly or quite
perpendicularly) directed, outwardly-projecting or "echinating"'
spicules of similar kind, the number of which is greatest towards
the outer extremities of the fibres. The echinating spicules of
immediately adjoining fibres usually intercross with one another,
and very often, where two fibres lie sufficiently close together,
tlie points of some of the spicules of each of them become
embedded in the spongin of the other; occasionally, one or a few
together of these connecting spicules become invested with a
sheath of spongin, and a connecting fibre is thus formed, but
such connections are comparatively rare. Megascleres scattered
between the fibres are relatively few, and in part are much longer
and slenderer than those forming the fibres. The funes are com-
posed each of a dense, irregular plexus of stout, mostly non-
plumose fibres with closely compacted spicules arranged usually
in a more or less disorderly fashion, and cemented by a relatively
small amount of spongin, which does not form an external
sheath; the outermost-lying spicules of the fibres, indeed, ai-e
usually almost or quite free from spongin. Towards the older
parts of the sponge, the meshes of the plexus tend to become
obliterated, and the skeleton has the appearance of consisting of
a confused mass of spicules. The formation of the plexus ap-
pears to be brought about by the continued addition of spicules
to, and also in between, the plumose fibres of the original
skeleton.
Trichodragmata are scattered fairly plentifully through all
548 REVISION OP THE AXINELLID^, ii.,
parts of the sponge, including the dermal membrane, hut are
nowhere extremely abundant: witliin the funes they ai-e, rather
scarce. 8ingly scattered trichites in moderate number also
occur, hut are difficult to perceive owing to their extreme tenuity.
The dragmata are unusually slender, and are often notably longer
than the individual trichites composing them.
]\fpya)idpres. — (i.) The styli composing the fibres are almost
invariably more or less curved, anfl are, without exception,
e\'enly roundetl at the hase and of uniform or nearly uniform
diameter therefrom to be3'ond the middle of theii- length, whence
they taper gradually to a sharp point. Their curvature, as a
rule, is slight to moderate, and most frequently is confined to tlie
basal moiety of the spicule, hut it varies in degree a ery consider-
al)ly, and when most pronounced is usually somewhat angulate.
Quite commonly in the case of the smaller specimen, nnich less
f ret[uently in the larger, the basal part of the shaft, at a \ariable
distance fi'om the extremity, is more or less sharply curved or
l)ent to one side; occasionally such spicules have the form of
rhabdostyli. In the latter, or typical specimen, a notable pro-
portion (numbering between 25 and 50 per cent, of the spicules)
exhibit a faint annular swelling close to the basal end, at a dis-
tance therefrom varying from 15 to about SO/t, — the distance
usually being greatest, and the annulation less distinct, in the
case of the longest spicules; in some of the shorter spicules, the
annular swelling is replaced by a slight basal inflation, the
spicule becoming a subtylostyle. In the case of the smaller
specimen, this peculiarity is exceedingly rare. In the typical
specimen, also, the spicules increase in stoutness towards the
base of the sponge, attaining in proximity to the stalk a maximum
diameter of 45/^.; whereas in the uppermost regions thereof, and
throughout all parts of the other specimen, their diameter is at
most 33 or 34//.. Their length is aI)out the same in both speci-
mens,— ranging from about 350/x (but seldom less tlian 400 or
450/x) to somewhat above 900/x.
(ii.) The longer and slenderer styli, occurring only between the
fibres, and relatively few, ai-e generally sti'aight or (in comparison
BY E. F. HALlSIANN.
549
Text-tig. 10. — Vraijimi.fiii rariahi/i>'. '(. iiifgasult'i t-s ut tlie Hl)ies;
/), iiitcistitial nicgasclercs.
550
REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, 11.,
with their length) but slightly curved, often somewhat flexuously;
and with extremely rare exceptions are unprovided with a sub-
basal annular inflation : otherwise, in shape, they are similar to
the preceding, with which they form a continuous series. In the
typical specimen, they range from somewhat less than 1000 to
upwards of 1500/x (rarely to nearly 1600/x) in length, and up to
IS/A in diameter, spicules between 900 and 1000/x in length being
comparatively rare; in the other specimen, they are of equal
stoutness, Init seldom surpass 1250/x, and veiy rarely if ever
attain to more than 1400/a in length, while individuals between
900 and 1000/x long are comparatively frequent.
Mkrosderes. — The trichites, both composing the dragmata and
scattered singly, are very slender, always less than 0-5/x in
diameter, and vary in length from 75 to 110/'.; they are very
frequently curved or Hexuous. The dragmata are seldom as
much as 5/x in diameter, and as a rule they are very compactly
composed and somewhat fusiform in shape; they are often much
longer than the trichites, occasionally attaining a length of 200/a.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate xxix., fig. 4.
Eig.4. — AVanlopliora jjliaihi AVhitelegi,'c; .showing the skeleton (photo-
graphed by tiansniitted light) of portion of a lamella of the tyjx--
specimen, the lamella varying in thickness from 1-8 mm.; (nat size).
Plate XXX.
Fig. 1. — A//(iiifojilinr<( j//iri(/(( \Vhitelegge; jjoilion of a spiriL-speeimen;
Fig. "2. — A. ^/^?V'r^/r6* Whitelegge ; portion of a lamella i>i the partially
maeeiated, dried type-specimen; (nat. size).
Fig..'{. — A. plicata Whiteleggc; an entire lamella of a dry, wasiied-out
specimen, showing the texture of the skeleton; (nat. size).
Figs. 4, o. — A. rictoriaii't, sp.nov.; specimens of massive form (r;/'. Pi. xxxi.,
Hg.3);(^A).
Fig.H. — A. ciocdlyptoides Dendj^ ; a subniassive, digitate .specimen, at-
tached to a stone; ( x x\)-
Fig. 7. — A. ciocalyptoide^' Dendy ; a semi -encrusting specimen, growing
upon a stone; (/j).
Fig. 8. — A. ciocaJyjdoklea, var. reducta, var.nov. ; ( x /j).
BY E. F. HALLMANN. 551
Plate xxxi.
AUantophora rictoriana, sp.nov.
Fij,'. 1. — Skeleton (photographed by transmitted light) as it appears in a
thiek vei-tieal slifc of an entire massive specimen; (nat. size).
Fig/2. — Skeleton of a moderately thick vertical slice (jf the type-specimen:
(nat. size).
Fig. 3. — Skeleton (photographed l\y transmitted light) of portion of a
digitate specimen, extending from the base upwards into two digiti-
form processes; ( x 1-^).
Fig. 4. — Digitate specimen; (nat. size).
Plate xxxii.
Allantophorn ricforiaiia, sp.nov.
Fig. 1. — Petition of a longitudinal mesial section of tlie skeleton of a digiti-
form process, showing the axial region, the radiating main filjres,
and the connecting fibres; ( x 9).
Fig. 2. — Portion of a transverse section of the skeleton of a digitation,
showing the paucity of the connecting fibres in the transverse plane;
(x9) '
Figs. 3, 4, 5. — Portions of the skeleton (of the two massive specimens),
showing the pattern of the reticulatiiai formed by the connecting
fibres.
Plate xxxiii., figs. l-o.
Figs. 1, 2. — Sii/DKLcine/la aii.stra/laiia Dendj'; ( x ^\).
Fig.3. — S. amtmliana Dendy, (?var. ); ( x^%).
Fig. 4. — »S\ rimindlis, s]i.nov. ; ( x ^"v).
Fig.,'). — Siop/iora rirforkina, sp.nov. ; photograph of portions
of the surface of different specimens, showing the mode of disposi-
tion of the dermal poves.
553
TJiE (JAMETUPHYTE OF PSILUTUM: PKEJ.IMINAUY
NOTES.
Bv Thumas ^A'ihti<:leg(;e, Mkdalist ok thk Koval .SuriETv
OF Np^w South Wales, 1899.
(Vonnniinirafcd hji tJv^ Rrr. 11'. IT. Walls.)
(Plate xlv.)
These Notes are an atteini)t to elucidate tlie luysterx' ot the
sexual reproduction of FsUotiivi, which has hitherto ehided all
the researches of investigatoi's.
As far back as 1899, at the request of Dr. J. P. Hill, late of
Svdnev, now Professor oi Zoology in University College, London,
I sowed spores of Fsilolinii Iriijiii'trniu, and these spores were
subjected, by Dr. Hill and myself, to continuous observation for
some time. The spores germinated, but as we failed to get any
light upon the method of germination, the observatit)ns were
discontinued. The spores, in this case, were sown on the dead,
barren fronds of Platycerium alcicorne, and the aim of the ex-
periment was to discover a visible prothallus. This search for a
prothallus was evidently the reason of our failure, as it has pro-
bably been the reason of the failure of other investigators.
After a lapse of 15 years, I decided, in 1915, to try growing
the spores upon a living plant, and, for this purpose, selected
the aei'ial I'hizomes of Davallia pyxidata Cav., seeing that the
two plants were of ten found gi'owing in proximity to one another.
.Spores Were sown thickly, on prepared rhizomes, on November
L'Oth, 1915; and the method adopted was as follows. A 5" pot
was filled with soil to within an inch of the brim, the soil having
Ijeeii sterilised by dry heat, and by soaking it in several changes
of boiling water. When cool, the surface was covered with pieces
of the rhizomes of D. pyxidatd. While the surface was fairly
wet, Psilotum-spores were dusted o\ er it, after which a sheet of
554 THE GAMETOPHYTE OF PSILOTUM
glass was placed on the tup of the pot, the inequalities of the
lim providing sutlicient ventilation foi- the spores. The pot was
placed on the window-sill in my room, and exposed to bright
sunlight in the afternoon. Water was suppliefl by means of a
saucer and by an occasional bath up to the soil-level, water on
the top being, of course, avoided. It should be said that the
i-hizomes used were soaked in water for a day or two, to get rid
of spores, dirt, or insect-pests, which were removed with a soft
brush. Decayed scales were also removed, and only healthy
ones left.
In this experiment, instead of waiting for the appearance of
jnuthalli, T made a thorough examination of some (jf the sjDores
as often as possible, both day and night. The examination was
continued until nearly all the spores were exhausted.
On December 20th, atlditional spores, freshly gathered, were
sown on the same rhizomes, and these were continuously ex-
amined up to the end of the year, but without any definite
results.
On New Year's Day, 1916, however, I was rewarded by seeing
the male gametophyte attached to the »pore. There were at least
foui', or more, antheridia visible, some of them already discharg-
ing antherozoids, and others almost ready to do so.
This discovery cleared vip what had been, to me, a mystery foi
many weeks. I had frequently seen, and increasingly so towards
the ^\\(\ of Decembei-, bodies that now proved to have been the
antheridia of Fnilotnm discharging antherozoids. I had not
dreamt, at the time, that these bodies were the sperm-cells of a
vascular cryptogam; they seemed, to me, a phase of the life-
history of some organism ipiite unknown to me: a surmise all
the more probable seeing that every fresh collection of spores
placed under the microscope was associated with many forms of
life, including Tnfus(jria, Protozoa of various kinds, Tardigrades,
Mites, and Worms.
The ditHculty experienced in recognising these antheridia will
be understood when it is stated that the first examples seen were
solitary spherical cells of various sizes, some of them equal in
BY T. WHITELEGGE. ' 555
diameter to the sniallei' diameter of the spore, and others of them
about e«iiial to its nucleus. These cells were floating freely in
water, anil seemed to have the j^ower of movement. These
antheridial cells I will now try to describe, l^he cell-wall is thin,
transparent, and devoid of structure, with the exception oi a
bracket-like mark, which later becomes a slit, on some part of
the wall. The contents of the cell consist of a large numl)er of
extremely minute oval, or round, bodies; but a one-sixth object-
ive reveals nothing definite, except semi-transparent dots and,
when sharply focussed, a thin, dark line. When one of tliese
cells is jjlticed in water, osmosis begins, and finally the cell-wall
is ruptured at the bracket-like mark, enabling a small cloud of
active bodies to escape, and swim rapidly away. When the
I'upture takes place, the force is such that there is a kind of
backward tlirust, which causes either rotation or chanire of
position. The exit-slit appears now to close again, leaving the
bulk of these bodies within the cell, where they continue to
swim about, vigoi'ously endeavouring to escape. 8ome of them
have so difficult an exit that their efforts often cause the cell to
move. It takes an hour, and sometimes two hours, for all these
bodies to emerge from the cell. There is no rest : they are active
all the time; and, after escaping, they scatter rapidly.
After these bodies had been identified as antherozoids, search
\\ as made for some spore in a suitable condition to attract them,
but without success. Further observation, however, showed that
the ripe spores, taken from an open synangium and placed in
water, underwent, in the course of a few hours, a series of
changes, by way of cell-division, which revealed the existence of
two well-marked kinds of spores, differing from one another, in
shape slightly, and greatly in the density of their cellular con-
tents: the first indication that the spores were difecious. And
it may be said here, though I shall be anticipating a later part
of my statement, that the male-producing spores are subreniform
in shape, a little wider, or deeper, than the female-bearing spores,
with the ends more rounded. Moreover, cell-division in the male
spore is definite, and in the female indefinite; in the male, also,
556 THE GAMETOPHYTE OF PSILOTUM,
the spore-contents assume the form of a large bubble-cell, which
fills up the whole of the spore.
This l)ubble-cell splits int(j two cells, whifh again subdiAide,
until finally eight, or more, cells are formed. The whole of the
protoplasm appears to be used up in the formation of these cells,
which are unequal in size, free, and without a trace of any other
cellular structure. When nearing uiaturity, some of these cells
may be seen outside the sp(jre-case, while others remain inside,
the relative inequality in size l)eing unaltered. All these cells
produce antherozoids in abundance. There appears to be a thin
deposit of gum binding the spoi-e-case and the cells to the sub-
stratum on which the spore grows. These cells are usually
spherical, easily separated, and often floating freely without any
trace of their having been attached.
So far as concerns the male gametophyte of Psilotum, there-
fore, I may claim to have got positive results. The numerous
specimens I have had under observati(ni warrant the conclusion
that there is one kind of spore that produces the male gameto-
phyte; that this gametophyte consists of a series of free anther,
idia, and that each antheridial cell, irrespective of size, forms
mother-cells and antherozoids.
The seai-ch for the female gamctoph^^te has been a nuich more
difiicult matter, and very disappointing. A careful look-out was
kept for signs of the female throughout my investigations, and 1
have already indicated how I was enabled to conclude that the
spores were dia'citnis. Curiously enough, the females were pre-
sent all the time, and quite as plentifully as the males. The
size, .shape, and colour of the peculiar structure, which ] have
come to regard as the female gametophyte, required at least a
one-sixth objecti\'e to distinguish it from small, malformed spores
of the normal kind, and immature spores of various shapes and
sizes. The presence of three or four testaceous amoebte, which
resembled the gauietophyte in shape and colour, two species of
Arcella, one Assulina, and one Euglypha, added to the confusion.
Even after 1 had seen the female iu situ, both in its early
stages and in what I regard as the adult form, it required pro-
BY T. WHITELKGGE. 00/
longed examination to he certain of its identity. Tts minuteness
aiul the fact that it was often so deeply stained that nothing in
the way of structure could he seen, rendeiiMl the search extremely
difficult. That I have found at least a stage of the female
gametophyte, however, T have no douht; and the following ten-
tative flescription of its structure' is submitted as being the
nearest possible without a resort to sections.
Tlie spore producing the female gametoph^'te is, as already
intimated, narrower, with the ends less rounded than in the male.
The spore-contents consist of nuinenms small cells. Usually, one
thick- walled body is seen as an outgrowth from the spore, as
development proceeds, and a number of irregularly-shaped cells
appear, some of which project from the surface: the appearance
presented l)eing as if the cells were imbedded in gum. The
structure, when complete, is dome-shaped, with at least two
small clusters of projecting cells near the summit on opposite
sides; these projecting cells I regard as possibly, and even pro-
bably, the archegonia. The base presents structural features
wldch render the identification of the female gametophyte certain
ill all stages. At the point of union with the spore, there is a
very distinct ring, consisting of a series of cells which are in-
variably stained brown, the colour being much darker than that
of the rest of the cells. Similar brown cells sometimes project
on other parts of the dome, and produce rhizoids.
When this dome-like structure is detached from the spore, it
is seen to be hollow, with the upper part thick-walled; and, in
this thick wall, the aforesaid projecting cells are imbedded.
Towards the base, the wall is thinner, and terminates in the
ring previously mentioned, which surrounds tlie circular aper-
ture leading into the interior.
After this multicellular structure had been definitely identified,
I felt (juite satisfied that it represented at least a stage in the
development of the female gametoplwte. Whether it is the
young, or tlie mature, structure is a cpiestion that is not likeh' to
be answered without a resort to section-cutting, after imbedding
the material in a suitable medium.
558 THE GAMETOPHYTE OF PSILOTUM,
The re-examination of all the material at my disposal tended
to support the opinion that the dome-shaped structure may be
the fully-formed female gametophyre. During the re-examina-
tion, upwards of 100 specimens of this dome-shaped structure, in
all stages of development, were carefully studied. The most
sti'iking features noted were the uniformity as to structure and
dimensions; and the great variabilit}' in tlie colour of the dome-
shaped structure, according to age. In the young form, it is
fairly transpai-ent, but, M'hen it reaches maturity, it assumes a
slightl}' brownish tint, with the exception of the projecting cells,
which remain clear and are visible through the ringed aperture,
with their bases imbedded in the wall of the upper part of the
dome. tSome of these projecting cells appear to be flask-shaped,
but they are too much imbedded for the details to be cleai-ly
seen. T assume that these projecting cells are the archegonia.
When the dome has attained a diameter of 0'05 mm., it ceases
to increase in size, and gradually becomes darker in coloui', — the
rusty-brown colour always developed in the unfertilised arclie-
gonia of ferns.
On one of the slides examined, there were several examples of
these domes, measuring about 0*08 mm., and these were fairly
ti'an.sparent, except the ring, which was deeply coloured, and
stood out very distinctly. The hollow of the dome appeared to
be filled up; and, in some cases, there was an appearance of
bulging at the opening, — perhaps showing that fertilisation had
taken place.
The pavement-like character of the cell-structure (the cells
being imbedded in gum) allows of expansion, within certain
limits, to accommodate the growth of the embryo. The ring-
may be regarded as a ready means of separation from the spore,
the dome being left as a protecting cap on the broad end of the
embryo, until further growth renders it unnecessary.
On the slide referred to above, there wei^e several peculiar
bodies which may be said to reach the climax of the puzzles
connected with the study of the gametophyte of Psilotum. The
first specimen seen was wedge-shaped, the broad end of the wedge
BY T. WHITELEGGE. 559
capped by a series of cells resembling- greatly tlie cells on the
dome; the narrow end consisted of a continuous cell-sbructure
much like that of a prothallus, but smaller than any I have ever
seen. There were other cellular structures present bearing the
same kind of cells, but these having been l)roken in the mount-
ing, the cells were visible only on the inside. These bodies
appear to have been round. The outer surface presents a
series of projecting cells, many of wliich bear rhizoids. The
material from which the sUde was made was procured from the
interior of a single synangium.
After the rough draft of this jtapei' liafl bee'n prepared, the
Rev. W. W. AVatts called my attention to a note in Spring's
"Lj'copodiaceie" (1842 and 1849), which is of great interest in
the light of the researches recorded in the present paper. The
following is jNIr. Watts" translation of Spring's observation, under
Psilotum, on p. 268 of his work: "If tlie spores are thrown into
water, they execute very rapid movements (mouvements de tre-
pidation) and speedily envelop themselves in a kind of cloud.
According t(j [Sir] Robert BiT)wn's observations (Prodr., p. 164),
this cloud is due to a fine powder, which escapes from the spores.
Kaulfuss has observed, upon the middle of the internal margin
of the spores, a black point, which was in touch (en rapport)
with a little vesicule, and which vanished, at the same time as
this last, in the water. Although I have not had the good
fortune to see that kind of 'aile seminal,' I recall this fact to
induce botanists, who have living plants of Psilotum at their
disposal, to direct their investigations to this point." Robert
Brown's description of the species of Psilotum, although brief,
gives an accurate account of what happens when antheridia
bearing spores are placed in water. The observation recorded
by Kaulfuss may possibly refer to the deeply stained female
gametophyte, which is just as easily detached from the spore as
the male.
After having studied Fxllofum, I turned to the closely allied
Tnipxipteris. A>s I could not find spores in just the right stage
for sowing, it struck me as possible that suitably developed
560 THK GAMETOPHYTE OF PSILOTUM,
spores miglit be found in old synangia. The surmise proved to
be correct. When old s\'nangia liad been carefully soaked in
water, and dissected by means of a brush and needle, spores were
found, as I had expected, and some of them had germinated
within the synangium, a fact that may be regarded as an im-
portant .discovery, inasmuch as it offers a possible field in which
the whole life-histoiy of the sexual generation may be obtained
fi'om the study of spores germinated in Nature's own woi'ksliop,
and, therefore, almost entirely free from sucli complications as
affect the work of the culturist.
A careful examination of old fruits may be expected to
furnish e\idence of the sexual developmeiit, and even provide
some embryos. Possibly this is one of the means bv which tlie
[)lant is propagated. The examinati(m of a large number of
synangia will be necessary to success. Weather-conditions, at
fruiting time, have an important bearing on the question, and
the dryness, or otherwise, of the locality inhabited by tlie plant.
After my examination of the synangia of Tmesij^tpvi^, I came
to the conclusion that the sexual reproduction, when known,
will not differ materi.ilh' fi-om that of Fsi/ofuDr, and I express
this opinion after having seen both the male and the female
gametophytes. Old synangia of Psilofum, accidentally found in
the rhizome-culture, furnished better results than those obtained
by cultivation. One example, having been dissected and mounted,
provided ample material for study, both the male and the female
gametophytes being present in considerable numbers, and in all
stages of development, the males predominating and being too
numei'ous to count without special appliances.
In conclusion, believing th.at I have been able to point the
way to the solution of the mysteiy of the sexual reprf)duction of
Psi/otuni, I am desirous of placing the results of my observations
on I'ecord, so that others, in command of better appliances and
opportunities, may be able to carry the investigation to its final
and successful issue.
My thanks are flue to Mr. W. Graham, of the University,
Sydney, for excellent microphotographs of the male gametophyte,
BY T. WHITELEOOE. ' 561
and to Mr. Allan R. McCuUoch for the completed drawings which
illustrate this paper; also to Mastei- Bert Deo,otardi for valuable
aid in the search for plants of Tmesipteris and fruiting-speciniens
of Psilotuni.
Measur(Mnents of spores, and reproductive organs (jf Psi/o/m)/.
Male spore. — Length, 0-00 to ()-08 mm. ; breadth, O-OM to
00^ 111111.; antheridial cells, O'OIS to 0"04 mm. Antherozoids as
seen i/i .•^ifn, average diametei-, O'OO-'J mm.
Female sjwre. — Length, O-Ofi to 0-OS mm. ; breadth, ()-027 to
0-03 mm. Unfertilised gametophyte, ()■i)'^ to 0-04 mm. in dia-
meter. Fertilised gametophyte, 0'04 to 0*08 mm. in diameter.
Additional Xotp. — Several months have elapsed since the pub-
lished notice of the slides exhilnted at the Meeting of the Society
in Ajiril last, and since the foregoing paper was completed.
During the interval, much time has been devoted to a fiirther
study of mounted slides, and examples preserved in formalin.
The results have exceeded \n\ expectations. Many doubtful
points have been cleared up, and some new phases of development
observed.
The male spore produces eight or more antheridia; as many as
twelve, in one instance, have been seen. When near maturity,
the antheridia emerge from the ventral slit, as pear- or comma-
shaped bodies, the cell-wall being thin and plastic; before the
antherozoids are mature, the wall becomes consolidated, and the
cell assumes a globular form. Tn many cases, the last one or two
cells do not completely emerge, but remain deeply imbedded in
the spore. So far, no traces of any cell or cells have been found,
which might be regarded as a prothallus, either rudimentary or
otherwise.
The female gametophyte emerges from the ventral slit as a
small, thick- walled vesicle. It is situated in the centre of the
nearly straight border, and is drop-like in outline. Structural
details are difficult to see, until it has attained a diameter of
about 0-015 mm. It is then seen to be a multicellular bjsdy,
44
L i J R A R Y
562 THE GAMETOPHYTE OF PSILOTUM,
dome-like in shape, and of a slight brown tint. Very many
examples have been seen, in sitx, in all stages of development.
Each female spore produces one gametophyte; in no instance
have two been observed. During my investigations, upwards of
one hundred slides have been mounted in glycerine-jelly, and only
about six show the gametophyte in situ.
The evidence that this dome-shaped structure is the full-grown
prothallus, is now definitely established. Within the last fort-
night, fex-tilised archegonia, and embryos filling the cavity of the
dome, have been found on many slides; and one, in particular,
lias at least a dozen embryos, some visible through the wall of
the dome, and also through the ringed aperture at the base.
There are also some in which the wall of the dome has been
broken away, and the outlines and cell-structure can be seen. In
one instance, the embryo is quite free, and exhibits certain in-
dications of the division into regions such as are exhibited in the
early stages of Archegoniates generally.
The female gametophyte appears to reach maturity when it
lias attained to a diameter of about 0-035 or 0*04 mm. On
opposite sides of the dome, near the summit, and in a line with
the longer axis of the spore, two clusters of cells ma}^ be observed.
These are transparent, and subtend the aperture in the neck of
the archegonia. Each cluster appears to consist of four cells,
two of which are more elevated than their fellows. The rest of
the archegonium is imbedded in the wall of the dome. In two
instances, archegonia have been observed only partly imbedded,
more than half being visible. If fertihsation takes place, the
whole structure rapidly increases in size generally, and some of
the brown cells on the ring and on other parts of the dome
become enlarged, and often develop into rhizoids. The inner,
cellular portion of the dome appears to be absorbed to furnish
nutrition foi- the growing embryo. The wall becomes thin, and,
when fractured, Ineaks with an angular appearance like broken
glass. As growth proceeds, the rhizoids increase in size, and it
seems possible that they may be functional all the time, either as
simple cells or when elongate.
BY T. WHITELEGGE. , '563
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLV.
Fig. L — Spore, with inatiue antheiidiuni, before the discharge of the
antherozoids. The curved line on the surface indicates the exit-slit
by which escape is effected.
Fig.2. — Spore, bearing female gametophyte, showing basal ring of cells,
and the apical cells of a pair of archegonia near the summit.
Fig.S. — (lametophyte, showing a fertilised archegonium projecting from
the surface.
Fig. 4. — (iametophj'te, showing contained embryo, and a numlier of de-
veloping rhizoids at the base.
All the figures are greatly enlarged, and more or less diagrammatic.
564
CONTRIBUTIONS TO A KNOWLEDGE OF AUSTRA-
LIAN CVLICIDJL No. iii.-
By Frank H. Taylor, F.E.S.
(From the Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine, Toumsville.)
The present paper contains descriptions of five new species,
witli notes on synonymy, and additional records for previously
known species.
The male of Hteyomyia tasmaniensis Str., and the female of
Danielsia ininuta Taylor, are described for the first time.
The new species are distributed in the following genera : —
Stegomyia (one), HuleGmteomyia (one), Culicada (one), Leucomyia
(one), and Lopltoceratomyia (one). The type-specimens have
been deposited in the Institute-Collection.
Stegomyia tasmaniensis Strickland.
Entomologist, xliv., No.578, p.249(1911).
(J. Similar to $; palpi black; antennae pale, nodes and last two
segments dark, plumes black; fore- and mid-ungues unequal, the
larger stout, uniserrate, hind equal and simple. Length, 5 mm.
Hab. — Tasmania: Devonport and St. Patrick's River, Spring-
field, Bridport (F. M. Littler), New River Di.'-trict (W. H.
Twelvetrees).
Evidently a widely distributed species, as it has been found in
scattei-ed localities, from Northern to Southern Tasmania. Mi'.
Twelvetrees has found it, in fairly large numbers, in tlae New
River District. This is the first occasion on which the male has
been found.
Co-type in Coll. F. M. Littler.
* Continued from these Proceedings, 1915, p. 184.
bY FhANK H. TAYLOR. 565
Stegomyia DALIENSLS, Sp.Il,
llead pale-scaled. Thorax with dark hmwu scales. Legs
unhanded. Ahdonien with hasal handing.
J. Head entirely covered with pale scales, with hlack, upright-
forked ones on the vertex; antenna^ dark hrown, basal lobes and
base of second segment yellowish; palpi clothed with dark scales;
proboscis black.
Thorax brown, cti)thed with dark brown, narrow-cui\ ed scales,
and numerous black bristles over the wing-roots ; scutelhnn
brown, clothed with pale scales; posterior border-bristles black;
pleune yellowish, clothed with pale scales and a few dark bristles.
Abdomen clothed with black scales, first segment with
numerous dark bristles in addition; segments two to four with
pale basal bands, segments five and six with basal lateral pale
spots, seventh and eighth without bands or spots; venter with
pale scales.
Legs : coxa' and trochanters pale, clothed with dark bristles;
femora w ith l)asal half pale beneath, rest of the femora, the tibiiv,
and tarsi dark brown; ungues all equal and simple.
AVings with the scales on the costa, subcostal, and first long
\ein dark brown, brown on remaining veins; first fork-cell loiiger
and narrower than the second, base of the latter nearer the base
of the wine:; stem of the first fork-cell more than two-thirds the
lenjfth of the cell, stem of the second a little more than half the
length of its cell; anterior basal cross- vein longer than, and about
once and one-half its length from the anterior cross-vein; fringe
light brown. Halteres with pale stems and dark knobs.
Length, 4 nun. (vix).
//r^/y.— Northern Territory: Daly River (G. F. Hill).
MiMETEOMYiA ORNATA Taylor.
Stcijiniiyia onuifa Taylor, Trans. Ent. 8oc. London, 1914, p. 1S9.
A re-examination of the unique type of the above shows that
it should, properly, be placed in the geinis Minn'tt'ontyia, on
account of the very bristly and truncated apex of the jibdomen,
and other points of agreement with the genus.
566 AUSTRALIAN CULtCIDjE, iii.,
There is an error in tlie description, the specimen being a
female, and not a male.
MlMETEOMYIA QUASIORNATA Taylor.
Stecjomyia quaaiornata Taylor, these Proceedings, 1915, p. 177,
PI. xxviii., fig. 2.
This, like the above species, is placed in Mimeteomyia, as it is
more closely related to this genus than to Stegoniyia. The $
sign in the first line of tlie description should be deleted, as ojily
the 9 is known.
MixMETEOMYiA HiLLi Taylor.
Stegomyia hilli Taylor, these Proceedings, 1914, p.456, PI.
XXXV., fig. 5.
Mr. Edwards recently suggested tome in ////., that this species
and *S'. qiiasioriuita would be more correctly placed in the genus
MimeMomyia. A re-examination of the type proves tliat such is
the case, on the same grounds as stated under ^f. oruafd Taylor.
HULECCETEOMYIA MILSONI, Sp.n.
Head with brown and white scales. Thorax clothed witli
bronze and pale scales. Abdomen with white basal band in ROTHKKrs.
(Conimunicatfd hij thp Rev. IT. IT. Watts.)
190. Campylopus denticuspes Broth., n.sp.
DioicKs: gracilescens, cje-spitosus, cajspitibus densiusculis, viri-
dibus, iiiferne iiigrescentibus, vix nitidiusculis; caulis ei-ectus, ad
3 cm. u.sque longus, parce radiculosus, inferne laxius, superne
densiuscule foliosus, .simplex; folia horride patentia, canaliculato-
concav'a, e basi oblonga lanceolato-subulata, obtusiu.scula vel
aeutiuscula, marginibus superne subconniventibus, subintegris,
nervo angusto, basi c. quintam partem folii latitudiuis occupante,
cum apice evaiiido, dorso summo apice spinoso-dentato, cellulis
stereideis dorsalibus et ventralibus instructo, cellulis lamiiiaribus
anguste I'hombeis, valde incrassatis, lumine angustissimo flexu-
osulo, marginalibus angustis, limbum angustissimum, hyalinum
efformantibus, basilaribus iiiternis laxioribus, baud inci'assatis,
alaribus numerosis, laxis, hyalinis. Castera ignota.
New South Wales : Richmond River, Wardell, heath (Watts,
n.5260).
Var. lutescens Broth., n.var.
Ctespites densi, lutescentes, nitidiuscuH; caulis vix ultra 1cm.
longus; folia nervo tenuiore, superne raptim multo angustiora^
apice vix conspicuo, cellulis alaribus paucioribus et pauluni
minoribus.
N.S.W.: Richmond River., E. BaUina, heath (Watts, n. 4758),
and swamp (Watts, n.l739).
* The preceding Parts were published in Oefversigt af Finska Vet. Soe.
Forh. 1890-19(J0.
576 AUSTRALIAN, TASMANIAN, AND NKW ZEALAND MOSSES,
•Species cum C. Kirkii Mitt., comparanda, sed foliis dnrsd
summo apiee spinoso-dentato jam dignoscenda.
191. Fissidp:ns (Heterocau/o/t) bryoidioides Broth., n.sp.
Diounia: gracilis, cjespitosus, cajspitibus laxis, lutescenti-vii'i-
dibus, opacis; planfa sterilis erecta, c. 1 cm. longa, gracillima,
simplex, foliis inter se remotis, multijugis, sub«qualibus, asyin-
metricis ; planla fertilig adscendens, vix ultra 5 mm. longa,
simplex, densius foliosa, foliis 5-10 jugis, infimis minutis, cteteris
multo majoribus, erecto-patentibus ; folia oblongo-lanceolata,
planta? fertilis c. 1'2 mm. longa et c. 0-2S mm. lata, lamina vera
tantum plus minusve distincte limbata, nervo crassiusculo, bre-
viter excedente, lamina vera lamina apicali longior, lamina
dorsali breviter decurrente, cellulis rotundato-hexagonis, superi-
oribus c. 0-007 mm., chlorophyllosis, livvissimis; spta c. 1 cm. alta,
tenuissima, lutea ; fheca subhorizontalis, asymmetrica, ovalis,
sicca deoperculata curvatula, sub ore constricta, pallida. Cfytera
ignota.
N.S.W.: Penshurst (Forsyth, n.676).
Species habitu Jh-yoidii, sed lamina vera tantvim limbata.
192. Fissidens {Bryoidium) Forsythii Broth., n.sp.
DioicHs: gracilis, csespitosus, cfespitibus densis, saturate viri-
dibus, opacis; caulis adscendens, usque ad 1 cm. longus, infima
basi fusco radiculosus, dense foliosus, simplex vel innovando
ramosus; folia multijuga, falcata, sicca circinato-incurva, infima
minuta, ciietera multo majora, ligulata vel ovato-ligulata, obtusa,
apiculata, sunnno apice obsolete serrulata vel Integra, limbata,
limbo angustissimo, hyalino, subcontinuo, nervo ad basin apiculi
evanido, lamina vera lamina apicali longior, lamina dorsalis longe
decurrens, cellulis minutissimis, rotundato-hexagonis, superioribus
vix ultra O'OOo mm., chlorophyllosis, kevissimis; !/i«erecto-
patentia, carinato-concava, inferiora niinuta, superiora niulto
majora, spathulata, obtusiuscula vel late acuta, usque ad 1 9 mm.
longa, superne usque ad 0'65 mm. lata, mai-ginibus erectis, in-
tegris, nervo crassiusculo, plerumque in aristam brevem, strictam
excedente, cellulis superioribus rotundato-hexagonis, 0 015-0020
mm., marginem versus minoribus, quadiatis, basilaribiis laxe et
breviter rectangularibus, omnibus Ijevissimis; seta c. 3 mm. alta,
tenuis, rubra; theca erecta, obovata, brevicollis, fusca, deoper-
culata parum dilatata: miinilus longe persistens; peristomnim 0;
sport 0*025-0030 mm., ochracei, papillosi ; operculxim oblique
rostratum.
Vic. : Melbourne, 8t. Kilda Roail, on t'tjotpath in garden
"Avoiihurst" ( VV'atts, n.l53); Heyington, on ground (Watts,
n.181, 216). — Tasmania: Port Esperance, on ground (Hodway).
Species /''. physcomilrioidi C. Miill., ex Argentina, valdeaffinis.
204. ToRTULA (Syntrichia) kvanescens Brotb , n.sp.
Dioica : robustiuscula, ctespitosa, ctespitibus densiusculis,
mollibus, glauco-viridibus, setate fuscescentibus: caulis ei'ectus,
vix ultra I cm. longus, inferne fusco-radiculosus, densiuscule
foliosus, simplex; folia flacoida, faciliter decidua, erecto-patentia,
carinato-concava, spatbulata, in acumen breve, lanceolatuni con-
tracta, superiora c. 4 mm. longa, superne usque ad 13 mm. lata,
marginibus erectis, iiitegris, nervo rufe.scente, sat longe infra
apicem folii evanido, dorso k\jvi, cellulis laxis, rotundato-hexago-
nis, leptodermibus, Isevissimis, chlorophyllosis, 0030-0-040 mm.,
marginem versus minoribus, basin versus quadratis, dein bre-
viter rectangularibus, byalinis, ad marginem brevioribus. Ca?-
tera ignota.
N.8.W.: Green Gully, near Young, on ground( Watts, n.6914).
i;y v. k. nno'i'irKiiUS. 583
Species valde peculiaris, foliis Haccidis, faciliter deciduis,
iiervo sat louge infra apiceni folii evanido cellulisque laxis
facilliine dignoscenda.
•J05. Tayloria iDissodov) Maidenii Broth., n.sp.
Autoica: gracilescens, caespitosa, cjvspitibus laxiusculis, pallide
yiridibus, a?tate lutescenti-fuscescentibus, nitidiusculis; canUs
erectus vel adscendens, vix ultra 1 cm. lougus, basi fusco-tomeii-
tosus, dein midus, superne laxe foliosus, simplex vel furcatus:
folia difticiliter emollita, carinato-concaviuscula, e basi erecta,
breviter spathulata patula vel subhorizontalia, inferiora breviter,
comatia elongate oblonga, breviter acuminata, plerumque apicu-
lata, usque ad 1-1-2 mm. lata, marginibus erectis, integris, nervo
sat tenui, infra apicem folii evanido, cellulis laxis, superioribus
ovali-hexagonis, dein sensim longioribus, basilaribus oblongo-
hexagonis, marginalibus angustioribus, limbum indistinctum.
uniseriatum efformantibus; se^a 7-10 mm. alta, tenuis, strictius-
cula, straminea, fetate fuscescenti-rubra, Isevissima; theca erecta,
cum bypophysi sporangio breviore ejusdemque latitudinis ob-
longa, c. 2 mm. longa, sicca baud mutata, castanea, cellulis spo-
rangii incrassatis, irregularibus, oblongo- vel ovali-hexagonis, ad
orificium in seriebus pluribus transversis, eisdem hypophysis
rotundato-hexagonis, leptodermibus, stomatibus numerosis, sub
immersis; peristomium 0; S2)07'i 0'025-0 030 mm., fusci, punctu-
lati: opercuhim minutum, cupulatum ; calyptra mitrseformis,
lutea, summo apice fuscidula, longirostris, in laciniis 5 brevibus
divisa, laevissima.
N.S.W. : Mt. Kosciusko, Merritt's Camp (Maiden et Forsyth,
n.l84).
Species distinctissima, thecse forma peristomioque deficiente
facillime dignoscenda.
206. FuNAHiA (Entosthodon) perpusilla Broth., n.sp.
Pusilla, gregarie crescens, fuscescenti-viridis; catilis brevissi-
mus, basi fusco-radiculosus, superne dense foliosus, simplex; folia
erecto-patentia, sicca vix mutata, concaviuscula, e basi ovata
lanceolato-subulata, usque ad 1-5 mm. lunga et 0-5 mm. lata.
o84 AUSTRALIAN, TASMANIAN, AND NKW ZEALAND MOSSES,
inargiuibus erectis, integris, elimbata, nervo rufescente, infra
apicem folii evanido, cellulis laxis, oblongo-hexagonis, basilaribus
lectaugularibus ; seta 3-4 mm., strictiuscula, lutescenti-nibra;
theca erecta, minuta, cum collo sporangio lequilongo pyriformis,
lutescenti-fuscidula. Isevis : annnlns 0; jjei-istomium 0; spori
002o-0030 mm., ferniginei, papillosi ; operculum com^exum ;
calyptra vesiculoso-cucullata, integi-a.
Victoria : Railwaj^ Station, Heyington, on ground (Watts,
n.lP6, 201, 202a, 205).
Species minutie omnium partium, foliis elimbatis, integris nee
won peristomio nullo jam dignoscenda.
207. FuNARiA {Evtosthodon) bullata Broth., n.sp.
Tenella, gregarie crescens, pallide viridis; caulis erectus, vix
ultra 1 mm. longus, infima basi fusco-radiculosus, superne dense
foliosus, simplex; folia erecta, sicca vix mutata, cochlearifornii-
concava, e basi breviter et late spathulata obovata, fusco-
mucronata vel apiculata, c. I'Smra. longa et usque ad I'lmm.
lata, marginibus erectis, integris, elimbata, nervo rufescente,
longe infra apicem folii evanido, cellulis laxis, superioribus
rotundato-liexagonis, marginem versus minoribus, basilaribus
elongate rectangularibus; seta 5-7 mm., strictiuscula, lutescenti-
rubra; theca erecta cum collo sporangio sequilongo turgide pyri-
formis, fuscidula, laevis; annulus 0: peristomium simplex, infi'a
orificium oriundum; exostomii dentes erecti, lanceolati, rubri,
longitudinaliter striati, papillosi: spori 0 030 mm., ferruginei,
papillosi ; opercidum subplanum, rubromarginatum ; valyptra
vesiculoso-cucullata, Integra.
Vic: Railway Station, Heyington, on ground (Watts, n.l98,
208).
Species F. gracili (Hook. fil. et Wils.) Broth., affinis, sed foliis
cochleariformi-concavis oculo nudo jam dignoscenda.
208. Mielichhoferia { Etimielichhoferia) Foksythii Broth., n.sp.
Paroica : gracilis, csespitosa, csespitibus densis, fusco-tomento-
sis, Isete viridibus, opacis; caulis erectus, vix ultra 1 cm. longus,
tiliformis, inferne remote, superne dense foliosus, innovando
BY V. P. BROTHERUS. 585
raraosus; folia inferiora minuta, erecto-patentia, superiora multo
raajora, erectiora, carinato-concava, ovato-lanceolata, acuta,
marginibus erectis vel inferno anguste recurvis, superne seiru-
latis, iiervo infra apicem folii evanido, cellulis anguste linearibus,
infiinis laxioribus; hractere perichfetii foliis niulto minores, erectae,
cseteruni eisdem similes; seta c. I'D cm. alta, tenuissima, ilexuo-
sula, lutescenti-rubra ; theca erecta, regularis, oblonga, collo
sporangiara breviore, leptodeimis, pallide fusca; annulus latus,
I'evolubilis; perisioTniiim simplex, internum: memh^una basilaris
exserta, hyalina, Isevis; p7'ocess2is filiformes, c 0010mm. lati,
appendiculati, sordide lutei, minutissime papillosi; spori 0-015-
001 7 mm., lieves; operculum ignotum.
N.S.W. : Tallewong Creek (Forsyth, n 641).
209. MiELlCHHOFEKiA (Jlielichhojeriopsis) turgkns Broth , n.sp.
Paroica : robustiuscula, cjespitosa, cpespitibus densis, fusco-
tomentosis, pallide viridibus, nitidis; caulia erectus, usque ad
1 -5 cm. longus, filiformis, accrescenti-foliosus itaque clavatus,
innovando ramosus; /b/ia inferiora inter se remotiuscula, erecto-
patentia, superiora sensim majora, densiora et erectiora, imbri-
cata, ovato-lanceolata, acuta, marginibus fere ad apicem late
revolutis, apice serrulatis, nervo infra apicem folii evanido, cellu-
lis linearibus, basilaribus laxioribus, oblongo-hexagonis, inno-
vationum latioribus, brevius acuminatis, marginibus anguste
revolutis; b actem perichcetii foliis multo minores, erectse, anguste
acuminata?, marginibus erectis, subintegris; sporogonia 1-3 ex
eodem perichsetio; seta c. 5 mm. alta, tenuis, sicca ilexuosula,
lutea; theca erecta vel inclinata, regularis, oblonga, collo sporan-
gium subsequante, leptodermis, pallida; annulus latus, revolu-
bilis; pertseta 1 cm. vel paulum
ultra, e basi geniculata erecta, pallide rubra; theca nutans, cum
coUo sporangio longiore clavato-pyriformis, asymmetrica, micro-
stoma, cum collo c. 6 mm. longa et c. r75 mm. crassa, lutescens,
ore aurantiaco; annuJus 0075 mm. latus; peristomium duplex,
paulum infra orificium oriundum; exostomii denies lanoeolati, c.
0-28 mm. longi et c. 0075 mm. lati, ad medium aurantiaci, dein
liyalini, laeves; endostomium aurantiacuni, Iseve, processus denti-
bus longiores, lanceolato-subulati, angustissime rimosi, cilia 0;
spori 0'030-0"045 mm., f usci, papillosi , operenlum minutum,
aurantiacum, conicum, obtusum.
New Zealand : Broken River.
Species PI. Zierii (Dicks.) Lindb., valde affinis, sed foliorum
forma dignoscenda.
211. Bryum {Pseudotriquetra) subventricosum Broth., n sp.
Dioicum : robustiusculum, csespitosum, csespitibus densis,
rigidis, fusco-tomentosis, lutescenti-viridibus, opacis ; caulis
erectus, cum innovationibus usque ad 5 cm. longus, dense foli-
osus, innovationibus erectis, elongatis, sequaliter foliosis; folia
erecto-patentia, sicca adpressa, carinato-concava, caulina ovato-
BY V. F. BROTH ERUS. 587
vel oblongo-lanceolata, late acuta, mucronata, niarginibus usque
ad apicem late revolutis, integris, nervo crasso, fuscesceiite, in
mucronem l)revissiraum excedente, cellulis ovali-hexagonis,
basilaribus breviter rectangularibus, intiniis rubris, marginalibus
angustis, limbum pluriseriatum, luteum efformantibus, innova"
tionum eisdem caulinis siniiiia, sed minora, plerumque obtusi-
uscula; seta usque ad 3*5 cm alta, fusca; theca nutans vel fcub-
pendula, obovata, collo sporangio subsequante, sicca deoperculata
sub ore baud constricta, pa<-hydermis, fusco-lutescens; autinlus
01 5 mm. latus ; peristomium duplex, paulum infra orificium
oriunduin; exostomii denies lanceolato-subulati, c.O 66 mm. longi
et c OlUmm. lati, fusco-lutei, minutissime papillosi, apice hyalini
et distinctius papillosi, dense lamellati; etidt stominm flavescens,
sublteve, membrana basilaris ad medium dentium producta, pro-
cessus late fenestrati, cilia terna, bene evoluta, appendiculata;
spori immaturi; opercuhim convexum, acute apiculatum, nitidi-
usculum.
N.S.W.: distr. Tumbarumba (Forsytb, n.725).
212. Bryum [Pseudotriquetra) austtjo-affine Broth., n.sp.
Synoicum : robustiusculum, c^spitosum, csespitibus densis,
fusco-tomentosis, fuscescenti-viridibus, opacis; c«w/is erectus, cum
innovationibus usque ad 4 cm. longus, dense foliosus, innova-
tionibus erectis, usque ad 1cm. longis, dense et sequaliter foliosis;
fulia erecto-patentia, sicca adpressa, carinato-concava, caulina
oblongo-lanceolata, breviter acuminata, longe aristata, niargini-
bus recurvis, integris, nervo basi crassiusculo, rubro, dein sensim
tenuiore, in aristam longam, plerumque reflexulam, rufescentem,
integram vel minutissime serrulatam excedente, cellulis oblongo-
hexagonis, basilaribus majoribus, infimis rubris, marginalibus
elongatis, angustis, limbum lutescentem, pluriseriatum effor-
mantibus, innovationum eisdem caulinis similia, sed minora,
marginibus angustius recurvis, nervo brevius excedente; seta
usque ad 4 cm., flexuosula, fusco-rubra: theca nutans, e collo
sporangio breviore oblongo-ovalis, cum collo usque ad 4 mm.
longa et 1-5 mm. crassa, sicca deoperculata sub ore plus minusve
contracta, pachydermis, fusca; annuUis U'OlSmm. latus; peri-
588 AUSTRALIAN, TASMANIAN, AND NEW ZKALAND MOSSKS,
stomium duplex, pauluni infra orificium oriundum; exosfomii
denies lineari-lanceolati, subulato-acuminati, c. 0*5 mm. longi et
c. 0'085 mm. lati, sordide lutei, minutissime papillosi. apice
hyalini, distinctius papillosi, dense lamellati ; eudostomium
sordide luteum, minute papillosum, membrana basilaris ad
medium dentiuin producta, processus late fenestrati, cilia tenia,
bene evoluta, longe appendiculata; spori O'015-O 017 mm., lute-
scenti-virides, Iseves; operculum convexum, acute apiculatum,
nitidiusculum.
N.S.W. : Yarrangobilly Caves (Forsytb, n. 1012, 1014);
Kiandi-a(Forsytb, n.lOlO, 1011).
213. I^FJYUM {Ccespitibryum) laxirete Brotb., n.sp.
Dioicuin : i-obustiu.sculum, csespitosum, cajspitibus densis,
pallida vel lutescenti-viridibus, nitidiusculis; coulis erectus, cum
innovationibus vix ultra 1 cm. longus, fusco-tomentosus, dense
foliosus, innovationibus brevibus vel longioribus, erectis, superne
dense foliosis; folia erecto-patentia, carinato-concava, sicca im-
bricata, caulina late oblongo lanceolata, longe aristata, margini-
bus revolutis, integris, limbata, nervo crassiusculo, superne multo
tenuiore, in aristam elongatam, tenuem, lajvem excedente,
cellulis lax is, teneris, ovali- vel oblongo-bexagonis, mai-ginalibus
angustis, limbum pluriseriatum, lutescentem efformantibus, basi-
laribus majoribus, infimis rubris, innovationura eisdeni caulinis
similia ; seta 2-3'5 ram. alta, strictiuscula, fuscescenti-rubra;
theca pendula, e collo sporangio breviore oblonga, cum collo c.
4 mm. longa et c. TS mm. crassa, sicca deoperculata sub ore
paruin constricta, pachydermis, pallide fusca; anmdus 0-10 mm.
latus; peristoviiiim duplex, infra orificium oriundum; exostomii
denies lineari-lanceolati, subulato-acuminati, c. O'oomm. longi et
c. 0"12mm. lati, lutei, minute papillosi, apice bj'alini, distinctius
papillosi, anguste limbati, densissime lamellati, fundo rubro;
endostomuiin sordide flavescens, papillosum, membrana basilaris
ad medium dentium producta, processus dentibus breviores,
lanceolati, late fenestrati, cilia terna, bene evoluta, longe appen-
diculata; spori O'OlOmm., lutei, Iseves; operculum hemispheericum;
acute apiculatum, nitidiusculum.
BY V. F, BROTHERUS. 589
N.S.W.: Emu Plains (Forsytli, n.l019). Warrumbungle
Ranges (Forsytli, ii.l022); Jenolan Caves ( Blakely, n. 970); Hill
Top(Maiden, n.406); gullies near Barber's Creek (Forsyth, n.409).
Species Br. ccespiticiu L., affinis, sed foliis laxius areolatis jam
dignoscenda.
214. Bryum {Argyrobrynm) calodictyon Broth., n.sp.
Dloicum: tenellum, csespitosum, csespitibus parvis, densis,
lutescentibus, nitidis; caulis erectus, vix ultra 5 mm. longus,
inferne dense fusco -radiculosus, dense et julaceo foliosus, inno-
vationibus brevissirais, erectis; folia imbricata, concava, ovata,
breviter acuminata, acuta, marginibus erectis, integris, nerve sat
tenui, infra summum apicem folii evanido, cellulis anguste line-
aribus, basilaribus laxioribus, alaribus numerosis, rectangulari-
bus vel subquadratis. Csetera ignota.
N.S.W. : Green Gully, near Young (Watts, n.7206), and damp
bank, back of Cemetery, Young (n. 7244).
Species ex affinitate Br. chrysel Mitt., sed foliis breviter
acuminatis, nervo ante apicem folii evanido, cellulis augustiori-
bus longe diversa.
215. Bkyum (Erythrocarpa) luteolimbatom Broth., n.sp.
Dioicum : tenellum, cpespitosum, csespitibus densis, lutescenti-
viridibus, nitidis; caulis vix ultra 5 mm. longus, basi fusco-
radiculosus, dense foliosus, innovationibus paucis, erectis, brevi-
bus; folia sicca imbricata, humida erecto-patentia, carinato-con-
cava, marginibus erectis vel recurvis, apice minutissime serru-
latis, limbata, nervo tenuiusculo, subcontinuo, cellulis oblongo-
liexagonis, teneris, basin versus sensim longioribus, basilaribus
rectangularibus, marginalibus elongatis, angustis, limbum luteum,
triseriatum efformantibus; sela vix ultra 15 mm. alta, tenuis,
rubra; theca nutans, cum collo sporangio subpequante clavato-
pyriformis, c. 2 mm. longa, leptodermis, fuscidula ; annulus
latus, revolubilis; pet'istojniuni duplex, infra orificum oriundum:
exostomii c^en^eslineari-lanceolati, subulato-acuminati, lutei, apice
hyalini, papillosi, limbati, dense lamellati; endoslomium sordide
tlavidulum, papillosum, membrana basilaris ad medium dentium
590 AUSTRALIAN, TASMANIAN, AND NEW ZEALAND MOSSES,
producta, processus anguste lanceolati, anguste perforati, cilia ?;
spori 0-015-0018mm., fusciduli, Iseves; operculum alte convexum,
muticum.
New Zealand : Auckland (Petrie, in Herb. Naylor Beckett).
Species Br. chrysotiearoni C Miill., habitu similis, sed folii
structura jam longe diversa.
216. Bryum (Apalodictyon) filarium Broth., n.sp.
Dioicum : gracillimum, c?espitosuin, ca^spitibus compactis,
superne Isete viridibus, setate fuscescentibus, inferne fusco-rubris;
cauJis fragilis, erect us, usque ad 2-5cm. longus, fusco-tomentosus,
dense foHosus, simplex vel innovando ramosus; foha erecto-
patentia, sicca arete adpressa, carinato-concava, oblongo-lancto-
lata, breviter acuminata, acuta, usque ad 1 mm. longa et 0'38mm.
lata, marginibus erectis vel angustissime recurvis, integerrimis,
nervo crasso, rufescente, continuo vel brevissime excedente,
cellulis ovali- vel oblongo-hexagonis, teneribus, alaribus abbrevi-
atis, maiginalibus angustioribus, limbnm indistinctum, unieeri-
atum efformantibus. Cfetera ignota.
N.S. W.: Richmond River, Skinner's Head, sea-cliff (Watts,
n.4127).
Species Br. pachypotnatulo Broth , atfinis, sed caule dense
folioso, foliis brevioribus, nervo crassu digiioscenda.
217. Bryum {Alpiniformia) subcurvicollum Broth., n.sp.
Dioicum: robustiusculum, csespitosum, cpespitibus compactis,
riaidis, fuscescenti-viridibus, vix nitidiusculis; caulis erectus
cum innovationibus usque ad 2 cm. longus, fusco-tomentosus,
dense foliosus, innovationibus erectis, vix ultra 5 mm. longis,
strictis; folia erecto-patentia, sicca imbricata, carinato concava,
cauliiia anguste oblongo-lanceolata, breviter acuminata, aristata,
marginibus anguste revolutis, integris, limbata, nervo crassius-
culo, fuscescente, in aristam brevem, rigidam, Isevem producto,
cellulis rhomboideohexagonis, marginalibus elongatis, angustis,
limbum angustissimum, lutescentem efformantibus, basilaribus
laxioribus, oblongo-hexagonis, innovationum eisdem caulinis
similia, Integra vel apice indistincte serrulata; seta usque ad
fiY V. F. BROTHERUS. 591
Scni.alta, tenuis, sicca flexuosula, inferne rubra, supenie lute-
scentirubra; theca nutans, paulum asynimetrica, coUo sporangio
oblongo-ovali subtequante, cum colloc. 4-5mm. longa et c. 1 -20301.
crassa, pallide fusca, pachydermis, sicca deoperculata sub ore
baud constricta; annulus c. 0-12 mm. latus; peristomium infra
orificium oriundum; exostomii denies lineari-lanceolati, subulato-
acuminati, c. 0-55 mm. longi et c. O'lO mm. lati, lutei, apice
hyalini, inferne minutissime, apice distinctius papillosi, estriolati,
dense lamellati; endoslomium sordide tiavidum, minute papillo-
sum; membrana basilaris ad medium dentium producta; pro-
cessus dentium longitudinis, late lanceolati, carinati, fenestrati;
cilia terna, bene evoluta, nodulosa, parce appendiculata; spori
001o-0'OI8 mm., lutei, l?eves; G])erculnin convexum, acute apicu-
latum.
N.S.W. : Apsley Falls (Forsytb, n.749).
Species Br. curvicoUo Mitt., affinis, sed statura multo robusti-
ore foliisque nervo tenuiore jam dignoscenda.
218. BryUiM (Alpini/ormia) Cheelii Broth , n.sp.
Dioicum : robustiusculum, csespitosum, csespitibus densis, in.
feme pallidis, dein viridibus, apice purpureis, nitidiusculis ;
caulis paulum ultra Icm.longus, inferne fusco-radiculosus, dense
et sequaliter foliosus, simplex; Julia sicca imbricata, humida
erecto-patentia, carinato-concava, oblongo-lanceolata, acuta,
mucronata, marginibus recurvis, apice minutissime serrulatis,
nervo crasso, superne sensim angustiore, brevissime excedente,
cellulis laxe hexagono-rhombeis, marginibus multo angustioribus,
basilaribus breviter rectangularibus; seta c. 2 cm. alta, fusees,
centi-rubra; theca pendula cum collo sporangio aequante pyri-
formis, c. 4 mm. longa, pachydermis, fusca; annulus latus, revo-
lubilis; pei-istomiuni duplex, ad orificium oriundum; exostomii
denies linear! lanceolati, subulato-acuminati, lutei, apice hyalini,
papillosi, anguste limbati, dense lamellati; endosttmnim flaves-
cens, papillosum, membrana basilaris ultra medium dentium pro-
ducta, processus lanceolati, fenestrati, cilia terna, bene evoluta,
longe appendiculata; siJori 0-012 mm., lutescenti-virides, sub-
laeves; operculum alte convexum, mammillatum, nitidum.
N.S.W. : Shellharbour (Cheel, n.407).
592 AUSTRALIAN, TASMANIAN, ANt) NEW ZEALANt* MOSSES,
Species Br. alpino Huds., habitu simillima, sed foliis nervo
ciassiore, cellulis laxioribus jam dignoscenda.
219. Bkyum {Alpiniformia) KiAM^E Broth., n.sp.
Dioicum : gracilescens, cjespitosum, csespitibus densiusculis,
viridibus, opacis; caulis vix ultra 3 mm. longus, basi radiculosus,
dense foliosus, innovationibus paucis, brevibus vel simplex; yb^ia
subsequalia, sicca imbricata, humida erecto-patentia, carinato-
concava, oblonga, acutiuscula, marginibus erectis, superne min-
utissime serrulatis, nervo crassiusculo, continuo vel subcontinuo,
cellulis laxe rhomboideo-hexagonis, marginem versus angustiori-
bus, loasilaribus rectangularibus: seta vix ultra 1 cm. alta, tenuis,
rubra; theca pendula, cum collo sporangio sequante pyriformis, c.
3 mm. longa, pachydermis, fusca ; annulus latus, revolubilis ;
jyp.ristoinium duplex, paulum infra orificium oriundnm; exostornii
denies lineari-lanceolati, subulato-acuminati, lutei, apice hyalini,
papillosi, dense lamellati; endostomiuni sordide luteum, papillo-
sum membrana basilaris vix ultra medium dentium producta,
processus lanceolati, anguste perforati, cilia 1 ; spori 0018-0'020
mm., virides, sublteves; operculum alte convex urn, muticum.
N.S.W. : Kiama (Forsyth, n. 381).
Species Br. Sullivani C. Miill., valde affinis, sed thecjB forma
dignoscenda.
220. Bryum {Rostdata) Forsythii Hroth., n.sp.
Dioicum : robustiusculum, caespitosum, cfespitibus densis,
sordide viridibus, opacis; caulis usque ad 2 cm. longus, fusco-
radiculosus, dense et comoso foliosus; yb^ia comatia sicca erecta
humida patentia, carinato-concava, e basi breviter spathulata,
breviter oblonga vel ovalia, obtusiuscula, brevissime aristata, c.
3 mm. longa et usque ad 1"3 mm. lata, marginibus fere ad apicem
revolutis, superne minute et ajqualiter serratis, limbata, nervo
crassiusculo, brevissime excedente, cellulis ovali- vel rhombeo-
hexagonis, marginalibus angustioribus et longioribus, limbum
pauciseriatum, infra apicem folii desinentem efformantibus; seta
c. 2 cm. alta, rubra; theca nutans, minuta, cum collo sporangio
longiore obconica, fuscidula; oj)erculnm alte convexum, mam-
millatum.
6Y V. F. BKOTHERUS. 593
N.sSv. : Kiania (Forsyth, n.384).
Species Br. leptothccio Tayl., affinis, sed folii forma, limbo
angusto, infra apicem folii evanido dignoscenda.
221. Papillakia { Enpapillaria) nitidiuscula Broth , n.sp.
Dioica : mollis, gracilescens, Ipete viridis, nitidiuscula; caulis
elongatus, per totam longitudinem cortici arborum affixus, laxi-
uscule foliosus, dense et regulariter ramosus, ramis baud com-
planatis, plerumque brevibuSj dense foliosis, curvatulis, simplici-
bus, attenuati.s, rarius elongatis, pendulis, multo tenuioribus,
pinnatim ramulosis: fulia ccmlhia patentia, ebasi breviter decur-
rente late cordata, lanceolato-subulata, piliformiter attenuata,
alis iutlexis, marginibus erectis, minutissime crenulatis, nervo
tenui, ad medium folii evanido, cellulis elongatis, anguste lineari-
rhomboideis, minutissime papillosis, basilaribus laxioribus, alari-
bus subquadratis, byalinis, Isevibus; fo/ia ramea angustiora,
lanceolato-acuminata. Cjetera ignota.
N.S.W. : Richmond River, Alstonville Road (Watts, n.4032,
4043, 4062), E. Ballina (Watts, n.207, 3401, 4003, 4110, 4351),
Tintenbar (Watts, n.43G3), Pimlico (Watts, n.4882), Uralba
Road (Watts, n.3711, 3715), Pearce's Creek (Watts, n.441),
Brooklet (Watts, n.4793), Teven Creek (Watts, n.4093, 4396,
4418), North Creek (Watts, n.4755); Brunswick River, Myocum
(Watts, n.4337).
Species a congeneribus australiensibus foliis nitidiusculis,
mollibus jam dignoscenda.
222. Anacamptodon Wattsii Broth., n.sp.
Autoicus : gracilis, ctespitosus, cpespitibus densiuscuiis, la?te
viridibus; caulis elongatus, repens, laxiuscule foliosus, dense
ramosus, ramis brevibus, adscendentibus, simplicibus; folia
patula, concava, e basi ovata vel ovali sensira longe lanceolato-
subulata, marginibus erectis, integris, nervo crassiusculo, con-
tinuo, cellulis rhomboideo hexagonis, basin versus laxioribus,
alaril>us numerosis quadratis; bractese perichsetii intern}* erecta?,
sensim lanceolato-acuminatae, intcgrpe; sela c. 1 cm. alta, stricti-
uscula, lutea, inferne rubra, aitate omnino rubra, Isevissima ;
594 AUSTRALIAN, TASMANIAN, AND NEW ZEALAND MOSSES,
theca erecta, ovalis, crassicollis, pachydermis, pallida, setate
rubra: peristoniivm duplex, infra orificium oriunduni; exosfomii
dentes incurvi, siccitate reflexi, late lanceolati, c. 037 mm. longi
et c. 0085 mm. lati, fusciduli, papillosi; ]>rocessns filiformes,
medium dentium attingentes, fusci, IseA'es; sjoo?-t 0-008-0-OlOmm.,
ochracei, Iseves; operculum e basi conica breviter et oblique
rostratum.
N.S.W.: Richmond River, Cooper's Creek (or Wilson's Creek),
on burnt wood (Watts, n.5189).
Species foliis longe subulatis, nervo continuo dignoscenda.
223. Amblystegium austro-hygrophilum Broth., n.sp.
Autoicum: gracile, cjespitosum, csespitibus densiusculis, pallide
viridibus; caulin elongatus, repens, hie illic fusco-radiculosus,
laxe foliosus, irregulariter et remote subpinnatim ramosus, ramis
patulis, usque ad To cm. longis, laxe foliosis, simplicibus; /o^ia
squarroso-patula, concaviuscula, e basi longe decurrente, ovata
sensim longe lanceolato-subulata, marginibus erectis, subula
excepta minutissime denticulatis, nervo tenui, in subula evanido,
cellulis elongate hexagunis, basin versus brevioribus, alaribus
numerosis, laxis, oblongis; bracte, and is closely allied
to C. leai SI. It differs from C. mucronahim Macl., (also from
the other two species of the group) by eyts more prominent;
prothorax with basal sinuosities stronger, basal lobe more de-
veloped; elytra with apical mucrones developed into elongate
horns. It also differs decidedly from C. mucronatuni by the
depressed and slightly concave, discal area of the elytra, which
is sharply defined by the fifth interstice becoming subcarinate.
It differs from C. leai [from comparison with a specimen {^) in
my possession from Onslow, W.A ] by prothorax with border
wider, particularly near anterior angle, a flat depression near
each anterior angle; elytra with flattened discal area quite black,
apex with two long single sharp horn-like mucrones (not with
short mucrones, above each of which is a strong obtuse tubercle).
From the description of C longipenne SI., it differs by its wider
and less elongate form; prothorax more transverse, with border
wider, posterior angles evidently less rounded off; elytra more
fey T. G. SLOAiJE. 625
depressed, the depressed area more sharply defined, apical
mucrones more strongly developed.
Carenidium pektenue, n.sp.
Very long, parallel, cylindrical, disc of elytra depressed. Elytra
impunctate, indexed margins very narrow. Head and under-
surface black; prothorax black, with bluish-green margins; elytra
violaceous, with viridescent reflections along sides.
Head large, as long as broad (4"2 x 4*2 mm.), convex, lightly
narrowed behind eyes; frontal sulci long, narrow, deep, diverging
lightly backwards; mandibles stout, right with upper margin
arcuate; labrum emarginate; intermediate angles of clypeus
short, prominent, triangular; preocular sulcus wide, shallow;
eyes deeply set in orbits, depressed; jostocular part of orbits as
long as eye, not prominent, gently raised from neck; two supra-
orbital punctures on each side. Prothorax not wider than head,
longer than broad (4-6 x 4-15 mm.), not declivous to base; a wide
lightly depressed marginal channel across base; sides parallel,
widely rounded at posterior angles, shortly sinuate before base,
apex truncate; border very narro.w, slightly advanced at anterior
angles, thick on base; median line finely marked. Elytra more
than twice as long as broad (11 x 4'3 mm.), parallel on sides,
declivous to peduncle; apex obtusely pointed; border very nar-
row, not dentate at shoulders; a few punctures on each side of
base. Anterior tibiae 2-dentate. Length, 21; breadth, 4-3mm.
Hab.—W.A. : Cue (Brown). Type in Coll. Sloane.
This is proportionally the most slender Carenum known, being
narrower in proportion to its length than any of the species of
Teratidium. It is allitd to C. frenchi SI., from which it differs,
apart from colour, by head longer, with eyes and orbits less pro-
minent; prothorax longer, more parallel; elytra longer, more
depressed on disc.
Carenidium frenchi, n.sp.
(J.Long, narrovv, cylindrical. Htad very large, mandibles
very stout, right mandible with upper edge strongly raised into
an obtuse prominence near base, labrum and clypeus (in middle)
626 NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OP CARABIDiE,
liglitly eraarginate, narrowed to base; elytra elongate-oval, disc
impunctate,* liumei'al angles not dentate, inflexed margins nar-
row behind first ventral segment ; anterior tibiae 2-dentate.
Head black, becoming green above, behind and below eyes and
in posterior part of frontal sulci; prothorax black, pronotuni
widely margined with green, the green margins confluent behind,
but the basal margin of the lobe black; elytra (including inflexed
margins) green, blackish in middle of disc; body, abdomen, legs,
and antennae black.
Head as wide as prothorax (4"3o mm. across eyes), convex,
roundly declivous to anterior margin and above eyes, gentlv
narrowed behind eyes; frontal sulci long, narrow, deep, diverg-
ing lightly backwards; out-turned anterior part of their course
obsolete; clypeus strongly declivous in iniddle, median part
lightly emarginate, intermediate angles stiongly developed, pio-
minent, triangular; preocular sulcus wide, shallow: eyes deeply
set in orbits, not prominent; postocular part of orbits large,
rising roundly and obliquely from head; thr^e supraorbital seta?
on each side. Prothorax hardly broader than long (4'25 x 4-35
mm.), not declivous to base in middle; sides parallel, widely
rounded at posterior angles, feebly sinuate on each side of base;
anterior margin truncate; border narrow, prominent, but hardly
advanced on anterior angles, thick on base, median line finely
marked; a lightly marked wide depression on each side of base.
Elytra narrow (9 '6 x 4-35 mm.), subparallel on sides, strongly
declivous to peduncle, shortly and strongly declivous at apex,
depi'essed on disc along suture; apical curve short; border nar-
row, a little raised in a wide curve (but without any dentiform
prominence) at shoulders; fouv or five punctures in a slight wide
depression near each humeral angle; a marginal row of punctures
on each elytron. A'entral segments 3-5 with two ambulatorial
setie; apical segment with four setigerous punctures, and with a
* This refers to the discal, setigerous punctures so frequently found on
the elytra among the Carenides (e.g., Carenidium rirerinre Mad.). The
specimen before me shows rows of distinct punctures on the elytra, and
their surface is covered witii minute punctures; Imt the presence of all
these punctures I consider a post mortem eti'ect caused 1)3' long immersion
in alcohol.
BY T. G. SLOANE. 627
punctiform fovea on upturned edge of segment, just above each
posterior setigerous puncture. Anterior femora without a sub-
apical seta on posterior face; posterior coxa with a setigerous
puncture; posterior trochanters inipunctate. Length, 19-5;
breadth, 435 nmi.
Hab. — Northern Territory: Katherine River. Coll. French
(unique). The type is now in the National Museum, Melbourne.
Mr. F. P. Dodd afterwards sent me a specimen (9) from Port
Darwin.
In facies, this remarkable species resembles a species of Tera-
tidium, but is at once distinguished from that genus by having
the anterior tibise bidentate. It is allied to C. aberrans SI.,
from which it differs by ^ with head larger, less strongly nar-
rowed l^ehind eyes, posterior parts of orbits and eyes less pro-
minent, paragense much more developed, right mandible with
upper side near base I'aised into a strong wide prominence, labrum
and median part of clypeus emarginate; prothorax shorter, border
narrower, less advanced at anterior angles, lateral marginal
channel not forming a sulciform gutter and without any marginal
setfe; elytra more widely rounded at apex, etc.
TeuATIDIUM ROBUSTUiM, n.Sp.
Elongate, convex, laivigate. Head as wide as prothorax, eyes
protuberant, frontal sulci long, deep; prothorax as broad as long,
widest before middle, rounded on sides; elytra elongate-oval,
impunctate; anterior tibise unidentate at apex. Black, nitid.
Head large (5 ram. across e3"es), convex, roundly declivous to
anterior margin, strongly declivous to eyes; clypeus trisinuate
behind labrum, intermediate angles short, obtus-e; three setiger-
ous supraorbital punctures on each side placed very close together
near posterior margin of eye; eyes deeply set in orbits, convex,
prominent ; orbits narrow behind eyes, rising sharply but
roundly from neck; submentum plurisetose on each side. Pro-
thorax of same width as head with eyes (5 x 5 mm.), strongly
angustate to base; disc subdepressed; sides lightly rounded;
posterior angles not marked; basal curve strongly sinuate on
each side; base forming a wide rounded lobe; anterior margin
628 NEW AUSTKAr.IA>f SPECIES OF CARABIDiE,
truncate; anterior angles distant from neck, marked, obtuse;
border narrow (narrowed at basal sinuosities), thickened at
anterior angles; marginal channel narrow, 5-punctate; median
line fine; basal area defined by a light transverse impression; a
shallow wide impression on each side near basal sinuosities.
Elytra a little wider than prothorax (11x5-3 mm.), convex,
widest about middle, strongly declivous to sides and apex ;
suture deeply impressed; base lightly emarginate, abruptly de-
clivous, pluripunctate (9 punctures) on ench side in an irregular
depression; border thick, rounded at humeral angles (not folded
back or dentate). Ventral segments impunctate, except at apex.
Anterior femora wide at union with coxse; intermediate coxae,
posterior coxse, and ti'ochanters without setigerous punctures.
Length, 21; breadth, 53 ram.
Hab. — Queensland ; Kuranda (Dodd). Type in Coll. Sloane
(unique).
This is the species referred to as 7'. graiidiceps Chaud., in the
table of species I have given in these Proceedings, 1905, p. 131;
but having recently obtained a species ticketed "Queensland,"
which agrees closely with Chaudoir's description of his Mono-
centrum (jrandiceps, I can see that my former identification was
erroneous, and that the Kuranda species is undescribed.
Note.—T. (jrandiceps Chaud., as now identified b}' me, differs
from T. robuslum by its narrow, parallel form; less ampliate
head, eyes mucli less prominent, the spaces on each side between
the frontal sulci and eyes wider posteriorly and more abruptly
declivous to eyes; prothorax narrower, longer, more cylindrical,
parallel on sides, lateral border narrower, anterior angles less
wide and prominent, two marginal setigerous punctures on each
side; elytra narrower, not wider than prothorax, more parallel.
Length, 205; head, 4-5 across eyes; prothorax, 5-3 x 45; elytra,
10 X 4'4 mm.
Teratidium procekum, n.sp.
Narrow, elongate, subcylindrical. Head as in T. laticeps SI.,
but clypeus decidedly trisinuate, intermediate angles more pro-
minent, orbits less prominent, less strongly raised from head;
BY T. G. SLOANE. 629
prothorax subdepressed on disc, liglitl\' angustate to the wide
base; elytra long, depressed on disc, impunctate; anterior tibia?
unidentate. Head, antennse, legs, and undersurface black;
prothorax black, with a purplish tinge towards sides, viridescent
in marginal channel; elytra viridescent, with violaceous reflec
tions.
Head large, convex (5 mm. across eyes), Isevigate; anterior
angles rounded, almost as prominent as eyes ; frontal sulci
obsolescent, only indicated and linear on each side of clypeus;
clypeus quadridentate, outer teeth (at each side of labrum) pro-
minent, sharply triangular, inner teeth similar, but less developed;
orbits rather small, rising in a gentle curve from head and
enclosing eyes at base; eyes deeply set in orbits, subprominent,
not more prominent than orbits; two supraorbital punctures
close together on each side. Prothorax as wide as head, longer
than broad (6x5 mm.); disc a little depressed, not declivous to
base in middle; apex truncate; anterior angles not prominent;
sides parallel, gently narrowed to base; posterior angles obsolete;
basal angles obtuse; border narrow, thicker at basal angles,
lightly sinuate opposite transverse basal impression, this impres-
sion well marked; marginal channel narrow, bearing two setiger-
ous punctures as usual in the Carenides (posterior at place of
posterior angle); median line lightly impressed; basal area well
defined by a transverse impression. Elytra elongate (1 2-5 x 5-2
mm.), widest about middle, strongly declivous on sides and apex;
disc a little depressed along suture; base rather strongly emar-
ginate; a raised, rounded, oblique, basal ridge extending inwards
from humeral angle for three-fourth the width of each elytron;
a deep punctate furrow behind this basal ridge; apical curve
of elytra wide, apex itself projecting beyond lateral border
in a short triangular obtuse prominence; lateral border narrow
towards base, very thick on apical third, strongly and widely
upturned at shoulder. Ventral segments, posterior coxse, and
posterior trochanters impunctate. Anterior femora narrow, ante-
rior tibiae wide, unidentate at apex. Length, 23; breadth, 5-2mm.
jy^ji. —Western Australia : Anketell (Brown). Type in Coll.
Sloane,
630 NEW AUSTHALIAN SPECIES OF CARABIDiE.
One of the most remarkable species found by Mr. H. W. Brown
at Anketell, about 80 miles S.W. from Cue, and one of the
richest localities known for Carenides. In the genus l^eratidium,
it is thoroughly distinct; taking the table of the genus which I
have given in these Proceedings (1905, p. 131), its position would
be beside 7'. laticeps SI., (found by Mr. Brown at Cue) from
which it differs decidedl}' (apart from colour) by size larger;
clypeus quadridentate, orbits smaller in comparison with eyes
and projecting much less sharply from head; prothorax more
elongate, wider at base, far less strongly angustate to base; elytra
with border more strongly upturned at humeral angles, basal
ridges much more developed, basal furrows deeper, longer, etc.
631
ORDINARY MONTHLY MEETING.
October 25th, 1910.
Mr. A. G. Hamilton, President, in tlie Chair.
The President announced that the Council was prepared to
receive applications for four Linnean Macleay Fellowships,
tenable for one year from April 1st, U)17, from qualified Candi-
dates. Applications should be lodged with the Secretary, who.
would afford all necessary information to intending Candidates,
not later than 30th November, 1916.
The President expressed the regret of Membei's on hearing of
the accident to Major David while serving with the troops in
France.
A letter from Mr. G. H. Aurousseau, of Cremorne, was read,
by request furnishing information about Lieutenant Marcel
Aurousseau, a Member of the Society, who had been wounded in
France, and who had been awarded the Military Cross.
The President offered the cordial congratulations of Members
to Mr. C. Hedley, F.L.S., on the award of the Syme Prize for
1916, by the University of Melbourne.
The President, with regret, formally announced the decease of
Mr. Edgar A. Smith, I.S.O., the Society's senior Corresponding
Member, on July 22nd, 1916.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous
Monthly Meeting (27th September, 1916), amounting to 2 Vols.,
69 Parts or Nos., 5 Bulletins, one Report, and 7 Pamphlets,
received from 42 Societies, etc., and two private donors, wex^e
laid upon the table,
632 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. A. H. S. Lucas showed evidence of Japanese botanical
activity in the Caroline Islands.
Mr. Turner said that he had recently seen three abnormal
heads of flowers of the Waratah {TeJoj)ea speciosisshna R.Br.) on
a plant growing in a garden at Chatswood, in which the involu-
cral bracts and flowers were normal, but there was present an
intermediate whorl of green leaf -like structures. He remarked
also that he had collected T. oreades F.v.M., at Fitzroy Falls,
and asked if this species was known from any locality still further
to the north.
Mr. A. S. Le Souef exhibited a broken tusk of a male elephant,
fourteen years old, now in the Taronga Park Zoological Gardens.
The tusks of this animal were abnormally long for their girth.
The exhibit weighed 14 lbs.
'f5'
Mr. Tillyard showed specimens representing five new species
of Perlid(f, reared from larvte recently collected by him at
Orange, N.S.W., and two from Stanwell Park. Also the larva
of a Buffalo-gnat {Simulium, n.sp.) from the former locality.
Mr. Cheel exhibited specimens of three species of " Evening
Primrose". (1) Oenothera odorafaJa,e(\., a native of Chile, figured
in Bot. Mag. tab. 2403, is very common throughout the State,
but has evidently been mistaken for GJ. biennis L., hence the
record in Moore and Betche's Handbook of the Flora of N. S.
Wales, p.523. Specimens of (E. odorata have been collected by
the exhibitor from Hill Top, Southern Line, and from Woy Woy,
Northern Line. In the National Herbarium, there are also
specimens from the Hawkesbury Agricultural College, Richmond;
Emu Plains, Bega, Blackheath, Jenolan Caves, Orange, Wagga,
Wallenbeen, Cootamundra, Bathurst, and Barber's Creek. Also
from Claremont, W.A.; and Murray Bridge, S.A. It is inter-
esting to note that it is listed in Mr. J. M. Black's Naturalised
Flora of S.A. (1909), 63, but has not previously been recorded
[Printed off' 5th December, 1916.]
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916.
a.
\:
1^'
li.
P.L.S.N.S.W. IBIS.
hlcmna tAHaiiti.iiihora) cirtitriaiKi, ii.sii.
(•.L.S.N.S.W 1019
BifiniM (Alluatoiihomj victoriaiia, ilsji.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1918.
.Si|/imM um/Zh ; Sii/iiiU.i ill, ii.sj. ; /i'/ii(j//iim i/u, ii.,^-.
P.L.S.H.S.W. 191Q
1. SKjnia.i iinl in tmst t-aUaim Deinl^v
P.L.S.N.S.W. 19ie.
6i'jiiuuiui'll(i LimiiKtl is, 11. sp.
P.L.S.N.S.W. lOlQ.
PL. XXXVl.
], SiijmaxiiifUa rn/ti'/ta/i.s, ii.si*.
.S((/MM iff jlnf.rlhthi (< "arter).
P.L.S.N.S.W. 19ir..
D,-) The "Frankfurt Rose"
{R. turhinata Ait.), from Cook's River (A. A. Hamilton; Decem-
ber, 1912), and Armidale (J. H. Maiden: May, 1916), two addi-
tional localities to that recorded for this species in these Pro-
ceedings for 1912, p. 137. —(f) Emilia sonchi/olia DC, [Com-
posite] a native of Asia and Tropical Africa now naturalised in
the neighbourhood of Tweed Heads.
Mr. E. I. Bickford, F.L.S., communicated a Note on the
economic resources of West Australia.
49
634
A REVISION OF THE GENERA WITH MICR0SCLERE8
INCLUDED, OR PROVISIONALLY INCLUDED, IN
THE FAMILY AXINELLID.E ; WITH DESCRIP-
TIONS OF SOME AUSTRALIAN SPECIES. Part iii.
[porifera.]
By E. F. Hallmann, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of
THE Society in Zoology.
(Plates xxix., figs.3, 5, 6; xxxiii., fig.6; xxxviii., figs.5-9; xxxix.,
figs.1-5; xL, figs.1-4, xli.-xliv.: and Text-figs. 17-20.)
Genus Thrinacophora Ridley.
Definition. — Axinellidjv typically of ramose habit, perhaps also
sometimes encrusting or massive, with even or conulose surface,
and a skeleton consisting (in the ramose forms) of a dense central
axis from which paucispicular fibres (in some species reduced
to single spicules) radiate to the surface. Megascleres of at least
three kinds: (i.) comparatively short oxea, typically occurring
chieriy or only in the central axis; (ii.)long, setaceous styli,
composing the radial fibres; and (iii.) monactinal, sometimes
apically pronged, dermal megascleres forming surface-tufts or
lying in the dermal membrane tangentially, but not necessarily
confined to the ectosomal layer exclusively. In addition, oxeote
or strongylote modifications of one or both kinds of the mon-
actinal megascleres are commonly present. Microscleres : tricho-
dragmata, accompanied or not by singly scattered trichites.
Type-species, T. funi/ormis Ridley ct Dendy.
Originally founded by Ridley(32) to designate the peculiar
T. funi/ormis, and conceived as being essentially characterised by
the possession of dermal megascleres in the form of " clado-
strongyla," the genus Thrinacopho7-a was next modified by Ridley
BY E. F. HALLMAXN. 635
and Dendy(33) to receive also the species named by them T.
cervicornis, and was defined by them tlius: "Sponge ramose, with
a dense central axis of spiculo-fibre; megasclera styH and (or)
oxea, and (in some species) cladostrong3'la. Microscleres present
in the form of trichodragmata." More recently Dendy(8) has
amplified the definition so as to embrace in the genus all Axi-
nellidie in which the microscleres are trichodragmata and the
skeleton is more or less plumose. A similar disposition to employ
the genus in a wider sense than that in which it had been under-
stood by Ridley and Dendy, had previously been shown by
Topsent(46), when he assigned to it provisionally, under the name
ThrinciCophoraiV) spissa, a species of massive habit and halichon-
droid skeletal structure, with oxea alone as megascleres. This
species was also admitted in the genus by Dendy; but as the
result of a second investigation of it Topsent(53) has found that
the microscleres include toxa (in addition to trichodragmata),
thereby definitely establishing the correct position of the species
to be in the genus Gellius as defined by Lundbeck(30). The
known species that propei4y admit of inclusion in Thrinacojihora
as defined by Dendy, are ten in number*, — comprising, in addi-
tion to those already assigned to the genus, Axindla padina
Topsent(47), Easpailia [Syringella) rhaphidophora Hentschel(15),
and the species originally described by Whitelegge as Spongo-
sorites variabilis. The great diversity of spiculation and skeletal
structure exhibited by these species renders it obvious that they
do not constitute a natural genus; and the only justification for
their association together in a single genus would be the impos-
sibility of separating them into simpler and apparently more
homogeneous groups susceptible of precise and adequate defini-
tion. It is easy, however, to subdivide them into at least four
such groups, distinguished by differences sufficiently great to be
regarded as generic. I px'oj^ose, therefore, to restrict the name
I'hrinacopJiora to the species with special dermal megascleres,
* Since this was written, I have discovered the existence of trichodrag-
mata in Whitelegge's Ciocalypta incnf(,
and their minimum length in any specimen is less than 200//.;
individuals below 300/x long, howev^er, are scarce. The trichites
are divisible into two groups, the shorter ones varying in length
from about 50 to 220/.1, the longer from about 320 to 450/<.
Genus Desmoxya, gen.nov.
Definition. — AxinellidteC?) of massive form, typically more or
less dome-shajDed, and provided with well-developed, papilliform
processes. 8keleton consisting of an irregular, halichondroid
reticulation traversed by ascending multispicular, non-plumose
fibres. Spongin almost or quite absent. Megascleres of a single
order, — oxea, strongyla and styli, differing only in the character
of their extremities. Microscleres terminally-spined, arcuate or
slightly sigmoidal microxea, and trichodragmata.
Type-species, D. lunata Carter.
The single species, for which this genus is proposed, has hitherto
been referred to Hiyginsia. The number and importance of the
chai'acters distinguishing it from the remaining species of the
latter genus, however, render obvious the necessity of its removal
therefrom. The structure of the skeleton is essentially the same
as in Bhaphoxya, only the main fibres are far fewer, the connect-
ing fibres are reduced to a sparse reticulation of spicules, and
spongin is almost completely wanting.
In the several specimens of B. lunata examined by me, the
microxea are, without exception, simply bow-shaped, i.e., curved
in one plane. In the Austx'alian Museum, however, there is a
50
650
mounted slide of the spicules of a Port Pliillip sponge in which
(while otherwise closely agreeing in spiculation with D. lunata)
the microxea for the most part are more or less curved in a dis-
tinctly sigmoidal manner.* There is evidence for supposing,
therefoi'e, that the microxea of Desmoxya are derivatives of
sigmata.
Desmoxya lunata Carter.
(PI. xxix., fig.5; PL xxxviii., fig.5; PL xliv., fig.4.)
1885. Hiyginsia lunata Carter(5), p. 358.
1897. Hiyginda hmafa Dendy(7), p.244.
Diagnosis. — Sponge massive, sessile, moi-e or less dome-shaped,
rising above into short digitiform processes, and provided also
with irregularly scattered small conuli. Dermal membrane
minutely reticulate; with many dermal pores in each mesh of
the reticulation. Skeleton feebly developed, consisting of irregu-
larly ascending, slender, multispicular main fibres, between which
thei'e extends a very sparse and irregular reticulation composed
chiefly of single spicules. Megascleres slightly curved, cylindrical
or nearly so; comprising oxea and styli in approximately equal
numbers, and relatively few strongyla; maximum size about 800
by 12 to 15/x. Microxea crescent-shaped, minutely spinulous
except in their central moiety, 30 to 45/x long and up to 3'5/x in
stoutness. Tricliites separable into two groups as I'egards size,
the shorter varying from 60 to 220/i. in length, the longer from
560 to 620//.; occurring in dragmata and scattered singly, the
larger ones also forming short fibres.
Xoc— Port Phillip.
External features. — The sponge (which is known now from
seven examples) appears always to be more or less dome-shaped
(PL xxix., fig.5), — usually not far from (roughly) hemispherical,
sometimes nearly as high as broad, occasionally, however, much
depressed, almost flattened, — and is provided with moderately
numerous mammiform, or short digitiform, processes; in addition,
* In this presumable second species of Desmoxya, the microxea (if they
may correctly so be termed) are very small, rarely attaining to more tlian
25u in length.
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 651
the surface, including tliat of the processes, is covered witli small,
usually blunt conuli. The largest specimen measures 95 mm. in
length, 80 nun. in breadth, and 70 mm. in height; and the pro-
cesses, which are generally slightly flattened and somewhat ap-
pressed to the surface, avei-age about 4 mm. in diameter at the
base, and vary in length up to about 10 mm. The dermal mem-
brane is strongly developed and fairly easily separable, and
usually presents to the naked eye a minutely reticulate pattern
due to the mode of arrangement of the dermal pores (PI. xxxviii.,
fig. 5). Internally, the sponge is traversed vertically by rather
numerous main efferent canals, measuring up to 3 mm. in diameter,
which open into small, usually inconspicuous oscula situated on
the upper parts of the surface. The oscula occur on and between
the digitiform processes indifferently. The consistency in alcohol
is soft and compressible, and lacking in toughness; the texture,
however, is compact. The colour in life is some shade of brown,
— usually a darkish or slaty-brown, sometimes with a greenish
tinge; in alcohol, it is brownish-grey on the surface and pale
grey within.
The dermal reticulation (PL xxxviii., fig. 5) is formed of more
ar less polygonal meshes of various size up to about 300 by 200/x,
usually longer than broad, but varying in actual shape, in different
parts of the surface, from subcircular to nearly oblong, and
separated by usually narrow boundaries from 35 to (rarel}')
150/A in width. Within each of the meshes, the dermal mem-
brane is perforated by numerous pores. In consequence, no
doubt, of their having become closed through conti'action, the
pores sometimes are apparently absent; and in one of the speci-
mens examined, presumably owing to excessive contraction, even
the dermal reticulation was indistinguishable. No megascleres
are present in the dermal membi'ane, and only veiy few scattered
trichites; but in the boundaries of the meshes of the reticulation,
spined microxea occur more numerously than elsewhere in the
sponge.
Skeleton. — When a piece of the sponge is treated with caustic
potash, it usually decomposes entirely, yielding nothing but a
652
REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, 111.,
flocculation (consisting mainly of separate spicules); occasionally,
however, b}^ the exercise of especial care, one succeeds in obtain-
ing, as pai't of the residue, small masses of coherent skeleton.
From examination of these, the skeleton, which is extremely
scanty, is seen to consist partly of slender, multispicular (main)
fibres running irregularly through the sponge, branching and
occasionally anastomosing as they go, and partly of a very sparse
and irregular reticulation of single spicules and short pauci-
spicular fibres extending between the main fibres and partly
serving to connect them (PI. xliv., fig. 4); the structure is much
less dense than would appear from the figure, inasmuch as in the
mounted preparation, from which the photograph was taken, the
skeleton has been compressed under the cover-glass to less than
half its original thickness. The main fibres are rarely as much
as 40// in stoutness, and are composed of fairl^T^ closely-packed
spicules, directed longitudinally, and barely held together by an
evanescently small amount of hyaline spongin, which becomes
discernible only when stained. Outside the main fibres, spongin
is generally wanting; but here and there, where several spicules
cross one another at a point, a faint investment of cementing
substance is sometimes detectable.
In ordinary sections of the sponge (i.e., with the fieshy tissues
intact) the precise pattern of the skeleton is usually not manifest:
for, in thick sections, it is generally more or less obscured in
consequence of an opacity due to great numbers of pigmented
granules scattered everywhere through the tissues ; while, in
thinner sections, owing to the sparseness and irregularity of the
skeleton, the main fibres are usually more than once cut across,
and thus appear not to be continuous, and the intermediate
skeleton appears to consist merely of a few scattered spicules.
Trichodragmata occur rather abundantly through all parts of the
interior, but are not very noticeable owing to the obscuring
effect of the pigment-granules and the extreme slenderness of
the individual trichites. Singly scattered trichites are scarce.
The spined microxea likewise occur in all parts of the .sponge,
but are nowhere abundant ; they are most numerous in the
dermal membrane.
BY E. F. KALLMANN.
653
Spicules. — (i.) The megascleres
are slightly curved cylindrical
oxea, styli, strongyla and inter-
mediate forms, differing from
one another only in the charac-
ter of their extremities, and the
same in all parts of the sponge;
the oxea and styli are present in
about equal numbers, while the
strongyla are notably fewer.
They are of approximately the
same dimensions in all the speci-
mens examined, ranging in length
from about 520/x to slightly
above SOO/x, rarely to 850/ji, and
varying in maximum stoutness
(in different specimens) from 12
to 15/x.
(ii.) The trichites are straight
or nearly so, almost immeasur
ably fine, and of all lengths be-
tween 560 and 620//, and be-
tween 60 and 220/;^; the shorter
ones are again nearly separable
into two groups, individuals be-
tween 100 and 150/x in length
being very scarce.
(iii.) The acanthoxea are arcu-
ately curved, crescentiform, often
very slightly inflated centrally,
30 to 45/x in length by 2 to 4/x
in stoutness, and densely covered
with minute spinules for a dis-
tance of from 10 to 15/x from
their extremities, the remaining
portion of theii- length being smooth
Text-fig.
The curv!
■* Desmoxya hiiiata. a, megascleres; b, extremities of the .same, more
highly magnified; c, spined microxea.
654 REVISIOK of TttE AX1NELLID.E, iii.,
metrical, and rather variable in degree; when most considerable,
it slightly exceeds that of two-fifths of the circumference of a
circle.
Genus Holoxea Topsent.
Definition. — Axinellid{e(?) of massive or encrusting habit; with
a more or less irregular, halichondroid, main skeleton, and with
or without a dermal skeleton of horizontally-disposed megascleres.
The megascleres are oxea of one or two kinds, and the charac-
teristic microscleres are minute microxea, somewhat resembling
sanidasters; in addition, trichodragmata ai-e typically present.
Type-species, H. furtiva Topsent(45).
The considerable agreement which exists between this genus
and Desmoxya in the matter of spiculation appears to me to
justify the supposition of a relationship between them. It is
true that, in H. furtiva, the type-species, so Topsent informs us in
his second description thereof(51), — the ectosome is charged with
more or less horizontally-disposed oxeote megascleres (differing
from those of the main skeleton only in size), and is differentiated
to form a cortex "peu epaisse, mais assez resistante"; but the
importance to be attached to this feature is minimised by the
fact that the other two species which have been ascribed to the
genus, — ^iz., //. collectrix and H. valida Thiele(39), — a specially
characterised cortex is, apparently, wanting; moreover, it is to
be noted that, in Desmoxya lunata, the dermal layer is particu-
larly well-developed, and if provided with a megascleric skeleton
would probably constitute what might be termed a cortex. Tlie
information at our disposal regarding the structure of the main
skeleton in the several species of Holoxea is extremely scanty:
Topsent merely mentions, in the case of J/, furtiva, that when
the sponge is confined to narrow crevices the megascleres are
constrained, owing to their great length, "s'orienter dans un
sens determinee, par faisceaux sur des longueurs variables", and
that "il en resulte souvent un faux-semblant de charj^ente
fibreuse"; while Thiele goes no farther than to state that the
megascleres (of //. collectrix) "lassen keine bestimmte Anord-
BY E. F. HALLMANN. 655
nung erkennen." So far as one can judge, it seems probable
that the skeleton, on the whole, is arranged irregularly, in a
moi-e or less halichondroid fashion ; and this is the type of
skeleton-pattern which would result if, in Desmoxya hinata, the
reticulum of interstitial and connecting spicules merely increased
in degree of development and complexity at the expense of the
connecting fibres. The spined microscleres of Holoxea furtiva
are looked upon by Topsent as sanidasters, and he has accord-
ingly referred the genus to his proposed family Streptasteridse;
l)ut these microscleres, it seems to me, might with ecpial pro-
priety be regarded as microxea, — and, indeed, in Topsent's original
description of the species were so designated: furthermore, in
//. furtiva and H. coUectrix, as in Desmoxya, the spined micro-
scleres are accompanied by trichodragmata, which latter are
unknown to occur in association with definitely astrose micro-
scleres elsewhere in the Monaxonida. Whether certain genera
with spined microxea, like Desmoxya and Higginsia, properly
admit of inclusion in the family Axinellidai is open to question;
but Holoxea certainly appears to resemble Desmoxya much more
closely than it does any other genus, and on that account, per-
haps, ought to be placed in proximity thereto.
Genus Higginsia Higgin.
Definition. — Axinellidte(l) of various external form; typically
erect-lamellar, with entire or lobate margin, or sometimes tending
to become palmo-digitate or f rondose; seldom ramose; occasionally
massive, with or without digitate processes. Skeleton usually
more or less condensed axially; typically consisting (extra-axially)
partly of more or less plumose main fibres or spicule-colunins
running to the surface, and partly of an irregular reticulation of
spicules connecting the main fibres; either of these components,
however, may be much reduced or absent. Or the extra-axial
skeleton may consist (either throughout or only in its outer
region) of bundles or bands of long styli radiating to the surface,
and of sheaves of smaller and slenderer spicules surrounding
these. Spongin present in small to moderate quantity. Mega-
656 REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, iii.,
scleres: styli and (or) oxea, usually of two or three kinds.
Megascleres of a single kind, in the form of centrangulate spined
microxea.
Type-species, H. coralloides Higgin.
The genus Iliyfjinsia is here defined so as to include also
Ridley and Dendy's Deudropsis, with its two species D. bidenti
/era and D. mixta, — the latter recently added to the genus by
Hentscliel(15). The I'eason for this is not that the differences
between liigyinsia coralloides and Dendropsis hidentifera, the
respective type-species, are insufficient to warrant their generic
separation, but that intermediate species exist between them,
forming with them (in so far as skeletal characters are concerned)
a gradational series incapable of subdivision into two groups
except in an arbitrary way. This fact will be clear from the
following synopsis of the chief distinguishing characters of the
several species.
Dendroj)sis bidentifera Ridley & Dendy(33). Uichotomously
ramose, with slightly compressed branches disposed in one plane.
Skeleton consisting (i.)of a dense axial core of interlacing, com-
paratively short styli; (ii.) of bundles of much longer styli (up to
1100 by 44/x in size) radiating from the axis to the surface,
beyond which the apices of many of them project; (iii.) of sheaves
of slender oxeote spicules surrounding (ii.), which are peculiar in
being double-pointed at one extremity, and also often project
beyond the surface; and (iv.) of long slender styli (up to 1750 by
20/i. in size), occasionally passing into strongyla.
Dendropsis mixta Hentschel(15). Thick, encrusting ; with
short digitiform processes. Skeleton consisting (i.) interiorly of
irregularly arranged stout oxea (up to 750 by 31/x in size); (ii.) of
long slender styli (up to 2240 by SI/a in size) projecting beyond
the surface; (iii.) of bundles of slender oxea (up to 1175 by 5/x in
size), forming dermal tufts around (ii.) as in the genus Jiasjjailia,
and also passing inwards towards the interior.
Higginsia papillosa Thiele(42). Massive, ovoidal; with papil-
lose surface. Skeleton consisting (i.) of stout fibres, formed of
styli, radiating to the surface and ending in the surface-papillie,
BY E. F. IIALLMANN. 657
— their terminal spicules (up to 1500 by 15/a in size) projecting
beyond; (ii.) of shorter and relatively stouter styli, partly
scattered irregularlj' between the main fibres, and partly forming
lesser fibres running irregularly in various directions; and (iii.) of
slender oxea (up to about 1000 by 6//. in size), which "pflegen in
grosserer oder geringerer Anzahl die Style zu begleiten."
Higginsia natalensis Carter(5). Flabelliform, stipitatc; with
thin ridges on both surfaces, radiating from stalk to circumfer-
ence. Skeleton-structure undescribed : megascleres of two kinds,
viz., (i.) styli (up to about 1000 by -IS/x in size), presumably
arranged in fibres; and (ii.) slender oxea (up to 700 by 7/v. in
size) surrounding (i.) "in great numbers".
Higginsia coralloidcs Higgin(17), et varr. More or less lamellar,
varying from submassive {i.e., sessile and only slightly com-
pressed) to stipitate-flabelliform, and then either entire or palm-
ately subdivided; with longitudinal or radiating ridges on both
sui'faces. Skeleton consisting of more or less plumose main
fibres or columns with an irregular reticulation of spicules
between. Megascleres almost exclusively oxea, or oxea alone;
usually of two kinds.
Higginsia thielei Topsent(53). Massive, with irregular surface.
Skeleton consisting of "un reseau irregulier, tres solide, de styles
robustes disposes par paquets epais et relies aux entrecroise-
ments par un lien tres faible de spongine incolore." Megascleres
styli, of a single kind.
In all the species, the microscleres are of the same character-
istic form, and occur irregularly scattered through the choano-
some and usually also in the dermal layer: they are symmetri-
cally and rather sharply bent {i.e., centrangulate or geniculate)
acanthoxea with small spines scattered irregularly over their
whole length, and are frequently provided with a bulbous dilata-
tion situated slightly excentrally.
The exact similarity which exists between the microscleres of
the present genus and those of Halicnemia patera has already
been pointed out by Topsent(49), who accordingly refers IlaJio-
nem^a, along with Higginsia, to the Axinellidte. It seems to me
65S REVISION OF THE AXINELLID^, iii.,
extremely probable, however, that the acanthoxea of these genei'a,
like those undoubtedly of the recently described genus Acanthoxa
Hentschel(l6), are homologous with the acanthoscleres of the
Myxillina?, and that the correct place of Hiyyiiisia and Halic-
iieniia is, therefore, in the family Desmacidonidse.
The genus is represented on the Australian coast by two
varieties of H. coraUoides, — viz., maxsa/is Carter and scnbra
Whitelegge, — re-descriptions of which are given below. The
other named varieties of this species (the typical form of which
comes from the West Indies) are Higgin's(17) var. hberiensis
from Cape Palmas and var. arcunta from Ireland; while the form
recorded by Topsent(48) from Amboina as //. coraUoides var.
massalis probably constitutes a fifth variety. Carter's H. coraU-
oides var. natalens's, although possessing the external habit char-
acteristic of //. coraUoides, is distinguished by having the
skeletal fibi'cs composed of stylote instead of oxeote megascleres,
and may, therefore, conveniently be regarded as specifically
distinct.
To supplement the brief diagnosis of //. coraUoides given
above, and at the same time to indicate the main points of difi'er-
ence distinguishing the varieties massalis and scnbra from the
remaining forms of the species, the chief characters of the latter
(excepting Topsent's var. massalix, the description of which I have
not seen), may be summarised as follows: —
//. mass(dis (typical form). .Stipitate, fiabelliform; "consisting
of lobate compressed branches of irregular and luxuriant growth,
united clathrously ur continuously; surface deeply furrowed in a
vertical direction, the ridges between the furrows being narrow
and, in the young growths, serrated witli tooth-like projections,
passing in the older portions into rounded or tubercled pro-
minences." The skeleton is "a spiculiferous network of lozenge-
shaped reticulation," consisting (in part) of plumose fibres, the
spicules of which are not enclosed in spongin, but merely
cemented together by it where they touch or cross each other.
The megascleres (oxea) appear to be of two kinds, — those of the
fibres more or less curved and attaining a maximum size of 635
BY E. P. KALLMANN. 659
by 25/1, the others straight, \ery iiuicli slenderer (only 6/a in
diameter), and relatively few in number. The spined microxea
attain a size of 200 by 6/x.
//. coralloides ^'ar. liberiensis Higgin. Similar in outward
form to the preceding. Structure of the skeleton undescribed.
Megascleres of two kinds: stout curved oxea up to 660 by 32/a
in size, and longer, straight, "hair-like" oxea. Spined microxea
measviring 75 by 6//..
//. coralloides var. arcnaUi Higgin. Only slightly compressed,
submassive. Surface-features undesci'ibed. Skeleton consisting
of main lines of spicules extending vertically from the base, and
of secondary lines connecting these at various angles, both being
"echinated" wiih spicules (i.e., more or less plumose). The
megascleres (oxea) are not stated to be of two sizes; they are
comparatively small, measuring only 300 by 6/x. The spined
microxea measure 75 by 3*6/i.
HiGGiNSiA CORALLOIDES Higgin, var. MASSALis Carter.
(PL xxix., fig. 6; PI. xxxviii., figs. 6, 7; PL xxxix., figs.l, 2;
PL xL, figs. 1-4.)
1885. Hlgglnsia coralloides Carter(5), p.357.
1885. llvjijinsia coralloides var. ynassalis Carter(5), p.357.
1896. Hiijijinsia coralloides var. massalis Dendy(7), p. 243.
Diagnosis. — Sponge more or less compressed; varying in form
from thickly flabellate and stipitate to submassive and sessile;
the margin entire. Surface longitudinally ridged and furrowed;
the ridges generally more or less discontinuous, appearing as a
succession of crenations or knobs; distance apart of the ridges,
2 to 3mm. Oscula small, marginal. Dermal membrane distinct,
finely porous. The "skeleton-sponge" consists of a series of
transverse, thin lamelUe, each only about a millimetre in thick-
ness, which are nearly quite separate from each other in their
uppermost portions, but become more and more intimately united
in the median plane of the sponge proceeding towards its base.
The skeleton of each lamella is a dense and intricate reticulation
of paucispicular main and connecting fibres and single spicules.
(ifiO REVISION OF THE AXINELLID.E, iii.,
Spongin is present in relatively small quantity. The megascleres
are imperfectly differentiated into three kinds: (i.) curved oxea
forming the skeleton-reticulation, attaining a maximum size of
from 560x14 to 700 x 18/x; (ii.) longer and slenderer, scarce
styli, strongyla, and (very rare) oxea, occurring interstitially,
ranging in length to upwards of 900/a; and (iii.) smaller inter-
stitial and dermal oxea, connuonly between 250 and 350/a in
length and 4 or 5/i. in diameter, but frequently slenderer, and
connected by spicules of intermediate size apparently both with
(i.) and (ii.). The acanthoxea are from 40 to 130/ji in length and
up to 4 or 5ji. in diameter exclusive of the spines, and rather
seldom exhibit a bulbous dilatation.
ioc— Port Phillip.
External characters. — The general shape and habit of growth
of the sponge are sufficiently indicated in the diagnosis; and the
characteristic rugose surface-af)pearance produced by crenated
longitudinal ridges and intervening furrows is well shown by the
figure (PI. xxix., fig. 6), — which also illustrates the most frequent
form of the sponge, viz., one intermediate between flabellate and
submassive. Apparently it is only in its younger stages that
the sponge is massive, subsequent growth taking place chiefly in
height and bi'eadth, with only slight increase in thickness;
occasionally the plate thus formed, instead of remaining simply
flabellate, becomes somewhat irregular through formation of
perpendicular lateral outgrowths similar to itself. The largest
specimen at my disposal measures about 75mm. in height, 1 10mm.
in breadth, and 25 mm. in maximum thickness of the plate. The
surface-ridges (and furrows) pass without discontinuity across the
margin of the S23onge fi'om one side of it to the other, and, as
necessarily follows, are oppositely situated on the two surfaces.
The oscula are situated marginally, and are numerous and of
small size, the largest seldom exceeding 1 nun. in diameter. The
dermal membrane, which is well-developed, is most distinct
within the surface-grooves, whei'e it is underlain by extensive
subdermal s^oaces; it is closely perforated with minute pores,
which in some places are sufficiently lai'ge to be discerned with
BY E. F. KALLMANN. GCA
the naked e3'e (PI. xxxviii., figs. 6, 7). Well-preserved spirit-
specimens are of firm, compressible, and resilient consistency, and
of compact texture, and vary in colour frt»m jtale greyish-yellow
to light brown, occasionally with a faintly pinkish tinge. The
colour in life, according to previous descriptions, varies from
"hair-brown" to dull shades of purple.
The dermal pores (PI. xl., figs. 3, 4) are distributed singly in
very close order, are circular or oval in shape, and vary from
about 100 to occasionally upwards of 300/i. in diameter. In the
dermal membrane, spined microxea occur scattei'ed in great
abundance.
The "skeleton-sponge", — meaning by that the entire coherent
skeleton which i-emains after complete removal of all the fleshy
substance of a specimen by maceration with caustic potash, — is
of very characteristic gross structure. Its general superficial
contour is nearly similar to that of the original entire sponge;
but the shallow sui'face-furrows of the latter are replaced by deep
vertical fissures (PL xxxix., fig. 2) penetrating it (except its older
portions) almost or quite to the mid-plane, and thus reducing it
(since the furrows on the one side are situated exactly oppositely
to those on the other) to a series of nearly separate, transverse
lamellae. A single such lamella, photographed by transmitted
light, is shown in PI. xxxix., fig. 1. The lamellse are each about
1 mm. in thickness, and their distance apart, at their periphery,
varies from about 2 to 3 mm. ; their edges, which correspond to
the discontinuous, crenated surface-ridges of the internal sponge,
are irregularly lobed or toothed. Distally (i.e., in the upper
parts of the skeleton-sponge) the lamellte are either quite separate
from one another or are barely united together by- a thin septi-
form connection in the mid-plane of the sponge; but proceeding
towards the base of the sponge, this connection gradually in-
creases in breadth, and in addition an increasing number of
independent, synapticula-like connections arise between them, so
that in places a honeycombed appearance sometimes results.
The skeleton-sponge is fine-textured, and (being composed to a
greater extent of spicules than of spongin) is, when dry, whitisli
662 REVISIOX OF THE AXINELLID^, iii.,
in colour and somewhat hai'sh to the feel, and remains slightly
crushed when much compressed by squeezing.
Shpleton. — In each constituent lamella tlie skeleton consists of
numerous, closely arranged, pauciserial main lines of spicules
running in the plane of the lamella upwards and outwards to its
periphery, and of numei^ous short secondary lines and single
spicules connecting the^e in irregular manner, the whole forming
an exceedingly dense and intricate reticulation (PL xl., figs. 1, 2).
The spicules of the fibres are arranged in a somewhat loose,
irregular, and slightly plumose fashion, and are held together
and more or less ensheathed by a rather small amount of spongin,
which, being of a pale colour, is inconspicuous unless stained;
the interfibral spicules, for the most part, are invested with
spongin only at their extremities or lie quite free. The skeleton-
reticulation is so dense, especially towards the central region of
the lamella {i.e., towards the mid-plane of the sponge), that, in
sections of the oi'dinary thickness for studying the skeleton-
pattern, it appears as if consisting of a confused mass of spicules
without definite arrangement. In the interlamellar regions of
the sponge, except where junctions between the lamellae occui',
the skeleton consists solely of spined microxea scattered in great
profusion, and of very scarce scattered megascleres. The inter-
lamellar regions are traversed by numerous main canals, the
largest of which are about 1 mm. in diameter.
The previous description of the skeleton, given by Dendy,
which differs rather considerably from the above, was evidently
based upon an insufficiently thin (and "undesarcodised") section
cut across the thickness of the sponge obliquely to the mid-plane
(and, therefore, intersecting several lamellje). The description is
as follows: "The skeleton is very confused and ii'regular, without
any definite fibre, composed of densely intermingled oxeote
spicules, especially aggregated in wide tracts which trend towards
the surface and end in the conuli. The presence of these ill-
defined ti'acts of .spicules, with intervening spaces almost free
from megascleres, gives a somewhat columnar chai'acter to the
vertical sections. Internally, all the tx'acts unite into one dense,
BY E. F. KALLMANN.
663
irregular agglomeration of spicules." It is obvious that the
"tracts of spicules" cori-espond to vertical transections of the
lamellse.
Where the main skeleton
abuts on the surface of the
sponge (i.e., along the sur-
face-ridges), the terminal
spicules of the skeletal
fibres project slightly be-
yond the dermal membrane,
and along with these pro-
jecting fibral spicules are
occasional small clusters of
much shorter and slenderer
diactinal spicules which are
perhaps to be regarded as
special dermal megascleres.
Elsewhere (i.^., within the
surface-grooves) the dei'mal
membrane overlies exten-
sive subdei'mal spaces, and
is generally free from mega-
scleres.
Afegascleres. — (i.) The
spicules of the skeleton-
reticulation are somewhat
angulately curved oxea(and
occasional styli), which in
some specimens are of
nearly uniform diameter
to within a comparatively
short distance of their ex-
ti'emities and generally are more or less irregularly pointed (often
somewhat blunt-pointed, and occasionally approximating in form
to strongyla), while in other specimens they taper very gradually
to the extremities {i.e., are more or less fusiform) and with rare
Text-fig. 20. — Higgin-na coralloides var.
mctJiAalis. a, megascleres of the fibres;
1), interstitial megascleres ; c, dermal
megascleres; d, spinecl mieroxea; e, im-
mature microxea.
664 REVISION OF THE AXIXELLID^E, iii.
exception are regularly sharp-pointed. The full-grown ones
(comprising all those ensheathed in spongin as well as the vast
majority of the remainder) vary in maximum size in different
specimens from 560 x 14/^ to 700 x 18/a, and rarely fall helow
350/i in length or below S/i in diameter; interstitially-occurring
immature individuals of all sizes down to about 250 x 2/x, how-
ever, are to be met with.
(ii.) Also occurring interstitially, but very scarce (in some
specimens exceedingly i-are), are longer and generally less curved,
mostly stylote spicules, very frequently more or less blunted or
rounded off at the apex and not seldom passing into strongyla,
and attaining a maximum size of about 900 x 9/x. Between these
and the slenderer forms of the preceding, however, there appears
to be a complete series of spicules of intermediate forms and
sizes.
(iii.) The short slender megascleres occurring in loose bundles
and also scattered singly in the dermal layer, — which appear to
be special dermal spicules, — are slightly curved oxea, frequently
blunt-pointed and more or less resembling strongyla, and usually
4 or 5//. in diameter and between 250 and 350/x (but ranging
from about 200 to upwards of 400/x) in length. They are not
distinguishable either in form or size fi'om many of the inter-
stitially occurring spicules which appear to be immature forms of
(i.) and (ii.).
Microscleres. — With the exception of a few, which are straight,
the acanthoxea are invariably sharply bent at the centre, — the
maximum angle of inclination of the actines (which are gradually
tapered and sharp-pointed) being about 30°. About 5% of the
spicules exhibit a peculiarity in the form of a small bulbous
dilatation situated at a short distance (10/x or less) from their
mid-point. They range fi'om about 40 to 130/x in length and up
to 4 or (rarely) 5/x in diameter exclusive of the spines. The
spines are perpendicularly-directed, conical, sharp-pointed, usually
very numerous, and scattered irregularly over the whole length
of the spicule, gradually decreasing in size towards its extremities;
the largest of them are 2 5/x in length. The spicules in their
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 665
earliest stage of development are quite smooth. As an occasional
abnormality, one actine is prolonged beyond its point of union
with the other, as shown in the text-figure; and very rarely both
aetines are thus prolonged.
HiGGiNSiA coRALLOiDES Carter, vai\ scabra Whitelegge.
(PL xxxix., fig.3; PI. xH., figs.1-3.) '
1907. Hiyijinsia scabra Whitelegge(60), p.511, PL xlvi., fig.44.
Diagnosis. — Sponge erect, lamellar, perhaps sometimes simply
flabelliform, but more usually subdivided into lobes or separate
fronds. Surface closely covered with small conuli arranged
somewhat indistinctly in longitudinal parallel series about 1mm.
apart. Oscula small, marginal. Dermal membrane very dis-
tinct. Internal structure and skeleton-pattern not essentially
different from that of the preceding variety Megascleres: (i.)
curved oxea in the main skeleton, 770 x 35// in maximum size;
(ii.) exceedingly rare styli occurring interstitially, up to 1100 x
25/x in size. Special dermal megascleres apparently absent.
Acanthoxea 60 to 130/a in length and up to 5/^ in diameter
exclusive of the spines; very frequently exhibiting a bulbous
dilatation.
Loc. Off Port Jackson, N.S.W.
This variety is so far known only from the two original speci-
mens-obtained from the same locality — one of which (figured
by Whitelegge) is in a dried condition, while the other (smaller
and incomplete) is imperfecth^ preserved in alcohol.
External characters. — Both specimens are erect, substipitate,
lamellar, — the smaller one apparently flabellate, divided above
into several lobes, the other consisting of much more completely
separated (though in part secondarily coalescent) lobes or frond-
like branches, from some of which, also, secondary sessile lobes
or fronds arise laterally; in both, the thickness of the lamina is
about the same, viz , from 6 to 10 mm. The larger specimen
measures 110 mm. in height. In the dried condition of the
sponge, with the dermal membrane shrunken closely in upon
the underlying skeleton, the surface is densely and conspicuously
conulose,— the conuli attaining in places a height of as much as
51
666 REVISION OF THK AXINE|:iLIDiE, iii.,
2'5 mm., and exhibiting an indistinct arrangement in longi-
tudinal rows; but in the case of the spirit-specimen, except
where the dermal membrane has been destroyed, it is scarcely
more then minutely pustulose. On complete removal of the
sarcode by maceration, the skeleton-sponge is found to be com-
posed, just as in the case of var. massalis, of conjoined, parallel,
thin lamellse perpendicular in direction to the plane of tlie
sponge; and it is to a serration of the edges of these lamellse
that the surface-prominences are due. The only oscula observed
svere marginally situated and of very small size, the largest not
exceeding 05 mm. in diameter. The dermal membrane is well-
developed and very distinct, and is underlain (between the
surface-prominences) by extensive subdermal spaces; owing to
its imperfect preservation in the present specimens, dermal
pores were not observable. The unmacerated dried sponge is
somewhat hard and with difficulty compressible, brittle rather
than elastic, and pale greyish or almost whitish in colour. In
alcohol, the consistency is dense and firm, moderately flexible,
compressible and resilient; and the colour is yellowish pale grey.
The structure of tlie "skeleton-sponge" is essentially the same
as in the case of var. massalis; but the lamellse are much thinner
(only about 05 mm. in thickness), more closely approximated
(at most 1*75 mm. apart), and, in proportion to their width (i.e.,
in proportion to the thickness of the sponge-lamina), more com-
pletely united with one another. In the present variety, ac-
cordingly, the structure is notably denser, and the texture also
is much more coarse.
Skeleton.— In each lamella the skeleton consists, again as in
the case of var. massalis, of a dense and intricate reticulation of
paucispicular main and connecting fibres, and numerous con-
necting spicules; but the fibres are here less clearly defined, the
skeleton-pattern accordingly is somewhat more irregular, the
megascleres are larger, and there is a relatively great scarcity of
slenderer megascleres occurring interstitially and dermally. In
other respects, apart from diiferences depending upon the greater
thinness of the lamella? and the much lesser width of the inter-
lamellar in the present case, the skeletal characters of the two
BY E. F. KALLMANN. 667
varieties are practically the same. As seen in a vertical median
section of the sponge, cut in a direction perpendicular to the
lamellae, the skeleton appears as if consisting of parallell}'-
arranged, stout plumose columns of spicules, which in the
marginal region of the sponge aie nearly or quite separate from
one another(Pl. xli., figs. 1,2); these columns represent, of course,
transverse sections of the lamellse. The appearance of the
skeleton (of a lamella) in a direction at right angles to the pre-
ceding is shown in PI. xli., fig. 3.
Mf^yascleres.— (i.) The oxea of the skeleton-reticulation are
curved, fusiform, regularly sharp-pointed spicules, langing from
550 to 770/x in length and up to 35//, in stoutness; individuals
less than 8/x in diameter are very rare, and those forming the
fibres very seldom are much less than 20/ji. Occasional spicules
are styli or substrongyla.
(ii.) Long interstitial megascleres are exceedingly rare, and
appear to be invariably styli. The few observed measured from
950 to 1100/x in length and from 15 to 25/ji in stoutness.
(iii.) Megascleres corresponding to the slender deinial spicules
of tlie preceding variety are apparently wanting.
Microscleres. — The acanthoxea are exactly similar in form and
size to those of the preceding variety, excepting that their
minimal length is somewhat greater (about GO/x) and a consider-
able proportion of them (amounting to al>out 50%) exhibit a
bulbous dilatation.
For Postscript, see p. 67 3.
REFERENCE LIST OF LITERATURE.
1. BowERBANK, J. S. — "A Monograph of the Briti.sh Spongiada?. " Vols.
1-3; Vol. 4, edited, with additions, by the Rev. A. M. Norman.
Ray Society, London, 1864, 1866, 1874, 1882.
2. Carter, H. J. — "Contributions to our Knowledge of the Spongida."
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (.">), iii., 1879, pp.284-.S(J4, 343-360.
3. "Report on Specimens dredged up from the (4ulf of
Manaar. Part viii. Spongida." Op. cit., (5), vi., 1889, pp.3r)-61,
129-156.
4. "Contributions to our Knowledge of the Spongida."
Op. cit., (5), xii., pp.308-.329.
668 REVISION OF THE AXINELLIDiE, iii.,
5. Carter, H. J. — "Descriptions of Sponges from the Neighhouvhood of
Port Phillip Heads, South Australia." Op. at., (.5), xvi., pp. 277-
294, 347-368.
6. Dendy, a. — "Catalogue of the Non -Calcareous Sponges collected by
J. Braceljridge, Esq., M.A., in the Neighljourhood of Port Phillip
Heads." Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, (n.s.), vii., 1895, pp.232-259.
7. Ditto. Part iii. Op. cit., 1897, pp.230-259.
8. "Report on the Sponges collected by Prof . Herdman at
Ceylon in 1902." Reports on the Pearl Oyster Fisheries in the Gulf
of Manaar. Vol. iii., 1905, pp. 59-246. Royal Society, London.
9. Fristedt, K. — "Bidrag till Kannedomen om de vid Sveriges vestra
kust lefvande Spongite." Kgl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl., xxi., 6,
1885, pp. 1-56.
10. ■ — "Sponges fi'om the Atlantic and Arctic Oceans and the
Behring Sea."" Vega P^xped. vetensk. lakttagelser, Stockholm,
1887, Vol. iv., pp. 403-471.
11. Gray, J. E. — "Notes on the Arrangement of Sponges, with the De-
scriptions of some new Genera." Proc. Roj'. Soc. London, 1867,
pp. 492-538.
12. Hallmann, E. F. — "Report on the Sponges obtained by the F.I.S.
'Endeavour' on the Coasts of New South Wales, Victoria, South
Australia, Queensland, and Tasmania." Part i. Zoological Results
of the Fishing Experiments carried out by the F.I.S. 'Endeavour,'
1909-1910. Sydney, 1912.
13. "A Revision of the Monaxouid Species described
as new in Lendenfeld's 'Catalogue of the Sponges in the Australian
Museum, Sydney'." Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1914, xxix.,
pp.263-315, 317-376, 398-446.
14. Hentschel, E. — " Tetraxonida. — Teil ii."' Die Fauna Siidwest-Aus-
traliens, Bd. iii.. Lief. 10, 1911, pp.279-393. Jena.
15. "Kiesel- und Horn.schwamme der Aru- und Kei-
Inseln." Abh. Senckenb. Naturf. Gesell., xxxiv., 1912, pp.295-448.
16. "Monaxone Kieselschwiimme der Deutsche Siidpolar-
p:xpedition." Deutsche Siidpolar-Expedition 1901-1903, Bd. xv.,
Zool. vii., 1914, pp.37-141.
17. HifiGix, T. — "Description of some Sponges obtained during a Cruise
of the Steam- Yacht 'Argo' in the Caribbean and neighbouring
Seas." Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4), xix., 1877, pp.291-299.
18. Keller, C. — "Die Spongienfaunades Rothen Meeres." Parti. Zeit.
f. wiss. Zool., xlviii., 1889, pp.31 1-405.
19. "Die Spongienfauna des Rothen Meeres." Part ii. Op.
cit., Iii., 1891, pp. 294-368,
BY B. F. ttALLMANJJ. 669
20. KiRKPATRiCK, R. — " Descriptions of South African Sponges." Marine
Investigations in South Africa, Vol. ii., 1902-03. Cape Town.
21. "On the Sponj^es of Christmas Island." Proc.
Zool. See. London, 11»(I0, pp. 127-140.
22. "The Tetraxonida of the National Antarctic Ex-
pedition." National Antarctic Expedition, Natural History, Vol.
iv., 1908, pp.l-o6.
23. KiESCHXiCK, 0. — "Silieispongia? von Ternate nach den Sammlungen
von Herrn Prof.. Dr. W. Kukenthal." Zool. Anz., xix., 1896,
pp. 526-534.
24. "Kieselschwamnie von Amboina." Semon's Zoolo-
gische Forschungsreisen in Australien und dem Malayischen Archi-
pel., Ed. v., Lief, v., Denk. (4es. Jena, Bd. viii., 1900, pp. 545-582.
25. Lebwohl, F. — "Japanese Tetraxonida." Journ. Coll. Science, Tokj^o,
XXXV., Art. 2, 1914, pp. 1-1 16.
26. Lkndenfej>1), K. von. — "Die C'halineen des australischen (iebietes."
Zool. Jahrb., Bd. ii., 1887, pp. 723-827.
27. "Descriptive Catalogue of the Sponges in the
Australian Museum, Sydney." London, 1888.
28. Levixskn, (t. M. R. — "Kara-Havets Svampe." Dijmphna Togtets
zool.-bot. Udbyttet, 1886, pp.339-372.
29. LoiSEL, (I. — "Contribution a I'histo-physiologie des Eponges — 1. Les
fibres des Reniera." Journ. Anat. Physiol., xxxiv., 1898, pp. 1-43.
30. LrxDBEGK, W. — "Porifera, Pt. i. — Homorrhaphidce and Heterorrha-
phida?." The Danish Ingolf-Expedition, 1902, Vol. vi., pp. 1-108.
Copenhagen.
31. Maas, 0. — "Ueber Entstehung und Wachstum der Kieselbilde bei
Spongien." SB. Ak. Miinchen, xxx., 3, 1901, pp. 553-569.
32. Ridley, S. 0. — In Narr. Chall. Exp., Vol. i., Pt. ii., p.572.
33. Ridley, S. 0., and A. Dendy. — "The Monaxonida." Reports on the
Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. "Challenger," Zool.
XX., 1887.
34. Row, R. W. H. — "Report on the Sponges collected by Mr.. Cyril
Crossland in 1904-5. — Part ii. Non-Calcarea." Journ. Linn. Soc.
Lond., xxxi., 1911, pp.287-400.
35. Schmidt, 0. — "(4rundzuge einer Spongien-Fauna des Atlantischen
Gebietes." Leipzic, 1874.
36. "Spongien." Jahresb. der Commission zur wissensch.
Untersuchung der deutschen Meere, v., 1875, pp 115-120.
37. Sollas, W. J. — "The Tetractinellida." Reports on the Scientific
Results of the Voyageof H.M.S. "Challenger," Zoology, Vol. xxv.,
1888.
670 RfiVISIOl^ OP TtlE AilNELLIDiE, iii.,
38. Thiele, J. — " Studien iiber pazifische Spongien." Zoologica, Heft 24,
1898.
39. " Kieselschwannne von Ternate — i." Ahh. Senckenb.
Natuif. (^efiell., xxv., 19(;mJ, pp.l9-8U.
40. "Beschreibung einiger uiizureiehend bekannten Monaxonen
Spongien." Arch. f. Naturg., 1903, pp. 37.5-398.
41. "Kieselschwanime von Teinate — ii."' Abh. (Senckenb.
Natuif. GeselL, xxv., Heft iv., 1903, pp.933-9«8.
42. "Die Kiesel- und Hornschwamme der Samnilung Plate."
Zool. Jahrb. Suppl., vi., 190.5, pp. 407-496.
43. TopSENT, E. — "Quelques Spongiaires du banc de Campeche et de la
Pointe-a-Pitre." MiMn. .Soc. Zool. de Fiance, ii., 1889, pp.30-.52.
44. "Notice preliniinaiie siirles Spongiaires reciiillis durant
les Canipagnes de IHirondelle." — ler Article. Bull. Soc. Zool.
France, ii., 1890, pp.2.b20),
Echiitaxia{p.Di3}, Stronyylamma{p.^i?>), and Parati'mea{p.%l b).
Genus Halicneimia Bowerbank.
Dejinition. — Axinellid{e(?) typically of encrusting habit, some-
times disc-shaped, with a main skeleton consisting of smooth
skeletal tylostyli disposed (in part, at least) vertically, with their
heads based upon tlie substratum, and with dermal megascleres
in the form of smooth, typically centrotylote tornota. The
microscleres are centrangulate, spined microxea similar to those
of the genus I/igginsia.
Type-species, //. pate' a Bowerbank(l).
Topsent(49) would include in this genus, in addition to //.
patera, Bowerbank's Hymeraphia verticilhita, and the species
originally described by him as Buharis constellata,— hoth of
which agree with //. patera in the possession of skeletal tylostyli
and centrotylote, diactinal dermal megascleres. The very de-
cided differences between these three species in certain other
respects, however, appear to me to render necessary the alloca-
tion of each to a separate genus.
In Hymeraphia verticillafa, the acanthoxea are of slightly
curved form and verticillately spined, and the smooth, diactinal
megascleres are tritid at both extremities; and, furthermoie, the
species is sometimes of massive habit. To replace the (pre
occupied) generic names Laothoe and Ncsnia ah'eady proposed by
Gray(ll) for this species, I propose the name Laonteiiia.
The third species referred to has euasters for microscleres,
and, but for its possession of special dermal megascleres, would
probably require to be referred to the genus 7'iniea. For its re-
ception, I propose the new genus I'araiimea, which I would
include in the family Spirastrellidae.
676
AN EFFLORESCENCE ON SOME NEW ZEALAND
KELPS.
By a. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc.
In December, 1910, I received a parcel of Algse from Welling-
ton, N.Z. After washing with fresh water and drying in the
open air, I deposited specimens of some of the larger kelps,
Lessonia vrwiegata J. Ag., Marginai-ia Boryana (Rich.) Mont.,
and M. Urvilleana Rich , in a large cardboard box, and thus pre-
served them in a dry room. On looking over these specimens in
June, 1915, I found them covered with a beautiful efflorescence
of delicate needle-shaped cr3'stals, some of them nearly a centi-
metre in length. They were singly colourless and flexible. The
crystals had formed in such quantities that, by sliaking the alg?e,
I was able to collect several grams of them. They were entirely
soluble in water.
I made a large number of preliminary tests with them in the
laboratory of the Sydney Grammar School. The flame was as pure
a potassium flame as I could obtain from crystals of potassium
chloride taken from the laboratory stock. I could not obtain
any evidence of the presence of any other metal. The abundant
precipitate with silver nitrate indicated that the potassium was
mainly present as chloride. I could find no trace of sulphates
or any other inorganic salts. There were no signs at all of
iodine or bromine. That organic substances were present was
soon discovered; and, notably, the reduction of copper sulphate
in the presence of sugars showed the presence of OH radicals.
The solution behaved just as would a solution of a tartrate or a
citrate, while Fehling's solution gave no evidence of sugars. I
could not obtain, however, independent evidence of the presence
of tartrates or citrates.
BY A. H. S. H^CAS. 677
I then made an exact determination of the amount of KCl.
The samples selected were free from sand. Jn one sample, the
percentage of KCl was 6055, and in a second it was 61 '24.
Speaking of the analysis to my friend, Mr. T. Steel, who has
great laboratory experience in organic analyses, he evinced great
interest in the matter, and offered to make a complete and ex-
haustive analysis of the efflorescence.
Mr. Steel's analysis gave: -
KCl 58-20
CaSO^
Mannitol
Sand
Water
trace
36-70
4-90
0-30
100-10
He estimated the potassium and the chlorine separately, and
thus definitely proved the complete absence of sodium.
If we deduct the sand, the percentage of KCl in the efflor-
escence is 61 -3 and that of the matinitol 38-6. These percentages
agree well with the foi-mula of an exact chemical compound,
CfiHjj(OH)i;, 4 KCl, as was pointed out by my colleague, Mr.
Carpenter.
I then tried if this compound could be formed artificially in
the laboratory. The chloride and mannitol were dissolved in
the above proportions in a small quantity of water and evaporated
down (1) rather quickly, and (2) very slowly in a desiccator. In
the former case, the two substances crystallised out separately
in their characteristically different crystalline forms. In the
second case, crystals of one form only were obtained, needles
ai-ranged in beautiful feathery gi-oups, crystals appai-ently
identical with the crystals of the efflorescence.
I tried mixtures of alkaline chlorides with mannitol corres-
ponding to the formula CeHgfOH),,, 2KC1; C,;Hs(OH)fl, 4NaCl;
C,;H„(()H)ii, 2NaCl. In all cases, the substances crystallised
out independently. Ko compound was formed.
The compound CRHg(OH)„, 4KC1 is unstable in the presence
of water, which dissolves more of the mannitol, and of alcohol,
678
EFFLORESCENCE ON NEW ZEALAND KELPS
whicli dissolves more of the chloride. On boiling with absolute
alcohol, all the mannitol is precipitated.
Similar compounds of the alkaline chlorides with some of the
sugars are already known.
It is, of course, well known that many of the kelps, or larger
FucoideiH, contain abundance of KCl in their ash. Efflorescence
of salts on the dry weed is a common phenomenon in hut, dry
climates. Whilst most publislied accounts of such efflorescences
mention large quantities of KCl, they do not in geneial give
anything else except NaCl. On the other hand, so long ago as
July 31, 1894, in the Journ. Soc. (hem. Industry, Vol.34, p.608,
0. Stanford writes, "Mannite is often seen on the frond of the
Laminaria as an efflorescence, and is probably the result of fer-
mentation.'" He does not mention the KCl.
A great deal of attention has been paid in the last few yeais
to the constituents of kelps by American woikers, and it is of
interest to compare the results in the case of American kelps
with those obtained from the New Zealand forms mentioned.
Mr. Frank K. Cameron, in Report No. 100, United States De-
partment of Agriculture, Washington, 1915, writes, p.'Jl, "The
salts contained in kelp are mainly potassium and sodium chlorides.
To a small extent, calcium and magnesium salts and iodides are
present, and probably unimportant amounts of other salts.
While the ratio of potassium chloride to sodium chloride varies
more or less, for general argument it may be assumed as approx-
imately 3 to 2." And on p. 27, "When kelp is dried slowly,
there appears on the surface an efflorescence which can more or
less readily be shaken off. This efflorescence is a mixture of
potassium and sodium chlorides, the former predominating,
togetlier with smaller and generally negligible quantities of other
salts." It will be noticed that there is no mention of a pre-
liminary washing in fresh water, and the question arises— Is the
sodium chloride actually derived from the kelp itself, or is it
simply due to the evaporation of the adherent sea-water ? No
mention is made of the presence of mannitol in the efflorescence.
Mr. D. R. Hongland, writing in the Journal of \Agricultural
Research, U.S.A., Vol. iv., p.52, April, 1915, says, "The selective
BY A. H. S. LUCAS. 679
action for potash is of course almost equally striking " [as that
for iodine] "but the difference is of interest: much of the
potassium chloride effloresces out as the plant dries, while no
iodine is demonstrated in the effloresced salt."
In view of the above, Mr. Steel's complete analysis of an
efflorescence undoubtedly derived solelv from thealfja? themselves,
is of great value.
Mr. Hongland does not speak of mannitol, or of any other
organic substance in the efflorescence, but, I.e., p. -1 7, speaking of
tlie non-nitrogenous organic substances present in the kelp, he
says, 'Ver\' little information isobtainable for these groups, and
there are no satisfactory chemical methods available for their
study. In general, complex mucilaginous polysaccharines aie
characteristic of marine algjp, replacing the starch, cellulose, and
simple sugars of most land-plants." I do not know whether
mannitol has been found in the dried weed. Stanford regarded
it as an after-product produced by fermentation!* In the case of
the New Zealand plants, the efflorescence is still forming (May,
1916), quite a large fresh crop of crystals having appeared in tlie
interval from June, I 9 ' 5. It seems improbable that a fermenta-
tion could continue for five years and a lialf under dry condi-
tions. I imagijie that the efflorescence is a purely physico-
chemical phenomenon.
It would be premature to discuss the bearing of the result of
the analysis of this efflorescence upon the subject of the meta-
bolism of kelps.
680
STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. Part XIII.
By C. Hedley, F.L.S.
(Plates xlvi.-lii.)
(Continued from Vol. xxxix., p.765.)
Akca adamsiana Dunker.
Area adamsiana Dunker, Novit. Conch. 1866, p. 88, PI. xxix.,
figs.4-6. Area siynata Dunker, op. ait., 1868, p. 112, PI. xxxviii.,
figs. 3-5: Id., Laniy, Journ. de Conch , Iv., 1907, p. 78, Pl.i., figs.
1,2.
This species has not hitherto been recorded for Australia I
dredged several specimens in ten fathoms in Port Curtis, Queens-
land. Submitting these to Dr. Lamy, lie approved of my iden-
tification of them as A. adamsiana, and added that they con-
firmed him in considering that species identical with A. signata.
For while the larger of my series corresponded well to A. signota,
the smaller agreed exactly with A. adamsiana.
»
Akca botanica, sp.nov.
(PI. li., figs.33, 34, 35.)
Barbatia pusilla Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 931, not
Byssoarca ]>usilla Sowerby.
Shell small, very solid, pointed-oblong, inflated, flattened on
the anterior-superior face, angled where this face meets the disk,
constricted slightly abreast of the byssal gape, truncate pos-
teriorly and attenuate anteriorly. Colour dull white or uniform
clay-colour. Umbo at three-flfths of total length, enrolled,
closely approaching. Area narrow-lanceolate, sunk under the
high arched beaks. Sculpture: small, conical scales set in im-
bricating flounces, the scales in about forty-four radials, the con-
centric lines about forty. The radials on the anterior face of
BY C. HEDLEY. 681
each valve are twelve. The scales are suppressed near the byssus-
exit. Teeth eighteen, of which seven are posterior, increasing
in size and inclination as they recede from the centre. Length,
15; height, 7; breadth of conjoined valves, 7 mm.
This species is common under stones at low tide-level in the
Hormosira-zone, all along the coast of New South Wales. It has
hitherto lacked a name through misidentification with a Peruvian
species. A member of the subgenus Acar, it nearest approaches
the tropical A. plicafa Dillwyn (founded on Chemnitz, Conch.
Cab., xi., PI. 204, fig.2008). From that, it is distinguishable by
finer sculpture, especially by the smaller and more numerous
radials of the antero-superior face, by shorter broader form, and
by far smaller size. Compared with the Adelaidean Area lami-
nata Angas,* it is smaller, more compac*', and delicately sculp-
tured.
Arca metella, sp.nov.
(Plate li., figs.36, 37.)
Shell small, rather thin, inflated, oblique, medially constricted,
especially in the young, and in the left valve. Colour dull
white. Anterior margin obliquely truncate, projecting past the
hinge-line. Ventral margin insinuate, ascending posteriorly till
it meets the hinge-line at a right angle. Umbo at one-third of
the total length from the posterior end, low and slightly project-
ing over the area. Fine, close, radial threads, about seventy in
number, are crossed by similar threads about thirty in number,
and develop a bead at the point of intersection. Ligamental
area narrow-lanceolate, from the umbo a few oblique furrows
cross the area anteriorly. The hinge has seven posterior and
ten anterior teeth; those I'emote from the centre are inclined.
Length, 10; height, 5-5; depth of single valve, 3 mm.
Numerous separate valves, associated with Arca strabo, were
dredged by myself in 100 fathoms off Wollongong, and in 80
fathoms off Narrabeen, N. S. Wales.
* Barhatia laminata Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1865, p. 655. t^Arca
irudina Lamarck, An. s. vert., vi., 1819, p.41; Lamy, Journ. de Conch.,
Iv., p. 80.
52
682 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii.,
As Dr. Lamy kindly points out to me, this shell has a general
resemblance to Area nodidosa Miiller, from the North Atlantic.
The Australian shell is, however, sharply cancellated, while the
radial lines of A. nodidosa aie broken before reaching the con-
centric. Our shells are also much smaller and rather more
inflated.
Chama FIBULA Reeve.
Chama fibula Reeve, Conch. Icon., iv., 1846, PI. v., fig.27; Id.,
Melvill t Standen, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., xxvii., 1899, p.l93.
Chama jukesii Reeve, Proc. Zool. 8oc., 1846 (1847), p.l20; Id.,
Conch. Icon., iv., 1847, Pi. vii., fig.39; Id., Schmeltz, Cat. Mus.
Godeff., v., 1874, p.l72; Id., Smith, Chall. Rep. Zool., xiii., 1885,
p. 172. Chama pellis-phocoi Reeve, Proc. Zool. 8oc., 1846 (1847),
p.ll8; Id., Reeve, Conch. Icon., iv., 1847, PI. ix., fig. 54 ; Id.,
Melvill & Standen, op. cit., p. 193. C. bellisphoccB Clessin, Conch.
Cab., 1889, p,37, PI. 17, tig. 1. Chama spinosa Angas, Proc. Zool.
Soc, 1867, p. 925 (not Broderip). Chama reflexa Angas, Proc.
Zool. Soc, 1871, p.lOO (not Reeve).
A small Cliatna is not uncommon on stones between tide-
marks in the sheltered parts of Sydney Harbour. It is firmly
attached by the greater part of the left valve, the opercular valve
usually pitched at a high inclination to the base; it is orbicular,
with a sculpture of small, crowded, erect, subtubular scales, and
attains a diameter of 45 mm. I have di'edged this species also
in Port Curtis and off Cape York, Queensland. No other species
of this genus comes as far south as Sydney.
The first mention of Chama from this State is Lamarck's note
that the variety (b) of C. ruderalis comes from Port Jackson.
Both Delessert and Chenu* illustrate C. ruderalis as attached
by the apex of the right valve. In size and general appearance,
it is conformable to the Sydney shell. In South and West Aus-
tralia, there is a species which is usually sinistral, and exception-
ally dextral, and may, therefore, be Lamarck's species. If
Chenu's tigs. 2b, 2c represent Lamarck's var. (b), then the locality
ascribed to it is erroneous.
* Delessert, Recueil, 1841, PI. xiii., figs.5, a, b. Chenu, Illustr. Conch.,
1846, Pi. 5, figs. 2, 2a, 2b, 2c.
BY C. HEDLEY. 683
The next records of Chama were by Angas, who, in his cata-
logue of Port Jackson shells, included C. spinosa Broderip, in
1867, and C. reflexa Reeve, in 1871. C. spinosa was described
from Lord Hood's Island, or Marutea, in the Paumotus, and its
appearance here is improbable. It seems to be based on a shell
too young to display specific characters. C. reflexa is from
Darnley Island or Erub, Torres Strait. The figure of it does not
well agree with the Sydney shell. From Cape York, Smith
identified C. jukesii as taken by the " Challenger," and unites to
these, as synonyms, C. fibula Reeve, and C. pellis-phoccB Reeve.
The two latter are again recorded from this area by Melvill &,
Standen.
Of these three, C. fibula was published in December, 1846,
and must, therefoi^e, take precedence over C. jitkesii and C.
pellis-yhoccE. "Preliminary" descriptions of the two latter were
issued 27th January, 1847, in the Proceedings of the Zoological
Society, but perhaps subsequent to their appearance in the
Iconica in January, 1847.
In the case of another Queensland species, Chama pulcheJla,
Reeve seems to have intruded not only on the prior C. lohata
Broderip, and the Lamarckian C . damcecornis, but on the original
Linnean Chama lazarus.
There is yet another species described by Reeve as C . nivalis,
which Jukes procured in Queensland, and which seems to me
likely to be preoccupied by Lamarck's Chama limhula.*
Such items as these support Cooke's contention that, in Chama,
" Reeve has made fifty-five species out of material probably
better represented by ten."t
LUCINIDA HILAIIU, Sp.nOV.
(Plate li., figs.38, 39.)
Shell rather thin, inflated, truncate-circular. Colour dull
white. The lunule-side is straight, cutting off a segment from
the circle which the margin of the valve otherwise describes.
* Lamarck, An. s. vert., vi., 1819, p. 9-5; Chenu, Illustr. Conch., 1846,
PI. 7, figs. 5, oa. 5b.
t Cooke, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5), xviii., 188G, p.90.
684 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii.,
Umbo small, incurved. Lunule rather broad, margined by a
shallow groove, beyond which is a low broad fold. Sculpture :
irregular, weak, concentric growth-lines, across which runs a
series of delicate and superficial radial scratches. Edge of valve
smooth and thin. Height, 18; length, 19; depth of single valve,
6 mm.
Hab.— Off Montagu Island, 7-10 fathoms, February, 1916,
(type), self. Also separate valves from the ocean-beaches round
Sydney.
In general appearance, L. hilaira is like Lucina perohUqiia
Tate, but that is larger, more solid, more inflated, with more
regular, concentric sculpture.
SOLECARDIA CRYPTOZOICA, n.Sp.
(Plate xlvi., fig.l; PI. li., fig.40.)
Scintilla anomala Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867 (1868), p. 928;
not S. anomala Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1855(1856), p. 181;
nor S. anomala Deshayes, Explan. PI. xlix., figs. 13-15, Anim. s.
vert. Bassin de Paris, i., 1860.
Shell thin, translucent, of a milky colour, subequilateral,
oblong in outline when young but becoming ovate when aged.
When in contact ventrally, the valves are slightly apart dorsally.
Ventral margins slightly curved, anterior end rounded, posterior
produced. In the centre, the valve is tumid, but, dorsally, the
margins are compressed and elevated in an arched crest on either
side of the umbo, which projects prominently. Surface glossy,
under the lens a few faint concentric threads appear, and the
dorsal margins are slight!}^ vermiculate. Length, 11; height,
8 mm.
The animal is of a milky translucency, in pale examples tipped
with lemon, in darker specimens the mantle-margin and the
longer tentacles are orange, sometimes the most prominent
tentacles are tipped with scarlet. The foot is long and narrow,
and is thrust far out, thus enabling the animal to progress rapidly.
A thin transparent membrane, an outgrowth of the mantle, is
spread over most, if not all, of the shell. On it are numerous
papilla? which, round the margin, develop into tentacles. At each
BY C. HEDLEY. 685
dorsal angle is a particularly long, slender horn. Similar pro-
cesses on the mantle are shown in a sketch of Scintilla chilkaensis
Preston.* Posteriorly, the mantle develops into two voluminous
flaps. This gregarious species shelters under stones at low water
in the mud-zone in Middle Harbour, Sydney, in companies of a
dozen or so.
Following the identification of G. F. Angas, this species has
locally been received as Scintilla anomala. But it does not agree
with the figure of that species in the Thesaurus; and Mr. H. B.
Preston, who compared the type in the British Museum with
Sydney specimens, assures me that they are distinct.
Cardium rackettii Donovan.
Cardium rackettii Donovan, Naturalist's Repository, iv., 1826,
PL 124. Cardium radiatum Reeve, and Cardium pallidiim
Reeve, Conch. Icon., ii., 1845, PI. xviii., figs.89, 92. Cardium
tenuicostatum of authors, but not of Lamarck and Delessert.
No mention is made of Cardiiim rackettii in any of the mono-
graphs or catalogues dealing with the genus Cardium. Yet it
was excellently figured, described, and localised, as being the
size of the ordinary European Cardium echinatum, having 47
ribs, and obtained by Humphrey in New South Wales. It is
obviously a species common round Sydney, a particularly fine
example of which befoi-e me, from the Harbour, is 48 mm. in
height and in breadth, and has 49 ribs. By Forbes, it was
reported from Sydney as C. radiatum, and, by both Angas and
Smith, as C. tenuicustatum.J
But Cardium tenuicostatum was described by Lamarck from
Timor and New Holland as a shell 56 mm. in diameter, with 48
ribs. The figure which Delessert gave (PI. xi., fig.6) from a
Lamarckian specimen exhibits a shell of a quite different contour
from C. rackettii, and disagrees with the figures which Sowerby,
Hanley, Ueeve, and Roemer have produced as of C. tenuicostatum.
It is now suggested that the real C. temiicostatum has been lost
* Anuandale and Kemp, Mem. Indian Museum, v., lUlU, p.3.51.
t Forbes, Voy. Rattlesnake, ii., 1852, p. 366. Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc,
1867, p.925. Smith, Chall. Rep. Zuol., xii., 1885, p.l59.
686 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii.,
to view, and that the later Australian references to it should be
transferred to C. rackettii Donovan.
Cardium cygnorum Deshayes.
(Plate lii., fig.41.)
Cardium cygnorum Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854 (May,
1855), p.331; Id., Angas, op. cit., 1865, p. 651; Id., Tryon, Am.
Journ. Conch., vii., 1872, iSuppl., p. 261; Id., Tenison-Woods,
Proc. Roy Soc. Tasm., 1877, p.53; Id., Tate, Trans. Roy. t:>oc.
S.A., ix., 1887, p.95; Id., Tate &, May, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales, xxvi., 1901, p.430; Id., Pritchard *t Gatliff, Proc. Boy.
Soc. Vict., xvi., 1903, p.l35.
Though this species has been frequently cited in literature, it
has not yet been figured. A specimen 50 mm. high and 42 mm.
long, from St. Vincent's Gulf, S. Australia, identified by Mr. E.
A. Smith, is, therefore, here illustrated. The range of this
species is now announced to extend into New South Wales. I
have dredged a living specimen, 26 x 28 mm., in 7-10 fathoms,
on sandy ground, under Montagu Island.
Tridacna gigantea Perry.
Chama gigas Linne (in part only) Syst. Nat., x., 1758, p. 691
Cfide Hanley, Ips. Linn. Conch., 1855, p. 85); Id., P»orn, Test.
Mus. Cfes., 1780, p.80; Id., Chemnitz, Conch. Cab., vii., 1784,
p. Ill, PI. 49, 'figs. 492-4. "Zrti^at^'itVe,"Cubieres, Histoire Abrege
des Coquillages de Mer, 1798, p.l48. Chania gigantea Perry,
Concholog}'^, 1811, p.2. Chama gigas Flinders, Voy. Terr. Austr.,
ii., 1814, p. 114. Tridacna gigas Lamarck, An. s. vert., vi., 1819,
p. 105; Id., Ten. -Woods, these Proceedings, v., 1880, p. 125; Id.,
Kobelt, Nachr. deut. Malak. Gesell., xv., 1883, p. 189; Id., Kent,
Great Barrier Heef, 1893, p. 44, PL xxix.; Id., Smith, Proc. Malac.
Soc. iii., 1898, p.ll2; Id., Hedley, Nautilus, xv., 1902, p.98; Id.,
Banfield, "Confessions of a Beachcomber," 1908, p. 138. Tridacna
lamarcki Hidalgo, Mem. Real Acad. Cienc. Madrid, xxi., 1903,
p.385.
Under the name of Chania gigas, the Father of Natural His-
tory seems to have embraced the whole of the modern genus
BY c. Medley. 687
Triiiacna. For the name gi'jas, as restricted to a single species,
the candidates are the shell subsequently named squamosa by
Lamarck, and a huge species whose valves, in the Ulrica
Museum, together weighed 498 lbs.
After careful examination, Hanley decided that the furbe-
lowed clam, such as Reeve has figured (Conch Icon., xiv., 1862,
Tridacna, Pi. iii.) for T. squamosa, ought rightly to bear the name
oigigas. He based his verdict on the ground that the actual
shell owned by Linne as representing gigas, is the Lamarckian
squamosa, and that to this apply most of the literary references.
Linnean contemporaries, such as Born, Regenfuss, and Chemnitz,
while making casual reference to the giant, all agree in figuring
and describing squamosa as the Linnean gigas.
Discriminating in 1819 between the species his predecessors
had confused, Lamarck unlawfully used tlie name gigas for the
largest form, while for the Linnean giyas he proposed squamosa.
Attentive to the remarks of Hanley, Hidalgo, in 190.'^, renamed
the biggest species T. lamarcki. \^\xt in 1811, Perry had already
used the name Chama gigantea for " The largest shell at present
known a Bivalve about three feet in length, one foot and
a half in breadth, the shell itself being four or five inches thick."
As the young of the giant has not yet been traced to the
adult, it is still possible that squamosa is a juvenile deeper-water
form of the large intertidal and abraded gigantea.
The size to which this species ultimately attains is, as Kent
and Banfield remark, a favourite subject for romance among
travellers. After some inquiries. Smith concluded that the
largest authentic record was that by Dillwynof a Sumatran pair
which weighed 507 lbs., and of which the largest valve was four
feet six inches long, two feet five and a half inches high, and
one foot deep. The heaviest known are a pair weighing ooOlbs.,
which, Cubieres and Lamarck relate, were presented by the
Venetian Republic to Francis I. These still exist, their edges
bound with brass, as holy-water basins in the cathedral of St.
Sulpice, in Paris.
The photographs of Saville Kent show the giant clams in their
natural position on the Great Barrier Reef, where they occur
688
STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, Xlii.,
free and exposed at low tide, standing on their umbones, and
showing their brightly coloured mantle and so-called eyes* as
they gape. They were reported by Capt. Cook as " cockles of
so enormous a size that one of them was more than two men
could eat."t
Kobelt has noticed that Javan specimens were infested by
Pinnotheres, a commensal crustacean.
Flinders described how the valves of this giant cockle were
used as tanks on Half-way Island or Parima, a waterless cay in
Torres Strait. To each shell, the rain-water was led from Pan-
danus trees by guttei's, long slips of bark, so that a shower would
pour two or three pints into each for the use of native canoe-
voyagers.
DosiNiA CROCKA Deshayes.
Dosinia crocea Deshayes, Brit. Mus. Cat., 1853, p.8 ; Id.,
Roemer, Monogr., 1862,p.7l,Pl. xiii., fig.4: Id., Tate, Trans. Roy.
Soc. S.A., ix., 1887, p.94; Id., Pritchard & Gatliff, Proc. Roy.
Soc. Vict., xvi., 1903, p. 133; Id., May, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasni.,
1915, p.80.
This species is now added to the fauna of New South Wales
on the strength of specimens I dredged in 7-10 fathoms under
Montagu Island.
Gafrarium quoyi Hanley.
Cytherea scripta var. quoyi Hanley, Recent Shells, 1844,
p. 11 bis, PI. XV., fig. 25. Circe quoyi Sowerby, Thes. Conch., ii.,
1853, p. 758. Circe lenticularis Deshayes, Cat. Conchif. Brit.
Mus., June, 1853, p.85; Id., Proc. Zool. Soc, 1853 (June 27,
1854), p.7; Id., Reeve, Conch. Icon., xiv., 1863, PI. ii., fig.7; Id.,
Roemer, Monog. Venus, 1869, p.200, PI. Iv., fig.l; Id., von
Martens, Zool. Forsch. Semon, 1894, p. 94. Circe trigona Reeve,
Conch. Icon., xiv., 1863, Pi. iii., fig. 12. Circe riv2i/aris Sowerhy,
Thes. Conch., ii., 1853, p.652, PI. 139, figs.46-48; Id., Hanley,
* Brock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), i., 1888, p. 430.
t Cook's First Voyage, iii., 1783, p.o66.
BY C. HEDLEV. 689
Recent Shells, 1856, p. 355; Id., Reeve, Conch. Icon., xiv., 1864,
PI. i., fig. 3 (not Venus rivularia Born, Index Mus. Ctes. Vind.,
1778, p.59. and Test, ect., 1780, p.72, PL v., fig.7). Circe
tmdalina Angas, Pi'oc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 922 (? Venus U7idalina
Lamarck, An. s. vert., v., 1818, p.575; 1 Reeve, Conch. Icon.,
xiv., 1864, PL L, fig.lc). Circe pe7-sonata Reeve, Conch. Icon.,
xiv., 1864, PL2, fig.6; Id., Roemer, Monog. Venus, 1869, PL liv.,
tigs. la, lb, not Ic; Id., Schmeltz, Cat. Godeff. Mus., v., 1875, p. 169
(not C. per sonata Desh., Cat. Conch. Brit. Mus., 1853, p.8 4).
Circe sugillata Jieeve, Conch. Icon., xiv., 1864, PL iii., fig. 11.
Circe scripta Ohenu, Illustr. Conch., 184 7, PL xi., figs. 8, 8a, 8b
only; /c?., Smith, Chall. Exped. ZooL, xiii., 1885, p. 140; Id.,
Roth, N. Qld. Ethn. Bull., iii., 1901, p 18; Id, Hedley, these
Proceedings, xxxL, 1906, p. 466 (not Venus scripta Linne, Syst.
Nat., x., 1758, p.680).
The "Challenger" Expedition reported Circe scripta Linn.,
as taken in 4-18 fathoms in Port Jackson. It is difficult to
decide what shell ought to bear this name. For none of the
figures cited by Linne in the original account of 1758 harmonise
with any shell known in modern times as Circe sc7'ipta. He
quoted first the Chama litterata rotunda of Rumphius,* which
is a rounder, smoother shell than a Circe, and might pass as well
for Lioconcha fastigiata. Hanley statedf that a specimen in the
Linnean cabinet corresponds to Sowerby's illustration of C.
scripta, Thes. Conch., ii., 1844, PL 139, fig.38. This iovm{ = alhida
Deshayes) occurs, I believe, in Queensland; it difiers from the
Sydney shell in shape and colour.
Thus, whether C. scripta is to be identified from the figures to
which Linne referred, or whether the shell owned by Linne, and
noted by Hanley, is to be taken for the foundation of the species,
we must equally exclude C . scripta from the local fauna. Having
arrived at the conclusion that "this shell (usually termed the
Scripta of Australia) is completely distinct from the true scripta
of Linnaeus," Hanley suggested for it "the name of Quoyi, in
* Runiphius, Ambom. Rariteitkamer, 1741, p. 139.
t Hanley, Ips. Linn. Coiioh., 1855, p. 78.
690 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii.,
honour of the naturalist wlio has so successfully investigated
the invertebrata of that portion of the globe." But he again
described this species on p. 355 under the name of Cylherea
rivularis Born. The Sydney shell, which has a smooth ventral
margin, and so belongs to the section Circe, as restricted by
Jukes Brovi'ne,* appears to have been figured by Sowerby and
Reeve as Circe rivularis Born. But Brauerf has determined
Born's type of rivularis to be Circe crocea Gray, as figured by
Roemer, PI. Ivi., fig ^c. This is different from C. quoyi, being
more inflated, with coarser, umbonal, oblique folds.
Schmeltz has identified the >Sydney shell as C. personata
Deshayes, 1853, but that was founded on a Nicobar species
figured by Chemnitz (Vol. vii., figs. 420-426), and was already
named Circe violacea by Schumacher in 1817. This, and not
scriptd Linn., was the type of the genus Circe. Perhaps the
figures of personata supplied by later authors were derived from
Australian shells. Angas referred the Sydney shell to Cytherea
undatina Lamk. This may be correct, and, if so, would take
precedence over quoyi or other names. But the literary history
of this is too meagre and contradictory for adoption. For
Roemer's figure of it agrees neither with Lamarck's description
of the colour-pattern, nor with Deshaj'es' determination of it as
scripta. Possibly Lamarck's species might be the neglected
Venus Wauaria Gmelin, 1791.
Adams has figured J C. quoyi as the host of Myochama
stulchburyi.
As the best expression of typical New South Wales G. quoyi,
Roemer's fig.l, Plate liv., may be selected. A variety from N.
W. Australia is shown by Reeve's PI. i., fig. 3a. A well marked
related form is C. triyona Reeve, 1863, not yet reported as Aus-
tralian, but here noted as from Stradbroke and Facing Islands,
Queensland. It is shown by Roemer's PI. 53, fig. 2, as Circe
plicatina.
* Jukes Browne, Proc. Mai. See, xi., 1914, p. 66.
tBrauer, S. B. Akad. Wien, Ixxvii., 1878, p. 132.
t Adams, Proc. Zool, Hoc, 1852, PI. xv., fig. 4.
BY C. HEDLEY. fi91
Marcia nitida Quoy & Gaimard.
(Plate xlvi., figs.2, 3 )
Chione nitida Hedley, these Proceedings, xxix., 1904, p. 1 94.
This species attains a larger size than is usually recognised.
One specimen T gathered is 56 mm. long, and 37 high, the con-
joined valves being 27 mm. deep. It occurs alive at low tide in
sand on the margin of a Zostera-flat by the Middle Harbour
Sand-Spit. The animal has a long, tongue-shaped, orange-coloured
foot. The siphons are buff streaked and spotted with black;
they are of equal length and deeply divided, their apertures
fringed with digitate papillae. The exhalant has, besides, a lobe
which acts as a lid. The mantle-margin is finely fringed with
papillje. In his review of the family, this species was, under the
synonym oi ficniigata, included in Marcia by Jukes Browne.*
Tellina astula, sp.nov.
(Plate lii., figs. 42, 43.)
Tellina nitida Perry, Conchology, 1811, Pl.lv., fig. 1. Not
Tellina nitida Poli, 1791. Tellina perna Brazier,(not Spengler),
these Proceedings, ii., 1877 (1878), p.l42; Id., Whitelegge, Proc.
Roy. Soc, N. S. Wales, xxiii., 1889, p.238.
Shell oblong acuminate, polished, convex, rose-pink, with broad
radiating bands of cream, smooth except on the rostrum. Dorsal
margin straight, anterior end semicircular, ventral margin
arcuate. Rostrum tongue-shaped, concave above, protuberant
posteriorly, end truncate, lower margin straight, horizontal,
sharply bent to continue the ventral margin. The valves differ
by the rostrum being bent to the right and having, in the right
valve, a fold at its base, absent in the left. From the umbo to
the extremity runs a shallow furrow. Spaced and sharply
engraved concentric grooves extend in the right valve over the
whole rostral area past the fold and notch, but, on the left, only
from the radial furrow to the edge. The anterior side is rather
longer than the posterior. Length, 155; height, 25; depth,
11 mm.
Hab. — Sow and Pigs lleef, Sydney (Brazier), Broken Bay
(Hargraves), and Trial Bay (C. Laseron), N.S.VN'.
* J. Browne, Proc. Malac. Soc, viii., 1909, p.233; and xi., 1914, p.87.
692 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii.,
This has a general likeness to T. penia, for which it has been
mistaken, but T. astula has a much narrower rostrum, and an
abrupt notch where the rostrum leaves the body. T. pharaonis
has the rostrum grooved, but both the rostrum and the rest of
the valve are longer and narrower than in 2\ astula. T. con-
saiiguinea Sowerby,* is more compressed, and the rostrum has a
more upward direction.
Spisula trigonella Lamarck.
Mactra trigonella Lamarck, An. s. vert., v., 1818, p. 479; Id.,
Lamy, Bull Mus. Hist. Nat., 1914, p. 245. Gnathodon parvum
Petit, Journ. de Conch., iv., 1853, p. 358, PI. xiii., figs. 9, 10.
Spisula parva Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xvii., 1894, p. 106 ;
Id., Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, xxvi., 1902, p 707,
PI. xxxiv., figs. 2, 3 (hinge); Id., Smith, Proc. Malac. Soc, xi.,
1914, p.l46.
Mactra trigonella was gathered by Peron at Shark's Bay, W.A.,
and was named by Lamarck. For nearly a century, his unfigured
type has lain unobserved in the Paris Museum. Dr. Lamy has
lately disinterred it, and declares it identical with Spisula parva,
which younger name must now be superseded.
Amphidesma angusta Reeve.
(Plate xlvi., fig.4.)
Mesodesma angiista Pteeve, Conch. Icon., viii., July 1854, PI. i.,
fig.S; Id., Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854 (May, 1855), p.338;
Id., Tate, Trans. Hoy. Soc. S.A., xxi., 1897, p. 46; Id., Lamy,
Journ. de Conch., Ixii., 1914, pp.37, 38, fig.2. Mesodesma
elongata Reeve, Conch. Icon., viii., 1854, PI. i., tig. 5; Id., Des-
hayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854 (1855), p. 337; Id., Tate, Trans.
Roy. Soc. S.A., ix., 1887, p. 85; Id., Tate k May, these Proceed-
ings, xxvi., 1901, p.424; Id., Pritchard & Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc.
Vict., xvi., 1903, p. 110. Donacilla elongata Angas, Proc. Zool.
Soc, 1865, p.647, and 1867, p. 220; Id., Tryon, Am. Journ.
Conch., iv., Suppl., 1868, p.l26; Id., Ten.-Woods, Proc Roy.
Soc. Tasm., 1877, p.50.
Sowerby, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), xii., 1903, p.500.
BY C. HEDLEY. G93
It has already been reported by Prof. Tate that M. angusta
and M. elongata are synonyms, an observation which, from ex-
amination of their respective types, [ can confirm. As the
notices in the Conchologica Iconica were published a year before
those in the Zoological Proceedings, it follows that avgusta must
be ci'edited to Reeve, and must also take precedence over
elongata. To the list of Tasmanian species wrongly credited to
Raine Island {antea, xxxviii., p. 268), A. elongata can now be
added.
This species is common round Sydne}'. Its habit is to lie in
the sand in the wash of the sea. When the drag of the waves
uncovers it, there is a sparkle of yellow, a scramble, two or three
quick stabs of the foot, and the bivalve is again buried. The
foot protrudes to a length equal to that of the shell; it is flat,
cordate-acuminate, buff with a pink tinge. The exhalant siphon
seems to be always exserted further than its fellow; the orifice
is beset with a few, small, digitate papillse. The inhalant siphon
issues at the angle of the shell; as far as I could observe it in
captivity, it extends only a third of the length of the other
siphon, and has the expanded orifice fringed with fine, pinnatifid
processes.
Mr. T. Dick sends me a specimen of A. angusta from Port
Macquarie, which he found in process of being bored by Polinices
incei.
Amphidesma cuneata Lamarck.
Crassatella cuneata Lamarck, An. s. vert., v., 1818, p. 483; Id.,
Lamy, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., 1912, p.248, text-fig. (not of
Sowerby, Reeve, Hanley, or Tate). Amphides7na glabrella
Lamarck, op. cit., p. 493; Id., Lamy, op. cit , p. 253; Id., Lamy,
Journ. de Conch., Ixi., 1913, p.322; Id., Blainville, Man. de
Malac, 1827, PI. 78, fig.6; Id., Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., xxi.,
1897, p. 46. Mesodesma gaijmardi T)esha.yes, Encycl. Meth., vers,
ii., 1835, p.4:i4:(Jide Lamy). Mesodesma prcecisa Reeve, Conch.
Icon., vii., 1854, P1.4, fig. 31; Id., Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854
(May, 1855), p. 338. Mesodesma obtusa Crosse & Fischer, Journ.
de Conch., xii., 1864, p.350, and xiii., 1865, p.428, PI. xi., fig.4;
Id., Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc , 1867, p.920.
694 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii.,
This is another case in which Australian conchologists have
benefited by the examination of Lamarck's types by Dr. Ed.
Lani}', of Paris. This southern species is dwarfed, and scarce in
this latitude, which makes it improbable that Melvill &, Standen
were correct in identifying J/, prcecisa from Albany Pass. The
first record of this from our State was a note by Angas that he
had found Donacilla ohtnsa at The Spit, Middle Harbour. Tate
ascertained that this name was a synonym of M. prchcisa and
M. glabrella. The unfigured C. cnneata had been generally
ascribed, as in Reeve's Iconica, to AnapeUn cydadea{ = Spistda
adelaidce Angas), but the figure of the type, lately published by
Dr. Lamy, has corrected this error. This species varies a good
deal in outline.
LiNGULA ROSTRUM Shaw.
Mytilus rostrum Shaw, Nat. Miscell., ix., 1797, P1.315, two
upper figures. Pharetra monoculoides Bolten, Mus. Bolt., (2),
1798, p. 159, for Chemn. Conch. Cab., x., 1788, p 360, PI. 172,
figs. 1675-77. Lig^da unguis Cuvier, Tab. Elem., 1798, p. 435.
Lingida analina Lamarck, Syst. An. s. vert., 1801, p. 141, for
Lingula sp. Bruguiere, Encycl. Meth. vers, 1797, PI. 250, fig. 1, a,
b, c; Id., Davidson, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool , iv., 1888, p. 206, PI.
xxix., figs. 1-8; Id., von Martens, Forsch. Gazelle, iii., 1889, p. 263.
Lingida hians Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 935; Id., White-
legge, Proc Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxiii., 1889, p.294.
The type of the brachiopod genus Lingula is usually known
by Lamarck's name of anatina. There are,'liowever, other names
whose claims deserve consideration. Linne included, under
^'■Patella unguis," references both to a Scutus and to a Lingula.
According to Hanley,* it is the former, based on a figure of
Rumphius, which should carry the Linnean name.
From the Museum Gerversianum, there is cited by Dillwyn
for this species Anatijera luzona of Meuschen.
A Philippine form was well figured and legitimately named
Mytilus rostrum by Shaw in 1797, a name which, though left for
* Hanley, Ips. Linn. Conch., 1854, p. 425.
BY C. HEDLEY. 695
a century in obscurity, appears the rightful heir to the title. In
the following year, Bolten proposed a binomial for some excellent
figures published polynoraially by Chemnitz. The generally
accepted name by Lamarck was not advanced till 1801.
The genus-name Lingida appeared rather irregularly as a
heading for a single species on a plate in the Encyclopedic
Methodique. If this is ruled out, then we shall have to fall
back on Bolten's Pharetra.
The species have been discriminated usually from dry and
probably distorted material. Little attention has been given to
change in appearance in dilferent stages of growth. It may be,
therefore, still a matter for investigation whether the names
assigned to Australian forms, L. tumidula Reeve, L murphiana
Reeve, L. exusta Reeve, and L. hirundo Reeve, represent distinct
species, geographical races, or growth-forms of a single species.
L. anatina was recognised from Moreton Bay by Dr. E. von
Martens. Some fifty years ago, Angas gathered, in Middle
Harbour, a species of Lingida which he determined as L hians.
Brazier has noted, in Whitelegge's List, additional localities for
this.
A Revision of Australasian Tugalia.
Of Tugalia, there are two species in New Zealand, and two
others in Australia. Confusion has enveloped this small group;
for under the name of T. parmophoidea, or its various renderings,
each of the other species has in turn been included. 'J'he
identity of the genotype has thus been obscured. Monographs
in the Thesaurus and Conchologica Iconica, by transfer of names
to wrong genera, species, and localities, by omission, and dis-
union, constructed a labyrinth of error which has entangled
conchologists for half a century. 1 hus, in 1867, Emargimda
ossea Gould, from Fiji, was substituted for the totally different
T. parmophoidea from Sydney by Angas. In 1883, Brazier
re-distributed the names of three species incorrectly. As late
as 1903, Pritchard & Gatliff reflected current opinion by pre-
senting, under the head of T. parmophoidea, a tangled, hetero-
genous mass of intermedia, elegans, tasmnnica, and australi$.
696 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii.,
It is hoped that the figures of the four species concerned, now
placed side by side for comparison, will relieve the misunder-
standing that has hitherto prevailed.
TUGALIA INTERMEDIA Reeve.
(Plate lii., fig.44.)
Parmophorus infermedius Reeve, Conch. Syst., ii. 1842, p. 22,
PL cxxxix., figs. 5, 6; Id., Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1842, p. 50; Id.,
Hutton, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, ix., 1884, p.371. Sub-
emargiynila intermedia Suter, Man. N.Z. Moll., 1913, p. 102, PI. 8,
fig. 6. Tngalia cinerea Sowerby, Thes. Conch., iii., 1863, p. 221,
PI. 249, fig. 15. Tugalia pannophoridea Sowerby, Thes. Conch.,
iii., 1863, p. 221, PI. 249, fig. 16; Id., Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xvii.,
1870,Pl.i.,fig.4a,not4b; M, Hutton, Man.N.Z. Moll., 1880, p.l06.
Subemarginula parmophoidea Harris, Cat. Pert. Moll. Brit. Mus.,
i., 1897, p. 290. Tttgali elegans Gray, in Diefienbaoh, Travels in
N.Z., ii., 1843, p.240; Id., Revue Zool., 1844, p.355; M, von
Martens, Crit. List N.Z. Mollusca, 1873, p. 35. N ot Parmophorus
elegansGra,j, Annals of Philos., ix., 1825, p.l40( = Scutus unguis
Linn.).
Hitherto, this species has not been clearly differentiated from
T. par7nophoidea. 1"he New Zealand foi'm is readily distinguish-
able by having the apex considerably nearer to the margin than
has the Australian shell. In T. intermedia, the sculpture is
finer, the shell is not so tall, and has a more marked sinus at
the anterior margin. Otherwise the two are much alike in size,
shape, and general appearance. The pair represent one another
on each side of the Tasman Sea, which neither crosses.
In T. elegans, the concentric sculpture is described as forming
arched ribs across the radial striae, a point which, supported by
an exact locality. Great Barrier Island, fixes the identity of the
species. On the Banner Island shell, Gray founded a new genus,
which he spelt Tugali, apparently a misprint later corrected by
himself to Ihigalia.*
* Gray, Guide to the Systematic Distribution of Mollusca in the British
Museum, Part i., 1857, p. 163.
BY C. HEDLEY. G97
By A. Adams,* T. elegans was wrongly referred to North
Africa, and subsequent authors have mostly lost sight of the
name.
The specimen figured is 29 mm, long, and was collected by
Mr. H. Hill, at Wellington, New Zealand.
TuGALiA PARMOPHOiDEA Quoy & Caimard.
(Plate lii., fig.45.)
Emargimila parmophoidea Q. & G., Zool. Astrolabe, iii., 1835,
p. 325, P1.68,figs.l5, 16. Clypidina parmophoroidea Chenu, Man.
Conch., i., 1859, p. 373, figs. 2798-99. Tugalia pai-mophoridea
Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xvii., 1871, PI. i., fig.4b, not 4a. Emar-
g inula p)armophoidea Watson, Cliall. Rep. Zool., xv., 1886, p. 35.
Tugalia parmophoidea (in part) Pritchard & Gatliff, Proc. Roy.
Soc. Vict., XV., 1903, p. 190. Stibemarg inula parmophoroides
Shirley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Q'land, xxiii., 1911, p. 96. Ihigalia
ossea Sowerby, Thes. Conch., iii., 1863, p.221, P1.249, fig.18; Id.,
Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 2 19. T'ugalia australis Ten.-
Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1876 (1877), p.44; Id., Hardy,
Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1915, p. 63. Tugalia intermedia Brazier,
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Whales, viii., 1883, p.227.
This shell was, by Quoy & Gaimard, reported from New
Holland. Their account suits a species from New South Wales,
with which their name has been generally associated. But the
name has also been applied to other members of the genus.
Angas misidentified the Sydney Tugalia as T. ossea Gould, a
species of another genus. Detecting this error, and probably
associating ?'. parTUophoidea with the New Zealand form, Tenison-
Woods proceeded to rename the Sydney shell as T. australis.
T. parmophoidea inhabits the coast of South Queensland and
New South Wales, but fails, so Mr. W. L. May tells me, to reach
Tasmania. A statement by Angas, that it occurs in South Aus-
tralia, seems to need confirmation. The specimen figured is
27 mm. long, and was collected by myself at Cape Byron, N. S.
Wales.
A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (.3), vi., 1860, p.11'2.
53
698
TuGALiA ciCATRicosA A. Adams.
(Plate Hi., fig.46.)
Tugali cicatricosa A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1851 (1852)p.89;
Id., Angas, op. cit., 1865, p. 185. 7'ugalia cicatrosa Sowerby,
Thes. Conch., iii., 1863, p.222, P1.249, fig.l4; Id., Conch. Icon.,
xvii., 1870, PI i., fig. 7. Tugalia tasmanica Ten. -Woods, Proc.
Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1876 (1877), p.l56.
Like T. intermedia, this species was first erroneously ascribed
to the Philippine Islands. Angas recognised it from Port
Lincoln. I have seen it from Ulverstone, Tasmania; ISeptune
Islands, South Australia; and Geographe Bay, West Australia.
This distribution suggests that it will prove to be the Adelaidean
representative of the Peronian T. parmophoidea. Compared
with that, T. cicatricosa is more depressed, with the sides more
parallel; the apex nearer to the margin, is more notched ante-
riorly, and has a much coarser sculpture. A scar on the summit,
which suggested the name, was an individual and accidental
feature of the type-shell. It is by chance x'epeated in a specimen
before me, and was probably caused by adherence of a Caprdus
or some such associate. The specimen figured is 18 mm*. long,
and was collected in North Tasmania, by Miss M. Lodder.
Tugalia bascauda, sp.tiov.
(Plate Hi., fig.47.)
Shell small, solid, oblong. Colour milk-white. Surface glossy.
Sculpture : about 50 radial cords are crossed by 25 similar con-
centric cords, beaded at the points of intersection, and enclosing
deep, square pits as meshes. From the apex, a radial of double
breadth and height runs anteriorly along the median line. The
edge of the aperture is crenulated by the radials. Length, 12
breadth, 8; height, 3 mm.
The specimen drawn (type) was collected by the late Mr, R.
Helms, under stones, near Wellington, New Zealand. I have
also seen specimens from the Chatham Islands, labelled Tugalia
elegans by Capt. F. W. Hutton. It is apparently the species
cited by Mr. Suter in the Manual of New Zealand Mollusca as
BY C. HEDLEY.
699
Subemarginufa parmophoidea, now shown to be a different Aus-
tralian species.
Hemitoma aspera Gould.
(Plate xlvi., fig.6.)
In the last Part of these Studies {aiitea, xxxix, p.707), it was
stated that, though in ordinary use, Subemarg inula was unten-
able Relying on a defective entry in Scudder, Montfortia was
selected to replace it. Messrs. W. C. Clapp and T. Iredale have
kindly written to say that the name Rafinesque proposed was
not Hemitoma, as Scudder quotes, but Hemiloma. Therefore
the Hemitoma of Swainson, not Montfortia of Recluz, must take
the place of Suhemarginula. For the group of H. rvgosa, Mr.
Iredale has introduced Montfortula*
H. aspera inhabits the crevices among the compacted tubes of
Galeolaria,-\ where it is common near Sydney. When warned,
it can clino^ tenaciously to its foothold. Its movements are de-
liberate; both head and tail can be protruded beyond the shell.
Such parts as are exposed, the back of the head, tentacles,
siphonal pipe, and upper surface of hind foot, are black; the rest
is buff, which, on the mouth and muzzle, brightens to lemon-
yellow. The muzzle is rather long, with broadly expanding lip,
notched beneath. The tentacles are long and tapering; they
search actively in various directions; at the outer base of each
is a short, digitate, ocular tentacle with a large, black eye. On
the right side of this, there is, in the male, a curved, cephalic
appendage. Along the epipodial line, but interrupted between
the tentacles, runs a series of small, short filaments. When the
animal leans forward, the ctenidia are exposed; these are worn
folded, the edges doubled together on the inside and the stem
outside. Beyond the gill-tips, the mantle is slit, its edges
coalescing in a short tube external to the shell. The thickened
fringe of the mantle-margin is -produced into an inner and an
outer series of tufts of compound papillae, the outer ones lying
in the crenulations of the shell-rim.
» Iredale, Trans. N.Z, Inst., xlvii., 1915, p.433.
t Hedley, Journ. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, xlix., 1915, p.66, P1.5.
700 STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, xiii.,
Clanculus aloysii Tenison-Woods.
Clancuhis aloysii Ten. -Woods, Proc. Ro}'. Soc. Tasm., 1875
(1876), p. 155; Id., Hardy, op. cit., 1915, p.62; Id, Pilsbiy, Man.
Conch., xi., 1889, p.59, PI. xiv., figs.20-23; Id., Tate 6l May,
these Proceedings, xxvi., 1901, p.400; Id., Pi"itchard & Gatliflf",
Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xiv., 1902, p. 121; Id., Chapman & Gabriel,
Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxvi., 1914, p. 316.
This 'I'asmanian species is now found to extend north into
New South Wales. I dredged specimens in 7-10 fathoms near
Montagu Island. Also unrecorded for the State is Clanculus
plebeiiis Philippi, which I have collected in Twofold Bay.
MoNODONTA OBTUSA Dillwyn.
(Plate xlvii., fig. 12.)
Trochus ohtusus Dillwyn, Descrip. Cat., ii., 1817, p. 809, for
Chemnitz, Conch. Cab., xi., 1795, p.l67, P1.196, figs.1894, 1895.
Monodonta zebra Menke, Verch. Conch. Malsb., 1829, p. 17; Id,
Morch, Malak. Blatt., xviii., 1871, p. 125; Id., Maplestone, Month.
Micros. Journ., viii., 1872, p.50, PI. xxvi., fig. 2; /(/., Troschel,
Gebiss Schnecken, ii., 1879, p,232, PI. xxiii., fig.7; Id., Smith,
Zool. Coll. Alert, 1884, p.74; Id., Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xi., 1889,
p.91,P].20,fig.20; Id., Shirley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Q'land, xxiii., 1911,
p. 96. Trochus tceniatus Quoy & Gaimard, Zool. Astrolabe, iii.,
1834, p.249, P1.63, figs.15-17; Id., Angas, Proc. Zool Soc, 1867,
p.216; Id., Ten.-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1877, p.43; Id.,
Ten.-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. ^\ S. Wales, 1888, p.ll9. Trocho-
cochlea multicarinata Chenu, Man. Conch., i., 1859, p.360, fig.
2676; Id., Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p.216. Labia porcatus
A. Adams, Proc Zool. Soc, 1851 (1853), p. 177; Id., A. Adams,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.>(2), xii., 1853, p.207: Id., Angas, Proc
Zool. Soc, 1867, p.216. Troclms extenuatus Fischer, Coq. Viv.,
1878, p.330, P1.103, fig.l.
The above summary of literature shows how superfluous names
may accumulate round a well known species. As one of the most
common and conspicuous shells on the Sydney beach, this was
naturally among the first to be sent to Europe, and described.
Yet, for more than a century, the coloured figures given by
bV c. hedley. 701
Chemnitz remained unrecognised. Lamarck seems not to have
distinguished between this and its Tasmanian representative,
which he called Monodonta constricta. Under his influence,
Quoy &, Gaimard figured for constricta in the zoology of the
Astrolabe, both the Sydney "zebra" (Plate 63, figs.23-24), and
the Hobart "trochlea" (figs.26, 27). This error had a long
existence, for these two were still united in 1902 by Pritchard
& Gatliff. But Quoy & Gaimai-d, in partial recognition of their
mistake, submitted Trochus treniatus as a name for the Port
Jackson species. This name is not to be confused with Turbo
tceniatus Sowerby (Tankerv. Cat., 1825, Append., p.xiii.). Chenu
twenty-five years afterwards, added another name, Trochocochlea
multicarinata. Morch then pointed out that the names of these
Parisian conchologists were anticipated by Monodonta zebra of
Menke: a name not to be confused with Trochus zebra Wood
(Index Test., 1828, Suppl., PI. v., fig.l8). For this already over-
burdened species, Arthur Adams proposed Labio porcatus, and
Fischer, to avoid clashing with Trochus porcatus Philippi, (Zeit f .
Malak., 1849, p. 187) gave the final name of Trochus extenuatus.
Guided by a suggestion in Pilsbry's Monograph, I forwarded
a series from this coast, and requested Dr. H. Lynge to compare
them with the type of T. obtusits still preserved in the Zoological
Museum of Copenhagen. That conchologist kindly replied
(30/4/16) that the worn and injured shell, which Chemnitz figured
in 1795, is absolutely identical with the specimens I sent from
Montagu Island.
The species has a great range in colour, development of spiral
keels, form and size. Typical M. obtusa is a rather depressed
form, with 30-40 close, narrow lines; this intergrades with a
more abundant, broadly-banded form, ce6rrt, with about ten
stripes, and with a dwarfed variety from the border of the
mangrove-swamps which can be called porcata. The species
ranges from Moreton Bay to Twofold Bay; its southern limit is
not known to me.
Another Monodonta occurring in this State is M. concamerata
Wood, 1828( = Trochus striolatus Quoy tiisa Dillwyn.
Plate xlviii.
Fig. 13. — Xerita meJanotragns Smith.
Fig. 14. — Operculum of same.
Fig. 15. — Mitra rhodia Reeve.
Fig. 16. — Radula of same.
Fjtr. 17. — Phenacolepas cinnamomea Gould.
pji,_18. — Intromittent organ of same individual.
Fig. 19. — Head of female P. cinnamomea, the lip expanded above the
pedal mucous gland.
Plate xlix.
Pig. 20. — Arcularia partkeps Hedley.
Fig. 21. — Xymeiie hanleyi Angas.
Fig. 22. — Operculum of young A'. Iinnkyi, the muscle-scars visible through
its substance.
Fig. 23. — Cluster of ova of A', hanhyi.
Fig. 24. — A single egg-capsule further enlarged.
Fig. 25. — Dolahrifera hrazieri Sowerby, also detail sketch of tubercle and
exserted filament.
BY C. HEDLEY. 719
Plate 1.
Fig. 26. — Phytia ornata Ft^russac.
Fig. 27. — The same from below.
Fig. 28. — Macnlotriton austral is Pease.
Fig. 29. — Operculum of same.
Fig. 30. — Radula of same.
Fig. 31. — MargineUa mustelina Angas.
Fig. 32. — Siphonaria scahra Reeve.
Plate li.
Figs. 33, 34, 35. — Area hotanica HedleJ^
Figs. 36, 37. — Area metella Hedley.
Figs. 38, 39. — Lucimla hilalra Hedley.
Fig. 40. — Sohcardia cri/pfozoica Hedley.
Plate lii.
Fig.41. — Cardium cyijiiornin Deshayes.
Figs. 42, A'i. — Tellina astida Hedley.
Fig. 44. — Tuyalia intermedia Reeve.
Fig.4o. — Tiiyafia parmophoidea Quo}^ & txaimard.
Fig. 46. — TiKja/ia cicatricosa A. Adams.
Fig. 47. — Tuyalia bascanda Hedley.
720
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN
COLEOPTERA. Part xii.
By Arthur M. Lea, F.E.S.
Family CURCULIONID^.
Rhinoscapha* darnleyensis, n.sp.
^. Black. Clothed with scales mostly more or less bluish;
the elytra with conspicuous markings.
Head with minute punctures; interocular fovea rather deep
and marking the end of the median groove of rostrum Rostrum
about as long as prothorax; with rather large, irregularly dis-
tributed punctures. Antenna? rather thin ; second joint of
funicle slightly longer than first, the others all distinctly longer
than wide. Prothorax apparently slightly longer than wide, but
(by measurement) really slightly transverse; with rather small
scattered punctures, the sides with numerous small irregular
elevations, a small medio-apical impression. Elytra not much
wider than prothorax at base, sides slightly dilated to beyond
the middle, with regular rows of large, sharply defined punctures,
becoming smaller posteriorly. Xe^s long and thin. Length(^9),
15-19 mm.
5. Differs in being larger, prothorax somewhat shorter, elytra
conspicuously wider, abdomen more convex, and legs shorter.
Hah. — Darnley Island (H. Elgner).
The discovery of a species on Darnley Island brings this fine
genus into the Australian region, although it has yet to be
recorded from the mainland;! it is structurally close to R.
biundulata, R. tricolor, R. egregria, and R. consueta, but readily
distinguished by the blue scales; these are rather sparse on the
* Montr., Ann. Soc. Agr. Lyon, 1857, vii., p.47.
1 1 have had for many years a specimen (probably of an undescribed
species) supposed to be from Queensland, but have been unable to get the
locality confirmed.
BY A. M. LHA. 721
head and mixed with setse; on the prothorax, they form four
wide but feeble longitudinal vittse; on the legs, tliey are dense-
on paits of the undersurface they are dense, but vary to green
and to a bluisli-white. The elytra, to the naked eye, appear to
have most of the derm glabrous, but really have very fine setae;
the markings on each consist of an irregular patch near the
scutellum of more or less rusty-red scales, becoming whitish or
bluish at the edges, and connected with a smaller patch on the
side; an irregular, postmedian fascia, with a short extension (on
the fourth interstice) from same to near the basal patch, the
scales whitish-green and purple, with a few rusty ones; and a
small pale spot on the fifth interstice midway between the post-
median fascia and the apex; the suture on the apical slope and
the side (except near base) are rather densely clothed with bluish
or greenish scales.
Catasarcus spinipennis Fhs.C?), var. insignis, n.var.
C spinipeiuiis is such a variable species, that it does not
appear to be desirable to describe, as more than a variety of it,
two specimens (from Shark's Bay) that differ from the ordinary
forms in being much larger (12-15 mm.), spines at summit of
apical slope much longer than usual (about as long as the pro-
thorax is wide), and with very diff"erent clothing. The prothorax
has, within a narrow median groove, a conspicuous stripe of pale
metallic-green, opalescent scales, continued to apex of elytra
along suture; on each elytron there are also several conspicuous
patches of similar scales; a small one immediately in front of
each of the discal tubercles, a conspicuous oblique patch behind
the two, and another oblique patch between the median tubercle
and base; at the corner of each puncture in the first six rows,
from base to tubercles, there are four conspicuous granules (ex-
cept at the green patches, where the punctures are smaller and
granules absent); on the pronotum there are numerous small
tubercles, and the eyes are more conspicuous than usual; the
inner side of the hind femora are armed with numerous minute
conical granules (but these are present also on the typical form,
and on several other species).
55
722 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLKOPTERA, xii.,
A specimen (without locality-label) in the British Museum,
differs in having the conspicuous patches and stripe of scales
more of a golden-green, and the large tubercles somewhat
smaller.
Leptops fumatus, n.sp.
Black. Very densely clothed with scales varying from almost
snowy-white to smoky-brown; in addition with numerous long
setfe.
nostrum moderately long; median carina distinct but densely
clothed throughout; sublateral sulci rather narrow and closed at
both ends; scrobes not very deep, slightly directed upwards pos-
teriorly. Antennae not very long but rather thin; none of the
joints of funicle transverse. Prothorax rather strongly trans-
verse, with rough vermiculate elevations, leaving a rather wide
irregular median excavation; near apex with a conspicuous, im-
pressed, irregular line, not quite meeting on upper surface, but
meeting on lower surface. Sciitellum round and distinct. Elytra
not much longer than wide, strongly convex, sides strongly
rounded and at widest fully twice the width of prothorax; with
numerous tubercles, mostly acutely conical and of moderate size;
sutui'e with seven pairs of tubercles, the largest acutel}' conical
and near summit of apical slope, the others mostly rounded;
third, fifth, and seventh interstices with acute tubercles; ninth
with a Catasarcus-\ike posthumeral tubercle. Prostei^num. un-
armed. Legs rather long; tibiae very feebly denticulate. Length,
Hi mm.
//a6.-New South Wales: Broken Hill (Dr. Pulleine).
In the 1906 table of the genus, would be placed in C, /; it is
about the size of L. niveus , but the spines are much more acute,
the clothing is very different, prothoracic excavation larger and
of different shape, rostrum stouter and very differently sculp-
tured; the other species of C,j are all very different; L. spiniger
is more acutely spined, and has the rostrum longer and otherwise
different. The scales are small and round, and so dense as to
almost everywhere conceal the derm; on the rostrum, antennae,
and legs they are nearly all white, but on the prothorax and
BY A. M. r,EA. 723
elytra the}' have a cui'ious rusty-brown appearance as of having
been irregularly smoked, the colour being nioi-e intense about
the base of elvtra than elsewhere, but on the scutellum the scales
are almost white. The sette are denser on the tibiae, tarsi,
muzzle, and apex of abdomen than elsewhere, but they ai-e
nowhere sparse; those on the upper surface are more or less
golden. The only sign of tlie interocular fovea is a slight de-
pression in the scales at its position. Seen directly from in
front, the base of the elytra appears to be conspicuously margined
by six strong tubercles; these are almost the largest, but the
most acute ones are those on and about the summit of the apical
slope.
Leptops mucidus, n.sp.
Black. Densely clothed with small, soft scales, varying from
ashen-white to pale muddy-brown; in addition with numerous
stiif setse, becoming denser and thinner on tibia^, tarsi, and
abdomen.
Head flat between eyes, interocular fovea scarcely traceable.
Rostrum moderately long; median carina distinct in middle, but
not traceable to interocular fovea or apical plate; sublateral sulci
long, narrow, and deep, but almost open posteriorly; scrobes
very shallow posteriorly. Antennae not very stout; two basal
joints of funicle comparatively long, none of the others trans-
verse. Prolhorax almost as long as wide, sides rather strongly
rounded; with numerous small tubercles or large granules; with
a small medio-apical impression. Elytra elliptic-ovate, at widest
fully twice the width of prothorax, with numerous small tubercles
or nodes, mostly rounded, but a few subconical; with fairly
regular punctures about sides, but the derm elsewhere mostly
vermiculate-rugose. Frostermhm, unarmed. Leys rather long;
tibite feebly denticulate. Length, 17-1 8 mm.
Hah. — Western Australia : Killerberrin (H. J. Carter), Swan
River (British Museum).
The two specimens before me are probably feujales; in the
1906 table of the genus, they would be referred to C, j, but their
general appearance is very different from those of any species
of that group, and at a glance they seem near L. cucozelus, fi'om
724 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, XU.,
which, however, they differ in many details. The scales are of
almost even density throughout; on the elytra, the sette are
more numerous on the tubercles and the apical slope than else-
where; on the pronotum, many of the granules are supplied
with two or more setae; the granules themselves are seldom con-
joined, so that the surface does not appear to be vermiculate; on
the elytra, the suture has two irn^gular rows of small tubercles,
of which the largest (but still small) are a conjoined pair near
summit of apical slope; there are fairly numerous tubercles on
the third, fifth, and seventh interstices, but the intervening ones
are also supplied with a few, and there is an obtuse Catasarcus-
like posthumeral tubercle on the ninth; altogether there are
about thirty tubercles on each elytron.
Leptops graniventris, n.sp.
Black. Densely clothed with small, round, muddy-brown or
chocolate-brown scales; in addition, with numerous short, dark
setse.
Head with interocular fovea distinct. Rostrum not very
long, sides rather strongly incurved to middle. Antennse com-
paratively short and stout, but no joint of funicle transverse.
Frothorax strongly transverse, sides irregularly rounded, base
gently incurved at middle; sui'face vermiculate. Scute! him small
and subtriangular. Elytra subovate, much wider than prothorax;
with rows of large punctures; each elytron with three con-
spicuously elevated lines, of which one commences on the
shoulder as a distinct tubercle. Abdomen with numerous small,
shining, setiferous granules on all segments; a few also on meta-
sternum. Legs not very long, tibia? not visibly denticulate.
Length, 8^-ll|mm.
Hab. — Queensland: Cunnamulla (H. Hardca.stle).
On account of the humeral tubercles, the elytra cannot be
regarded as non-tuberculate; consequently, in the 1906 table,
the species would be associated with those referred to L, from
all of which it is very different On the elytra, the setae are
rather dense on the suture and on the elevated interstices, but
sparse in between; on the tibiae, they are considerably denser
BY A. M. LEA. 725
than elsewhere, but not particularly long. The clothing is so
dense on the rostrum as to partially conceal its sculpture; the
median carina is distinct in the middle, but does not appear to
extend to theinterocular fovea or the apical plate; the sublateral
sulci appear to be short and rather shallow; the scrobes are
dilated and shallowed posteriorly, and appear to touch the lower
half of the eyes. The head, on each side near the eye, appears
to have a feeble, oblique ridge, but this is perhaps due more to
a line of stiff setae than to any actual elevation of the derm;
there are certainly no distinct tubercles present as on L. bai/eyi
and some other species, although the species is obviously allied
to L. frontalis. There is a shallow medio-apical impression on
the prothorax. The elytral punctures are large, but not in
geminate rows, and a few are transversely confluent; about
the base and apex the rows are constricted and irregular, but
across the middle there are. on the female, between the suture
and the first elevated line, three rows; between the first and
second, four or five rows; between the second and third, four or
five rows; and between the third and margin, five or six rows; on
the male, the rows are three, three, three, and five in number.
The female differs from the male also in Ijeing larger and wider,
elytra fully twice the width of prothorax (as against about once
and one-half in the male), and the legs are somewhat shorter.
Leptops intricatus, n.sp.
Black. Densely clothed with muddy-brown scales; with stout
setfe, rather numerous but somewhat iri'egularly distributed on
upper surface, but becoming denser and longer on muzzle, abdo-
men, and legs.
Eostrnm moderately long, sculpture partially concealed.
Antennfe moderately long and thin; second joint of funicle
longer than first. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides irregu-
larly rounded; coarsely vermiculate, with an irregular medio-
frontal depression. Elytra suddenly wider than prothorax, not
much wider at middle than across shoulders; surface very
irregular. Legs moderately long; tibise not visibly denticulate.
Length, 11-13^ mm.
726 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, xii.,
Hab. — Queensland : CunnamuUa (H. Hardcastle).
Tn the 1906 table of the genus, would be referred to KK, from
all the species of which its elytral sculpture will readily dis-
tinguish it. At first glance, it appears close to L. glohicollis,
but the scape is considerably longer than in that syiecies, and
the prothorax and elytra are really very differently sculptured.
In some respects, it is close to the preceding species, but the
rostrum is longer and differently sculptured, the antennte thinner,
elytra differently sculptured, and abdomen without granules.
The median carina of the rostrum is hardly more than traceable
on the smallest specimen, but on the others it appears to start
from a small interocular fovea, and to terminate before the apical
plate; the sublateral sulci are narrow and apparently open pos-
teriorly; the scrobes become so shallow posteriorly as to practi-
cally vanish. The sculpture of the elytra is very peculiar, and
appears to consist of irregularly elevated interstices connected
with others by short nodes, giving the general surface a some-
what roughly vermiculate appearance; thus, although the suture
has no distinct ly elevated tubercles, it appears to be connected
with the second interstice by about eight small nodes, each
being placed at the distance of about three punctures: the third
and fifth interstices have many such transverse nodes, the
seventh has a few, but a few distinctly elevated tubercles as
well; in consequence, there appear to be numerous narrow,
suboblong depressions of undulating depths, between irregular
transverse and longitudinal elevations, the punctures themselves
are large but mostly shallow, but they become deep and regular
on the sides and on part of the apical slope.
Leptops murinus, n.sp.
Black. Densely covered with smoky or mouse-coloured scales,
in places lightl}' mixed with white; in addition, with numerous
stout, more or less decumbent, whitish setse.
Head somewhat flattened between eyes; interocular fovea con-
cealed. Rostrum stout, sides dilated from base to near apex,
median carina distinct. Scape short, rather strongly increasing
in width to apex; second joint of funicle longer than first, some
ftY A M. t.EA. I2l
of the following ones liglitly transverse. Prothorax lightly
transverse, sides rather strongly and evenly rounded, median
line narrow and distinct, towards sides somewhat vermiculate.
Sculelhim very small. Elytra not very much wider tlian pro-
thorax, sides almost parallel from behind slioulders (which are
oblique) to beyond the middle; with geminate rows of large, but
not closely adjacent, punctures; third, fifth, and seventh inter-
stices lightly elevated, and in places obtusely tuberculate. Legs
rather stout; front tibiae rather strongly curved and moderately
denticulate. Length, 10 mm.
7/«6.— Queensland : Dalby (Mrs. F. H. Hobler).
The type being unique and in perfect condition, it has not
been abraded. In the 1906 table of the genus, it would be
referred to L. From L. globicollis, it differs in the elytra not
much wider than the prothorax at its widest, alternate inter-
stices much less conspicuously elevated, prothorax smaller, with
sides less strongly rounded, and rostrum shorter and differently
sculptured; L. corrugaliis and L. aryiUaceus have very different
elytra. The setae are mostly depressed, but on account of their
colour being paler than the scales, they are rather conspicuous;
on the tibiae, they are denser than elsewhere, not very long on
the upper surface of same, but decidedly longer on their under-
surface, where they are almost as long as on the muzzle. The
sublateral sulci and the scrobes are greatly obscured by the
clothing, but the former appear to be subtriangular, and to be
open posteriorly; the latter appear to be very shallow posteriorly
and to be directed below the lower edge of the eyes. There is a
fairly distinct, but obtuse, tubercle on each shoulder, and another
on the fifth interstice near summit of apical slope, but the elytra
miyht almost fairlv be regarded as non-tuberculate.
Leptops scaber, n.sp.
Black. Densely clothed with dark brown scales; with short,
stout setae, not vei'y dense on prothorax and elytra, but becoming
denser on rostrum and femora, and much denser and longer on
tibiae.
Head with a fairly large interocular fovea. Rostrum long,
728 NEW SPECIES OP AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, xii.,
parallel-sided to near apex, and then rather strongly inflated;
median carina distinct, except near base and apex; sublateral
sulci narrow, at base suddenly directed inwards so as almost to
touch the interocular fovea; scrobes deep, directed on to lower
surface, where they almost meet. Antennae modeiately stout;
scape not quite touching the eye; two basal joints of funicle of
equal length, but second apparently the longer (from above),
some of the following ones feebly transverse. Prcthorax not
much wider than long, sides irregularly rounded, with an irregu-
lar medio-frontal excavation; with numerous rounded tubercles
or large granules, a few of which are irregularly conjoined.
Elytra subelliptic, at base scarcely wider than prothorax, but
much wider across middle; with irregular rows of large punc-
tures, becoming regular on sides; third, fifth, and seventh inter-
stices tuberculate. Legs rather stout; tibiae not visibly denticu-
late. Length, 15mm.
Hab. — Queensland: Coen (J. A. Anderson); unique.
In the 1906 table of the genus, would be associated with L.
superciliaris, whieh is a much smaller and otherwise very different
species. The combination, in fact, of sublateral sulci almost
meeting on the upper surface, and scrobes almost meeting on the
undersurface, is without parallel in the genus. It is a rough-
looking species, at first glance like some females of L. multi-
nodosus and L. cicatricosus. A few of the scales have a faint
golden lustre; each of the femora has an obscure dark ring.
The elvtral tubercles are mostly obtuse, although a few are sub-
conical; the largest is on the third interstice at summit of apical
slope, the next largest is on the fifth; on the seventh, they are
few in number and small.
Leptops concinnus, n.sp.
Black. Very densely clothed with glistening white scales,
with a silvery or rosy gloss; setae mostly confined to rostrum,
legs, and undersurface.
/lead somewhat flattened between eyes; interocular fovea not
traceable. Rostrum moderately long; median carina apparently
absent, intermediate ones obtuse; sublateral sulci rather deep.
BY A. M. LEA. 729
subcrescentic in shape, and closed at both ends; scrobes deep,
directed below lower edge of eyes. Antennse comparatively
long and thin; second joint of fiinicle distinctly longer than first.
Prothurax moderately transverse, sides irregularly rounded and
widest slightly in advance of the middle; surface vermiculate-
tuberculate, with a rather small medio-frontal impression.
Elytra separately rounded at base and increasing in width to
beyond the middle; with rows of fairly large, conspicuously
black punctures; third interstice with a large tubercle at summit
of apical slope, and numerous shining black nodes between same
and base, fifth with a somewhat smaller tubercle and less
numerous nodes, se^enth with somewhat larger nodes and an
obtuse humeral tubercle. Legs rather long; tibiae not visibly
denticulate. Length, 17 mm.
Hab. — Queensland : Coen (J. A. Anderson;; unique.
AVith the general shape of L. iliarus, L. nodicollis, and L.
maleficus, but with very peculiar clothing; the curious satiny
lustre of the scales is almost the same (although varying in
shades) throughout, but on the rostrum and legs the lustre is
interrupted by the setae. The setag on the elytra are almost
confined to the suture and apical slope, elsewhei'e being either
absent or traceable with difhculty; from the prothorax at first
they appear to be entirely absent, but a few small ones may be
traced by their slightly darker colour than the scales; between
the ej'es, on the rostrum and legs, they are dense, stiff, and
brownish; on the undersurface of the tibiae, and on the abdomen,
they are pale. The deep, black punctures and the conspicuously
shining black nodes give the elytra a rather curious appearance.
The rostrum appears to be non-carinate along the middle, but
the type was not abraded to make certain of this.
Leptops minor, n.sp
Black, some parts obscurely diluted with red. Densely clothed
with fawn-coloured scales, mixed with stout sette.
Head with interocular fovea narrow. Eyes rather convex,
scarcely once and one-half as deep as wide. Rostrum rather
long; median and intermediate carinas very distinct through
730 NEW SPECIES OP AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, xii.,
clothing; suhlateral sulci narrow; scrolies deep only in front,
directed towards middle of eyes. Antennae comparatively long
and thin. Prothorax almost as Ion" as wide, sides evenly
rounded; with numerous small tubercular elevations, and with
a small medio-frontal impression. tScutelhim absent. Elytra
strongly convex, elliptic-ovate, across base no wider than pro-
thorax, l)ut almost twice as wide across middle, with rows of
large, partially concealed punctures; third interstice with an
obtuse tubercle at summit of apical slope, and a still more obtuse
one near base, fifth with two obtuse ones slightly closer together
than those on third. Legs moderately long but rather stout-
tibiae feebly denticulate. Length, 7-8 mm.
Hab. —Queensland : Brisbane (H. W. Cox).
The absence of a scutellum associates this species with L.
tetrajjhysodes, but the tubercles are differently placed; on that
species, the four nearer the suture are placed, as it were, at the
corners of a square; on the present species, the two iieai*er the
base are fully twice as distant as those from summit of the
apical slope, as the two on the third interstice on the left elytron
are to their fellows on the right; the punctures and clothing are
also different On the elytra, the sette are fairly dense on the
suture and elevated parts, but rather sparse elsewhere; on the
prothorax, they are fairly numerous, and, on the front margin,
are condensed into two feeble fascicles.
Onesokus hoplocnemus, n.sp.
Black, appendages in parts obscurely diluted with red.
Moderately densely clothed with greyish-white scales.
Head wide and gently convex between eyes, these vei-y pro-
minent, llostrum short, wide, and rather flat, median carina
very feeble; sublateral sulci apparently absent. Scape about as
long as four following joints combined; first joint of funicle
slightly shorter than second, the four apical ones subglobular.
Prothorax almost twice as wide as the median length; with
large, irregular punctures, and subreticulate elevations. Scu-
tellum small. Elytra rather briefly ovate, sides strongly rounded;
with rows of large, deep punctures, close together, but partially
BY A. M. LEA. 731
concealed by scales; no interstices conspicuously elevated. H ind
tibia'- with a few conspicuous teeth; claw-joint elongate, the
claws separated throughout. Length, 6| mm.
Hab. — N.W. Australia: Wyndham (Inspector Stephens).
In some respects close to 0. ocularis but smaller, eyes not
suban^ulate, and no elvtral interstices elevated. There aie a
few granules on the two basal segments of abdomen. The
clothing is of an almost uniform dingy-white throughout, and
nowhere condensed into markings, but the type appears to be
somewhat abraded.
Amisallus tubercumfkons, n.sp.
Black, antenna; and tarsi feebly diluted with red. Densely
clothed with muddy-brown scales, interspersed with setse.
Head with two large, obtuse tubercles between eyes; these
very narrow. Rostrum moderately long, dilated towards apex,
median carina traceable through clothing; apical triangle con-
spicuously elevated and shining. Scape rather lightly curved,
rather rapidly increasing in width to apex; two basal joints of
funicle moderately long, second slightly longer than first, all the
others transverse. Prothorax moderately transverse, rather
widely depressed along middle, each side of depression con-
spicuously bituberculate towards apex, with numerous small
tubercles or nodes elsewhere. Elytra briefly subovate, strongly
convex, much wider than prothorax; with rows of very large
punctures, regular only on sides; with numerous round, con-
spicuous tubercles. Length, 7-8 mm.
Hab. — N.S.W.: Sydney (A. J. Coates), Kurrajong (Macleay
Museum)
In general appearance like A. nodosus, but elytra without
small tubercles on suture at summit of apical slope, and median
channel of prothorax deeper, with the tubercles at its sides con-
siderably larger; seen directly from in front, the apex of the
prothorax is very conspicuously bituberculate. There are a few-
inconspicuous tubercles at the extreme base of elytra, but the
larger ones are in two rows on each elytron, and so placed that
the end ones, whilst distinctly belonging to the inner row, might
732 TfEW SPECIES OP AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, XU.,
also be regarded as the end ones of the outer row; the inner row
consists of a large one, then two smaller ones, then a large one
at summit of apical slope, and then some smaller ones on the
slope itself; the outer row commences with the largest tubercle
on the elytron, and is followed by three others gradually de-
creasing in size; there are also a few granules on the V)asal half
of the suture
Amisallus basipennis, n sp.
Black, appendages in places diluted with red. Densely
clothed with muddy-brown, slightly variegated scales, inter-
spersed with setae.
Head with two fairly large but very obtuse tubercles between
eyes. Rostrum moderately long, somewhat dilated towards
apex. >cape with basal half thin, then suddenly and strongly
dilated to apex; funicle thin, two basal joints elongate, the others
subglobular. Prothorax strongly transverse, widely excavated
along middle, strongly impressed each side in front, the sides
somewhat rough. Elytra much wider than prothorax; with
rows of large, partially concealed punctures, regular only on
sides; each with two rows of conspicuous tubercles, and a few
small ones on suture and towards sides. Claw-joint unusually
long. Length, 4-4^ mm.
Ilab. Victoria: Mallee (C. French).
The inner row of tubercles on each elytron is composed of six
or seven, and the outer of tive or six; the basal tubercle of each
row is large, elongate, oblique, and rapidly slopes downwards,
with its base slightly overhanging the base of the prothorax.
It is the smallest of the genus, and readily distinguished from
all others by the four, large, basal tubercles of elytra; the groove
on the prothorax is deeper than usual, and the walls by which it
is bounded are roughly elevated rather than tuberculate: the
rostrum is so densely clothed that the median carina, if present,
is entirely concealed.
I am acquainted with two other small species of Amisallus^
one of which has a remarkably stout scape; but the specimens
are so heavily encrusted with mud (that could not be removed
BV A. M. LEA. 733
without much of the clothing as well) that it is inadvisable to
describe them.
POLYPHRADES APICALIS, n.Sp.
Black, tarsi reddish, other parts of appendages very obscurely
diluted witli red. Densely clothed with light brown scales, with
a few spots of darker scales, but becoming ashen on undersurface
and legs; with rather dense, more or less depressed setae.
Rostrum short and wide, on an almost even plane with head,
with a narrow median line continued on to head; inter-antennary
space wide; apical plate triangular and densely punctate. Scape
curved, stout at apex; first joint of funicle as long as second and
third combined, fourth to seventh lightly transverse. Prothorax
(at widest) almost twice as wide as long, sides rather strongly
and evenly rounded ; with dense, round granules, traceable
before abrasion. Elytra subovate, sides i-ather strongly rounded,
base no wider than base of prothorax; with regular rows of large
punctures, appearing much smaller before abrasion. Claws
almost equal and distinctly separated only at tip. Length, 6 mm.
^«6.— Queensland (Henry Hacker's No. 952).
The second and third strife (from the suture) near the apex
are deflected, at right angles, to become the first and second
lateral ones, without interruption of any sort; on most species of
the genus, there is a costate elevation there (as on P. longipentds)
or at least the continuation of an interstice interposed, as it
were, between the sutural and lateral striie, and by this character
alone (although there are others) it may be distinguished from
all the other species from Queensland. The head and rostrum,
from behind, appear to be on an even plane, but, from the side,
there is seen to be a slight depression at their junction; the
rostrum is scarcely longer than in P. brevirostris (a species it has
little in common with), but the inter-antennary space is less
conspicuously dilated posteriorly. Although not a strikingly
distinct species, I know of no really closely allied one. The
darker markings on the prothorax are mostly basal; on the elytra,
they are mostly feeble spots starting from punctures in the
strije.
734 NEW SPECIKS OF AUSTKALIAN COLEOPTERA, xii.,
POLYPHRADES CORDATUS, ll.sp.
Black, appendages more or less reddish. Densely clothed
with muddy-brown mottled with ashen scales, becoming almost
entirely ashen on undersurface; elytra with sparse setae, distinct
only on sides and on apical slope.
Rostrum not very long, sides almost parallel, transversely im-
pressed on each side of base; inter-aiitennarv space almost
parallel, not conspicuously tricarinate: apical triangle distinct.
Antennte not vei-y stout; first joint of funicle as long as second
and third combined, second as long as third and fourth combined,
third to seventh transverse. Prothorax strongly transverse,
sides rather strongly rounded, derm concealed. Elytra con-
spicuously cordate, each separately rounded at base, sides strongly
rounded; with regular rows of large punctures, appearing much
smaller and in narrow strise before abrasion. Claws short and
feebly cleft. Length, 3 mm.
/fa6.— N.S.W.: Forest Reefs (A. M. Lea).
A very small species, with the elytra more perfectly heart-
shaped than in any other species (even including P. cordipennis)
before me. Prom the many small species of the genus, readily
distinguished by the combination of heart-shaped and incon-
spicuously setose elytra, short rostrum (notched on each side of
base), and short scape. In general appearance, it comes fairly
close to P. marmoratus before abrasion, but the elytra are some-
what different at the base, the prothorax and rostrum are nar-
rower, and the colour of the derm is different; P. inconspicuus
has distinctly longer elytra, rostrum, and antennae. In some
lights, a row of setse may be traced on each elytral interstice.
No granules are traceable on the prothorax before abrasion; and
where the disc has been partly aljraded, a few fairly large punc-
tures are in evidence, but no granules. The type appears to be
a female.
POLYPHRADES SUBTERRANEUS, n.Sp.
(J. Blackish, some parts obscurely diluted with red, append-
ages usually entirely reddish. Densely clothed with somewhat
variegated scales; mixed with numerous stout, more or less erect
seta^;.
BY A. M. LEA. 735
Eyes not very large, and almost circular. Rostrum rather
short, apparently non-carinate ; apical plate subtriangular.
Scape moderatelv long and lightly curved, thickened toM'ards
apex; first joint of funicle rather stout, as long as second and
third combined, the following ones transverse. Prothorax rather
strongly transverse, sides strongU' rounded : with numerous,
small, round granules, and fairly large punctures, but all more
or less concealed before abrasion. Elytra briefly elliptic-ovate,
each separately rounded at base, sides rather strongly and evenly
rounded; with regular rows of rather large punctures, appearing
very small through clothing. Length, 2-2^ mm.
5. Differs in having somewhat larger elytra, basal segments
of abdomen more convex, and legs somewhat shorter.
Hab. — Tasmania: Hobart; abundant at roots of beach-growing
plants in July (A. M. Lea).
A small M midalotus-\\\LQ form, but without free claws; these
at first appear to be single, but on very elo.se examination are
seen to be cleft at the tip; consequently the species is referable
to Polyphr tides. The clothing is very variable, but is mostly of
a muddy-brown, more or less conspicuously variegated with
ashen (sometimes almost white); and, in certain lights, many
of the paler scales frequently have a golden gloss; each side of
the prothorax is usually clothed with a conspicuous pale patch;
on the elytra, the pale spots and patches vary from scarcely
traceable and of but slight extent, to very conspicuous and
occupying fully one-third of the surface; the sculpture of the
upper surface of the rostrum is entirely concealed by the scales.
The derm itself is often reddish in parts, especially on the elytra
and undersurface; the legs are usually conspicuously reddish, but
the femora and tibiae are sometimes deeply infuscated.
Manda LOTUS MiCROSCOPicus, n.sp.
Of a dingy reddish-brown, antennae and tarsi paler. Densely
clothed with muddy-brown, feebly variegated scales, interspersed
with stout setae.
Rostrum rather short, sculpture of upper surface entirely con.
cealed. Scape not very long, somewhat dilated to apex; first
736 NEW SPECIES OP AUSTRALIAN COLEOP'I'ERA, xii.,
joint of funicle stouter and longer than second, the others all
transverse. Prothorax almost as long as wide, sides rather
strongly rounded. Elytra elongate-subovate, at widest about
middle. Two basal segments of abdomen flat in middle. Legs
rather short and stout; front coxfe lightly but distinctly separated.
Length, '2 mm.
/^„6.— N.S.W. : Muswellbrook (Dr. K. W. Ferguson).
A minute and rather narrow species, of which two specimens,
probably males, are before me; its size alone will readily dis-
tinguish the species from all those referred to K, in the 1914
table of the genus. One specimen has the derm considerably
paler than the other, its undersurface being no darker than the
legs. The setse on the upper surface are of two colours, stra-
mineous and dark brown, the paler ones being stouter and more
conspicuous than the others. On abrasion, the pronotum is
seen to be without granules, but with rather dense punctures;
on the elytra, the punctures, although fairly large, are entirely
concealed, their places being marked by light striation of the
clothing.
Mandalotus magnicollis, n.sp.
(J. Blackish, some parts obscurely diluted with red; antennje
castaneous. Densely clothed with ashen-grey scales, on the
elytra mottled with brown; with numerous sette.
Rostrum moderately long, median carina narrow and distinct
throughout. Antennae rather long and thin; second joint, of
funicle distinctly longer than first. Prothorax almost as long as
wide; sides evenly rounded, with a narrowly impressed median
line, and a deeper transverse one at base; with numerous rounded
granules, readily traceable through clothing. Elytra slightly
narrower than prothorax, and not twice as long, base truncate,
sides parallel to beyond the middle; with regular rows of large,
partially concealed punctures ; alternate interstices feebly ele-
vated, with a few indistinct scattered granules, but some fairly
distinct ones on suture. Metasternuvi and abdomen with a large
excavation common to both; basal segment of the latter with a
feeble carina in middle of apex, second segment with a rather
BY A. M. LEA. l6i
conspicuous curved carina near apex. Front cox(f- rather widely
separated; femora stout: tibise granulate, the front pair rather
strongly denticulate on lower surface. Length, 5h nun.
Z^ai.— N.S.W. : Taralga (Dr. E. W. Ferguson).
In the latest talkie of the genus,* would be associated with
M. granulatus and M.faligiiieus, but readily distinguished from
these by the abdomen. In general appearance, it is something
Mke JJ. piliventris, M. caviventris, and some specimens of M.
ventralis, but with the abdomen carinate: the only other de-
scribed species having the abdomen ti-ansversely bicarinate is
il/. bicarinatus, but, on that species, the carina on the first .seg-
ment is much more distinct than on the second, the front coxje
are much closer together, and the size is very much less. The
excavation on the undersurface is very conspicuous, but less so
than on M. fovedtus. On the prothorax, there is a depressed
seta on each granule; on the elytra, the sette are in single rows
on the interstices, but the four lateral ones, except at the tip,
are non-setose. A few inconspicuous gi-anules are present on
the elytra.
Family CERAMBYCTD^.
UrACANTHUS GLABRILINEATUS, n.Sp.
(J. Dark piceous-brown, becoming black in places; elytra with
apical two-thirds light castaneous. Densely but somewhat
irregularly clothed with stramineous pubescence, very dense
along undersurface of middle femora.
Head with median line deep and narrow, base rather densely
punctate. Antennte almost extending to tip of elytra, fourth
to tenth joints dilated on one side of apex, eleventh about one-
third longer than tenth, slightly notched on lower side near
apex. I'rothorax much longer than wide, base about one-fourth
wider than apex, sides bisinuate: transversely corrugate through-
out, and with two small nodes in middle. Elytra moderately
narrowed from shoulders to basal third, thence parallel-sided
almost to apex, each strongly emarginate and acutely bispinose
* Trans. R03'. Soe. S. Au.st., 1914, p.299.
56
738
NEW SPKCIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLKOPTERA, xii.,
at apex, the sutural spine longer and more acute than the other;
basal third with dense punctures of moderate size, the inter-
spaces witli small, dense ones, elsewhere with very small punc-
tures. Length, 25 mm.
Hab.— Western Australia : Mullewa (Miss J. F. May).
In some respects close to i/. simulans, but tips of elytra
bidentate, subhumeral markings partially clothed, and each
elytron with five glabrous lines. Each elytron, to the naked
eye, has a large dark sulihumeral patch, on which the clothing
is sparse in places, but the space between the patches is quite as
dark as the patches themselves; although, being densely clothed,
its colour is normally concealed; from each of the subglabrous
patches, three glabrous lines extend almost to the apex; the
suture and the mai^gin are also narrowly glabrous. On the pro-
thorax, the clothing has a somewhat loose appearance, but is
condensed into two fairly conspicuous oblique lines.
Uracanthus inkrmis, n.sp.
$. Reddish-castaneous. Densely but irregularly clothed with
pale pubescence, four hind femora conspicuously clothed along
middle of undersurface.
Head with median line narrow and abruptly terminated before
base, the latter densely granulate-punctate ; clypeus densely
punctate, suture deep and semicircular. Antennae terminated a
short distance before apex of elytra, most of the joints very
feebly produced on one side at apex, eleventh about one-third
longer than tenth. Prothorax distinctly longer than wide, base
very little wider than apex, sides feebly dilated at middle;
strongly transversely corrugated, but the corrugations more or
less interrupted before middle, each side of middle with a small,
round nodule. Elytia very little (except near base not at all)
wider than prothorax, sides feebly diminishing in width to basal
fourth, thence parallel-sided to apex, where each is evenly
rounded; with several scarcely visible longitudinal elevations;
punctures very minute. Length ((J2), 22-26 mm.
9 Differs in having somewhat shorter antennae, wider abdo-
men, and femora not densely clothed along undersurface.
BY A. M. LteA. 739
//a6. — Queensland : Cairns (E. Allen), Endeavour River (C.
French).
In general appearance, strikingly close to U. bivittatiis, Vjut
with tips of elytra (juite strongly rounded, without the least
traces of notches or spines. The prothorax has four conspicuous
lines of subochreous pubescence, with the intervening spaces
highly polished and almost glabrous; but just outside of the sub-
median line, there are two small spots of clothing; the median
subglabrous space is unusually wide. On each elytron, a fairly
wide glabrous line commences on each shoulder, and is traceable
almost to apex; but, from about the middle, it is distinctly
narrowed and lightly clothed. The false suture of the eleventh
joint of antennfe is quite distinct on two of the specimens before
me, and traceable on the other. The corrugations of the pro-
thorax are strong, but, along the middle, the surface (except at
base and apex) is smooth and shining.
Uracanthus maleficus, n.sp.
(J. Piceo-castaneous, elytra and parts of appendages somewhat
paler. Densely clothed with short stramineous pubescence,
becoming almost golden on head and prothorax, on the latter
condensed into conspicuous vittse, leaving three polished and
almost glabrous spaces; sterna with almost golden pubescence,
somewhat longer and darker than on abdomen.
Head with median line very narrow; clypeus with moderately
dense, partially concealed punctures, suture deep and .semicircular.
Antennae long and thin, fully two joints passing elytra, most of
the joints rather acutely produced on one side at apex, eleventh
about one fourth longer than tenth. Prothorax about twice as
long as the apical width, but this much less than that of the base,
sides somewhat dilated in middle, surface gently undulating and
smooth. Elytra considerably wider than prothorax, each at ape.x
semicircularly emargina.te and strongly bispinose, each with two
feeble elevations and remnants of a third; basal third with dense
and fairly coarse punctures, becoming much smaller to middle,
thence with very small ones only. Length {$^), 25-32 mm.
740
NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, xii.
9. Differs in having antennae terminated before apex of elytra,
with their serrations less pronounced, elytra longer and wider,
with smaller punctures about base, abdomen larger, and legs
somewhat shorter, with thinner tarsi.
llah. — Tasmania: Sprent (A. M. Lea).
Uracauthus mafejicus, n.sp.
The widely glabrous, median portion of pronotum, without
transverse or irregular corrugations, and wide, immaculate elytra,
each conspicuously bispinose at apex, readily distinguish this
from all previously described species. The elytra are uniformly
clothed throughout, except that, on each side of the scutellum,
the pubescence is slightly longer and more brightly coloured than
elsewhere; the glabrous median space on the pronotum is about
twice the width of the lateral ones; there is a cluster of coarse
punctures on each side of the clypeus, but they are normally
almost concealed. The clothing of the undersurface of the four
hind femora of the male is rather denser than on the female, but
is not conspicuously different as on so many species of the genus.
BY A. M. LEA. 741
A hazelnut-hedge at Sprent was practically destroyed by larvae
of this species, and the specimens described were reared from
sections of the attected trees.
UrACANTHUS VENTRALIS, n.sp.
(J. Reddish-castaneous. Rather densely clothed with whitish
pubescence; four hind femora along middle of undersurface with
dense subochreous clothing; three basal segments of abdomen
each with a conspicuous round medio-apical spot, on which the
clothing is somewhat darker and longer than on the adjacent
parts.
Head with median line deep and narrow; clypeus with dense
irregular punctures, suture partially concealed. Antenna:^ dis-
tinctly passing elytra, third joint lightly, fourth to tenth trian-
gularly produced on one side at apex, eleventh about one-fourth
longer than tenth. Frothorax much longer than wide, base not
much wider than apex, sides strongly and almost evenly rounded
in middle, strongly transversely corrugated, but across middle
irregular. Elytra distinctly wider than prothorax, tips evenly
rounded but suture strongly spinose ; each with two feebly
elevated lines and renniants of two others; basal third with
dense and coarse punctures, rapidly becoming smaller to middle,
and dense and small posteriorly. Length, 17 mm.
Hab. — Western Australia: Mullewa (Miss J. F. May).
In general appearance, fairly close to U. striijusus and U.
albatufi, and with somewhat similar abdominal clothing to the
males of those species, but each elytron unispinose instead of
bispinose, prothorax with more uniform clothing, the lateral node
more obtuse and more distant from the base, antenna? consider-
ably longer, etc. It is allied to U. snturalis, but is paler, pro-
thorax with sides more evenly rounded, each with four lines of
pale clothing, with the interspaces sparsely clothed (on U.
(iiUuralis the lines of clothing are more lunnerous, and the inter-
spaces are glabrous), but in particular by the curious abdominal
clothing.
742 NEW SPEClKS OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTKHA, xii..
Uracanthus corrugicollis, n.sp.
^. Piceous-bruwn, elytra and parts of appendages paler. Moder-
ately densely clothed with ashen pubescence, somewhat shorter
and sparser on elyti-a than elsewhere; middle femora densely
clothed along middle of undersurface.
Head with median line deep and nai'r(jw; clypeus with dense,
irregular punctures, suture deep and triangular. Antenna? ex-
tending to tip of elytra, fifth to tenth joints ti'iangularly pro-
duced on one side at aj^ex, eleventh about one-fourth longer than
tenth. Frotho7-ax moderately long, base distinctly wider than
apex, sides subangular about middle; strongly transversely corru-
gated, but irregular and with a few small nodes across middle.
Elytra distinctly wider than prothorax, moderately decreasing
in width to basal fourth, each moderately notched at apex, with
the suture spinose; densely and minutely punctate. Length,
26 mm.
ffab. — Western Australia : Mullewa (Miss J. F. May).
A rather dark species of moderate size, with elytra lightly but
uniformly clothed, and without distinctly elevated lines; each is
vinispinose only, as the outer portion of the apical notch is quite
evenly rounded; the prothoracic corrugations are unusually strong.
Uracanthus atkr, n.sp.
(J. Deep black, part of elytra very obscurely diluted with red.
Moderately clothed with ashen pubescence, four hind femora
along middle of undersurface with dense, conspicuous clothing.
f/ead with median line very narrow; clypeus with a few large
punctures, its suture semicircular. Antennje slightly passing-
elytra, fifth to tenth joints triangularly produced on one side at
apex, eleventh one-third longer than tenth. Fruthorax not much
longer than basal width, which is somewhat greatei- than that of
apex, sides angulate in middle; strongly and irregularly corru-
gated, with some small nodes across middle. Elytra not much
wider than prothora.x, parallel-sided from about basal third, each
rounded at apex, but slightly notched near suture, with the
BY A. M. LEA. 743
suture briefly spinose; densely and rather finely punctate, and
with very feeble elevated lines. Length, 21 mm.
Hah. — Central Australia (H. Hacker).
Structurally close to the preceding species, but much darker,
elytra witli rather coarser (although not large) punctures, pro-
thoracic corrugations more iri'egular, and hind femora, as well as
the middle pair, \\ ith dense, masculine clothing. The pubescence
on the head is dense, on ^he prothorax it is longer and sparser,
on the elytra it is rather short and sparse (the type evidently has
the base of the eh'tra somewhat abraded), on the stei'na it is
very dense.
Earinus bimaculatus, n.sp.
^. Head, antenni\?, and legs black, with a more or less brassy-
green gloss; eh'tra, mesosternum, metasternum, basal and apical
segments of abdomen, and tips of the others metallic bluish-green;
prothorax (two large spots excepted) and most of the three
median segments of abdomen flavous. Clothed with long,
straggling, black and ashen hairs, third and fourth segments of
abdomen each with a rounded, medio-apical space with very dense,
sooty pubescence.
Head with very dense and rather coarse punctures, but becom-
ing sparse in front. Four basal joints of antenna? shining and
with distinct punctures, third as long as first and much longer
than fourth, eleventh slightly longer than tenth. Prothorax
very little wider at base than at apex, from about middle sti'ongly
dilated towards base, but abruptly narrowed before same; with
sparsely and irregularly distributed punctures, mostly of moderate
size. Elytra very little wider than widest part of prothorax,
rather strongly narrowed to beyond the middle, each somewhat
acute at apex : with dense and rather coarse punctures, but
shoulders and extreme base with sparse and small ones. Leys
moderately long and thin, and with distinct punctures. Length,
14 mm.
Bab. — Tasuiania : Huon River (A. M. Lea), unique.
744 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, xii.,
The genus is now first recoi^ded from Tasmania; the species is
alHed to E. mimulus, but the elytra are non-fasciate and pro-
thorax himaculate. The spots on the prothorax are large,
blackish-brown, slightly nearer the base than apex, and slightl}-
nearer the sides than middle^ the long hairs on the antenna^ do
not extend beyond the sixth joint, on the elytra the clothing is
sparser and paler than on the prothorax. The elytral punctures
are not in regular series; although with an irregular lineate
arrangement in i^laces, they are coarsest at about one-fifth from
the base; at about one-fifth from tlie apex, there is a feebly
elevated (somewhat purplish) irregular transverse elevation, im
mediately beyond which the punctures deci'ease in size.
Earinus humeralis, n.sp.
Flavous; head between eyes, clypeus, a large spot on each side
of middle of prothorax, scutellum, shoulders, apex and a post-
median fascia on elytra, mesosternum, most of metasternum, legs
(base of femora and parts of coxje excepted) and antennte (base
of third, fourth, and fifth joints excepted) black or blackish.
Clothed with long, straggling, blackish and ashen hairs; elytra,
in addition, with short, pale, aiid rather sparse pubescence.
Head with verj' dense and rather coarse punctures, but becom-
ing sparser and smaller on clypeus; median line narrow and deep.
Antennae moderately thin, four basal joints shining and with
distinct punctures, third joint slightly longer than first and much
longer than fourth, fifth distinctly longer than fourth and sixth,
eleventh longer than tenth. Prothorax with basal and apical
fourths comparatively narrow and parallel-sided, the intervening
space strongly dilated towards base, but abruptly narrowed
before same; with punctures varying from sparse and small to
moderately dense and coarse. Elytra very little wider than
widest part of prothorax, moderately narrowed to basal third;
with dense and rather coarse punctures, becoming smaller pos-
teriorly, and much sparser on shoulders and about extreme base.
Legs moderately long, and with distinct punctures. Length,
10 mm.
BY A. M. LRA. 745
//o7>.— Queensland: Townsville (H. H. D. Griffith).
Allied to E. pictiis, but prothorax with two disconnected spots
(rounded in front and angular behind), each shoulder with a
black, isolated patch, and basal half of third, fourth, and fifth
joints of antenna? pale. The postmedian fascia on the elytra is
slightly longer than the fiavous portion between it and the apex.
The long hairs on the antennae do not extend beyond the fifth
joint. The abdomen is missing from the type.
Two specimens of this species in Mr. Griffith's collection ai'e
in perfect condition; on each of them the abdomen is of a bright
red with a large black spot on the side of each segment, except
of the posterior one, which is black throughout, except for a
narrow medio-basal portion; the four basal segments have each a
conspicuous patch of golden hairs on each side posterior to the
black spots. They are probably males.
Ol
746
AUSTRALIAN TABANID.E[Divtv.rx]. No. ii.*
. By Frank H. Taylor, F.E.S.
(From the Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine, ToivnsviUe.)
The present paper contains the descriptions of a new genus
and twelve new species, a change in the names of two species,
with notes and additional localities for previously known forms.
The egg mass of Silvius australis Ricardo, is also described.
The new species are distributed in the following genera : —
Diatominenra (one), Corizoneura [one), Elaphrom'yia{g. et sp.n.),
Silvius (two), and Taba^ius (seven).
The type-specimens have been deposited in the Institute
collection.
Subfamily Pangonin.e.
Erephopsis guttata Donovan.
Genei\ Illustr. Ent., i., Hym. et Dipt. (1805); Ricardo, Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xvi., p.26 (1915).
I/ab. — Eidsvold, Queensland (Dr. Bancroft).
For synonymy, see Ricardo.
Erephopsis bancrofti Austen.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), ix., p.2 (1912).
Ilab. — Eidsvold, Queensland (Dr. Bancroft).
Erephopsis aureohirta Ricardo.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), v., p.ll6, PI. i., fig.lO (1900); op.
cit., (8), xvi., p.23(1915).
Hab. — Kuranda, Queensland (F. P. Dodd).
* Continued from Vol. xl., p.806, 1915(1916).
v^
BY FRANK H. TAYLOR. 747
DiATOMINEURA CROCEA, sp.ll.
Length, ^, 8-9; 9, 8-8-5 : width of head, ^, 3-3-5; 9, 3: leno-th
of wmg, (J, 7-8; 9,8: width of front at vertex, 0-5; length of
proboscis, 2-5 mm.
(J. Head orange-butt', beard similar; first two segments of
antennae dull golden; the first swollen, about twice the length of
second, and clothed with fairly long, orange-buff" hairs; second
about two-thirds the width of the first, and clothed with fairly
long, black haii's; third orange, annuli black; palpi pale orange,
slendei', tapering to a point, clothed with fairly long, orange hairs,
with a few black ones at the apex, about one-third the length of
the proboscis, tlie latter black; eyes black, pubescence black.
Thorax densely clothed with fairly long, orange-buff" and black
hairs; scutellum and pleuroe densely covered with orange-buff"
hairs.
Abdomen darker than thorax, clothed with short, orange-buff"
and black hairs, with a median, fairly br(.)ad, orange-coloured
stripe extending the full length of the abdomen, apex blackish,
with a few black hairs; venter bright orange-butt".
Winys with the inner two-thirds almost hyaline, rest smoky:
veins brown, costa black; stigma dark brown, elongate, conspi-
cuous, squamae clear. Halteres with pale stems and dark knobs.
Legs : fore- and mid-femora, and tibia? orange-buff"; first tarsals
brownish, with black aj^ices; rest black, with narrow, pale, basal
rings; hind tibia? and basal half of the first tarsals brown, femora
clothed with orange-coloured hairs, apical half of the first tarsals
and tarsi two to five black; spurs on mid- and hind-tibiae black,
prominent.
9. Similar to ^, but not so brightly coloured. Front orange-
buff, with numerous, erect, black hairs; no frontal callus; ocellar
triangle darker than front, ocelli prominent; abdomen chocolate-
brown, clothed with black hairs, with a dull, median, orange-buff"
stripe the full length of the abdomen; venter paler than in the J".
Nab. — Queensland : Kuranda (F. P. Dodd), Cairns (F. H.
Taylor).
57
748 AUSTRALIAN TABANID^, ii.,
A very handsome and distinct little species, unlike any other
with which I am acquainted.
DiATOMINEURA BREVIROSTRIS Macquart.
Dipt. Exot., Suppl. iv., p.326 (1842) [Pan(/omrt] ; Ricardo,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xvi., p.28(1915).
Hah. — Queensland: Montville (Dr. Turner), Kuranda (F. P.
Dodd and F. H. Taylor).
I am indebted to Mr. Austen for the identification of this
species, which is apparently a common one at Kuranda.
DiATOMINEURA VIOLACEA Macquart.
Dipt. Exot., Suppl. iv., p.326, PI. xi., %.3 {\U^)[Pangonia\;
Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xvi., p.30(1915).
Ilah. — Q. : Mount Tambourine (W. W. Froggatt), Barron Falls
(F. H. Taylor).
The specimens from Mount Tambourine agree perfectly with
those from Kuranda, a district where it is a fairly common
species.
CORIZONEURA KURANDiE, sp.n.
9. Length, 13-15; width of head, 4-5; width of front at vertex,
0"4-0-6; length of wing, 11-5-13 mm.
Head: face, cheeks, and front grey, face and cheeks with short,
white hairs, beard white ; frontal callus black, spear-shaped,
gradually tapering to a fine point, reaching the ocellar triangle;
the latter dark, with a golden tinge, ocelli prominent; subcallus
grey; antennjy and palpi black, first and second segments ot the
former densely clothed with black hairs, third with the base tri-
angular, palpi about two-thirds the length of the proboscis, the
latter short, black; eyes black, inner margins parallel.
Thorax grey, with three, well-defined, black stripes, clothed
with semi-erect, grey hairs; scutellum dusky-brown, with a narrow,
posterior, grey margin, clothed with grey hairs, posterior fringe
grey, fairly long; pleurtB black, with grey tomentum, and fairly
long, grey hair.
BY FRANK H. TAYLOR. 749
Abdomen mahogany red, becoming darker toward the apex,
clotlied with black hairs; first segment dark, first six segments
with median, triangular, white, apical flecks: second segment
with a border of black round the white fleck; all the segments
with lateral, gr-eyish- white spots, those on the first and second
largest; in addition, there are narrow, apical, grey bands to all
the segments; venter black, first three segments pale, tinged
with black, second to the apex all with grey-white, apical banding.
Wings smoke-coloured, except the discoidal and inferior basal
cells, which are clear; veins dark brown; stigma brown, elongate,
inconspicuous; squamte clear. Halteres dark brown; no appendix
to upper branch of third long vein.
Lfi(js black, femora densely covered with short, grey hairs;
tibise similarly covered with black ones; spurs on mid- and hind-
tibia; black, conspicuous.
Hab.—Q. : Kuranda (F. P. Dodd), Cairns (F. H. Taylor).
A striking species owing to the general resemblance to species
of the genus Tabamis, being not unlike some of the northern
forms of that genus.
Elaphromyia, gen.nov.
Ocelli, and spurs on hind-tibifi* present. Antenna; with six
divisions to the third joint, with the last two divisions indistinct,
which is broad and Tabanus-Mka at the base, the first segment
almost bell-shaped, about half as wide again, laterally, at the
apex, second segment about one-third the length of the first.
Palpi very small, cylindrical, about one-fourth the length of the
proboscis, the latter comparatively long. Wings with all pos-
terior cells open; no appendix.
Tyi)e, E. carterl Taylor. 9 unknown.
Elaphromyia oarteri, sp.n.
^. Length, 21; width of head, 5; length of wiiig, IG; length of
abdomen, 14; greatest width of thorax, 4*5 mm.
Head: subcallus yellow, clothed with yellow tomentum and
scattered golden hairs; face and cheeks orange, the former pro-
750 AUSTRALIAN TABANID^, ii.,
duced into a laige, blunt tubercle between the antennas and palpi,
cheeks and undersurface of head densely clothed with fairly long,
orange-coloured hairs; antennae testaceous, first and second seg-
ments densely clothed with fairly long, mixed, black and orange
hairs; base of third segment broadly triangular, with scattered,
short, black and golden hairs ; j^alpi very short, two-jointed,
cylindrical, densely clothed with long, black hairs; apical segment
testaceous; eyes black, shining, facets small, nude; proboscis dark
brown, apex and upper basal two-thirds testaceous.
Thonu; with three, fairly bi'oad, black stripes, yellowish on
each side of the median one, and orange laterally, clothed with
golden hairs; pleurtt black, clothed with golden tomentum, and
scattered, golden hairs; scutellum similar to thorax.
Abdomeri as wide as thorax, becoming narrower toward the
apex; first five segments pale, the first and second with fairly
large, median, black spots as broad as the segments, and black,
lateral patches also; third to fifth segments with broad, black,
basal banding, expanding lateiully, and clothed with short, golden
hairs; venter with first segment pale, second with two, basal and
apical, pale spots; third to fifth black, with pale, apical ones;
sixth with a narrow, black band, rest of segment and remaining
ones testaceous; all segments with a lateral fringe of orange-
coloured hairs.
//'';/.s testaceous, spurs on the mid-tibite stout, black, those on
hind-tibiai testaceous and slenderer ; the claws black, sickle-
shaped, fairly large.
Wiiuja orange-yellow; veins bi'own, except the subcostal, which
is reddish; the apex and inner margin to the base of the marginal
cells dusky, pale on the axillary cell; a pale spot in the middle
of the cubital cell, the discoidal and inferior basal pale, also the
basal half of the anal cell. Halteres orange.
Hah.—Q.: Kuranda (F. P. Dodd).
Described from a single specimen. A second specimen was
submitted to Mr. Austen, who informed me that it belonged to
a new genus and species allied to Osca (subgenus Corioiieura).
It is an easily recognised species on account of its abdominal
BY FRANK H. TAYLOR. 751
markings, and extreme length in proportion to the width of the
thorax.
It affords me great pleasure to associate the name of ray
friend, Mr. H. J. Carter, with this striking species.
SiLVIUS ATER, sp.n.
9. Length, 13-1-1-; width of head, 4; width of front at vertex,
0'5; length of wing, 12-1.3 mm.
Head: front ashen-grey; frontal callus spear-shaped, dull black,
tumid, with a fairly deep, median groove on its apical half, about
two-thirds the width of front at its base; ocellar triangle dark
brown, prominent, ocelli black; face ashen-grey; antennae pitch
black; first two segments clothed with black hairs, base of the
third broadly triangular, forming an obtuse angle on its upper
edge; palpi black, nearly as long as proboscis, the latter black;
eyes black, nude, their inner margins parallel.
Thurax black, denuded, with traces of black and yellowish
liairs on the sides: scutellutn denuded; pleune black.
Abdomen black, clothed with short, black hairs; first segment
broadly marked with grey at the apex and on the sides, second
segment with the grey not so prominent on the sides, remaining
segments with narrow, more or less distinct, apical bands; venter
black, segments two to four with narrow, white, apical bands,
five to apex with pale, narrow, apical bands.
Wings black, a semitransparent streak in the cubital cell along
part of the third long vein, the apical, first to fourth posterior,
the discal and inferior basal cells with semitransparent spots; no
appendix to upper branch of the third long vein.
Legs black, spurs on mid- and hind-tibiie conspicuous.
Hah. — Northern Territory: Brock's Creek and Mary River (G.
r. Hill).
An easily recognised species, and very different ivom other
Australian forms on account of its general black colour, and
abdominal markings.
Co-type in Coll. Hill.
752 AUSTRALIAN TABANIDiE, ii.,
SiLVIUS SUBLURIDUS, sp.n.
9. Length, 12; width of head, 5; width of front at vertex, 0-75,
length of wing, 10 mm.
Head: front brown, black when denuded; frontal callus a small
plug, black, shining, tumid, about three-fourths as wide as the
front, base a short distance from the subcallus, apex ending in a
blunt point ; subcallus shining black, protuberant ; first and
second segments of antennie yellowish, clothed witli numerous
black hairs, markedly so on their doi-sal apices, first cui)-shaped,
second very small, third reddish, its ])ase fairly large and broad;
}>alpi pale reddish, nearly the length of the proboscis, the latter
black; eyes bare, inner margins slightly converging toward their
bases.
Thorax slate coloured, denuded, with traces of short, golden
hairs; scutellum similar; pleunc slate-coloured, with scattered,
grey hairs.
Abdomeii yellowish-brown, the two apical segments darker;
basal segments of venter paler than dorsum, penultimate and
apical segments blackish.
Leyn: basal half of femora slate-coloured, the remainder and
tibi;e reddish, the former clothed with grey hairs, the latter w ith
short, black ones; fore-tarsi black; mid and hind dusky; spurs on
mid-tibite black, conspicuous; hind ones pale, inconspicuous.
Winys clear, veins dark except the subcostal, which is yellowish;
stigma yellowish; all posterior cells widely open; no appendix.
//«6.— Northern Ten-itory: Darwin (G. F. Hill).
A specimen closely resembling S. Inridus Walker, from Port
Stephens, N.S.W., but differing in the antemue, legs, etc. De-
scribed from a single specimen, sent by Mr. Hill, labelled "taken
on horse, eyes brown."
SiLvius DODDi Ricardo.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xvi., p.261 (1915).
Hab.—Q. : Kuranda (F. P. Dodd).
BY PRANK H. TAYLOR. 753
SiLvius FRONTALIS Ricai'do.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xxl, p.262(1915).
Hah.—lSi. Territory: Darwin and :34-Mile Siding (G. F. Hill).
This appears to be rather a cunnnon species.
SiLVius INDISTINCTUS Ricardo.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xvi., p.26-2 (1915).
Ilab.-^Q.: Ching Du (F. H. Taylor), Bowen.
This would appear to be a widely distributed species, as it was
described from the Adelaide River, and Palnierston, Northern
Territory.
SiLVius AUSTRALis Ricardo.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xvi., p.263(1915).
The eggmass of this species is very long and narrow, measuring
29 mm., by an average of 1 "5 mm., and contains a very large
number of eggs, which are a light amber-brown, cylindrical, and
pointed like a cigar at the apex, and measure 1"3 x 0'2mm.(vix).
They were found on a blade of grass overhanging a small,
sandy creek in Townsville, just as the Hy had finished laying
them. It is a common species at Ching Do and Kuranda.
JJab.—Q. : Eidsvold (Dr. Bancroft), Townsville, Ching Do (F.
H. Taylor), Kuranda (F. P. Dodd).
Subfamily T A B A N i N .E.
Group iv. Forehead with no callus.
Tabanus griseohirtus, sp.n.
$. Length, 11-5-13-75; width of head, 4-4-5; width of front at
vertex, 0"5-0'75; length of wing, 9"5-ll mm.
Head: face and cheeks grey, beard white; front creamy, with
numerous black hairs ; frcjntal callus absent ; subcallus grey ;
antennBC reddish-yellow, first two segments paler, clothed with
pale hairs and a few black ones on their dorsal apices, third
broad at the base with an obtuse angle; palpi pale creamy, with
white hairs, about one-half the length of the proboscis, the latter
brown; eyes bare, inner margins converging toward the apex.
754 AUSTRALIAN' TABANID.E, ii.,
Thorax grey, clothed with mixed black and golden, appressed
hairs, the latter predominating: scutellum similar to thoi'ax;
pleurae grey, with scattered white hairs.
Abdomen black, entirely covered with gi'ey tomentmn, clothed
with mixed, pale yellowish and black hairs, the black ones fairly
long on the posterior margin of the apical segment; all segments
\\ itli narrow, apical, yellowish banding; venter similar to thorax,
clothed with short, whitish hairs.
Leys: femora and tibia? yellowish, the former clothed with
black pubescence.
Winys clear, veins yellowish-brown ; stigma pale ; anterior
branch of the third long vein with an appendix.
/y«6. —Northern Territory: Melville Island (G.F. Hill, No.75).
Allied to T. nemopunctatus Ricardo, but differing in not having
the inner margins of the eyes parallel, and the general colour
being grey, besides other points of difference. The appendix on
the anterior branch of the third long vein (jf the wing is variable
in length, being longer in some than in others.
Co-type in Coll. Hill.
Tabanus NEMOPUNCTATUS Ricardo.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xiv., p.;^88 (1911).
This species, originally described from Dunk Island, Queens-
land, has been forwarded frcjm the Northern Territory by Mr.
Hill.
These specimens show slight variation in the size of the tooth
on the base of the third joint of the antenna?, and also have the
ti}) black instead of ferruginous, but, in all other resjDects, they
are typical.
Hah. — N. Tei'ritoiy: L)ar\vin, tStajjleton, and Batchelor.
Group \ii. Abdomen with one or more stripes, usually continuous.
Tabanus mastersi, nom.nov.
Tahatius yreyarius Taylor, nee Erichson.
Rep. Aust. Inst. Trop. Med., 1911, p.63(1913); Austen, Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xiii., p.265(19U).
BY FEAXK H. TAyLOR. 755
(J. Length, 13-15-5; width of head, 5-5-7; length of wing, 11-
12-75 mm.
Similar to 9, hut the dorsum of thorax and abdomen darker.
Eyes with the large facets copper-coloured, and occupying about
two-thirds of the surface, reaching about the middle of the fr(jntal
triangle, leaving a narrow border of small, bkie-black facets, which
extend to the vertex.
This species appears to be ^•ery %ariable in size, judging from
the specimens before me — a $ measuring 17-5nnn. in length,
whilst the smallest specimen, a ^, measures only 13 mm.
I have much pleasure in dedicating this handsome species to
the memory of the late Mr. George Masters, for many years the
Curator of the Macleay Museum, Sydney.
Hab. — N. Territory: Darwin (G.F.Hill). — Queensland: Bowen,
]\Iackay, Cardington, and Townsville (F. H. Taylor).
It is closely related to 7\ Sfratiymani Ricardo, but differs in
the antenn;f and legs. The extension on the frontal callus also
differs in being extended to the ocellar triangle.
'»
Tabanus duplonotatus Ricardo.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xiv., p.3DG (1914).
Specimens received from the Northern Territ(jry differ fiom
the description of the specimens from S. Queensland only in
having the venter dark, femora reddish, and the veins of the
wing brown.
Hab.—^. Territory: Darwin (G. F. Hill, No. 65).
Grou}j ix. Species with paler bands, and sometimes spots on the
abdomen.
Tabanus trypherus, sp.n.
9. Length, 7"25-8; width of head, 2-75-3; width of front at
vertex, 0-25; length of wing, 6-75-7 mm.
Head: face grey, with scanty grey hairs; beard white, scanty;
front black, covered with dull golden tomentum, about one-third
narrower posteriorly; frontal callus black, almost square, with a
short, thick extension, tumid, shining, nearly the width of the
756 AUSTRALIAN TABANID^, ii.,
front at base, and about one-half the length of front, no lineal
extension; subcallus chestnut, with pale yellowish tomentuni;
palpi pale creamy-white, about two-thirds the length of the pro-
boscis, pubescence black, with some fairly long, white hairs
basally, first two segments of antennae creamy-yellow, with black
pubescence, third with the base reddish-yellow, forming an obtuse
angle; tooth small, with some black pubescence, annuli dark.
Thorax denuded, ash-coloured, with lateral and i)osterior
margins paler; scutellum paler; pleurpe grey, pubescence grey.
Abduynen chocolate-brown, with fairly broad, grey bands ;
pubescence black; venter black, witli grey tomentum.
Wimjs clear, veins brown; stigma yellow-brown, elongate, con-
spicuous; anterior branch of third long vein with a long appendix.
Le._N. Territory: Stapleton (G. F. Hill).
A specimen of the above was submitterl to Mr. Austen, who
informed me that it was close to K. uu/rimanus Walker, from
which it may be distinguished, infn- alia, by the colour of the
antennae and legs.
Tabanus doddi, nom.nov.
Tahanus abstersus Taylor, 7iec Walker, Rept. Aust. Tnst. Trop.
Med., 1911, p.60(1913); Austen, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), xiii.,
p.264(1914).
A change of name becomes necessary for this species, due to a
misidentification of Walker's s-pecies, as pointed out by Austen;
and also because, as far as I am able to judge from all the de-
scriptions of Australian Tabani, it remains unnamed.
It is a very distinct and easily recognised species, owing to
the white-haired fieck on the hind margin of each of the first five
segments, the black ground-colour of the dorsum of the abdomen,
and the angle on the expanded portion of the third joint of the
antenna;, which is produced into a long, thumb-like process. All
the specimens before me (19) show the annuli of the third joint
of the antennfe with a marked, upward curve.
JIah.—H. Queensland (H. Tryon).— Q.: Kuranda (F. P. Dodd),
Mourilyan (F. H. Taylor).
Group X. Species with the abdomen unicolorous, or almost so,
sometimes darker at apex.
Tabanus darwinensis, sp.n.
9. Length, 10-5; width of head, 3-8; width of front at vertex,
0-5; length of wing, 9-5 mm.
BY FRANK H. TAYLOR. 759
Head: front dull golden, covered with numerous, black, erect
hairs; frontal callus black, pear-shaped, tiiniid; subcallus dull
golden, light chestnut when denuded, rest of head grey, beard
grey-white; first two segments of antennfe golden-yellow, clothed
with numerous, fairly long, black hairs ; base of third joint
reddish-brown, covered with minute, pale hairs, an obtuse angle
on the upper margin, annuli black; palpi ci-eamy, clothed with
fairly long, black and short, pale hairs, about one-half the length
of proboscis; eyes black, the inner margins converging toward the
vertex.
Thorax grey-black, clothed with mixed, pale and black haii's;
scutellum similar t«) thorax; pleune slate-coloured, clothed with
grey hairs.
Abdomen grey-black, clothed with numerous, mixed, black and
pale bail's, venter similar, posterior margins of segments w ith a
narrow band.
Wuigs clear, veins black; stigma yellowish-brown, elongate;
anterior branch of the third long vein with an appendix.
Lfic/s: basal third of the fore- and mid-femora slate-cok)ured,
the rest reddish-bi'own, hind slate-coloured, apical third reddish-
brown, tibiae reddish-brown, fore-tibia^ darker on the apical third,
tarsi black, femora clothed with mixed, black and pale hairs,
tibipe and tarsi clothed with black ones.
//«&.— N. Territory: Darwin (G. F. Hill, No. 107).
Described from two specimens. It is related to 7\ finiphris
Macq., but difters, hiter alia, in having the wings clear. T.
funebris is described as being entirely black, and having the
veins shaded brown.
Co-type in Coll. Hill.
Gi'oiip xi. Species with pubescence on the eyes (^Thpvioplecfps).
Tabanus antecedkns Walker.
List Dipt., i., p.l78(1848); Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
(8), xvi., p.279(1915).
Melbourne specimens differ from Ricardo's description in
having the anteiime black, the first segment with fairly long,
760 AUSTRALIAN TABANID^, ii.,
mixed, black and golden hairs; and the bi'oad, basal portion of
the third segment lacking a distinct angle, the tooth being very
small.
In other respects, they conform to a specimen determined as
T. nntpcpclpus Walker, by Mr. Austen, for the writer.
Hab. — Victoria : Melbourne (Dr. Cumpston).
Tabanus milsoni, sp.n.
9. Length, 10: width of head, 4; width of front at vertex, 0-75;
length of wing 9 mm.
Head: face ashen-grey, pubescence grey; beard gre}-; front
almost parallel, grey with traces of dark yellow, pubescence pale;
ocellar triangle brown; frontal callus square, resting on the sub-
callus, black, tumid, shining, as wide as front, with a short, stout
extension; subcallus chestnut, with gi^ey tomentum; first two
segments of antennae black, with grey tomentum, and long, black
pubescence; third joint reddish-yellow, annuli black, basal portion
broad, with an obtuse angle, tooth small, with a few black hairs;
palpi dull red-brown, about two-thirds the length of proboscis,
tomentum grey, pubescence mixed pale and black; eyes with
very scanty, pale pubescence.
T'horax chocolate-brown, tomentum grey, with three, well-
defined, dark stripes, pubescence grey and black, long on the
lateral margins; scutellum chocolate-brown, pubescence similar to
thorax, pleurae grey, pubescence grey.
Abdomen dark chocolate-brown, all segments from the second
with grey bands expanding laterally, the second with an addi-
tional one, which does not meet in the middle; segments two to
five with median, grey, triangular spots, pubescence black, long
on the apical segments, grey on the bands and spots, long on the
lateral, grey expansions; venter chocolate-brown, gi'ey banding
prominent, pubescence dense, mixed grey and black.
Wings clear, veins dark brown; stigma yellowish-brown; ante-
rior branch of the third long vein with a small appendix.
Leys black, coxae and trochanters with long, grey pubescence,
basal half of the fore-tibiae yellowish-brown, mid- and hind-tibiae
BY FRANK H. TAYLOR. 761
yellowish, femoral pubescence grey, tibial and tarsal pubescence
1)1 ack, veiy dense.
//«/>.— N.S.W.: Milson Island, Hawkesbury River(Dr. Cleland).
Closely resembling T. impprfectiLs Walker, but differs in ha\ing
the base of the third joint of tlie antennsi? reddish-yellow, tlie
frontal callus shorter, with a lineal extension; and the thorax
with three, well-defined, dark stripes. There are also well-
defined, grey, median spots on the second to fifth segments;
whilst, in T. iraperfectus Walker, these are present only on the
second to fourth segments.
Tabanus spadix, sp.n.
9. Length, 9; width of head 4; width of front at vertex, 0-5;
length of wing, 8*5 mm.
Head: face pale creamy; beard pale creamy; front golden, dis-
tinctly narrower at vertex; pubescence black; frontal callus
pear-shaped, tumid, shining, dark chestnut-brown, about one-half
the width of the front; subcallus chestnut, tonientum golden;
first two joints of antennjB yellow, pubescence black, third joint
reddish-yellow, annuli darker, tootl> small; palpi yellowish, stout,
apical third thin, tapering to a fine point; pubescence on eyes
pale, scanty.
Thorax ashen-grey, with five, dark chocolate-brown stripes, the
median one very narrow, the two submedian ones short, extend-
ing to the middle of the thorax, pubescence mixed pale and black,
latei-al hairs long; scutellum black, tomentum grey, pubescence
long, pale; pleurae grey, pubescence long, grey.
Abdomen: first three segments light brown, fourth to the apex
dark brown, segments two to the apex with pale bands, expand-
ing laterally, the second segment basally pale also, the second to
sixth segments also with indistinct, median, pale, triangular
spots, pubescence black, pale on the segmentations; venter creamy,
pubescence pale, penultimate and apical segments dark.
Legs: coxse and trochanters with long, grey pubescence, fore-
legs black, basal two-thirds of tibiae yellowish, apical two-thirds
of mid-femora and tibiae yellowish, apex of hind femora and the
58
762 AUSTRALIAN TABANIDiE, 11.
tibiiv yellowish, rest of mid-and hind-legs blackish, pubescence
black.
Witiys clear, veins dark brown; stigma dark yellowish-brown;
anterior branch of the third long vein with a short appendix.
Hab.—^.S.W.: Sydney (Dr. Cleland).
Both this and 7'. milsoni mihi, known from single specimens
only, are close I3' related. T. spadi.r may be distinguished, inffr
alia, by its broader front, differently shaped, frontal callus, the
thf)rax having five stripes; and the paler abdomen.
Tabanus vetustus Walker.
List Dipt., i., p.l79(1848); Ricardo, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
(8), xvi., p.277(1915); White, Pap. and Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas.,
1915, p.l5.
Hab. — Tasmania: Launceston (Simson, Coll. W. W. Froggatt).
This specimen has the third joint of the antennae black, and,
in addition, the abdomen is entirely clothed with thick, grey
pul)escence, except for two, small, median patches of yellowish
pul)escence on the first and second segments.
763
SOME N0TE8 ON THE BIONOMICS OF THE BUFFALO-
FLY {LYFEROSIA EXIGUA de Meijere).
By Gerald F. Hill, F.E.S., Government Entomologist,
Northern Territory of Australia.
(Plate liii.)
The Buffalo-fly, under which name it is best known to stock-
owners in the Northern Territory, is well-known as an important
pest, owing to the annoyance and suffering it causes to cattle and
horses, and to the loss in condition so (jften observed in stock
grazing upon fly-infested country.
The greater number of individuals of this species and the
longer period of their seasonal occurrence make Lyperosia a
more formidable pest than the largei- and more voracious blood-
sucking flies of the genera Tabanus and Silvius, both of which
are well represented in this country.
During the early part of the wet season (November and De-
cember) certain species of Tabanus, notably T. n'ujritarsis Taylor,
are responsible for perhaps more annoyance to horses than is
caused by Buflalo-flies during these months. The actual loss of
blood due to these larger Tabanids is, no doubt, considerable,
and this, combined with the fact that horses, in particular, are
kept in a constant state of motion from before sunrise until ofter
nightfall, accounts in a large measure for the poverty of stock in
certain localities at a season when pasturage is most abundant.
But Tabanidaj do not attack abraded surfaces, sores, or the sites
of recent bites, as Lyperosia does; hence, after a momentary
flinch or a kick as the skin is pierced, little notice is generally
taken of the fly by the host. The species which dash at their
victim with most noise are more dreaded than the more sluggish
species.
764 BIONOMICS OF THE BUFFALO-FLY,
Tlie wduiuls caused by even the largest Tabanida^ heal without
fshowiiig signs of intlanimation, but the bluod, which frequently
runs fi\)ni the puncture after the withdrawal of the proboscis,
attracts Stomoxys, Lyperosia, Musca, and other flies to the
wound, which may thus develop into a characteristic "fly-sore."
On the other hand, Lyperosias chister in great numbers on a
small area of skin, and, by repeated bites, produce what must be
l)ractically a constant state of irritation. This irritation causes
the host to rub the part against some convenient object — a fence-
post, stump, or branch — until a i-aw surface is exposed to further
attacks by Lyperosia exiyua, Stomuxys calcitraus, Musca, Pycno-
soma, and other Diptera. The size and duration of the resulting
sores are largely determined by the species and temperament of
the host, its ability to find protection in mud, water, or under-
growth, by the prevalence of flies, and by the use or neglect (in
the case of stabled or yarded domes; ic animals) of medicaments
and re})ellant preparations. As may be supposed, horses sufi'er
more in this respect than do cattle, and it is no uncommon oc-
currence to find, on the brisket, a luw surface of from 3-5 iiaches
in diameter.
( )ld, pooi'-conditioned, and sickly stock (horses and cattle) are
noticeal)ly suljject to annoyance. The colour of the hair makes
no appreciable difference, although individuals maybe seen which
are practically unmolested; while others, in the same mob, are
habitually infested. Goats are rarely molested, while dogs, pigs,
sheep, and kangaroos appear to enjoy immunity from attack.
Horses are generally attacked (jn the belly, brisket, underparts
of the neck, flanks, about the eyes and withers, the characteristic
lesions generally showing on the first three positions. Cattle are
generally attacked on the belly, brisket, lower surface of the
neck, the inner corners of the eyes, and on the flanks. The
lesions are usually noticed on the neck, and in the corners of the
eyes (Plate liii.), those in the latter position often presenting a
veiy painful and inflamed appearance, due to the part being
rubbed against the knees or scraped with the hind-hoofs.
Buffaloes, both domestic and those roaming wild in the country
BY GERALD F. HILL. 765
to the East and South-East of Darwin, are habitually infested,
and show the characteristic sores as found on domestic cattle and
wild Brahmin cattle, but to a lesser degree, owing, no doubt, to
the thickness of the skin, and the protection afforded by the
submersion of the body and neck in mud or water for long
periods throughout the day, and often to a protective coat of
adhesive mud.
The habit of attacking man is exceptional in this species,
although one is occasionally bitten while riding Hy-infested
horses. As has been stated above, wild buffaloes are habitually
infested. While hunting these animals, it has been noticed that
Lyperosias do not feed or rest upon a freshly skinned beast, but
transfer themselves to the hunters' horses. In these circum-
stances, those engaged in skinning are not infrequently bitten,
especially if the })art is blood-stained or moist with sweat.
Several species of Tabanidse, not usually prone to bite man, will
do so under similar circumstances.
Intruduction info Australia and Local Distrihutioti.
It is reasonable to suppose that the first importations of
Lyperosia were made with some of the early shipments of stock
(buffaloes, cattle, and ponies) fi-um the East Indies, since 1824.
That these flies can be transported by sea, a short distance at
any rate, has been proved by the writer, who recently travelled
from Port Darwin to the Daly River (90 miles by sea) in a small
vessel, which carried two young bulls for the settlement situated
about 60 miles up the river. A score or more flies were carried
on these beasts for three days, and were dislodged only when
their hosts were lowered into the river to swim ashore.
The distribution of the Buffalo-fly appears to coincide fairly
well with the spread of the introduced buffaloes, which now roam
wild over a large area of country roughly bounded by the Daly
River on the south-west, the Roper River on the south, the
Liverpool or perhaps the Goyder River on the west, and the
littoral on the north. Although stray buffaloes have been found
beyond these natural boundaries, the fly does not appear to have
766 BIONOMICS OF THE BUFFALO-FLY,
made much headway south of the Roper River, or west of the
Daly River. Melville Island, on which Iniffaloes have run since
1824, is said to be badly infested; while the adjacent Bathurst
Island, which is stocked with goats only, is free.
Description of Early Stages, Life-History, and Habits.
The eggs, which are pale reddish-brown in colour, 1 mm. in
length, curved on one side and flattened on the other, aie laid
singly on their sides on the wet surface of fresh dung, occasion-
ally in crevices in dung or in fouled mud an inch or more away
from it, and occasionally in fouled mud around buffalo-wallows.
Oviposition takes from 2-4 minutes, during which time from 12-
20 eggs are laid. The young larva? descend into the dung, where
they attain a length of 7*25 mm., and change in colour from
nearly white to dirty-white. Under natural conditions, pupation
sometimes takes place in the soil under the dung, but usually in
the dung itself. In breeding-jars, pupation invariably tt)ok place
in the latter situation, whether the dung rested on clean sand or
on loamy soil. On two occasions, these flies have been observed
depositing eggs on the hair of sweating horses, but it is most
improbable that the i-esulting larvfe would i-each maturity.
In the full-grown larvae, the posterior stigmatic plates, which
are situate on the hind margin of the anal segment, are large,
blackish, rounded on the outer sides and nearly straight on the
adjacent inner margins, with three, irregular, paler spots, and a
central opening in each. On the ventral surface of the anal seg-
ment, there ai-e several paired tubercles of varying size, surrounded
by coarsely granulated skin. The puparium is of the usual
Muscid type, 3 mm. in length by l'30mm. in width, barrel-
shaped, and reddish-brown in colour.
Three reared under laboratory-conditions, in March, gave an
average of 169 hours for the completion of the life-cycle (192,
195, 120 hours). The weather during the shortest period was
warm and sultr\', while a good deal of cool weather and rain
were experienced during the longer periods. A later rearing
(in June), when the weather was often chilly, took 208 hours to
BY GERALD F. HILL. 767
complete the cycle. The periods occupied by the different stages
were not accurately noted in any of the above rearings, but,
from other observations under varying conditions, it was found
to be as follows — egg-stage, 18-20 hours ; larval stage, from
liatching of egg to the formation of the puparium, 72-96 hours^
pupal stage, 72-120 hours.
Courting takes place on the host, but the process of mating
has not been observed, either upon the host or elsewhere. The
position of the Hy while resting or feeding upon the host is
usually that with the body vertical and the head downward.
During courtship, this position is maintained by one sex, the
othei- occupying a vertical position with the head directed
upwards. The wings of both are kept in constant vibration until
the pair leave the host, presumably to couple.
During the heat of the day and at night, the majority of the
Hies rest upon the flanks and withers of horses, and about the
horns of cattle.
Xahiral Enemips. — Few indigenous birds gather their food in
dung; it is improbable, therefore, that dung-breeding flies and
other insects ai-e preyed upon in their earlier stages by these
agents. The imagines of Lyperosia, like those of other flies, are
preyed upon to some extent by Fantails [Bhipidura bicolor),
which follow and rest upon the backs of stock.
In.sect-predators play a more important part in the control of
of this pest, but it is not believed to be considerable. The
recently deposited eggs are gathered by certain species of ants
for food, amongst which the following species may be mentioned
— Solenopsis germinata F., var. rufa Snd., Iridomyrmex detectiis
Smith, and Odontomachus ruficeps Sm., var. acufidens Forel. A
more important enemy is a small Hymenopteron (Sericophoriis
rducens Sm.) which captures the flies while feeding or at rest.
Methods of Control. — The flies are naturally bush-insects,
breeding, for the most part, in the fresh droppings of cattle and
buffaloes. Accumulations of stable-manure and litter do not
attract them, noi' do they breed up in numbers if fly-infested
768 BIONOMICS OF THE BUFFALO-FLY.
horses are brought in from the bush, and kept in the stable or
stable-yards. Tt has been observed frequently that, under such
circumstances, the flies decrease and finally disappear. On the
other hand, milking-pens and cow-yards in regular use do serve
as breeding-places and sources of infestation. The frequent
removal of manure from such places would do much to reduce
the number of Lyperosia, as well as Stomoxys and non-blood-
sucking Muscids in the vicinity, but to control their numbers on*
the immense and thinly-populated grazing-areas would be
obviously impracticable.
Lyperosia exiyna and disease. — None of the pathological con-
ditions of stock in the Northern Territor}?^ are known to be trans-
mitted by these flies, nor have the results of numerous micro-
scopical examinations suggested their probable connection with
the spread of disease.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIII.
Head of calf, showing earlj' stage of lesion caused by Lyptrosla exigua.
769
ORDII^ARY MONTHLY MEETING.
November 29th, 1916.
Mr. C. Hedley, Vice-President, in the Chair.
A letter from Mrs. T. W. E. David, returning thanks for sym-
pathy, was communicated by the Chairman.
Candidates for Fellowships, 1917-18, were reminded that the
30th inst. was the last day for the receipt of applications.
The Donations and Exchanges received since the previous
Monthly Meeting (25th October, 1916), amounting to 14 Vols.,
82 Parts or Nos., 10 Bulletins, 4 Reports, and 7 Pamphlets,
I'eceived from 58 Societies, etc., were laid upon the table.
EXHIBIT.
Mr. Fred Turner exhibited a specimen of Dampiera erioce])hala
De Vriese, var. alba Turner, which was collected by Mrs. A. E.
Stephens, Jindarra, West Australia, who forwarded it to the
exhibitor for botanical determination. During Mrs. Stephens'
long residence in, and extensive travels over, the western State,
she has found only two specimens of this very rai'e and interest-
ing plant.
59
770
DESCRTPTTON OF APHANTOPHRYNE, A NEW
BATRACHIAN GENUS FROM NEW GUINEA;
With Comparative Notes on the Pectoral Musculature.
By Dene B. Fry, Australian Museum, Sydney.
(Plates liv.-lv.)
The material on which the present paper is based consists of a
collection of six small frogs belonging to a single species. They
were collected in 1896 by the late A. Giulianetti, at an altitude
of 12,200 feet on Mount Scratchley, in the Owen Stanley' Range,
British New Guinea. While they undoubtedly belong to the
family Brevicipitidte* (Engystomatidse auct.), I cannot find a
definition of any genus with which they agree even approximately.
Therefore, a new genus has been characterised, for which the
name Aphmitophryne is proposed.
The most interesting feature about this new form is the
apparent absence of a sternal plate. At first, thinking that my
dissection of a small, pooi^ly preserved specimen was at fault, I
regarded the absence of this important element with reserve.
However, after a careful examination of three specimens, I have
failed to find it, and, as will be seen later, the modification of
the pectoral musculature certainly points to its total reduction.
There are twenty-six genera of Brevicipitidse recognised from
India, Malay, East Indies, Papuasia, and Australia, sixteen of
which have a highly specialised sternal apparatus, modified by
the loss of the procoracoid cartilage and clavicles. As Aphan-
topkryne also lacks these elements, its affinities must be sought
amongst this group of genera.
*I have followed Stejneger (Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., xxiii., 1910, p. 165),
who shows that, as the name of the type-genus of the family Engystoma-
tida?, namely Enatrachns P. & D
»0
c
T3
X
bo
—
■o
!^
£
•a
0/
O
O
Is
a
1
'-5
c
c
a.
^ it
It
1 ^
d
a
cj
>1
cc
o
s
o
O o
X
—
X
X
T
.
X
X
X
I
X
X
X
X
1
j
i '
X
X
X
1
X
,
X
X
1
1
X
X
X
2
X
••
X
X
l&T
ix
,
X
1
X
X
X
X
1
i
X
X
X
0
.
X
X
X
T
X
•
•
<>
•
V
X
X
X
9
4/ r.
X
* See Fry, Mem. Q'land Mus., ii., 1913, p. 48.
tWandoUeck, Abh. v. Ber. d. k. Zool. u. Anthr.-Eth. Mus. zu Dres-
den, xiii., 1910, p. 11.
J Stejneger, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., xxiii., 1910, p. 16.5. It is here
shown that rTa.<, but, for the following reasons, we cannot regard them
as homologous. There is no reason to doubt that the tape-like
band of the latter is a true cartilaginous procoracoid of a degen-
erate nature, but, in Aphaufophi-yue, it is a tough, translucent,
fascia-like band, which, from a macroscopical examination, I
have no hesitation in pronouncing a true ligament. Then, too,
in some species of Sphfuophrytw, the reduced procoracoid has
lost its connection with the scapula, but its free distal end is
joined to the shoulder by a true, ligamentous band. This would
appear to be the homologue of the ligament in question. In
fact, if we imagine the final reduction of the procoracoid to take
place along this line, we should then have a decreasing cartilage,
with an increasing band of ligament, which, in the end, would
BY DENE B. PRY. "775
connect with the symphysis. Such a band would have an
analagous position to the hgament anterior to the coracoid in
Aphanfophri/ue, and it is reasonable to presume that it was along
such lines that the remarkable ligament of this new genus
evolved.
Notes on the Pectoral Myology of Aphantophryne pansa
COiMPARED with THAT OF LiMNODYNASTES DORSALIS AND
Kaloula PULCHRA.
The interesting nature of the pectoral muscles of Aphantophryne
pansa, revealed by the dissection to examine the sternal apparatus
of the type-specimen, has led me to prepare the following notes.
It wuuld have been more satisfactory' to have reserved any
anatomical investigation till more suitably preserved material
came to hand, but the variation of the breast-muscles is of such
an unusual nature, and is so directly related to the most interest-
ing taxonomic feature of this new form, namely, the absence of a
sternal plate, that any notice, however superficial, will, I think,
be of present interest. It is hoped that the poor condition of
my material has led to but few serious errors.
The pectoral musculature of several members of the family
Brevicipitida? (Engystomatidye auct.) has been dealt with by Dr.
F. E. Beddard, in a series of papers published in the Proceedings
of the Zoological Society of London. T must acknowledge the
great assistance I have received from these fine papers, and have
gleaned from them the main points of accord and discord, and
intercalated them briefly below.
For comparative purposes, two hitherto unfigured frogs are
illustrated, and briefly described. One, Limnodynastes dorsalis
var. dunierilii Peters,* belonging to the family Cystignathidae,
has a complete arciferous pectoral girdle. The other, Kaloula
p^dchra Gray,t belonging to the same family as Aphantophryup,
and systematically not far removed from it, has a firraisternal
girdle with no clavicles or omosternum, but difl:ers from it in
*Fry, Rec. Austr. Mus., x., 1913, p.26, PI. iii., fig.2.
tBoulenger, Cat. Batr. Brit. Mus., 1882, p. 167, figs.
776 DESCRIPTION OF APHANTOPHRYNE,
possessing a large, sternal plate. Although the first of these
two frogs is much more widely separated from Ajihantophryne
than are a number of Brevicipitid frogs available for dissection,
it is of interest, comparatively, since it shows more clearly the
modification of the muscles correlated with the reduction of the
pectoral girdle. This is the primary object of these notes.
In addition to the muscular variations due to the widely
different sterna of the three species under discussion, a consider-
able divergence is noticed between them as regards the compara-
tive development, and respective size of the muscles. This is
mainly due to the greater or lesser development of the fore-limbs
which are largest in L. dorsalis.
One of the most striking differences between L. dorsalis and
A. pansa, indeed, between the latter and any other Batrachian
that I know of, lies in the condition of the rectus abdomiiialis
muscle. In Limnodynastes dorsalis (Plate Iv., fig. 3, r«.), it is
essentially the same as in Rana escidenta* but differs somewhat
from that of Kaloula pulchra (Plate Iv., fig.l, o-a.) owing to the
absence of a linea alba in the latter. On removing the ventral
skin of these frogs, it is plainly visible covering the large space
between the inner edges of the pectorales abdominis. In A.
pansa, however, the rectus abdominalis is not visible without the
aid of further dissection.
When the abdominal portion of the pectoral and the two
obliques (to be described later) have been removed, the remark-
able, paired condition of the rectus is revealed (Plate Iv., fig.2,ra.)-
Posteriorly, they are fairly broad, and in contact in the middle
line; but, anteriorly, they are naiTOw and quite separate medially.
There is, of course, no trace of a linea alba, and, as far as I can
be sure, there is only one, very obscure inscriptio tendinea, situ-
ated at about the point where the pectorales abdominis meet
medially. Beneath the coracoids (as viewed from the ventral
side) they unite with the muscle which I take to be the sterno-
hyoideus of each side. Towards the hinder part of the body,
* Hoffmann, Bronn's Klass. Thier-Reichs, Bd. vi., Abth., 2, 1873-78,
Taf. xvii., pt.
BY DENE B. PRY. 777
they lie immediately beneath the obliquus muscles; but, anteriorly,
they are more deeply situated Tn Rana temporaria,* there are
five poststernal inscriptiones tendinem; while in L.dorsalis{V\aiie
Iv., fig.3, it.) and Rhinoderma danvini,j there are only four;
Megalophrys nasuta,\ Xenophrys monticola,% and Kaloula
pidchra have three; and Hemisus (juttatum\\ but two; while, in
Breviceps,^ there is, as I suppose in Aphantophryne, only one.
The whole, superficial, abdominal surface of ^. ^a?isa is covered
by two muscles. As before mentioned, the rectus abdominalis
is completely hidden by these. By far the greater extent is
overlain by the two, large pectorales abdominis, but a V-shaped
area remains between the anterior borders and the posterior
edges of the pectorales sternales. This is covered by an ex-
tremely fine, transparent muscle, whose fibres run almost parallel
to those of the pectorales sternales, at an angle of about 70° to
the longitudinal axis. This muscle, which is obvious on the
sides of the body as well, is no doubt a true obliqtms externus.
In the median venti'al line, the muscles of each side are separated,
although the tough fascia appears to bridge the gap, through
which may distinctly be seen the heart and conus (Plate Iv.,
fig. 2, c. and v.). Bordering this median gap, the obliquus ex-
ternus is replaced by a band of longitudinal fibres (Plate Iv.,
fig. 2, oel.) which I had at first thought to be a distinct muscle,
but which I have been quite unable to separate from it. These
fibres seem to be wrapped in the same fascia as the obliquus,
and to connect anteriorly with the expanded, symphysial portion
of the coracoids. The different angle of the fibres is (.-ertainly
conducive to regarding them as a distinct muscle, but, till better
preserved material is available, this point cannot be settled.
Beneath the external oblique muscle is a layer of even more
obscure fibres, which are so delicate and transparent that they
•Beddard, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1907, p.338.
tBeddard, he. ciL, 1908, p.683.
JBeddard. loc. cit.., 1907, p.338.
§Beddard, loc. cit., 1907, p. 882.
llBeddard, loc. cit., 1908, p.903.
HBeddard, loc. cit., 1908, p. 083.
778 DESCRIPTION OF APHANTOPHRYNE,
can only be seen by carefully angled lighting. These fibres,
representing the obliquus wiferwws (Plate 1 v., fig. 2, oi.), run almost
at right angles to those of the more superficial muscle; that is,
they run outwards and backwards from the middle line of the
ventral surface. They are so extremely thin that I cannot trace
their boundaries or attachments, but they appear to underlie
those of the more superficial muscle in toto.
The pectortdes abdominis of A. pansa (Plate Iv., fig.2, pa.) are
very large, and in other respects unusual. From their origin at
the posterior extremity of the body, they run forward, covering
superficially almost the whole abdominal surface. For the greater
part of their length, they are in contact medially, but, a short
distance behind the symphysis of the coracoids, they diverge,
and, narrowing rapidly, enter their insertion beneath the deltoid
muscle. In L. dorsalia (Plate Iv., fig.3, pa.) and K. pulchra
(Plate Iv., fig. I, pa.) their insertion is alsooverlain by the deltoid;
while, in Hemisus guttatum* and Xenophrys mo7iticola,j they
disappear beneath the pars sternalis of the pectoral. The fibres
of the pectoralis abdominis run obliquely in the anterior portion
of the muscle, but posteriorly are almost longitudinal. The
muscle is characteristically thin, and separates readily from the
underlying obliquus externus.
In L. dorsalis and in A', pulchra, the pectoralis abdominalis
presents some peculiarities worthy of notice. In both these
species, a remarkable modification of much the same nature
occurs, which, as well as being exceptional in itself, is all the
more noteworthy because of its presence in two such widely
separated frogs. Thus, we find the muscle in each case divided
into two distinct portions, which I have here called the portio
internus (Plate Iv., figs. 1 and 3, pai.) and the portio externus
ipae.) relative to their respective positions.
The portio internus of the pectoralis abdotninis (Plate Iv., fig.3,
pai.) in L. dorsalis is fan-shaped, the fibres radiating from the
narrow insertion to the line of origin on the first two poststernal
segments of the rectus abdominalis. The line of origin is oblique
*Beddard, Proc. Zool. See, 1908, p. 899, fig. 176.
tBeddard, loc. ciL, 1907, p.882, fig.231.
BY DENE 6. FRY. 779
and nearly straight. Starting from the posterior margin of the
sternal plate some little distance from the linea alba, it runs out-
wards and backwards at an angle of about 45', crossing the first
and anterior two-thirds of the second segment of the rectus. The
portio externus (pae.) of the muscle is long and strap-like, and
lies just external to, and touching the edge of the portio internus
along its whole length. It extends along the length of the
abdomen, is of equal width throughout, and enters its inseition
beneath the deltoid together with the inner portion. It appears
to V)e bound in the same fascia as the portio internus, from
which, however, it is easily separated.
In K. pulchra, the portio interitus (Plate Iv., fig. 1, j^ai.) is also
fan-shaped, but with this, the similarity between the pectorales
of the two forms ends Two peculiarities of the inner portion
are of a most unusual nature. Firstly, the most anterior fibres,
i.e., those nearest tlie pars sternalis, overlap that muscle, and to
a great extent hide it from view, finding attachment on the
median line of the sternal plate, inside the origin of the fibres of
the pars sternalis, -which do not meet those of the muscle of the
opposite side. Secondly, the portion of the pectoralis abdominis,
which attaches to the sternum, is in contact with its fellow along
the middle line of the breast-plate. This peculiar arrangement
is made clear by the figure in Plate Iv., in which the greater
part of the right pectoralis is shown dissected away. The abdo-
minal line of origin of the pectoralis abdominis is curved, and
terminates postero-laterally on the first inscriptio tendinea. The
portio externus {^\site Iv., fig.l, pae.), although quite distinct from
the inner portion, is connected to it and to the integument by
multitudinous fibres, which seem to arise from the fascia invest-
ing the muscle. It is triangular in shape, thus differing from
the condition in L. dorsalis, and is somewhat longer than the
inner portion. The inner edge of the portio externus overlaps
the outer edge of the inner portion to a considerable extent, as
the pins in the figure indicate (Plate Iv., fig.l). When seen
from the ventral aspect, the triangular nature of the outer por-
tion is not evident, as only the innermost edge is visible, the
greater portion of the muscle lying on the side of the body.
780 DESCRIPTIO>f OF APHANTOPttRYNE,
The division into pars stemalis and pars epicoracoidalis of the
pectoralis is very obscure in A. pansa. Along the line of origin
on the symphysis, there is no trace whatever of any differentia-
tion of the fiVjres; but, distally, as they approach their insertion
beneath the detoid and pars abdominalis, a slight separation
into a small anterior and a larger posterior moiety is noticeable.
The anterior portion, representing the pars epico7-acoida/is (Plate
Iv., fig. 2, pe.) of other frogs, Hnds attachment on the anterior
portion of the epicoracoid cartilage and the median expansion of
the ligament (Plate liv,, fig.lg, lig.) which lies in the position of
an omosternum. The posterior moiety, or the pais stem alis [Plate
Iv., fig. 2, /^s;:).) arises wholly from the epicoracoid and its weak
posterior extension. It will be evident that these fibres, desig-
nated as the pars sternalis, in all probability represent the portio
anterior of that muscle, as found in other frogs.
This seems to exclude whatever room for doubt there exists as
to whether the sternal plate will be found in Aphantdphryne as
a separate element. In those frogs which possess a distinct
sternum, we find the pars sternalis invariably attaching to it.
If the sternum is cartilaginous, as in L. dorsalis, then the
muscular attachment is of a lesser extent than in the case of
such frogs as Ratia and Megalophrys, in which the sternum has
a strong, calcified style. In Aphantophryne, however, we find
the most posterior fibres of the pectoralis sternalis attaching to
the weak, posterior extension of the epicoracoid cartilage, making
the necessity of provision for further attachment, in the foim of
a sternal plate, seem quite superfluous.
In L, dorsalis, in which there is a complete pectoral girdle,
with omosternum and sternal plate, and much more powerful
limbs, the arrangement is naturally very different. It shows
three distinct divisions lying one in front of the other. The
anterior or pars epicoracoidalis (Plate Iv., fig.3, joe.) is very like
that of Rana esculenta* Its fibres do not attach to the omo-
sternum. The median portion represents the portio aiitei-ior of
* Hoffmann, Bronn's Klass. Thier-Reichs, Band iv., 1873-78, p. 134, Taf.
xvii., pe.
BY DENE B. FRY. 781
the pectoralis sternalis (psa.), and arises from the epicoracoidal
arc, but is separated from its fellow in the middle line. The
portio posterior (psp.) arises on the anterior half of the sternum
and from the ligament binding the overlapping epicoracoids. It
hides from view the coraco-brachialis brevis interior, and the
coraco-brachialis longus, as the pars epicoracoidalis also hides
the coraco-radialis.
Tn K. j)ulchra, the arrangement is much the same as in L.
dorsalis, with the exception of a few details of origin, insertion,
and relative position The pars epicoracoidalis (Plate Iv., fig.l,
pfi.) is hardly distinguishable from the pars sternalis. The
median division, or po tio anterior m. pectoralis stertialis (Plate
Iv., fig. l,;;sa.) is even less distijict than in L. dorsalis. The most
posterior fibres of this muscle attach to the sternum, but the
others arise along the epicoracoid, as also do those of the pars epi-
coracoidalis. The portio posterior (psp.) is relatively weak, and its
fibres originate wholly from the sternum. As before mentioned,
it is almost hidden from view by the portio internus m. pecto-
ralis abdominalis Its fibres arise a little to one side of the
middle line, showing those of the pectoralis abdominalis of each
side to be in contact along their line of origin.
I have been unable to find a coraco-radialis, like that of Rana
esculetita, in A. pansa. In L. dorsalis, there is a muscle, which I
take to be the coraco-radialis proprins of Hoffmann* (Plate Iv.,
fig. 3, pr.). It underlies the pars epicoracoidalis and portio
anterior of the pectoralis sternalis, and, by those muscles, is
hidden completely from view, as is mentioned by Dr. Beddardf
in the case of Megalophi'ys nasuta. It arises on the epicoracoid
arc, and its fibres havt^ much the same angle as those of the more
superficial pectoralis. In K. pulchra, there is an obscure band
of muscle (Plate Iv., fig.l, pn.) which is analogous to the coraco-
radialis of L. dorsalis. As in that species, it is hidden from
view by the pars epicoracoidalis, and partly also by the anterior
portion of the pars sternalis. In Metopostira ocellata, a frog
* Hoffinann, loc. cit., p. 135, Taf. xvii., crp.
tBeddard, lot: cit., 1907, p. 337.
782 DESCRIPTION OF APHANTOPHRYNE,
which possesses undoubted affinities to A.pansa, Professor von
ATehely* has figured the coraco-radialis as plainly discernible in
front of the pars epicoracoidalis.
The pectoralis cuiaveus is absent in all three frogs under dis-
cussion. In K. pulchra, as in Hemisus yuttat^im, Xenophrys
moiiticola, and Megalophrys nasuta, the septum dividing the
thoracic and abdominal lymph-spaces is distinct, but is not
invaded by muscle-fibres.
In L. dorsalis, there is a well-developed coracobrachialis
lovyus (Plate Iv., fig.3, cbL). In front of this is a coraco-brachi-
alis brevis internns (ebb.) which, although not so large as the
Hrst-ment,ioned muscle, is nevertheless stronger than the same
muscle in R. escnlenta.] Both these muscles are hidden by the
pectoralis sternalis.
I am doubtful whether the muscle horaologised with the
coraco-humeralis in A. pansasind K. pulchrais correctly so called.
In the former, its fibres border the distal half of the coracoid
posteriorly, attaching to that edge of the bone; in the latter,
however, the muscle arises from the whole length of the coracoid,
and a few fibres seem to originate on the sternal plate. This
last condition is almost the same as in R. esculenta, and althouah
A.pansa differs somewhat from it, K. pulchra seems to exhibit
no features which supply grounds for doubting its identity. In
this last species also, a slight indication of a separation of the
fibres into a more anterior band is noticeable; these probably
represent a coraco-brachialis brevis internus. However, my
material is so poorly preserved, that I am unable to come to anv
definite conclusion at present.
The deltoid (Plate Iv., fig.2, dl.) of A. pansa is weak and tape-
like. A pars episternalis is wanting. The same muscle in K.
pulchra (Plate Iv., fig.l, dl.) is much stronger and broader, but
is otherwise identical. In L. dorsalis, there is a distinct pars
episternalis (Plate Iv., fig.3, die.) the fibres of which originate on
the omosternum. The portio scapularis is overlain by the
mylohyoideus.
* V. Mehely, Termt^s. Fiizetek.. xxiv., 1901. vii., fig.6, rr.
t Hortinann, /oc, cit., Taf, xvii., tigs.b-S, cbhi.
BY DENE B. FRY. 783
The most important features of the pectoral myolog)^ of the
three frogs may be briefly referred to as follows : —
Aphantophryne pansa Fry.
(1). The pectorales abdominis are very large, and, meeting in
the middle line a short distance behind the pectoral girdle, they
obscure nearly all the other ventral muscles from view. They
originate at the posterior extremit}' of the body.
(2). 'I'he obliquus externus is separated on the median, ventral
line, and is on a more superficial plane than the rectus abdominis.
A band of medially-placed fibres, which run parallel to the longi-
tudinal axis of the body, may or may not be part of this muscle.
(3). The pectoralis sternalis is much reduced, and the division
into pars epicoracoidalis and pars sternalis is obscure.
(4). A coraco-radialis, like that in Eana esculenta, is absent.
(5). A pectoralis cutaneus is absent.
(6). A coracohumeralis (coraco-brachialis longns 1) seems to be
present, although some doubt exists as to whether this muscle is
correctly identified (see text).
(7). A coraco-brachudis brevis iiiternus is not present as a
separate muscle.
(8). 'I'he deltoid is weak and strap-like. There is no fars epi-
sternalis, and the pars scapularis is rendered rather prominent
by the reduction in size of the pectoralis.
(9). The rectus abdominis is hidden from view by the large
pectorales abdominis. On dissection, it is seen to be in two
separate bands, which are widely separated in the middle line
anteriorly. There is no linea alba, and only one('?) poststernal
inscriptio tendinea.
Kaloula pulchra Gray.
(1.) The pectoralis abdominis is divided into two portions.
The portio internus is fan-shaped, and arises from the first post-
sternal segment of the rectus; its anterior fibres are in contact
with those of the other side, and attach to the sternal plate.
The portio externus is quite distinct from the inner portion, and
is triangular in shape; its inner edge overlaps the outer edge of
the latter. There ai-e numerous fibrous connections with the
integument.
784 DESCRIPTION OF APHANTOPHRYNE,
(1). 'I'he obliquus muscles, internus and externus, show nothing
extraordinary.
(3). The pecloralis sfernalis is well-developed. The pars epi-
coracoidalis is normal; the pars sternalis is divisible into two
portions, an anterior and a posterior. The portio posterior does
not meet its fellow, being separated in the median line by the
attachment of the portio internus of the pectoralis abdominis.
Its fibres originate wholly from the sternum.
(4). A coraco-radialis is present.
(5). A pecloralis cutaneus is absent, but the septum dividing
the pectoral and abdominal lymph-spaces is well-marked, though
not invaded by fibres.
(6). A coraco-humeralis (coraco-brachialis lonyusV) is present.
(7). A coraco-brachialis brevis internus is perhaps represented,
as the fibres of the last-mentioned muscle! 6) show an indication
of a division into an anterior bundle.
(8). The deltoid is strong, and has no pars episternalis.
(9). The rectus abdominis is well-developed, and resembles
that of Megalophrys nasuta and Xenophrys monticola in having
only three, poststernal inscrip'iones tendinece. There is no linea
alba present.
LiMNODYNASTES DORSALIS var. DUMEKILII Ptrs.
(1). The pectondis abdominis is divided into two portions, the
portio internus which is fan-shaped, and the portio externus
which is long and strap-like. The first arises on the two,
anterior, poststernal segments of tlie rectus; and the latter from
the posterior extremity of the ventral surface. The two pec-
torales are separated in the median line, and the rectus is plainly
visible.
(2). The obliquus externus and internus are normal.
(3). The pectoralis sternalis is strongly developed. It is
plainly divisible into a pars epicoracoidalis, and a para sternalis;
the latter is in two divisions, an anterior medially situated, and
a posterior, whose fibres arise from both the sternal plate and
the ligament binding the overlapping epicoracoids.
(4). A coraco-radialis is well developed.
(5), The pectoralis ciUaneus is absent.
BY DENE B. FRY. 785
(6). A coraco-hrachialis longus is normally developed.
(7). A coraco-brachiaiis brevis internas is rather strongly de-
veloped.
(8). The deltoid is strong, and a pars episternalis connects
with the oinosternuni. 'I'he portiu ficaptdaria is overlain by tlie
mylohyoideus.
(9). The rectus abdominis is normal. A linea alba is present,
and there are four poststernal ijiscrijitiones tetidinecf.
PLXPLANATION OF PLATES LIV.-LV.
Plate liv.
Aphantophryne pansa Fry.
Fig. 1. — Dorsal view of the tj^pe-specimen.
Fig. la. — Side-view of head.
Fig. 1'). — View of palate.
Fig. lo. — Dor.sal view of terminal phalanx of fourth toe.
Fig. V;. — Lateral view of terminal phalanx of fourth toe.
Fig. le. — Ventral view of hand.
Fig.]/. — Ventral view of foot.
Fig. If/. — Sternal apparatus of type-specimen; Uy., ligament.
Fig. 2. — Ventral view of a very stout specimen.
(All the figures enlarged. )
Plate Iv.
Fig. 1. — Ka/oii!a pii/rhra Gray; ventral view of breast, the skin and
pectoral muscles of the right side dissected away.
Fig. 2. — Aphantophryne pansa Fry; ventral view of breast, the skin and
pectoral muscles of the right side dissected away.
Fig..S. — Limnodynastes dorsal is Gr&y, var. diimerUii Peters; ventral view
of body, the skin and pectoral muscles of the right side dissected
away.
REFERENCES.
c, conus arteriosus of the heart — chh., coraeo-brachialis brevis internus
— chl., coraco-brachiaiis longus — ch., coraco-humeralis — cL, clavicle — cor.,
coracoid — dL, deltoid — die., pars episternalis deltoidei — ec, epicoracoid
cartilage — it., inscriptio tendinea (first poststernal) — la., linea alba — /(/.,
ligament — mh., mylohyoideus — oe., obliquus externus — oeh, median longi-
tudinal fibres connected with obliquus externus — oi., obliquus internus —
OS., omosternum — pa., pectoralis abdominalis — pae., portio externus m.
pectoralis abdominalis — pai., portio internus m. pectoralis abdominalis —
pe., pars epicoracoidalis m. pectoralis — pr., coraco-radialis (or sterno-
radialis) — psa., portio anterior m. pectoralis sternalis — psp., portio pos-
terior m. pectoralis .sternalis (Fig. 3) — psp., pectoralis sternalis (Fig.2) —
ra., rectus abdominalis — ah., sternohyoideus — »t., sternum — v., ventricle
of heart.
60
786
THE CHANGE OF COMPOSTTION OF ALVEOLAR AIR
AFTER THE STOPPAGE OF NORMAL
BREATHING.
By H. S. Halcro Wardlaw, D.Sc, Linnean Macleay
Fellow of the Society in Physiology.
(With two Text-figs.)
Introduction.
The tensic)!! of carbon dioxide in the alveolar air of man is
maintained, under conditions of rest and normal breathing, at a
definite value in each individual, from which it deviates only
slightly. The constant values for different individuals vary over
a wider ranf^e. These facts were first established bv Haldane
and Priestly (1905), and by FitzGerald and Haldane (1905).
Campbell, Douglas, and Hobson (1914) have recently shown that
an increase of 2 nira.Hg in the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide
is sufficient to double the amount of ventilation of the lungs.
Under ordinary conditions of rest, then, the amount of air
breathed in a given time is so adjusted as to keep the alveolar
tension of carbon dioxide practically constant. Haldane and
Priestly also showed that the alveolar tensions of oxygen may
be varied widely by breathing atmospheres containing different
percentages of oxygen, without sensibly affecting the amount of
ventilation of the lungs. Within wide limits, therefore, the
ventilation of the lungs is regulated solely by the alveolar tension
of carbon dioxide, and is independent of the alveolar tension of
oxygen.
When, however, the normal ventilation of the lungs is stopped
l)y holding the breath, or by rebreathing the same air, thecaibon
dioxide given off by the blood will accumulate in the lungs, while
the oxygen present will tend to disappear. The first investiga-
tion of the change of composition of the air in the lungs, when
the breath is held, seems to be that of Becher (1S55), who held
the breath for various periods ranging up to 100 seconds, after
BY H. S. IIALC'HO WAHnLAAV. 787
taking a deep inspiration. He found that the percentage of
carbon dioxide in the expired air rose at a continually decreasing
rate, and, towards the end of the period of holding the breath,
seemed almost to have reached a constant value.
By shutting off one lobe of the lung of an animal from the
exchange of gases with the inspired air, and drawing off samples
of the contents througli a catheter, Wolffberg (1871) attempted
to measure the final tension of carbon dioxide in this portion of
the lung after a state of equilibrium with the venous blood had
been reached.
Loewy and von Schrotter (1905) carried out similar experi-
ments upon human beings. They found that the alveolar ten-
sions of carbon dioxide and of oxygen eventually reached con-
stant values, the former gas sooner than the latter. These values
they regarded as the venous tensions of the gases.
Hill and Flack (1908) observed the length of time for which
the breath could be held, under normal conditions, after breath-
ing oxygen, and after muscular exercise. They measured the
tensions of carbon dioxide and of oxygen in the alveolar air
when the breaking-point was reached. They also measured the
final alveolar percentages after breathing as long as possible from
an anaesthetic bag, tilled, in one case, with expired air, in another
case, with oxygen. In each case, the time of holding the breath
was longer, and the final tensions of carbon dioxide were higher
than when similar gaseous mixtures were simply held in the
luno-s. The final tensions of carbon dioxide reached were also
higher when oxygen was present in excess. These investigators
made experiments to determine the alveolar percentages of
carbon dioxide and of oxygen after holding the breath for
various periods, and found that the percentage of oxygen fell
more rapidly than that of carbon dioxide. They concluded
that it was the alveolar percentage of oxygen, and not that of
carbon dioxide, which determined the period for which the breath
could be held. From their experiments on rebreathing the same
air from a bag, they concluded that holding the breath obstiucted
the circulation and so hindered the exchange of gases between^__.^^
the alveolar air and the blood, /vN^ ^^/\
luIlibrary ^
788 CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVROLAR AIR,
Leimdorfer (1909) determined the composition of alveolar air
after inspirations of ordinary air, and of gaseous mixtures con-
taining different percentages of carbon dioxide and oxygen, had
been held in the lungs as long as possible. He, too, found that
excess of oxygen raised the final percentage of carbon dioxide
attained, and concluded that the time for which the breath could
be held was determined by the percentage of oxygen in the
alveolar air.
Du Bois-Reymond (1910) connected one lobe of the lung of
an animal with a space filled with nitrogen, and observed the
I'ate at which carbon dioxide was given off into this space. He
found that the percentage of carbon dioxide rose at a logarith-
mically decreasing rate, and approached a certain final value.
Christiansen, Douglas, and Haldane (1914) carried out ex-
periments to determine the composition of alveolar air after
holding in the lungs mixtures of air containing various percent-
ages of carbon dioxide. The lungs, in fact, were used as an
a«rotonometer. When the percentage of carbon dioxide in the
inspired mixture was below a certain value, the percentage in
the alveolar air was greater after holding the breath than that
present in the original mixture. When, however, the percentage
of carbon dioxide in the mixture was greater than this value,
the alveolar percentage, after holding the breath, was less than
that in the original mixture; that is, carbon dioxide had been
absorbed by the blood. These investigators concluded that the
percentage of carbon dioxide in the inspired air above which
carbon dioxide was absorbed by the blood, and below which
carbon dioxide was given off by the blood, was the percentage
in the alveolar air with which the venous blood was in equi-
librium in the lungs, and from which the venous tension of
carbon dioxide in the lungs could be calculated. These workers
also measured the percentages of carbon dioxide in the alveolar
air after holding the breath for various periods. They found
that the alveolar percentage of carbon dioxide continued to rise
during the whole period for which the breath was held, and con-
cluded that the venous tension of carbon dioxide could not be
determined by observations of this kind.
BY H. S. HALCRO WARDLAW. 789
Recently, Boothbv and Sandiford (J 916) have also used the
above aerotonoraetric method for the determination of the venous
tension of carbon dioxide, and have obtained results similar to
those of Christiansen, Douf,das, and Haldane {loc. cit.).
In the present investigation, the rate at which the cotnposition
of alveolar air changes, when the admission of fresh air to the
lungs is discontinued, has been examined in greater detail. The
rate of alteration of the composition of the alveolar air has been
studied under two different sets of conditions. In the first
series of experiments, the breath was simply held for measured
periods after the completion of a normal inspiration, before
taking a sample of alveolar air. In the second series of experi-
ments, after the completion of a normal inspiration, breathing
was continued into and out of an empty rubber bag, samples of
alveolar air being collected from time to time. It was found
that the rise in the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide and the
fall in the tension of oxygen were considerably more rapid in
the second series of experiments than the first.
Experiments have also been carried out to examine more closely
the difference between the two sets of results. It was found
that movement of the same air into and out of the lungs, altera-
tion of pressure in the closed chest, or the maintenance of nega-
tive pressure in the chest, caused a marked increase in the rate
of increase of the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide. The main-
tenance of positive pressure in the chest, however, slightly de-
creased the rate of change of composition of the alveolar air
after the cessation of normal respiration.
Methods.
The experiments described in this paper were made upon one
subject (H.S.H.W.). Before commencing to collect samples of
alveolar air, the subject seated himself comfortably and rested
for ten minutes in order to allow the respiration to become as
steady as possible. The subject remained seated during the
whole course of an experiment. The only work done by him
was the opening of taps for the collection of samples of alveolar
air, the starting and stopping of a kymograph, and the making
790 CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AlR,
of the deep expirations from wliich the samples were obtained.
A complete rest of five minutes was taken after the collection
of each sample. The experiments in each series in the Tables
given below are recorded in the order in which they were made.
Two preliminary series of experiments, in which about two
hundred analyses were performed, were carried out on two
diflferent subjects. In these experiments, attention was not
paid to the necessity of allowing the subject to rest completely
before taking a sample of alveolar air. The variations among
individual experiments were, consequently, too great to allow
precise conclusions to be drawn. The average results of each
series, however, showed the same features as the experiments
recorded here.
The samples of alveolar air were collected over mercury in
exhausted gas-burettes. The deep expirations from the last por
tions of which the samples were obtained (Haldane and Priestly,
loc. cit.) were made through a brass mouth-piece, 20 cm. long,
into a rubber-lined anajsthetic-bag. The mouth-piece was pro-
vided with ten side-tubes of capillary bore; to these tubes, burettes
were attached. In this way, a number of samples of alveolar
air could be collected without other manipulation than the
opening of spring-clips.
The instant at which an expiration was made was recorded
on the drum of a kymograph by means of a manometer con-
nected witli one of the side-tubes of the mouth-piece. The
instant at which respiration was stopped and the holding of the
breath commenced, was recorded on the kymograph by pinching
the tube leading to the manometer. A Jaquet clock was
arranged to make a time-tracing, showing seconds, immediately
below the tracing of the manometer. The periods elapsing
between the commencement of holding the breath and the
making of the expiration from which the sample of alveolar air
was obtained, were determined by measurement of the graphic
records. In the cases in which the subject breathed into and
out of a closed bag, the intervals of time between the successive
expirations were measured in the same way. Time could be
measured on the tracings with an error of about 0*5 second.
BY H. S. MALCRO WARDLAW.
791
Periods of holding tlie breath, or, between expirations into a
bajr, are "iven in the Tables to the nearest second.
The analyses of the samples of alveolar air were carried out in
a small Haldane-apparatus. About 20 cc. of alveolar air were
collected for each sample, about 9 cc. being used for an analysis.
Duplicate analyses were performed only in those cases in which
there was doubt as to the reliability of a result. The results of
duplicate analyses showed divergences ranging up to 2%. The
deviation from the mean is only half this figure. The results
given in the Tables, therefore, have an error of less than 2%;
that is to say, the percentages of carbon dioxide and of oxygen
are correct to less than one-tenth of one per cent. The amounts
of carbon dioxide and of oxygen in the alveolar air are expressed
as percentages by volume of tlie dry gas. The partial tensions
of carbon dioxide and of oxygen, in millimetres of mercury, are
also given. The tensions were calculated from the percentage
composition of the dry gas, the barometric pressure at the time
of the experiment, and the tension of aqueous vapour in the
lungs [43 mm. Hg, Loewy and Gerhartz(1913), Osborne (1913)].
The tensions have an error of less than 1 mm.Hg.
Effect of holding the Breath.
In the following Table are shown the percentages and tensions
of carbon dioxide and of oxygen in alveolar air after holding the
breath for various pei'iods. In the last portion of the Table, the
averages of the values obtained in the individual experiments
are given.
Tablk i.
Composition of alreolar air after lioldiiiy breath for rariouK jjeriods.
Carbon dioxide.
Oxygen.
Number.
Time.
Per cent.
Mm.Hg.
Per cent.
Mm.Hg.
1
0
5-26
38-4
2
5
o-7o
42 0
3
10
5-97
43-6
4
16
6-19
45-1
5
20
6 -20
45-6
6
27
6-56
47-8
7
31
6-50
47-5
792
CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR,
Table i. — continued.
Time.
Carbon dioxide.
Oxygen.
Number.
Per cent.
Mm.Hg.
Per cent.
Mm.Hg.
8
0
5-53
40 4
9
5
5-90
43 0
10
11
6 01
43 9
11
16
6-42
46-9
12
20
6-58
48-0
13
27
6-57
48-0
14
30
6-67
487
15
37
6-91
50-5
16
0
.V20
37-6
1600
115-8
17
6
579
41-9
1475 106 8
18
12
6-21 ,
45-0
13-68 99 0
19
16
6-18
44-8
13-81 100-0
20
21
(5-49
47 0
12-76 92-3
21
26
6-33
45-8
12-74
92-2
22
31
6 "55
47-4
11-93
86-4
23
36
6-75
48-8
1 1 -20
81-1
24
0
511
36-9
16-48
118-8
25
7
5-87
42 4
14-98 1081
26
11
fi-06
43-8
14-43 104-2
27
16
6-37
46-0
13-65 98-5
28
20
6-51
47-0
12-95 93-5
29
26
6-57
47-4
12-39 89-4
30
30
670
48-3
11-89 85-8
31
35
6-65
48-0
12-10 87-4
32
0
510
36-8
16-21 1170
33
6
5-89
42-5
14-83 107 0
34
10
6-28
45-3
14-04 101-4
35
16
6-29
45-4
13-70 98-9
36
21
6-49
46-8
12-85 92-8
37
25
6-52
47-1
12-46
89-9
38
30
678
49-0
11-64
84-1
39
35
677
48-9
11-13
80-4
40
0
5-34
37-9
16-40
116-5
41
5
5-89
41-8
14-21
101-0
42
11
5-99
42-5
14-04
99-9
43
17
6-43
451
12-69
901
44
21
6 "57
467
1213
86-2
45
26
677
48-1
11-83
84-1
46
31
678
481
11-31
80-5
47
36
6-98
49-6
10-42
71-1
BY H. S. HALrRO WARHLAW.
793
Table i. —
confinuerl.
Carbon dioxide.
Oxygen.
Number.
Time.
Per cent.
Mm.Hg.
Per cent. Mm.Hg.
Average.
0
.•>-26
38-0
16-00
118-3
6
o-8o
42-6
14-69
106-1
11
6-09
44-0
14-05
101-5
16
6-31
45-6
13-46
97-3
21
6-45
46-6
12-67
91-6
25
6-55
47-4
12-36
89-3
31
6 -66
48-1
1 1-69
84-4
36
6-82
49-3
1 1 -21
8 10
The manner in which the composition of alveolar air changes
when the breath is held, as expressed by the above figures, is
more clearly shown by the accompanying diagram ('J'ext-fig.l).
In the diagram, times are plotted as abscissae, the corresponding
tensions of carbon dioxide and of oxygen as ordinates. The
points shown in the diagram represent the average values given
in the Table.
Diagram i.
Curve A in the diagram represents the variation of the
alveolar tension of carbon dioxide with the period of holding the
breath. This curve shows that, as the breath is held, the
alveolar tension of carbon dioxide rises at a continually decreas-
ing rate for about 30 seconds. During the first 5 seconds of
holding the breath, the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide rises
from 38-0 to 41-6, 3-3 mm.Hg. Between the 2oth and 30th
seconds, the tension rises from 47*5 to 48-0, 0-5 mm.Hg, that is,
at only about one-seventh of the initial rate. After the 30th
second, the rate of increase of the alveolar tension of carbon
dioxide ceases to fall, and begins to rise again. This increase
in steepness continues to the 35th second, beyond which
the subject was unable to hold the breath and still retain the
power of making the forced expiration necessary to obtain a
sample of alveolar air. The increase in the rate at which the
alveolar tension of carbon dioxide rises, after holding the breath
for about 30 seconds, is due to the fact that the subject then
begins to make involuntary movements of the diaphragm and of
the muscles of the chest, which grow in intensity as the holding
794
CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR,
of the breath is continued. These movements, as will be shown
later, markedly hasten the passage of carbon dioxide into the
alveolar air. The total rise of the tension of carbon dioxide, on
holding the breath for 35 seconds, is ll-5inm.Hg.
60
»
so
^v
^
c
^0
y
"a
30
y^
s
\\
X5
20
\
o\
P\
//o
/GO
90
so
70
Tfiye
10
20
30
^o
Text-fig. 1. — Variation of alveolar tensions of carbon dioxide and of oxygen
with period of holding the breath (A, B), and with period of re-
breathing expired air (C, D). Times (abscissie) in seconds, tensions
(ordinates) in mm.Hg.
Curve B, in the above diagram, shows how the alveolar tension
of oxygen changes as the breath is held. It will be seen that
BY H. S. HALCRO WAHDLAW. 795
the rate, at which the tension of oxygen falls, is very much
greater than the rate at which the tension of carbon dioxide
rises. In 35 seconds, the tension of oxygen falls from 116-5 to
81 "0, 35-5 mm. Hg, or more than three times as much as the
tension of carbon dioxide rises. It will be noticed also that,
although the rate of change of the alveolar tension of oxygen
slows down with time, this slowing down is much less marked
than in the case of the tension of carbon dioxide. During the
first 5 seconds of the experiment, the tension falls 7*5 mm Hg;
during the last 5 seconds, 3-5mm.Hg or at about one-half the
initial rate. The tremors of the respiratory muscles, which
make their appearance towards the end of the experiment,
apparently do not become of sufficient intensity to afiect notice-
ably the rate of absorption of oxygen in the lungs.
When the breath is held for a long enough period, therefore,
the tension of carbon dioxide gives indications of attaining a
certain fixed value The alveolar tension of oxygen, on the
other hand, falls rapidly during the whole period for which the
breath can be held.
Effect of rebkeathinc, the same Air.
In the following Table are given the alveolar tensions and
percentages of carbon dioxide and of oxygen after the air in the
lungs at the end of a normal inspiration, instead of being
held there for a certain period, is breathed into and out of a
closed, empty bag. Under these circumstances, the air of the
lungs does not remain stagnant, but is mixed together by the
movements of breathing. The contents of the lungs are also
mixed with the air in the mouth-piece, and in the bag, which
cannot be emptied completely. The volume of this air is not
more than 100 cc. The average volume of the deepest expira-
tion which the present subject can make, after taking a normal
inspiration, is 2200 cc. As the volume of the residual air may
be taken as 800-1000 cc, the total volume of the air in the lungs,
at the end of a normal inspiration, amounts to approximately
3000 cc. The contents of the lungs are mixed, therefore, with
about 3% of their volume of air by breathing into and out of the
796
CMAXGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR,
bag. If the rate at which the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide
rises, and that at which the alveolar tension of oxygen falls, be
the same, when the contents of the lungs are breathed in this way
as when the breath is held, the changes in the tensions of the gases
will be about 3% less in the former case than in the latter.
The figures given in the following Table, however, show that, on
the contrar\', the changes in the tensions of the gases are con-
siderably greater in the former case.
Table ii. — Composition of alveolar air after hreafliiii;/ into and out of
dosed hay for narious periods.
Time.
Carbon
dioxide.
Oxygen.
Number.
Per cent.
Mm.Hg.
36-5
Per cent.
Mm.Hg.
48
0
5 07
15-70
112-8
49
7
5
91
42
5
14
•13
101
5
50
15
6
52
46
9
12
44
89
5
51
22
6
73
48
9
11
•22 80
7
52
29
7
07
50
8
10
03 72
2
63
34
7
03
50
5
9
35
67
2
54
41
7
29
52
4
8
74
62
8
55
46
7
30
52
5
8
23
59
1
56
0
5
03
35
7
15
92
113
2
57
7
5
77
41
0
14
93
106
1
58
16
6
33
45
0
13
53
96
2
59
23
6
74
47
9
12
•13
86
2
60
31
6
96
49
5
11
32
80
5
61
38
7
20
51
2
10
14
72
1
62
44
7
34
52
1
9
35
66
5
63
51
7
37
52
4
8
65
61
5
64
0
5
35
38
4
15
•84
113
8
65
8
6
09
43
3
14
51
104
>>
66
14
6
60
47
4
13
36
95
9
67
20
6
94
49
8
11
95
85
8
68
27
7
24
49
8
10
■87
78
0
69
33
7
47
53
6
9
91
71
2
70
38
7
59
54
5
8
70
62
4
71
44
7
77
55
7
7
97
57
2
72
0
5
30
38
6
16
■20
lis
0
73
7
5
99
43
6
15
•25
110
3
74
13
6
63
47
8
13
88
100
3
75
19
7
09
51
2
12
88
93
1
76
25
7
25
52
4
11
80
85
4
77
31
7
45
53
8
11
00
79
6
78
36
7
61
55
0
9
94
71
8
79
42
7-78
56-2
9 08
65-6
BY H. S. HALCRO WARDLAW.
797
Table ii. — rontiiintil.
Time.
Carbon
dioxide.
Oxygen.
Number.
Per cent.
Mm.Hg.
38-0
Per cent.
161
Mm.Hy.
Average
0
5-25
116-4
0
5-70
41 0
15 1
1091
10
6 15
44 5
141
101 9
15
6-5
47 0
132
95-5
20
6-8
49-2 •
12-3
89 0
25
7 05
51 0
114
82-5
;^o
7-25
52-4
10-7
77-2
;^5
7 35
531
9-8
70-9
40
7 45
53 9
9-2
66-5
1 lie intei'vals of time between the taking of each sample of
alveolar air and that of the next in the above series of experi-
ments, are not considered to be uniform enough to allow average
values to be calculated from them arithmetically. The average
figures given in the last portion of the Table, therefore, have been
determined graphically by plotting the individual experiments
on squared paper, drawing a curve through the points represent-
ing each series of results, and, from the curves, detei'mining the
tensions of carbon dioxide and of oxygen for corresponding times.
From the figures got thus, the average values have been calcu-
lated in the ordinar}^ way. These values are represented in the
diagram by the points on the curves C and D.
The curve C represents the manner in which the alveolar
tension of carbon dioxide rises when the contents of the lungs
are breathed into and out of a closed, empty bag. It will be seen
that the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide rises at a continually
decreasing rate. During the first 5 seconds of the experiment,
the tension of carbon dioxide rises 3"5 mm.Hg, or by practically
the same amount as when the breath is held in the lungs.
Between the 2oth and 30th seconds, however, the rise is 1-4 mm.
Hg, or about thrice as great as when the breath is held. The total
rise in the alveolar tension of carbon dioxide in 35 seconds is
from 380 to 53*0, 15"0 mm.Hg, or nearly 40% greater than the
rise occurring in the same period when the breath is simply held.
Curve D shows the rate at which the alveolar tension of
oxygen falls when the contents of the lungs are breathed into
798 CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVKOLAR AIR,
and out of a closed bag. This rate decreases very slowly with
time. The fall in the alveolar tension of oxygen during the first
5 seconds of tlie experiment is 7-5 mm.Hg, the same as when the
breath is held. Between the 25th and 30th seconds, the fall is
6 mm.Hg, or nearly twice as great as when the breath is held.
The total fall in the alveolar tension of oxygen, after breathing
into and out of the bag for 35 seconds, is from 116-4 to 70-9,
45-5 mm.Hg, or nearly 30% greater than when the breath is
simply held. Thus, when the same air is rebreathed, not only
is there an increase of the rate at which the composition of the
alveolar air changes, but tht^ amount of the change itself is also
greater than when an equal quantity of air is held in the lungs
for an equal period. Although the increase in the alveolar
tension of carbon dioxide and thedecrea.se in the alveolar tension
of oxygen are so much greater, when the air in the lungs is
breathed to and from a bag for a given time, than when the
breath is held for the same length of time, the period which
elapses before the subject begins to feel acutely the need of fresh
air is considerably extended in the former case. Tn the present
subject, the feeling of distress is as pronounced after holding
the breath for 35 seconds as it is after breathing to and from the
bag for about 50 seconds.
Discussion of Results.
The curves in the above diagram show the rates of change of
the alveolar tensions of carbon dioxide and oxygen at different
times after the stoppage of normal respiration. Tliey depict the
rates of movement of these gases to and from the alveolar air.
Carbon dioxide and oxygen can move only to and from the
alveolar out of or into the pulmonary tissues and the blood, on
the one hand, and the air of the dead space, on the other hand.
At the end of a normal inspiration, the dead space amounts to
about 5% of the total volume of the lungs. Even when the dead
space is increased by the addition of the mouthpiece and bag, the
alveolar air of the lungs still accounts for more than 90% of the
air with which the blood can exchange gases. Exchano^es of
gases between the alveoli and the dead space, therefore, will
affect but slightly the alveolar tensions, and the above curves
BY H. S. HALCRO WARDLAW. 799
may be taken as exhibiting the exchange of carbon dioxide and
of oxygen between the blood and pulmonary tissues, and the
alveolar air under the conditions of the experiments.
If diffusion play a part in this exchange of gases between the
alveolar air and the blood, the variations in the rates of exchange
are likely to be expressed by an equation of the form
d(P-p);dt= -n(P-p) (1)
where P is the effective, not necessarily the actual, tension of the
gas in the venous blood entering the lungs, p the tension in the
alveolar air at the moment, and n a constant. The work of Mosso
(1904), of Haldaneand his collaborators (/oc.cti!., and Christiansen
and Haldane, 1914),of Krogh and Krogh( 1910), and of others, has
shown that the tensions of the carbon dioxide in the arterial
blood leaviny the lungs must be very close to the alveolar tension
With regard to the tension of oxygen in tlie arterial blood,
opinion is not so unanimous. Barcroft and Cooke (1913) found
arterial blood (human) to be 94% saturated with oxygen. Twort
and Hill (1915) showed, however, that, during rest and shallow
respiration, the degree of saturation may be considerably lower.
According to the above equation, if the tensions of the gases
in the venous blood entering the lungs, after the stoppage of
the exchange with the air occurring in normal respiration,
remain constant for a period long enough, the alveolar tensions
will approach very closely to the venous, and the blood will pass
through the lungs practically unchanged.
Equation (1) is converted by integration into the form
log(P-p) = loga-nt (2)
where a is another constant
If the figures for p given in the above tables vary with the
times of stoppage of normal respiration in the manner described
by this equation, then, if instead of plotting the tensions against
times, the logarithms of the differences of these tensions from
certain constant tensions, P, be plotted, the curves obtained
will be straight lines. The values of the constant tensions, P,
towards which the tensions, p, approach, may be calculated by
converting equation (2) into the form
P-p = a/10"* (3)
800 CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR,
by eliminating the logarithms. If the values of p and t be
inserted into the equation for pairs of equidistant values of t,
equations containing only P and p may be obtained, and, from
these, the values of P may be determined In this way, it may
be calculated that, when the breath is held, the alveolar tension
of carbon dioxide (curve A) rises from the initial value of 38-0
mra.Hg towards a final value of 50-0 mm. Hg. When the air in
the lungs is breathed into and out of a closed bag, the alveolar
tension of carbon dioxide (curve C) rises from the same initial
value towards the value of 59-Omm.Hg. The value towards which
the alveolar tension of oxygen sinks when the breath is held
(curve B) is found by a similar calculation to be .05 mni.Hg, the
initial value being 1164 mm.Hg. 'J'he curvature of curve B is
much less than that of the two preceding curves, and the accu-
racy with which the value of P can be calculated is correspond-
ingly less. In the case of curve D, representing the variation
of the alveolar tension of oxygen when the air of the lungs is
breathed into and out of a bag, the curvature is so small, that
the value of the tension which would be reached eventually, if
the tension continued to fall in the same manner, cannot be
determined with any precision by the above calculation. This
is due to the fact that, in the calculation, the differences of
observed values appear. These differences become smaller as
the curvature decreases, and as the whole experimental error
falls on the differences, the uncertainty of their values soon
becomes so great as to render them useless for calculation. The
value given for P for each of the curves A, B, and C, is the mean
of six values calculated from six different sets of points on the
curve.
The values of these final tensions can be determined graphically
with more precision by assuming certain values for P, and
plotting the graphs of the corresponding equation (2). It is
found that the curve so obtained is a straight line, t.e., is de-
scribed by equation (2), only when the value chosen for P lies
between certain limits.
In the following Table are given the values of log (P - p) when
the values assumed for the final tension, P, are 485 mm.Hg for
BY H. S. HALCRO VVARDLAW.
801
curve A, 60-5 mm Hg for curve C, 550 mm.Hg for curve B, and
00 mm.Hg for curve D.
Table iii. — LofGE OP COMPOSITION' OF ALVEOLAR AIR,
Positive pressures. — In the following Table are given the per-
centages of carbon dioxide found in the alveolar air after holding
the breath under various pressures in excess of that of the
atmosphere. The corresponding percentages of carbon dioxide
reached, when the breath is held under normal pressure, are
given for comparison.
When the breath is held under pressures differing from that
of the atmosphere, it is found to be rather difficult to note the
time to within a second. The subject is obliged to watch the
manometer as well as to observe the time. The figures in the
accompanying Tables show that variations of several seconds
occur in the periods of holding the breath, as determined from
the graphic records. The percentages of alveolar carbon dioxide
found, therefore, cannot be compared directly with one another,
and it has been necessary to reduce the results to a common
period. In the last column of the Tables, the alveolar percent-
ages of carbon dioxide are given, reduced to a period of holding
the breath of 20 seconds. In the case of Table vi., this reduc-
tion has been made from the data given in the average figures
in Table i. From these figures it will be seen that, between the
21st and 26th seconds of holding the breath, the alveolar carbon
dioxide rises at the rate of 0-025% per second. During a period
of this length, the rise is very nearly uniform, as is shown by
curve A (Text-fig.l). For each second for which the breath was
held longer than 20 seconds, 0025 has been subtracted, therefore,
from the percentage of carbon dioxide found.
BY H. S. HALrRO WARDLAW.
80^
Table vi.
Effect of uiereofted pressure on. a/reofar perceiifaye of carbon dioxide
after holding tht breath for JO neconds.
Expt.
Piessure.
Period.
CO J found.
CO, at 20 sec.
11
Omm.Hg
20 sec.
6-24%
6-24%
10
23
6-09
6-01
20
25
6-29
6-16
30
26
6-34
6-19
12
0
20
6-18
6-18
10
22
5-98 '
5 -93
20
21
6-06
6 03
30
23
5-94
5-86
Mean
0
20
6-21
Positive
20
Increase
6 03
... -0-18
These figures show, that holding the breath under increased
pressure certainly does not increase the gaseous exchange in the
lungs. Indeed, the average alveolar percentage of carbon
dioxide reached in 20 seconds, when the pressure in the lungs is
greater than atmospheric pressure, is lower than that reached
when the breath is held under normal conditions.
The average deviation of the above results from the mean,
calculated as described by Krogh (1916), is iO'lo. This
numl)er is not much smaller than the amount bv which the
alveolar percentage of carbon dioxide, after holding the breath
under normal pressure, exceeds that found after holding the
breath for the same period under positive pressure. The results,
therefore, only show definitely that holding the breath under
increased pressure does not accelerate the gaseous exchange.
The differences observed are too small to allow any more precise
conclusions to be drawn from them.
Negative pressures. — In Table vii., are given the alveolar per-
centages of carbon dioxide found after holding the breath for
definite periods, under pressures lower than that of the atmos-
phere. The control-determinations for normal pressure are
given also. In the last column of the Table, the figures are
810
CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR,
reduced to a common period of holding tlie breath of 20 seconds,
in the manner explained above.
Tablk vii.
Effect of decreu.sed pres.wre on afreofar perreiifayef of carlton dioxide
after holding (he breath for JU »tcond».
Expt.
Pressure.
Period.
CO 5 found.
C0„ at 20 sec.
13
0 mni.Hg
20 sees.
6-34%
6-34%
-2
22
6 41
6-31
-6
22
6 63
6 53
-10
23
6-95
6-80
-14
23
7-22
7-07
-18
23
7 -OS
6 93
-22
25
7-19
6-94
-26
24
7-28
7-08
14
0
20
6 47
6 47
-2
21
6-58
6 53
-6
23
6-72
6 57
-10
25
6-80
6-55
-14
27
7-22
6-87
-18
23
6-94
6-79
-22
26
711
6-81
-26
25
7-21
6-96
15
0
21
6 35
6 -30
-2
22
6-40
6-30
-6
24
6-83
6 63
-10
27
7-23
K-88
-14
25
7-05
6-80
-18
26
7-19
6-89
-22
27
7-29
6 94
-26
25
7-29
7 04
Mean
0
20
6 37
-2-6
20
6-48
- 10-30
20
Increase . . .
6-88
... 051
These figures show at once that holding the breath under
pressures less than that of the atmospliere increases the gaseous
exchange in the lungs. As the percentage of carbon dioxide is
rising, in this case at, a rate about equal to that at which it rises
when the contents of the lungs are breathed to and from a bag,
the data given in Table ii. have been used for the calculation of
the percentages of carbon dioxide after holding the breath for 20
BY H. S. HALCRO WARDLAW. 81 1
seconds. The figures in Table ii. show that, between the 20th
and 25th seconds of breathing into the bag, the alveolar carbon
dioxide is rising at the rate of 005% per second. Curve C, in
Fig.l, shows that, during tliis period, the rise is practically uni-
form. From the percentages of carbon dioxide found, therefore,
005 has been subtracted for each second for which the bi'eath
was held longer than 20 seconds.
The above results may be divided into two groups, (1) those
obtained when the breath is held under pressures numerically
less than - 10 mm.Hg, (2) those obtained under pressures numer-
ically greater than -10 mm.Hg. The alveolar percentages of
carbon dioxide shown in the first group of results vary with the
pressure under which the breath is held The lower the negative
pressure is, the higher the percentage of carbon dioxide is. In
the second group of results, however, the percentages of carbon
dioxide found are, with one exception, practically constant and
independent of variations of the pressure under which the breath
is held. The mean alveolar percentage of carbon dioxide reached,
when the breath is held for 20 seconds under negative pressures
numerically greater than - 10 mm.Hg, is 051 higher than that
readied in an equal period under normal pressure. The average
deviation of these results from the mean is j:0-12. Practically
the same increase of the rate of gaseous exchange is produced,
therefore, by holding the breath under pressures more than
10 mm.Hg below that of the atmosphere, as by performing
the movements of breathing into a closed bag. This fact is
additional evidence that the increased respiratory exchange,
caused by the movements of breathing, is not brought about by
a quickening of the circulation. The respiratory exchange is
increased during breathing owing to the existence of negative
pressure in the chest during the act of inspiration. The figures
indicate that the pressure in the lungs, during inspiration, must
fall at least as low as - 10 mm.Hg.
In these experiments, the alveolar percentages of oxygen have
not been estimated, as a knowledge of the variations in the per-
centages of carbon dioxide alone is sufficient to lead to the recosr
nition of differences in the rates of gaseous exchange. The
812
CHANOE OF (OMPOSITiON OF ALVEOLAR AIR,
accompanying figures, however, give the results of experiments
in whicli the alveolar percentages of oxygen, as well as of carbon
dioxide, were determined aftei- holding the breath for about 20
seconds under various pressures below that of the atmosphere.
Table viii.
Efftct of negative pressure on respiriilc y exchange in hmgs.
Expt.
Pressure.
CO,
0,
16
Onim.Hg
6-32%
13-60%
-10
7 01
11-48
-20
7 09
11-90
-30
7-06
1 1 -62
17
0
6-58
12-70
-^5
6-87
11-60
-10
(J-83
11-62
-15
6-81
1 1 -62
These figures show that higher percentages of carbon dioxide
are accompanied by lower percentages of oxygen in the same
way, when the breath is held under negative pressures, as when
the air of the lungs is rebreathed from a bag.
The results of these experiments indicate that the move-
ments of In-eathing, or the negative variations of the intra-
pulmonary pressure which accompany them, accelerate, under
certain conditions, the respiratory exchange of gases in the
lungs. This acceleration is brought about not only by increase
of the rates at which the alveolar tensions of carbon dioxide and
of oxygen tend toward certain final (venous) tensions, but by a
seeming alteration of these final tensions themselves. Negative
intrapulmonary pressures increase the eff"ective gradient of ten-
sion between the gases of the alveolar air and those of the venous
blood entering the lungs. It is unlikely that the movements of
breathing, or negative pressures in the chest, have any actual
effect on the tensions of the gases of the venous blood. 'J'hese
factors also can have unly a very slight effect on the partial
tensions of the gases of the alveolar air. It seems, therefore,
that, in the lungs, some mechanism must exist by which the
BY H. S. HALCRO WARDLAW. 813
effective difference of tension between the gases of the alveolar
air and the gases of the venous blood may be altered.
Summary.
1. When the normal ventilation of the lungs is discontinued
bv holding the breath, the alveolar tensions of carbon dioxide
and oxygen may be expressed as exponential functions of the
period for which the breath is held.
2. When the normal ventilation of the lungs is discontinued
by breathing into and out of an empty bag, the alveolar tensions
of carbon dioxide and oxygen may l)e expressed as exponential
functions of the period for which the contents of the lungs are
lebreathed.
3. The rate of the gaseous exchange in the alveolar air is
about twice as great when the movements of breathing are per-
formed, as when the breath is held under normal pressure.
4. The rate of gaseous exchange in the lungs is also increased
to the same extent when the breath is held under pressures less
than that of the atmosphere by a certain amount.
5. Holding the breath under pressures greater than that of the
atmosphere slightly decreases the rate of respiratory exchange.
6. The rate of the gaseous exchange, when the renewal of the
air in the lungs is prevented, is not afiected by the depth or
frequency of the respiratory movements during the period of
these experiments.
In conclusion, I wish to express my thanks to Professor Sir
Thomas Anderson Stuart, in whose laboratory this work was
done, to Dr. H. G. Chapman, whose advice and criticism were
of the greatest value, and to Miss K. C. Pinkerton, B.Sc, who
assisted in the preliminary experiments.
REFERENCES.
Becher, Die Kohlensaurespannung ini Blute. Zurich, 1855. From
Henle and Meissner's Ber. iiber d. Fortschr. d. Anat. u. Physiol,
im Jahre 1856, 249, 1857.
du Bois-Revmond, Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol., physiol. Abt., 257, 1910.
814 CHANGE OF COMPOSITION OF ALVEOLAR AIR.
BooTHBY, Amer. Journ. of Physiol., .37, 383, 1915.
and Sandiford, ibid., 40, o47, 1916.
Campbell, DoiTfjLAS, and Hobson, Journ. of Physiol., 48, .S03, 1914.
Christiansen, Douolas, and Haldane. ibid., 48, 244, 1914.
and Hai.dane, ibid., 48, 272, 1914.
Cooke and B.^rcroft, Journ. of Physiol., Proc, 47, xxxv., 1913.
DoGiEi. and Kowalewskv, Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., 3, 489, 1870.
Ebert, Arch f. exp. Path. u. Pharm., 7o, 391, 1914.
FitzGerai.d and Haldane, Journ. of Physiol., 32, 486, 190/5.
Haldane and Priestly, ibid., 32, 225, 1905.
Hii.i, and Flack, ibid., 37, 77, 1908.
Krooh, a., The Respiratory Exchange of Animals and Man. London,
1916.
Krogh. a., and M. Krogh, skand. Arch. f. Phj'.siol., 23, 179, 1910.
Leimdoerfer, biochem. Zeitschr., 22, 45, 1909.
LoEWY and Gerhartz, Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., 155, 231, 1913.
and von Schroetter, Untersuehungen iiber die Blutzirkulation
beim Menschen. Berlin, 1905. Cited by Loewy in Oppenheinier's
Handb. der Biochem., 4(1), 118 and 122, Jena. 1911.
Mosso, Arch. ital. de Biol., 41, 418, 1904.
Osborne, Journ. of Physiol., Proc, 47, xii., 1913.
T\vort and Hill, Proc. Roy. Soc. B, 88, 548, 1915.
WoLFFBERO, Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., 4, 465, 187K
815
THE CHEMICAL INVESTIGATION OF SOME POISON-
OUS PLANTS IN THE N.O. SOLANACE^.
Part iii. The Occurrence of Nor-Hvoscyamine in
solaydra longiplora.
By James M. Petrie, D.Sc, F.I.C, Linnean Macleay Fellow
OF THE Society in Biochemistry.
(From the Physiological Laboratory of the Univerfiity of Sydripy.)
In 1907, an investigation of the constituents of Solaiidra
Iceins Hook., (syn. S. longiflora Tussac), a plant belonging to the
N.O. Solanaceie, was carried out by the author,* when a new
member of the group of midriatic alkaloids was discovered and
isolated. The properties of this alkaloid were examined, and
shown to differ from those of the solanaceous alkaloids previously
known. It was accordingly named, from its source, " solandrine."
In 1912, Carr and Reynolds! published an account of their
investigations of the alkaloids of another plant of the Order
Solanaceaj, Scopolia japonica: and although it has been well
known for the last thirty years, that this plant contained hyo-
scyamine, atropine, and scopolamine, these authors discovered a
fourth alkaloid, which they isolated by means of a long and
tedious process of fractional crystallisation. Carr and Reynolds
named this new alkaloid nor-hyoscyamine, after determining its
constitution and its relation to the other alkaloids. In addition,
they proved the identity of their nor-hyoscyamine with the
pseudo-hyoscyamine, which Merck in 1892 found in Duhoisia
myoporoides, which Hesse in 1901 found in Mandragora offici-
narum, but which neither of these eminent authorities was
able to obtain in a pure state.
*" Solandrine, a new Midriatic Alkaloid." Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales, 1907, xxxii., 789.
t Journ. Chem. Soc, ei., 1912, 946.
816 SOME POISONOUS PLANTS IN N.O. SOLANACE.K, iii.,
In the description of this norhyoscyamine base and its com-
pounds, the autlior recognised a close resemblance to the pro-
perties of his "Solandrine," which he discovered five years
earlier.
With interest thus renewed, a larger supply of material was
obtained, and its alkaloids subjected to a more complete chemical
investigation, the results of which have proved the identity of
solandrine with Carr and Reynolds' norhyoscyamine.
Norhyoscyamine is the next lower homologue of hyoscyamine.
In constitution it is a secondary base, and on the nitrogen bridge
across the tropine radicle it contains the group :NH in place of
the tertiary group iN-CHg in hyoscyamine. Only the hfvo-
rotatory forms of these occur in nature, and just as hyoscj'amine
may readily be racemised to inactive atropine, so the new-
alkaloid is converted into nor-atropine, the two pairs of isomers
differing from one another in constitution only by a methyl
group. It is this small difference, however, which constitutes
the point of remarkable interest in this compound, since nearly
all the known alkaloids are tertiary bases of the type \< .^ ; IS
Among the numerous chemical reactions in the metabolism of
plants, one of the commonest, according to Pictet, is the methyl-
ation of amino groups by formaldehyde,
R:lm + CH,0 = RiNCHa + O
These amino groups are numerous in the plant. Not only are
they the products of katabolic processes, including the break
down of protein and chlorophyll, but they are also products of
chemo-synthesis. Formaldehyde is formed by photo-synthesis
in the leaves.
Further, it is well established that these methylated com-
pounds can be made to undergo intramolecular change, whereby
the methyl group is taken into the ring as an internal link in
their chains of carbon atoms, and in this way such rings are
enlarged, for example:—
pyrrole methyl pyrrole pyridine
Pictet* has isolated some of these simple substances from the
' *Ber. derdeut. chem. Ges., 40, 1907, 3771.
BY J. M. PETRIE.
817
leaves of a number of different plants, and he terms them proto-
alkaloids. He believes the latter may form nearly all the
complex alkaloids by methylation, condensation, and ring
enlargement, as explained above.
The norhyoscyamine molecule contains a reduced pyrrole and
a pyridine ring united togetlier; but the methylation of its
nitrogen atom, which is found to have taken place in almost all
the alkaloids, seems here to have been prevented. Only one
other such case is known— the alkaloids of the hemlock, coniine
and methylconiine— where there exist together, in the same
plant, two alkaloids differing from one another only as secondary
and tertiary bases, i.e., with the amino group and its methyl
derivative. Since, however, norhyoscyamine is always accom-
panied in plants by hyoscyamine, tlie methylation has been
arrested only partially,— to a small extent in the case of nor-
hyoscyamine, and to a very much larger amount in coniine.
OCCUKKENCE OF NORHYOSCYAMINE.
Norhyoscyamine has been disco\ered in five distinct members
of the Solanacese. Carr and Reynolds, by working on very large
quantities of material (over 100 kilos.), have isolated this new
base from the first four plants tabulated below. The D^tboisia
myoporoides was collected in the Philippine Islands, which is
probably the northern limit of this Eastern- Australian tree.
The Mandragora was investigated by Hesse.*
Scopolia
Datura
Datura
Dnhoisia
Mandragora
japonica.
mete/.
meteloides.
myoporoidea.
officinaniin.
Nor-hyoscyamine
0-03%
o-oi%
0-02%
0-15%
0-01%
L-hyoscyamine...
015
0 04
rio
■ 0-36
Atropine
0-03
Scopolamine
o-io
0-10
0-04
Meteloidine
. . .
0-o.j
Mandragorine ...
...
air-dried_
rhizome.
root, stem, leaf.
stem and
leaf.
small amt.
root.
* Hesse, Journ. f. prakt. Ohem., 64, 1901, 274.
62
818 SOME POISONOUS PLANTS IN N.O. SOLANACEiE, iii.,
Solandra longiflora.
This plant was first described by Tussac in the Flora Antill-
arum, 1818 (ii., 49, t.l 2). The name is synonymous with S. Icfrns
of Hooker, which is described and figured in the Bot. Mas 1848
(t.4345). Although the material for the first investigation was
collected under the name of S. Icevis Hook., the latter is now
replaced by longiffora, since this has priority by thirty years.
S. longiflora is a beautiful evergreen shrub, grown in many
gardens for its magnificent trumpet-flowers. It was originally
introduced from the West Indies.
The material for this investigation consisted of the autumn
prunings from a number of shrubs cultivated in the Botanic
Gardens of Sydney; and the author takes this opportunity to
express his appreciation of the kindness of the Director, Mr. J.
H. Maiden, F.R.S., in providing the material in the quantity
required, and in confirming the species.
Experimental.
Extraction of the alkaloid. — The air-dried leaves were o-round
to a fine powder, and exhausted with 70% alcohol by successive
extractions during four weeks The sixth extract contained a
trace only of alkaloid These alcoholic solutions, measurino'
about 40 litres, were distilled under diminished pressure, at a
temperature not exceeding 40°C., till the residue was of the
consistency of a thick syrup, and was free from alcohol. This
dark brown mass was dissolved in hot water slightly acidulated,
and filtered.
The fluid thus obtained was still dark brown in colour, quite
opaque, and contained chlorophyll and fatty oils. All attempts
to remove these by shaking out with petroleum spirit or ether
were in vain, on account of the formation of emulsions. The
aqueous extract was decolourised by agitation with a solution of
gelatin, which was then removed by precipitation with alcohol.
This yielded a clear yellow fluid from which the colour could not
be removed with ether. The solution was next treated with
basic lead acetate, and after filtering from the precipitate which
formed, and taking out the lead, the alkaloids were separated by
BY J. M. PETRI E. 819
precipitation with Wagner's solution. From this precipitate
the alkaloids were recovered in a clear water-white solution.
This solution was extracted with ether until the latter ceased to
dissolve any more impurities. By making the solution alkaline
with ammonia, the alkaloids appeared as a white precipitate, and
were dissolved out with chloroform. The chloroform solution
was carefully dried with anhydrous sodium sulphate, and dis-
tilled under diminished pressure. A pale yellow viscous residue
of alkaloids remained. This residue possessed a peculiar odour
like pyridine, a characteristic which was also noted by Dunstan
and others at the same stage in the isolation of their solanaceous
alkaloids.
Fommtion of the Atirichlorides — The viscous residue was now
dissolved in dilute hydrochloric acid, the solution filtered, and
pure gold chloride added to it. The yellow precipitate, which
first formed, was redissolved by addition of sufficient water, and
by warming, then set aside to slowly crystallise. The sponta-
neous evaporation of the solution was continued so long as the
bright yellow crystals formed, but towards the end, there
separated viscous particles of a yellowish-brown colour, which
readily melted on warming the liquid, and were completely
soluble in alcohol. This uncrystallisable portion was decomposed
and the gold removed, shaken out from alkaline solution with
chloroform, and again treated with hydrochloric acid and gold
chloride. In this way another small quantity of crystals was
obtained, but the greater part still separated as viscous particles.
By repeated attempts this could not be induced to crystallise
further.
Fractional Crystallisation of the Aurichlorides. — The whole of
the yellow crystals was brought into solution in one per cent,
hydi-ochloric acid, and set aside to recrystallise slowly. The
superfluid was decanted each day from its small crop of crystals.
The melting-point of each crop was determined, and those por-
tions having the same melting-points were combined. Each
fraction was dissolved and crystallised many times, and by
gradually bringing together similar fractions, each of these
finall}^ possessed a constant melting-point.
820 SOME POISONOUS PLANTS IN N.O. SOLANACE/E, iii.,
Hesults. ^'Extva.ct (a) from 4 kgins. of dried leaves examined
in 1911, yielded 2-63gnis. of aurichloride crystals, which were
separated into the following fractions : —
(1) l-32gms. with melting-point 176°C.-178°C.
(2) 0'72gm. with melting-point \C)b°C.
(3) 0-59 gm. with melting-point 1 ST'C-IST'C,
Extract (b) from H l^, postice late-rotundat*;
lateribus leviter arcuatis. Membrana crassa. Cytoplasma dilute
viride, minute granulatum, chloroplastidibus nuUis distinctis nee
pyrenoidibus. Nucleus in media cellula globo cavo chloi-ophyll-
aceo circumcinctus. Flagella 4.
Cell. long. 30, lat. 17; glob, chlorophyll, diam. 8/x.
Lismore (263).
The nearest published species to this form would seem to be
C. ohtusa Dill, which is described by Chodat (Alg. vertes, p. 13S)
as "Cellules ellipsoides chromatophore en cloche allongee
dimensions 25-30/x." I have not seen Dill's type-figure,
but France (Algengatt. Cm-teria T. iii., f. 16-18) gives figures of
typical specimens, which do not at all agree with our form, either
in outline or in the arrangement of the cell-contents. The cyto-
plasm is finely granular, without any distinct arrangement, pyre-
noid absent. The nucleus occupies the centre of the cell, sur-
rounded by a hollow sphere of darker-coloured chlorophyll.
From all sides, the appearance is the same.
Yar. ovata, n.var. (PL Ivi., f. 10).
Cellulse ovatse, fronte obtusse, postice late-rotundatse; ceteris ut
in f. typica. Cell. long. 24, lat. ISyu. Lismore (263).
Compare Carteria Fritschii Takeda, Ann. Bot. xxx., 1916, p. 370.
63
826 AUSTRALIAN FRESHWATER PLANKTON,
Genus C h l a m y d o m o n a s Ehr.
ChLAMYDOMONAS GLfEOCYSTIFORMIS Dill.
Cell. long. 20-21, lat. 17-21; corp. long-. 13-16, lat. 8-10/x.
Botanic Gardens (125). (PI. Ivi., f.ll).
Cell. long. 14-18, lat. 12-15; corp. long. 8-10, lat. 7-8/x.
Lismore(263). (PL Ivi., f. 12).
Cf. Dill, Gatt. Chlamyd., p. 18, T. v., f.37, .38; Wille, Gatt.
Chlaniyd., Alg. Not. xi., p. 143, T. iv., f.l7; Bernard, Protococc.
et Desm., p. 163, f.307, 308. The last-named gives, membrane,
20-25 X 17-20; inner cell, 16-17 x 12-13/x. Our Lismore speci-
mens are considerably smaller.
Chl. pisiformis var. cylindracea Playf.
Cell. long. 21-26, lat. 12-15/x.
Rookwood.
Var. attenuata, n.var. (PI. Ivi., f.l3).
Cellulse a tergo attenuatse; long. 20, lat. 1 2/i.
Rookwood. Cum priori.
Vai\ glceocystiformis, n.var. (PI. Ivi., f.l4).
Cellula? cylindraceae, angustpe ; apicibus rotundatis ; bina? in
coenobio mucoso involutse.
Cflenob. (2 cell.) diam. 50; cell. long. 20, lat. 8/i,.
Botany.
A family of 4 ccenobia, in a vegetative Gloeocystis-condition,
npted. The mucus was somewhat laminated. There were two
cells in each coenobium, the chloroplasts showing the chai-ac-
teristic arrangement of Chlamydomonas. The cells were placed
head to tail, and were narrower and more strictly cylindrical
than usual. This form is another point in favour of my con-
tention that Gheocystis and Sphcerocystis are vegetative states
of Chlamydomonas.
Chlamyd. globulosa var. pertusa, n.var.
Cellulie sphjerica?, fronte levissime deplanata?. Chloroplastis
angusto linear! furamine supra pyrenoidem instructa.
Cell. long. 18, lat. 20; foramin. long. 6/*.
BY G. I. PLAYFAIR. 827
Lismore (263). (PI. Ivi., f.l5).
Plentiful in gathering No 263. The cell is slightly but dis-
tinctly flattened in front, the membrane incrassate; and there is
a narrow, linear aperture in the chloroplast just above the
pyrenoid.
Chlamyd. monadina var. ovalis, n.var.
Cellulaj exacte ovales. Long. 22-24, lat. 17-20; pyren. long. 10,
lat. 2/x.
Lismore (263). (PI. Ivi., f.l6).
Instead of the spherical shape of the type, this form is a
perfect oval. The pyrenoid, as usual, is strap-shaped, and 10 x 2/x
in dimensions.
Chlamydomonas globosa Snow. (PI. Ivi., f. 17).
Cell. diam. 8-12/ji. Auburn; Lismore (263).
Cf. Julia W. Snow, Plankt. of L. Erie, Bull. U. S. Fish.
Comm., 1902. The specimens from Lake Erie were 5-8/x in
diameter. In ours, the chloroplasts were not fully formed, being
gathered towards the hinder part of the cell. Stigma distinct.
Chlamydomonas Lismorensis, n.sp. (PI. Ivi., f. 18).
Cellulse minutae, oblonga?; lateribus levissime arcuatis piene
pai'allelis; apicibus rotundatis; stigmate bacilliformi.
Cell. long. 8-lOi, lat. 3-5/x.
Auburn; Lismore (263, 299).
In the warm waters of tropical and subtropical countries, there
is a tendency for flagellates to become motile at a very early
stage of their development. This is a very small form, oblong,
almost cylindrical with rounded ends ; the usual bell-shaped
chloroplast very shallow behind, no pyrenoid, as a rule.
Var. OVATA, n.var. (PL Ivi., f.l9, 20).
Cellulai elongata?, ovataj, postice late-rotundatte, fronte attenu-
ate; apicibus acuminatis. Cell. long. 10, lat. 3-5/i,.
Lismore (298).
Elongate elliptical-ovate in shape, broadly rounded behind,
828 AUSTRALIAN PRKSHWATER PLANKTON,
gradually attenuate towards the apex, which is more or less
acuminate. Both this foi-m and the type are very active.
Distinct central nucleus, very rarely a pyrenoid, stigma wick-
shaped, orange or red, in the anterior third of the cell. It is
possible that this form is identical with Cld. mucicola Schm.,*
Alg. d. Schwarzw. u. d. Oberrli., p. 17, T. ii., f.4-S, which it very
much resembles. The latter, however, has a central pyrenoid,
and the n'}icle,ns jiosferior to it in the end of the cell ("In der
Korperinitte ist ein . . . pyrenoid und hinter demselben der sehr
kleine Zellkern") and no stigma.
Genus Phacotus Perty.
Phacotus bullatus, n.sp. (PI. Ivi., f.21, 22).
Celluhe, a fronte visa?, circulatje vel subcirculatif, margine
inajquali; a latere subhexagon^, infra apices constrictaj, apicibus
rotundatis, lateribus planis vel pauUulo retusis; a vertice cru-
ciatjie, late-lineares bullis magnis singulis utrinque in medio in-
structis; membrana aspera dilutissime rufescente.
Cell. long. 13-14, lat. 13, crass. 9/x.
Lismore (263).
Found in quantity in company with Pteromonas cruciat.a, infra.
The cells, in front view, are generally subcircular; a broad ridge
runs down front and back, beginning and ending a little within
the apices. In lateral view, these show as produced ridges on
either side. End-view cruciform, the ridges appearing as large,
central, capitate bosses. Membrane very minutely rough, and
very faintly coloured.
Var. coNicus, n.var. (PI. Ivi., f.23).
Cellulse conic*, fronte truncata?, a tergo acuminatse; lateribus
arcuatis.
Cell. long. 16, lat. 13/i.
Lismore (263).
* Ghl. mnsdcola Schiii., in Wille, Alg. Notizen ix.-xiv., p. 1.S6, by a slip
of the pen, for Sclimidle saj's, p. 18, "Sie lebt in der Gallerte des Frosch-
laiches" (frogspawn).
BY G. 1. PLAYPAIR. 829
Genus P t e R o m o n a s Seligo.
Pteromonas cruciata, n.sp (PI. Ivi., f.24, 25).
Cellulfe ovales alis geiiiinatis binis cruciatim dispositis in-
structte; a froiite visjv (alis inclusis) ovat;i?, postice acuminat;t»,
inai'gine inaequali aspero; a latere insequalitei' quadratse (alis
inclusis) anterioi-e angustatse fronte truncatse, lateribus planis,
postice levissime arcuatae, apice in bulla conica projiciente; a
vertice cruciformes, corpora I'homboideo, angulis prodlictis.
Meinbrana hyalina.
Cell. long. s. alis 16-20, lat. 10-12; c. alis long. 24, lat. 18//.
Lismore (263).
The body is oval, with contents as in (Jhl(irnydonii)itafi, save
that the red spot is placed towards the hinder end. The cell is
furnished with two pairs of wings lying in planes which intersect
at right angles, making the end-view cruciform.
Var. PULCHRA, n.var. (PI. Ivi., f.26).
Cellulte a latere angulis alarum inferioribus truncatis et pro-
tractis, lateribus paullo retusis; ceteris ut in f. typica.
Cell. c. alis long. 24, lat. fronte 12, postice 18/x. Alse long. 20/x.
Lismore (263).
The lower angles of one pair uf wings are truncate and pro-
duced, the sides somewhat retuse. A pyrenoid present, as a rule,
in both type and variation.
Genus VoLVULiNA Playf .
VoLV. .Steinii var. lenticularis Playf., forma.
Coenob. diam. 32-50; cell. diam. 10, inter se dist. 1/x, alt. in sect.
optical. 5-1 2/x. Lismore (263, 293).
A new locality for Vohndiua. Tlie coenobium gives the im-
pression that the cells are the result of fragmentation of a
parietal chloroplast. From above, the cells are generally quadrate
or polyhedral, fitting into one another, the edges not more than
1/x apart; sometimes, however, they are circular. The cells are
certainly lenticular in optical section. There are 16 in tlie
ccenobium, arranged more or less in three layers, 4 -t- 1, 6, 4 -f- 1.
830 AUSTRALIAN FRESHWATER PLANKTON,
HYDRODICTYACE^.
Genus P E D I A s T R u M Meyen.
Pedi. tetras var. fluviatile, n.var. (PI. Ivii., f. 1).
Cellulae sinu rectangulo, in bievem angustam fenestiaiii iiitror-
sum producto, miiiime incisje; angulis exterioribus apiculo minuto
instructis.
Coenob. (4 cell.) long. 18, lat. 18//..
Lisiiiore(188).
Instead of being deeply incised, the cells merely have the
outer angle excised by a more or less rectangular sinus, the point
of which is produced inwardly into a short loop. The free angles
are minutely apiculate. The markings in the cells are not
pyrenoids, but vacuoles in the cytoplasm; under a low magnifica-
tion, they appear so plainly as to be easily mistaken for a part
of the sinus. Cf. P. rotnla Kiltz., in Nageli, Gatt. einz. Alg.,
T.vB, fig. 3c.
Var. apicul\tum, n.var. (PI. Ivii., f.2).
Cellulte extrorsum sinu amplo leviter exciste, vel alte emargin-
atae; angulis rotundatis, minuto hyalino apiculo instructis.
Camob. (8 cell.) diam. 1^2; cell. diam. 7/i.
Botanic Gardens (125).
Syn., P. tHras var. intcf/ram (Nag.) Playf., Biol. Richm. R.,
p. 110, PI. iii., f.26. P. intfSc. denticu-
latus. The cells ai-e linear and very slender, with parallel sides,
ccenobia generally 4-celled.
Var. oPOLiENSis (Richter) mihi.
Ccenob. (2 cell.) s.sp. long. 8-12, lat. 12-15; sp.long. 6-10/t.
Botany (50, 108); Parramatta (136); Enoggera.
Syn., Sc. oj)oliensis Richter, Phycotheca universalis, No.686;
Sc. ({iiadricnudo, var. opolieiisii< (Richter) W. & G. 8. West, Frw.
Alg. Ceylon, p. 197, PL 17, f.l6, 17. The apical denticulations
stamp this form as a variation of Sc. denticulatus. Tlie presence
of the long, terminal spines in us niodice ineurvis. Cell. long, (chorda) 26, ci-ass. 2, alt. 20ju.
Botany (92).
A very pretty species, both from its graceful cinvatiu'e and
from the disposition of the cell-contents. The cell has the
regularl)' arched form of a C/ostfrlnm, very slender and gradu-
ally narrowing to the ver\^ acute tips. The latter are not di'awn
out into seta?, and are not incurved. The homogeneous chloro-
plast is generally confined to the body of the cell, leaving the
tips clear; it is also often interrupted in the centre, or there is a
locellus at the centre, placed to one side. Very often, an elajo-
plast is situated at each end of the chloroplast, sometimes also
one in the middle. In var. cingulum, the curvature extends
over three parts of a circle, the ends being somewhat incurved.
Ankistrodesmus Braunii (Nag.), forma. (PI. Ivii., f.22).
Cell. long. 40, lat. 3//. Lismore (196).
The figure shows four cells, produced by longitudinal division,
and still connected by the membrane of the mother-cell, which
has become twisted into a stipes.
Var. MINUTUS, n.var. (PI. Ivii., f. 23-25).
Cellulfe parvse, longitudine usque ad formae t3'pic8e dimidium.
Cell. long. 10-20, lat. 2-3 (rarius 5) /x.
Lismore (182, 191, 196).
Cells only half as long as those of the type (or less), and gen-
erally a little more lunate, sessile on })ieces of flocculent matter,
water-plants, etc.
Genus A c T I N A s T R u M Lagerh.
AcTiNASTRUM Hantzschii Lag. (PI. Ivii., f.26, 27).
Coenob. (2 cell.) diam. 54, cell. 25 x 4; (4 cell.) diam. 28-50,
cell. 16-25 X 2-4; (8 cell.) diam. 40-50, cell. 20-30 x 2-3/x.
Parramatta(136); Botany(50); Lismore (258); Grafton, Nym-
boidia River(269).
838 AUSTRALIAN FHESHWATKR PLANKTON,
Lagerheim, Pedi. Protococc. o. Palm., p.70, T. iii., f.25, 26.
Cells somewhat fusiform, outer ends acute, inner ends blunt. In
all forms of Act. Ilanfzschii, the cell-contents are indifferently
hyaline, pale blue or pale green. Tlie chk)roplast, when distinct,
is generally somewhat retracted from the apex, and an elieoplast
is often present.
ACTINASTRUM BACILLARE, n.sp. (PI. Ivii., f.28, 29).
CelluliB bacilliformes, gracillimse. Ccenob. (8 cell.)diam. 16.35,
cell. 8-20 X 1 1-2/x.
Parramatta Pai^k (136); Lismore (274).
The cells, instead of being fusiform, are narrow and linear,
Bometimes very short.
ACTINASTRUM ACICULARE, n.Sp. (PI. Ivii., f.30).
Cellulse subulata;, modice arcuatse, basi intlatte, apice acuta;.
Ctenob. (8 cell.) diam. 35, cell. 22 x 3/x.
Lismore (274).
The cells are somewhat awl-shaped, slightly curved, inllated at
the base, and acute at the tip. Contents pale blue, an elieoplast
present.
ACTINASTRUM GUTTULA, n.Sp. (PI. Ivii., f.31).
Cellulje in modo guttuUe conformatte, introrsum acutissimse.
Ccenob. (2 cell.) diam. 40, cell. 20 x 4/x.
Parramatta Park (136).
A 2-celled coinobium noted with drop-shaped cells, the acute
end inwards.
Genus Kirchneriella Schm.
KiRCHNERIELLA ELEGANS, n.Sp. (PI. Ivii., f.32).
Cellulse graciles; lateribus parallelis; apicibus obtusis in modo
solese equi circumflectic. Cell. diam. 6, crass. 2fi.
Sydney Water (63).
The cells in this form are very slender, with parallel sides and
blunt ends, bent round into the shape of a horseshoe. A four-
celled coenobium noted with cells disposed as figured.
BY G. I. PLAVFAIR. 839
KiRCHN. LUNARis var. ACUTA, n.var. (PI. Ivii., £.33).
Cellular lunatie; apicibus protractis acutissimis, longo intervallo
inter se distantibus. Cell. diam. S, alt. 7, crass. 3/x.
Botanic Gardens (150).
The apices of the cell, \\'liieli are wide apart, are drawn out to
a very acute point.
Genus O o c Y s T I s Nag.
O. CRASSA var. Ostenpeldii Playf., forma. (PI. Iviii., f.l).
C'hloroplastides S, pyrenoidibns instructse. Cell. long. 20,
lat. 13 fi.
Lismore (285).
Cf. ''Oocystis and Fremosphcera," p.l24, P1.7, f.l8, 19. This
variation generally has 2-4: chloroplasts; here we have it with
eight.
Var. ELONGATA, n.var. (PI. Iviii., f.2, 3).
Cellulje longe-ovales; apicibus acute-rotundatis; chloroplastidi-
bus 8. Cell. long. 25-27, lat. 15/x.
Lismore (285, 286).
The cells are more elliptic than in either the type or var.
Ostenfeldii; the apices more or less pointed, not incrassate or
apiculate. There is a parietal chloroplast, obviously fi-agmented
into eight parts, with pyrenoids.
Var. GRANULOSA, n.var. (PI. Iviii., f.4).
Cellulifi late elliptico-lanceolatje, lateribus tequaliter arcuatis,
apicibus acuminatis. Membrana ad apices introrsum incrassata.
Chloroplastides nullaj distinctaj, chlorophyllo difi'uso, cytoplasmate
granuloso.
Cell. long. 27, lat. 1 ^fx.
Lismore (298).
The nearest to the type that I have noticed, the shape broadly
elliptic-lanceolate, with pointed, inwardly incrassate apices.
Thei-e are, however, no distinct chloroplasts, nor yet a parietaj
lamina; but the contents are granular, and the chlorophyll ap-
parently diffused. The nucleus was visible in the centre.
840 AUSTRALIAN PRESHWATKR PLANKTON,
O. APICULATA var. MAJOR Playf.* (PI. Iviii., f.5).
Cellulse ellipticje, duplo inajores qiiam in f. typica, apicibus
minute apiculatis.
Cell. long. 38, lat. 20//.
Lismore (286).
There are two forms of the type, an oblong and an elliptic.
This is a larger form of the latter, as var. >i.
CoPRiNUS sp.(l). — Resembles C. radiafiis, but the spores are
larger; and there are scattered hairs on the cap and stem. When
young, it is the size of a large pin's head, conical, pale brown,
apex darker, slightly striate, later expanded. Stem white,
h inch long. Stem and cap with scattered, minute hairs. Spores
10-4-12 X 7/i. On horse-dung, Manly, April 4th, 1915. (Herb.
J. B. Cleland. Formalin-specimen, No 90).
CoPRiNUS sp.(2).— Small, conical, then convex, finall}' more
expanded. Woolly-white, then greyish. Slightly ribbed, very
thin. Stem up to 1 inch. Spores oval, 8-5-9 x5/jt. On cow-
dung, Adelaide, September 22, 1913. Covered with white down.
On cow dung at Neutral Bay, July 27, 1913. Spores black,
8 X 3-5/x.
Thelephorack^.
Craterellus cornucopioides L. — Recorded by us as new for
New South Wales, in Journ. Proc. Hoy. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1913,
p. XV.
Lachnocladium congestdm Berk. — Cooke records this species
(as Thelephora conyesta) for Victoria, Queensland, and New South
Wales. Lloyd has kindly identified specimens for us, which, he
says, agree exactly with his photograph of the type. He adds :
"I made the spores of the type 'smooth, globose, 8-10 micr.,
pale-coloured.' These spores I make 'pale-coloured,' not 'purplish-
brown,' and almost smooth." The plant is common in the
neighbourhood of Sydney, on bare, damp ground, such as foot-
paths. We have collected it at Neutral Bay, and at Waterfall,
in April; and also at Milson Island, Hawkesbury River. The
Neutral Bay plants, which Lloyd has seen, are gregarious, and
860 RECORDS OF AUSTRALIAN FUNGI^, i.,
consist of numerous, separate individuals, each with a slender
stem, and several branches; whilst the Waterfall specimens, also
identified by him, form plants up to finch in diameter, showing
a thick, short, stem-like base, which expands into numerous
dendritic branches. The spores of the former were 8'5 x r)-2-7/v.,
slightly irregular ; of the latter, pale brown microscopically,
10 X 7/ji, somewhat irregular and oval. Anothei" collection,
resembling the Neutral Bay specimens, showed shed spores
purplish, oval, knobby and spicular, 8-5 x V/x - the bases of these
plants were purplish, and the tips silvery-white; whilst, on
squashing specimens, there was a seminal smell.
Thelephora dkntosa Berk.— Specimens of this species, grow-
ing under native shrubs and trees {Angophora Janceolata) at
Neutral Bay, have been identified by Lloyd, who states that the
species was originally described from Cuba; and he points out
that it is subincrusting, and sends up free pilei. which is peculiar
among the Thelephoras. The spores are vinous, irregular,
8-f; X Ifx.
The[.ephora terrestris Ehrenb., {T. laciniata Pers.).— We
have met with this species, of which Lloyd has examined speci-
mens for us, on several occasions, and always iinder or close to
species of Pinus. It is unquestionably an introduced species,
and seems unable to exist apart from the introduced Pines.
Lloyd informs us that T. ladniata is a synonym. The plant is
recorded, under both names, by Cooke, for Victoria. We now
add New South Wales; we have seen specimens under Pinus at
Adelaide. The plants often occupy an area of several inches in
extent on the ground, or may encrust sticks or the bases of
stumps. Pine-needles are often incorporated in the growth.
The spores are very irregular, microscopically brownish, with a
large, oval, central " nucleus," 8-5 x 7/a. Richmond, N.S.W.,
(August, 1912); Willoughby, Sydney (August, 1915); Randwick
(W. F. Blakely; January, 1911); Cheltenham (A. A. Hamilton;
February, 1911).
Stereum caperatum l^erk. et M. — Specimens of this species
were recorded for the Tweed River by Berkeley (Journ. Linn.
BY J. B. CLELAND AND E. CSEEL. 86 1
Soc, Bot., xviii., p. 385, 1880), and for Daintree Hiver (Giwillea,
xi , p. 29, 1882). In addition to the above localities, Massee
(Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot., xxvii, p. 1 61, 1890) records it for the
Clarence River. See also Grant, in l^eports Botanic Gardens,
Sydney, (1902) 1903, p.9; and Uheel, (1909) 1910, p.lO. In the
National Herbarium, there are several very fine specimens, the
largest from Mount Cooroy, Queensland, measuring, when quite
fresh, 17| inches across; and another fi'oni Gosford, N.S.W.,
measuring 13 inches across, and 11 inches high, from the pad of
the foot-stalk to the surface of the pileus. The foot-stalk of the
various specimens is variable in length, some being almost sessile,
whilst others have it up to 2^ inches long. The tomentuiri on
the foot-stalk, as well as on the upper surface of the pileus, is
also very variable, being sometimes thickly matted, and, in
other cases, very thin; the hymenium varies considerably in
being more or less plicate. The following is a list of the locali-
ties and collectors : — Manning River (J. L. Boorman; October,
1902); Coff's Harbour (Forest Guard; April, 1909); Ourimbah
(J. Staer; December, 1910); Wamberal (E. Cheel; April, 1911);
Lilyvale (A. A Hamilton; June, 1910). From Warburton,
Victoria, there are some deformed specimens, collected in April,
1907; and the Mount Cooroy, Queensland, specimens, mentioned
above, were collected by J. Staer, in March, 1910. Specimens
collected by one of us (J. B.C.) in June, 1916, at Lisarow, had
fusiform, thick-walled cystidia, 42-50 x 12-13'8/x. Otliers, ob-
tained at Bulli Pass in April, 1914, had shed spores, 8'5-8'8 x
3"0-5/x in size. In many of the last two collections, the stem is
nearly lateral.
Stekeum elegans Fr. — In connection with this species, Lloyd
states (Synopsis of the Stipitate Stereums, p. 24, 1913) that it
is very common in Australia. The only specimens we have
seen in this State are from Gladesville (Miss Fiockton: April,
1911), and Mount Kenibla and Mount Jellore (E. Cheel; April,
1912). There are also some specimens from (;!rose Vale (Miss
Campbell, No.21; September, 1912) in the National Herbarium,
which seem to belong to this species, but unfortunately they are
partly destroyed by the larvse of some insects.
862 RECORDS OF AUSTRALIAN FUNGI, i.,
Stereum nitidulum Berk. — We have a collection obtained at
Terrigal, in June, 1914, which Lloyd thinks is this species. The
pileus was fawn-coloured when fresh, with darker zones and
pale tips. The hymenium was paler. Spores pear-shaped,
oblique, 5-2 x 3-4/x. Growing on the ground..
Stereum pergamaneum Berk. — Specimens, identified as pro-
bably this species by Lloyd, were obtained at Pittwater, in
April, 1914, attached to wood at the base of an old stump. The
spores were pear-shaped, white, 5 x 3"5yx, with a large, central
"nucleus."
Stereum hirsutum Fries. — This species was recorded for New
England by Berkeley (in Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot., xiii., p. 168,
1873), and for Pennant Hills, Parramatta {Lc, xvi., p. 40, 1878).
It has also been recorded for this State by Lloyd (Letter No. 19,
1908, and Letter No. 60). We have numerous specimens in our
collections, and have also examined those in the National Her-
barium. The spores measure 5"5-7 x 2*2-2'5/x. The following
localities are represented : — Penshurst (E. Cheel: July, 1907);
Bowral (E.G.; September, 1907); Narrabeen (E. C; May, 1908);
Colo Vale (E.G.; August, 1908); East Hills (E. G.; September,
1908); Chatswood (A. A. Hamilton; August, 1908); Wiseman's
Ferry (J. L Boorman; March, 1908); Gronulla Beach (A. A.
Hamilton; March, 1909); Bowral (W. Greenwood; June, 1909);
Pittwater (A. Maclellan; September, 1909): Lane Gove on living
plant of Casuarina (A. A. Hamilton; August, 1909;; Upper
George's River (J. Staer; January, 1910); Rookwood (Miss A.
Spencer; July, 1910); St. Mary's (A. A. Hamilton; August, 1910);
Springwood and Leura ( A. A. Hamilton; March, 1910); Lilyvale
(A. A. Hamilton; June, 1910); Erina (J. Staer; May, 1910);
Milson Island (J. B. Gleland; June, 1912); Kurrajong Heights;
(J. B. Gleland; August, 1912); Grose Vale (Miss Campbell: Sep-
tember, 1912); Galston (E. Cheel; June, 1913); Hill Top (E.
Cheel; April, 1914); Orange (J. B. Gleland; October, 1914);
Mosman (J. B. Gleland; April, 1915); Blue Mountains (May);
Mount Macedon, Victoria (E. Cheel; February, 1908).
BY J. B. CLELAND AND E. CHEEL. 863
Stereum membranaceum Fries, (syn., S. papyrinum Mont.
— Lloyd). — In identifying specimens of this species for us, Lloyd
says : — " It does not seem to be in Cooke's compilation, but it
is a very common and wide-spread, tropical species. The hyme-
nium is densely covered with pale (almost hyaline) setse."
This purple-brown, usually mostly resupinate, species is very
common in the Sydney district, on fallen logs and old stumps.
The pileus, often ill-developed, is hairy, obscurely zoned, and
greyish-bi'own ; the hymenium rather tuberculose, and dark
purplish to light purplish-brown. 'J'he cystidia are brownish,
acuminate to somewhat clavate, rough, 5L120 x 8"5-10'4jU. Spores
colourless, 7-8'5 x 3-5/x. On dead shrub, Long Bay, Sydney (J.
B. Cleland; September, 1913); Sydney (J.B.C ; various collec-
tions); Kew, North Coast (J.B.C; October, 1915); Botanic
Gardens, Sydney, on fence-rails (E Cheel; June, 1907); Pens-
hurst, on Melaleuca linariifolia (E. Cheel; June, 1907); Leura
(A. A. Hamilton; January, 1912); Drouin, Gippsland (C. U.
Brittlebank: October, 1916).
Stereum illudens Berk., (syn., S. spiniyerum — Lloyd, Letter
No.5], Note 155).— The type-specimens were collected by Drum-
mond (No. 158), probably in Western Australia (Hooker's London
Journ. Bot., iv., p. 59, 1845). It has since been recorded for
Sealer's Cove, Wangaratta, Fifth Creek, and Port Darwin (Journ.
Linn. Soc, Bot., xiii., p. 168, 1873). Specimens, collected in
this State, have also been identified by Lloyd (Letter No.60,
Note 346), who states that i, 8-5 X 7/i. North Bridge, Sydney (April and June, 1916);
near shady rock, Hawkesbury River (May, 1916). Specimens
collected at Milson Island, in June and July, 1912, with thick-
walled, colourless spores 9-11x7-7-5//., appear to be the same
species. Previously recorded for Wentworth Falls, by R. T.
Baker (These Proceedings, 1906, 720;.
Clavaria muscoides Linn. (1).— The following, beautiful little
species agrees with the description of C. muscoides, save that
the spores are smaller. Barely 1 inch high, furcate three or four
times, usually unequally, ultimate segments short and blunt to
subulate and blunt, orange-yellow, spores colourless, spherical,
2 8 3-5/x. Amongst moss, under Kunzea bushes, on clay soil,
Lane Cove River, June, 1916 (D.I.C., Watercolour, No.68).
Clavaria cinerea Bull. — Baker (These Proceedings, 1906,
719); Cheel [Report But. Gardens, Sydney, 1910 (1911), 11].
At Neutral Bay and Mosman, Sydney, a grey Clavaria has been
frequently met with. Apart from the cinereous colour, the most
constant feature is the size of the spores, which are spherical to
subspherical, and 9x7 5//., 8-5-10-4/x, etc. Some specimens are
simple, swollen, rugose clubs, several growing close together, in
appearance rather resembling C. iii(equ(dis ; others are more
slender, with a few branches near the tip like a stag's horn; still
others, from a short, thick trunk, exhibit large, blunt, rugose
and swollen branches; whilst still others resemble the plate in
Massee's " P>ritish Fungi and Lichens," though the colour is
more dingy. The colour, locality, and spore-measurements,
together with gradations between specimens, all indicate that
one species comprises all our specimens. Massee, in his work
last quoted, supports this view when he states, that the species
is very variable, and that the spores are 7-9/x in diameter. In
his " British Fungus Flora," the spores are given as 5-6 x o/x,
whilst Cooke gives them as 8-10 x 5-6/x. Our specimens are some-
times hollow. Neutral Bay and Mosman (April, June, Novem-
BY J. B. CLELAND AND E. CHEEL. 869.
ber); Gladesville (Miss Flockton; April, 1910); Leura (T. Steel;
November, 1911): Rookwood (Miss Spencer; July, 1910); Cook's
River (A. A. Hamilton; May, 1915).
Clavaria stricta Pers.('?) — A very graceful specimen found
by Mr. Darnell-Smith, growing on wood, near Gosford, in August,
1915, may be this species. Pale ochraceous spores were not
seen. The plant was orange-brownish, and showed a short stem,
from which numerous, ascending, slender, subulate branches
arose, which, at first, bifurcately branched several times, the
ultimate branches being about an inch long. The species is
recorded by Cooke for Victoria and New South Wales.
Clavaria crispula Fries.- Pale orange plants, gathered on a
fallen trunk, at Mt. Irvine, in June, 1915, agree with the de-
scription given by Cooke (Handbook of Aust. Fungi, No. 1115)
of this species. The spores are colourless, 7 x 4*2/x.
Clavaria in^equalis Miill. — Australian plants, which we have
met with on several different occasions, though approaching
most closely to C. incexpialis, also resemble in some points C.
fusiformis. They approach the former in being gregarious, and
only rarely subcsespitose, and in being a rich orange; and the
latter, in being hollow, and in having spherical, smooth spores,
Massee laying considerable stress on the ivarty spores of C
incequalis. Specimens collected under moist rocks, on the
Hawkesbury Ptiver, in November. 1914, and again in August,
1916, may be described as follows :—Clavate, up to 2i inches high,
by \ inch thick, rich salmon-orange, the salmon tint becoming
more evident in drying; hollow, the inside pallid salmony- whitish,
the outer layer darker; sometimes bursting irregularly at the
top, with yellowish tips, leaving an irregular, trumpet-like open-
ing; spores smooth, spherical, 4-5-8/x in size; basidia with four,
occasionally two, sterigmata. A faint apricot-smell. Numerous,
fine specimens were collected also at Narrabeen, under moist
rocks, on January 1st, 1915. There are also specimens in the
National Herbarium, Sydney, collected at Berowra by Mr. A. H.
S. Lucas, in July, 1914, which were of a rich salmon pink colour
at first, changing to rich cream.
870 RECORDS OF AUSTRALIAN FUNGI, i.
Clavaria rosea Fries. — At Mosman, Sydney, in June, 1915,
and at Neutral Bay, in June, 1916, we came upon many speci-
mens of a salmon-pink Clavaria. These agree with the descrip-
tion of C. rosea, save that the spores, instead of being 2 or 3/x in
size, are 6 x 3'6/jt. The following is the description of our speci-
mens : — Up to 2\ inches high, slender, somewhat flexuous,
attenuated both ways from the middle, sometimes rather broad-
ened or ribbon-like, coral-red or rosy-pink, often pruinose above,
when buried amongst leaves with a whitish base, solid, flesh
bright coral-red, gregarious amongst leaves under shrubs. There
are also specimens in the National Herbarium from Penshurst
(E. Cheel; May, 1901); Mount Victoria (A. G. Hamilton: March,
1910); Botanic Gardens, Sydney (E. Bennett; January, 1901).
Clavaria aurantia Cooke & Massee.— Specimens collected
under rocks, at Neutral Bay, in June, 1916, may be described as
follows: — Clavate, 1| inches high, occasionally slightly forked
at the tip, often with one or two furrows longitudinally, usually
a little twisted, bright clear egg-yellow, apricot-smell when
crushed [spores not seen]. We have also collected it in the same
situations and place, in June, 1912, and June, 1913.
Calocera guepinioides Berk. — This species seems common
on rotten wood. We have specimens from the Hawkesbury
River, and from Mt. Lofty, near Adelaide. Spores 8'3-12 x 3-5-
5-5/A.
Calocera cornea Fries. — Terrigal, June, 1914. Spores
8-5x3 5/A.
Calocera stricta Fries. — Gosford (Darnell-Smith; August,
1915).
871
FURTHER RESEARCHES UPON THE PROBLEMS OF
THE RADIAL AND ZYGOPTERID SECTORS IN
THE WINGS OF ODONATA, AND UPON THE
FORMATION OF BRIDGES.
By R. J. TiLLYARD, M.A., B.Sc, F.L.S., F.E.S., Linnean
Macleay Fellow op the Society in Zoology.
(Six Text-figures.)
My previous studies upon the problem of Dragonfly wing-
venation (2, 3) have conclusively shown that the sub-Order
Zygoptera diifers from the Anisoptera in possessing no sector to
the radial trachea. The latter is straight and unbranched in
the Zygoptera. The place occupied by Rs in the Anisoptera,
viz., between M„ and M^, is filled in the Zygoptera by an addi-
tional trachea branching off from M. This I have termed the
Zygopterid sector, Ms. As the imaginal wing-venation has to
be interpreted by means of the precedent tracheation of the
larval wing-sheath, I have logically applied the same terms to
the venation.
Now, in a former paper (2), I indicated one genus, Neosticta,
which might possibly prove an exception to the above rule. In
the wings taken from a larva of this genus, I thought that I
could distinguish a true trachea Rs. The pigmentation of the
wing-sheath, however, was so dense, and the specimen so far
advanced towards metamorphosis, that the decision had to be
held in suspense, pending the discovery of more material. Since
that time, I have carefully examined a large number of larval
wings of genera belonging to all three Zygopterid families
{Calopterygidce, Lestidce, and Agrionidce) without discovering a
single exception to the rule stated above, viz., that R is un-
branched in Zygoptera. Thus it became more than ever im-
872 RADIAL AND ZYGOPTERID SECTORS, ikc,
portant that tlie doubt concerning Neosticta should be cleared
up.
Unfortunately, Neosticta is a rare genus, the larvse being onlv
obtainable from one locality, Heathcote, twentv-one miles soutli
of Sydney. These larva; are rock-dwellers, somewhat reseml)linf
those of Diphlehia, but much smaller, and possessing two jointed
caudal gills. They live in the deep pools of clear cold water in
Heathcote Ci'eek and the Woronora River, and are only to lie
got by hauling rocks out of these recesses.
Thanks to the kindness and energy of Mr. F. W. Carpenter
M.A., Science Master at Sydney Grammar School, I was enabled
to obtain, in August last, five well-grown larvae of Neosticta
canesceris from Heathcote. Four of these were in excellent con-
dition for study, having only recently entered the last larval
instar. The fifth was more advanced, being, in point of fact, at
almost exactly the same stage as the one previously examined.
A preliminary examination of one of the cut-off wings of this
last larva showed that it closely resembled the one studied and
figured in my previous paper (2, PI. xiii., fig. 4). The pigmenta-
tion was very dense, and there was the same appearance of Rs
descending from R as before. However, when this condition
was studied under strong transmitted light, it was at once seen
to be due to the cuticularisation of tfie wing-sheath, already
noticed by me in the case of Diphlebia(z, p. 227). There was no
sign of the presence of a trachea Rs at all.
Turning then to the less advanced larva?, it was an agreeable
surprise to find that the dissected-off wir)gs were moderately
transparent, so that the tracheation could be easily followed out
in detail. All four wings of each of the four larvae were care-
fully studied. Of the sixteen, fourteen agreed exactly with the
results obtained for all other Agrionidxe, viz., R is simple and
unbranched, and Ms ari.ses fiom the main stem of M between
M2 and M.j. The other two wings (one being a right foi'ewing,
the other a right hindwing) showed a peculiar aberration, the
origin of M3 having become shifted on to Ms near its base. This
peculiarity at once struck me as being of the utmost importance
as evidence of the t.i"ue nature of bridges and oblique veins, and
BY R. J. TILLYARD.
873
will be dealt with fully later on in this paper. The normal
tracheation is shown in Text fig.l, the aberration in Text-fig. 4.
Having thus satisfied ourselves that Neosticta is in line with
all other Zygoptera in possessing an unbranched radius and a
Zygopterid sector, Ms, arising from M or one of its branches,
let us now review the whole question at issue. This is a very
fundamental one, and may be put as follows : —
Is the Zygopterid sector, Ms, homologoics with the Radial Sector,
h's, of Anisoptera, or merely analogous with it ?
In a previous paper (3), I contended that the two were not
homolosous. No rebuttal of the evidence there adduced has
appeared in print; but I have received numerous ciiticisms.
Text-fig. 1.
Normal tracheation of larval wing of Xeosficta caiiewens Tillyard.
ranging from a complete acceptance of my views (Dr. F. Ris),
down to an absolute unwillingness to agree with them, in spite
of the evidence I have selected Dr. P. P. Calvert's criticism
as a very fair statement of the case in favour of the homology
between Rs and Ms. He writes as follows: —
"If Ml, M.,, Mg, and M^ are homologous in Zygoptera and
Anisoptera, as you say on p. 224 (3), is there not something more
than the analogy between the Anisopteran Rs and the Zygopteran
Ms which you recognise on the same page"? If Zygoptera and
Anisoptera had a common origin, must not Ms and Rs have
come from one and the same primitive trachea 1 If this be the
case, then the distinction between Ms and Rs is really not such
a fundamental one after all. If, on the other hand, Anisoptera
and Zygoptera had not a common ancestry, then the apparent
66
874 RADIAL AND ZYGOPTERID SECTORS, &C.,
homologies of the other trachese are only the result of con-
vergence (a position I can't admit), and Es and Ms are really
quite different things. I should be glad to have your explana-
tion of these difficulties (as they seem to me).'"'
Now this is a very lucid statement of the case, and one with
which I must confess great sympathy. Like Dr. Calvert, I could
not for a moment admit that Anisoptera and Zvgoptera had no
common ancestry, though I would hold, perhaps, that the cleavage
between them is greater, and that the common ancestiy lies
further back in geological time, than Dr. Calvert may be pre-
pared to grant. For this reason, I felt that the researches
which I had carried out could not be left in their present state.
Having satisfied myself (hat Neosticta (the only doubtful genus)
falls into line with all the rest, I was spurred on, by Dr.
Calvert's very reasonable statement of the case, to investigate
the whole problem as fully as possible, so as to review the whole
evidence, and to come to some definite conclusion.
In order to delimit the problem, let me state clearly at the
start that, as far as I can see it, we have actually two cognate
problems to deal with. The first of these concerns the relation-
ship between trachea'Rs, and trachea Ms, the second that between
vein Rs and vein Ms. As we shall see in the sequel, these two
problems may very well lead to different results.
Leaving aside altogether the question of palteontological evi-
dence, which cannot be admitted into this problem satisfactorily,
owing to the complete absence of the tracheational interpretation
of fossil vein-formations, I have classed the available evidence
under three main headings :—
(1) 2'he structural evidence. By this I mean the evidence
obtained from a study of the wing-tracheation of the last larval
instar, and the interpretation of the corresponding imaginal
wing-venation.
(2) 7'Ae ontogenetic evideiice. This is the evidence obtained
from the tracheation of the wings of the developing larva, from
the earliest examinable stage up to the last instar.
(3) The evidence from Bridges and Oblique Veins. The con-
nection of these structures with the problem in hand is not, per-
BY R. J. TILLYARD. 875
haps, at first evident. Actually, they assume a position of
immense importance, and must be fully dealt with if the problem
is to be solved.
I propose now to take these three kinds of evidence in full,
and to draw definite conclusions from them.
1. The Structural Evidence. (Text-figs. 1, 3).
We may best marshall this by gathering together all the
results of wing-tracheational studies by different students of the
Order, and arranging them in tabular form. I have before me
the published results of Professor Needhani(l) and myself (2, 3),
together with the beautiful series of photographs taken by Dr.
Ris from the larvae of lAhellula, Calopteryx (Z, Plate xxxiv.), and
Ischiiura. No doubt other students have examined othergenera;
but, as their statements have not been published, they cannot
be here included.
The point to notice is that the evidence is, ivifhout a sinyle
exception, in favour of the view that trachea Rs in Anisoptera is
not homoloyous with trachea 2/s in Zyyopiera. It follows also
that, if the veins Rs and Ms in the imaginal wing are laid down
in their entirety upon the previously existing trachete Rs and
Ms respectively, then vei7i Jis in Anisoptera is not homoloyous
with vein Ms in Zyyoptera. This second conclusion must not,
however, be accepted without a fuller examination of the inter-
play of tracheational and venational developmental forces, which
are discussed later on, on p. 879.
876
RADIAL AND ZYGOPTEKID SECTORS, »tc.,
The followins: table exhibits the results obtained : —
Table of Genera examined for Wing-Tracheation.
(N = Needham, R = Ris, T = Tillyard.)
ZV(i01'TERA.
Anisoptera.
R simple and unbranehed.
R
once branched, the branch being
An extra trachea, the Zygopterid
the
; Radial Sector Rs, which crosses
Sector Ms, developed from
M be-
M
and M2, so as to come to lie
tween M^ and Mg.
between M„ and M3.
Families Calopteryoid^,
and
Family .^^]schnida:.
Ai;rionid^.
*Gom2jhHs(K)
Ms aiises from the main stem of M.
Lanthua (N)
*Diphhhia (T)
Austroyomphw* (T)
*Calopttryx (R)
He-miyomplius (T)
NeoMictu (T)
CordultyaMer (N)
Isofiticta (T)
Dendrocfschna (T)
"Aryiohstes (T)
*^Esc]ma (T)
*Ischnura (R and T)
Anax (N and T)
*CuHa;gested phylojfeny of the Od(jiiate wing in the region of
radius, media, and branches, a, archaic ancestor of Zj'goptera and
Anisoptera; h^-d^, phylogenj' of Zygoptera; /(j, reduction of Rs;
t'l, h)ss of T\s — M eyapodagrio7iine stage; d^, capture of Ms ^er
■sa/tiDu by M„ = Lesfid stage (original course of A-ein Ms preserved as
the bridge Br in the iniaginal venation); ''o-e„, phj'logeny of An-
isoptera; l>2, Rs crosses Mj (cf. Text-fig. 2/;); c„, Rs crosses Mj and
M.J ; d„, Rs captures Ms per m//nm (cf. Text-fig. 5); e„ , Ms sup-
pressed (the original course of vein Ms preserved as the bridge Br
in iniaginal venation).
Ms both present, and that, in the last larval instar, the latter
trachea becomes hitched on to Rs, just as M.. became hitched on
to Ms in the Neostiota aberi'ation. In that case, the whole
884
RADIAL AND ZYGOPTEKID SECTORS, (feC,
bridge, from its origin basal ]y on M up to the second oblique
vein O^,, represents, in the venation, the original Zygopterid
sector Ms, with the oblique vein O, standing upon it to mark
the point where trachea Ms has been captured by trachea Rs.
Tlie vein continuing the bridge is the true Rs, of which also
O2 must be an essential part.
The above explanation, as it seems to me, offers the only solu-
tion possible in favour of a partial homology between veins Ms
and Rs, as now present in the wings of Odonata. Text-fig. 6
would show, on this supposition, the two lines of development
leading to Zygoptera and Anisoptera respectively. For the
common ancestor, we should have to postulate a form possessing
both a true lis and a true Ms (Text-fig. 6, «). From this, the
Zygoptera would be derived by reduction, Rs being entirely
eliminated.* The Anisoptera, on the other hand, would be
derived from the ancestral form via the Petalura-Gordulegaster
stage, trachea Ms being first of all captured by Rs, as in these
forms, and then entirely eliminated; while, in the imagines, the
short Anisopterid bridge would remain as the tme vein Ms, and
therefore homo/ogoits with the long bridge of Lestidff, and also
with the basal part of Ms in the Calopteryyidre and AgrionidcB.
This might be exhibited as follows : —
Trachea
ZYtiOPTERA.
Anisopteka.
Vein.
Calopf.erygidlkhtr I.e., xl.. Part -2. Utl.!, pp.212-230, PL xxxii.-xxxiv.
i. n — 1916. — "Studies on Australian Xeuroptera. No. i.
The Wing- Venation of the Mz/nnKhonidit." L.c, xl.. Part 4,
1915, pp. 734-750, PI. Iviii.
888
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Received during the period November 25th, 1915,
to November 29th, 191G.
(From the respective Societies, etc., unless otherwise mentioned. J
Adelaide.
Australasian Antarctic Expedition, 1911-14 —
Scientific Reports. Series C. : Zoology and Botany. Vol.
iii., Part 1 (Fishes: 4to., June, 1916).
Department of Chemistry op South Australia —
Bulletin, No.l(1916).
Department of Mines: Geological Survey of S.Australia —
Annual Report of the Government Geologist for 1914(1915).
Bulletin, No.5(1916).
Metallurgical Report No.l(1916).
Report No.3(l916).
Review of Mining Operations in the State of Soutli Aus-
tralia during the Half-years ended December 31st, 1915,
and June 30th, 1916, Nos. 23-24(1916).
Public Library, Museum, etc., of South Australia —
Report of the Board of Governors for 1914-15(1915).
Royal Society of South Australia —
Transactions and Proceedings, and Beport. xxxix.(1916).
Woods and Forests Department of South Australia —
Annual Progress Report upon State Forest Administration
for the year 1914-15(1915). By W. Gill, F.L.S., F.R.H.S.,
Conservator of Forests.
Albany, N.Y.
New York State Library —
Sixty-seventh Annual Report of the New York State
Museum, 1913(1915).
DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES 889
Auckland.
Auckland Institute and Museum —
Annual Report for 1915-16(1916).
Baltimore.
Johns Hopkins University —
Hospital Bulletin, xxvi., 297-298; xxvii., 299-308(1915-16).
University Circulars. 1915,6-10(1915).
Barcelona.
Junta de Ciencies Naturals de Barcelona —
Anuari, 1916(1916).
Basle.
Naturfokschende Gesellschaft in Basel —
Verhandlungen. xxvi.(1915).
Berkeley, Cal.
University of California —
Publications.— /?o^a7iy, v., 9; vi., 7-12; vii., 1-2(1915-16).—
Entomology, i., 3-6(191 6). — G'eo/o^y : Bulletin, i.x., 3-18;
X., 1-4, and 7(1915-16). Pa//io%i/, ii., 18-19(1916)-
Physiology, v., 2(1916). -Zoo%y, xii., 13-17; xiii., 11-12;
XV., Introduction; xvi., 2-17; xvii., 1-5(1915-16).
Four Separates: {a-h) "Studies on American Sporotrichosis,
ii.-iii.," by K. F. Meyer [Amer. Journ. Trop. Diseases, itc,
iii.. No. 3(1915); Journ. Amer. Med. Assocn., lxv.(1915)].
— (c) "The Contribution of Medical Science to Medical
Art as shown in the Study of Typhoid Fever," by Dr. F.
P. Gay [Univ. Calif. Chronicle, xviii., No.2(1916)].- (c?)
"Testicular Infusion-Agar," ikc, by J. C. Hall [Journ. of
Bact., i , No.3(1916)].
Berne
Naturfokschende Gesellschaft in Bekn —
Mitteilungen aus den Jahren, 1913, 1914, 1915(1914-16).
SociETK Helvetique des Sciencks Naturellks —
Actes, 97'"'Session, 1915(2 vols.: n916;.
Birmingham.
Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society -
List, 1916, and Annual Report, 1915(1916).
Proceedings, xiv., 1(1916).
67
890 DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.
Brisbane.
Botanic Gardkns, Brisbane —
Botany Bulletin, No. xviii.(1916).
Department of Agriculture and Stock —
Queensland Agricultural Journal, N.8. iv., 6; v., 1-6; vi., 1-5
(1915-16).
Geological Survey of Queensland -
Publication.s. Nos.240, 252-254(1915-16).
Queensland Museum —
Memoirs, iv-v.(19 15-1 6).
Royal Socikty of Queensland —
Proceedings, xxvii., 1-2(1915).
Brooklyn.
Brooklyn Institutk of Arts and Sciencks —
Brooklyn Museum Science Bulletin, ii., 5; iii., 1(1915-16).
Cold Spring Harbour Monographs. viii.('191 5).
Buenos Aires.
MusEO Nacional dk Historia Natural —
■ Anales. xxvi.(1915). Indices. T. i.-xx., 1864-191 1( 1 91 4).
Buffalo.
Buffalo Society of Natural History —
Bulletin, xi., 1-2(1914-15).
Calcutta.
Geological Survey of India —
Memoirs, xxxv., 4, T.p. ifec; xxxvi, 3, T.p. to-
gamic Notes from. 377.
P.otaiiy. taxouonnc. in relation to
leaf moi'phobjgy, 152.
liower-bird, Regent, exliibited. 493.
ISraih !i<-hiti>ii i)(>i>i(]iic<>-itcerifolluH :
the Ci'imson-tlowered Kurra-
.jong. INO.
j'.ridges in Odonate wings, 871.
P.i-(»therus, \'. F.. Descriptions of
some new Si)ecies of .\ustralian.
Tasmanian. and New Zealand
Mosses, vi.. 575.
i'.utralo-fly, bionimiics of the, 763.
P>uftalo-gnat. exhil)ited. 632.
CiilIi.stcniiDi. flowers jind dr.-i wings
of. exhibited, 219.
Cambage. R. 11. . re-elected to the
Council, 35 — aS'cc Exhibits.
Camiibell. .7. If., Hon. 'i'reasiirer's
Financial Statement and Bal-
ance Sheet, 35. 36 — Re-elected
to the Council. 35 — Ke-elected
Hon. Treasurer, 101.
('(iKihidfP from tlie Upper Williams
liiver, 196 — l)escriiiri<»ns of new
S))ecies of, 597,
11.
INDEX.
farter, H. J.. Descriptions of a
new Cienns. and three new
Species of Anstralian 'I'cnchrio-
nk1a> from Barrington Tops,
N.S.W., 209.
Casemotli, ixiltbed. exhibited. 494.
f'aterpillars. ■'\'ei;etal)le," exhi-
bited, 268.
Chapman, H. G., re-elected to the
Council, ,'55 — Note on a froix dis-
tended with tluid. 106.
Cheel. E.. sec Exhil)its.
and J. 15. Cleland, Ivecords
of Australian Funici. Xo. i., 853
— Sec Exhibits.
CJi rysop'uhc wing-venation of,
221.
Cleland, .1. r... re-elected to the
Council, 35.
and \\. Cheel. Kecords
of Australian I'un.i,'!. No. i.. 853
— Sec Exhibits.
Coleoptera. descriptions of new
species, 720.
Collins. j\Iiss M. 1.. elected a
Member, 387.
('omin)sition of alveolar air. 786.
Contributions to a knowled.w of
Australian Culicido', No. iii.,
564.
Cowrie-shell from the South
Coast, exhiltited. 192.
Cryptogamic Xotes from the
Botanic Gardens, 377.
CuJ'icidce, Australian, contribu-
tions to a knowledge of, 564.
Dampicra, white-flowered, exhi-
bited, 769.
David, T. W. K.. news of. on mili-
tary service abroad, 6:51.
Deer, Miss ]\1., elected a JSlember.
101.
Descriptions of new Australian,
etc.. Mosses, 575 — Of new Aus-
tralian Coleoptera, 720.
De Vis, C. W.. obituarv notice of.
6.
Dixson, H., see Exliibits.
, T. S., re-elected to the
Council, 35.
Donations and Exchanges, 40, 101,
190, 217, 267. 387. 494. 6:;i, 769.
888.
Dragonfly-larvre. emergence of,
from the egg, 388.
Dun, W.S.. elected a Vice-Presi-
dent, 101— '/// /-
Ua), 633.
Cheel, E., and Cleland. .T. 15..
fungi from the Noi-th Coast
district, 104.
Cleland. .T. P.., seedling of Hakea.
103 — Webbing of gossamer-
spiders. 191.
and Cheel, E. (supra).
Dixson, H., see Cheel, E., 267.
Dun. W. S., stalacite and calci-
fied INl.vriapod. 191.
Fletcher. .1. .T.. ])ortrait of the
late Sir K. Owen, 220.
INDEX.
111.
Exhibits :—
Fro^jratt, J. L., an imdescriltefl.
parasitic, chakid wasp, -194.
, W. W.. various ento-
mological specimens, 191 —
Specimens illnstrating the life-
history of the Kiiibed Case-
Moth destructive to Sugar-
Gums, 494.
TTamilton, A. A., teratological
or variable plants. 193. 21 S,
267, 492,
, A. (i., "vegetable
caterpillars," 268 — Drawing of
an undetermined Orchid. 493.
liuU. A. F. ]',.. a Fluttei-ing
Fetrel, 103.
Lo Souef, A. S., abnornml ele-
])hant"s tusk. 632.
McCulloch. A. Ti.. lantern-slides
of the Mangrove-fauna, 49.!.
]\iaiden. .7. 11.. Crimscm-flowered
Kurragong, and bylirid l'"u(a-
lypt, 192.
North. A. .1.. White Xutmeg or
Torres Strait i'igcon. 1(I3 —
Australian Finches. 19.1 — lie-
gent liower-liird. 219 — Superl)
Fruit IHgeon. 493.
Steel. '!'.. reunited, fractured
feuuir of an ox. 21 7.
'riilyard, IJ. .T.. larvie of rare
ant-lio]is; hylirid Sweet-])ea.
194 — Xew I'erlidie reared from
larva^; larva of a new i'.uffa-
lo-gnat, 632.
'I'urner, F., various plants, 101,
190 — Grasses from (Queens-
land. 217 — Fruits of Yellow
(^uandimg. 492 — Abnormal
ajiple, 494 — White-flowered
variety of Datupiera, 769.
Whitelegge, T.. slides illustrat-
ing the sexual generation of
I'silotum, 102.
Fellows. Linnean Macleay, sum-
maries of year's work, 10-12.
Fellowshi])s : announcements. 631
— Appointments to, 12.
Ferg\ison, E. ^Y.. Revision of the
Amycterides. \'.. Mohicht iis and
CiihiiorrUijiic)! IIS, 422,
Finches, Australian. exhibited.
195.
Fletcher. J. J., .sec Exhibits.
French P>ean. seeds of. (>\hibil('d.
192.
Froggatt. .7. Jj.. sec Exhibits.
, W. W.. elected a Vice-
Fresideut, 101— .SV'C Exhibits.
Fry. 1). y,.. Description of Apluin-
tophriiiK. a new Batrachian
genus from New Guinea : with
comparative notes on the pec-
toral musculature, 770.
Fungi, l\ecords of Australian, i..
853— From the North Coast dis-
trict, exhibited. 104.
Fungus, abnormal, exhibited, lO.l.
Galls. Ivhododendron, on Asalen,
exhibited. 492.
(iametophyte of Pxilotum, .5.53 —
I^lxliibit of. 102.
Gneissic and granitic rocks of W.
A.. 261.
Granitic and mieissic rocks of W.
A.. 261.
firasses. Queensland, exhibited.
217.
Uakea. seedling, exhibited. 191.
llallmann. E. F.. Linnean Macleay
7'ellow in Zoology: summary of
year's work. 11 — l\e-appointed.
1916-17. 12.
. Revision of the
Genera with ^licroscleres includ-
ed, or iirovisionally included, in
the Family A.riui'U'itlcr ; with
Descrii)tions of some An.stralian
species [PorikkraJ. Part i.. 45.):
Ft. ii.. 495: Ft. iii.. 634.
TTamilton. \. A.. The Instability
of Leaf-morphology in its rela-
tion to Taxonomic F>otany, 152
— (S'ce Exhibits.
. A. G.. l^residential Ad-
dress. 1 — Re-elected I'resident.
3.5— .S-cc Exhibits.
Uiirdcnhrrgia. remarks on a white-
flowered, 105.
ITedley. ('.. elected a Vice-Presi-
dent. 101 — Congratulations to.
on award of the Syme Prize. 6.". 1,
IV. INDEX.
Iledley, C, Studies on Austrjiliaii ^FcC'ullocli. A. R., sec Exhibits.
!Mollusoa. xiii.. 680. .\l;ii(leii. J. H. On lirachyvMton
Hf''merobii(h( , cliaracters, etc., of ixipidiico-uccrifolunn F.v.Af., the
the, 269. Crimsuu-flowered Kurra.loug, 180.
ITerdman, AV. A., portrait of re- . On a P^ncal.vpt Hybrid
ferred to, i;}. {F. ralophi/llo x E. firifnlid).
Hill, (i. F., Some Notes on the is.")- See J<]xhibits.
Bionomics of the Buffalo- l"'ly, .Man.i;rove-fauna. lantern-illustra-
763. tions i)t sliown. 493 — Sections
Hinder, Miss Iv M., elected a Mem- of leaves, wood, anl lantern-
ber. 267. illustrations of Mangroves
Ilindniarsh. :\liss K. M.. elected a shown. 492, 493.
Member, 267. M icrolcpidojjtcrd, studies in Aus-
Hull. A. F. B., re-elected to the tralian, ;io3.
Council, 35 — See Exhibits. M.iol)ero;, E., Results of tlic Swed-
llybrhl Encalyitt, IS.'i, 192 — Kur- i.sh Scientific Expeditions to
rajong. 180, 192 — Sweet Pea, ex- Australia, 18.
hibited, 194. Mollnsca. studies on Auslialian,
xiii., 6S0.
Insects, exhibited, 191, 194, 494, Mos.ses, new. from Anstr.-ilia, Tas-
631. niauia. and Xew Zealand. '}7'>.
Tnvestifitation. Chemical, of poi- -Muscul.-ilure, Pectoral of P.atra-
sonons plants. 148, Sb). <-hia, 770.
Jfli(n)i(la\ cliaracters, etc.. of, 269. Myri:ii)od in slalactlfe, exhiliited.
191.
.Tarvis, E., Note on a Scale-insect M i/niiclrt/nt'nhi . d('scri])tions ol
affecting Su.uar-Cane. 21(i. new. 41.
Kelps, an efflorescence on. 676. Xeuroptera. .studies in Australian.
Kennedyas, \\ . A., in flower ex- ii., -ti • iii. 221 ; iv. 269.
hibited. 267. y,,^^.' (j'^iueji^ j^ew ' Scale-insect
Kurra.Kmg (rimson-flowered (iiy- ^ 215 — New Batrachian
bvid), 180, 192. f,^^^_ 770.
• ^, ,, , ^ , . New Zealand. efHorescence on
Laseron. CI-., welcome to. on his j.^^ ^^.^^^ 676— Mosses, new.
return from military service from 575
abroad, 494. \icoti(i)}(i snaveolens, alkaloid of.
Lea, A. M.. Descri])tions of new ^^
Specie.s of Australian Coleop- x<,i..iivoscy.-.nilne in Sohtndnt. 81.1.
tera, xu., /20. North. A. J., .-«cc Exhibits.
Leaf-morpholo;,'y. instabilit.y of. ni ^^^^.^^^ ^^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^„^ ^^.^^j,^ ..xhibit-
relation to taxonomic botany. ^^ jq^
^ ^•^^- ^ ^„ „ , _,_ Xotes from the Botanic (lardens.
Lepidoptera of l-.bor Scrub. 249. Svdnev. 377, 417— Petrological,
Le Souef, A. S., .^fr Exlnhits. ^^o. ii., 261— And Exhibits. KH.
Lucas, A. H. S.. elected a \ice-rre- ^^^^ ^^^^ ^g^ ^^^ ^9^_ ^.^^ -,,,,
dent, 101.
. Notes from the
Botanic Gardens, Sydney: I'ar- Odonata. sectors and bridges in
thenogenesis in A(|uatic riiane- wings of, 871.
rogams, 417. Oor//.s'//,s- and Eie!mosphaia, 107.
An Efflorescence Orchid, drawing of uudertermiued.
on some New Zealand l\eli)s. exhibited, 493.
fi7fi ().t)iiyli(ln. in ivlation to tlie
l•artla>no,^a>llesis in A.iuatic I'lia- emergeiu-e of dragoiifiy-larvie,
nerogam.s, 417. 388
2V';7ir/a', specimens of new, exln1)it- JU'vision of the Anii/clcrUlcfi, v.,
ed. 632. 422— Of the A.rinrUidcr M-ith
IVtrel. Fluttering, exhiliited. Ki:'.. mieroscleres. 4o;5, 49G. 634 — Of
I'etrie. .7. M., Linnean Maeleay the Strativmyida'. of Australia,
Fellow in Bioehemistry : sum- 71.
mary of year's work. 10 — He- JJoseI)y. ^Sliss ,M.. elected a Mem-
appointed. 191(1-17. 12. licr. 267.
. Tlie Chemical In- Koses. naturalised. <'.\lnl)iled. ()'■>'.'>.
vestigation of some poisonous Kutherford, A.. A new Scale-insect
I'liints in the N.O. Sohniacra', aifecting hugar-cane in New
l^art ii. Nicofidiia suavcolena (luinea. 215.
and the Identilication of its .\1-
k;iloi(h 148 — i'art iii. Tlie Oc- Scale-iusect aff'e'"-"'^'"- -597.
Plants exhibited, 101. 190-I'oi- ^''''^^'' \:^- (/'n-esponduig Mem-
,, T^T ^. r, , ber. notice ot his decease. ().il.
sonous, in the N.O. Solaiiacca, ,, ,,,.,, m ^. 1. <- •
148, 815— TeratoloiTh-al or vari- 7^: }\ (-leig, ^Maeleay Hacteri-
able exhibited. ]9;i.' 218. 267. 492. ^'IV-^'^^t to tlie Society: smnmary
I'layfair. <;. 1.. Ooc/xtu and Err- "^ year s work 10
m.osph„ra [Az.u^, 10? ~^7^7~' ^'!wr ' ' ''
, Australian Fresh- , ^^l^i'^^^i'- 1^»"-
water Fhytoplankton ( /Vo^oroc- ■^"'''"'"•'''.' , <'liciiii<;,l nivcNstigation
• J -, co-1 *'t lioisonous iilants in Ihe
I'ollinatiou by birds, J().
l^rimrose. Evening, naturiiUsed.
exhibited. 632. ^ . • , , , .
I, . • , r i- 1 i Spiders. i,'ossaiiier. wclibnig ot
I rntiiciiccoKlcd' ol ircsluAater ,.i.ji w 1 mi
X.O.. ii.. 148; iii.. S1.5.
Kidiiiidnt. occurrence of iior-hyo-
scviimiiK? ill. SI .1.
]>laiikton. 823
I'sUotinn, the gaineloph.xte of. 553
exhil>ited. J91,
Sleel, 'r.. .scr lO.xhiliils.
-Microsc<.pic preparations of, ^"l'^'^ '" :).!'r^™'''ll' ■^li'-i"lnn-
exhibited, 102. doiiicra, ^.i-i—Molliixni. 080—
Xciiroptcra, ii.. 41 ; iii., 221 ; iv.,
269.
(^uandoug, fruits of Yellow, ex- Sugar-cane, scale-insect affecting,
hibited. 492. 215.
VI.
INDEX.
iSweet-i'ea, liylirid. exhibited. U»4.
Tahanidce, Australian, No. ii., 746.
'Pasinania, IMosses from. 575.
Taylor, F. H.. C'ontril)ntious to a
knowledge of Australian Ciilici-
(hv, iii., 564 — Tahaiiidn, ii., 746.
Tcin'hrionidfv from Barrington
Tops, N.S.W.. 2(19.
'I'illey. C. E.. elected a Member.
267.
Tillyard, \l. J.. Linnean Maeleay
Fellow in Zoology : summary ot
year's work. 12 — lie-appointed.
1916-17, 12.
. Studies in Austra-
lian Neuruijtcra. No. ii.. De-
scriptions or' new (ienera and
Si)ecies of the Families Oniiiij-
liddi, Myrmelconfidd', and .l.sro-
lajdudcr., 41— No. iii. The ^Ving-
venation of tlic (Ihrysop^div, 221
— No. iv. The Families Ifhnni-
d(r, Hem<'rd(t)t(it(i. and niioii the Kor-
nnition of I'.ridges, 871 — Hcc
lOxhibits.
Triclmvuifidir, characters, etc., of
the. 269.
Turner, A. J., Third Contribution
to a Knowledge of the Lepitlop-
terous Fauna of Ebor Scrub.
X.S.W., 249— Studies in Austra-
lian Microlcpidoptcra, o3.";.
, F., remarks i)lius. 422. 423, 428. 450.
451
iJiackburiii 423
r.rhnius 430
gi-anidatus 423
( Vjiuaxiuius 423
simplex 423
AcaiitJiorhyncbus sji. .. 26. 27, 31
Acaiitlioxa 658
Acar 681
Acliras arnhcmica 101
Acidalia lialmtea 251
Acidalianti^ 249, 251, 252
Ainiiva patellavccta 708
Acrolricbc ag.irrc;
(livaricata . .
Actii'oiiida' . . . .
Actiua
costata . . . .
iiicisnralis . .
;ata
Page.
.. ..169
.. .. 169
.. .. 717
. . 73, 77
.... 77
.. 77, 78
Actiiiastriuu 8."57
aciculaiv 838, 851
bacillarc 838, 851
guttiila 838, 851
Mautzscbii . . . . S37. 838, 861
ActiiK.tvis jlcliaiitbi 168
Adcnaiitlios cmieala 31
.Kdeoinyia ♦^■Jitasticla .. 573, 574
\ eunstipes 573, 574
-Eschiia 876
.FiSclinid«L\ 876
Acscuhis jiarviilora 20
Agave s[i 17
Aghuidcs 340
cliiouoiiia •. . . . . 340
Agonochila 208
biuotata 198
corticalis 208
fciiestrata 198
guttata 198
uiacleayi 198
phigiata 198. 207. 208
rnficollis 198
Agriouidic. . .. s7\. 872, 876, 884
AllaiitcHa 675
Allautopboni. 495. 496, 497, 498,
499, 501, 639, 674
ciocalyptoides, 503, 514, 515,
550
r. reducta . . 515. 516. 550
luicrostrougyla 503
plicata. 496. 497, 503, 508, 510,
511, 513. 514. 515. 517, 550
victoria iia. 469, 499, 503, 506,
507, 509. 514, 515, 516, 550,
551, 552.
Alloforiiiicah'oii .. ..42, 47, 62
austral is 63
byaliuus .. 43, 62. 63, 64, 70
waterhousei 43, 63, 70
Allognosta 74
-Vmaryllidea- 174
Vlll.
INDEX.
PagI'.
Aiiililyst(>t:iuiu austro-li.vj^ru-
])liilum ;')94
Aiiililytelus curtus 197
miiuitus 197
Ainisallus l)asii)eniiis 732
iiodosus 731
spp 732
tubei'culifroiis 7-'ll
Ami»liidesuia an.ij;usta. i)92, (i9.!. 71 s
funeata 693
(llaWvUa 693
Auii)hithora 2.10
Auiiihitberiiia' 250
Auiycteridos +22
Amj/ctcriin iiioroxii.s .. .. 429, 430
Aiiafamptodoii Wattsii .. .. -lOo
Aiiacantliella 78. So
spleiideiis so. 99
Aiutl>cUil ciiclddiU 694
Anatifcra liizoiia 694
Anax S76
liaijueu.^is. 3SS. 3S9. 391. ;!92.
395, 39S, 40;:, 406. 407. 110.
412.
AiK-illa editha' 709
Aiidropo.uon criaiitlioidcs .. 217
interuiedius 217
sericeus 217
Augopliora cordifolia .. 166. 21 s
intermedia ISS
laueeolata S60
melaiioxyloii ]fW
subvelutina ]i)6
Auigozantlios hmnilis 31
Maiif^lesii 3.1
Anisoptera. S71. 873. S74. ST.l. S76,
878, 879, 880, 882. 883,. 8S4. SS6.
887.
Aiikistrodesmu.s 836
Braunii s;^7, sril
/•. minutus 837. S51
dulcls 836, 851
V. cini^ulnui . . . . 837, 851
falcatns r. coiilortns. 836. S5 1
/■. miraliilis . . . . 836, S51
r. setiiierus 83(1
Aiitlustiria ciliata 217
.\ulliOfercis Eadesii 194
Antlioriiis melaiiura 22
Antissa 78.81
cuprea 81
Autissella 78. 81
parvideutata 81, 99
Page.
AntissiiKi' .. .. 72. 78. 81. 97, 99
Aphaiitopliryne, 770, 771, 772, 773,
774. 775. 776, 777, 780, 781, 782
pausa, 772, 775, 776, 777. 778,
780, 783, 785
Aphide.< 24S
Apioiiiorplia Hetcheri 191
Apoclirysidse.. 222, 242, 243, 244.
272
Araucaria Cuuniushamii. . .. 305
Area adamsiana 6so
hotanica 680, 719
irudina 681
lamina ta fiSl
metella 681, 719
nodnlusa (i82
plicata 681
xifjudta 6SI)
strabo 681
Antiadic 249
Arcularia particcps .. .. 712, 7ls
Art,da 41 1
Ar,i;i(>lestes 876
Artannis leuc(>i>.\.iria lis .. .. is
l)ers<>natus is
sniKTciliosus 18
Arlbrodesnins 846
Ascalapbida-.. 41, 42, 43, 67, 269,
272 278
Ascalapliides '282
Aspbabis 210
Asjiidiea' ;i77. 378, 379
Asr)idinm 377, 379
acniniuatnin 382,383
Slieplienli 383
Aspidojilossa 598, 600
Assemania 714
Astrolonia di^'aricata 31
Atalaya benii.i,'lanca 158
Atbyriuin Imniilc 380. 386
Atriliasta 348
fulvifusa 348
Aidacaspi.s 216
ma.ior 215, 216
ltenta,i,^>na 216
rosea 216
Aiisfroagrion 876
Austroct)rdulia 876
Anstrogomphus 876
Anstrolestes 876
leda 389, 410, 411
Antanepsia 252
Autosporaceae 110
INDEX. IX.
Page. Page.
Avicciiiiin olliciiialis 4:9ii r.jitliildii (•l;ii-t'sasi.L;raii)iiia 341 iiioriHitd 518
lifvochi-oa 342 koreiiii 50 1. 502
chioi-eis 341 iiKK-roj-haiiliis 50l>
consiKiiatella 340 iiiej,'alosi.t,'uia 496, 503
eiicapuodes 340, 34.3 rar. li|iusplia-i-a .. .. .503
eusciasta 344 iincriixIroiimiJii.. .. 499, 503
h.vlodroiua 343 iiii( ruxa 197, 499, 503
leiicocepliala 341 peadii. 195. I9S. l!i!i. .lo], ,502
Jiyuiitliica 259, 34:; pltcnfd 503
paiiarcha 341 sp .102, 503
l)asl('odt>s 259 stellifera 502
psolotcraimiia 345 trirhaplii.>< 502
l).vr()ra 341 triincatd 500, 518
.subviridella 341, 343 tubulata 502
X.
INDEX.
Page.
Jlieiiuia \iiri;intiii uUli
victoria iia 503
nilyurix 41(9, 518
lU^'uoiiia radicaiis 17
veuusta 17
J >i.iru()iiia('eii> 171
Blaiifoa canescens ;il
l'>(iarniiau;e :i5(), ^-li'
IJoriomyia 2(S()
Borkenhau.sia gypsupleuia . . 38 s
hemileuca 336
nuuTo])tera 33S
iiephelella 33(i
jiauropliyUa 337
sphievoides 3.'!(i
tetraplia-a '.. 3.; 7
tliolopa 3;!(i
Duronia aiiemmiifolia 157
florilmiida x .sei-nilata . . 158
ledifolia 15.S
polyualifolia r. robusta.. 157
I5ossi;ea lieterdpliylla 162
Brac-hyc-hitoii 180, 183
acerifoliiis, 180. 181, 182. 183.
184
tircrifoHutn 181
diversifolius Is;;
poimliico-aeerifolius. 180. 181.
182. 183. 1!»2
liotJtilnvttni 181
poimluous. 180. 181. 182. 183.
184
r.racliycouu' divorsifolia. . .. 1(>>^
sti-icta 16.S
r.raconidfe 13, 88
liranchioiroiiui .sjjtuKjilhi ^ •• 313
l!rpvice]ts 771. 777
Breviciintidii' . . . . 770. 771, 775
Brynm aii>iniiiii 5i)2
austro-atiiiu' 587
ca^spiticuim 58!»
calodictyou 58!)
Cheelii 591
• •liryseiim 5S!»
(lirysoiKMirone 590
• 'urvicolhini 591
tilariuui 590
l'^)rsytliii 592
Kiama^ 592
laxirctc 588
lei)to1heciiiin 593
luteolimbatuiu 589
I'Alih.
Biyuiu iiachyiiuiualuluin. . .. 590
subcurvicolhim 590
.siibveutric-osum 586
SuUivaiii 592
Biibarls 637
couistellata 675
Bulla acuminata 715, 716
Bjiiisoui-cd iJiisiUa 680
Caledouiella routusiforniis .. 714
Callagrion 876
Callisteuion cocciiiciix .. .. 219
lanceolatus 219
r. lilacina 219
ru^ulosus 219
C'allitbauma 365
basilica 365
i^lycera 365
leptodoma 366
pyrites 365, 367
C'allulops 771
Calfx-era 86()
cornea 870
guepinoides 870
stricta 870
Calopterygida". . 871. 876. 884, 8.S7
Calojiteryx 875, 87()
maculata 411
(alotlianuius sanguiucus .. '6i
C"ampyl(ii»us deuticuspes .. '575
r. lutescens 575
Kirkii 576
Cantliarellus folidliuii .. .. 105
Capua cryp.'-ierytlua 254
eiizona 254
hedynia 250
paraloxa 250
sp 254
tliiopasta 250
( apulus s|> 698
('ai-abi(l;r 196. 5!»7. 598
C'ardiotliorax a-ripennis .. .. 212
asperatus 213
ogerius 214
liaagi 213
iiitcrstitialis 21 1, 212
niiuuis 214
undulalus 214
Cardiuni 685
cygnoruni 6S6. 719
echinatuni 685
pallidum 685
racket tii 685, 686
INDEX.
XI.
Page. ,
( anlinm r;Mli;iI>"i
Careuides 02(5. Q'M)
( iirenidium 620
aberraus 627
atnim 622
hifurcum 623
frenchi 62U. 62",
leai 623, 624
loiiicipeiine 624
mnt-ronatum 624
Iterteune 625
i-iveriiiiP 626
( arcmuu .. 613, 616, 619. 620, 621
aii.iiiistiitemie 610
blackburui 610
brevicoUe 609
browni 612
dii^^lesi .. 615, 616. 617. 61.S
itir. tropiciim 619
dispar 610
emar^iiiatum .. 611, 613. 614
/•. :v(jiialis 613. 614
t>xiiuium 619. 621
interiore 611
leai 609
lepidum 60s
loiiijculuin 617, 619
/ . at i'(i\ iridis 619
niacleayi 609, 610
uioutaiiuia 61 (i
nitidljH's 614
(|iiadriiiiiiHtatinu .. (!15. 61(i
sinai'ii^idiiluiii . . . . Oil. 612
sph'iididuni 621
liiictillatuin 617, 621
traiisversicdllc 609
viresceus 611. 612
/•. viridivt'iitris 611
C'arobiiis. . 274. 2S7. 290. 29;;. 311.
330
ausu.stus .. .. 311. ;!12. 330
imlchellns. 274. 293. ;;12. 330.
.332
subfasrialiis .. 274. ;!12. 332
Carteria 824
australis 825. 850
r. ovata 825. S50
I'^ritschii 825
nuiltitilis . . . . 824. 825, 850
t)btusa 825
scrobifiilata . . 824. 850. 852
r. ovalis 825, 850
Page.
Cassia ert'iuopbylla 16i
Cassiiiia ar!lis-iihi,nt .. .. 682", 683
piilcbella . . • 683
refle.ra . 682, 683
nideralis 682
■'iii<).'<(t 682, 683
(ballerina . 773
Cbaraf'iuu) 120
Cbionaspis 216
cJiioHc iiitiflii 691
Cbirouiyza 73
Cblam.vdomonas 826, 829
globosji 827, 850
globiilosa r. pertusa, 826, 850
gloeocystiformis . . .. 826, 850
Xll.
Clilauiydoinom's
r. ovata .
INDEX.
i'AGE.
l>isin<)rousis. S-i.
850
. . 827, 850
ovalis.. 827. 850
uumaaina r. ovaiis.. o-,. o.-
mncifola
niiixcicold ^'
( . atteimata
l»isifornu^^
828
826.
850
r e'vlimlnvfea. . ■• • • - f "
r. gicvocystifonuis. 820. ^^^^
( hloris (livaricata -1
ChlonM-occinii (lUl(i>^ J -J,.
C'lilovopliyot^it' ^^.,^
Cli.Mlatella ^''- ^ " 141
ciliata
Kchidna
( homlropsis
Villi cri
Page.
. . 700
. . 700
. . 8«0
.. 87lt
.. 8()7
. . 8(56
. . 868
86!l
. '.'. 867
.. 860
868, ^^'-^
. . . 868
( hryso.-lilova .. •• ' ' ^^ ^^ ^
141
520
64:^
S4
100
... 47
.."94, 95, 100
.. 94, 95, ItH)
229. 241. 242.
Ou-jixoihroiiKi
(hrysoleuu • • • • •
(lirysouotomyia . •
Chrvsonotus .. ••
(•hrysoi.a. 221. 22^^^ _^^^ _^^^_ ^^^^
226. 240
z-.y. 225, 226
224.
2:'.0,
ClaiK-ulus aloysu
jiU'lH'iiis. . ..
Clavai-ia
aurautia
a urea - . . .
botrytes . . •
(•iiu'i-i'a . . • •
crisimla . . • •
formosa. . • •
fvisiformis .
iiiaMlualis . .
luuscditU's
rosea
rusosa • •
stricta
( lavarieie • ■• ■■
Chiytouia australasica .-
(leiuatis aristata . . ■ • ■ •
clvciuoi"iii'-^'^'^ -..j-.,-^ .-,-'1
72. S2..S4. SO. 90, 99
.87(1
867
, 869
, 866
. 157
. 15(i
;. 156
. 17
243. 244.
223. 225.
A
r.
siiziiata . .
228. 229
24 L 248
( Urvs()i»ula> ..
231 232. 239. 242
oVi;". 24S. 272. 278
•J87. 288. 289. 317
Chrysoimles • ••
Cinatlusiiia cyaiieoleuca
Ciiinyrida'
Cinrilhiptd ill<-ni.-^
L'irc-e
248
228
225. 226. 227.
231. 232.
:4i).
221. 222
'?22.
243,.
2S4.
521.
223.
244,
285,
:;24.
«ll'i'l=i •• ,;• ■• ,.,„
crocea
Itrrxoii'itii
plicatnia .
(luojii • ■ . .
riridori>^ ■ ■
scriitta . . •
siKjiUdlil
iS9.
(•)SS.
230,
245,
286,
282
103
18
. 639
. 690
689
)
68S
69(1
69(1
69(1
600
(Umacia
Clitellariua'. . -
( livina. 597. 598. .599. (JOO. 603, 604
abliri'viata . •
anstralica ..
1)() villa- . . • •
brevistcrua .
l)rnmn<<'l<'r. .
coi-oiiata
cribrifrinis
(;s<.),
(iSS,
689. 690
. . 689
688, 690
689
(lamineri • •
(birwini . . . •
(>l(':j;aiis . . . •
oxilis
femora lis . •
ferniL^inea . .
frou'iiiatti •• •
iiiconspii-ua . .
korsliawi
nana
iiyctosyloides
()i)li(iuata ..
(ibliiinirollis
lanH-tatireps
riveriuu- . .
var
sella ta.. •■
tnuiidipes . .
606
.. 602
. . 602
(iiiii. 607
. . 600
. .. 602
(i(»2. 603
. . . 60 1
. .. 604
. . . 605
... 602
. . 603
. . . 6(14
(idl. 605
. . . . 603
. . . . 605
. . (>03.
6(17
6(H)
()06
(iOl
(iOl
600
604
604
599
(■.()(.,
(i(l(l,
(i(i(i.
(;(_i3.
(Uvinides '^^^
697
uudatina ^^^^ C'losterinm
violacea gg^^ clypidinii iKiniKnihoroUUa
Cladoumiou yalleiis
INDEX.
XUl.
Page.
Cnephasia tlii()!)asta 25(i
Coeeidse 191
(•(lelastruui . . . 883
creuatuui S3:!
r. cubicuiii S33. Sol)
cnbicnm 833, 834
V. olit iisinn 831
nu*-r(i|i()iiiiii . . 833
nlitnsinii . . .... . . 834, 851
Itrubu.si'idcimi 8.34
psendo-cubicum 834
lndvhriiiN 83.")
s|jla:i'riiiiiii . . _ _ 83."!
(opribitla' IS
Ccesyra l)ii.><)li(a 2.")8
bathropbu'a 2o0
synei-lics , _ 2.")0
'oln.s lilriidiiiosiis 10.")
'()miieiinis(tji;i 87
Omixisita' U58. 169
'iii()I»ter.v,ii'id;t' 272, 288
oaioptprytiidos 282
'<)ii(is]Kn-unim ciicifolimu. 17.'!, 174
taxifolium 173, 174
('(iiins ahhrcriiit lis 710
sni(>i)tt'i-y,iriii;r 255
Cotyh^don .sp 17
Crainbe . .. .. 496
Cni.s.salilld i-iiiiriitii . . .. 693. 694
CraferiMlus (•onm(()|)i(>des .. 859
(i-eajiri.s 47
('rnss()[)honi miiiuh-Ua .. .. 336
(rotalaria ('uiiiiiiii.:bauiii .. 31
Cnicifcra' 157
Cnicitxeuia 830
australis 831
cordala. . . 832
llor.-ilis 831
(piadrara 832
V. secta 832, 850
i-cctaumdaris . . . . . . . . 832
tctraitedia *. .. .. 831
/•. oniata 831. 850
Iriaii^'idaris .. 831. 832, 850
CryplolKM-ls 72. 73, 98
lu'bcsccns 73. 74. 98
(ryi>t()dus 209
('riiitioJcihiii iiJuilii iicUn. 373, 374
!li 430. 433
Villous .... 430. 431. 434. 436
Cuh'x saihnii 570
sagax •"570
sitieiis n70. .'571
somer.seti •")71
r'lilicada lnipcnuarycnsis . . . . .")(!8
deniansis -"569
h.vbrida r,64, 568
tasmauiensis 568. 569
Cnlicelsa alxloiiiinalis 570
Cnlicidiv 564
Cui-culionida' 720
Cvlindrocvstis 136. 137
ovalis .. .. 117. 136. 137. 142
C'.vperacefp 175
r'vi)riea 705
vitellus.. 192
r.vstisnathida' 775
("vtliciva ririihiri'i 690
Cytheiva scriptii v.
nndatina . . .
IfllDI/l
Page.
.. 688
. . 690
Dampiera eriocepliala /•. alba 769
Danielsia minuta . . . . 564. 567
Darwinia fasciculjiris .. .. 31
taxifolia l(i(i, 493
Dasycerca apoci-yplia 250
Datura metel 817
meteloides 817
Davallia ])yxidata .. .. 102, .553
Davifsia acicularis 161
cor.vmbosa 161
geni.stifolia 161
latifolia 161
. nliciiia 161
Dcndi'ojescbiia 876
1 )('iidroliiiiiii SI) 493
striohitum 1 74
teretifoliuiu 174
teti'airoimiii 49."!
DendroU'oii 47. 49, 52
duiiii,L;aiii 43, 53. 70
lambda 43. 52, 70
lou.iiipeniiis 54
DeiidiolcdiitliKi'. 42. 45. 46. 47, 48.
291
Dendroleoiitini. 43. 47. 4s. 50, 194
Deiidropsis 656
bidentifei-a 656
mixta 656
l>rv.\. 654,
655, 671, 67.'!
sp 650
Desmoxyina* 675
Diaplioromt'rus edwardsi . . 206
r. virescens . . . . 198, 206
Diatoiniiieiii-a 746
INDEX.
XV.
Page.
Dintdniiiieuni hi-cvirostris . . 74.S
crocea 747
violacoa 748
nic-jFidfe IS
nift.vosi)lii(M-l(>;r .S4.S
])i(lyiii()])s .S7(')
Dilaridii-. i'71. '27(i. 27s. 2S4. 2S,S.
289
Dilariiia 28:1
T)ilai-iiKc 2.S4
itilh'ulafeii' l.Ki
Dillw.vnia fM-icifolin 161
Dii.hlel)ia 872. 87(i
Diplacodes 87()
I)iltl(ictena pantrpa 24i)
Distoleon 4S. 49. (il. ()4
iiisrosignafiis . . 4.'{. 40. (i4. 7n
Distoleoiitini . . . . 4:1. 47. 48. .17
Dirottii/ia 573
licf/dim n7."i
Dodonu'a triquetra ir)9
Dolabrifera bra/.icii .. 717. 71s
jackfionicnsi.s .. .. 717. 71S
Ddiiiicilld clniH/iitd ()92
ohtiisa (i94
Dosinia crocea 688
Dra.iimacidon. 49s. ."iOO. H.Ui. 639.
(i40. 674
a.sjaricifoniiis 639
clatlirifdniiis 639
(lurisslina 6.39. 640
Draiimatella .loO, 640. (i74
aberraiis 640
Dragmatyle 637. 674
lictor 637
Draiiuiaxia. . .. .i43, 636. 638. 674
variabilis.. o43, 544, 549, 552
Dropanacra, 273. 290. 291, 292. 293.
294, 295, 296, 297, 299. 301, 303,
306, 308.
binocnla . . 273, 293, 298, 301
froKSatti . . 273, 298, 302, 331
hardyl, 273, 298, 301, 302, 331
linmilis, 273. 292. 293. 294. 296.
297, 298. 300, 331.
V. longitndiualis . . . . 300
V. tasmauice 300
instabilis. 273, 293, 298, 300,
302, 3:{0. 331
r. ]>allida 301
V. rnbrinervis ;',oi
Page.
Dreiianoittpryx. 273, 277. 285, 286,
2SS. 290. 291. 292, 293, 294, 295,
297, 330.
hhiociild 330
hum ilia 273. 330
pliala'iioidcs . . 273, 292.
296. 297.
T)i'c|iaiiidida' li
Dit'paiiis ]»a(iticji
DreiKUioiniiia. 273. 290. 291,
292. 303.
293.
331
, 21
22
292.
302
33 1
162
giblxtsa . . 273.
Droser.-i aiiriiT]l:ita
peltata 162
Droseracea- 154. 162
Dryaiidra 30, 32
larduacca 31
tloribuiida 3!
Dryoptt'ridcir 377, 379
Dryopteris 377, 378, 379
aeuminata . . . . 380. 382. 383
/■. crisf.-tt.-i 383
albovillosa 380
P.aileyaiia 380
decoiuposita . . ;>S0. ;!82, 38.'!
dissecta 380
glabella ;;80. 38;;
lanciloba 380
teiiera 380
velutina 380
Duboisi.-i iny(i]t(>r()i(lps .. 815, 817
nyscliirius 59s
Dystricliotlioi-ax sloanei .. .. 197
vitti])ennis 197
54.'
ICariims biiiiaciilalus.
hnmeralis
mimuhis
pictns
Echeveria
Echiiiaxia
Efluiioclathria
Klieonoma aci-opha-a
lathnea
Elai)hr()iuyia 746,
carteri
I'^lateridie
ElatiiiacetF
I'^latine 41S, 419. 420,
americaiia 420,
r. anstralis
gratioloides
minima
743
744
744
745
17
675
496
349
349
749
749
191
417
421
421
420
420
420
XVI.
INDEX.
Page.
Elatine triandra . . 417, 420. 421
Elissoma 82. 86. 99
lauta 87. 99
Emarffiiiiihi o.s-.srY/ (595
Ijarjuofthoidra (i97
Emilia soiuhifolia H3;^
Eiifhoptila ididpis 250
K))iifiKt<>ina 770. 771
E)iffi/st()»i4()
Eiiacridefe 169
[^pjii-ris crassil'olia 169
obtusifolia 170
recliiiata 1 70
Eiilnpiiium S;!
(lll)it(USi!< S'.\
Ei)illi.vmema ;!50
disparile .")50
EreuaosiihtHi-a. . 107. los. 109. 111.
112. ]^•^. 114. 115. 116. 1. ■'.(). \:\{].
1.S8, 140. 148, 144, 146.
viridls. 108. Ill, 112. ll.*.. 114.
115. 116. 117. i;!0. i;!4. i;!5.
i;!6, 143. 144. 147.
r. aciiniliiata. 1I.">, 144. 145.
147
r. CUodati 146
r. doliformis, l;'>4, 145, 147
r. nodosa .. 115. 14(). 147
V. ovalis, 108, ]]■.',. 145, 146.
147
Erej)liopsis aiireohirta . . . . 746
han«rt)fti 746
.guttata 746
Eriochloa i)Uiictata 217
Ei'idsteuioii hisi>i(lnhis .. .. 15S
salicifolius 158
l''.r.vthrina lifrbacoa 20
iiidica 26
sp 18. 27
l^^torleptoniyia 573
oleijans 573
Eiii-alvptn.^.. 2(;. ;M. 33. 155. 163.
164. 165. 177
hicolor 191
calophvlla. 31. 185. 18(). 187.
188. 189
r. alba 196
r. rosea 187. 188
calophvlla x fioifoUa. 185. 188.
192
Page.
Eiu'alyptu.s c'merea 164
eoriacea.. 163. 164. 197. 207.
208
(•oryiiocal.vx 494
dcxtropiiiea 165
dumosa 165
flcifolia. 185. 186. 187. 188. 189
V. (iuilfoylei .. . . 187. 188
hi'vopinea 165
ma(rofari)a 31
melaiiopliloi;i 164
obllcpia 165
oleosa 165
imlveruleiita 164
reduiica 31
Kisdoiil 164
sp 300
stricta 165
lereliconiis 26
viridls 165
I'lidiaiiiiopsls iiiiiiiuia .. .. 46S
l':udryopleris 378, 379
I'hiueuia 167. 177
IOiilaclm;i .\aiitliospila .. .. 257
F.iihiJid 90, 99
i;iile( liria 372
apliauospila 35.'!
iirhitra 341
atmospila 360
axiei'asta 357
baryjitera. 350
batbro^M-auinia 359
liathroplKP.M .351
camelaca 374
f-andida 351
catharistis 3(!1
eh ry seres 351
cirrliopepla 354
concolor 351,35;>
convietella 36;i
corsota 361
curvilinea 350
decolor 352, 353
delosi)ila 363
diai)liaiies 351
diploclethra 358
einboloKrauinia 258
eiiclilora 350
eucr.vpta 363
enry.i^rainma 359
eutheta 357
exaiiiiiiis 361, 362
exisxna 259
INDEX.
XVll.
Page.
Eulechria galactina 362
homochroa 361
leptoehorda 3.54
leufostephaiia 356
melaiiosramma 364
mosoehra 364
modica 352
iiililioi^ramma 354
jiacifera .')5(i
])allidella 361
l)la,i;Iosticha 355
l»sai'(ii)liaiies 352
l).vc'iu)grar)ha 355
pi/rora 341
semantu'a 358
sieoella 363
silvicola 351
stij^matdphora 350
strameiitiiria 258
synohroa 3o.;
tephrocliroa 362
tt'traploa 350
thetica 362
threnodes 360
variegata 356
vicina 356
xil)lieres 351
ICulo-hriadt's '.>'.'>'.'>
I'lul.vpe k'uc()plira.iima . . . . 249
Kuuephrodium 379
Enpl>eij;opteris 379
Ihipliorbia jiepliis 10
Euporisraus 42, 43
alhatrox 42, 44, 70
Knryl.vcliuus cylindric-ns, 197, 199
dysc'liirioides 197
regxilaris 199
Entonia eurygramma 250
Exaireta 78
Exobasidiniu rhododendri .. 492
SI) 492
Fjxnclioatomn 90. 99
Fagiis Moorei .. 196, 197, 209, 211
Ficoideif 167
Fifus ruhiginosa 865
Fissideus aristatus 578
liryoides 579
bryoidioides 576
T)ietriehi:e 577
l'\)rsytliii 57(!
luunills 384. 3S6
ineurvus 579
Page.
1-^issidens integerriiiuis . . . . 385
h/jtorJadiis 57s
peraiigustus 577
pva'mollis 57S
rigidin senilis 577
rar. leptocladus .. .. 57s
sordidevirens o7'.i
Flindersia 15S
Formicaleou 42, 47. 62
I'ormlcidrt' 13
Erogattisi-a 47, 61
Fuchsia 22
C'olensoi 23
excortieata 2.'i
procumbens 2'.',
Fufoldeie 67 S
Funaria bullata 584
gracilis 584
jierpusilla 583
Fnsanus acuminatus /-. chry-
sofarpns 492
(Jafrai-iuni (pioyi 688, 690
(ialeolaria sp (391)
rjastrophryne 771
(IchchUi hif/crcJJd .334
nil)i<-iniiJ( 11(1 ;;:;;;
Cielliin;e (J74
Cieliius ariilcatiis 674
sp 502
spissns (51^5
Ciena 704
ni{/ra 70;;
.strigosa 703, 718
deometridie 249. 251
Geometriuie 250
(lvomryni< 94, 95, 100
Geranopns . . . . 82. 84, 85, 87, 99
pnri»nratns, 84. 85, 86, 88, 99
CUbbnla magus 702
pietnrata 702
Gladiolns 17, 22
(ilancocystis oingnlata . . . . 140
Gleichenia ,'!S3
microphi/Ua .383
phifi/zotna 383
Glenoleon .. 42. 46. 47. 49, 55, 61.
annnlicornis 57
aurora 43. '^6, 57, 70
l)erthoudi 43, 55, 70
pulchellus 194
roseipeiniis 43, 57
iiJii 111(1 psfi ii'iii})l(i 84!)
XVlll.
INDEX.
p 4 p p
Gloeooystis, 112. IT. 3. 826, 841. 849
ampin 849
anstralis 849, 852
r. ampla 850, 852
gigas 849, 852
vesiculosa 849. 852
GloRsostigina Drnmmondii . . 419
elatiuoides 419
spathulatum 418.419
Glyciphila spp ."^^l
(inapbaliimi .jaiioiilcnm .. .. 169
Cnatliaphanus nii'Iaiiarius .. 198
pulf'her . . 198
Clnntliodo)) pnrriim 692
finatliophr.viic 771
(iomplius 876, 877, 878
(iouiopterls ,'579
Daiiesiaiia .380
PTillii .T80
])oeci]oplilpI)ia .SSO
pro] if era ,'?8()
urophylla ."^SO
Goodenia dimorplia 154
hederacea 1 69
heterophylla 169
ovata 1 69
Goodeniaeeop 154, 1 69
Grevillea aeanthifolia .. ..172
fhrysodeiidroii 27
diflPusa 1 93
Gandichandii 172
lanrifolia 172
linearis 172
oleoides 172
phylicoides 1 72
robiTSta IS. 29
sericea 172. 193, 194
r. difFusa 193
sp 28, 30
sphacelata 172
Tlielemanniana 30
Gymnoenemia 47. 57, 59
maculata 43,57,70
nngeniotcrmes 245
Hakea dact.vloides . . . . 172. 194
leueoptera 103, 104
mierocarpa 1 72
nodosa 30
pugioniformis . . . . 1 72. 1 73
sp 28. 30, 32, 1 04
Halichondria clathriformis . . 639
Page.
Halic-nemia . . 637, 657, 658, 670,
673, 675
patera 657, 675
Halorageai 163
Haloragis ceratophylla .. ..163
heterophylla 163
Hamacautha .718
Hampeella Kurzii 386
pallens 385, 386
Haploselerida> 520
Hardenbergia monophylla r.
all>a 105
Heliclirysum apiculatum.. .. 169
rosmarinifolinm r. thyr-
soideimi 1 68
semipaitposiim 168
Helicidfe 715
Helipternm ineannin 169
Helix ei/rlnstowata 713
flclcsscrtidiia 712
Durvillii 713
pomum 713
strangnlata 713
sti-ini(/iil(it(i 713
iorrcaimui 713
ITemerohiidiP.. 269, 270, 271, 272,
273, 276, 277, 278, 282. 283, 284,
285, 287, 288. 289, 290, 291, 292,
294, 308, 312. 313, 321, 329.
liemerobiides 282, 283
Hemerobiiiia 283
Hemerol»iiiiiP 284, 330
llemeroltiiis . . 270, 285, 286. 290.
292, 330
australis 307
hnmuli 285
tasmcniKv 330
Hemieordulia 876, 878
Hemigomplnis 876
Hemiloma 699
Hemisns 771
guttatum . . . . 777, 778, 782
Hemiterina 411
Heterorba]thid;T» 520
Hililiertia linearis 156
ol)tusifolla 156
INDEX.
XIX.
Page.
Hihiscus spp 17
incropola 367
jiiriindclJa 367
Hi^Siiisia. 542, 64i), 6.")5, 656. 657,
658, 673, 675
foralloides. 656, 657. 65S, 659
r. arcuata 658, 659
r. lilierieiisis . . . . 658. 659
r. massalis. . 658. 659. (W?<,
666, 671, 672
r. natalensis 658
r. sea lira .... 658. 663, 672
JiiiKifd 642, 650
massalis 658
nataleusis 657
papillo.sa 656
Hnthra 665
tliielei 657
Hinit'ola aiiricula-.juda' . . . . 865
polytricha 865
TToloxea 654, 655, 673
(■(•Uectrix 654, 655
furtiva 654, 655
valida 654
Haplitica 367. 373
(ifrii)ii}icttit(llii 370
(■(illuDithca 365
(■oJoniaii 374
co.rantha 370
Iniccryihra 369
uiiltopsard 370
porphjiraHiyia 374
ppritcs 365
pprrhclla 367
riiffmaciilrUa 369
Hoplomorplia 373
abalienella 374
camela^a 374
faminodes 375
epicosma 374
porphyraspis 374
Hoi)l()phanes (?) lithoeoUeta 255.
256
Hnleonpteoniyia 564
inilsoni 566
Hj/dlhiii iinistcJiua 709
Hyalotheca hians 140
II i/hurrfniiichiis (iiirintm . . 117, 119, 120.
142
Hydrodiet.vacejR 830
Page.
Ilyla aurea 106
llyl()l)h()rlnis. . 771. 772. 773, 774
Il.vmeiiochiete 8()3
viUoxa 864
Ilymenophyllum peltatum, 381, 382
ranim 382
1unbri(l,i,'eiise 381, 382
uiiilattM-ale 381, 382
Wilsoiil 381, 382
Hymerapliia verticillata . . . . 675
viridis 637
II iipcrcitUUi ifinifcrclhi .. .. 346
]|yiiliai-pax aiistralis 198
Icer.va 191
Ichneumonida^ 13
luipatleiis fnlva 20
loiiiduim filiforiiwi? 157
IpoiUH'a IVs-Capne 170
Iride;e 174
li-idoniyrnx'x detectiis .. .. 767
Ischmira 875, 876
Isocliorista helota 253
Isopo.^'ou aiieuioiiifoliiis .. .. 172
aiiethifoliiis 173
Isosceliiitcron . . 315. ;il(i. 317. 330
Isosticta 876
Ithouo .. 270. 273. 275. 276, 2<8,
281. 282, 284, 287, 289
fnlva .... 273. 279. 280, 331
fusca, 273, 278, 279, 280, 330,
331
rthmudiH, 269. 270. 271, 272, 273,
274. 276, 278, 284. 286. 288, 289
Jasmine.'p 268
JuiifacejT' 175
Kah.nla 771, 774
liuli-hra.. 775, 776, 777, 778,
779. 781, 782, 783, 785
Kah/don 712
Keiinedya iiisrifans 267
Stirliii^'ii 267
Kirclmeriella 838
ele.wiis 838, 851
lunaris r. acuta . . 839, 851
Kni.iihtia excelsa 25
Kni.iihtophylUim 32
Kuii/.ea capltata 194
liarviHoi-a 194
sp 868
XX.
INDEX.
Page.
Labiatre 171
Lahio 7(12
fiiUffincd 701
porratiis 700, 701
Laccoscaithiis cyaneus . . . . 608
(lai'winii'iisis 60S
(lodfli 607
huineralis 608
lofulosns 608
macleayi 608
spencori 60S
Lafhnocladium roujiestum . . 859
Lacdi-dairia amjustata .. .. 205
l>lackl>uriii 206
cychroides 198. 20(i
Laserheimia. 117. 141. 846. 847, 848
acuminata 847
choddti 847
ciliata 141
V. ac'iimiiKita 847
i\ amphitriclia .. .. 141
V. com 0^(1 847
V. rnroiKttd 847
V. cristtitd 847
V. gencrruKiH 847
V. glohom 847
V. firdfiliH 847
V. infl(itia 847
comosa 847
coronata 847
r. iuflata 847
r. striolata 847
cristata 847
Echidna 141
genevensis 847
V. gracilis 847
globosa 847
snbsalsa 847
Wratislarcnuis 847
Lamlwrtia formosa 218
Lamcllaria uiUoni 714
Laminaria sp 678
Lanthus 876
Laoiuviiia 67.'5, 675
LaotJioc 675
Larentiana^ 249
Lastrma 378, 379, 382
(iciiminata 383
Lecaiiinni l)accatiiiu 29
LecaiKmioms maior 198
Lccogastor 78, 79. 99
Page.
Lecogaster cprulea.. .. 79. 80, 99
cyanea 79. 80. 99
Leguminosjp 151. 174
Lcmincriiiaiinia emarginata .. 831
Lcpi"l'>i)tcra ..46. 273
Lcpidospilum australe .. .. 385
r.epldozancla .'575
zatreplies ;176
Lepiota cristata 105
dolidiaula 104
folina 105
licmopliora 105
si)p ] 05
snhcly])e()laria 105
L!ir47
Liucunclia fasti.i;iata 6S!i
Lissapteru.s pelorides 21 i
Lobelia cardinalis 2ti
Lobeliacene 21
Louiatia lons^ifolia 174
silaifolia 173
Loufhepister 96, 97, 100
armata 97, 100
LoplMKi'ratomyia 564
aiiiiulata 571
fraudatrix 07;!
ta-niata 573
Lopliopepla 346
astiu'opa 347
iiinifert'lla 346
triselena 346
LoranthaeeiH 102
Jjoranthus celastroidcs . . . . 102
colensoi 24
lino]ih.vlius 31
loufriflorus 102
IKMidulus 102
SI. 22
Lut-aiiiiK'lla i)i;,'i'lta .. .. i
iii(Ml(>i-atc"lla 3()9
oclirophaues 371
pliirnopis 3vl
zelota . . 370
Mafrobatlira allocrana .. .. 336
bi.;;ei'ella 334
callispila 334
cltloru-soniii 333
cJirii.soltaijJic.s 3.');i
elirysospila 333
criimnlva 334
exteta 335
honoratella 333
niyriophtlialnia 334
puncticulata 333
rhytbmodes 335
rosea 333
rublcundella 333
xutbocoma 334
Macroncniurus 47, 59
diirii'iiii 59
Madid frii/onclla G92
.Maculotriton australis .. 711. 719
Mandalotus liicarinatus .. .. 737
cavivontris 7J7
fovratus 7;J7
fuli.iiineus 7.'!7
i^ranulatus 737
niai^nicollis 7;;o
niicr()scoi)i<'us 735
]iiliv(Mit ris 737
\(Mit rails 737
Mandrat^'ora olticinarum. S15, 817
Mantispida- 272, 278
^Iaiifis])ides 282
Mdiitophri/iic 771
Marcia . (;{)]
fiimhjutu . 091
nitida o9l
.Mar,ij;iiiaria Boryana 676
Urvilleana 676
Marj^inella fasciata 709
mustelina 709, 719
^larseniopsis 714
xxu.
INDEX.
Page.
Marseuiopsis uutan-tica .. .. 714
couicji 714
mollis 714
murrayi 714
pacifit-i 714
wilsoiii . . 714
Mecoytera 46
Mecyclothorax aiulii.mms .. UI7
:Megalomiua . . 273. 2S.3, 2«6, 290,
293. 303. 304, 30.5, 306, 329
acuminata. 273. 293, 304, 307.
330
:Me,iial(imns 277. 286, 290
]\Iej;alo])lirys 780
iiasuta .... 777. 781. 782, 784
Me.i;aiie\ini 276
j\lfj,'ai)o(lagri((niii;»-' 88-5
Melaleuca 167. 368
linai'iifulia 863
Meliaceaj 158
Melii)lia,i,'i(l:i- 18.21.29,33
Meneristes yroximus 214
tibialLs 214
]\lenistium 379
tripliylluui 380
Meoiiis 201
amplicollis 201
angusticoUis 2U(). 201
ater 201
convexus 201
miuor 197. 200. 201
uiger 201
semistriatus .. 197, 199, 200,
201
Mesembryanthemum jequila-
laterale 1.54. 167
edule 154, 167
]\leso(.'hi-ysupa . . . . 245, 247. 248
zitteli 245, 246
MesoelirysopiiUe 245, 272
Mvnodesma angusta 692
donga to 692
(jaymunJi 693
(jlahrvUn 694
obtusa 693
prcecisa 693. 694
Metoponia . . . . 72. 73. 74, 75, 98
australLs 75, 98
rubriceps 75, 98
Metopostira 771, 772, 773
ocellata 781
]\[etrosicleros hypericifolia . . 24
lucida 24
Page.
Micrubatraclius 774
.MicnK-ioua fa.seispiculifera . . 637
intexta 520
Alicrocolona ceUeuospila . . . . 255
Microhyla 771
Micromu.s, 273, 286. 290, 293. 307,
330
australis 308
australis 307, 330
froggatti 308, 329
tasmanite . . . . 273. 283, 307
variegatus .... 273, 293, 307
viuaceus 307, 308
.Micromyrtus 165
JMicropterygicUi:' 272
Mielichhoferia For.sytliii .. .. 584
turgens 585
Mimeteomyia 565, 566
hilli 566
ornata 56~). 566
(juasioniata 566
Mitra rhudia 711. 718
Moloehtus 422. 423, 428
gagates .. 422. 423. 424, 425
herc'Ules 424, 426. 427
rotundicollis 424, 426
tibialis 424. 425
Mouoceutrum grandiceps . . 628
Me ]7U
^lyrsiiie variabilis 170
-Myrtaceu' Uio. 105. 177
Myrtus 167
MystroiKtmus sulx-ostaus .. 197
Mi/tilii.s rostnini 694
Myxilliiiif 520. 543
ywnia 675
Narycia iiemorivaga 260
polystoua 251
Xectarinia chalybea 22
»W -^
Negritomyia 82, S3. 99
albitar.si.s 82. 83. 99
Xemoleon 60
Xomoiiterida- 272
Nemoiitt'rides 282
Xeot-areiuim aiignstatuin . . 622
dingo 621
eloiigatum 622
nigiiloisuiu 622
Neoexaireta 73. 75. 78, 99
scrrillcl 99
spiiiigera 76. 78. 99
Aeustifta, 871. 872. 873, 874, 876.
880. 882. 883. 886
caiiesceiis .... S72. S73. 881
A(.'liliriiiiyl(»k's 380
parasiticiim 380
pteroides 380
truiK-atum 380
Kiiituin ' 380
Xeplirolepis bisei'rata 382
Nerita 707
melauotra.mis . . . . 706, 718
A'esopterosticlius 202
guf riiii 202
Nt'stor lueridioualis 24
Xeiu-optera .. 41. 46. 221. 269, 887
Xicotiaiia suaveoleiis . . 148, 151
>»'otelcea li.iiustrina 170
linearis 170
longifoliu 170
Page.
.Nolrhra luicrocariia 170
ovata 170. 268
lauictata 170
Xotlioclirysa sp 223, 224
Xotiolilella. 273. 287. 290. 293. 309,
310, 330
extrema 309, 330
Hiultifiu-cata . . 273. 310, 332
obliqua 309. 310, 330
pretiosa 309, 330
stigmatica 309, 330
milta, 273. 293. 309. 310, 330
viridis 273, 332
Notououjus amabilis 198
augustibasis 197
australis 198, 205
(.'Olossus 205
rxcisiiieniiis 203
fergiisoni 204
froiitevireus 198, 204
hedleyi 197, 203
johnstoni 197, 203
margiuatus 204
r. sydueyensis 204
tniucatiis 197, 203
>.\)touoi)lies 430
cidilodes 430
^'uytsia 30
Xymithida' 272, 284, 288
Nymithina 283
Ocystola oxytdun 257
synibleta 250
Odouiita .. 41. S71. 877. 879, 880,
881. 884. 886. 887
()(l()nt(»nia(luis rutit-eps c.
acutidens 767
Odontoniyia. 89. 90. 91. 92, 93. 99.
loo
iunyi'is 90. 91. 92. 99
aniuilipes 90, 92, 100
rariiKita 90. 91. 99
cariiiifaries . . . . 91. 94, 100
llavipalpis 89, 90
liiiiiU ri 90. 91. 92. 99
idlcniiis 90. 91. 92, 99
lateremaculata . . 91, 94, 100
inargiiu'lla 91. 93, 99
..pertaiiea 91, 93, 99
pii-ca 90, loo
regis-georgii 90, 100
nififacivs 90, 91, 99
seutellata 91. 99
XXIV.
INDEX.
Page.
Odoutomyiii stricla . . . . 90, lOli
titjihiid 90, 91, 99
subdeiitata. . . . 90, 91, 92, 99
Odostomia krcffti .. .. 716, 717
pascoei 716, 718
Uccophora hemilcuva . . . . 336
honoratclla 333
sphrrroulcs 336
Oeroyliorides 333
Oecophorimc . . 249, 250, 257, 333,
365
Oedosmylus 44
tEnocliroa .i-'iiopliodes 348
ochn)si>i]ia 348
G'Jnothera l>unaiis .... 632, 633
Lamart-kiana 633
kiu^'itltn'a 633
odorata 632
simiata 20
Oleacea^ 170
Olearia floriluuida 168
lepidopliylla 168
myrsiiioidos 168
ramiilosa 168
Oliarces 290
Oligoclirysa 244
.iirucilis 243
Oiiesorus ocularis 731
hoplooiiemus 7."!0
Oocystclla 117
natans . . J 1 7, 125, 126, 143
up 117
Oocystis. 107. los. lii'.i. Ill, 113,
114. 115, 117, 119. 130, 133, 134,
136, 138. 140. 839.
apiculata. 108, 109, 110. IMO,
132. 133. 134. 143. 147
r. asymetrica.. .. 131. 142
r. major.. .. ]](). 840, "Sol
V. obesa, 110, 131, 132, 147,
840
V. slmplifior. 109, 132, 147
r. splpiidida. 131, 147, 840
usjimvtrica. . .. ]32, 133, 142
australieiisLs.. 108, 110, 114,
130, 132, 135, 147
brumiea .. .. 117, 139, 140
Chodati .. 108, 114. 120. 130,
134. 135, 147
ciliata 117, 141
V. radkiHs 141
t-rassa, 108, 109. 110, 124, 125.
127, 132, 142, 143
Page.
Ooc-ystis crassa /■. eloiiyata. 839,
851
f. .liraiiulusa . . . . 839, 851
V. O.stenfeldii, 124, 125, 146,
839, 851
Echidna 117, 141
clliptica .. 110, 114, 118, 119.
121, 142
V. Africana .. 120, 122, 143
f/cininata 117, 138
gigas .... 118, 119, 138, 143
V. Borgei 142
V. incrassata 139
(lice (j/sri form is • ■ . . 131, 14;!
hexagoua 110
lacustris.. 108. 109, Jlu, j It),
126, 127, 185, 147
V. nataus .. 126, 143. 147
r. pahidens .. 126, 137, 147
JticKstri.'i 125
mamuiillata 117. 140
Marssonii 124, 142
mi)wr ]38
Xaegelii. 108. 110. 112. 114. 117.
118, 119. 120. 121. 122. 123,
127. 133, 134, 141. 142, 143,
146.
V. Afrit-ana, 120, 123, 143
V. Borgei 1 42
r. curta 121, 146
V. macrosponi .. 120. J42
V. iiiinutisnima . . 122, 143
r. olH'sa 121. 14(1
uodulosa.. 108, 109, 127, 139.
143
i:. australis . . . . 127, 147
Nord.stedtiana. los. i;{;!. i;;4,
141, 143. 147
V. rotunda 134. 141
Nova:' Semlite. . 108. 110. 12ii.
121, 122, 129, 143. 146
V. australiea, 122, 123, 124.
125. 146
V. maxima .. 122, 123, i24
oralis. 108. 110. 114. 115, 116.
126, 136, 142, 147
i\ cylindracea . . 137. 147
r. subtruiicata. 137. 142. 147
panduriformis, 108, 134, 135,
136, 147
f. paehyderma 136
parva, 108. 110. 126, 127, 139.
146
pelagica 118, 119, 143
INDEX.
XXV.
Page.
Ocicvstis inisilla 13!'
'rotula .... lUS. lU. IMO. 147
n.tuiKlM 133. 141
nipestris .. .. 118. 120, 141
.set if/cm 117. i41
st)cialis 141
solitaria.. U)S. 110. 118. 127.
12S. 131. 134. 147. 840
/•. maxima . . . . 110, 128
r. uotabile .. 110. 128, 129
.solitaria 134
SI) 143
spiurrira 120, 142
sul>hexa,i;(ma .. J 08. \:V2. 147
sulumirimi. 108, 110. 129. 147
.•oth.spluerica ■■ 108, 130, 147
Ophicanleln.s oniatus 714
()l.lU(.(U"sma 82. 88. 90. 99
ilavii>ali)is 88. 89. 99
OplilitasiKm.iciH 496, 674
arbuscula 674
hori-ida 674
iiiditicata 674
(ipxcot/i/iiniii.s 90, 99
Orcliu'U'a' 174
OiMlictnim 876
Os.a 750
Osmvliihr. 41, 42, 43, 243, 269, 272,
277, 278, 284, 287, 288, 289, 312,
313, 321.
Osmyliiiu 283
Osmvlina- 284. 330
Owhit'lla. 273. 288, 290, 293, 305
l.ridwolli . . -273, 293, 305, 331
rachvijastt'i- 86, 96. 100
s)) 97. 100
I'ach.v.uastrimr 72. 96. 100
ralivococcus SI) 191
i'aket)(h'U7
pradieri J 97, 21 I
I'aiia-ohis ovaliis 105
I'aiH/oiiia 748
Paiiuoiiina' 746
rauii'um decompositniu .. .. 217
divai-icatissimum 217
iiavidum 217
leufoi)luinim 217
trafhyrliachis 217
Page.
i'aiioriilda- 282
ra])ili()iia(o;i' . . . 31
ra]>il'Mi"iii iiitidiusrula .. .. 593
Pappophorum nigricans .. ..217
raratimea 675
l'ai-m()i)liorus australis .. 704, 705
(iH'^fraUs 7u4
vonvexus 704
elcfjans 696
elongatiis 704
clonnutiis 704
iiitcniicditis 696
tidniduH 704
I'assiflora iucaniata 20
Patella ambi^L^iia 704. 705
aiiihi(/ii(t 704, 705
cinuamomca 707
iiif/ro!iiiIcata 70S
unguis 694
Palclloida nlt,'n)sulcala .. .. 708
IVdias'trum 830, 848
integrum 830
rotula 830
simplex 848
tetras r. apiculatum. 830, 8:!2.
850
V. australc 831
/•. fluviatile . . . . 830, 850
V. integrum . . . . 830, 832
V. quadratiiin 831
V. trtraprdia 8;;i
V. triaiigidarc 831
r. unicellulare 830
Peniopliora 864
einerea 864. 865
crustosa 865
Pentstenion sp 17
Pi'riclystus 47.50
aureolatus 43, 50, 70
circuiter 52
laceratus 52
JVrlidH' 632
IVrotis rara 217
Persicula fasciata 7(i9
I'ersoouia cornifolia 173
media 173
pinifolia 173
salicina 173
J'etalnra 884
Petalurliue 882, 884
I'etrolobus fortnuuii 191
I'eti-ophila i)eduuculata .. .. 173
pulcliella 173
sessilis 1 73
Pliacotus 825, 828
XXVI.
INDEX.
Page.
I'hucutus biilUitus . . . . 8:iS, S.jU
r. (■ouicus 828, 850
I'liJikellia 45G, 498, 542
mit-roxepliora 542
ramosii . . 52U
J'liaietra 695
inoiiofiiloides 694
I'liaseolus vnlj^aris 192
riu'balium s(iuamul<)sum .. 158
I'lu'^ioplerideie 378
i'heyoi»teris . . . . . . . . d78. 379
oruata 380
ininctata .■>80
(lueenslaiidifa 380
nifesfeiis 38o
soti«era 380
wurunurau 380
I'heiiaiolcpas 707
alburadiata 708
calva 708
ciiuianKiiuca . . 707. 7(r8, 718
civimlata 708
galathea 708
lingua -vivernu 708
reticulata 708
seuta 708
I'liilohota al.vpa 250
anarnnta 258
isoiuura 258
uioiiolitlia 351
■riithcrca 351
l'liil()l)()tidt>s 333
I'liilolochnia cchi'iiocliroa .. 250
I'liilopldd'us lucuk'utus .. .. 198
olitusus 198
I'hiirnpnhl ^59, 340
Ik I xti/ rain ma 341
chlorris 341
(■iiciipiKnlcn 340
ciiprcix.s 340
hiic()C('iifi(!l(t 341
iiKiaiio-spild 340
IHtnurcha 341
puri/iniotii 340
xiihiindcllii 341
I riim/d 340
J'liolidia gibltifolia 171
liomoplastica 171
l'lii>ri()SiK)iifj;ia 520
I'lioiniium teuax 24
mirynella 771
Phrynixahis 771
riu-yuoniantis 771
Pliylloptianes 349
Page.
rhyll()i)lianes dy.scurehi .. .. 349
J'liytlu'lieie 84(J
riiytia (»ruata 714, 719
I'liytolacca octaudra 190
rilopreiK's aristocratica . . .. 339
.Wlidella 340
.iLilaucaspis 340
h)l)h()i)tcnt 339
Liivaan 340
Pilostibes 256
trachi/iJtcra 256
I'imelea glauca 174
linifolia 174
I'iiuiothere.s sp 688
I'inus sp 860
Pistil laria 866
Placosma phaeiua 348
P]a.i,'i(»l)ryiini A\)va> Seelaiidiaj 586
Zierii 586
Pla.ijiotliecium lamprostacliys 595
Xovie Seelaudia" 594
Xova^ ValesicP 595
Plauisiiira (i/clostomata. . ,. 713
stianj^ulata 713
torresiaua 713
Plauolocha autoptis 250
Platycerium alcicoriie .. .. 553
Platyldbiuni formosum .. .. 162
I'latyzoma 383
microphylUmi 383
PU'siotliyivus 707
l'U)f(uni)tis 704
Podocarpus si)inul(>sa 174
Poepliila arniitiaiia 195
j^ouldia- 195
mi ra bills 195
Poliuices incei 693
Pdlyedriuni hastatum 845
uiiiiiiuum 841, 842
piuacidlum 842
tctracdricuui 842, 843
tt'trayouuiii 842
trijjfonum 842, 843
/■. crassum 845
/•. papillitVi-iun . . . . 843
P()ly.i,M>nuni orientals /■. pilo-
sum 102, 190
piloHUtn 102, 190
Polymastia 501
aru(Misis 501
Polymastiida' 501, 674
Pulyplirades 735
apicalis 733
brevirostris 733
INDEX.
XXVll.
Page.
i'olyitlirades ((irdtitus. . ■• 7.'i-l
(•(irdiiK'iiiiis 7o4
iucoiispk-iuis 734
loiigii tenuis 733
mariuoratiis 734
suliterraueiis 734
r()lyi)o(Uace;p 377, 378
rolypoilieu' 377
J'olypudium aspidioides . . . . 380
r. troiiiea 380
rolysaccum insoearpium v.
crassipes 106
I'cdystoechotes 284
rolysttjeeliotidif 284
I'diiiatops 771
J'orismus 43,44
strigatus 4o
I'oi-tliesia eutliysaiia 251
roi-tuhu-ca- 157
I'ottia iihyscouilt roidt's .. .. 582
subiihyscouutrdides .. .. 582
rrasinocyiua lychuopasta . . 250
rrolienun-obiidie 272. 277
rroniernits cafer 22
ri-()S(i|i(),iniuis chalyplH'iiHMiiiis 198
rrustaiitlRMa diMitk-nlata .. 171
iiicisa 171
Siel)evi 171
viulacea 171
i'rotascjilaphiiia' 43, 07
I'rotea cordata 22
iiranditlora 22
iiicoiupta 22
l('l»i«l«'(ariia 22
loii.irifolia 22
moUifera 22
scolymus 22
I'rottmcea-, 28. 31. 171. 172. 17:;. 174
I'rott'oides 32
I'rotocixTactnf 8.30
J'l-otococcoidea:' 82.")
I'rotooovciis yi(j(i>< 84ii
I'l-otomacha leiu-dphara .. .. 250
rrotoiilct'triid 52. 46. 48
i'rotoiilectrou 47, 48. 4!)
t'l-emia- 42. 49. 50. 7(i
loiigitudiuale .. 42. 48, 65, 7ii
vemistum 50
I'rolotypa 2.51
dryiiia 252
J'salidura 428
I'salliotii rampestris 10.)
i( )d< )formis 105
sp 105
Paue.
/'.■icUUIotii.s 90, 99
I'stMidofornncak'ou 47
r.s(inI()hoii'uriliiiii lincalifi 571
Pseudostigmatiiia' 414
I'silotum, 102. 103. .553. .5.54, 558,
559, 560, 561
tri(iuetrmii. . .. 103, 553, 563
Psyrhobiella . . 273. 290, 293, 306,
309, 330
fusca .. . . 273, 306. 307. 331
sordida .... 273, 293, 306. 330
I'syehopsula' . . 271, 272, 277, 287,
288,. 289
l'sycln)psiuie 284
r.syehopsis .. ..44. 243. 271. 284
illidgei 297
I'sylla eiu-alypti 300
Pteromouas 829
fruciata 828, 829, 850
r. pulchra 829. 850
I'tero.stk-hini 202
I'teniUi 866
Ptilopus supm-bns 493
Ptilotis aurk-omis 29
sp 26
PulteiKi'a Hexilis 864
I'ycuosoma sp ^ 764
Pyralida- 250
Pyramidellkla- 717
llaiia ._ 780
t'.sc-uk'iita . . 776. 780. 781. 782,
783
<)railia 636, 656
folium 543
hirsuta 543
rh(ip]ihli>i)]ntrit 635
tenuis .532
Uesliacea' 175
b'hahdoerenna 520
IMiabdosignia 520, 675
IJliabdotlnuunus Solandri .. 24
h'hiil>]ii(liiiin 836
Ijolilinorphiiiii v. inirabile 836
Phaphidurus setttsus 674
Phaphisia 642
nnonijma 642
pallida 641, 642, 646
XXVlll.
INDEX.
Page.
J>'litii>hi.si(i raniotiii (iiii
i;ii:ii)li(».\ya. 5UU, 640. 641. 649. 674
( Vjpallida. 641. 642. 643. 646. 648,
671. 672, 673
typk-a. 641. 642. 643. 645. 646.
648. 649. 671. 672. 673
lUiiuoderiua darwini 777
liliiiioscaplia binndulata . . . . 72(i
eoiisueta . . . . , 720
dariileyeiisLs 720
egregria . . . .' 720
tru-olor ^ 720
iUiipidura bifolor 767
Kliizaxinella 674
elavigera 674
l)i/rifcni 674
Khizoi'us 715, 716
adelaidis 71.5, 716
Klutdostoina 714
Kliixlostrophia 252
Khysoi-ara 597
cras.sa 598
Kichteriella 846
botryoides 846, 852
Kosa kevigata 633
sillied 633
tiu-biiiata 633
Jliilms molucfaims 492
Iviitaeeiv 157
Saliuator 714
Salvia siileutlt'iis 20
Sapiiidacwi- 158, 173
Sargiiiic .. .. 72. S2. 84. 94, 100
Hai-gus 94, 95, 100
iueridi(»iialis 95, 100
Sarotlirocrcpis (((rticalis, 20(i. 207
r. iiif\isi-ata . . . . 19s, 206
si'tulosa 207
suavis i9.^
Saxifragoii- 162
Scievola luicnx ariJa . . .. 169. 175
suaveolens Hj[), 175
Scaritiui 597
Scenodi'smus 834
bi.jugiis 835
deuticulatus 8o.j
r. auslralis .. .. 835. 851
r. gracilis 835, 851
r. opolieiisis 835
ec-ornis 835
bystrix r. armatus .. .. 83.5
opolicHsis 835
Page.
Scc'iR'dt'suius (luadric-auda .. 835
V. incurvus 834. 851
V. inermis 835, 851
V. ojjolirnsis 835
securiformis 835, 851
Scliedoiionis littoralis .. .. 175
Schiz<»pliy]lum commuiR' . . . . 105
Schroderia 836
sctigcra 836
Scintilla anoiiialu 684
anomalu 684, 685
chilkaeusis 685
Scleroriims 428
morosus 429
Scopolia japoiiica .. .. 815, 817
Scrophulariacete 418
fScutcllina ciimamoiiKU .. .. 707
ferrugiiua 707
Scutus 694. 704, 705
(tuatiitiiff 704. 705
antipodes . . . . 704. 705, 718
astrolabeus 704, 705
brevicnln.s 704, 705
unguis (i96
Seisniosarca hydropbora . . . . 866
Selenastrum 834
gracile 8*34
r. minutnm . . . . 834, 851
Senecio lautus 152
Scricopliorus rebiceiis . . . . 767
Serifulus meliniis 219
Solaria glaiica 217
Siagoii.vx anii)lipeniiis .. .. 206
aiKjimtata 205
blackburni .. .. 198, 205, 206
Sialidu' 275. 282, 330
Sideroxyloii anibeniicuni .. 101
Siebfra llillardieri 167
Stejibeiisoni 219
Sigmaxia, 498, 520. 535. 542. 636,
674
flabellata, 498, 535. 540, 551,
552
Sigmaxiuella. . 49<. 498, 520, 521,
636, 674
arboro« 521
austra liana, 498, 520. 521. 526,
551
viocul!ii)l<)id( )i. . 496, 497, 510,
514, 520
dendroides, 521, o2i. 530, 533,
551
flahrUatd 498. 520, 534
incnistuitu 501, 520
INDEX.
XXIX.
Page.
Sismaxinella indnimillata . . 520
ramosa 521
viniiualis .. 52V, 531. 534, 551
Siiciiiaxinyssa 674
Sil])li()iuor;>lia discoidalis ., 198
ova lis IflS
Silvius 746, 76;;
ater 751
aiistralis 746, 75.''>
^15, 818, 822
loii.uaflora.! 815, 818
Solaiiuiii aviculare 171
stellij^emm 171
vescnm 171
Solecardia cryptozoica, 684, 718,719
Sdlcnopsis ,i;enniiiata r. nifa 767
SoplK.i-a tetra]>tt'ra 23, 24
Ki)arassis 866
SiMM-iii()i)h()roHa. 270, 274. 286, 315,
316, 317, 321, 32;!
dlssciiiliiata . '. 274, 316, 318,
320, 323, 332
niaculatlssima . . 274, 316, 318.
322, 332
SplKPi-ocystis .. 826, 841. 848. 849
Schroeteri .... 848, 849, 852
r. tetraedrica . . . . 849. 852
Sphonophryne 774
Spiimlaria si>innlaria 674
8pirasigma 674
Spirastrella ( V ) dilatata .. .. 454
spiiiispirulifera 454
SpirastrellidiF . . . . 454. 637, 675
t^piriti>h(ira hadcruitn . . 453, 486
difjitatn 453, 466, 467
^pirophonlht ilii/itatd.. 453. 466,
467
Page.
Spisnla adolaida^ 694
parni 692
trigonella 692
S])<»ngos()rites 544
rariabilix 544. 635
Sixn'ohoiiis virgiiiicus .. 154. 175
Sin-t'ugt'lia incaniata .. 169, 492
ixmeeletia 169
Sfaganoi)leura gntfat.-i ., ,. 195
xauth()i>y.i;ia 195
StanrastnuH 843,846,848
Sl((/n<)(/i(uinii(i 379
Stegdinyia dalieiisis 565
hilli ')tM)
ornutd ~)(\7)
ijiKisionKtitt 566
tasinauieiisis 564
Stenobiella. . .. 274. 325, 326, 327
Sallardi 274. 328, 329
hirstitissiiiia . , 274, ;!25, 327.
328, 329, 332
Slciioleoii 43, 47, 60
fieldi 4;'.. 60, 70
Rt('l>liaiuh(runi 864
xpadicciim 864
■spinipcriitn 8(i;!
xtrkiotanu ,S64
tahaciuum 864
Stilltopteryx 67
••••stalls 69, 70
dromedaria . . 43, 67, 69, 7U
Stomoxys cak-itraiis 704
sp 764, 7(i»
Stratiomyidtp .. ,. 71, 72, 77. 98
Slrariomyiiia\ 72. S2. 87, 89, 90, 94,
99
Stratittmys hadins 90, 100
Srroiigylauima 64;!, 675
Stylotrichopliora 519, 620
rubra 519
Styi)li(>lia 25
iei"fectns 761
mastei-si 754
iiiilsoui 760. 762
iieni()l)Uiiftatns 754
iiiiirimanns 758
niurifarsis 763
s].. 763
spadix 761. 762
Straiiginanni 755
tryi»henis 755
vetustus 762
Tachys enrticollis 198
Talanvinus 428
^rarsipes ^29
Tayloria Maidenii 583
Toronia australis 171
(•a])ensis 17
'I'cdauia 647
'redaniiiiic 641. 642. 643
Tellina astula .... 691. 692, 719
eonsaiiirninea 692
)iifid(i 691
prnxi 691. 692
pliaraonis 692
Tolopea oreades •_• 632
spefinsisinia . . . . 26. 27. 1 74
Page.
Templetonia retusa 31
Tenebi-iouidte 209,210
Teratidium 625, 630
grandioeps 628
laticeps 628. 630
procernm 628
1-obn.stum 627. 628
Tetilla australiensis 674
TetillidtTP 674
Tetracoccus 848
botrvoides 848, 852
'IVtraedron 841, 843
iicutum 844, 851
r. i-ectillneare . . 845, 851
(Tuciforme 845,851
-igas 844
liastatum 845
r. elegans 845, 851
horteusc 844, 851
niiniuuim .. .. 841. 842, 851
r. anstrale .. .. 841, 851
■V. morsuin 842. 851
V. pinacidiuin. . .. 842. 851
r. rectllinean' . . 842, 851
platvisthiniinn 841
regiilare 842, 843, 851
r. iiKM'ine 843. 852
r. papillifeniin .. 843. .S51
spinnlosiuu 844, 851
r. excavatnm.. .. 844. 851
striatum 84(i. 852
trigonum 843
V. crassum 845
V. mammillatum . . 845, 851
tumiduluni 844
Wasteney.sii 846, 852
Tetrallantds 841
Lagerbeimii. 841. 851
Tetrantbella 496
Tctrapcdid niorsn 842
'leti-astrum 832
elegans 832. 850
T. dentatum .... 833, 850
staurogeniieforme . . . . 8;>2
'niallarcba (M-otis 249
Tbelepliorac-ea' 859
Thclepliora cnngcsta 859
dentosa 860
laciniata 860
terrestris 860
Tlierioplet-tes 759
Tliriuacoithora . . .. 498, 544, 634.
635, 636, 637, 674
agnriciformifi 640
INDEX.
XXXI.
Page.
Tl)rinacoi>hora cervicornis . . 63-").
(liirifttiima 639
funiformis .... 634. 636. 637
incrustans 636
rhaphidophora 636
spinosa 6;'.()
xpixt^a (^'.\^)
Thymelea^ 174
'rh.vi'irosns. . 455. 457, 459, 461,
473, 489, 491
Traebysellins 674
Page.
Traehypepla 346
atrispersa 347
hieiualea 347
poliochroa 347
Trachi/tedania arhorra .. .. 674
Trajrosia 498
'Ircnu'lla fiisiformis 866
niesenterioa 866
Tremellinete 865, 86(i
'ri'ibnhis teiTestrls 267
Trichoma 274, 325. 328
gracilipenne. . .. 274,325,332
'rrU'honunu'H pcltatiim .. .. 382
'PrichomatidiP.. 269. 270, 272, 274,
324
Trichoi)tera 46
'I'ricbostermis 202
anstralicns. 197. 198, 201, 202
cyaneus 197
f/iuriiii 202
vig(»rsi 197
'rricliostoiiiuiu aristatnhim .. 581
brachydontiiim 581
Tridacna 687
gigaiitea 686, 6S7
(/iffas 686, 687
Jainarclci 686
sit)i(inic(i 695, 69S
Tuvbo tiPiiiatus 701
Tvlodesuia, 496, 497. 499, 500, 501,
517, 518, 519, 673, 674
alba 519
anuexa 518
c-orrugata 518
srimaldii 519
ininiilis 499. 518, 519
iiifdnnis 519
iiifundiltulilorniis 519
inoriiata 517, 518
.iania 519
inicnistroin/i/la. 496. 499, 518
micro.rd 499, 518
inimilio 519
rosea 518, 519
trniicata 499. 518, 519
vjiijahunda 519
vestiludaris 519
vul-aris 499. 518. 519
'ryi)hnla 866
Umbelliferte
Uracautluis alliatus
ater
hivittatns . , . .
corrngicollis
.i;la1>rilineatus
iiiermis
maleticns . . . .
siniulans
strigosns . . . .
snturalis
ventralis
739.
167
741
742
739
742
737
738
740
V38
741
741
741
Venns rivularis 689
scripta 689
undatuia 689
Wanaria 690
Vesi<-nlari:i i»innat\ila 596
rivalis 595
Page.
ViolariefP 157
Viseum articnlatum 102
Vitex luceiis 24
^'oJ|■ari)la nihrifftHcuila .. .. 709
Volvocacea" 824
^■|)lrllhl 715. 716
rofitrdtd 716
xiilcdtd 716
trdfuild 716
VohiiJelld 716
Volvulina 829
Steiiiii r. lenticnlaris . . 829
Vitlviilus 716
WMtelcgged 385
dK.Hrdlia 385
Xiiiitholieris 73. 75
silacea 75, 76
Xantlioleoi) 4.".. 47
helinsi 43. 61. 70,
Xaiitlionielon dui-villii . . . .
X.-iiitlioplui'a ferniiriiiea .. ..
.Liraiidis
Xanthorrhcpa
hastilis
I'reissii
Xaiithosia i)il()sa
Xeiiobatradms
Xenoniorphd dii-stnilis-. 73. 74
Xenoplirvs m(ii>ti<(ila .. 777.
782,
Xenorhina
Xyloiuelum pyrifonne ., ..
Xylomimetes
scliolastis
ti'achyptera
Xyloryctinte
Xymene
hanleyi 712,
Xyris complaiiata
gracilis
Xj/Htnatodond poliixfond . . . .
/ieria involucrata .. .. 157,
Smithii /■. iuacr(»]tliylbi
Zosterops Gouldi
sp 29, 30
Zoysia piuigens 154.
Zvgophvlleie
Zvgoptera. 871. 873, 874, 875,
878, 883, 884.
, 98
, 98
. 61
319
713
198
198
33
30
30
168
771
, 75
778.
784
771
174
256
256
257
256
712
718
174
174
251
175
157
31
, 31
175
267
876.
SS7
[Printed off, April .Srd, 1917.]
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1910.
1-4. Ui'Hiiiinki,
5-. :s. R. {/) yaUtihi Deiidy. 4, DfSmoxya lunata Carl.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1918
(j.iiiii'ti.iiil] vtcs (uiale, leiiiiile) A:c of PiiUotiiiii (iii/iu'diii/i
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1913.
Austialiau Mollusca.
P.L.S N.S.W. 1913.
PL. XLVII.
.^a^
C rf^2^^ ^
Australiau Mollusou.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916.
15
I ^ \,lmmm/mmm/m
C ^edceu. ^t/.
Australian Mollusca.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916.
C, ^/"^Co^i^ CP(^.
Australian MoUusca.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 191S.
^.'^f^^V ^^^
Austnilian Mollusca.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 19ia
38
\
40
>*/■?■■---■ - "
39
37
-^f^M^ Y 6/a..a2.
■*^'^
36
■--•ri'.
33 -^'a«v^^^,i#^-
V
Australian Mollusca.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916.
•^--^ ^*0*Mi^
..^•::-
■w
•w
■■■'■^w
"ySA^.ii; f^ (St^'^^
^'
42
43
A ustraliau MoUusca.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 19l9.
PL. LIV.
D.B.F. del.
AphuntophniDe paiisa, g.et sp.ii.
P.L.S N.S.W. 1918.
P.B.F. del.
1. Kaloula pidchra. 2. Aphantophrijne pansa, u.sp.
3. Liiiitwdijnastes dorsalis v. dmnerilii.
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1918.
Australian Freshwater Phytoplankton (Protovoccoidea')
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1916.
Australian Freshwater Phytoplaiiltton [Protococcoidex)
P.L.S.N.S.W. I9lft.
7 'mT^'^' i
Australian Freshwater I'bytoplauktini (Piotuooccoiid-a:)
P.L.S.N-S-W. 1916.
Australiau Freshwater Pbyioplanktou {ProtococcniiU-.i-}
Issued nth June, 1916.
Vol XLI.
^^^
^!^
Wi\
Part 1.
No. 161
THE
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
LinriEnri Society
OF
New South Wales
FOR THE YEAR
1916
PART I. (pp. 1-192)
Containing Papers read in
MARCH- APRIL,
WITH NINE PLATES
(Plates i. -ix. )
SYDNE^-Y:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY
BY
VV. A. PRPPERDAY i' CO., 119a PITT STREET
AND
SOLD BV THE SOCIETY
PRICE - 10/-
AOENT IN EUROPE:
Messis. Dui.au & Co., .^7 Solio Square, London, VV.
■^
NOTICE.
With the exception of Volumes I. -VI. of the Proceedings — of
which the Society's .stock was totally destroyed in the Garden
Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S. W.
may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Boad, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, or from Dulau & Co., 3-7 Soho Square, London, W.,
at the following prices : —
First Series.
Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 7s. Od. ; Part 2, 10s.;
Part 3, 5s. ; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, .10s. ; Part 2, os. ;
Part 3, 7s. J Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part
3, £1 OS. ; Part 4, £1 5s.
Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ;
Part 3, 15s. ; Part 4, '17s. 6d.
Second Series.
Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. ;
Part 3, 13s. ; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part
3, 12s. ; Part 4, £1 7s.
Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part-1, 15s.; Part 2, £1 4s.;
Part 3, £1; Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Part 1, lis. ; Part 2, 16s. ; Part
3, 19s. ; Part 4, lis.
Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 9s.; Part
3, 9s. ; Part 4, 93
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d. ;
Part 3, 17s. ; Part 4, 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d. ; Part 2, 4s. 6d. ;
Part 3, 8s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis.;
Part 3, 6s. ; Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1894.— Vol. IX.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part
3, 13s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1895, Vol. V.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ;
Part 3, 10s., Supplement, Is. 6d. ; Part 4, 12s.
Proceedings for 1896. — Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6d. ; Part 2,
6s. 6d. ; Part 3, 7s. 6d. ; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1897.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. ;
art 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1898.— Part 1, 3s. ; Part 2, 6s. ; Part 3, Us. ;
Part 4, Us.
Proceedings for 1899.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3,
10s.; Part 4, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1900.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s. 6d.; Part 3,
10s. 6d. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1901.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 5s. ;
Part 4; 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1902.— Part 1, 7s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 78.
6d., Supplement, 3s. ; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1903.— Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part 3,
14s. ; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1904.- Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. ;
Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1905.— Part 1, with Supplement, 7s.; Part 2,
10s. ; Part 3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1906.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part
3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, 15?.
Proceedings for 1907.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 15s.
Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1908.— Part 1, 7s. ; Part 2, 98. ; Part 3, 14s.
Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1909.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 17s. ; Part 3, 148.
Part 4, 16s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1910.— Part 1, lis. ; Part 2, lis. ; Part 3, 7s.
Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1911— Part 1, 9s. 6d. ; Part 2. 9s. 6d. ; Part 3,
9s. 6d.; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1912--Part i, 8s. 6d.; Part 2, 25s. Od.; Part 3,
12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1913 -Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 6s.;
Part 4, 13s.
Proceedings for 1914— Part 1, 13s.; "Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 25s.;
Part 4, 19s.
Proceedings for 1915— Part 1,17s.; Part 2, 12s.6d.; Part 3, 10s.;
Part 4, lls^
Proceedings for 1916— Part 1, 10s.
Tlie Macleay Memorial Volume [issued October 13th, 1893].
Royal 4to., li. and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates.
Price £3 3.
Descriptive Catalogue op Australian Fishes. By William
Macleay, F.L.S. [1881], A few copies only. Price £1, net.
The Transactions of the Entomological Society of New
South Wales, 2 vols., 8vo [Vol. i. five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. 11.
five Parts, 1869-73; all published], price £2, net, are also obtain-
able, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately.
PROCEEDINGS, 1916, PART 1.
CONTENTS.
PAGES
Presidential Adiliess delivered at the Forfey^flrstAninial Meeting.
March 21)th, 19_1«. 1).v Aj.ex. (i^. Hamilton l-3o
Studies in Australian XiMvopttra. N(j. ii. Descriptions of new
Geneici and .Species "of the Families Osmylidoi, .Myt'^mdeon-
tkhi , and Af.
MA Y-A UG UST ( in part).
WITH TEN PLATES
[Plates x.-xix. , and one Transparency (x./)/*).]
(Plate XX. will be issued with Part iii.)
SYDNEY:
J'RINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY
BV
W. A. PEPPERDAY k CO., 119a PITT STREET
AND
SOLD HV THE SOCIETY
PRICE - 12/-
NOTICE.
With the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the Procebdings — 6f
whicli the Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden
Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.
may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabetli
Bay, Sydney, or from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W.,
at the following prices : —
First Series.
Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 7s. 6d. ; Part 2, 10s. ;
Part 3, 58. ; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s.: Part 2, os. ;
Part 3, 7s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s. : Part 2, 12s. ; Part
3, £1 5s.; Part 4, £1 5s.
Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ;
Part 3, 15s. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Seco>jd Series.
Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s.;
Part 3, 13s. ; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part
3, 12s. ; Part 4, £1 7s.
Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part 1, 15s. ; Part 2, £1 4s. ;
Par^. 3, £1 ; Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 16s.; Part
3, 19s. ; Part 4, lis.
Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 9s.; Part
3, 9s. ; Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 9s. 6d.
Part 3, 17s. ; Part 4, 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d. ; Part 2, 4s. 6d.
Part 3, 8s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis.
Part 3, 6s. ; Part 4, Qs.
Proceedings for 1894.— Vol. IX.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part
3, 13s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1895, Vol. V.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ;
Part 3, 10s., Supplement, Is. 6d. ; Part 4, 12s.
Proceedings for 1896. — Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6d. ; Part 2,
6s. 6d. ; Part 3, 7s. 6d. ; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1897.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, Qs. ;
Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1898.— Part 1, Ss. ; Part 2, Bs. ; Part 3, 128. j
Part 4, Us.
Proceedings for 1899.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2,12s.; Part 3,
lOs.; Part 4, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1900.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s. 6d.; Part 3,
10s. 6d. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1901.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 5s.;
Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1902.— Part 1, 7s. ; Part 2, 7b. 6d. ; Part 3, 78.
6d., Supplement, 3s. ; Part 4, 158.
Proceedings for 1903.— Part 1, 9s.; Part 2, 128. 6d. ; Part 3,
14s. ; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1904.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. ;
Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1905. — Part 1, with Supplement, 7s.; Part 2,
10s. ; Part 3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1906.--Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part
3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, 15p.
Proceedings for 1907.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 158.
Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1908.— Part 1, 78. ; Part 2, 98. ; Part 3, 148.
Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1909.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 17s. ; Part 3, 148.
Part 4, 16s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1910.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, 7s.
Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1911— Part 1, 9s. 6d. ; Part 2. 9s. 6d. ; Part 3,
9s. 6d.; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1912- Part 1, 8s. 6d.; Part 2, 25s. Od.; Part 3,
12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1913 -Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part' 3, 6s ,
Part 4, 13s.
Proceedings for 1914— Part 1, 13s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 25s.;
Part 4, 19s.
Proceedings for 191 5 -Part 1, 17s.: Part 2, 12s.6d.; Part 3, 10s.;
Part 4, lis.
Proceediitgs for 1916— Part 1, lO.s.; Part 2, 12s-
The Maclkay iVlEMOKiAf. Volume [issued October 13th, 1893].
Uoyal 4to,, Ll. and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates.
Price £3 3.
Descriptivk Catalogue op Austkalian Fishes. By William
Macleay, F.L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1, net.
The Transactions of thk Entomological Society of New
South Wales, 2 vols., Bvo [Vol. i. live Parts, 1863-66; Vol. ii.
five Parts, 1869-73; all publisiied], price £2, net, are also obtain-
able, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately.
PROCEEDINGS, 1916, PART 2.
CONTENTS.
PAGES
C-'am/>irff>' [Colboptkha] from the Upper Williams River, N.S.W.
By Thomas (i. Sloane 196-208
Descriptions of a new Genus, and thi'ee new Species of Australian
Temhrionida- [ColRoptera] from Barrington Tops, N.S.W.
By H. J. C.VRTER, B.A., F.E.S. (With three Text-ligs. ) .. -ioy-iU
A new Scale-Insect [Coccju.??] att'ecting Suj/«(■ [Coleoptera]. By Thomas G. Sloane 597-630
Elections and Announcements ... ... ... ... ...494,631
Notes and Exhibits 492-493,494,632
Issued 4(h April, 1017.
No. 164 ^
THE
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
LirinEAN Society
OF
New South Wales
FOR THE YEAR
1916
PART TV. (pp. 633-905, i.-xxxU.)
Containing Papers read in
0 CTO BEB-J^ 0 VEMBER,
WITH NINETEEN PLATES
[Plates xl.-xliv., xlvi. -lix.]
SYDNEY :
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCTETV
BV
W. A. PEPPERDx'W k CO., 119a PITT STREET
AND
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY
1916--I7.
PRICE - 19/-
'15.'^
AQENT IN EUROPE:
Messrs. Dulau & Co., 37 Solio Square, London, VV
m
NOTICE
With the exception «f Volumes I. -VI. of the Proceedings — of
which the Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden
Palace Fire— the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.
may be .obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, or from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W.,
at the following prices : —
First Series.
Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 7s. Gd. ; Part 2, 10s. ;
Part 3, 5s. ; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 5s. ;
Part 3, 7s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part
3, £1 5s. ; Part 4, £1 5s.
Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.— Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ;
Part 3, 15s. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
5SECo:srr) Series.
Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.— Part 1, 10s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. ;
Part 3, 13s.; Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 8s.; Part
3, 12s. ; Part 4, £1 7s.
Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.— Part 1, 15s. ; Part 2, £1 4s. ;
Part 3, £1 ; Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 16s.; Part
3, 19s. ; Part 4, lis.
Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, 9s.; Part
3, 9s. ; Part 4, 9s
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 9s. 6d. ;
Part 3, 17s. ; Part 4, 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII.— Part 1, 6s. 6d. ; Part 2, 4s. 6d. ;
Part 3, 8s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, lis.;
Part 3, 6s. ; Part 4, 9s.
Proceedings for 1894.— Vol. IX.— Part 1, 12s. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part
3, 13s. ; Part 4, 8s.
Proceedings for 1895, Vol. V.— Part 1, 15s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ;
r>art 3, 10s., Supplement, Is. 6d. ; Part 4, 12s.
Proceedings for 1896.— Part 1, 9s., Supplement, 2s. 6d. ; Part 2,
6s. 6d. ; Part 3, 7s. 6d. ; Part 4, £1 7s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1897.— Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 9s. ;
Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1898.— Part 1, 3s.; Part 2, Gs. ; Part 3, 12s.;
Part 4, 148.
Proceedings for 1899.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. ; Part 3,
10s.; Part 4, lOs. 6d.
Proceedings for 1900.— Part 1, 8s.; Part 2, 10s.6d.; Part 3,
lOs. 6d. ; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1901.— Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 5s.;
Part 4, 17s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1902,— Part 1, 7s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d. , Part 3, 7s.
6d., Supplement, 3s.; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1903.— Part 1, 9s. ; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part 3,
14s. ; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1904. —Part 1, 10s. ; Part 2, 7s. 6d. ; Part 3, 98. ,
Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1905. — Part 1, witii Supplement, 7s.; Part 2.
10s. ; Part 3, 12s. 6d. ; Part 4, with Supplement, 10s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1906.— Part 1, 12s. 6d. ; Part 2, 12s. 6d. ; Part
3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15p,
Proceedings for 1907.— Part 1, 8s. ; Part 2, 8s. 6d. ; Part 3, 15s. ;
Part 4, 18s.
Proceedings for 1908.— Part 1, 7s. ; Part 2, 9s. ; Part 3, 14s. ;
Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1909.— Part 1, 12s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 14s.;
Part 4, 16s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1910.— Part 1, lis.; Part 2, lis.; Part 3, 7s.;
Part 4, 12s. 6d.
Proceedings for 1911— Part 1, 9s. 6d. ; Part 2. 9s. 6d. ; Part 3,
9s. 6d.; Part 4, 10s.
Proceedings for 1912— Part 1, 8s. 6d.; Part 2, 25s. Od.; Part 3,
12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s.
Proceedings for 1913 -Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 6s ,.
Part 4, 13s.
Proceedings for 1914— Part 1, 13s.; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 25s.;
Part 4, 19s.
Proceedings for 191 5— Part 1,1 7s.; Part 2, 12s.6d.; Part 3, IDs,;
Part 4, lis.
Proceedings for 1916— Parti, 10s.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 15s.;
Part 4, 19s.
The Macleay Memorial Volume [issued October 13th, 1893].
Royal 4to., LI. and 308 pages, witli Portrait, and forty-two plates.
Price £3 3.
Descriptive Catalogue op Austhai.ian Fishes. By William
Macleay, F,L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1, net.
The Transactions op the Entomological Society of New
South Walks, 2 vols., Svo [Vol i. five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. ii.
five Parts, 1869-73; all published], price £2, net, are also obtain-
able, but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately.
PROCEEDINGS, 1916, PART 4.
CONTENTS.
A Revision of the Geue.a ^v•lth Mioroscleies u.cluded, or pro- ''''''''
visionally included ,n the Family Axinellid.o; with Desorip-
v"""!- x/"""" ^"''*'''^*''^" Species [Pokifeka]. Part iii Bv
t^- .^: Hallmann, B.Sc, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the
Society n. Zoology. (Plates xxix., figs.3, S.'b^-.xxxiii. fi^ 6;
^x^klf!^' ™.,ligs.l...l.,fi,,.,.4; .H.,1-, tnd
An Eftlorescence on some New Zealand Kelps. Ev A H S
Lucas, M.A., B.Sc. y a. n. .5.
.Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part xiii. By C. Hedley,
. t.L.h. (Plates .xlvi. -In.),..
DescnptK>ns of new 8p<«,ies of Australian Coleoptera. Part xii.
oy A. m. l^EA, a.tj.h. ... 720-745
Australian Tahanida: [DwrKnAl No. ii. By Fka.nk H. Tayi^ok,'
034-675
676-07!)
080-719
746-762
Some Notes on the Biononucs of the Buffalo-Fly [Lyperosia exiyua
de Meijere]. % Gerald F. Hill, F.E.S., Government
Entomologist, Northeni territory of- Australia. (Plate liii.) 703-70,S
Description of Ajjhantophnjne, a new Batrachian Genus from Ne^v
, Guinea: with Comparative Notes on tlie Pectoral Muscula-
ture. By Dene B. Fry. (Plates llv.-lv.) ... ... . 770-7.S5
Tlie Change of Composition of Alveolar Air after the Stoppage of
Normal Breathing By H. «. Halcro Wardlaw D Sc,
Linnean Macleay I ellow of tlie Society in Physiology. [With
two lext-hgures] ' -^/ ...780-814
:ilie Clieinical Investigation of some Poisonous Piants in the N O
.Sokmacete, Pj^rt iii. The Occurrence of I^or-Hyoscyamin;
m tiolaudra loiujijiom. By James M. Petrie, D Sc F I C
Linnean Macleay Fellow of the yociety in Biochemistry '7.. 815-822
Australian Freshwater Phytoplankton \_ProiococcoidcfH\ By G I ^
Playfair, Science Research Scholar of the University of
Sydney... (Plates Ivi.-lix.) ... ^ 823-85'''
Records_ of Australian Fungi. No. i. By J. Burton Cleland,
M.D and Edwin Ciieel, Botanical Assistant, Botanic
(wardens, Sydney ^-3^^^
Further Researches upon the ProJ>lems of the Radial and Zygop- ^
tend Sectors in the Wings of Odonata, and upon the Fomia-
T^" °^ Bridges. By R. J. Tillyard, M.A., B.Sc, F.L.S
Mi^^ir' .^'aV'^*" ^lacleay Fellow of the Society in Zoology
(With six Text-figures) _ ^^ 871-887
Announcements ... „,.,.
/Ol)
Donations and Exchanges, 1915-10 888-905
Notes and Exhibits ...
Title-page
Contents
Corrigenda
List of new Generic Names.
List of Plates
Index ...
033, 709
i.
iii.
vii.
viii.
viii.
i.-xxxii.
%millS^'., '-'BRAKV
WH lADn ^